the university

OF ILLINOIS

Sev'fe

tSBtflS f

-T BIOLOGY

*'S book

on or

stamped

before the

°f Win

Digitized by the Internet Archive
in 2016

https://archive.org/details/annalsmagazineof1319unse

loy

AM
N* I ^ 3
Se/Tx V> I i

CONTENTS OF VOL. XIII.

[EIGHTH SERIES.]

NUMBER 73.

E E^marks on some Copepoda from the Falkland Islands col-
lected by Mr. Rupert Vallentin F.L.S. By Thomas Scott, LL.D..
b.L.S. (Plates I. & II.) . \

II. Diagnoses of new Marine Fishes collected by the British
Antarctic (‘ Terra Nova’) Expedition. By C. Tate Regan, M.A. . 11

-o S^noPsis tbe Fishes of the Family Macrorhamphosidie.

By 0. Tate Regan, M.A 17

IV. Brief Descriptions of new Thysanoptera.— II. By Richard

o. Bagnall, F.L.S. , F.E.S. (Hope Department of Zoology, Uni-
versity Museum, Oxford)

V. Diagnoses of new Races of African Ungulates. By Ernst

Schwarz J

,, y?\ ^(;tes 0n tlie ^P^dae (Hymenoptera) in the Collection of the
l>ntish Museum, with Descriptions of new Species. By Geoffrey
Mkade-Waldo, M.A. . J

22

31

45

VH. Notes on Collembola.— Part 2. Some Irish Collembola and
T^otes on the Genus Orchesella . By John W. Shoebotiiam, N.D.A.,
Berkhamsted. (Plate III.) | ’

V1}}' Jwo interesting Mammals from the Island of Tobago,
West Indies. By Austin II. Clark ® /

IX. On an interesting Variety of Porcellio scaber, Latr. Bv

Walter E. Collinge, iM.Sc., F.L.S., F.E.S

X. Notes on the ForJicularia.~XX. A new Genus and Five new

Species from Australia. By Malcolm Burr, D.Sc., F.E.S., &c
(Plate IV.) ;

i.TXA?vtf?rfroS the fiattT Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews.—

MO .XWL„r By Prof- M'Intosh, M.D., LL.D., F.R.S., &c.
(Plates v. & VI.)

59

68

71

72

77

IV

CONTENTS.

Pago

XII. Notes on Mollusca collected in the North-west Falklands
by Mr. Rupert Vallentin, F.L.S., with Descriptions of Six new
Species. By James Cosmo Melvill, M.A., D.Sc., F.L.S., and
Robert Standen, Assistant Keeper, Manchester Museum.
(Plate VII.) HO

XTII. Descriptions and Records of Bees. — LVI. By T. D. A.

Cockerell, University of Colorado 136

XIV. Descriptions of new Genera and Species of Noctuidce.

By Sir George F. Hampson, Bart., F.Z.S 146

XV. Rhynchotal Notes. By W. L. Distant 176

XVI. On some Remains of Rodents from the Red Crag of Suffolk

and from the Norfolk Forest-Bed. By Martin A. C. Hinton,
(Plate VIII.) 186

XVII. A new Dormouse from Northern Nigeria, presented to the

British Museum by J. C. Fox, Esq. By Guy Dollman 196

NUMBER 74.

XVIII. Descriptions of new Genera and Species of Noctuidce.

By Sir George F. Hampson, Bart., F.Z.S 197

XIX. On new Mammals, mainly from Bandon and the adjacent

Islands, East Coast of the Malay Peninsula. By Herbert C.
Robinson, C.M.Z.S., and C. Boden Kloss, F.Z.S 223

XX. On new Species of Histeridce and Notices of others. Bv

G. Lewis, F.L.S. (Plate IX.) 235

XXI. The Tree-Shrews of the Tupaia belangeri-chinensis Group.

By Oldfield Thomas ; 243

XXII. British Fossil Crinoids. — X. Sycocrinus Austin, Lower

Carboniferous. By F. A. Bather, F.R.S. (Plate X.) 245

XXIII. On a small Collection of Earthworms from Henderson
Island. By Dr. Luigi Cognetti de Martiis, R. Museo Zoologico,
Torino 255

XXIV. On the Crustacean Genus Sicyonella , Borradaile. By

By W. T. Calm an, D.Sc 258

XXV. Fishes from Yunnan, collected by Mr. John Graham, with
Description of a new Species of JSarilius. By C. Tate Regan, M. A. 260

XXVI. Two new Cyprinid Fishes from Waziristan, collected by

Major G. E. Bruce. By C. Tate Regan, M.A 261

XXVII. On certain recently described Australian Species of
Tabamts. By Ernest E. Austen 263

\

J

“Omnes res creatae sunt divinse sapient, ise et potentiae testes, divitiae felicitatis
humanae: — ex harum usu bonitas Creatoris; ex pulchritudine sapientia Domini ;
ex oeconomia in conservatione, proportione, renovatione, potentia majestatis
elucet. Earmn itaque indagatio ab hominibus sibi relict, is semper aestimata ;
a vere eruditis et sapientibus semper exculta ; male doctis et bar^aris semper
inimica fuit.” — Linnaeus.

“ Quel que soit le principe de la vie animale, il ne faut qu’ouvrir les yeux pour
voir qu’elle est le chef-d’oeuvre de la Toute-puissance, et le but auquel se rappor-
tent toutes ses operations.” — Bruckner, Theorie du Systeme Animal, Leyden,

1767.

The sylvan powers

Obey our summons ; from their deepest dells
The Dryads come, and throw their garlands wild
And odorous branches at our feet ; the Nymphs
That press with nimble step the mountain-thyme
And purple heath-flower come not empty-handed,

But scatter round ten thousand forms minute

Of velvet moss or lichen, torn from rock

Or rifted oak or cavern deep : the Naiads too

Quit their loved native stream, from whose smooth face

They crop the lily, and each sedge and rush

That drinks the rippling tide: the frozen poles,

Where peril waits the bold adventurer’s tread,

The burning sands of Borneo and Cayenne,

All, all to us unlock their secret stores
And pay their cheerful tribute.

J. Taylor, Norwich, 1818.

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

INCLUDING-

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, and GEOLOGY.

(being a CONTINUATION OF THE ‘annals’ COMBINED WITH LOUDON AND
CJIAKLHSWOKTh’s ‘ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.’)

CONDUCTED BY

WILLIAM CAllRUTHERS, Ph.D., F.R.S., F.L.S., E.G.S.,
ARTHUR E. SHIPLEY, M.A., Sc.D., F.R.S., E.Z.S.,

AND

WILLIAM FRANCIS, F.L.S.

YOL. XIII.— EIGHTH SERIES.

LONDON:

PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS.

SOLD BY SIMPKIN, MARSHALL, HAMILTON, KENT, AND CO., LD. ;
BAILLIERE, PARIS: HODGES, FIGGIS, AND CO., DUBLIN :

AND ASHER, BERLIN.

1914.

*

CONTENTS.

VII

Page

LYI. On the Fabrician Types of Tenebrionidce (Coleoptera) in the
Banks Collection. By K. G. Blair 482

LVII. Notes on African Ungulates. By Ernst Schwarz .... 491

LVIII. Some Dragonflies and their Prey. By Herbert Campion. 495

LIX. Descriptions and Records of Bees. — LIX. By T. D. A.
Cockerell, University of Colorado 504

LX. New Non-Marine Mollusca from Peru and Argentina. By
H. B. Preston, F.Z.S 522

NUMBER 78.

LXI. On the Ornithosaurian Genus Ornithocheirus , with a
Review of the Specimens from the Cambridge Greensand in the
Sedgwick Museum, Cambridge. By Reginald Walter Hooley,
F.G.S. (Plate XXII.) 529

LXII. Species of Amphipoda taken by ( Runa,’ July and August
1913, not in Norman’s Final Shetland Dredging Report, 1868. By
Alfred O. Walker 558

LXIII. Description of a new Genus of Terrestrial Isopoda from
Algiers. By Walter E. Collinge, M.Sc., F.L.S., F.E.S.
(Plate XXIII.) 561

LXIV. A new Nycteris from N.W. Rhodesia. By Knud
Andersen 563

LXV. On small Mammals from Djarkent, Central Asia. By
Oldfield Thomas ib.

LX VI. Three new S. -American Mammals. By Oldfield
Thomas 573

LX VII. Description of a new Snake of the Genus Coluber from
Northern China. By G. A. Boulenger, F.R.S 576

LXVIII. Notes on the Forficularia. — XXI. Progress in Derma-
ptera in 1912 and 1913. By Malcolm Burr, D.Sc., F.E.S., F.Z.S.,
F.G.S., F.L.S 577

LXIX. On the Ceylonese Species of Ruteline Coleoptera belonging
to the Genus Adoretus. By Gilbert J. Arrow 587

LXX. On the Burmese Species of Ruteline Coleoptera belonging
to the Genus Adorctus. By Gilbert J. Arrow 594

via

CONTENTS.

Page

New Books : — Catalogue of the Lepidoptera Phalaense in the British
Museum. Vols. XII. aud XIII. By Sir George F. Hampson,

Bart. — The Pliocene Mollusca of Great Britain, being Supple-
mentary to S. V. Wood’s Monograph of the Crag Mollusca. By

F. W. Harmer, F.G.S., F.R.Met.S. Part I. 601, 604

Proceedings of the Geological Society 60o, 606

Index 607

PLATES IN VOL. XIII.

Plate^I. | Q0pep0(ja from the Falkland Islands.

III. Irish Collembola.

IV. Dermaptera from Australia.

V. Lesser Rorqual.

VI. Species of Prionospio.

VII. Mollusca from the North-west Falklands.

VIII. Rodent Remains from Suffolk and Norfolk.

IX. New species of Histeridse.

X. Species of Sycocrinus.

XI. Bristles from Megalia assimilis and perarmata.

XII. Species of Pyrochroidse.

XIII. j

j- Copepoda from the Falkland Islands.

XVI. '

XVII. Species of Limnoria.

XVIII. New Mollusca from Japan.

1 South- African Land-Mollusca.

XX. I

XXI. Cholidya polypi.

XXII. Remains of Ornithocheirus from the Cambridge Greensand.
XXIII. Paraniambia tuberculata.

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[EIGHTH SERIES.]

“ per lifcora spargite museum.

Naiades, et circiim vitreos considite fontes :

Pollice virgineo teneros hie carpite flores :

Floribua et pictum, divae, replete eanistrum.

At vos, o Nymphae Craterides, ite sub undas ;

Ite, recurvato variata eorallia trunco
Vellite muscosis e rupibus, et mihi conchas
Ferte, Deae pelagi, et pingui conchylia succo.”

N.Parthenii Giannettasi, Eel. 1.

No. 73. JANUARY 1914.

I. — Remarks on some Copepoda from the Falkland Islands
collected by Mr. Rupert Vallentin} F.L.S. By Thomas
Scott, LL.D., F.L.S.

[Plates I. & II.]

Several expeditions engaged in scientific research in the
southern oceans have, from time to time, visited the Falkland
Islands and collected samples of the fauna of this far-distant
British dependency; consequently, as the Rev. T. R. R.
Stebbing remarks, “ the general features of the zoology of
the Falklands are tolerably well known So far, how-

ever, as the Crustacean fauna is concerned, marine species
appear to have received rather more attention than those
found in the fresh waters of the Islands.

One of the later visits to these Islands was that of the
Swedish South Polar Expedition in 1901-1903. Some
fresh-water collections from the Falklands were brought
home by this expedition, and the Copepoda contained in
these were reported on by Dr. Sven Ekinan in 1905 in
Lieferung 4, vol. v. of the account of the expedition.

* Proc. Zool. Soc. Bond., May 1900, p. 517.

Ann. dc Mag. N. Ilist. Ser. 8. Vol. xiii.

1

2

D.. T. Scott cn some

Few attempts appear to have been made to systematically
examine the fresh-water Entomostraca of the Islands, and
the collections now under consideration are therefore the
more interesting, as they represent most of the fresh-water
areas that are of any importance.

A paper describing some results of Mr. Vallentin’s re-
searches at the Falklands in 1898-1899 has already been
published. This paper, prepared by the Rev. T. R. R.
Stebbing, appeared in the ‘ Proceedings of the Zoological
Society of London 9 in May 1900, and deals with Crustacea
belonging to the Bracliyura, Macrura, Schizopoda, and
Isopod a — all of them marine except Trichoniscus magellanicus,
specimens of which were “ found in a damp cave on the top
of a hill 450 feet high 2 miles distant from Stanley

The Copepoda referred to in the following notes were
obtained in gatherings from various places, and were collected
at various times during 1909, 1910, and 1911. Most of the
samples examined were from fresh-water localities, but a few
of them were marine, and these were collected chiefly by
tow-net in the vicinity of the Islands. The number of fresh-
water samples was considerable, and in some of them
Copepoda were tolerably plentiful ; but there was not much
variety — indeed, some of the gatherings consisted almost
exclusively of one or two species. Calanoids and Cyclops
were generally present, but no Harpactids were noticed in
any of the fresh- water samples. The following is a descrip-
tion of species belonging to the Calanoida and Cyclopoida
observed in the collections*: —

Calanoida.

Fam. Centropagidse.

Genus Boeckella, de Guerne and Richard, 1889.

In this genus the inner rami of the last pair of legs in the
male are more or less rudimentary and almost devoid of
armature. Only one species of Boeckella was observed in
Mr. VallentiiPs collections.

Boeckella michaelseni (Mrazek). (PI. I. figs. 4-6.)

1901. Boeckellina michaelseni, Mrazek, (5) p. 11, figs. 5, 10, 20, 23, et
seq.

* Notes on some marine Harpacticoida &c. observed in the marine
samples will appear later.

3

Copepoda from the Falkland Islands.

1901. Boeckella pygmcea, Daday, “ Diagnoses prsecursoriae Copepodorum
novorum e Patagonia,” in Tennesz. Fiizet. 24-.

1902. Pseudoboeckella pygmcea , Daday, “ Mikroskopische Siisswass-
thiere aus Patagonien,” op. cit. 25.

1905. Pseudoboeckella cinder ssonorum , Ekman, (2) p. 10, pi. i. figs. 3-5.

1905. Boeckella michaelseni , Ekman, (3) p. 603.

This species occurred in at least eight gatherings, and
both males and females bearing ovisacs were observed. The
species, though comparatively small, is readily distinguished,
both the female and male, but especially the latter, by the
structure of the fifth pair of legs. In the female the spine
on the inner distal angle of the second joint of the outei
ramus is comparatively feeble and shorter than the third
joint, and this third joint, which is smaller than the preceding
one, carries only three bristles ; the two terminal bristles are
unequal in length, one being tolerably stout and spiniform
and longer than the other; the third bristle, which is also
small, springs from near the lower end of the outer margin.

In the male the fifth pair of legs are tolerably long and
slender and unsymmetrical. The left leg is somewhat
shorter than the other, and the first joint of the outer ramus
has the inside margin expanded and convexly and evenly
rounded, and with the rounded edge fringed with small
hairs ; the second joint is narrow and shorter than the first,
and is armed with a terminal spiniform prolongation ; the
inner ramus is very rudimentary, and consists of a small
single-jointed appendage. The right leg is elongated and
slender, and the inner ramus is short and feebly developed,
as shown in the drawing (fig. 5). Figure 6 represents the
fifth pair of legs of an immature male.

Genus Pseudoboeckella, Mrazek, 1901.

This genus is nearly allied to Boeckella, and there is so
close a resemblance between the females of the two that
the species can with difficulty be determined where female
specimens only are available. In the male the difference
between them is more distinct, especially in the structure of
the last pair of legs, for while the inner ramus of the left leg
is, as in Boeckella , quite rudimentary, that of the right is
tolerably well developed, as shown by the drawings. Three
species belonging to this genus have been observed in the
collections.

Pseudoboeckella poppei , Mrazek. (PI. I. fig. 9.)

1895. Boeckella brasiliensis, Poppe and Mrazek (not Lubbock), (6)
p. 13, with plate.

1*

4

Dr. T. Scott on some

1898. Boeckella brasiliensis, Giesb. & Schmeil. Das Tierreich, 6 Liefo-
rung, Copepoda, I. Gymnoplea, p. 60.

1901. Pseudoboeckella poppei, Mrazek, (5) p. 6.

1902. Boeckella poppei, Daday, “ Mikroskopische Siisswasserthiere aus
Patagonien,” in Termesz. Fiizet. 25.

1905. Boeckella entzi, Ekman, (2) p. 14, pi. i. fig. 6.

1909. Pseudoboeckella poppei, Sars, (13) p. 22, pi. iii.

The structure of the fifth pair of thoracic legs in the male
constitutes one of the more important characters by which
this species may be distinguished. The inner ramus of the
left leg is very rudimentary, as in Boeckella , but that of the
right is tolerably well developed and consists of three distinct
moderately stout joints, and the end joint is provided with
four spiniform setae, two on the outer margin and two at the
apex, as shown in the drawing (fig. 9). A full description,
with excellent figures of this species, will be found in G. O.
Sars's paper on fresh-water Entomostraca from South Georgia
referred to above.

This species was obtained in a fresh-water gathering from
Hill Cove, but in none of the other samples examined.
Length of female 2*8 mm. ; male somewhat smaller.

Pseudoboeckella brevicaudata (Mrazek).

(PI. I. figs. ], 7, 10.)

(?) 1875. Centropages brevicaudata , Brady, (1) p. 162.

1901. Paraboeckella brevicaudata, Mrazek, (5) p. 8, fig?. 6, 7, 12, 21,
et seq.

1905. Boeckella vexillifera, Ekman, (2) p. 16, figs. 7-12.

1905. Pseudoboeckella brevicaudata (Mrazek), var. vex illifera, Ekman,

(3) p.001.

This species (or variety) was obtained in gatherings from
moor-pools and other small bodies of fresh water, and both
males and females with ovisacs occurred in the same
gatherings.

Female. — In this species the abdomen of the female is
short, three-segmented, and with the middle segment small.
The fifth pair of thoracic legs has the outer ramus tolerably
stout and elongated, the inner distal angle of the second joint
is produced into a strong curved spine much larger than that
in Pseudoboeckella poppei ; the end joint is rather narrower
than the second and is one and a half times its length, and
carries three short setae on the inner margin, one about the
mid/lle of the outer margin and three at the apex, the middle
apical seta being tolerably stout and elongated. The inner
ramus only reaches to a little beyond the second joint of
the outer and is much narrower than it ; the end joint of the

5

Copepoda from the Falkland Islands.

inner ramus is furnished with two setae on the inner margin,
one on the outer, and three on the rounded, apex.

Male. — The right leg of the fifth pair of thoracic feet in
the male is rather shorter than the left, the proximal joint of
the outer ramus is tolerably expanded, but the terminal
portion is very narrow, twisted, and claw -like, and is articu-
lated on the inner aspect of the proximal joint, as shown in
the figure (fig. 1) ; the inner ramus is three-jointed, the first
joint is moderately stout, but the other two are slender, and
the last one ends in one or two spiniform setae ; the left leg
is tolerably slender and elongated, and the inner ramus is
very rudimentary (fig. 1).

Length of the female about 2 mm., the male being rather
smaller. The length, however, varies to some extent in
different specimens.

Dr. Mrazek records the examination of specimens of this
form sent from South Patagonia, and identifies the species
with Centropages brevicaudatus , Brady, from Kerguelen
Island * ; but, as Dr. Brady had not seen the male of the
species he describes, and as some of the more important
specific characters are derived from the male, there appears
to be some doubt as to whether the two species are iden-
tical. Dr. Ekman subsequently obtained specimens of the
same species, but not having at the time seen Mrazek's
description, he described them as new under the name
Bueckella vexilliferaf ; this he afterwards changed to
“ Pseudoboeckella brevicaudata (Mrazek), var. vexillifera,
Ekman ” J. I find, on comparing the description and figures
of Dr. Ekman with those by Mrazek, that there does not
appear to be any material difference between them ; I have
therefore ascribed the species to Mrazek, but should MrazelPs
identification be found correct, his name will be replaced by
that of Dr. Brady.

Pseudoboeckella vallentini , sp. n. (PI. 1. figs. 2, 8, 11.)

Female. — The female of this species has a general resem-
blance to that of Pseudoboeckella poppei, but is considerably
smaller. The cephalothorax is tolerably robust and some-
what dilated in front, but tapers slightly towards the poste-
rior end ; the lateral expansions of the last thoracic segment

* “ Magalkaensische Sammelreise,” Siisswasser-Copepoden, p. 8, figs. G,
7, 12, 21, 2G, 27, 29, 45, 46, 50, and o2 (1901).

t ‘ Wissenschaf’tliche ergebnisse der Scliwedischen Siidpolar-expe-
dition 1901-6,’ Band v. Lief. 4, Cladocera u. Copepoda, p. 16, Taf. i.
figs. 7-12 (1906).

X Zool. Anz. B. xxix. no. 19, p. G01 (Dec. 1905).

6

Dr. T. Scott on some

form narrow prolongations which extend backward to about
the last segment of the abdomen (fig. 11). Abdomen short,
about half the length of the cephalothorax, composed of
three segments, the first large and equal to fully the combined
lengths of the next two, second and third subequal ; caudal
rami short and furnished with five short and stout bristles
round the distal end.

Antennules elongated and reaching to about the last
segment of the abdomen. The other appendages of the
cephalosome and also the swimming-legs are all somewhat
similar to the species named above, except that in the fifth
pair of thoracic legs the spiniform process on the inside of
the second joint of the outer ramus is larger and reaches
beyond the end of the third joint and has its extremity
slightly hooked.

Length about 1 6 mm.

Male. — The male, as is usual, is smaller and more slender,
and the abdomen proportionally longer than in the female.
The fifth pair of thoracic legs differ very much from those of
the female, and they are also unsymmetrical ; the inner ramus
of the left leg is very rudimentary ; in the outer ramus
the first joint is of an oval form and considerably dilated
and becoming somewhat gibbose interiorly ; the distal portion
of the ramus is narrow, strongly curved, and attenuated
towards the extremity ; the first joint is also armed with a
stout and moderately long spine near the lower end of the
outer margin ; this spine projects outward from the joint, as
shown in the figure (fig. 2), and which is apparently its
normal position. The outer ramus of the right leg is dis-
tinctly shorter than that of the left, but is scarcely so robust ;
the inner ramus is tolerably stout and broad, and reaches to
somewhat beyond the end of the first joint of the outer
ramus, and is rather wider towards the proximal end, where
the inner margin expands and becomes somewhat gibbose
and carries one or two short spines ; the distal end of the
inner ramus is bluntly rounded and is provided with two
short spiniform setse on the outer distal angle, while on the
inner angle and extending a short distance up the inner
margin are five or six short and stout hooks, as shown in the
figure (fig. 2). Moreover, the articulation of the inner ramus
to the basal joint forms a distinct hinge, which permits of the
ramus turning inwards so as. to interlock with a recess on
the inside margin and near the proximal end of the left leg.
A spiniform seta springs from the outer distal angle of the
basal joint, and a small fork-like appendage may also be
observed on its inner aspect (fig. 2). In the structure of the

7

Copepoda from the Falkland Islands.

fifth pair of feet in the male and in the armature of the fifth
pair in the female this species differs from any other known
to me.

The first joint of the outer ramus of the fifth pair is repre-
sented in the figure as seen under tlie cover-glass, and is
somewhat flattened, but before being subjected to the pressure
of the cover-glass it was seen to have a distinctly swollen
and bladder-like appearance.

Genus Parabroteas, Mrazek, 1901.

The genus Parabroteas may be distinguished by the
peculiar character of the posterior maxillipeds, which
resemble those in Limnocalanus , and particularly by the
structure of the fifth pair of legs in the male.

Parabroteas sarsi (Daday). (PL II. figs. 1-4.)

1901. Limnocalanus sarsi, Daday, “ Diagnoses praecursoriae Copepo-
dorum novorum e Patagonia,” in Terraesz. Fiizetek. 24.

1901. Parabroteas michaelseni , Mrazek, (5) p. 12, figs. 8, 9, 15, 16, et
seq.

1905. Gic/antella sarsi, Ekman, (2) p. 22, figs. 15-21.

1909. Parabroteas sarsi, G. O. Sars, (13) p. 29, pi. iv.

A single specimen (a female), which appears to belong to
this species, occurred in a gathering from some lower pools
on Mount Adam. The specimen measured about 3*8 mm.,
and is therefore much smaller than some others that have
been recorded. G. O. Sars states that specimens of Para-
broteas sarsi have been found reaching even to 7 mm. in
length. It also differs in the abdomen being shorter than in
some of the figures of this species which I have seen, but this
may be accidental by the joints having become telescoped.
It is evident, however, when the structure of the more
characteristic appendages is compared with that of the
similar appendages described and figured by Mrazek and
G. O. Sars, that, notwithstanding the differences alluded to,
the Mount Adam specimen belongs to the species to which
it is ascribed. Parabroteas sarsi has already been recorded
from the Falkland Islands by Dr. Ekman*, and his descrip-
tion and figures of the posterior maxillipeds and of the
female fifth pair of thoracic legs agree with the specimen
recorded here. The terminal seise of the posterior maxilli-
peds are strong and spiniform (fig. 2). In the female the
second joint of the outer ramus of the fifth pair of legs has

* See his paper on the Copepoda of the Swedish South-l’olar Expe-
dition, already referred to.

8

Dr. T. Scott on some

the inner distal angle produced into a strong spine that
reaches beyond the end of the third joint ; this joint is small
and is provided with four short setse on its inner margin and
two at the lower end of the outer margin, and the terminal
spine is long and tolerably stout, and fringed with minute
bristles along its inner edge (fig. 4).

Fam. Calanidae.

Genus Drepanopus, G. S. Brady, 1883.

Drepanopus pectinatus, G. S. Brady.

(PI. II. tigs. 10, 11.)

A number of specimens of this Drepanopus occurred in a
tow-net gathering collected in the vicinity of the Islands
on November 1909. Both males and females were fairly
numerous, and several of the latter carried ovisacs. The
same species was also present in another gathering collected
a few days afterwards 3 miles south-eastward of Speedwell
Island ; and specimens also occurred in a third gathering in
which were numerous larval decapods. One or two of the
larger females with ovisacs measured about 2^ mm. in length.
A few small and apparently adult specimens occurred,
which at first were considered as probably belonging to
D. furcipatus, Giesb., but on a careful examination of these
no anatomical differences of sufficient importance to separate
them were revealed.

Fam. Acartiidae.

Genus Acartia, Dana, 1846.

Acartia tonsa, Dana.

This was the only Acartia observed in the marine tow-
net samples. It was tolerably frequent in the gathering
containing the larval decapods already referred to under
Drepanopus .

Cyclopoida.

Fam. Oithonidae.

Genus Oithona, Baird, 1843.

Oithona helgolandica , Claus. (PI. I. fig. 12.)

1863. Oithona helgolandica, Claus, Die Frei Lebenden Copepoden,
p. 105, pi. xi. figr. 10-12.

1866. Oithona similis, Claus, Die Copepoden-Fauna von Nizza, p. 14.

0

Copepoda from the Falkland Islands.

This Oithona was tolerably frequent in all the three marine
tow-net samples already mentioned, and was the only one
observed. In this species the rostrum is short, stout, and
hook-like, and is turned downward at nearly a right angle

(fig- 12).

This species has frequently been recorded under the name
of Oithona similis, but, according to Prof. G. O. Sars,
O. similis and O. helgolandica are identical, and the latter,
being the older name, should be preferred.

The distribution of Oithona helgolandica extends apparently
from the Arctic to the Antarctic Oceans. Dr. Giesbrecht
records it from 71° south latitude, and Prof. G. O. Sars has
examined specimens collected off the coast of New Zealand,
and “ compared them with northern specimens, without
being able to detect any difference whatever ” *. The
Falkland specimens measured fully 1 mm. in length.

Fam. Cyclopidae.

Genus Cyclops, Muller, 1776 (part.).

Cyclops prasinus, Fischer. (PI. II. figs. 5-7.)

1860. Cyclops prasinus, Fischer, Beitr. z. Kenntn. d. Entomostraceen,
pp. 652-654, Taf. xx. tigs. 19-26 a.

This species occurred very sparingly in a gathering from
a small fresh-water pond near the sea. Besides the northern
distribution of the species, it has also been reported from
Valdivia, Chile, and from the Argentine. In this species the
antennules are twelve-jointed and the fifth pair of legs in the
female are each provided with three elongated setae (fig. 6).
The caudal segments are tolerably short (fig. 7).

Cyclops michaelseni , Mrazek, var . falklandi.

(PI. I. fig. 3 ; PI. II. figs. 8, 9.)

The small Cyclops recorded under this name occurred in
several of the fresh-water gatherings from the Falk lands.

This form is apparently identical with Cyclops michaelseni,
Mrazek, except in the structure of the last pair of thoracic
legs, and in this respect it agrees better with Cyclops lohu-
losus, Ekman. In that species, however, the antennules are
described as consisting of twelve joints, and the proportional
lengths of the various joints also differ. Both Cyclops
michaelseni , Mrazek, and Cyclops lobulosuSj Ekman, have
already been recorded for the Falkland Islands. In the

* ‘ Crustacea of Norway,’ vol. vi. parts 1 & 2, p. 9 (1913).

10 On some Copepoda from the Falkland Islands.

form under consideration the antennules (fig. 8) consist of
eleven joints, the proportional lengths of which are, approxi-
mately, as shown in the formula appended : —

Number of the joints .. 1 2 3 456 7 8 9 10 11

Proportional lengths . . 20 . 6 . 12 . 5 . 4 . 7 . 13 . 11 . 6 . 8 . 11*

In the fifth pair of thoracic legs the basal joint is mode-
rately short and broad and carries a long seta on its outer
distal angle, the second joint is small and is furnished at the
apex with a long seta and a short spine (PI. I. fig. 3) ; a
considerable space occurs between the seta at the distal
angle of the basal joint and the point of attachment of the
second joint, as shown in the figure. The caudal segments
are fully twice as long as the last segment of the abdomen
(PI. II. fig. 9).

Some of the Literature referred to in the Text.

(1) 1875. Beady, G. S. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xvi.

Describes Centropages brevicaudatus from Kerguelen Island.

(2) 1905. Ekman, Sven. Schwedische Sudpolar-Exped. 1901-1903,

Bd. v. Lieferung 4. “ Oladoceren u. Copepoden aus Antarkt. u.

subantarkt. Binnengewassern.

(3) 1905. . “Die Systematik und Synonymik der Copepoden-

gattung Boeckella und verwandter Gattungen.” Zool. Anzeiger,
Bd. xxix. Nr. 19.

(4) 1889. Guebne, Jules de, et Jules Bichabd. “ Envision des

Calanides d’eau douce.” Memoires Soc. Zool. de France, tome ii.

(5) 1901. Mbazek, Al. “Hamburger Magalhaenische Sammelreise.”

Siisswasser-Copepoden.

(6) 1895. Poppe, S. A.., und Mbazek, Al. “ Entomostraken des

Naturhistorischen Museums in Hamburg (2, Entomost. v. Sud-
Georgien).” Jahrb. d. Hamb. wissensck. Anstalten, xii. Beiheft.

(7) 1897. Bichabd, Jules. “ Entomostraca de la l’Amerique du

sud.” Mdmoires Soc. Zool. de France, tome x. pp. 263-302.

(8) 1897. • u Sur quelques Ento*nostrac£s d’eau douce de envi-

rons de Buenos Aires.” Anales del Museo Nacional de Buenos
Aires, torno v.

(9) 1894. Sabs, G. O. “ Contributions to the Knowledge of the Fresh-

water Entomostraca of New Zealand, as shown by Artificial
Hatching from Dried Mud.” Aid. Selsk. Skrif. i. Matli.-Natur.
Klasse, No. 5.

(10) 1901. . “ Contributions to the Knowledge of the Freshwater

Entomostraca of South America, as shown from Artificial Hatching
from Dried Material.” Archiv for Mathematik og Naturvidenskab.
B. xxiv. Nr. 1.

(11) 1903. . “Pacifische Plankton-Crustaceen.” Zool. Jahr-

buchern, Bd. 19, Abtli. f. Syst.

(ia) 1908. . “Freshwater Entomostraca from Victoria, Southern

Australia.” Archiv for Mathematik og Naturvidenskab. B. xxix.
Nr. 7.

SCOTT.

Ann. Sc Mag. Nat . Hist. S. 8. Vol. XIII. PI. 1

Fig. 3. A Scott, del.
others Scott, del.

'0; Hfc

IfNIVfcJtfcJl I sfi *u

SCOTT.

Ann. $ Mag. Nat. Hist. S. §. Vol. X III. PL II.

Figs. 10 A 11. T. Scott, del.
others A. Scott, del.

8i 5 HIE

®NJV£ii&i7 1 V* \K-r

11

Diagnoses of new Marine Fishes.

(13) 1909. Sars, G. O. “Freshwater Entomostraca from South

Georgia.” Op. cit. B. xxx. Nr. 5.

(14) 1910. Sharp, Richard W. “Notes on Marine Copepoda &c.”

Proc. U.S. National Museum, yol. xxxviii. pp. 405-436.

(15) 1900. Stebbinh, T. R. R. “On some Crustaceans from the

F alkland Islands, collected by Mr. Rupert Vallentin.” Proc. Zool.
Soc. London, May 22nd, 1900, pis. xxxvi.-xxxix.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Plate I.

Fig. 1. Pseudoboeckella brevicaudata (Mrazek), , fifth feet.

Fiq. 2. Pseudoboeckella vallentini, sp. n., , fifth feet.

Fig. 3. Cyclops michaelseni, var. falklandi , nov. var., § > filth foot.

Fig. 4. Bueckella michaelseni (Mrazek), $ , fifth foot.

Fig. 5. „ „ „ <5 , fifth feet.

Fig. 0. „ ,, ,, <S (juv.), fifth feet.

Fig. 7. Pseudoboeckella brevicaudata (Mrazek), 5 ? fifth foot.

Fig. 8. Pseudoboeckella vallentini , sp. n., 5 > fifth foot.

Pig. 9. Pseudoboeckella poppei, Mrazek, <3 , fifth feet.

Fig. 10. Pseudoboeckella brevicaudata (Mrazek), $ posterior thoracic
segments and abdomen.

Fig. 11. Pseudoboeckella vallentini , sp. n., posterior thoracic segments
and abdomen.

Fig. 12. Oithona helgolandica, Claus, 5 , rostrum

Plate II.

Fig. 1. Parabroteas sars '<(D day), $, x 15.

Pig. 2. „ „ $ , second maxilliped.

Pig. 3. „ „ $ , first foot.

Fig. 4. „ „ $, fifth foot.

Fig. 5. Cyclops prasinus, Fischer, £ , antennule.

Pig. G. . „ „ „ $ , fifth foot.

Fig. 7. „ „ „ $ , abdomen.

Pig. 8. Cyclops michaelseni, Mrazek, var. falklandi, var. nov., $ , an-
tennule.

Fig. 9. Ditto, $ , abdomen.

Fig. 10. Drepanopus pectinatus, G. S. Brady, fifth feet.

Fig. 11. „ „ „ $ , fifth feet.

II. — Diagnoses of new Marine Fishes collected by the British
Antarctic (‘Terra Nova') Expedition. By C. Tate
Began, M.A.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

1. Antarctic Fishes.

Paraliparis antarcticus) sp. n.

D. GO. A. 55. P. 19 + 3-4 + 4-5. Teeth villi form, in

12

Mr. C. T. Regan — Diagnoses of

bands. Lower end of gill-opening opposite middle of base of
pectoral. Anal origin, below about ninth ray of dorsal.

Total length 140 mm.

S. of Balleny Is., 200 fathoms.

Trernatomus pennellii, sp. n.

D. Y-YI, 32-34. A. 30. Scales 52-56 ; in upper lateral
line 32 to 36. Eye 3* to 3J in head, interorbital width 6
to 10. Scales on head as in T. hansoni , from which this
species differs in the fewer scales and fin-rays.

Total length 100-140 mm.

Off C. Adare, 45-50 fathoms.

Trernatomus centronotus} sp. n.

D. Y-YI, 32-35. A. 29-32. Scales 50-56 ; in upper
lateral line 30 to 36. Closely related to T. pennellii ; eye a
little larger and interorbital width a little less, but especially
distinguished by having the dorsal spines stiff and pungent.

Total length 175-210 mm.

McMurdo Sound, 100-200 fathoms.

Trernatomus eulepidotus , sp. n.

D. YI, 35-36. A. 33-34. Scales 70; in upper lateral
line 42 to 46, in lower 10 to 15. Eye 3^ in head, interorbital
width 5. Head covered with scales, only the lips naked.

Total length 140-165 mm.

McMurdo Sound, 160-241 fathoms.

Artedidraco oriance , sp. n.

D. III-IY, 25. A. 17-18. Depth 5 to 5|- in length,
bead 2| to 3. Barbel club-shaped, ^ length of head. Soft
dorsal highest anteriorly.

Total length 80 mm.

Off C. Adare, 45-50 fathoms.

Dolloidraco velifer , sp. n.

D. II— III, 26. A. 17. Depth 4 in length, head 2?.
Barbel long, fringed distal ly. Anterior rays of soft dorsal f
to j90 length of head.

Total length 180-190 mm.

McMurdo Sound, 207 fathoms.

new Marine Fishes.

13

POGONOPHRYNE, gen. nov.

Near Artedidmco , but head with blunt knobs and ridges,
broad, strongly depressed ; interorbital region wide.

Pogonophryne scotti , sp. n.

D. II, 25. A. 18. Head as broad as long, § length of
fish. Barbel blunt, shorter than eye, which is 5J in head ;
interorbital width 4^-.

Total length 290 mm.

Ross Sea, 158 fathoms.

Prionodraco, gen. nov.

Related to Bathydraco , but body quadrangular and almost
naked except for 4 series of V-shaped serrated bony plates,
each plate with a retrorse spine ; the series of plates margin
the flattish dorsal and ventral surfaces of the body. Lateral
line single, incomplete.

Prionodraco evansii , sp. n.

D. 34-37. A. 29-31. About 50 plates in upper series.
Eye 3 to 2>\ in head, interorbital width 15 or more.

Total length to 132 mm.

Ross Sea and McMurdo Sound, 158-207 fathoms.

Cryodraco atkinsoni , sp. n.

D. Ill, 42. A. 46. Head 3J in length. Eye 5 in head,
interorbital width 4|-. Pelvics 1J as long as head.

Total length 292 mm.

Ross Sea, 158 fathoms.

Chionodraco kathleence , sp. n.

D. VI-VII, 38-42. A. 34-38. Eye 5 to 6 in length of
head, interorbital width 3^ to 4. Pelvic fins reaching anah

Total length 250-500 mm.

Ross Sea and McMurdo Sound, 100-200 fathoms.

ClLENODRACO, gen. nov.

Differs from Chionodraco in that each pelvic fin has a spine
and only 4 soft rays, and also in that the supraorbital ridges
are not crenulated and the gill-rakers are developed as toothed
projections.

14

Mr. C. T. Regan — Diagnoses of

Chcenodraco wilsoni, sp. n.

D. VII, 39. A. 33. Snout 2f, eye 4, interorbital width
3| in head, which is 3^ in length of fish. Dorsals con-
tinuous at base. A large dark spot on spinous dorsal.

Total length 250 mm.

McMurdo Sound, 100-200 fathoms.

Chcenodraco fasciatus , sp. n.

D. VI I, 40. A. 34. Snout 2£, eye 4£, interorbital width
4^ in head, which is 2| in length of fish. Dorsals separate.
Body with 5 blackish cross-bars.

Total length 92 mm.

McMurdo Sound, 207 fathoms.

2. Fishes from New Zealand.

Idiacanthus niger , sp. n.

D. 59 ; origin above posterior part of pelvic fins, when these
are laid back. A. 38 ; origin a little nearer caudal than base
of pelvics. Photophores in ventral series from isthmus to
pelvics about 37, from pelvics to anal 21. Barbel twice as
lonof as head.

Total length 400 inm.

Notopogon, gen. nov.

Differs from Macrorhamphosus in the dorsal fins continuous
at base, the third to seventh spines nearly equidistant and
gradually decreasing backwards, the deeper body, and the
presence in adults of a patch of bristles on the back behind
the head. Only 3 large plates in each dorso-lateral series.

Notopogon lilliei, sp. n.

D. VII, 14, second spine strong, above middle of anal.
A. 19. Distance from base of dorsal spine to vent about f
that from head to caudal fin.

Total length 125 mm.

Notopogon xenosoma , sp. n.

D. VII, 15, second spine rather slender, inserted above
caudal peduncle. A. 17. Distance from base of dorsal spine
to vent rather more than that from head to caudal fin.

Total length 80 mm.

Cape North, 70 fathoms.

new Marine Fishes.

15

Serranops, gen. nov.

Related to Plectranthias , Bleek., but serrations of lower
prseopercular limb weak, not antrorse, and scales spinulose.

Serranops maculicauda, sp. n.

D. X 15. A. Ill 7. Lateral line 33-34. 16 gill-rakers

on lower part of anterior arch. Maxillary naked, extending
to below middle or posterior part of eye. Eye 3, interorbital
width 6 in head. A large dark spot on each side of caudal
peduncle.

Total length 60-100 mm.

Cape North, 70 fathoms.

Lepidoperca, gen. nov.

Externally differs from Ccesioperca in the flat interorbital
region, truncate caudal, and larger scales. No transverse
ridge in front of occipital crest ; mucous canals of frontals
bordering a narrow groove, which does not broaden out in
front.

Lepidoperca inornata , sp. n.

D. X 16. A. Ill 8. Lateral line 41. Near L. coatsii
(Ccesioperca coatsii, Regan, 1913), but mouth smaller, prse-
orbital scaly, body deeper, last dorsal spine higher, dorsal fin
immaculate.

Total length 135 mm.

Cape North, 70 fathoms.

Ilemerocoetes pauciradiatus, sp. n.

D. 36. A. 32. Scales 45. Eye 3^ to 3| in length of
bead.

Total length 50-62 mm.

Cape North, 70 fathoms.

Ilemerocoetes macrophthalmus , sp. n.

D. 39. A. 36. Scales 47. Eye 2§ to 3 in length of
head.

Total length 91-120 mm.

Cape North, 70 fathoms.

Cuhiceps cceruleus, sp. n.

D. XI, I 23. A. Ill 21. Probably not more than 50

16

Diagnoses of new Marine Fishes.

scales in a lateral series. Depth 3f to 3§ in length. Eye
3 2 to 3§ in head. Pectoral as long as head, extending to
origin of anal. Bluish.

Total length 100-110 mm.

Three Kings Is.

Cynophidium, gen. nov.

Differs from Snyderidia, Gilb., 1905, in the presence of
pelvic fins; these are a pair of simple filaments, jugular in
position.

Cynophidium punctatum , sp. n.

Depth nearly equal to head, which is 6 in length of fish.
Origin of dorsal slightly in advance of vent. Pelvics ^ head
or \ distance from their base to origin of anal. Olivaceous,
powdered with little dark spots.

Total length 185 mm.

Cape North, 70 fathoms.

Arnoglossus monyonuiensis , sp. n.

D. 86-90 ; second to fifth rays prolonged in $ . A. 72-76.
Scales 70. Depth 2J to 2J in length, head 4 to 4J. Eyes
close together, 3 to 3J in head. Maxillary extending to
anterior edge of eye.

Total length 75-85 mm.

Cape North, 14-30 fathoms.

3. Fishes from Brazil.

Malacorhina cirrifer , sp. n.

Very similar to M. mira, Garin., allowing for differences
due to sex and size, this being a young female. Distance
between nostrils less than that of either from edge of disc.

Total length 220 mm.

Cape Frio, 40 fathoms.

Prionotus brachychir , sp. n.

D. VITI-XI, 10-12. A. 10-12. Scales 50 to 60, 45 to
50 in lateral line. Strong opercular and prseopercular spines,
but no other spines on head. Maxillary extending to below
anterior of eye. Interorbital space a little concave, J
diameter of eye, which is equal to snout or postoibital length
of head. Second or third dorsal spine longest, ^ head.
Pectoral shorter than head.

Total length 70-80 mm.

Cape Frio, 40 fathoms.

On the Fishes of the Family Maororliamphosidse. 17

Xystreurys hrasiliensis , sp. n.

D. S3. A. 66. Scales 85. Depth 2^- in length. Eye 3
in head.

Total length 170 mm.

(Jape Frio, 40 fathoms.

III. — A Synopsis of the Fishes of the Family
Macrorhamphosidse. By C. Tate Began, M.A.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

Synopsis of the Genera and Species .

I. First dorsal spine quite short.

A. On each side of the back two series of bony plates, in each series
3 well-developed and a fourth, much smaller than the others.

1. Dorsal fins separated by an interspace, or connected by a
series of short isolated spines ; distance from base of dorsal
spine to vent not or but little more than \ that from head
to caudal fin. ( Macrorhamphosus .)

a. Diameter of eye not less than postorbital length of head.

Depth of body 3| to 4J in length; dorsal spine
inserted above origin or anterior part of anal,
strong, serrated, § to § of distance from oper-
culum to caudal

Depth of body 3 to 3£ in length ; dorsal spine
inserted above vent, strong, serrated, \ to f- of

distance from operculum to caudal

Depth of body 4 to 4\ in length; dorsal spine in-
serted a little in advance of vent, strong, ser-
rated, when laid back reaching caudal fin ... .
Depth of body 4 \ to 6£ in length ; dorsal spine in-
serted in advance of vent, serrated or not, to
f distance from head to caudal fin, when laid
back nearly or quite reaching origin, or some-
times posterior end of soft dorsal

Depth of body 4\ to 5 in length ; dorsal spine in-
serted in advance of vent, smooth or feebly
serrated, ft to \ of distance from operculum
to caudal fin, when laid back not reaching soft
dorsal

scolopax.

elevatus.

sagifue.

gracilis .

japonicus.

b. Diameter of eye less than postorbital length of head.

velitaris.

2

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xiii.

18

Mr. C. T. Regan — A Synopsis of

2. Dorsal fins continuous at base ; spinous dorsal of 7 spines, tlie
last 5 nearly equidistant and gradually decreasing in length
backwards ; adults with a patch of bristles on nape. ( Noto -
pogon .)

a. Distance from base of dorsal spine to vent § to £ that from

head to caudal fin lilliei.

b. Distance from base of dorsal spine to vent about equal to
that from head to caudal fin.

ct. Origin of soft dorsal nearer to base of second dorsal spine
than to edge of back in front of spinous dorsal.

schoteli.

/3. Origin of soft dorsal nearer to edge of back in front of
spinous dorsal than to base of second dorsal spine.

Dorsal spine stout, with numerous serrations, in-

serted above base of soft dorsal fernandezianus.

Dorsal spine rather slender, with few serrations,

inserted above caudal peduncle xenosoma.

B. On each side of the back two series of bony plates, each series
with 4 well-developed plates ; dorsal fins continuous at base,
the spinous dorsal with 7 spines. ( Centriscops .)

1. Second dorsal spine inserted above vent or origin of anal ; base

of spinous dorsal nearly horizontal .... sinuosus.

2. Second dorsal spine inserted above anal fin ; base of spinous

dorsal nearly vertical.

Dorsal spine \ distance from head to caudal ; dia-
meter of eye not greater than depth of cheek,
scarcely more than £ length of snout (in a
specimen of 135 mm.) humerosus.

Dorsal spine £ distance from head to caudal ;
diameter of eye twice depth of cheek, more
than length of snout (in an adult specimen), obliquus.

II. First dorsal spine f as long as second, which is as long as head,
distance from head to caudal fin, or depth of body. ( Scolopac. -
ichthys.) armatus.

1. Macrorhamphosus, Lacep., 1803.

Hist. Nat. Poiss. v. p. 136.

Centriscus (non Linn.), Cuv. Regne Anim. ii. p. 350 (1817).
Macrognathus , Gronow, Cat. Fish. p. 147 (1854).

Orthichthys, Gill, Proc. Acad. Philad. 1862, p. 234.

1. Macrorhamphosus scolopax} Linn.

Centriscus scolopax, Giinth. Cat. Fish. iii. p. 519 (1861).

North Atlantic and Mediterranean.

Specimens in the British Museum from England, Madeira,
Spain, and Italy.

the Fishes of the Family Macrorhamphosidse.

19

2. Macrorhamphosus elevatus , Waite.

Macrorhamphosus scolopax, var. elevatus , Waite, Mem. Austral. Mus.
iv. 1899, p. 59, pi. vii. fig. 1.

Macrorhamphosus gallinago, Ogilby, Proc. It. Soc. Queensland, xxi.
1908, p. 6.

? Macrorhamphosus lancifei', Ogilby, Proc. R. Soc. Queensland, xxiii.
1910, p. 90.

? Macrorhamphosus rubustus , Ogilby, t. c. p. 91.

Macrorhamphosus scolopax , Waite, Rec. Canterbury Mus. i. 1911,
p. 171.

Macrorhamphosus elevatus, McCulloch, ‘Endeavour’ Fishes, p. 23,
fig. 8 (1911).

Australia and New Zealand.

In the British Museum a single specimen from Tasmania,
not quite so deep and with the dorsal spine shorter than the
example figured by Waite, but evidently of the same species.

Ogilby has described three species from Queensland, but
these are distinguished from each other and from M. elevatus
by differences in the depth of the body and the length of the
dorsal spine, which may not be outside the limits of varia-
tion for this species.

3. Macrorhamphosus sagifue , Jord. & Starks.

Macrorhamphosus sagifue , Jord. & Starks, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. xxvi.
1902, p. 69, fig. 2.

Japan.

4. Macrorhamphosus gracilis , Lowe.

Centriscus gracilis, Lowe, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1839, p. 86; Giintli. Cat.
Fish. iii. p. 521 (part.).

In the British Museum several examples from Madeira ; a
very small specimen taken between Montevideo and Magellan
may also belong to this species, which is very variable. The
ventral scutes are much less distinctly keeled than in
M. scolopax and the snout is shorter than in that species,
only twice as long as the rest of the head in the adult fish.

5. Macrorhamphosus japonicus, Giintli.

Centriscus japonicus, Giintli. Cat. Fish. iii. p. 522 (1861).

? Macrorhamphosus gracilis, Waite, Mem. Austral. Mus. iv. 1899, pi. vii.
fig. 2.

In the British Museum two examples, types of the species,
said to be from Japan. These measure 110 and 125 mm. in
total length and seem to be specifically identical with the
New South Wales specimen figured by Waite.

2*

20

Mr. C. T. Regan — A Synopsis of

6. Macrorhamphosus velitaris , Pall.

Centriscus velitaris, Pall. Spicil. Zool. viii. p. 36, pi. iv. fig. 8; Giinth.
Cat. Fish. iii. p. 524 (1861).

Centriscus gracilis (part.), Giintli. Cat. Fish. iii. p. 521 (1861).
Centriscus brevispinis, Kner & Steind. Sitzungsb. Akad. Wien, liv.
1866, p. 874, pi. iii. fig. 9.

Macrorhamphosus hawaiensis, Gilb. Bull. U.S. Fish. Comm. f. 1903,
p. 613, fig. 237 (1905).

Atlantic and Indo-Pacific.

I have examined small specimens, similar to those described
by Pallas, Kner and Steindacliner, and Gilbert, from East
Africa, the Indian Ocean, China, and the Mediterranean ;
the last-named do not appear to differ in any respect from the
others. There are also some larger examples, up to 85 mm.,
from Messina, Madeira, and Sierra Leone. The species is
close to M. gracilis , but has a smaller eye.

2. Notopogon, Regan, 1913.

Supra, p. 14.

1 . Notopogon lilliei , Regan.

Supra , p. 14.

Cenf.riscops humerosus, McCulloch, 1 Endeavour’ Fish. p. 24, fig. 5, and
pi. ix. (1911).

Southern Australia; New Zealand.

2. Notopogon schofeli , M. Weber.

Macrorhamphosus schoteli, Weber, Tijdschr. Nederl. Dierk. Verein. (2)
xi. 1910, p. 77, pi. iv.

W. Atlantic, between Bahia and Montevideo.

3. Notopogon fernandezianus, Delfin.

Centriscus fernandezianus, Delfin, Rev. Chilen. iii. 1899, p. 76.

Juan Fernandez.

4. Notopogon xenosoma , Regan.

Supra, p. 14.

Cape North, New Zealand.

3. Centriscops, Gill, 1862.

Proc. Acad. Philad. p. 234.

Limicidina, Fowler, Proc. Acad. Philad. lix. 1907, p. 425.

the Fishes of the Family MacrorhamphosidEe.

21

1. Centriscops sinuosus , sp. n.

Deptli of body equal to length of head, 2£ in length of
fish. Diameter of eye equal to interorbital width, less than
postorbital length of head or depth of cheek, nearly £ length
of snout. Interorbital region strongly convex, with median
ridge. Upper profile sinuous, convex in front of eye and
behind head ; belly convex. Each dorso-lateral series with
4 large plates. Dorsal VII, 15, the two fins subcontinuous
second spine strong, serrated, nearly ^ as long as distance
from operculum to caudal, inserted above vent or origin of
anal. Anal 17-18. Pectoral as long as head without snout.
Caudal truncate. Brownish above, golden below.

Two specimens, 125 and 135 mm. in total length, from
New Zealand, presented by the late Captain Hutton ; a
smaller example (55 mm.) is more slender, the depth being J
of the length.

This species is very near C. humerosus, which has a some-
what longer snout and the dorsal spine placed higher and
further back. In the type of C. humerosus the distance
from the centre of the last bony plate of the upper series to
the base of the dorsal spine is more than ^ of that from head
to caudal fin, but in C. sinuosus only ^ to §.

2. Centriscops humerosus , Richards.

Centriscus humerosus, Richards, ‘ Erebus ’ and 1 Terror ’ Fish. p. 56,
pi. xxxiv. figs. 5, 6 (1846) ; Giinth. Cat. Fish. iii. p. 522 (1861).

Southern Australia,

In the British Museum only the type, a dried specimen
about 130 mm. long.

3. Centriscops obliquus , Waite.

Centriscops humerosus obliquus, Waite, Rec. Canterbury Mus. i. 1911,
p. 170, pi. xxvi.

New Zealand.

4. SCOLOPACICHTHYS, gen. nov.

Scolopacichthys armatus , Sauvage.

Centriscus armatus, Sauvage, Arch. Zool. Exper. viii. 1879, p. 56.

Island of St. Paul.

Evidently generically distinct from Macrorhamphosus.

22

Mr. R. S. Bagnall on new Thysanoptera.

IV. — Brief Descriptions of new Thysanoptera. — II. Bv

Richard S. Bagnall, F.L.S., F.E.S. (Hope Depart-
ment of Zoology, University Museum, Oxford).

Suborder Terebranti a.

Family Thripidae.

Scirtothrips signipennis, sp. n.

$ . — Length 1*2 mm.

Light lemon-yellow, first antennal joint almost white, 5
distally very lightly tinged with grey, 6 with distal two-
thirds (or thereabouts) and 7 and 8 wholly grey-brown.
Fore-wings grey-brown, second and apical fifths white or
light grey ; hind-wings with middle brown, corresponding to
the long dark patch of upper wing.

Head transverse, about O’ 8 as long as broad. Eyes rather
large and coarsely facetted, pigment very deep purplish
black ; ocelli with crimson crescentic margins. Antennae
twice as long as the head, slender ; relative lengths of joints
approximately : — 16 : 22 : 32 : 30 : 32 : 32 : 7 : 13 — 1 and 2
much broader than any of the following, and 6 not divided.
Double trichomes on 3 and 4 long and very slender. Mouth-
cone short, brown at tip ; maxillary palpi 3-jointed, joints 2
and 3 practically subequal in length.

Prothorax about as long as head and about 1*6 times as
broad as long, surface sparsely and irregularly set with very
minute setae ; one postero-marginal spine near each hind-
angle, short, only 0*25 the length of prothorax. Legs
somewhat stout, hind-tibia with a series of moderately fine
spines on distal half within, and tarsus with a series of similar
spines near apex. Pterothorax nearly 1*45 times as broad as
the prothorax, and about as long as broad. Wings slender,
reaching only to the sixth abdominal segment ; cilia fuscous,
those of hind margins very long ; fore-wing with three
minute, widely spaced setae on distal half of upper vein, and
lower vein witli but four setae. Hind-wing with median vein
continued almost to apex, very prominent through dark area.

Abdomen elongate-ovate, dorsal surface finely and wavily
striate, in parts reticulate; segments If and 10 with mod-
erately long and rather fine bristles, 9 being furnished with a
shorter dorsal pair which are somewhat widely separated.

23

Mr. R. S. Bagnall on new Tliysanoptera.

This species somewhat closely resembles Euthrips cingu -
latus, Karny, from which it is easily separated by the pro-
thoracic bristle at each hind-angle, the uniform light yellow
colour of body, and the coloration of the antennae. The
coloration of the wings is about the same. The relative
lengths of the antennal joints are also distinctive.

Type. In British Museum of Natural History.

Hab. CEYLON : Peradeniya, 1 $ taken by Mr. A. Ruther-
ford from under leaf-sheaths of banana, 16. 6. 13 (Entomo-
logical Research Committee).

Pseudothrips glaucus , sp. n.

$ . — Length 09 5, breadth of mesothorax 0*28 mm.

General colour light grey-brown, apex of abdomen slightly
darker ; legs somewhat lighter than the body. Antennae
darker grey-brown, with joints 1 and 3 a little lighter.
Wings greyish yellow.

Head transverse, about 065 as long as broad, practically
as long as prothorax. Mouth-cone almost reaching across
prosternum ; palpi rather long. Antennae more than twice
as long as head ; joint 3 pedicellate, 6 simple, not divided.
Relative lengths of joints approximately : — 10 : 22 : 27 :
21 : 22 : 26 : 5 : 8.

Prothorax P85 times as broad as long, one long and stout
bristle near each hind-angle. Pterothorax large. Legs
moderately long and stout. Wings long, reaching almost to
tip of abdomen ; upper vein of fore-wing with an unbroken
series of 15-18, and lower vein with 13—15 setae.

Abdomen elongate-ovate, posterior margin of eighth tergite
fringed. Bristles at hind-margin of ninth tergite long, but
those of tenth comparatively short, excepting a pair of long
dorsal bristles.

This species is easily separated from P. inequalis (Beach)
by it3 colour, the undivided sixth antennal joint (and relative
lengths of joints), shorter prothorax, and presence of dorsal
bristles on tenth abdominal segment.

Type. In Hope Collections, University Museum, Oxford.

Ilab . Cape Town, 1 $ from Sebcea (Dr. R. Marloth).

Physothrips antennatus , sp. n.

? . — Length 1*3 to 1*4 mm.

Colour dark brown, crimson hypodermal pigmentation

24

Mr. 14. S. Bagnall on new Thysanoptera.

especially noticeable in thorax. Fore-femora basally and all
tibia3 distally shaded to pale yellowish-white, all tarsi yellow.
Basal half of third antennal joint light yellowish-brown and
distal half (the constricted part) of both 3 and 4 lighter than
the basal half. Wings grey-brown.

Head O' 8 as long as broad across eyes, and nearly as long
as the prothorax ; cheeks gently diverging to base. Antennae
2*7 times as long as the head; relative lengths of joints 3-8
approximately: — 38 : 56 : 30 : 40 : 7 : 13. Joint 4 curiously
constricted and produced in the form of a stem distally.

Fore- wing with a series of 10 spines in upper vein,
commencing at the basal fourth and extending to the distal
third, and 2 at apex ; lower vein with a series of 13, com-
mencing just beyond the first bristle in the long series of
upper vein.

Abdomen elongate, ninth segment with a pair of dorsal
bristles in addition to the postero-marginal series.

This species comes near to sjostedti (Tryb.), usitatus , Bagn.,
and variabilis , Bagn., but is readily separated from these and
all other described species of the genus by the long fourth
antennal joint and its curious distal stem.

Type. In British Museum of Natural History.

Hah. Uganda (GY. G. Gowdey). Mr. Gowdey writes that
this species feeds on the spores of the coffee- fungus, Hemeltia
vastatrix.

Thrips hololeucus , sp. n.

$ . — Length 1 0-1*2, breadth of mesothorax 0*27 mm.

Colour to the unaided eye white, under a moderate power
from very light greyish-yellow to a deeper shade in dark
specimens. Antennae with the first joint white or colourless,
2-7 light greyish-brown, basal halves of 3 and 4 lighter, and
5 also lighter basally.

Head transverse, 1*37 times a3 broad as long, and not quite
as long as the prothorax ; posterior fourth faintly and irregu-
larly transversely striate. Cheeks gently arcuate ; mouth-
cone pointed, reaching across prosternum, maxillary palpi
long and slender, third joint the longest. Eyes occupying
one-half the length of the head, coarsely facetted, pilose ;
pigmentation deep black. Ocelli with yellowish crescentic
hypodermal pigmentation, a short curved seta on each side
of the anterior one. A series of short dorsal setre on an
irregular line drawn behind the eyes. Antennae with basal
joints subapproximate, 2*25 times as long as the head ; third

25

Mr. R. S. Bagnall on new Thyscinoptera.

joint pedicellate ; relative lengths of joints as follows : —
8 : 13 : 17 : 16 : 13 : 17 : 5 — 2 distinctly broader than any
of the following, 5 and 6 somewhat broadly united ; double
trichomes on 3 and 4 slender and only moderately long.

Protliorax 1*5 times as broad as long, surface faintly and
irregularly striate ; the two bristles at each posterior angle
from 0*3 to 0'34 as long as the protliorax, stout; a series of
short postero-marginal setae, of which the inmost pair is
slightly the longest. Dorsal surface irregularly set with
setae. Pterothorax about as long as broad. All legs fairly
long and stout, sparingly setose, set* on the fore-margins of
all tibiae forwardly curved ; hind tibiae with series of short
spines on distal third within. Wings reaching to ninth
abdominal segment, faintly tinged greyish-yellow ; cilia and
spines dark. Costa and veins of fore-wing distinct ; upper
vein with a series of 4-5 basal setae, 3 terminating at junc-
ture with lower vein, then 4 widely and somewhat regularly
spaced ones occupying the distal half; costa with 28 setae,
increasing in length distally, those towards the apex being as
long or longer than the breadth of the wing ; lower vein
regularly set with 15-16 setae. Cilia on fore-margins of
both pairs somewhat sparse and widely spaced ; on hind
margin close, long, and wavy.

Abdomen elongate-ovate, about twice (or a little more) as
long as broad ; segments 2 and 3 the broadest, gently
narrowing from 3 to 7 and thence more sharply to tip.
Kightli tergite with a very fine fringe. Terminal bristles
on 9 and 10 long and stout, about 1*5 times as long as the
respective segments bearing them, and 9 with a pair of
shorter dorsal biistles. Lateral abdominal bristles mod-
erately long and stout, all light greyish-brown.

A distinctive species.

Type. In Hope Collections, University Museum, Oxford.

Hab. Japan : Kobe, July 1913 («/. E. A. Lewis).

Thiips albipes , sp. n.

? . — Length 09 to IT, breadth of mesothorax 0*21 mm.

Head yellowish-white, with greyish-brown cheeks; pro-
thorax golden-yellow; pterothorax also golden-yellow, but
deeper and usually shaded with brown. Abdomen rich
brown, first (and sometimes the second) segment lighter; all
setae dark. All legs yellowish-white or light lemon-yellow.
Antennai with first segment grey, 3 and sometimes extreme

26

Mr. R. S. Bagnall on new Thysanoptera.

base of 4 light lemon-yellow ; 2 and 4 to 7 brown, 2 some-
times lighter distally. Fore-wings smoky-brown, basal
fourth light.

Head almost as in hoJoIeucus , about 1*25 times as broad as
long, and about as long as the prothorax. Eyes as in holo-
leucns , pigmentation deep purplish-black ; ocelli with crimson
crescentic pigmentation. Mouth-cone not quite reaching
across prosternum ; maxillary palpi long, with middle joint
the shortest ; labial palpi long and slender. Antennae about
2*3 times as long as the head ; relative lengths of joints ap-
proximately:— 7 : 12 : 17 : 16 : 12 : 17 : 5 — 2 broader than
any of the following, 3 pedicellate, and 5 and 6 rather
broadly jointed.

Prothorax 1*5 times as long as broad, with setae as in
hololeucus , dorsal surface not striated. Pterothorax about as
broad as long. Legs as in hololeucus , hind-tibiae shorter,
with a series of short setae on the distal half within. Wings
reaching to the ninth abdominal segment, fore-wings about
15 times as long as broad across middle. Veins of fore-wing
not distinct, upper vein with 3 widely-spaced setae in distal
half ; lower vein with a series of 14 and costa 26 to 30 seta?.
Cilia as in hololeucus . Hind-wing with a dark median vein
to apex.

Abdomen ovate or, when segments are fully extended,
elongate-ovate, apically rather sharply narrowed and pointed.
Eighth tergite very finely fringed. Terminal bristles long,
ninth segment with a pair of short widely-separated bristles
(0*3 to 0*4 the length of the long ones), which are inwardly
directed distally. Lateral abdominal bristles somewhat long.

Also a distinctive species.

Type. In Hope Collections, University Museum, Oxford.

Uab. JAPAN : Okinawa, Lucliu Is., on nasturtium, Majr,
and at Kobe, with T. hololeucus , sp. n., July 1913 ( J . E. A.
Lewis) .

Suborder Tubulifeua.

Docessissophotlirips frontalis , sp. n.

Length about 5*5 mm.

Colour deep blackish-brown ; fore-tibiae light yellowish-
brown, all tarsi dark yellowish-brown ; wings smoky-brown,
cilia darker. Antennae absent in the unique example.

Head twice as long as broad, almost as in D. major , Bagn.,
but with tlie vertex produced into a prominent hump, with

27

Mr. R. S. Bagnall on new Thysanoptera .

the front margin truncate and having the anterior ocellus on
the truncate plane facing forwards. The posterior three-
fourths is dorsally gently and evenly arcuate, and the surface
is irregularly and rather deeply furrowed dorso- and ventro-
laterally. Cheeks set with numerous short setae. Postocular
bristles long and colourless; a second shorter and weaker
pair set within the longer pair and on about the same line.

/ \

Docessissophothrips frontalis, sp. n. Head and prothorax viewed
laterally, with right front leg.

Prothorax as in D . major , bristles at the anterior and
posterior angles, together with mid-lateral and postero-
marginal pairs, long, slender, and colourless ; those on poste-
rior margin the longest. Pterothorax as broad as width
across the fore-coxae and only slightly longer than broad.
Wings reaching to the eighth abdominal segment. Fore-
femora and tibiae apparently without the long conspicuous
bristles seen in D. major ; inner margin of fjre-tibiae with
numerous rather long setae (as long as the breadth of the
tibia).

Abdomen elongate, gently and roundly narrowed from
seventh segment to base of tube. Tube about 065 the length
of the head, terminal hairs very weak, about 0*7 as long as
tube, colourless distally. Bristles on ninth segment about as
long as the tube, colourless ; other lateral abdominal bristles
moderately long, faintly tinged with yellow, or colourless.

Type. In Hope Collections, University Museum, Oxford.

llab. Japan : one example collected by Mr. John E. A.
Lewis.

Androthrips jlavipes , sp. n.

£ . — Length about 2*3 mm.

Thorax and abdomen dark grey- to blackish-brown, the
former a little less deep in colour ; head yellowish-brown, with

28

Mr. R. S. Bagnall on new Thysanoptera.

cheeks dark greyish-brown. All legs (excepting coxae)
yellow. Antennae with joints l and 2 dark brown, the latter
lighter apically ; 3 and 5 yellow, with very faint tinge of grey
distally; 4 yellow, grey-brown near apex; 6 yellow, dis-
tinctly tinged with grey distally; and 7 and 8 light grey-
brown.

Head approximately 1*2 times longer than broad and 1*5
times as long as the prothorax, sides parallel. Mouth-cone
exceptionally short, maxillary palpi with second joint very
long. Antennae 1*55 times as long as the head, joints 3 and
4 much broader than any of the others. Relative lengths of
joints approximately : — 12 : 18 : 22 : 22 : 19 : 18 : 17 : 12.

Prothorax transverse, about twice as broad as long ; bristles
at posterior and anterior angles, and the mid-lateral and
postero-marginal pairs present. The postero-marginal pair
and those at posterior angles long, the latter 0*6 as long
as the prothorax. Pterothorax transverse. Fore-femora
strongly incrassate, with a stout, blunt, tooth-like projection
at the base within, the inner margin straight and set with a
few very minute “ teeth.” Fore-tarsus set with a stout,
sharp, curved tooth.

Wings practically clear, rather broad ; fore-wings appa-
rently not constricted as in Hoplothrips , with 8-11 duplicated
cilia.

Abdomen about as broad as the pterothorax, elongate,
narrowing evenly from sixth segment to base of tube. Tube
0*6 the length of head, about twice as long as broad at base,
and twice as broad at base as at apex. Terminal hairs longer
than tube, but very slender (and difficult to see) distally,
colourless, except near base. Lateral abdominal bristles long
and slender, faintly knobbed ; none so long as the tube.

Type . In the British Museum of Natural History.

Hab. CEYLON : Peradeniya, 1 $ taken by Mr. A.

Rutherford from Memexylon umbellatum , 28. 6. 13 (Entomo-
logical Research Committee).

Gynaikothrips harny i *, sp. n.

Length 1*9, breadth of mesothorax 0*42 mm.

Colour deep blackish-brown, thorax and distal half of tube
not quite so dark ; all tibiae and tarsi light lemon-yellow,
and antennal joints 3-8 lemon- to golden-yMlow.

Head about 1*42 times as long as broad and practically

* Named in honour of Dr. II. Karny, who has done so much work on
gall-thrips.

29

Mr. E. S. Bagnall on new TIrysanoptera.

twice as long as the protliorax ; sides parallel. Mouth-cone
reaching across prosternum, somewhat pointed. Eyes occu-
pying about one-third the length of the head, finely facetted ;
postocular bristles moderately long and stout. Vertex raised
in form of a hump. Ocelli large. Antennae 1*5 times as
long as the head ; relative lengths of joints approximately : —
10 : 16 : 23 : 22 : 22 : 21 : 18 : 13 — 7 and 8 broadly jointed,

8 narrowly pyriform, pointed apically.

Prothorax very short and strongly transverse, at least 2*3
times as broad across posterior angles as long ; all bristles
present, long and rather stout, pointed ; postero-marginal pair
0*8 as long as the prothorax. Pterothorax a little wider than
width across fore-coxae and as long as broad. Legs normally
stout and long. Wings reaching to eighth abdominal seg-
ment, cilia smoky.

Abdomen about as broad as the pterothorax, gently nar-
rowing from fifth segment. Tube 0*6 as long as the head,
slightly more than twice as long as broad at base, and twice
as broad at base as at apex. Terminal hairs coloured at
base and continued as long colourless filaments, about 0*85
as long as the tube. Lateral abdominal bristles yellow, long
and rather stout on segments 6-8 at least ; those on 9 parti-
cularly long and very slender (and indistinct) apically, up to
1*7 times the length of the tube.

Type. In the British Museum of Natural History.

Hah, Ceylon : Peradeniya, ex marginal leaf-galls of black
pepper [Piper nigrum) , A. Rutherford, 21. 7. 13 (Entomo-
logical Research Committee).

CEdemothnps (?) brevicoltis , sp. n.

? . — Length 1*9, breadth of mesothorax 0*4 mm.

Colour of abdomen black, first segment brownish ; thorax
grey-brown ; head yellow to yellowish-brown, cheeks darker.
Antennae with joints 1 and 2 yellow, 3-5 yellow, lightly
shaded with grey, the fifth darker ; 6 chestnut-brown, rather
lighter at base, and 7 and 8 dark blackish-brown.

Head only 0*9 as long as broad, and as long as the pro-
thorax, cheeks feebly arcuate, converging towards base.
Eyes occupying about 0*34 the length of head. Ocelli
small, posterior pair w'idely separated, almost touching the
inside margins of eyes. Postocular bristles about as long as
the eye, and interocular pair only about 0*5 as long. An-
tennae nearly twice as long as the head ; relative lengths of
joints approximately : — 14 : 19 : 23 : 21 : 20 : 19 : 14 : 9.
Joint 2 constricted near base, 3 clavate, 4 and 5 roughly

30

Mr. R. S. Bagnall on new Thysanoptera.

clavate, 6 with apex rather broadly truncate, and 7 and 8
broadly united.

Prothorax about 2*3 times as broad as long ; bristles at
hind-angles and the postero-marginal pair present, the first-
named long, about 0*5 as long as prothorax. Pterothorax
transverse, about 1*25 times as broad as long. Legs rather
stout and long ; each intermediate and hind-femur with a
short stout seta on the outer margin beyond middle. Wings
absent.

Abdomen elongate-ovate, 0*65 the total length of the
insect, broadest at about fifth segment, where it is 1*4 times
as broad as the mesothorax.

Tube stout, about 08 as long as the head, 1*75 times as
long as broad at base and less than 0*5 as broad at apex
as at base ; terminal hairs short and weak, not quite 0*6 as
long as the tube. Lateral abdominal bristles not long, but
noticeably strong, especially those on segments 7-9.

Type. In Hope Collections, University Museum, Oxford.

Hab. Japan : Okinawa, Luchu Is., 1 ? collected by Mr.
J. E. A. Lewis.

Tricliothrip.s Jewisi , sp. n.

£ . — Length about 1*45, breadth of mesothorax 0*285 mm.

Colour lemon-yellow, antennae very lightly tinged with
grey ; first two antennal joints, frons and cheeks, distal half
of mesothorax, sides of pterothorax, first abdominal segment,
and the anterior corners of segments 2-8 shaded with grey-
brown.

Head 1*1 times as long as broad and 1*3 as long as the
prothorax. Cheeks constricted behind eyes and near base.
Eyes prominent, occupying 0*35 the length of the head,
widely separated. Ocelli rather large, posterior ones well
apart from inner margins of the eyes. Postocular bristles
long and slender ; interocular pair rather short. Mouth-cone
blunt, broadly rounded at apex, reaching a little more than
halfway across prosternum. Antennas twice as long as the
head ; relative lengths of joints as follows : — 13 : 14 : 20 :
16 : 16 : 16 : 13*5 : 16 ; apical joint narrowly pyriform.

Prothorax trapezoidal, twice as broad across hind-angles
as long, with a distinct median line; mid-lateral, postero-
marginal bristles, and pair at hind-angles present, long and
slender, the postero-marginal pair the longest. Pterothorax
about as long as broad ; wings reduced, narrow and vestigial
in character, reaching to hind-margin of first abdominal
segment. Legs moderately long and stout ; fore-femur

31

On new Races of African Ungulates.

incrassate, fore-tibia stout, and tarsus armed with a sharp
broad tooth, and also with a hidden curved tooth near apex.

Abdomen only slightly broader than the pterothorax, prac-
tically subparallel to seventh segment, and thence gently
rounded to base of tube ; well-developed wing-retaining
bristles on segments 2-6. Tube about 0’6 the length of
head, 1*6 times as long as broad near base, and about 0*4 as
broad at apex as at base, evenly narrowed from base to tip.
Terminal hairs about as long as the tube, slender. Lateral
abdominal bristles long and slender on segments 1 to 9,
mostly as long as or longer than tube.

A very distinct species of the group characterized by the
short mouth-cone, and readily recognized by the form of the
head, the relative lengths of the antennal joints, and the
distinctive type of coloration. I have pleasure in naming
the species in honour of its discoverer.

Type. In Hope Collections, University Museum, Oxford.

Hab. Japan : Okinawa, Luchu Is., 1 collected by
Mr. J. E. A. Lewis, May 1913.

V. — Diagnoses of new Races of African Ungulates.

By Ernst Schwarz.

This is the third paper dealing with the Ungulates brought
home by the Duke of Mecklenburg's second Central-African
expedition. In working out the forms now described, the
material in the British Museum has been studied, and has
been of the utmost value. The thanks of the writer for the
facilities afforded are due to Mr. Oldfield Thomas, the Curator
of Mammals.

Hippopotamus amphibius ischadensis, subsp. n.

Type locality. Katana, Bornu.

Type. ? old. Senckenberg Museum, Frankfurt-a.-M.
Journal no. 805. Original no. A. 75.

A rather short and broad-faced race, with the orbits
strongly projecting and decidedly laid forward.

Orbits strongly projecting ; when seen from in front their
lateral margin is seen to be placed almost vertically, their
upper margin to be much higher than the lambdoid crest.
Zygomatic arches slightly narrower than in II. a. amphibius ,

32

Mr. E. Schwarz on new

but distinctly less expanded behind than in H. a. australis.
ltostrum broad, tubular, not constricted. Lower jaw shorter
than in amphibius, especially the corpus, whereas the ramus
is almost as broad. Cheek-teeth series shorter, as a whole,
than in H. a. amphibius , m3 being much larger (m3 of lower
jaw much larger than m2 ; in amphibius m3 is of about the
same size as m2), whereas the anterior cheek-teeth are much
smaller. Canines apparently also weaker than in H. a.
amphibius.

Dimensions of type skull. Basal length 600 mm. ; occipito-
nasal length 563 ; occipital width 293 ; zygomatic width 327 ;
postorbital width 300 ; breadth of rostrum across roots of
canines 2 77 ; facial constriction in front of for. anteorb. 115 ;
nasals, length 387, posterior breadth 122 ; length of upper
tooth-row (alv.) 243 ; length of lower m3 (lower margin of
enamel) 73.

The hippopotamus of the Lake Chad region is nearly
allied to H. a. amphibius of the Nile, in which the orbits are
less projecting ; from H. a. australis of the Cape this race is
at once distinguished by the much shorter and broader face
and the orbits being laid forwards.

A more detailed account of the local races of Hippopotamus
will be given in a subsequent paper.

Bubalis lelwel modestus , subsp. n.

Type locality. Bahr Keeta, N.E. of Ft. Archambault,
Upper Shari district.

Type. old. Senckenberg Museum. Journal nos. 355
(skin), 166 (skull). Original no. 141. Collected in February
1911 by Dr. H. Schubotz.

Most nearly related to B. 1. tschadensis , but smaller and
darker.

Colour of mantle dull reddish brown (“ bistre/’ Rep. de
Coul.), dark on posterior back (323.3), paler anteriorly
(323.2) and on flanks (323.1) ; underparts, thighs, and
shoulders pale ochraceous buff (“buff/’ 309.1). Top of
head and back of ears deep reddish brown like posterior
back, face much lighter ; chin with a sharply defined
brownish-black spot. As in B. 1. tschadensis, a narrow seal-
brown band round hoofs continuous with a large spot above
hoof, and a stripe to the wrists and hocks of the same colour.
Tail-crest and tip black, base light ochraceous buff.

Skull. Much as in B. 1. tschadensis, except its much inferior
size. Horns much smaller than in tschadensis) tips slightly
curved, but much less so than in tschadensis, slightly diverging

33

Races of African Ungulates.

in tlie type, but parallel or even converging in other speci-
mens. Pedicle of horn short, less erected than in tschadensis ;
angle formed by pedicle and middle portion smaller than
in tschadensis, but distinctly less than in the Nile forms,
B. 1. lelwel and B. 1. roosevelti.

Dimensions of type skull. Basal length 377 mm. ; greatest
length 477 ; palatal length 215 ; zygomatic width 126 ;
postorbital width 129 ; occipital width 120 ; length of
nasals 213 ; length of upper tooth-row (alv.) 94’6 ; distance
from first premolar to gnathion 137 ; horns, length along
curve 443, greatest width 210.

Although nearer to B. 1. tschadensis , this new race is some-
what intermediate between the Chad form and the races of
the eastern Sudan. It is, however, less red than either of
the latter, and has more erect horn-pedicles, which still more
approach the type found in B. 1. tschadensis , from which it
is easily distinguished by its smaller size and darker, more
reddish colour.

Bubalis major invadens, subsp. n.

Type locality. Garua, Benue River, Adamaua.

Type. <$ old. Senckenberg Museum. Journal no. 408
(skull).

Skull. Forehead slightly convex, but not so much bent
upwards as in B. m. major. Jugal generally broad, but its
anterior margin not square as in B. m. major and B. m.
matschiei, and gradually passing into the masseteric crest of
the maxilla.

Horns. Rather wide and strongly laid backwards. Angle
formed by tips and middle portion very large ; middle por-
tion short, almost not twisted, generally straight and scarcely
converging. Tips long, thick, parallel or slightly divergent.

This race has much stronger horns than B. m. major , the
middle portion of which is less twisted ; the skull differs
conspicuously in the configuration of the forehead and jugal.
A large series of skulls from Ibi and Zungeru, N. Nigeria,
have been examined in the British Museum, a more detailed
account of which will be published later.

Dimensions of type skull. Basal length 419 mm.; greatest
length 521 ; palatal length 252 ; zygomatic width 133 ;
postorbital width 142 ; occipital width 138 ; length of
nasals 235 ; length of upper tooth-row (alv.) 108 ; distance
from first premolar to gnathion 152 ; horns, length along
curve 475 (tips worn), greatest width 310, distance of
tips 228.

Ann. A Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xiii.

3

34

Mr. E. Schwarz on new

Bubalis major matschiei, subsp. n.

Type locality. District of Kpandu, W. Togo.

Type. J adult. Senckenberg Museum. Journal no. 398
(skull).

Skull. Forebead flat, not convex and not bent upwards.
Jugal broad, square in front and sharply set off from the
insignificant masseteric crest of maxillary.

Horns. Very large and expanded. Angle formed by tips
and middle portion usually smaller than in invadens ; middle
portion short, strongly twisted, and very regularly con-
verging. Tips extremely divergent.

The skull of B. m. matschiei is easily distinguished by its
flat forehead and its large and expanded horns.

Dimensions of type skull. Greatest length 501 mm. ; palatal
length 234 ; postorbital width 141*5 ; length of nasals 225 ;
length of upper tooth-row (alv.) 90*5 ; distance from first
premolar to gnatliion 143 ; horns, length along curve 526,
greatest width 338, distance of tips 335.

Damaliscus koba lyra , subsp. n.

Type locality . Ndioko, Gribingi River, Upper Shari district.

Type. $ ad. Senckenberg Museum, Frankfurt-a.-M.
Journal no. 210. Original no. 161. Collected in February
1911 by Dr. H. Sehubotz.

Allied to D. k. korrigum of Lake Chad and the Lower
Shari, but distinguished by the horns being much thinner
and their tips being strongly curved upwards and inwards.

Skull very much as in D. k. korrigum, but more slender
and distinctly narrower across orbital region.

Horns much thinner than in korrigum and tiang. When
viewed in profile they are seen to be much more strongly
recurved, the tips being directed upwards from the third
knot (counted from the tip). Inward curvature of tips
much stronger than in D. k. korrigum.

Dimensions of type skull. Basal length 378 mm.; palatal
length 229 ; zygomatic width 131 ; postorbital width 146 ;
length of nasals 171 ; length of upper tooth-row (alv.) 92*4 ;
horns, length (along curvature) 568, greatest width 300,
distance of tips 197, diameter of horn at base 66*5.

This exceedingly well-marked race is at once distinguished
from D. k. tiang, which has a similar narrow skull, by the
strong curvature of the horn-tips. It is much to be regretted
that no skins are available for comparison.

35

Races of African Ungulates.

“ Damaliscus korrigum j one si,” Lydekker, is a strict syno-
nym of D. koba tiang , as will be shown in a subsequent paper,
when the validity of Damaliscus koba will also be discussed.

Cephalophus dorsalis orientalis, subsp. n.

Type locality. Koloka, near Angu, Welle River.

Type. $ adult. Senckenberg Museum, Frankfurt-a.-M.
Journal no. 1195. Original no. 245. Collected by Dr. H.
Schubotz in June 1911.

Externally not distinguishable from the other forms of
C. dorsalis. Skull much larger than in any of them. Ros-
trum and nasals very long. Floor of orbit not so flat as in
the western forms, and orbital portion of jugal scarcely
expanded.

A female skull and head-skin from Bambili, Welle River,
in the British Museum (no. 7. 7. 8. 224), brought home by
the Alexander-Gosling Expedition, shows the same characters,
and may be regarded as paratype.

Dimensions of type skull. Basal length 178 mm.; upper
length 203 ; zygomatic width 86*4 ; greatest orbital width
87*8; length of nasals 82*9 ; orbit to gnathion 101*5 ; length
of upper tooth-row (alv.) 58*9.

There is a gradual increase in size and facial length in the
local races of C. dorsalis. The West-Coast forms like C. d .
dorsalis are small and have a short rostrum, the length
from orbit to gnathion being generally less than the zygo-
matic width ; in C. d. castaneus from South Nigeria and the
Western Cameroons the length of the rostrum is already
greater than the zygomatic width ; in the races of the Congo
forest, as typified by orientalis , the skull has the normal
shape of a Cephalophus , the relation between facial length
and zygomatic width being not at all so unusual as it is in
the short-headed typical form.

Cephalophus ccerulus * schultzei , subsp. n.

Type locality. Yukaduma, north of River Bumba, South
Cameroons.

Type. ? ad. Senckenberg Museum, Frankfurt-a.-M.
Journal nos. 44*2 (skin), 455 (skull). Original no. 3087.
Collected by Dr. A. Schultze in March 1911.

Distinguished from C. c. bakeri , Rothschild et Neuville,

* This specific name replaces monticola, which, as will be shown in a
subsequent paper, is a clear synonym of Ourebia ourebi.

36

Mr. E. Schwarz on new

by its whiter underside, more brownisli back, and paler
thighs.

Colour of "mantle" dark chocolate-brown (warm sepia,
305 Rep.), lighter (no. 3) anteriorly, darker on the rump
and the pygal region (no. 4), margined behind by a pale
brownish band, and markedly contrasted with the pale
colour of the thighs and flanks. Colour of thighs much
paler and less brownish than in the eastern forms, much
greyer than “otter-brown” (354.2), perhaps with a slight
tinge of “ smoke- grey ” (363.4). Outside of legs “smoke-
grey ” (no. 4) outside, pale brownish inside. Underside of
body much lighter than in the eastern forms, nearly white in
some specimens, with a slight tinge of “ smoke-grey” (no. 1)
in others.

Dimensions of type skull. Occipito-nasal length 116 mm. ;
zygomatic width 55*6; orbital width, greatest 54’6, post-
orbital 52'6 ; nasals, length 43-6, greatest breadth 20'5 ;
length of upper tooth- row (alv.) 36*7.

Cephalophus coerulus melanorrheus , Gray, of Fernando Po,
with which this form has been generally united, is a much
smaller and duller-coloured animal. From the races of the
“ Blue Duiker” from the eastern parts of the African forest
C. c. schultzei differs much less than from this island form.
It must be rather distinct from Lonnberg's C. c. congicus
from the Lower Congo, which is described as having rufous
legs, like the southern races and C. c. anchietce from Angola.

Sylvicapra grimmia pallidior, subsp. n.

Type locality. Mani, Lower Shari River.

Type. $ , subadult. Senckenberg Museum, Frankfurt-
a.-M. Journal nos. 1038 (skin), 704 (skull). Original
no. R. 37. Collected February 19th, 1911.

Distinguished from S. g. abyssinica, Thos., by its slightly
larger size and much paler colour. Coat rather short.

Dorsal surface strongly speckled pale yellow (maize-yellow
no. 4, Rep.) and black. Median line generally not markedly
darker, but shoulders and flanks much less speckled, so as to
appear almost yellow. The pale colour of the shoulders and
neck extends to the head, where it deepens to ochraceous
buff (buff no. 2, Rep.) ; cheeks lighter, similar to shoulders.
Black facial stripe mostly extending from rhinarium to fore-
head, but not confluent with the black tuft on vertex. Back
of ears blackish grey, margined with pale yellow. Chin
white, except two brownish-black patches just below lips.
Chest dull buffy, belly white. Tail below white, with a

Races of African Ungulates. 37

heavy black stripe above. Thighs much like back, hind legs
from hocks very light yellowish (about maize-yellow no. 1,
Rep.), and with a black patch and ring just above hoofs.
Fore legs similar in colour to hind legs, but less speckled
above wrists. The usual black band present only in some
specimens, where it sometimes extends almost to below
shoulders; in the type-specimen it is entirely absent, only
the black patch and ring above hoofs are developed.

Skull. Larger than S. g. abyssinica, with more projecting
orbits and larger bullae.

Dimensions of an adult male skull (no. 637). Greatest
length 168 mm.; basal length 142; palatal length 80;
zygomatic width 74 ; postorbital width 72*2 ; occipital
width 49'3 ; muzzle to orbit 83*5 ; nasals 53*3 x 32 ; length
of upper tooth-row (alv.) 46 ; breadth of bulla at anterior
margin of auditory meatus 14*6.

This duiker differs from all its allies by its pale colour ;
from its eastern representatives, S. g. abyssinicus and S. g.
roosevelti, it is also distinguished by its superior size.

Ourebia ourebi dorcas, subsp. n.

Type locality. Bahr Keeta, N.E. of Ft. Archambault,
Upper Shari district.

Type. Adult . Senckenberg Museum, Frankfurt-a.-M.
Journal nos. 316 (skin), 322 (skull). Collected in February
1911 by Dr. H. Schubotz.

Nearly allied to 0. ourebi montana from Abyssinia, but
distinguished by its smaller size and richer colour.

Upperside dull orange-fawn (hazel no. 4/ Rep. deCouleurs'’),
lighter on the sides and neck ; thighs decidedly paler (no. 1) ;
the colour of the thighs is continued down the anterior and
posterior side of the hind legs, whereas the sides are very
pale buffy ; fore legs like thighs. Above the hoofs the legs
are pale buffy. Forehead and middle portion of face like
back, cheeks decidedly paler (hazel no. 1). Above the eyes
the usual white streak and on the vertex a distinct dark
brown patch, which is less conspicuous in the type-specimen.
Back of ears pale fawn, with a large blackish patch; inside
of ears with long white hairs. Underside of body yellowish
white. Tail above somewhat darker than back; below white
at base, deep rusty at tip, and with some black hairs in one
specimen.

Skull. Much as in O. o. montana, but smaller, with narrower
brain-case, narrower bullae, and much deeper hyoidal pits.

Dimensions of type skull. Greatest length 171*5 mm.;

38

Mr. E. Schwarz on new

basal length 151 ; palatal length 95 \5 ; zygomatic width 69;
postorbital width 7 2*6; occipital width 46*4; muzzle to
orbit 92 ; length of nasals 57‘4 ; length of interfrontal
suture 56*3 ; length of upper tooth-row 50*8 (alv.).

Ourebia ourebi splendida, subsp. n.

Type locality . Between Djogto and Lai, east of theLogone
River.

Type. Old <$ . Senckenberg Museum, Frankfurt-a.-M.
Journal no. 969 (skin). Original no. H. 273. Collected
in May 1911. (No skull.)

Distinguished at once from 0. ourebi dorcas by its short
coat, brighter colour, and more definite markings.

Colour of upperside bright orange-fawn (buff no. 4, Rep.),
distinctly paler on sides and neck (no. 1) ; thighs much the
same colour, sharply set off from that of the back. Hind
legs above hocks slightly darker than thighs, below hocks
buffy, the sides being much the same colour as the anterior
and posterior surfaces. Fore legs like thighs ; legs above hoof
very pale buffy. Forehead and middle portion of face like
back, cheeks buff. Above the eyes the usual white streak,
which is more sharply defined than in O. o. dorcas. No dark
patch on vertex, only some hairs with dark tips. Back of ears
pale yellowish fawn, with an indistinct dark patch ; inside of
ears white. Underside of body pure white, very distinctly
set off from the colour of the rump. Tail above darker and
richer-coloured than back ; below white at base and entirely
without black hairs.

Skull. Essentially as in 0. o. dorcas ; in the single skull
examined the bullse are somewhat shorter and broader.

Dimensions of skull ( paratype ). Greatest length 166 mm. ;
basal length 148 ; palatal length 92; zygomatic width 69*7 ;
postorbital width 76'2; occipital width 46’4 ; muzzle to
orbit 89*5 ; length of nasals 58’5 ; length of interfrontal
suture 50 ; length of upper tooth-row (alv.) 46*8.

This oribi is at once distinguished by its short coat, bright
colour, and by the absence of a distinct patch on the vertex.
With the much smaller 0. ourebi nigricaudata from Gambia
it needs no special comparison, as the latter is more greyish
and has a black tail-tip.

Kobus defassa togoensis , subsp. n.

Type locality . District of Kpandu, W. Togo.

Type. <$ adult. Senckenberg Museum, Frankfurt-a.-M.
Journal no. 390 (skull).

39

Races of African Ungulates.

A form of the western short-horned unctuosus- section of
Kobus defassa with a massive skull and strongly curved
horns.

Skull. "Very heavy, slightly larger than in K. d. unctuosus ;
facial portion rather short and narrow, premaxillaries not
widened at all and square in front. Upper orbital margin
not projecting at all, lower rather conspicuously.

Horns short, as in K. d. unctuosus , with short tips, which
are strongly bent upwards or inwards.

Dimensions of type skull. Basal length 362 mm.; upper
length 393 ; palatal length 209 ; palatal width inside m2 55*5 ;
postorbital width 157 ; zygomatic width 147 ; breadth of
rostrum across premaxillse 56*5 : length of upper tooth-row
(alv.) 98’9 ; horns, length along curve 610, greatest dia-
meter at base 71 0.

Adenota kob riparia , subsp. n.

Type locality. District of Kpandu, W. Togo.

Type. $ adult. Senckenberg Museum. Journal no. 402
(skull).

A member of the western group of small ffkobs/’ still
smaller than A. kob kob from Senegambia.

Skull. Smallest of any described race, but very broad.
Orbit strongly projecting, even more so than in A. k. nigru
cans , in which the postorbital breadth is slightly greater, but
the lower margin of the orbit less projecting. Facial portion
of skull short and broad ; rostrum very short; nasals
narrow.

Horns much as in A. k. kob , but shorter and rather more
curved in their basal and middle portion ; distinctly thicker,
with shorter tips, which are much more curved forwards.

Dimensions of type. Upper length 253 mm. ; palatal length
134 ; palatal width inside m2 33*5 ; postorbital width 107 ;
zygomatic width 99 ; occipital width 83 ; nasals, length 96*8,
greatest breadth 193 ; breadth of rostrum across pre-
maxillse 32 9; length of rostrum (gnathion to p2) 78’9 ;
length of upper tooth-row (alv.) 65*5 ; horns, length along
curve 345, greatest diameter at base 47*6.

The Togo “ kob ” is the smallest race of this group known
to me. It is at once known by its short broad skull, short
rostrum, and strongly projecting orbits.

A. k. nigricans , Lydekker, from Sierra Lepne, has a much
longer rostrum ; it was originally described on account of
the dark colour of a female in the British Museum, a
character which is not at all constant in that race, but seems

40

Mr. E. Schwarz on new

to have a similar reason as the dark colour in the Sudan
A. k. leucotis and Onotragus maria, which is a dark form of
the Lichi, Onotragus lechS.

Gazella rufifrons kanuri, subsp. n.

Type locality. Gulfei, Lower Shari.

Type. S a(E Senckenberg Museum. Journal nos. 1037
(skin) , 696 (skull) . Original no. 12. Collected February 9th,
1911, by O. Roder.

A small race of G. rufifrons allied to G. r. hasten, Pocock,
from Kano, N. Nigeria, but slightly more brownish.

Colour of mantle near “ cinnamon !) (323.2, Rep. de Couh),
forehead darker (323.4) ; flanks slightly darker and duller,
thighs distinctly paler than (fbuff” (309.1) ; pale facial stripe
rather broad ; lateral stripe brownish black.

Skull. Distinguished by the narrow orbits, long rostrum,
and narrow palate. Horns narrow, only expanded at tip.

Dimensions of type skull. Basal length 180 mm. ; palatal
length 199; postorbital width 86; zygomatic width 7 5'5 ;
nasals 39*7 x 23 8 ; orbit to gnathion 105 ; length of upper
tooth-row 58’0 ; horns, length on outer curve 269, greatest
width 112.

This gazelle is readily distinguished by its pale colour and
the shape of its skull and horns. G. r. hasleri, from Kano,
is more reddish, and G. r. centralis is much darker and has
much more projecting orbits.

Gazella rufifrons centralis, subsp. n.

Type locality. Magretta, near Melfi, Bagirmi.

Type. $ ad. Senckenberg Museum. Journal no. 691.
Original no. Sch. 206. Collected April 8th, 1911. (Skull.)

A dark form with strongly projecting orbits.

Colour of mantle near “ cinnamon ” (323.4) ; forehead not
darker; flanks pale “cinnamon” (323.1) and thighs exactly
the same colour ; lateral stripe deep black.

Skull. At once characterized by the very strongly pro-
jecting orbits and short narrow muzzle. Palate rather
broad.

Horns of medium length, diverging nearly from base and
distinctly expanded at tips.

Dimensions of type skull. Basal length 185 mm. ; palatal
length 204 ; postorbital width 97*3 ; zygomatic width 82‘9 :
nasals 54,4x30,0; orbit to gnathion 110 ; length of upper
tooth-row 59 4 ; horns, length on outer curve 253, greatest
width 139.

41

Races of African Ungulates ,

The dark colour and the shape of the orbits and muzzle
serve to distinguish this race from its geographical neighbours.
The horns, although already approaching the type of G. r.
albonotata, Rothschild, from the Sudan, are not quite so
much expanded.

Tragelaphus scriptus pictus, subsp. n.

Type locality. Duguia, Lower Shari River.

Type. Adult $ . Senckenberg Museum, Frankfurt-a.-M.
Journal nos. 799 (skin), 827 (skull). Original no. H. 144.
Collected February 27th, 1911.

Most nearly allied to T. s. bor) Heuglin, from the Bahr-el-
Ghazal, hut distinguished by its somewhat brighter colour
and more distinct markings.

$ . General colour above pale reddish brown (cinnamon
no. 2, Rep.), lighter (near cinnamon no. 1) on the sides,
blackish brown (warm sepia no. 2) below. Neck very short-
haired, buffy (lighter than cinnamon no. 1 and strongly
speckled with black), with a sooty patch on withers (warm
sepia no. 2). Crown and cheeks light brownish (between
cinnamon nos. 1-2). The “ Tragelaphine 93 dark band on
forearm and above hock very conspicuous, black on the
inside of the legs, slightly mixed with reddish brown outside.
The median dark line begins at the muzzle and is interrupted
at the forehead; on the neck it is very narrow and very
conspicuously mixed with white in the portion of the dorsal
crest. Transverse stripes narrow, rather conspicuous ; the
two longitudinal white stripes present in almost all specimens;
in old males they tend to disappear or to dissolve into small
spots. White spots on haunches very small. Leg-markings
and tail as usual.

Skull. Rather large, especially in the facial region ; teeth
large; bullae much larger than in any of the eastern forms.

Dimensions of type skull . Basal length 215 mm. ; upper
length 238; palatal length 120 ; palatal width inside m2 35 ;
postorbital width 9L4 ; zygomatic width 9L1; occipital
width 68‘3 ; nasals 86*1 x 22 0; breadth of rostrum across
preinaxillae 35*4; length of upper tooth-row (alv.) 66’6 ;
horns, length along outer curve 264, greatest diameter at
base 3 7'7 ; length of bulla 38'0.

This race of bushbuck is widely distinct from the Senegal
T. s. scriptus, in which the males have a considerable amount
of dark suffusion, the females a much richer colour and both
the white and black markings much more distinct.

42

Mr. E. Schwarz on new

Tragelaphus scriptus signatus , subsp. n.

Type locality. Les M'Brous, River Tomi, near the Gribingi-
Ubangi watershed.

Type. $ adult. Senckenberg Museum, Frankfurt-a.-M.
Journal nos. 349 (skin), 162 (skull). Original no. 70.
Collected in November 1910 by Dr. H. Scliubotz.

Distinguished from T. s. pictus , of the Lake Chad district,
by its longer fur, deeper colour, and distinctly smaller size.

c? . General colour above deep reddish brown (bistre
no. 4, Rep*), paling on the sides (through bistre no. 3 to
brownish terracotta no. 1), and brownish black (reddish
black no. 2) below. Neck and cheeks paler than back
(brownish terracotta no. 2) ; crown slightly darker
(brownish terracotta no. 3). Dark band on forearm deep
black inside, but not very conspicuous outside. Median
dark line broader than in pictus, slightly developed also on
forehead, and with comparatively less white in the crest,
caused by the crest-hairs being much larger than in the Chad
form, but having white tips of the same breadth only.
White markings exactly as in T. s. pictus ; only the white
spots on the haunches are less numerous and slightly larger.

$ . Like $ , except that the neck is more reddish, the
black markings reduced, and the underside of the same
colour as the flanks.

Skull. Smaller than in T. s. pictus, with shorter face,
narrower rostrum, smaller bullse, and stouter horns.

Dimensions of type skull. Basal length 206 mm. ; upper
length 234 ; palatal length 122 ; palatal width inside m2 39 ;
postorbital width 95’3 ; zygomatic width 97‘2 ; occipital
width 75*6; nasals 78’5x21'3; breadth of rostrum across
premaxillse 33*5; length of upper tooth-row (alv.) 58-3 ;
length of horns along outer curve 243, greatest diameter at
base 40*5 ; length of bulla 366.

Tragelaphus scriptus punctatus, subsp. n.

Type locality. Duma, near Libenge, Ubangi River.

Type. $ . Senckenberg Museum, Frankfurt-a.-M. Jour-
nal no. 220. Original no. 17. Collected in September
1910 by Dr. H. Scliubotz. (No skull.)

Easily distinguished from T. s. signatus by its short and
close fur, larger spots, and different colour.

$ . General colour above yellowish rusty brown (between
bistre nos. 2-3, Rep.), lighter (no. 2) on shoulders, thighs,
and legs. Underside of body orange-buff (buff between

43

Races of African Ungulates.

nos. 1-2, Rep.). Neck similar but lighter (buff no. 1), and
slightly speckled with blackish. No dark patch on withers
( $ ). Crown and cheeks much like neck, but without the
dark suffusion. Median dark line not interrupted at fore-
head, very narrow, especially on posterior back ; spinal crest
very scanty, hairs without any white tips. Lower longitu-
dinal white stripe well developed; upper one composed of a
row of rather large white spots, which are situated on the
white transverse bands and extend almost to the root of the
tail. White spots on the haunches comparatively large and
very conspicuous. A white spot below eye.

Most probably this form intergrades with T. s. signatus.

Tragelaphus scriptus uellensis, subsp. n.

Type locality. Angu, Welle River.

Type. S . Senckenberg Museum, Frankfurt-a.-M. Jour-
nal no. 1198. Original no. 294. Collected in June 1911
by Dr. H. Schubotz.

S . General colour above dull rusty brown (tan-colour
no. 1), distinctly vermieulated with black, all the hairs
having black tips, on sides paler and without the black
suffusion. Underside of body brownish black (warm sepia
no. 3), separated from the red of the rump by a dull brownish
zone (much duller than cinnamon no. 4). Neck very pale,
yellowish (maize-yellow no. 4), strongly speckled with black.
No distinct sooty patch on the withers. Crowm and fore-
head much darker (buff no. 4) than cheeks (buff no. 1),
“ Tragelaphine ” band on fore leg composed behind of hairs
which are distinctly annulated pale yellowish and blackish
brown ; in front there are only a few blackish hairs. Median
dark line on back of nose broad, almost X-shaped, inter-
rupted at forehead. Spinal crest moderately long, strongly
mixed with white posteriorly. Longitudinal stripes more
normal than in T. s. punctatus , the lower one not quite
reaching to the haunches, the upper one short and not con-
tinued to the transverse stripes. Transverse stripes distinct,
regular. White spots on haunches numerous, not quite so
large as in T. s. punctatus.

This bushbuck has obviously nothing to do with Matschie's
T. s. makalce from south of the Ituri River, whose colour is
described as Marron d’lnde.” ]t also differs from the
Ubangi form just described in the characters indicated above
and also in its colour ; the individual hairs arc really lighter
than in that race, but the black tips give a much duller
appearance to the fur. This race would appear to have much

44

On new Races of African Ungulates.

the same relation to T . s. bur which T \ s. punctatus has to
the Lake Chad T. s. pictus.

Bubalus caffer hylceus, subsp. n.

Type locality. Molundu, Djah River, S.E. Camaroons.

Type . <$ adult. Senckenberg Museum. Journal no. 79.
Original no. 3042. Collected in January 1911 by Dr. A.
Schultze. (Skull.)

A dwarfed buffalo, smaller than any known race.

Skull. Most like that of B. c. diehli, but much smaller ;
orbital region narrower and orbits less projecting. Facial
portion comparatively longer and much narrower, especially
muzzle.

Horns. Very small. Palm small, flat, almost not thick-
ened at base, directed backwards from base, more so than in
B. c. diehli, but less than in B. c. nanus. Tips much longer
than palm, slender, generally in or below level of frontal
profile, directed backwards and slightly inwards and down-
wards at extreme end.

The colour of a female (paratype : Journal, nos. 443 (skin),
434 (skull) ; original no. 3088) is deep reddish brown
(“ fawn” no. 308.1) above, richer and clearer on flanks and
below (“ bistre” 328.4) ; throat orange-browm ; face more
or less mixed with black. A distinct black neck-mane
present. Fore legs from shoulders, hind legs from below
thighs black. Shoulders and outside of thighs mixed with
black. Tail slightly paler than back, tip black.

Dimensions of type skull. Upper length 378 mm. ; palatal
length 218 ; postorbital width 181 ; width of rostrum across
premaxillae 75-5 ; length of nasals 136; orbit to gnathion
209; length of upper tooth-row 117 ; horns, length along
outer curve 405, greatest width 350, distance of tips 225,
greatest diameter of palm 117.

Apart from its still smaller size, this buffalo is widely
different from B. c. nanus, whose characters and locality are
still doubtful. The horns of the present race are much
smaller than those of the type of nanus, and show7 no trace of
their curious inward curvature.

Bubalus caffer adamauce, subsp. n.

Type locality. Garua, Benue River, Adamaua.

Type. S adult. Senckenberg Museum. Journal no. 389.
(Skull.)

A member of the western section of B. caffer, allied to
B. c. planiceros and B. c. beddingtoni.

45

On the Apidte in the British. Museum.

Skull. Much as in B. c. planiceros, but somewhat smaller.
Orbits moderately projecting ; rostrum slender ; occiput
broad and low.

Horns. Distinguished from those of B. c. planiceros and
B. c. beddingtoni by the palm being directed more backwards
than in either of them. Palm not depending, almost erected ;
tips long, stout, strongly bent inwards, more so than in
planiceros and beddingtoni , and backwards at the extreme
end, scarcely erected at all. Greatest width of horns very
small comparatively.

This well-marked buffalo has nothing to do with B. c.
brachyceros of Lake Chad, with which it has been identified
by Mr. Lydekker in the f Catalogue of Ungulates/ Specimen
4. 7. 9. 13 of the British Museum belongs to this race. As
a matter of fact, under the head of B. c . brachyceros a
number of various races have been mixed up. On the other
hand, specimens referable to B. c. brachyceros are treated as
different species.

VI. — Notes on the Apidas (Hymenoptera) in the Collection
of the British Museum , with Descriptions of new Species .
By Geoffrey Meade- Waldo, M.A.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

III. Subfamily A nthopho rinjs.

The following paper deals solely with the genus Antho-
phora , Latr. Nine new species and two new varieties are
described, and some notes on described species added, to-
gether writh certain points on synonymy.

The types are all in the British Museum.

Anthophora, Latr.

Key to the new Species here described .

1. (2) First recurrent nervure in fore wing

received at apex of second cubital
cell, interstitial with second trans-
verse cubital nervure (subg. llabro- [(Assam.)

poda) rowlandi , sp. n.

2. (1) First recurrent nervure received at

middle of second cubital cell.

3. (4) Pubescence of abdomen emerald-green. [(Perak.)

Length 10 mm luontschi, sp. n.

46

Mr. G. Meade- Waldo on

4. (3) Pubescence of abdomen otherwise

coloured.

5. (10) Large species, 15 or 16 mm.

6. (7) Thoracic pubescence dark, pubescence [(Assam.)

on median segment canary-yellow . . pseuddbomboid.es , sp. n.

7. (6) Thoracic pubescence fulvous.

8. (9) Scopa on hind tibiae and tarsi black [(Transvaal.)

and white pseudoconcinna, sp. n.

9. (8) Scopa on hind tibiae and tarsi black [(Singapore.)

and fulvous fulvohirta , sp. n.

10. (5) Medium to small species, 8-12 mm. [(Africa.)

11. (12) Male, 8 mm torridella, sp. n.

12. (11) Females.

13. (14) Thoracic pubescence pale, abdomen [(Africa.)

black, with pale apical fasciae .... pygmcea , sp. n.

14. (13) Thoracic pubescence fulvous.

15. (16) Clypeus b'ack, pale yellow apically;

antennae black oldi, sp. n. (Africa.)

16. (15) Clypeus yellow, with two subquadrate

yellow marks, antennae black, scape [(Africa.)

and joint 3 ferruginous rhodesice, sp. n.

Anthophora nubica , Lep., var. Uganda e, var. nov.

5 . Nigra ; capite, thorace (metathorace excepto), pleuris griseo-
villosis, pilis intermixtis nigris ; metathorace dense nigro-
villoso ; abdomine nigro, tergite 4 omnino, 5 lateribus albo-
hirsutis ; tergite 5 fimbria, mediana, fusca ; mandibulis basi et
apice testaceis, clypeo linea mediana longitudinal], apice extremo
maculaque labro basi pallide flavis ; pedibus intermediis ae
posticis nigro-hirtis.

Long. 15 mm.

$ . Differs from both typical A. nubica , Lep., and var.
somalicaj Magr., in having the pale pubescence on head and
thorax much less conspicuous. This pubescence has an
almost bluish appearance, due apparently to the admixture
of griseous and black hairs. In having tergite 4 covered
with pale pubescence and the metathorax clothed with dense
black pilosity, this form combines the characters of the
typical form and var. somalica; the pale markings on the
clypeus are much more reduced than in the typical form.
Length 15 mm.

6 ? ? .

Uganda Protectorate : Buddu, west shores of

Victoria Nyanza, 3700 ft.,ix. 1911 (type) ; Budongo Forest,
Unyoro, 3400 ft., xii. 1911 ; Buamba Forest, Semliki
Valley, 2300-2800 ft. (S. A. Weave).

the Apidse in the British Museum.

47

Anthophora pseudoconcinna, sp. n.

2 . Nigra, fulvo-pilosa, pedibus plerumque nigro-pilosis ; similis
A. concinnce , sed major, pedibus intermediis posticisque (tibiis iii.
supra exceptis) nigro-hirtis ; antennis nigris obscureve ferrugineis
infra ; clypeo (duabus maculis subquadratis nigris exceptis)
labroque flavis, mandibulis basi flavis, apice ferrugineis ; area
postoculari, pleuris, abdomine lateribus tibiisque iii. supra albo-
pilosis ; ano brunneo ; alis hyalinis.

Long. 16 mm.

$ . Black ; head, thorax, and abdomen almost wholty
clothed with fulvous pubescence, that on thorax mixed with
black hairs ; the space behind the eyes, the jowls, clypeus,
labrum, pleura, sternum, abdominal segments 2-5 laterally,
anterior legs, and posterior tibiae above clothed with white
pubescence.

Anal fascia chocolate-brown. Mandibles at base, labrum,
and a .L-shaped mark on clypeus pale lemon-yellow.
Mandibles apically and tegulas ferruginous. Wings hyaline.
Length 10 mm.

Numerous $ $ , 3 $ <$ .

S . Similar to the female, differing only sexually, scape
yellow beneath.

South Africa : Sterkfontein, Transvaal (//. P. Thomas -
set) (type $ ). British East Africa : Upper Kuia Valley,
S. Kavirondo (4200 feet) ; Makindu, Mtito Andei, iii.-iv.
1911 (S. A. Neave). Uganda : Entebbe ( C . C. Gowdey),
Western Ankole (4500-5000 ft.), Banks of Nile, near
K;ikindu ( S . A. Neave). British Central Africa : West
Nyasa (Or. J. E. S. Old). Abyssinia : liigo Samula and
Busika (P. J. Stordy).

This appears to be a species of wide distribution, but of
very constant colouring. It has the general facies of
A. concinna , Klug ( = vestita , Sm.), and A. capensis , Fr.,
but may be separated at once from these two species in
having the intermediate and posterior legs with densely
black pubescence, relieved only by a white fringe on the
posterior tibiae ; it also resembles A. africana, Fr., but that
species has both pleura and posterior legs with black
pubescence.

Anthophora pygmcea, sp. n.

2 . Nigra; clypeo labroque (maculis inconspicuis exceptis) mandi-
bulis basi pallido luteis ; tegulis ferrugineis ; capite thoraceque

4S

Mr. G. Meade-Waldo on

ochraceo-pubescentibus, mesonoto pilis nigris intermixtis, abdo-
mine fasciis apicalibus pallidis, fimbria anali brimnea ; segmentis
subtus albido ciliatis, pedibus plerumque griseo-hirtis, tibiis
metatarsisque posticis supra albo-, subtus nigro-villosis ; alis
hyalinis.

Long. 8 1 mm.

$ . Black ; clypeus (except for two small black marks
near base), an elongate spot above it, labrum and mandibles
basally yellow ; mandibles at apex and tegulse ferruginous ;
bead and thorax covered with pale pubescence, that on
thorax tinged with ochraceous, and on seutellum and meta-
notum mixed with black hairs ; pubescence behind the eyes,
on the jowls and pleura, white ; tergites 1-3 with apical
fasciae of pale ochraceous pubescence, tergite 4 with a griseous
fascia, anal fimbria chocolate-brown. Front legs with short
pale pubescence, the tarsi with black hairs, middle and
posterior legs with silvery pubescence, pubescence below
black. Wings hyaline.

Length 8J mm.

$ . Similar to the female, but with the usual sexual
differences, viz., scape beneath, cheeks, clypeus, labrum, and
mandibles at base ivory-white.

A long series of both sexes.

North Rhodesia: Lower Luangwa River, ix. 1910

(type); Mid-Luangwa Valley; Luwumbu Valley, Upper
Luangwa, 2500-3500 ft. ; Alamadzi River, vii.-ix. 1910
(#. A. Neave) ; 80 miles west of Kamba Gorge, 1900
(O. Silverlock) .

This small and sombrely coloured species is strongly
reminiscent of the Palsearctic A. bimaculata , Panz.

Anthophora torridella , sp. n.

J . Nigra ; scapo antice, genis, clypeo, labro, mandibularum basi
albis ; flagello tegulisque ferrugineis ; capite, thorace, abdominis-
que segmentis 1-6 fasciis apicalibus fulvo-hirtis ; pedibus extus
ochraceo- intus nigro-pubescentibus ; alis hyalinis.

Long. 8 mm.

g . Black ; scape beneath, cheeks, clypeus, labrum, and
mandibles at base ivory-white ; flagellum and tegulae ferru-
ginous ; head and thorax covered with fulvous pubescence,
paler on pleura and sternum ; tergites 1-6 witli fulvous
apical fascia? of pubescence, tergite 1 with long fulvous hair
basally as well as apical fascia?; pygidium acute, striate,
fringed with fulvous hair. Legs uniformly clothed on
outside with pale ochraceous pubescence, on the inside with

49

the Apidse in the British Museum.

black pubescence. Joint 3 of antennae short, hardly so long
as 4 + 5. Wings clear hyaline.

Length 8 mm.

45 <?c?.

Northern Rhodesia : Mid-Luangwa Valley, viii. 1910
(S. A. Neave).

Strongly resembles A. pygmcea ,but has fulvous pubescence.

Anthophora oldi) sp. n,

5 . Nigra ; clypeo apice, labro mandibulisque basi luteis ; tegulis
ferrugineis ; capite, thorace abdominisque segmentis 1, 2 fulvo-,
segmentis 3, 4 et 5 (laterale) pedibusque plerumque griseo-
hirtis ; segmentis 1-4 apice fasciatis ; alis hyalinis.

Long. 12 mm.

Black ; the apical margin of clypeus, labium, and
mandibles at base yellow ; head (except beneath) and thorax
covered with a fulvous pubescence, paler on the face, denser
and darker on the thorax (on the mesonotum some black hairs
are intermixed), tergites 1 and 2 with a short, sparse, fulvous
clothing ; the area behind the eyes, the head beneath, meso-
pleura below densely, tergites 3, 4 wholly, and 5 on the
sides sparsely clothed with griseous pubescence ; all the
tergites have distinct apical fasciae, that on tergite 1 fulvous,
the rest griseous, anal fimbria dark chocolate-brown.

Front legs pale with long hair at base of femora, middle
and posterior legs with a mixture of dense silvery-brown
hair on tibiae and tarsi. Tegulae ferruginous. Wings
hyaline.

Length 12 mm,

9 ? ? .

Nyasaland : Blantyre [Dr. J. E. S. Old) (type); Valley
of Bukuru River, 3000 ft., vi. 1910 (S. A. Neave). CONGO
Free State : Katanga, Kambove, 4-5000 ft. ( S . A. Neave),
N. Rhodesia : Broken Hill, ii. 1912 (F. V. Bruce-Miller).

Anthophora rhodesice, sp. n.

5 . A. oldi affinis, sed clypeo flavo, duabus maculis subquadratis
basi, nigris ; tibiis iii. metatnrsisque nigro-hirtis ; capite, thorace
supra, abdominis segmentis 1-3 fulvo-, 4-5 griseo-hirtis ; ano
fusco ; labro areaque postoculari infra albo-, mesopleuris pallide
flavo-hirtis ; pedibus 1 pallide-, 2 et 3 nigro-hirtis ; antennis
plerumque nigris, scapo, art. 3tio tegulisque ferrugineis ; alis
hyalinis.

Long. 12 mm.

Ann . <Sc Mag. N. Hist. Ser, 8. Vol. xiii.

4

50

Mr. G. Meade- Waldo on

Black, face covered with golden brown and whole of thorax
above with a dense orange-red pubescence, paler on pleura.
Tergites 1 and 2 with short, dense, orange-red pubescence,
tergite 3 with grey and reddish hair intermixed, tergites 4
and 5 densely covered with griseous pubescence, anal fimbria
dark chocolate-brown ; sternites clothed with a dark ferru-
ginous pubescence, all the segments with an interrupted apical
fascia of pale pubescence. Area behind the eyes and the
cheeks covered with dense long white hair. Mandibles at
base and labrum pale yellow, with a sparse covering of white
pubescence ; clypeus mostly pale yellow, with two sub-
quadrate marks at base black. Front legs covered with
pale pubescence, that on femora long and griseous, on tibiae
and tarsi pale golden ; middle and posterior legs mostly
covered with dense chocolate-brown hairs, the intermediate
tibise and posterior knees golden brown. Antennae for the
most part black ; scape, joint 3, and tegulae ferruginous.
Wings hyaline.

A long series of ? ? .

Length 12 mm.

N. Rhodesia : Upper Luangwa River, vii.-viii. 1910
(type), Mamadzi River, near Nawalia (2000 ft.), and
Chiwera, ix. 1911 ; Mid-Luangwa Valley (#. A. Neave) ;
Ulunga (F. V. Bruce Miller ).

This handsome species comes very near A. oldi , but the
thoracic pubescence is a much richer orange-red. Other
differences are as follows : —

A. oldi .

Clypeus black, pale yellow apically.
Antennae black.

Second abscissa of radius distinctly
shorter than third.

A. rhodesice.

Clypeus yellow with two sub-
quadrate black marks at base.

Antennae black, scape and joint 3
ferruginous.

Second and third abscissae of radius
about equal.

Anthophora ( Habropoda ) rowlandi , sp. n.

5 . Nigra ; capite, thorace abdomineque pallide fulvo-pilosis ;
capite prothoraceque pilis nigris intermixtis ; tergite secundo
nigro-fasciato ; antennis labro clypeoque nigris, mandibulis sub-
ferrugineis ; pedibus fulvo-pilosis ; alis hyalinis.

Long. 15 mm.

Black ; the head, thorax, and abdomen clothed with a pale
fulvous pubescence, that on the head and prothorax inter-
mixed with black hairs; clypeus sparsely clothed with dark

51

the Apidae in the British Museum.

hair; pubescence on abdomen somewhat more reddish to-
wards apex, tergites 2 with a transverse fascia of dark hair.
Antennae, clypeus, and labrum black, the labrum with a
covering of golden-brown hairs ; mandibles faintly ferru*
ginous. Legs ferruginous, the pubescence golden brown.

Clypeus and mandibles at base finely and evenly punc-
tured, vertex subnitidulous, almost impunctate. Wings
hyaline.

Length 15 mm.

£ . Similar to ? , differing only in having the clypeus
totally pale yellow. The scape is black beneath, not yellow ,
as is so prevalent in males of this genus.

4 ? ?,4dc?.

Assam: Shillong, viii. 1903 ( R . E . Turner).

This species, which I have pleasure in naming after its
captor, is apparently near to A. ( Hahropnda ) Jckasiana , Cam.
(= zfulvipes, Cam., Ann. & Mag, Nat, Hist. (7) xiii. p. 211,
1904), but may be distinguished from it by the entirely
black clypeus, without any keel. Cameron describes his
species as having the “face tuberculate in the middle ” ;
there is no such character in A. rowlandi.

Anthophora fulvokirta, sp. n,

§ . Nigra ; eapite, thorace, pleuris, terg. 1-4, pedibus plerumque
fulvo-hirtis ; area postoculari pilis longis et albidis, vertice pilis
nigris testaGeisque intermixtis ; terg. 5 nigro, fascia apicali
metatarsisque iii. (basi excepto) nigro- pilosis ; an tennis nigris
supra, scapo albido infra, art. 9-12 ferrugineis infra ; tegulis
ferrugineis ; raandibulis (apice excepto), genis clypeoque apice
linea longitudinali flavidis; alis subhyalinis, venis nigris.

Long. 15 mm.

?. Black; head, thorax, pleura, tergites 1-4, and legs
for the most part clothed with fulvo-ferruginous hair, that on
the vertex intermixed with long black and testaceous hairs
and on the jowls with long and white hair ; tergite 5 black,
with an apical fascia of black hair, metatarsus iii. (except
basally) black-haired ; tegula ferruginous ; mandibles (the
apex excepted), cheeks, the clypeus apically, and a narrow
longitudinal line at right angles to the apical band yellowish.
Wings subhyaline, the nervures black.

Clypeus and labrum rather coarsely and evenly punctured,
thorax and abdomen finely ; joint 3 of antennae equal in
length to joints 4, 5, and 6.

Length 15 mm,

cj . More slender, otherwise differing only sexually.

4*

52

Mr. G. Meade-Waldo on

3 ? $ , 3 (J.

Malay Peninsula : Singapore, 2 $ $ , 2 ^ (type $ ),

and Kukub, S.W. Johore (H. N. Ridley , F.5.S.), 1 <J .
Borneo ; Sandakan, 28. vii. 1893, 1 $ .

Anthopkora hamtschi , sp. n.

5 . Nigra ; capite thoraceque viridi-pubescentibus, pilis nigris iuter-
mixtis, abdomine supra splendide viridi-pubescenti, pilis sparsis
et fulvis intermixtis ; terg. 5 fascia apicali fulvo-pilosa ; pedibus
plerumque nigro-hirtis, sed coxis trochanteribusque albo-pilosis,
tarsis auticis tibiisque posticis supra fulvo-pilosis ; area post-
orbitali pleurisque pallide pilosis ; mandibulis basi duabus
maculis, labro, clypeo apice lineaque longitudinali fiavis; alis
subhyalin is.

Long. 16 mm.

? . Black ; head and thorax clothed with green pubes-
cence, with black hairs intermixed, abdomen above clothed
with rich emerald-green pubescence, with fulvous hairs some-
what sparsely intermingled ; sternites ferruginous, with
sparse apical fasciae of fulvo-ferruginous hair ; tergite 5 with
an apical fascia of fulvo-ferruginous hair. Legs for the most
part black-haired, but coxae and trochanters with white
pubescence, anterior tarsi and posterior tibiae above fulvous-
haired ; the area behind the eyes, the jowls, and pleura
clothed with whitish pubescence. Mandibles basally and
labrum with two yellow spots, clypeus at apex and a narrow
longitudinal line at right angles to apical line yellow. Wings
subhyaline. Mandibles and hypopygium impunctate, labrum
and clypeus (except the nitidulous yellow longitudinal line)
distinctly and eveidy punctured ; vertex, thorax, and abdo-
men covered with even fine punctures ; joint 3 of antennae
equal to joints 4, 5, 6.

Length 16 mm.

Perak : Maxwell’s Hill, 20th Aug., 1908 (Dr. R. Hanitsch).

1 ?•

This handsome species is dedicated to Dr. Hanitsch, Curator
of the Singapore Museum, by whom it was collected and
presented. The only other Eastern representative of the
genus with similar green pubescence is A. ceruginosa , Sm.,
from Australia, which may be immediately distinguished by
its smaller size and the absence of fulvous pubescence on the
hind tibiae. Viewed from above the abdominal pubescence
has a fulvous tinge; viewed from behind it is emerald-green.

the Apidae in the British Museum.

53

Anthophora pseudohomhoides, sp. n.

£. Yariegata; an tennis, capite, tkorace, terg. 1-3 nigris; man-
dibulis, terg. 4-6, sterno omnino, pedibusque ferrugineis ; labro
maculaque clypeali triangulari pallide flavis ; vertice thoraceque
nigro-, segmento mediano ochraceo-, genis pleurisque albo-birtis ;
terg. 1, 2 (lateribus exceptis), 4-6 fulvo-, terg. 2 (lateribus) et 3
nigro-pubescentibus ; pedibus nigro-hirtis, tibiis posticis apice
penicillis ochraceis ; alis pallide fuscis.

Long. 15 mm.

$ . A variegated species ; the antennae, head, thorax, and
tergites 1-3 black ; the mandibles, tergites 4-6, the sternum
altogether, and the legs ferruginous. Pubescence as
follows : — that on the vertex and thorax black, with a
brownish tinge ; on the median segment canary -yellow ; on
the jowls and pleura white ; tergites 1, 2 (with exception of
sides), and 4-6 fulvous, tergite 2 laterally and 3 black ; legs
black-haired, the posterior tibiae apically with ochraceous
tufts. Wings faintly fuscous. Mandibles finely punctured,
the whole insect otherwise almost impunctate; joint 3 of
antennae about equal to joints 4 and 5.

Assam (W. F. Badgley), 1 ? .

A most distinct species, the canary-yellow pubescence on
the median segment and the ferruginous and black abdomen
giving a very Bombiform appearance to the species. • *

Anthophora sicula , Smith, $ (nec ? ).

Two species are represented by the sexes of A. sicula ,
Smith. The name will stand for the male. The specimen
labelled and described as A. sicula , ? (the label, in Smith's
handwriting, appears as u A. sicilia ”), is A. acervorum , var.
pennata , Lep. A ? specimen from the Edward Saunders
Collection, originally from the Smith Collection, bears
Dr. Friese's determination u A. acervorum , var.” The true
A. sicula lacks the dilated tuft of hair on the intermediate
tarsi and the long ciliae on the other joints, so conspicuous in
males of A. acervorum .

Anthophora ( Amegilla ) villosula, Smith.

Anthophora villosula , Smith, Catal. Hymen. Brit. Mus. ii. p. 338
(1854).

Anthophora Jlorea , Smith, Descr. New Spec. Hymen, p. 123 (1879). $ .
Anthophora pinyshiangensis , Strand, Arckiv fur datura-. Abt. A,
Heft 3, pp. 105-107 (1913). 6 •

There can be no doubt that A.Jloreaj Sm., is the female of

54

Mr* G. Meade-Waldo on

his A. villosula described some years previously. Both
specimens come from the same locality (Shanghai). A good
description of the female of A. villosula is given by Friese
(‘ Die Bienen Europas,’ iii. p. 95). Male co-types of A. ping-
shiangensis, Strand, from Pingshiang, S. China, are typical
A . villosula.

The following three African species, all rather similar in
appearance and belonging to the A. qiiadrifasciata group,
differ as below : —

Head and thorax black, with pale or
fulvous pubescence ; abdomen with
pale apical fasciae of pubescence.

'Tergites 4 and 5 covered with a sparse
but distinct white pubescence .... 2.

, j Tergites 4 and 5 covered with a sparse
■*■* ) but distinct black pubescence ; pos-

| terior tibiae with a pale scopa. [Stn. (Sierra Leone.)

L Length 11 mm dlbigena , Lep., subsp. fallax,

f Clypeus coarsely punctured ; pubes-
cence on head and thorax above
ochraceous mixed with black, that
on pleura whitish ; tergite 1 with
apical fascia pale fulvous ; posterior
tibiae with a whitish scopa. Length

n I 15 mm rapida , Sm. (Natal.)

* j Clypeus more finely punctured ; pubes-
cence on head and thorax rich orange-
red, that on pleura paler ; tergites
1-3 with apical fasciae pale fulvous,
posterior tibiae with bright orange-
red scopa, and a tuft of white

pubescence at apex. Length 13 mm. torrida) Sm. (Sierra Leone.)

A. torrida may be synonymous with A. calens , Lep., from
Senegal. The type-specimen agrees very well with Lepe-
letier’s excellent description of A. calens . Specimens labelled
as “ A. calens ” in Smith’s collection are certainly identical
with his own A. torrida .

Anthophora bipartita , Smith.

Anthophora bipartita , Sm., var . Jlavicollis, Gerst.

Anthophora bipartita , Sm., var. nigroclypeata , Fr.

It seems highly probable that this species and A. flavicollis,
Gerst., are varieties of the same species ; and since Smith’s
species has priority of publication, A. flavicollis must be con-
sidered the variety. The difference is exactly similar to
that existing between A . armata , Fr., and the var. clitelli -

55

the Apidge in the British Museum .

gera , Fr., except that in this species it is the typical form
which has the thorax unicolorous, whereas in A. bipartita the
var. Jlavicollis is so marked. Again, it would seem that
A. nigroclypeata, Friese, is no more than another variety, in
which the clypeus and labrum are black, with the cephalic
pubescence of the same colour. Friese (‘ Die Bienen
Afrikas/ p. 270) notices the near relationship, but had only
seen specimens of the two forms from East and West Africa
respectively. The two forms, however, overlap in Uganda,
the meeting-place of the East and West African fauna.
Further, it would seem that the difference between nigro -
clypeata and Jlavicollis applies only to the females, since
a large series of males from the following localities show a
remarkable similarity : — Sierra Leone ( J . J. Simpson), S. Ni-
geria (W. C. W. Bakin), N. Nigeria ( J . W. Scott Macfie) ,
Gold Coast ( H . T. Palmer ), Uganda Protectorate and Brit.
East Africa (S. A. Neave ), Nyasaland [J, E. S. Old), and
the Transvaal (. H . P. Thomasset ).

Anthophora acraensis , F.

Without having seen the type it is very difficult to deter-
mine satisfactorily the typical form of this species. There is
a large series in the British Museum, from numerous localities
in both tropical and subtropical Africa, apparently referable
to A. acraensis. The specimen described by Fabricius (Ent.
Syst. ii. p. 329) was a male. Dours is certainly correct
(Monogr. Icon., Anthophora , p. 84, 1869) in interpreting
the “caput nigricans” referred to by Fabricius as meaning
that the hairs of the face and head beneath (?'. e. behind
the eyes) were white, those on the vertex intermingled with
black.

“ Ano albo,” also from the Fabrician diagnosis, is very
vague. According to Dours ( l . c.) segments 6 and 7 are
covered with white pubescence mixed with ferruginous ;
Friese (4 Die Bienen Afrikas/ p. 269) considers segment 5 to
be clothed with white hair. Probably this is variable, since
in var. albocaudata, Dours, segment 4 is also white.

Anthophora advena, Smith (type in B. M.), has been con-
sidered cospecific with A. acraensis , F. ; but (( thorax . . .
subtus niger” (Fabricius, l. c.) does not agree with Smith’s
species, in which the sternum is griseous. The fourth and
following segments of the abdomen are clothed with white
pubescence, as in var. albocaudata , Dours, of which it may
be the male.

56

Mr. G. Meade-Waldo on

Antliopliora cincta, F.

The locality (Malabar) given for this species by Fabriciu3
in his original description (Spec. Insect, i. p. 473, 1781) is
certainly incorrect, for the species is without doubt Ethiopian,
as noticed by Smith (Descr. New Spec. Hymen, p. 124,
1879). Fabricius himself was doubtful at a later date (Syst.
Piez. p. 330, 1804), for he queries the locality.

The Anthophora cincta described by Dours (Monogr. Icon.,
Anthophora, p. 58) is an Australian species synonymous with
A. cingulata, F., q. v.

Friese did not know A. cincta , F., from Africa, but Vachal
records it from several West- African localities.

In the British Museum there is a typical series from the
Uganda Protectorate : west shore of Victoria Nyanza,
Buddu (3700 ft.), Sept. 1911 ( S . A. Eeave) ; Entebbe,
May 1912 (C. C. Gowdey). Sierra Leone: Free Town,
Sept. 1899 (E. E. Austen ). Northern Nigeria*. Dec.
1912 {J. J. Simpson).

The following description is taken from the type in the
Banks Collection at the British Museum : —

$ . Black ; mandibles (except extreme apex), labium, and
a thin X-shaped mark on clypeus pale yellow. Head,
thorax, and pleura more or less densely clothed with green
pubescence, intermixed with a few black hairs ; pubescence
behind the eyes below whitish. All the tergites with apical
metallic-green fascise, those on tergites 3-5 widening medially.
Legs : anterior pair covered with green pubescence, inter-
mediate tibiae and tarsi green above, black beneath ; posterior
legs black, the tibiae ferruginous above. Antennae blacky
flagellum ferruginous beneath.

Anthophora vivida, Smith.

Friese (‘ Die Bienen Afrikas/ p. 264) wrongly gives the
first abdominal segment as having a blue fascia; the first
segment is entirely black.

Anthophora modesta , Smith.

Dalla Torre (Catal. Hymen, x. p. 277) gives this species
ns American. The type, which is in the British Museum, is
from St. Vincent, Cape Verde Islands. There are also speci-
mens with no more explicit data than “ West Africa.”

It is a most striking insect ; black, with an apical fascia of
white pubescence on the first tergite, and has the inter-

the Apidge in the British Museum. 57

mediate and posterior legs richly clothed with dense fulvous-
red scopa.

Total length 15 mm. ; length of fore wing 11 mm.

Anthophora alhigena , Lep., subsp. fallax, Sm.

Anthophora fallax, Sm. New Spec. Hymen. Brit. Mus. p. 120 (1879).

d 5 • (Sierra Leone.)

Anthophora lucknoviensis, Rad. Wiadom. z nauk Przyrodz. Warszowa,

ii. p. 76 (1882). tf. (Lucknow.)

Smith’s A. fallax is evidently a subspecies of the widely
spread A. alhigena , Lep., and specimens from N. Bengal,
Bombay, and Ceylon stand in the British Museum series,
placed there by Smith himself.

A. alhigena, subsp. quadrata , Okll., recently described
from Nasik, Bombay Presidency (Comber Coll.), is also this
subspecies.

Anthophora alhigena , Lep., var. pyramidalis , W. F. Kirby.

The Podalirius pyramidalis described by Kirby from
Socotra (Bull. Soc. Liverp. Mus. iii. p. 24, 1900) was con-
sidered by Kohl to be co-specific with A. alhigena , Lep., a
widely distributed species in the South Palgearctic region ;
but at the same time he recognizes that it may be considered
a variety, in which case Kirby’s name would stand (f Hymeno-
pteren Siidarabiens,’ p. 4, 1905).

A comparison between co-types of Kirby’s insect and
specimens of typical A. alhigena from Algeria shows the
following differences : —

A. alhigena , Lep. — Scape beneath bare ; cheeks white; hair
on posterior tibiae white.

A. alhigena , Lep., var. pyramidalis , W. F. Kirby. — Scape
beneath clothed with short, dense, white pubescence; cheeks
Hack ; hair on posterior tibiae fulvous.

Anthophora himalayensis) Rad.

Anthophora himalayemis, Rad. Wiadom. z nauk. Przyrodz. Warszowa,

ii. p. 75 (1882).

Anthophora proserpina, Grib. Bull. Soc. Ent. Ital. xxv. p. 286 (1893).

I have compared a specimen of A. proserpina, taken by
myself at the type-locality (Malacca) in 1908; it agrees
perfectly with Gribodo’s description. The species is certainly
synonymous with A. himalayensis , Rad., of which the
British Museum possesses a good series from Middle Tenas-
serim and Sikkim (Bingham Coll.).

53

On the A p idee in the British Museum.

Anthophora hirnalayensis , Rad., var. pahangensis , var. nov.

5 . A. himalayensi typico similis, sed terg. 1-3 fasciis apicalibus
rufescente-pilosis.

$ . Similar to tlie typical form, but tergites 1-3 with
apical fasciae of rufous pubescence, that on tergite 3 widely-
broken medially.

PAHANG: Gunong Talian (2500-3500 ft.), v.-vii. 1905
( Herbert G. Robinson), 1 $ (type) ; there is also a female
Irom Mt. Ophir, Johore, 12th Aug. 1905 [Dr. R. Hanitsch ),
m bad condition, but probably belonging to this variety.

Anthophora cingulata , F.

Megilla cingulata, F., Syst. Piez. p. 332. no. 18 (1804).

Anthophora cincta, Pours (nec Fabr.), Mon. Icon. Anthophora, p. 58
(1869).

Anthophora emendata, Smith, New Spec. Hymen. Brit. Mus. p. 123
(1879). $ (nec $).

Anthophora emendata, Smith, var. gilberti, Ckll. Ann. & Mag. Nat.
Hist. (7) xvi. p. 396 (1905). $ .

The type of this species is in the Banks Collection in the
British Museum. Smith incorrectly gives his type of
A. emendata as a $ , which accounts for Cockerells descrip-
tion of a new variety. The type of A. emendata is a <$ , and
the var. gilbertij Ckll., is certainly the female of the same
species.

The two specimens from Clare, South Australia (Ann. &
Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xvi. p. 397, 1905), are erroneously
recorded as this species.

Emphoropsis carinifrons, Cam.

This species, from Hacienda Guachala, Ecuador ( Ed .
Whymper ), was described as Habropoda. Cockerell has
already (Canad. Ent. xxxvi. p. 302) transferred Smith’s
Mexican species (also described as liabropodai) to Empho-
ropsis. E. bombiformis , Sm. (1879), is omitted from Dalla
Torre’s catalogues.

Mr* J. W. ShoebothanTs Notes on Collembola.

59

VII. — Notes on Collembola . — Part 2 *. Some Irish Collem-
bohi and Notes on the Genus Orchesella. 13y John W.
Shoebotham, N.D.A., Berkhamsted.

[Plate III.]

Some Irish Collembola.

DURING the last two years I have made three visits to
Ireland, and on each occasion have collected some springtails,
though in the limited time at my disposal I did not have
opportunity to search for them as much as I would have
liked. A few notes, however, may he useful in giving fresh
localities for the known species and to place on record the
presence in Ireland of at least four species new to the
country, viz. Achorutes manubriali v, Tullbergia krausbaueriy
Lepidocyrtus albus , and Megalothorax minimus. The list of
Irish species taken by me would have been larger but for the
tact that I had the misfortune to break a tube in crossing
back to England after my first visit, and the contents were
lost. The collections have been made at the following-
places: — Black' ock, Co. Dublin; Dublin; Strabane, Co.
Tyrone ; Lifford, Co. Donegal ; Portadown, Co. Armagh ;
Gilford, Co. Down ; and Dundonald, Co. Down. All the
species have been collected by the author.

Order COLLEMBOLA, Lbk.

Suborder Arthropleona, C. B.

Family Achorutidag, C. B.j
Subfamily Achorutinjz, C. B.

Genus Achorutes, Tempi., Lbk.

1. Achorutes viaticus (Linn. ). Tbg.

Loc. Portadown, ii. 1912, near manure heap (G).

* The author intends publishing a series of parts of “ Notes on Collem-
bola” in this Journal. The previous paper (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist,
ser. 8, vol. viii. pp. 32-39) is to be regarded as Part 1.

f The classification here adopted is one which, in the main, lias been
accepted by authors this last seven years. Dr. Borner has recently
proposed a new system, on which I hope to make some notes at an early
dale.

60 Mr. J. W. Shoebotham’s Notes on Collembola,

2. Achorutes purpurascens , Lbk.

Loc. Strabane, ii. 1912, under stone (2) ; Portadown,
iii. 1912, on flower-pots in a house (10); Gilford, iii. 1912,
in greenhouse on surface of water in a tank (5).

3. Achorutes armatus (Nic.).

Loc. Portadown, iii. 1912, under stones (7).

4. Achorutes manubrialis , Tbg., var. neghcta , G. B.

Loc. Portadown, iii. 1912, on puddle of water (2).

The type form of this species, with two short, straight,
anal horns on separated papillae, has been found and recorded
from Scotland and England ; but the variety neglecta of
Borner has only been previously recorded from Hertfordshire
in the British Isles by Collinge and Shoebotham (1910),

pp. 100, 101.

Subfamily Onychiurin&, C. B.

Genus ONYCHIURUS, Gerv., C. B.

5. Onychiurus armatus (Tbg.).

Loc. Lifford, ii. 1912, under stone (3) ; Portadown, ii. 19.12,
under stones (4), iii. 1912, under flower-pots in a house (3) ;
Dundonald, vi. 1913, under stones (3).

6. Onychiurus ambulans (Linn., Tbg.).

Loc. Lifford, ii. 1912, under stones (2) ; Portadown,

ii. 1912, under stones embedded in loose garden soil (6) ;
Gilford, iii. 1912, under a stone (2).

Genus Tullbergia, Lbk., C. B.

7. Tullberyia krausbaueri (C. B.).

L<oc. Lifford, ii. 1912, under a brick (2j ; Portadown,

iii. 1912, under a stone (1).

This very slender white species, which is about 1 mm.
long, is found sparingly in England under stones and bark,
out of doors, and under flower-pots in greenhouses. This is
the first record from Ireland.

Mr. J. W. Shoebotham’s Notes on Collembola. 61

Subfamily Neanurin C. B.

Genus Anurida, Laboulb.

8. Anurida granaria (Nic.).

Loc. Portadown, iii. 1912, under stones (7).

Genus Neanura, MacG.

9. Neanura muscorum (Tempi.).

Loc, Portadown, iii. 1912, under moist sticks (10).

Family Entomobryidae, D. T.

Subfamily Isotominm, Schffr., C. B.

Genus ISOTOMA, Bourl., C. B.

10. Isotoma viridis, Bourl., Sclitt.

Loc. Portadown, iii. 1912, under log of wood on the
ground (5) ; Dundonald, vi. 1913, under moist stick (2).

11. Isotoma grisea , Lbk. (PI. III. fig. 1.)

Loc. Portadown, ii. 1912, under moist sticks on the
ground (4); Dublin, iv. 1913, under stick (1).

The Dublin example of this species had the right antenna
mutilated, the fourth joint being removed. I give an illustra-
tion of the head and antennae, to show the attempt at repara-
tion of the mutilated member. The normal number of joints
is not regained, but the terminal segment increases in size
and the damaged antenna then approaches the normal one in
length.

12. Isotoma arborea (Linn.), Agr.

Loc. Portadown, iii. 1912, under bark of tree (3).

13. Isotoma sensibilis, Tbg.

Loc . Portadown, iii. 1912, under bark of fence-post (2).

14. Isotoma cinerea (Nic.).

Loc. Portadown, iii. 1912, under moist stick (2).

62 Mr. J. W. Shoebotham’s Notes on Collembola.

Genus Folsomia, Willem.

15. Folsomia fimetaria (Linn., Tbg.).

Log. Dublin, iv. 1913, under a stone (1) ; Dundonald,
vi. 1913, under a stone (1).

Genus Anurophorus, Nic., Tbg.

16. Anurophorus laricis , Nic.

Loc. Portadown, ii. 1912, under bark of fence-post (8),

Subfamily Tomocbbin Scliffr.

Genus Tomocerus, Nic.

17. Tomocerus minor (Lbk.).

Loc. Portadown, iii. 1912, under moist stick (2) ; Dublin,
iv. 1913, under a brick (2) ; Dundonald, vi. 1913, under a
stone (1).

Subfamily Entomobbyin m, Scliffr., C. B.

Genus Isotomurus, C. B.

18. Isotomurus pal ustris (Mull.), var , prasina (Reut.).

Loc. Portadown, ii. 1912, under log of wood in a grass-
field (3) ; Gilford, iii. 1912, under stick (2); Dundonald,
vi. 1913, under moist stick (2).

Genus Entomobrya, Rond.

19. Entomobrya nivalis (Linn,).

Loc . Portadown, ii. 1912, under loose bark of apple-trees
(7), iii. 1912, under bark of fence-post (3) ; Gilford, iii. 1912,
under bark of fence-post (2) ; Blackrock, iv. 1913, under
loose bark of apple-trees (4).

20. Entomobrya albocincta (Tempi.). (PI. III. fig. 2.)

Loc. Portadown, ii. 1912, under bark of fence-post (6),
iii. 1912, on flower-pofs in a house (6) ; Gilford, iii. 1912,
under bark lying on the ground (3).

21. Entomobrya multif asciata (Tbg,).

Loc, Portadown, iii. 1912, under sticks (4) ; Gilford,

Mr. J. W. Siioebotham’s Notes on Collembola. 63

iii. 1912, under a board (3) ; Dublin, iv. 1913, under
sticks (3).

Genus Lepidocyrtus, Bourl.

22. Lepidocyrtus lanuginosus (Ginel.), Tbg.

Loc. Dundonald, vi. 1913, under stone (1).

23. Lepidocyrtus cyaneus , Tbg.

Loc. Portadown, iii. 1912, under stones and sticks (6).

24. Lepidocyrtus albus , Pack.

Loc. Dundonald, vi. 1913, under a stone (1).

This species is new to the Irish fauna. It should be looked
for under stones, sticks, logs of wood, lying on or slightly
embedded in soil, and amongst decaying leaves. It is fairly
common in England, and may be recognized by the presence
of two ocelli on each side of the head, on one small eye-spot,

25. Lepidocyrtus cavernarum (Mon.).

Loc. Dundonald, vi. 1913, under a stone (1).

This species was first recorded for Ireland by Prof. Car-
penter from the Mitchelstown Cave in Co. Tipperary as a
new species, Cyphoderus martelii ; but Prof. Moniez, after
examining the specimens, considered it synonymous with
his Seira cavernarum from the Cave of Dargilan, in France,
It has been recorded from both Scotland and England.

Genus Orciiesella, Tempi.

For some notes on this genus see the latter part of this
paper.

26. Orciiesella cincta (Linn.), Lbk, (PI. III. figs. 3-6.)

Loc. Portadown, ii. and iii. 1912, under sticks (8) ; Dun-
donald, vi. 1913, under a stone (2).

Genus IIeteromurus, Wank.

27. Ileleromurus nitidus (Tempi.).
Loc. Portadown, iii. 1912, under a stone (1).

64 Mr. J. W. Slioebotliam’s Notes on Collembola .

Suborder Symphypleona, C. B.

Family Neelidae, Fols.

Genus Megalothorax, Willem.

28. Megalothorax minimus , Willem.

Loc . Portadown, iii. 1912, under flower-pot in a house (2).

I first discovered this species in Hertfordshire in 1908, and
have since found it in all districts in England where I have
specially looked for it. It is the smallest British spring-tail,
measuring only *25 mm. long ; the tiny size no doubt accounts
for it having been overlooked. It may be found under
flower-pots in greenhouses, and under boards, bark, stones,
sticks, &c., out of doors. This is the first Irish record.

Family Sminthuridae, Lbk.

Subfamily Sminthuridinje, C. B.

Genus Sminthurinus, C. B.

29, Sminthurinus niger (Lbk.).

Loc. Gilford, iii. 1912, in greenhouse on flower-pots (4) ;
Portadown, iii. 1912, on flower-pots in house (6).

30. Sminthurinus aureus (Lbk.),*var. ochropus (Reut.).

Loc. Dundonald, vi. 1913, under a stick on the ground (1).

Genus Arrhopalites, C. B.

31. Arrhopalites ccecus (Tbg.).

Loc . Portadown, iii. 191 2, under flower-pots in a house (4).

Subfamily Sminthurinje , C. B.

Genus Bourletiella, Banks, C. B.

32. Bourletiella signata (Nic., Agr.).

= Smynthurus hortensis, Fitch,

Loc. Dundonald, vi. 1913, under board in a garden (1).

Notes on the Genus Orchesella.

The genus Orchesella was founded by Templeton (1835),
p. 92, as follows : — u Antennae 6- or 7 -jointed, nearly as long

Mr. J. W. Shoebotham’s Notes on Collembola.

65

as the body, filiform; fork developed.” Succeeding authors
have accepted this genus, and most*, including Tullberg
(1872), p. 42, Lubbock (1873), p. 129, Bonier (1901), p. 63,
Carpenter (1906), p. 41, and Linnaniemi (1912), p. 232,
give as one of the characters the presence of six eyes on each
side of the head. I. have examined three species of Orchesella ,
and have been able to find eight in each of them. It is true
that two of them are much smaller than the rest; but if the
insects are treated with caustic potash and examined, the full
number will be observed. I give illustrations (PI. III.
figs. 6-8) of the eyes in the three species I have had the
opportunity of examining, viz. 0. cincta , 0. villosa, and
O. Jlavescens. In a paper on Hertfordshire Apterygota,
Mr. Collinge and myself (1910), pp. 118, 119, gave as
characters of 0. cincta and 0. villosa : “ Eyes, 8 on each side
of the head.”

Orchesella anomala (Carp.), milii.

Entomobrya anomala , Carpenter, (1906) pp. 40-42, pi. ii. figs. 8-15.

In June 1905 Prof. Carpenter collected some springtails
from Fair Head, Co. Antrim, and in 1906 described them as
a new species of Entomobrya of somewhat aberrant type,
because of the relatively short fourth abdominal segment and
the presence of six distinct segments in the feeler, these being
characteristic of the genus Orchesella. Prof. Carpenter was
under the impression that Orchesella possessed only six eyes,
and regarded the extreme reduction of the two hinder median
ocelli (Guthrie's G and H) in E. anomala as being an
approach towards Orchesella . Having shown above that

eight is the normal number of eyes, 1 include Carpenter’s
anomala in Orchesella.

Another character by which the two genera may be sepa-
rated is by the end-knob of the antenna, this being present in
Entomobrya , but absent in Orchesella (see figs. 2, 3).

The presence of (so-called) 6-segmented antennae has been
given as a feature of the genus Orchesella . This is only
partially correct, for young specimens have 4-jointed antennae,
but as they grow older the first two joints each divide into

* Since writing the above, I have obtained a copy of a paper by
Guthrie (1906) on the Collembolan eye, in which (p. 240) he gives the
correct number of eyes, lie also suggests that the individual ocelli are
probably homologous in all the different species, and that they are
arranged more or less in a certain pattern, somewhat in the shape of the
letter S- Be has assigned letters A-ll to the eight eyes, and 1 have
lettered them in the same order in my illustration of the eye-spot of
Orchesella villosa.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xiii.

0

66 Mr. J. W. Shoebotham’s Notes on Collembola.

two, and we have them 6-jointed. There is, however, no
true articulation between the subdivisions, and the antennae
are little, i£ at all, bent at these points. A similar process
of subdivision takes place in the genus Heteromurus , Wankel
( = Templetonia, Lubbock), except that only the first segment
is divided, resulting in 5-jointed antennae. This has been
iilustiated in the case of II. nitidus (Tempi.) by Bonier
(1901), p. 78, fig. 33.

1 regard all species of Collembola as having primarily
4-jointed antennae, and these may be secondarily divided as
above, or ant. iii. and iv. may be divided as in the genus
PUnothrix, or only ant. iv. as in Ar rhopalites and some other
genera of the Sminthuridse.

Orchesella jlavescens (Bourl.), Agrv in England.

= Heterotoma Jlavescens, Bourlet (1839).

Orchesella rufescens, Lubbock, (1862) p. 592.

Orchesella Jlavescens, Agren, (1903) pp. 149-151.

This species has been recorded from England under the
name of 0 .rufescens; but Agren, in his paper on the Aptery-
gotal Fauna of South Sweden (1903) has shown that it should
be known as 0 . jlavescens of Bourlet, the earlier references to
Podura rufescens being insufficient for identification. It is
apparently not very common in England, for it has only
been found and recorded on few' occasions. The early
records, however, for England seem to have been overlooked,
for Bagnall (1908), p. 82, includes Orchesella rufescens from
Delamere Forest, Cheshire, in a list of “Additions to the
Fauna of Great Britain,” and (1909), p. 504, writes of it
being “ found not uncommonly in Delamere Forest,” and
“ though this is a widely distributed European species, and is a
eommon one in many countries, it is only now that we are
able to record it as a British Insect.”

The previous references to this insect in England are as
follows

Lubbock (1862), p. 592, says of O. rufescens: — “The
body is rather narrow, and much less heavy than in the other
English species .” The paper is written of Collembola found
by Lubbock since writing Part I. of his “ Notes on. the Thysa-
nura,” and for some of the species he mentions Kent as a
locality ; so that I regard the above as a distinct record of the
species from England.

Sir John Lubbock, in his Monograph (1873), himself seems
to have overlooked the fact that he had previously found and
recorded this species, for (p. 134) he says: — “ The following

Mr. J. W. Shoebotham’s Notes on Collembola. 67

species have not been met with in England,” and includes
Orchesella rufescens, and on p. 135 he says “ I have not yet
met with it in England,” though he remarks that he had
found it very common in woods in Switzerland (which he
visited in 1869).

Lubbock seems to have maintained this view, because in a
note in Proc. Ent. Soc. for 1879, p. 44, it is recorded that
“ Sir John Lubbock exhibited a specimen of Orchesella
rufescens taken in Kent, being a species of Collembola new
to Great Britain.”

It is difficult to reconcile these statements, but I can only
suppose that Lubbock had overlooked his specimens and
record of 1862 when he published his Monograph eleven
years later.

The following are the English records of Orchesella faces-
ce ns = rufescens : —

Lubbock (1862), p. 592. — England.

„ (1880), p. 44. — Kent.

Bagnall (1908), p. 82. — Delamere Forest, Cheshire.

\, (1909), p. 504.— „

To these I am able to add the following, collected by
myself : —

Froghall, Staffs. — One specimen, ix. 1909.

Berkhamsted, Herts. — Three specimens, ii. 1911.

Ashley Green, Bucks. — Four specimens, iii. 1911.

I do not know of any other records for the British Isles.

Bibliography.

o

Agren, II. (1903.) “Zur Kenntniss der Apterygoten-Fauna Sud-
Sckwedens.” Stett. entom. Zeit. 1903, pp. 113-176, pi. ii.
Bagnall, R. S. (1908.) “ Rare Coleoptera, Tkysanoptera, and Aptera."’
Proc. Ent. Soc. London for 1907, part 4, pp. 80-83. (Collembola,
pp. 82, 83.)

. (1909.) “ Short Notes on some New and Rare British Collem-

bola.” Tran3. Nat. Ilist. Soc. of Northumberland, Durham, and
Newcastle-upon-Tyne, new series, vol. iii. part 2, pp. 495-509.
(Reprint paged 2-16.)

Burner, C. (1901.) “Zur Kenntnis der Apterygoten-Fauna von
Bremen uud der Nachbardistrikte. Beitragzu einer Apterygoten-
Fauna Mitteleuropas.” Abb. Nat. Ver. Bremen, vol. xvii. lleft 1,
pp. 1-140, pis. i., ii., text-figs. 1-03. (Reprints paged 1-141 :
page of corrections inserted at p. 129.)

Bourlkt, l’Aube. (1839.) “ Memoire sur les Podures.” M<5m. Soc.

Roy. des Sci. de l’Agric. de Lille, vol. i. pp. 377-417, 1 pi.
Carpenter, G. II. (1900.) “On Two new Irish Species of Collem-
bola.” Sci. Proc. Roy. Dublin Soc. vol. xi. (n. s.) no. 0, pp. 39-42,
pi. ii.

68 Mr. A. H. Clark on

Collinge, W. E., and Shoebotham, J. W. (1910.) il The Apterygota
of Hertfordshire.” Jonrn. Econ. Biol. vol. v. part 3, pp. 95-132,
figs. 1-15.

Guthkie, J. E. (1906.) “ Studies of the Collembolan Eye.” Proc.

Iowa Acad. Sci. vol. xiii. pp. 239-243, pi. xviii.

Linnaniemi, W. M. (Axelson). (1912.) “Die Apterygotenfauna
Finlands. — II. Spezieller Teil.” Acta Soc. Scient. Fenn. vol. xl.
no. 5, pp. 1-359, pis. i.-xvi.

Lubbock, J. (1862.) “Notes on the Thysanura. — Part II.” Trans.
Linn. Soc. London, vol. xxiii. pp. 589-601, pi. lix.

. (1873.) “ Monograph of the Collembola and Thysanura.”

London, Ray Society, pp. 1-276, pis. i.-lxxviii.

— — . (1880.) ( Orchesello rufescens from Kent, England.) Proc. Ent.

Soc. London for 1879, p. 44.

Templeton, R. (1835.) “ Thysanurce Hibernicce , or Description^ of

such Species of Spring-tailed Insects (Podura and Lepisma, Linn.)
as have been observed in Ireland : with Introductory Observations
upon the Order bv J. O. Westwood.” Trans. Ent. Soc. London,
vol. i, part 2, pp. 89-98, pis. xi., xii.

Tullberg, T. (1872.) “ Sveriges Podurider.” Kongl. Svenska Vet.-

Akad. Handl. vol. x. no. 10, pp. 1-70, pis. i.-xii.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE III.

Fig. 1. Isotoma grisea , Lbk, Head from the side, showing mutilated
right antenna with three joints in comparison with the 4-jointed
normal left antenna. The illustration shows the increased size
of the terminal segment of the mutilated antenna.

Fig. 2. Entomobryct ctlbocincta (Tempi.). End of antenna, showing
presence of end-knob.

Fig. 3. Orchesello, cincta (Linn.), Lbk. End of antenna, showing absence
of end-knob.

Fig. 4. O. cincta. Outline of right antenna, showing subdivision of
ant. i. and ii., making the antenna appear 6-join ted.

Fig. 5. O. cincta. End of ant. iii., showing the antennal organ iii.

Fig. 6. O. cincta. Left eye-spot, with eight ocelli.

Fig. 7. O. villosa (Geoffr.), Lbk. Right eye-spot, with eight ocelli.

The lettering A-H on the ocelli is in the same order as suggested
by Guthrie (1906). 0

Fig. 8. O.flavescens (Bourl.), Agr. Left eye-spot, with eight ocelli.

VIII. — Two interesting Mammals from the Island of Tobago ,
West Indies. By Austin H. Clark.

Mr. W. E. Broadway, of the Botanic Station, Scarborough,
Tobago, has recently sent me the skins of two mammals
representing species one of whicli is as yet unrecorded from
that island.

Unfortunately both of the skins are imperfect, and the
skulls of both are missing; but the interest attaching to them

SIIOEBOTIIAM.

Ann. <$• Mag. Rat. Hist. S. §. Vcl. XJII. PL IIL

7

69

Mammals from the Island of Tobago.

appears to be sufficient to warrant the publication of a short
note upon them.

It has seemed unnecessary to include the synonymy of
these species, as botli are treated in considerable detail by
Glover M. Allen in his recent paper on the mammals of the
West Indies (Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. vol. liv. 1911, no. 6,
pp. 175-263).

Marniosa tobagi , Thomas.

Local name. — Manicou Rat ; known on Grenada and the
Grenadines as Manicou Gros-yeux.

Material. — One imperfect skin, unsexed, and without the
skull.

Compared with a specimen of Marmosa chapmani from
Trinidad in the collection of the [J.S. National Museum this
example is found to be somewhat more greyish dorsally,
while the cinnamon along the sides is paler. The ear is
much smaller, measuring only 17 mm. in length. The hind
foot is noticeably smaller. The specimen from Trinidad is a
male, while there is a possibility that the one from Tobago is
a female, and a probability that it is young.

Dr. Glover M. Allen states that two specimens which he
obtained on Grenada “ are identical in size and cranial
measurements with a topotype of M. chapmani from Caura,
Trinidad ; they are, however, slightly paler cinnamon along
the sides. . . .”

Mr. Oldfield Thomas has recently described the Marmosa
occurring on Tobago under the name of Marmosa tobagi.
'Though the characters separating this form from M. chapmani
do not appear to be of much significance, it has seemed best
to use the name at least until a good series from Tobago is
available for study.

Remarks. — Mr. Oldfield Thomas has described the u manicou
gros-yeux” of Grenada under the name of Marmosa grenadee ;
but Allen can find no difference between the specimens from
Grenada and those from Trinidad except the very slight one
in the colour, which he says “ is apparently not more than
individual variation.”

It is quite possible that the murine opossum was uninten-
tionally introduced by man into the Grenadines, and perhaps
into Grenada also, horn Trinidad, for its presence in the
fauna of these islands is somewhat anomalous, and, on
account of its small size and nocturnal and secretive habits,
it is the most easily carried from place to place, concealed in

70

On Mammals from the Island of Tobago.

bunches of bananas or in other similar hiding-places, of all
the mammals of Trinidad.

In the West Indies the murine opossum ( Marmosa ) occurs
on the islands of Carriacouand IsleRonde in the Grenadines,
as well as on Grenada, Tobago, and Trinidad. s

Dasgpus novemcinctus hoplites , G. M. Allen.

Local name. — Tattoo (Tatu).

Material. — One imperfect skin, without fore limbs or skull,
and with the tip of the tail broken.

The measurements are : —

Frontal shield

Scapular shield

Thoracic rings (9)

Pelvic shield

Tail

Tail to the distal edge of the twelfth bony ring .

mm.

54

69

68

95

240

165

Remarks . — This specimen evidently represents a dwarf
form of Dasgpus novemcinctus , very nearly related to, if not,
the Dasgpus novemcinctus hoplites of Grenada.

Armadillos were first reported from Tobago in 1658 by
C. de Rochefort, who remarked upon the small size of the
local form ; but no definite record of the species inhabiting
ihe island has ever been published.

On Grenada armadillos have been known to occur since
1667, when they were reported as common there by Pbre
du Tertre, who also mentioned that all attempts to introduce
them into other of the (then) French islands had met with
failure. During a visit of some weeks to Grenada in 1904 I
found that armadillos were not at all uncommon there, though
I did not succeed in securing any specimens. For some
years the local form had been regularly recorded in the
‘ Grenada Handbook 3 under the name of Dasgpus novem-
cinctus. In a paper published in 1905 (‘ The Auk,’ vol. xxii.,
July 1905, pp. 270, 271) I wrote, “To-day Grenada is the
only island (except, of course, Tobago and Trinidad) where
the Armadillo is found,” and remarked that it was still called
there by the same name, Tatu, under which it was referred
to by du Tertre and Labat. In 1910 Dr. G M. Allen visited
the island and secured three specimens, upon which he based,
in the following year, the name Dasgpus novemcinctus hoplites.

The typical form, Dasgpus novemcinctus novemcinctus ,
occurs in Trinidad.

On a Variety of Porcellio scaber, Latr.

71

IX. — On an interesting Variety of Porcellio scaber, Latr.
By Walter E. Collinge, M.Sc., F.L.S., F.E.S.

Well-marked variations amongst the British Terrestrial
Isopoda, apart from colour-variations, are by no means
common. To some extent this is probably due to the fact
that the different species have not received the same attention
as have those of other groups.

I have recently received from Mr. P. A. Aubin, of
St. Helier, Jersey, Channel Isles, who has given me most
valuable assistance in my studies of the Channel Island
species, a very interesting variation, which I think is worthy
of recording.

Porcellio scaber , Latr., var. aubini , nov.

Colour a creamy white, with a few small sepia or slaty-
coloured dashes. First segment of the mesosome strongly
convex, giving the head a somewhat tucked-in appearance.
The backward curve of the lateral plates less acute. Tubercles
fewer, less prominent, and more irregular in arrangement.
Distinct transverse ridge on the tergum of the last thoracic
segment. Lateral lobes of cephalon smaller and of a different
contour to type ; frontal lobe less prominent. Basal joint of
antennae smaller. Uropoda : exopodite more contracted proxi-
mally, giving the appendage a more conical shape..

Uab. From wet moss growing on face of a road cutting
through shale; St. Helier, Jersey, Channel Isles.

I have pleasure in associating with this interesting variety
the name of Mr. Aubin.

I may mention that I have taken a very similar colour-
variety, without the above structural differences , in Cheshire,
Warwickshire, Worcestershire, and Staffordshire ; but,
holding the view that colour-variations, especially in the
Isopoda, are of very little importance unless associated with
structural differences, I have not previously recorded them.

72

Dr. M. Burr — Notes on the Forficularla.

X. — Notes on the Forficularia. — XX. A new Genus and
Five new Species from Australia. By MALCOLM BlJRR,
D.Sc., F.E.S., &c.

[Plate IV.]

The Dermaptera of Australia have been neglected by-
collectors, and it is only quite recently that I have seen any
fresh material. I have now. however, enlisted the co-opera-
tion of Mr. R. Hamlyn Harris, Director of the Queensland
Museum, Mr. F. P. Spry, of Melbourne, and Mr. F. P. Dodd,
of Kuranda, Queensland, from whom I have received a
number of interesting species. The hitherto unknown ones
are now described for the first time. In two instances the
genital armature is figured and briefly described in a
provisional manner.

S ubf a m i ly Pygidicraninjs.

Dicrana hacheri , sp. n.

Parva, gracilis, pallida, fusco-ornata ; forcipis bracchia 6 contigua ;
segmentum penultimum ventrale quadra turn, margine postico
utrinque emarginato, lobulo medio acuto.

d.

Long, corporis 16 mm.

„ forcipis 2 ,,

Small and slender; colour pale tawny or buff, with blackish
markings ; head flat, buff ; pronotum slightly longer than
broad, and slightly narrower posteriorly than anteriorly,
anterior margin rounded, posterior truncate, sides sub-
parallel ; elytra long, blackish, with a median long buff band ;
wings perfect, banded with buff and blackish ; scutellum
ample, buff, nearly equilateral ; legs buff and hairy ; abdomen
buff at the base, passing to deep red apically, scarcely
dilated ; last dorsal segment nearly square, deep red, smooth,
unarmed; penultimate ventral segment <$ quadrate, poste-
rior margin emarginate on each side, with a feeble lobe in the
middle. Forceps with branches contiguous, depressed, deep
red, rather broad, straight, the tips gently curved.

Queensland: Brisbane, 1 A > 26. vi. 11 ( Hacker , in Mus.
Brisbane) ; Kuranda {Dodd, in c. in.).

The type will be deposited in the British Museum.

This is a delicate little species, well characterized by the
form of the penultimate ventral segment of the male.

Dr. M. Barr — Notes on the Forficularia.

73

Pyge shortridgn) sp. n.

Colore fusco-testaceo, nigro-marmorato ; forcipis bracchia J remota,
valde arcuata, apice bimucronata.

cf.

Long, corporis 20 mm.

„ forcipis 4 „

General colour dark testaceous, marbled and mottled with
blackish, strongly pubescent.

Antennae testaceous.

Head dark testaceous, indistinctly shaded with fuscous.

Pronotum about as broad as the head, parallel-sided; poste-
rior margin straight, angles gently rounded ; anterior margin
distinctly convex, rounded, dark testaceous, with two indistinct
blackish bands.

Scutellum broad, testaceous, banded with blackish.

Elytra narrow and short, dark testaceous, with indistinct
blackish bands.

Legs dirty yellowish, indistinctly shaded with dark brown.

Abdomen testaceous, with a double black dorsal band and
one down each side; gradually widening from base to apex,
where the yellowish and blackish fuse into a uniform deep
reddish brown. Venter dirty testaceous; last dorsal segment
square, ample, smooth, broader than the abdomen, deep red-
brown, with some faint blackish pattern.

Penultimate ventral segment broad and quadrate; poste-
rior margin truncate, with a median canal in the apical half.

Pygidium hidden.

Forceps with the branches remote at the base, depressed
and dilated at the base itself on the inner margin ; strongly
arched, including a scutiform area, meeting before the apex
at a very blunt tooth, finely crenulate here, the inner margin
then straight and contiguous to the tips, which are hooked.

W. Australia : 1 d {G. C. Shortridge, type in B. M.).

This is the only known species of Pyge with remote
forceps and mottled uniform, recalling that of the South-
African Picranici liturata , Stai. The forceps are very charac-
teristic, and especially the square and sulcate penultimate
ventral segment, which may later justify the erection of a
new genus.

Subfamily Parisolabinje .

ParisOPSALIS, gen. nov.

Antennae 15-segmentis, tertio elongate, 4 et 5 tertio brevioribus,

74

Dr. M. Barr — Notes on the Forfieularia.

sed sat elongatis, haud globularibus, ceteris elongatis, pyri-
formibus, basi valde gracilibus, apice clavatis ; prosternum paral-
lelum ; meso- ac metasterna rectangularia, postice truncata ;
abdomen 3 medio dilatatum, segmentis lateribus acutis ; seg-
mentnm ultimum 3 transversum, rectangulare ; forcipis braccbia
c 5 remota.

In the dilated abdomen approaches Parisolahis, Verb., but
differs in the rectangular last dorsal segment and acute sides
of abdominal segments. In the long pyriform antennal
segments it differs both from Parisolahis , Verli., Pseudisolubis,
Burr, and Idolopsalis , Bor.

Parisopsalis spryi , sp. n.

Glabra, nigro-rufescens ; abdomen 3 medio fortiter dilatatum,
segmentis 2-9 lateralibus fortiter recurvis, acutis, segmentis
singulis postice rufescentibus ; segmentum ultimum dorsale
transversum, inerme ; forcipis braccbia basi remota et conica,
recta, apice valde attenuata ac fortiter arcuata.

d.

Long, corporis 14 mm.

„ forcipis 2*5 „

Reddish black, glabrous; head broad, smooth, depressed,
black; antennae blackish brown.

Pronotum almost rectangular, very gently widened poste-
riorly, a little broader than long, sides all straight ; meso-
notum densely punctulate; metanotum densely punctulate,
very short ; legs slender, femora fuscous, tibiae and tarsi dirty
yellowish.

Abdomen depressed, strongly dilated about the middle ;
narrowed apically, both ventral and dorsal surfaces deep
reddish black, the posterior portion of each segment in the
hinder half of the abdomen clear brick-red, the black part
linely and densely punctulate, the red part smooth ; the sides
of each segment except the first produced into an acute
strongly recurved hook, the outer edge of which is keeled,
and rugulose above and below the keel ; last dorsal segment
transverse, rectangular, unarmed, smooth, the posterior mar-
gin gently concave, and feebly swollen into an incipient
tubercle over the roots of the forceps.

Penultimate ventral segment rounded.

Forceps with the branches remote at the base, stout,
trigonal, conical, straight in basal third, tapering apically,
and near the apex strongly and abruptly arcuate.

AuSTKALlA : Victoria, Warburton District, Christmas 1902,

Dr. M. Barr — Notes on the Forficularia. 75

2 cf; Cape Otway Ranges, Feb. 1913,2 J , 2 $ (Spry). Type
in c. m.

I am indebted to Mr. F. P. Spry, of Victoria, for this inter-
esting species; its appearance and the recurved abdominal
hooks, recalling those of Ancistrog aster, render it easily
recognizable.

Two of the males are ill-developed specimens; the dilata-
tion of the abdomen is much less pronounced and the forceps
are only gently arcuate apically ; consequently the whole
appearance is very different from that of the type, and at first
1 considered it a distinct species. But for the fact that there
are nine abdominal segments, I should have regarded them
as females.

But the differences are merely of degree, and not of kind ;
as they were taken at the same time and place as the typical
examples, I am of opinion that they are only ill-nourished
and feebly-developed specimens.

As to the genital armature, the apical segments of the
metaparameres are narrow, almost parallel-sided, gently con-
cave, about as long as the proparameres ; the virga is short
and rather broad, somewhat inflated towards the apex.

Subfamily Spongifhobinm.

Marava doddi, sp. n.

Bufo-castanea ; elytra indistincte vittata ; pygidium J valde pro-
duction, basi lateribus triangulariter lobatum, apice fissum ;
forcipis bracchia <5 remota, subrecta, apice incurva.

d.

Long, corporis 6-8*5 mm.

„ forcipis 2*5 „

Small; reddish chestnut; antennae with thirteen to four-
teen segments, brown, feebly obconical, fourth a little shorter
than third ; head broad, dark brown or black ; pronotum
broadened posteriorly, yellowish anteriorly, darker posteriorly;
elytra smooth, deep brown, with an indistinct yellowish
band ; wings brown ; legs yellow, femora banded with
fuscous, the anterior pair decidedly thickened ; second tarsal
segment long, nearly equal to the third; abdomen deep
reddish chestnut, darker at the sides, pliciform tubercles
distinct ; last dorsal segment smooth, black, transverse ;
ninth sternite ample, quadrate; pygidium very large and
prominent, produced into a long lobe, with a triangular dila-
tation on each side near the base, then nearly parallel-sided,

76

Dr. M. Burr — Notes on (he Forficularia.

deeply incised at the apex, with pointed lobes ; branches of
forceps straight, simple, unarmed, strongly hooked at the
apex.

Queensland : Kuranda, 2 $ (Dodd ). Type in my

collection.

This and the following species are very closely allied.
The form of the pygidium is quite distinctive, but only the
apical portion is really noticeable, the basal triangular lateral
dilatations being quite hidden in one specimen and only just
discernible in the other. One specimen is macropterous, the
other brachypterous.

Marava hacker i} sp. n.

Para, fusco-castanea ; elytra flavo-vittata ; pygidium c? breve,
latum, obtusum, margine postico lateralis minimis 4 instructo ;
forcipis bracchia <$ remota, gracilia, elongata, recta, intus medio
dentata.

c?.

Long, corporis 6*5 -7*5 mm.

„ forcipis 2*75-3 „

Slender and small ; reddish chestnut ; antenna? greyish
brown, the two basal segments yellow ; head broad, blackish
brown ; pronotum broadened posteriorly, deep brown, with a
broad yellow border on each side ; elytra deep brown, with
a yellow band ; wings long, deep brown, with a big yellow
spot ; legs yellow, indistinctly banded with fuscous ; abdomen
deep red, darker at the sides ; last tergite smooth, with feeble
tumidities over the insertion of the forceps ; pygidium <$
short, broad, tumid, with four minute tubercles on posterior
margin ; forceps with the branches remote, slender, straight,
with a small median tooth.

Apical segment of parameres broader than the basal, with
gently rounded margins, broadened towards the apex and then
abruptly attenuate and acute ; virga long and convoluted,
inflated at one end, terminating in a U-prong at the other.

Queensland : Tambourine Mts., 27th Nov., 1912

(Ilacker). Four d d in Mus. Brisbane and c. m.

The type will be deposited in the British Museum.

This species resembles the preceding, but is of rather more
slender build and a little longer. The form of the pygidium
and forceps is quite different.

BURR.

Ann. Sf May. As at. Ifist. S. §. Vol. AM1I. PI. 1\ .

Notes from the Gaily Marine Laboratory .

77

Marava victorice , sp. n.

M. hackeri vicina; differt pygidio J margine postico in lobum
triangularem producto.

cJ. ?•

Long, corporis 6-6*5 mm. 7-7*5 mm.

„ forcipis 2-2*5 „ 1 „

In colour closely resembles M . hackeri, but tints a little
deeper and markings less defined ; agrees in every respect
except the pygidium $ , which is produced into a depressed,
rather obtuse, triangular lobe, with a point at each side and
one at the apex.

Victoria : Fern Tree Gu11}t, 6 <$ <£, 4 ? ? [Spfy, c • ni.).

This species very closely resembles M. hackeri , but the
pygidium is quite different ; the lateral points are often
scarcely discernible, the apical point being the most prominent
and often the only one noticeable.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IV.

Fig. 1. Dicrana hackeri, sp. n. , x 2|.

Fig. 2. Pyge shortridgei, sp. n. <$ , X 2|.

3. Parisopsalis spryi, sp. n. <5, x 2£.

.Fq?. 3 a. Ditto. Profile of abdomen. J .

Fig. 4. Ditto. Genital armature, c? .

Fig. 5. Marava doddi, sp. n. (J, X 4.

Fig. 6. Ditto. Forceps and pygidium. <5, X 8.
Fig. 7. Marava hackeri, sp. n. J, X 5.

Ffy. 8. Ditto. Forceps and pygidium. <5 , X 8.
ioV/. 9. Ditto. Genital armature.

Fig. 10. Marava victorice , sp. n. Jb X 5.

Fig. 11. Ditto. Forceps and pygidium. x 10.

XI. — Notes from the Gatti / Marine Laboratory, St. An-
drews.—No. XXXVI. By Prof. MTntosh, M.D., LL.D.,
F.R.S., &c.

[Plates V. & VI.]

1. On the Ventral Furrows of the Lesser Rorqual ( Balccnoptera rostrata ,

O. Fabricius).

2. On some of the Species of Prionospio , Malmgren.

3. On the British Amphictenidce.

4. On the British Ampharetidce.

1. On the Ventral Furrows of the Lesser Rorqual
(Balaenoptera rostrata, O. Fabricius).

In the numerous accounts of the structure of this species,
from J. Hunter and R. Knox to Sir William Turner, the

78

Prof. M'Intosh’s Notes from the

exact conditions of the ventral furrows diverges from that
seen in the accompanying photograph * of an adult female
lately stranded at Crail, on the Forth, and measuring 30 feet
in length. For instance, in the figure given by Drs. Carte
and Macalister f, the furrows preserve a nearly uniform
arrangement from the symphysis of the mandible to the
navel; thus resembling corduroy, the figure being less accurate
than the description, which is that beneath the mandible
the furrows (t were flat and inconspicuous, but as they
extended down towards the thoracic region they became
enlarged and much more numerous ; subsequently, as they
approached the abdominal parietes, they decreased in number
but increased in width, being finally lost in the neighbouring
skin.” The folds are seen in the photographs given by
Sir William Turner, and.in one { a single split is observed.
This distinguished anatomist states that “ the average breadth
of the ridges between the furrows immediately below the
angle of the mouth was about 1 inch, but further back some
were as wide as 2 inches.” Mr. Perrin § specially notes
that the folds did not decussate in a female of 13 feet or
decrease in number from before backward. As no mention
is made of the furrows splitting, it is possible that the con-
dition in the female stranded at Crail may be exceptional.
The total number of the furrows could not be counted, but
the majority are shown in the photograph, viz. about forty
(PL V.). Just below the eye two of the narrow ridges fuse
and continue to the flipper, which in the specimen had
been removed, so that the downward curvature of the furrows
at the axilla could be distinctly seen. In the same way the
two furrows following the adjoining one fused just before the
anterior edge of the flipper. An entire ridge followed,
widening, like the rest, behind the flipper, and disappearing
on the side of the whale. The next two narrow ridges from
the angle of the jaw fused slightly in front of the previous
pair, the single ridge widening and disappearing as before.
An entire ridge came next, followed by another similar in
front, but its broad part behind the flipper was split into
two moderate ridges, the fork nearly reaching its edge.
The succeeding ridge was formed of two narrow ones,
which united in a line with the eye. Three ordinary and
simple ridges followed, then came another which, a little
behind a line with the eye, split into two, which coursed

* Taken by Mr. A. W. Brown, of tlie Gatty Marine Laboratory.

t Philos. Trans, vol. clviii. pi. iy. fig. 1.

X 1 Marine Mammals, University Museum, Edinburgh,’ p. 60 (1912).

§ Proc. Zool. Soc. 1870, p. 867.

79

Gatty Marine Laboratory , St. Andrews .

backward behind the flipper, where the lower (or inner) one
rather rapidly widened and split into two, which became
broader, as usual, in their backward progress. The next
furrow was very narrow under the jaw, but gradually in-
creased into a broad ridge in its course along the region
behind the flipper. The succeeding narrow ridge split about
the middle of the sublingual region, the left ridge running
backward to a point considerably behind the flipper, where it
ceased, nearly in a line with the letters J. P. cut into the
skin, a single broad ridge (3 inches) passing backward
behind this point But the second or inner ridge formed by
the split was still more interesting, for it terminated by
fusing with the narrow ridge to its inner or right side about
a line midway between the eye and the anterior border of the
flipper (insertion of), the single ridge then coursing back-
ward to join the previous one in forming the broad abdominal
ridge (3 inches) formerly mentioned. The sublingual ridge
to the right split about atrausverse line from the mandibular
cond}7le, the separating furrow ending a little in front of the
previous one and the letters J. P., a broad ridge not quite
3 inches remaining to the rear. Two subgular ridges to the
right, fused at a line a little in front of the flipper, contracted
to a narrower single ridge, the furrow ceasing under the
letters J. P., leaving posteriorly a broad smooth area more
than double the breadth of the widest ridge previously
described. The adjoining furrow to the right presented a
rudimentary split at its inner edge in a line with the flipper,
but it soon ceased, and the furrow to the right terminated a
little short of the previous one. The next ridge (to the
right) was split about the middle of the sublingual region,
its lower limb forking again in a line with the eye, whereas
the next one (also to the right) fused with its neighbour to
form a single ridge at the same line. The ridges slightly
widen from the articulation of the mandible forward to its
edge, the narrowest part being the region of the throat, and
some below the eye are short, ending after a brief course on
the side or fusing into a single ridge. Moreover, whilst the
ridges, as a rule, are pale, the furrows have much dark
pigment. This description leaves about half the series
(to the right) untouched, but it will suffice to indicate that,
whilst there is truly a parallelism in the ridges, the condition
is more complex, as the accompanying photograph will
show. Mr. Beddard and others are inclined to think that
these ridges are useful to the animal in distention of the
mouth and gullet in taking food (fishes &c.), but, as they also

80

Prof. McIntosh's Notes from the

occur on the thorax and part of the abdomen, this view is
not without doubt.

So far as can be observed in the photographs given by
Sir William Turner*, and from other figures, no uniformity
exists in the occurrence of the fissures in the ridges, which
in this species are narrow and fine in front in comparison
with those in the common rorqual, and still more in contrast
with the massive ridges in Megaptera. Yet in the common
rorqual the junction of two ofthe jugal ridges occurs several
times on each side, and in their course backward several of
the large ridges are split into two.

2. On some of the Species of Prionospio, Malmgren.

A Canadian Prionospio , dredged by Dr. Whiteaves in the
Gulf of St. Lawrence, Canada, presents certain differences
from that described by Malmgren, while approaching that of
Sars. No complete example is in the collection and no
satisfactory fragment of the posterior end, all presenting
signs of mutilation and regeneration. The proboscis was
extruded in every case, so that the snout was more or less
distorted, the protruded organ forming a button-like process
on the end of a short cone. The snout (PI. YI. fig. 1) had
the ordinary truncate anterior border without a trace of eyes,
but on the dorsum a cephalic ridge extended along the
median liue and terminated posteriorly in a pointed process
like an adnate tentacle about the line of the third feet. The
body presented the normal outline, and when complete
probably had about one hundred segments, the number
given by Malmgren for the northern species.

In the anterior third of the body a transverse section
presents well-developed cuticle and hypoderm, the latter
especially being thick in the lateral processes and on the
ventral surface external to and at the sides of the nerve-
cords. The dorsal longitudinal muscles are of average size,
and the inner ends are slightly tapered as they approach the
middle line above the dorsal blood-vessel. The ventral
longitudinal muscles, which occupy a limited elliptical area,
are also of average bulk, and in section show vertically
curved fasciculi externally and nearly horizontal fasciculi
internally. In this region a powerful series of fibres passes
from the dorsum about the middle of the longitudinal
muscle, which is pierced, to the mid-ventral surface, probably

Op. cit. pp. 60 & 61.

81

Gutty Marine Laboratory ) St. Andrews .

in connection with the proboscis, which forms a compara-
tively large and thick-walled organ with a foliate arrange-
ment of its mucous lining ; au external coat of longitudinal
and an internal layer of circular muscular fibres, besides the
external sheath, are present. The mid-dorsal and mid- ventral
vascular trunks are large, the latter lying between the ventral
ends of the strong oblique muscles, which are inserted over
the neural canals, which are large and situated at the upper
border of the nerve-area, the rest of the area being hypo-
dermic.

The first foot in a Canadian example (PL YI. fig. 2) is
minute and consists of a fan-shaped dorsal lamella and a
smaller ventral one of ovoid outline, one side forming the
adherent base. In front of the dorsal lamella is a group of
strong tapering bristles, with a basal curvature and a very
finely tapered tip, the centre of each being minutely granular,
whilst the slender tip is homogeneous. The ventral tuft is
composed of bristles almost straight, but having as finely-
tapered tips. No wings could be defined in the bristles of
this foot, and the tufts were nearly equal in size.

In the second foot of the Canadian form (PL VI. fig. 3)
the dorsal lamella has become broadly lanceolate, its lower
border being bluntly round, the upper somewhat pointed.
The ventral lobe is elongate-ovoid, with the free end pointing
downward. The curvature of the dorsal bristles is less
marked, the centre of the shaft is less distinctly granular, and
there is a barely visible trace of a wing. The ventral bristles,
on the other hand, are more evidently curved, are larger, and
of two kinds — longer, curved, finely tapered forms, with
minute granules in the shaft, and a finely tapered tip,
without wings ; and shorter bristles, with translucent shafts,
narrow wings, and finely tapered tips.

The third foot of the Canadian form has a considerably
larger dorsal lamella, and has the pinnate process in front,
but it carries no branchia, The next two feet (fourth and
fifth), however, bear well-developed branchiae (PL VI. fig. 4),
that following (sixth) having a conspicuous dorsal lamella
and a pinnate process on each side. In the succeeding feet
the dorsal lamella gradually diminishes, so that at the fourth
from the posterior pinnate process both lamellae are much
reduced, and the capillary bristles thus rendered conspicuous.
Posteriorly the lobes of the feet diminish greatly, whilst the
dorsal bristles become longer and so slender as to be hair-
like. Ventrallv hooks take the place of the inferior bristles
from the fifteenth foot backward. In this form the pinnate
or papillose cirri (PL VI. fig. 1, t.) were sparsely covered

Ann. iSc May. N, Hist. JSer. 8, Vol, xiii. 0

82

Prof. McIntosh’s Notes from the

by the somewhat long clavate papillse, which became shorter
and ceased about the commencement of the distal third of
the process, and thus contrasted with conditions in the
Prionospio plumosa of Sars. The dorsal bristles consisted of
winged forms (Pl. VI. fig. 5) and of others in which the wing
was not distinct, but wrhich had the axis granular and so
arranged in some as to give a transversely barred appearance
(PI. VI. fig. 6) . In the middle of the body the ventral hooks,
besides a few very slender capillary forms, had at the ventral
edge a single strong curved bristle (PI. VI. fig. 7). The
hooks were rather slender and long, with a main fang and
two or three teeth above it in a lateral view (PI. VI. tig. 8).

The branchia is apparently broader than Malmgren’s
figure would indicate, and broader than the form described
by Sars or in that from the ‘ Valorous/ but it is less elon-
gate than that of the British form, the Prionospio malmyreni
of Claparede.

Lately Mr. R. Southern, who is doing so much good work
amongst the Irish Annelids, procured in a tow-net attached to
the trawl off Balbriggan, and also on muddy ground at various
parts of the Irish coast, small specimens of a Prionospio ,
two of which he kindly sent me. He refers to this form as
Prionospio steenstrupi, Malmgren *, but it agrees rather with
the form described by Claparede* as P. malmyreni.

The minuteness of the preserved specimens made it difficult
to determine the presence or absence of a cephalic ridge ;
but, so far as could be seen, it was indicated. The head termi-
nates anteriorly in a truncated snout, with four eyes — two
rounded, anterior, composed of several crystalline spheres
and dark pigment, and after an interval two elongated or
kidney-shaped masses of pigment. This form is thus in
contrast with the Canadian, in almost every example of
which, as mentioned, the extruded proboscis had distorted
the snout. The proboscis in the latter had a slightly tapered
basal process with a button-like tip. A prominent cephalic
ridge occupied the centre of the dorsum, and terminated
posteriorly in a pointed process like an adnate tentacle. It
closely agrees, however, with P. malmyreni of Claparede.

The body is elongated, resembling posteriorly that of a
small Nereid, but anteriorly characteristically enlarged and
gently tapering posteriorly to the vent, which has two cirri.
Claparede’s examples were all small, viz. 11-12 mm., yet
the females were mature, a bunch of orange ova occurring on
each side of the intestine behind the fifteenth segment.

* Annel. Clietop. Napoli, p, 333, pl. xxii. fig. 3.

83

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews,

In his original description Malmgren describes tlie branchiae
as four pairs, the basal region of the long tapering forms as
pinnate, the distal as filiform (referring to the elongate
pinnate organs of the front and rear of the anterior region).
He, however, observes that these are longer than the branchiae
of his second and third segments (for he apparently over-
looked the minute anterior feet), yet he does not differentiate
these from the dorsal lamellae of the feet, which are truly
lanceolate, whilst the true branchiae, which he apparently
represents in his fig. 55 A, Taf. x-, are broadly strap-shaped,
only a little tapered at the tip, which ends in a conical
process or mucro. Moreover, they are closely striated trans-
versely and richly ciliated, whereas the pinnate processes and
the lamellae of the feet are not. Claparede, again, expressed
doubt as to the actual number of branchiae, from the facility
with which these delicate organs break off. He, however,
considered the pinnate cirri as branchiae, though he found no
cilia on them. In his figure (pi. xxii. fig. 3) none of the
ligulate (true) branchiae are shown, and the position of the
posterior pair of the pinnate cirri is faulty.

In the first foot the dorsal and ventral lamellae are rounded
and rudimentary, and the tufts of bristles small ; moreover,
the granular condition of the axis of the bristle was not made
out. The second foot has the dorsal lamella of a lanceolate
outline, whilst the ventral is rounded. Both dorsal aud
ventral bristles showed a granular condition of the axis, so
that it (axis) appeared to have minute transverse bars in the
centre (PI. VI. fig. 6).

In the third, fourth, and fifth feet the dorsal lamella
largely increases in size as a broadly lanceolate process, but
in the third and fourth it is considerably less than the
elongate branchia which forms a conspicuous process on the
inner side of each, and readily distinguished by the trans-
verse lines. These branchiae are much longer than those in
the Canadian form, and the tip differs in its tapered con-
dition. They are also proportionally larger and longer than
in the P, plurnosa of Sars. The first ten segments are con-
spicuously bristled, the strongly curved dorsal and ventral
bristles projecting laterally in front of the lamellae. The
eleventh has more slender capillary bristles, Claparede
stated that the hooks commenced on the fifteenth segment,
but Mr. Southern described them on the twelfth bristled
segment. When this feature was examined the specimens
were much injured, so that exactitude was not possible,
They seemed to begin about the fourteenth or fifteenth.

The three forms mentioned above, vijs., Malmgren’s, Sara's,

fi*

84

Prof. McIntosh’s Notes from the

and Claparede’s, have each distinctive features, yet some of
these may be due to imperfections in observation and to
variation. Certainly the bristles and books are very similar.
The occurrence of mature females in Claparede’s small form,
also recently procured by Mr. Southern, may be connected
with racial distinctions. Moreover, the inconspicuous
cephalic ridge and the presence of eyes in it, and their
absence in Malmgren’s form, is another source of dubiety.
The Canadian, the Arctic examples procured by the ‘ Valo-
rous/ and the P. plumosa of Sars all present such a ridge,
and it is possible Malmgren may have overlooked it, since
in some it is inconspicuous.

:(3) On the British Ampbictenidae.

The British Amphictenidae comprised but two species
in Dr. Johnston’s ‘ Catalogue of Worms in the British
Museum/ viz. Pectinaria helgica, Pallas, and P. granulata , L.
— Amphictene auricoma, O. F. Muller. The latter species
and Lagis koreni, Malmgren, again, were the only forms
entered in the ‘Fauna of Plymouth'’ (1904), but Mr. Craw-
shay in 1912 added a third, viz., Petta pusilla, Malmgren.
Two species occur in Mr. Southern’s ‘Annelids of Dublin
Bay/ viz., those mentioned by Dr. Johnston.

The first species is Pectinaria helgica, Pallas, from various
parts of the English, Scotch, and Irish coasts.

The crowm in this species has ten to fourteen paleolae, which
are broader than those of Lagis koreni , and, as P. helgica is
often larger, they are stronger and more individualized, but
their curves are similar, the convexity being ventral. They
dilate a little above the base, and then taper to a very delicate
hair-like tip, which, from the lines -at its sides, would seem to
indicate relationship with a winged bristle. Friction, how-
over, removes the delicate extremity in some. The outer
paleola is shorter than the adjoining one, whilst the two
inner appear also to be smaller in most examples. In the
largest example from British waters in my collection, viz.
from Loch Linnhe, fourteen paleolae occurred on the left and
ten on the right. Above the paleolae is the tough, firm, and
slightly corrugated surface of the crown, which has a pro-
portionally broader rim than in L. koreni. Having reached
its greatest diameter laterally, it curves ventrally a little
within the edge of the paleolae, and ends at the long anterior
cirrus. The margin dorsally and laterally is smooth, but on
the ventral curve to the paleolae it has one or two small
papillae.

85

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews.

After the cirrus the edge slopes backward to form the
pillars at the sides of the mouth.

The veil is more restricted than in any of the allied forms,
and its outline is fan-shaped, the anterior edge having ten
or eleven rather large tapered papillae or fimbriae, the edges
a few others as they pass to the anterior region of the mouth.

The tentacles arise on each side immediately behind the
veil, and form a considerable lateral group on each side.
They have the usual shape, and the extremities in the pre-
parations, as in life, are often clavate. Numerous smaller
forms occur posteriorly, and all are attached to a surface
continuous with and forming part of the veil, and thus are
in front of the mouth dorsally. The small lateral fold of the
veil to a certain extent forms a guard antero-laterally. A
broad fillet occurs on each side of the mouth posteriorly, and
a median fold completes it behind.

The second cirrus arises laterally a little behind the margin
of the crown, and is a long subulate tapering organ. A
ridge passes ventrally from it on each side, meeting its fellow
in the middle line behind the mouth, and may be taken to
represent a segment. The next two are branchial segments,
each having the typical branchia of the group, viz. a series
of flat lamellae largest internally and diminishing externally,
attached to the basal and posterior stem. The second is
smaller, but of similar structure. These two segments are
glandular ventrally, and in the centre of each is a median
fold or boss.

The next region of the body, which is smoothly rounded
dorsally, flattened and grooved ventrally, consists of three
bristled segments devoid of hooks. The first two are highly
glandular ventrally from side to side, and with the median
fold, whilst the third is apparently only partly so, being con-
tinued ventrally as a transversely folded band with a slight
median differentiation. The bristles, in these are typical,
viz., strong bristles with tapering tips, which show traces
of wings, and those with the spear-head dilatation and the
long hair-like tips, the edge being serrated.

The succeeding region of the body still remains smoothly
rounded dorsally, but ventrally it has throughout the five
or six anterior segments a fusiform area in the centre —
apparently a special glandular region. At each side ventrally
in a line with the lamellae is a short glandular patch, which
diminishes as the segments go backward. The ventral sur-
face generally is flattened and grooved posteriorly. This
region has fourteen pairs of dorsal bristle-bundles attached
to the dorsal edges of the lamellae bearing the rows of hooks.

86

Prof. McIntosh’s Notes from the

The bristle-tufts have stout simple forms with tapering tips,
which have traces of wings, besides those with spear-shaped
dilatations, serrated edges, and long tapering tips. Toe tufts
are smaller posteriorly, but do not differ in structure.

Each of the hooks presents seven teeth below the crown,
then follows a process with minute teeth, the trend of which
is from above obliquely outward, whilst its prow inferiorly
is bluntly conical. The shaft of the hook is short.

The caudal process is tortoise-shaped, and usually bent at
more than a right angle to the dorsum, thus making a small
angle with the ventral surface. The rudimentary feet pass
obliquely upward to the dorsal keel, toward the end of which
is, on each side, a considerable row of caudal hooks. The
dorsal surface of the process is flatter than in allied forms, a
median keel and symmetrically arranged transverse ridges
being on this surface. The rim is not much elevated, and
has two notches beyond the hooks, and in some a minute
papilla or two. The caudal hooks differ from those of
any other form, having a comparatively straight shaft,
which tapers toward the neck, then the neck bends a little
backward and gently forward at the tip so as to form a
strong point. As in other forms, the shaft is longitudinally
striated.

The tube is large, nearly straight, and tapered to a small
extremity. Moreover, it is lined in some by a comparatively
thick internal membrane, which readily separates from
the firm wall in the preparations. Its masonry, as a rule,
differs from that of Lagis or Amphictene in so far as the
grains are smaller, and, even though in some the surface is
rendered irregular by projecting larger grains, the general
effect is characteristic. Typical examples on sandy ground
are smooth and finely grained, no separate joints being
distinguishable.

The second form is Amphictene auricoma, O. F. Muller,
which is generally distributed all round the British coasts on
sandy ground. The crown in this species bears from eleven
to thirteen paleolae, which, in well-preserved examples, are so
brittle that few can be removed entire. They are flattened
golden bristles, which are a little narrowed at the base,
remain of uniform diameter for some distance, and then
taper to a fine point, which is either slightly curved or
boldly bent round like a hook, thus differing, for instance,
from those of Lagis koreni, which are coiled after the
manner of a watch-spring. The dorsal collar at the margin
of the flattened scabrous area above the paleolae is cut into

87

Gatty Marine Laboratory , St. Andrews.

rather long fimbriae, with a broad base and a tapered tip, the
latter, however, not being acute ; and the collar runs ventro-
laterally almost to the base of the anterior cirrus or tentacle,
after the maimer of Lagis koreni. The cirrus is of average
length, and is tapered from base to apex. From its base a
ridge passes obliquely backward and inward on each side
to the mouth. The great length of the rim of the dorsal
scabrous plate circumscribes the area of the veil, which is
the smallest yet observed ; but its disposition is similar, for
it has a slight ventral fold on each side to aid in guarding the
tentacles. The anterior or free edge is fringed with com-
paratively long subulate fimbriae. The tentacles are perhaps
less numerous than in allied forms, but their structure is the
same, the distal ends being often flattened and with a median
groove joining that proceeding along the column.

The folds at the sides of and behind the mouth in the
main agree with those of other species.

The second cirrus or tentacle arises on the dorsal edge of
a glandular ridge, which ventralwards presents two divisions,
viz. an outer transversely elongated rounded eminence, and
a larger inner ridge which passes with slight obliquity to a
median division. In front of this prominent ridge are two
or three minor ones, the grooves of which converge toward
the mouth. From the dorsal edge of the cirrus a small
ridge runs dorsally, but soon disappears behind the fimbriated
rim of the scabrous region.

The branchiae occupy a similar position to those of Lagis
koreni, but are specially modified, in so far as the lamellae of
the first branchia are proportionally larger — both broader
and longer — and the basal axis to which they are attached is
shorter. Thus, the apparatus is more fan-shaped and less
like the scorpioidal cyme. As in Lagis, the larger lamellae
are internal, and they gradually diminish to the small ex-
ternal end. The second branchia is considerably less in all
its parts, but it has the same abbreviation of the basal axis
or stem.

The first branchia would appear to belong to the segment
behind the second long cirrus, which sends a prominent
glandular ridge to the mid-ventral line. The second pertains
to the ridge immediately behind, which also passes to
the mid-ventral line, where, as in the previous form, a
separate shield occurs. It is further distinguished by a
considerable flattened glandular lobe which immediately
follows the branchia, and which would apparently act as a
guard to the first branchia.

88

Prof. McIntosh’s Notes from the

So far as these parts show, three segments would thus
seem to pertain to the collar-region, viz. that of the second
long cirrus and the two branchial segments.

The next region of the body consists of three bristled seg-
ments, devoid of hooks as in allied forms. The appearance
of these, however, suggests a subdivision, for the two anterior
have the thick glandular ridges, the first with a single central
division and the second with two central divisions; whereas
the third has only a long, slender, non-glandular ridge, as in
those which follow. This region appears to be, on the whole,
considerably foreshortened in contrast with Lagis. The
first two tufts are very small, and they arise from the non-
glandular or dorsal part of the ridge. The third is consider-
ably larger, and is usually closely applied to the surface of
the dorso-lateral region. Each tuft has the stout, tapering,
simple bristles with traces of wings distally below the
tapered point, and all have, in addition, a few in which the
spear-like dilatation at the tip is present, with its tapering
hair-like point and serrated edge. All these bristles have a
peculiar ring-like dilatation at the base.

The third region is characterised by the great development
of the lateral lamellae for the hooks, as well as for the long
and powerful bristles at the dorsal edge. All the latter are
very powerful anteriorly, dilating from the base upward
until full diameter is attained, and then tapering to a delicate
hair-like tip. Besides these are the bristles with the spear-
shaped enlargement and the finely tapered tips, the shafts
being also robust. The posterior bristles are considerably
smaller, but they keep to the same type, those vitli the
spear-shaped tips being proportionally longer.

The caudal hooks are situated on each side of a small keel
(notched at its free end), which marks the median dorsal
region of the caudal appendage. They are distinguished by
their comparatively great length and straightness, by the
rapid diminution at the neck, and by the abrupt curve and
sharp condition of the hook at the tip. Tlie edge of the
process is deeply and symmetrically notched, usually curved
ventrally, and the dorsal lip of the vent is prolonged as a
somewhat flattened conical process, with a dorsal papilla on
its surface, which curves beyond the split ventral lip. The
dorsal surface of the process is concave, forming a deep
groove, whilst the ventral is convex and grooved by oblique
furrows directed outward and backward. It seems to be
easily regenerated, even before the bristled segments neces-
sary to complete the series are formed, and thus some
examples are peculiarly short and broad, the tapered posterior

Gaity Marine Laboratory , St. Andrews. 89

region of the body not yet having been reproduced, whilst
the caudal process is fully developed.

The lamellar hooks have six teeth from the crown down-
ward, then a finely spinous process (like a large tooth with
serrations), below which is a notch directed upward, and,
lastly, the rounded prow, which is nearly in a line with the
face of the hook. The shaft of the hook is short and
comparatively broad.

The tube is gently curved and finely tapered, especially
in the smaller specimens, and composed of fine sand-
grains neatly cemented together, the tubes of young forms
especially having very minute grains. In the ‘Porcupine5
Expedition of 1869 empty tubes apparently of this species
w7ere formed of transversely arranged and neatly cemented
sponge-spicules. In specimens from deep water, 80-130
fathoms, in Hardanger Fjord and off Leavig in Norway the
tubes at first formed of fine sand-grains were for some
distance afterwards formed of sponge-spicules placed trans-
versely.

In extremities a Nemertean (one of the Aopla) w ill occa-
sionally thrust itself in the mouth of the tube, driving the
annelid before it and compressing it in the posterior region
of the tube.

The third species, Lagis koreni , Malmgren, has often been
mistaken for Pectinaria belgica. In this generally distributed
form the head is provided with a transverse series of fifteen
lustrous golden paleolae on each side. Each is a flattened,
hollow, chitinous process tapering to a delicate tip, which is
always more or less curved toward the dorsum, the con-
cavity of the curve or coil being minutely crenulate, as if
from a thinner tissue on that side. Moreover, the point of
those in the middle of the series is continued as a long and
delicate process — generally coiled. The outer in each series
is short, broad at the base, and with a long tapering tip —
not coiled. The paleolae are finely striated longitudinally,
and also marked by transverse lines. The second external
paleola has its transverse lines arranged in distinct ringed
belts, and not scattered indiscriminately. In viewing the
paleoke of each side as a whole, the distal curve of the outer
forms is more marked than that of the inner forms, and the
inner are deeply set in the tissues and moved by powerful
muscles, whereas the external paleolse are less deeply im-
planted. The bases of the palcolae have a slight obliquity,
being directed downward and outward on each side. In
transverse section the flattened hollow condition of the
palcolcC is apparent. Moreover, they become much thinner

90

Prof. McIntosh’s Notes from the

and more flattened toward the base. They are hard, though
somewhat brittle, and the edge of the razor is often notched
in making the sections.

The dorsal or anterior edge above the paleolse is smooth,
firm, and somewhat hollow, with a marginal rim which
forms more than a semicircle externally, and ends in a
subulate tentacle ventrally. A notch separates the latter
from the veil or frilled membrane to the ventral surface of
the paleolse, and the edges of the muscular membrane bear
a series of long papillae or fimbriae. This membrane is not
attached directly to the ventral edge of the rows of paleolse,
a firm transversely elongated area occurring at their base.

Below and attached to the foregoing veil is a dense series
of tentacles on each side of the mouth, which has a dorsal
fold in the middle line and a transverse one behind it. In
the median line ventrally is a large central boss, and on each
side is a fillet continued upward by a ridge to the long lateral
cirrus in front of the branchise. The cirrus is crenulate,
with a broad base which tapers by and by to a long slender
process with a slightly bulbous tip. In structure this shows
externally the cuticle and hypoderm with fibrillation, whilst
internally it has granules of various sizes — probably hypo-
dermic. It may be penetrated by the perivisceral fluid. In
life, this and the anterior cirrus or tentacle move a little to
and fro, or the tips are coiled and waved.

When withdrawing itself into the tube the two rows
of golden bristles slightly and symmetrically overlap, for
they can both be separated and approximated, and the firm
smooth area adjoining forms a platform, the whole per-
forming the part of an operculum.

The tentacles constitute a dense mass, each marked by a
longitudinal groove, the red blood-vessel running in the middle
line, the blood now flowing distally and again proximally
in the same vessel. They are mobile organs and undergo
constant contractions and elongations, the tip being often
clavate or spathulate. The grooved surface of the tentacle
is minutely tuberculated toward the tip, probably in con-
nection with its functions in building the tube — indeed, such
elevations may perform the part of minute suckers. The blood
seems to flow to the tip of the organ, which becomes deep red,
remains there for a little, and then is sent backward. A
single blood-vessel apparently with similar action occurs in
the long cirri.

The body is from 1^ to 2 in. in length, gently tapered to
a comparatively broad tail, which has the anal appendix
passing off at an angle posteriorly. It is rounded dorsallv,

91

Gatty Marine Laboratory , St. Andrews.

flattened and somewhat grooved ventrally, whilst in series
from front to rear are the branchiae immediately behind the
long cirrus, a segment without bristles, and fifteen bristle-
tufts, with lamellae for the hooks from the fourth bristle-
tuft backward — or twelve in all.

The general hue of the dorsum is brownish pink, the
dorsal blood-vessel and the gills being deep red. The first
three body-segments have numerous brown specks (eyes?)
on their posterior edges. The tentacles are dull pinkish in
mass. The caudal process is slightly yellowish. The intes-
tine shines through the translucent iridescent skin as pale
brownish, and a large blood-vessel is attached to it dorsally
below the more slender median dorsal trunk. This large
trunk appears to end in the deep opaque reddish mass below
the median fillet of the second bristled segment. The
median dorsal (superficial) trunk commences at the tail,
wdiereas the larger and deeper trunk on the gut appears
about the third hook-pad posteriorly, and the blood comes
from below\ The former contracts from behind forward,
squeezing the vessel into a pale thread. The entire skin is
minutely reticulated with minute red^ blood-vessels. On
the ventral surface is a lateral trunk on each side, which
carries the blood backward, and w^hich appears to form the
dorsal. The caudal process has pale papillae along its sides.

The branchiae are usually two in number, though occasion-
ally the posterior on one side is absent. The anterior lies
immediately behind the long lateral cirrus and has the form
of a coiled process placed transversely, to which are attached
many membranous leaf-like plates, which gradually diminish
in size toward the tip, the whole somewhat resembling the
autenna of a lamellicorn beetle or the scorpoid cyme o£
Forget-me-not or Forage. With the leaflets crowded so
thickly, the coiling of the axis and the diminution of the
lamellae at the tip present special advantage for aeration.
The second branchia arises from the dorsal edge of the
segment-ridge behind the former, and its structure is the
same. The organs are firmly attached to the skin, and in
softened examples are removed with it. In life the bright
red branchiae are most sensitive organs — now being gently
extended so as to expose each lamella separately to the
water, and again abiuptly contracted into a mass.

Dorsally segmentation is less evident, but on the ventral
surface the median and lateral ridges give more definition
in this respect. A flat papilla, from which a ridge and
groove run to the mouth, lies within the long cirrus behind
the veil. Then a forward median fold behind the mouth is

92

Prof. M£ In tosh’s Notes from the

continued laterally to the first branchia. This is followed
by another median elevation or boss with a ridge on each
side to the second branchia. The parts, however, vary much
according to the degree of contraction or extension, the first-
mentioned median fold in extension becomes a boss, in front
of which a groove with a fillet at each side passes to the
mouth. Behind the second branchial ridge is a distinct and
longer one on each side of a median elevation, and ter-
minating laterally in the first bristle-papilla. The bristle-
tufts are directed upward and backward, commencing with
three smaller tufts, the first two of which spring from the
outer ends of ventral ridges connected with median eleva-
tions, whilst the third has only a lateral lamella. No hooks
occur on these anterior feet. The fourth foot presents a
large lamella and stronger bristles, and the five or six
following have also strong bristles, after which they
diminish to the last, which are minute — that is, not half
the size of the first tuft. The structure of all these tufts
of somewhat brittle bristles is the same, though the
anterior and especially the posterior show certain modifi-
cations. Each has two kinds of stout bristles, viz. (1) that
in which the strong shaft, after widening a little above the
base, tapers gradually to a somewhat rigid sharp tip, and
(2) a shorter series in which the stout shaft tapers to the
commencement of the translucent terminal portion, where
a rudimentary double wing appears, and then it dilates into
a flattened spear-head tapered to a fine point. The broad
flattened tip is marked by fine striae directed distally. The
serrations are large at the base of the terminal region,
rapidly become finer, then indistinct, and, finally, leave the
delicate hair-like tip smooth. The shafts of all are striated
longitudinally, and are also crossed at intervals by trans-
verse bars, which, however, do not affect the outline. In
the first tuft of bristles the two kinds are more nearly of
equal length, and in the last tuft the tips of the simple
forms are more gently tapered as well as often fractured ;
whilst the great length and tenuity of the tips of the
second type cause them almost to equal the length of
the stronger. In transverse section these bristles are
rounded (not circular).

The hooks have a short horizontal shaft, a gentle curve,
six teeth along the front edge in lateral view, then a broader
part which, at first sight, looks like a seventh tooth, but
which really is a series of more minute teeth, as in the
typical Pectinaria belgica , then the keel below shows a
convexity, a hollow, and a small knob at the edge.

93

Gatty Marine Laboratory , St. Andrews.

The caudal process recalls the condition in the Opheliidse
just as the head, buccal region, and the first body-region
do those of the Hermellidae. Two segments without bristles
follow the last bristle-bundles, and then a constriction, the
anal process sharply curving ventrally thereafter. In out-
line it is Mysostomum- shaped, having a convex obliquely
striated ventral surface and a concave transversely striated
dorsal surface, like a sucker, surrounded by a rim which is
notched and papillose, and terminating d is tally in a differ-
entiated flap ventral to the anus, and another freely movable
flap of the same length dorsally. At the origin of the caudal
process three or four hooks occur on each side of the median
dorsal groove. They have short, stout, striated shafts and
acutely curved tips, a few transverse striae also being present
here and there on the shaft, especially at the base. One or
two developing forms accompany the former.

In a small variety from Norway (dredged by Canon
Norman) the dorsal flap has a distinctly papillose margin,
a condition also seen in those from Naples.

The anal funnel is, when the animal is removed from the
tube, carried at an angle, usually greater than a right angle,
to the caudal region, is rounded ventrally, flattened dorsally,
and with a spathulate valve hinged dorsally at the tip. The
dorsal edges of the process are somewhat scalloped at the
base, one deep fissure being present, and each edge has four
small clavate papillae. The dorsal surface of the organ is
often expanded into a wide sucker with an obliquely ridged
centre and a free crenated edge. The apparatus would seem
to act as a powerful ejector.

The tubes of the Neapolitan examples (P ectinaria neapoli -
tana ) are remarkable for their coarseness and dark colour,
from the number of black sand-grains intermingled with
brown, yellow, and white. The sand in the intestines of the
specimens is equally dark. The tube, again, of a small
variety from Norway, Lophohelia-gvomid., Drbbak, 6-14 fatli.
(Canon Norman), is formed of comparatively coarse frag-
ments— almost as coarse as those of Vetia pusilla.

Young examples, apparently of this form, occur frequently
in the bottom nets at the end of June and in July in St.
Andrews Bay. They occupy little transparent tubes, about
1 mm. in length, nearly straight and tapered posteriorly,
both ends being open. This tube is composed solely of
secretion, and mimics the adult tube of sand-grains. The
posterior end of the tube presents a clear transparent
margin, then a granular belt, which is followed by somewhat
smaller reticulations than in front. The tube is further

94

Prof. McIntosh’s Notes from the

chambered by a series of larger reticulations, which cause
it to resemble crocodile leather. An account of this form
was given by Dr. Erik Nordenskiold.

The fourth species, Petta piisilla, Malmgren, frequents, as
a rule, deep water off the English, Scottish, and Irish coasts.
The crown has eleven paleolse on each side with a pale base,
which is expanded at the end; the shaft being flattened,
little dilated, and then tapered to a blunt (rounded) point.
In developing paleolse a translucent process passes from the
blunt tip. The blunt points of these and the coarser nature
of the tube, as compared with Lagis koreni, are interesting.
The upper area obliquely slopes backward and has a smooth
edge without a rim. It extends to the ventral edge of the
paleohe, where it ends at the anterior cirrus, a smooth area
occurring below the paleohe — that is, between them and the
veil. This process is clearly a development of the flattened
area of the crown, and is independent of the veil. The
latter has a high arch and a smooth border, but in two
examples the highest point of the arch had three papillae
close to each other, the rest of the margin being quite
smooth. The veil is of moderate breadth, is attached to
the roof of the oral region, and gives origin to the
tentacles, which form the usual lateral groups and have the
typical structure.

Prom the second cirrus a ridge passes, as in other forms,
ventrally on each side. In this species the anterior margin
is 4- or 5-dentate, whilst in the centre is a deep hiatus.
In small examples the processes are slender tapering papillae.
The branchiae on the next two segments are typical.

The second region corresponds with that in other forms,
viz. has more slender bristles in smaller tufts than the suc-
ceeding. Their structure, however, including the poste-
rior series, corresponds with the type common to all. The
stout simple bristles are tapered distally and have traces of
wings ; and the others have a spear-head enlargement at the
end of the shaft and a tapering tip, but the enlargement is
proportionally broader and the tapered tip shorter than in
allied forms. In the posterior region the fourteen pairs of
bristle-bundles exhibit a gradation from the anterior to the
posterior extremity. Moreover, the region is only a little
tapered posteriorly, the termination being comparatively
broad. In consequence, the caudal appendix projects little
ventrally from the truncated end of the body, the last foot
being modified into a rounded flattened lobe projecting
beyond the truncated surface and with a subulate cirrus at
its extremity. Moreover, the somewhat long row of caudal

95

Gatty Marine Laboratory , St. Andrews .

Looks is intimately associated with its dorsal edge. No
other hook or bristle is connected with it.

The dense rows of hooks are situated on the edge of the
prominent lamellae. Each has a short base or shaft and a
well-marked rounded crown, with a smaller and a larger
facing beneath, the curve below the latter sloping to a
modified tooth with a spinous edge, then a gulf below and
a rounded prow, the basal line being slightly sinuous.

The caudal appendix (scapha) presents dorsally an almost
evenly truncated edge in a line with the general surface, the
margin, however, being minutely crenulate and projecting a
little beyond the dorsal surface of the appendix. Then
follows the line of caudal hooks which abut at their ventral
edge on the rounded and flattened lamella with the cirrus.
A notch separates the ventral edge of the lamella from a
series of four fimbriae between it and the vent, the lower
edge of which is crenate with a subulate median cirrus.
Nilsson * has recently shown the structure of the eyes of
this organ.

The caudal hooks are slightly narrowed at the base of the
striated shaft, then dilate, continue for some distance wTith
nearly parallel sides, diminish toward the neck, and end in
a slight curvature at the point, which is somewhat blunt,
probably from friction.

The tube is slightly curved, and in Malmgren’s examples
was composed of minute shells, viz. Rissoa striata and Bulla
truncata. Tubes from the coast of Kerry are composed of
comparatively large fragments of shells and stones and a
minute Rissoa . Those from 422 fathoms off Ireland in the
‘ Porcupine' Expedition of 1869 were formed of proportion-
ally large translucent grains of quartz with here and there
a yellow and black grain of other material. One fragment
is composed of Foraminifera with a few grains of sand, but
its identity is uncertain. A tube from 567 fathoms in the
Atlantic, in the 4 Porcupine ' Expedition of 1870, presents
a uniform series of dull yellow grains throughout. The
rounded and comparatively large yellow stones forming a
tube from a depth of 52 \ fathoms (log 33) off the south-
west of Ireland are noteworthy.

Mr.Crawshay thinks Gemmill's record is the first in Britain,
but such is not the case.

* Beitriige Nervenayst. Polvch. Zool. Bidrag- Uppsala, Bd. i. p. 137
(1912).

9(3

Prof. McIntosh’s Notes from the

4, On the British Ampharetidae.

No example of the Ampharetidse was entered in Dr. John-
ston’s Catalogue in 1865 ; two, viz. Melinna adriatica ,
Marenzeller, and Amphideis curvipalea , Claparede = A.
gunneri , Sars, appeared in the Plymouth Catalogue in 1904;
whilst a single species, Ampharete grubei , Malmgren, occurs
in Mr. Southern’s f Annelids of Dublin Bay/

The first species is Ampharete grubei , Malmgren, from
English, Scotch, and Irish areas, generally in water of some
depth (10-100 fathoms), though it occurs between tide-
marks on the shores of France. This form reaches nearly
an inch in length in spirit, and is slightly tapered anteriorly,
the bristled region of fourteen segments being narrowed
both anteriorly and posteriorly, and terminating in the
narrower uncinigerous region of twelve segments, the
caudal extremity having a series of slender filiform cirri.
Generally speaking, the segments of the anterior region
are narrow, those of the posterior region are wider. The
terminal segment is comparatively small, and the filiform
tapering cirri, which Malmgren says are twenty in number,
seem to surround the vent. The body is somewhat smoothly
rounded dorsally, flattened and marked by a median band
ventrally.

The cephalic lobe is, as Fauvel describes, more or less
pentagonal, the two anterior lines of the pentagon sloping
obliquely forward and inward so as to make a blunt cone.
At the posterior border of this region is on each side a
minute eye, generally indistinct in spirit-preparations.

The buccal segment is narrow and bears interiorly the
buccal tentacles, which Fauvel frequently found in life in
the mouth. The tentacles taper from base to apex, wdiich
in the preparations is often slightly enlarged. The base of
each is smooth, the small papillae appearing laterally and
increasing in length in the slender distal region of the organ,
the tip, however, being bare. A typical papilla is a trans-
lucent cylindrical process of the hypoderm covered with
cuticle, and having microscopic palpocils at the tip, the
space between the rows of papillae being ciliated, -whilst
the convex dorsal surface has palpocils, and their cavities
communicate with the coelomic space (Fauvel). In struc-
ture these papillae thus differ from those of Sabellides , which
have the internal axis.

The mouth has, when closed, a puckered margin with

97

Gatty Marine Laboratory } St. Andrews.

a conical anterior fold, the tentacles with their plate of
insertion being drawn inward, the parts in the respective
conditions being clearly shown in FauveFs figures *. Some
preparations thus show an outer and an inner folded collar.

The second segment is short and devoid of processes.
The third bears dorsally the fan of flattened paleae, and
with the next segment (Fauvel) the four branchiae on each
side. The paleae form a more or less horizontal fan with
the longer bristles internal, the shorter external. Each of
the larger paleae has a flattened finely striated shaft and a
tapered tip with a granular interior and a slender curved
tip ending in a fine point, the same minutely granular
aspect being present in it as in the region below. The
concave edge of the distal curve is crenulated, after the
manner of similar structures in the Amphictenidae.

The branchiae are smooth or slightly crenulate tapering
organs of a greenish hue, which arise three in a transverse
row on the third segment and the fourth behind the middle
one of the row.

The anterior region is distinguished by the ventral
glandular belts and by the presence of fourteen setigerous
lamellae and fourteen lamellae for the hooks. Whilst two
or three of the anterior lamellae for the bristles are smaller,
the typical process is somewhat flattened and carries the
row of bristles more or less vertically, the longer and
stronger bristles being dorsal, the somewhat shorter ventral.
Each bristle has a bulb at its origin, then the shaft dilates
a little, remains of equal diameter for some distance, then
shows a slight curvature at the commencement of the tip,
which has wings and tapers to a hair-like point. About
eight of the stronger forms are present in each tuft, besides
a series apparently of developing forms, the slender tips of
which project between the others at the level of the skin.
A tendency of the upper tips to bend downward and of the
inferior upward is often apparent.

The lamellae or ridges for the hooks lie ventralwards of
the bristles and anteriorly form ridges with an even margin,
but by and by a papilla appears at the dorsal edge and forms
toward the end of the region a cirrus with a slender tapering
extremity, not shown by Fauvel. The anterior hooks differ
from the outlines of Fauvel, having a broader body, about
six teeth, and a rounded prow of a different curvature from
that figured by the French author.

The posterior region has twelve segments and is dis-

* Op. cit. pi. xix. figs. 57 & 58.

Ann. Mag. N. Hist. Ser. b. Vol. xiii. 7

98

Prof. M'lntosli’s Notes from the

tinguished by the absence of bristles and the elongated
nature of the lamellae for the books and of the cirrus, as
well as by the great antero-posterior diameter of the seg-
ments in relation to their transverse. Each bears laterally
the slender tapering cirrus, and beneath it the small elon-
gated lamella for the hooks, which are considerably smaller
than those in front, but have a similar structure. If anything
they are shorter and broader than those of the anterior
region, and show five or six teeth and a rounded prow.

The general colour of a Zetlandic example is pale orange
anteriorly from the wall of the gut, whilst the posterior
region is pale with the brownish line of the intestine. The
processes anteriorly are of a pale amber hue.

Fauvel found gregarines in the alimentary canal. This
author's account of the external and internal structure of
Ampharete gruhei is both comprehensive and complete.

Prof. Fauvel* (1901) severely criticises the statements of
M. Cosmovici concerning the segmental organs, especially
his view that when the nephridia do not carry the repro-
ductive elements externally they do not communicate with
the coelom by a ciliated funnel, and that when present the
latter does not open into the preceding segment. Fauvel
especially quotes his observations on the nephridia of Am-
pharete grubei , in which only two pairs occur, viz., one
piercing the anterior thoracic diaphragm, the other behind
it. The former is solely excretory, the latter gives passage
to the genital products.

A careful account of the tube of this species and its
formation is given by Fauvel (1897). It is composed of
shell-fragments and secretion, and is placed vertically on the
bottom, one half with thinner walls immersed in the sand
and one part with thicker walls projecting from the surface.

The next form is Amphicteis gunner i, Sars, which ranges to
deep water off the British coasts, and in the neighbouring
Atlantic goes to 640 fathoms. In this the cephalic region is
somewhat shield-shaped dorsally with a rounded boss on each
angle anteriorly and a median groove. A prominent fillet of
the buccal segment bounds it laterally and, converging to a
median dimple, guards it posteriorly. On each side, at the
commencement of the posterior slope, is a minute eye, indis-
tinct in most spirit-preparations. A dimple in the fillet
opposite the eye-speck increases its range. Posteriorly is
the nuchal organ with pigment-specks in front. The buccal

* Ballet. Sc. France et Belgique, t. xxxvi. p. 167.

99

Gaily Marine Laboratory , St. Andrews.

segment lias an irregular border anteriorly, since, besides
the two lateral fillets at the cephalic plate, a narrow rim
passes in front of the mouth and a broader behind it, the
margin of the lower lip being marked by five crenations, the
three median and their four grooves being most distinct.
Projecting from the mouth are the buccal tentacles, which
are smooth. The second segment is narrower than the fore-
going, and has a nearly straight anterior margin dorsally,
whilst ventrally it is sinuous, a forward curve in the middle,
then a concavity, the lateral border again slightly curving
forward. The region containing the foregoing parts forms
a blunt cone differentiated from the succeeding, which is
wider, though the maximum transverse diameter is four or
five segments behind.

The branchiae are rather massive subulate organs spring-
ing from the third, fourth, and the anterior edge of the
fifth segment. Each has a short basal region, from which it
readily separates, and a tapering distal part ending in a
filiform tip. Two are anterior and two posterior. In the
smaller examples variation in the origin of the stems exists,
the outer anterior being sometimes nearly in a line with the
origin of the posterior pair of one side.

Behind the sixth bristled segment the body gradually
diminishes to the tail, which terminates in a median anus
with a lateral subulate cirrus on each side. The surface is
rounded and smooth dorsally, slightly flattened in front
ventrally, and marked by transverse glandular ridges, a
distinct median groove running from the middle to the tip
of the tail. The length of the body varies from 1 to more
than 2 inches.

The third segment, from its greater width and prominent
anterior border, indicates the commencement of the bristled
region. Its dorsal margin is boldly concave forward, whilst
its ventral edge is nearly straight, and there is little to
separate it ventrally from the succeeding segment. It
carries on the prominent lateral region the fan-like palese,
which are more or less horizontal — that is, the concavity of
the fan looks upward, the convexity downward, and the
longest bristles are internal and their number is from four-
teen to twenty. They are flattened golden bristles, minutely
striated longitudinally, the striae ending in granules distally,
whilst the finely tapered tip is translucent. A few trans-
verse bars occur here and there on the shaft, which dilates
from the base to the surface of the skin, and then gradually
tapers to the attenuate tip.

The anterior region has seventeen pairs of dorsal bristles,

100

Prof. McIntosh’s Notes from the

the first two of which are small, but the rest are conspicuous
tufts projecting from setigerous processes, which when
viewed from above downward are nearly cylindrical, and
when seen antero-posteriorly are slightly tapered distally, and
have at the ventral edge of the bristle-tuft a clavate papilla
which seems to have escaped Malmgren. This clavate
papilla is less developed in front than in the posterior seti-
gerous processes, where it is much larger distally. The
bristles have straight striated shafts which dilate a little
from the base upward, continue of nearly equal diameter to
the commencement of the wings, and then curve slightly
backward and taper to a fine tip. The striae of the shaft
become oblique in the curved terminal region, and the wings
themselves are striated for some distance upward. These
bristles are evidently much used by the annelid, and the
basal striated portion of the wings is often worn. A trans-
verse ridge wdth a small dorsal cirrus curved downward
represents the dorsal division behind the foregoing and to
the tip of the tail.

The lamellae for hooks commence on the ventral surface of
the seventh segment at some distance from the setigerous
process, and at the posterior edge of the segment, wider
anteriorly and gradually diminishing. A more or less dis-
tinct ridge posteriorly connects them with the setigerous
processes. The first are small and little elevated, but they
increase in prominence, and gradually approach the seti-
gerous process, so that at the twelfth or thirteenth bristle-
bundle they are close to it, and the last is nearly as
prominent. Thereafter the uncinigerous processes form
conspicuous lamellae on each side of the posterior region to
the tail. The uncinigerous lamella has in the preparations
a slightly irregular or crenulated edge, to which the hooks
are attached, and a small lanceolate process at the dorsal
edge. The hooks have six prominent teeth, the distal region
being tapered toward the crown and the dorsal or pos-
terior outline has a marked incurvation above the base,
whilst a deep bay occurs below the lower tooth, and then a
curved prow. In the largest example (over 2 inches)
from deep water, the hooks remained true to the type, five
large upper teeth being followed by a smaller process above
the prow. Pe St. Joseph mentions seven teeth on the
anterior hooks and six on the posterior ; the anterior rows
are convex forward, but the posterior are nearly straight.

After the bristles cease a small papilla indicates the site
of the setigerous process, and the papilla by and by projects
posteriorly from a fused lamella which has a dorsal and a

101

Gatty Marine Laboratory , St. Andrews .

ventral ridge, the latter being a modification of the con-
necting-ridge. The uncinigerous lamella is bi-auriculate,
and remains so to the end. The last four or five feet, how-
ever, are modified, so that only the bi-auriculate uncinigerous
process remains.

The posterior border of the caudal segment is either
arcuate or smooth, according to the condition as regards
reproduction. In those recently reproduced or in process of
reproduction, it is arcuate, but in entire examples it appears
to be smooth. The cirri are lateral in position and of con-
siderable size.

The tube is composed of mud with a lining of secretion,
and has various fragments of shells, spines of Spatangus,
sand, and minute pebbles adherent or mixed with the mud.
The inner secretion, when first exuded, and before being
coated with mud and debris, is very tough. The large
example from 640 fathoms had its tube thickly coated with
mud only. In the Irish example (S.W. Ireland, 1885) the
fragments of shells are imbedded transversely in the thick
muddy coating of the tube, giving it a heavy and dense
character. The tube is placed vertically in its native site.

An excellent description of this form is given by Fauvel
(1897) both in regard to external and internal structure.

The Amphicteis curviyalea of Claparede *, a form subse-
quently procured on the shores of France by De St. Joseph
and at Plymouth by Allen f, is, so far as can be made out
from the descriptions and an example from Plymouth kindly
sent for examination by Dr. Allen, an average specimen of
Amphicteis gunneri , and Fauvel had formerly come to the
same conclusion.

The third species is Sabellides octocirrata , Sars, procured
off the Hebrides and Ireland.

The Hebridean example is small and presents anteriorly
a bluntly conical snout, from which the tentacles have been
removed, but in the Irish specimen they are provided with
long and proportionally thick papillae or “ cilia, ” which,
however, are devoid of a central axis. The tip in the
preparation has a “ hairy ” aspect, as if from numerous
palpocils. Moreover, the papillae extend nearly to the
extremity, only a short granular portion projecting beyond
them. The size of these papillae seems to be a feature of the
species.

* Annel. Nap. Suppl. p. 132, pi. xiii. fig. 5.
t Journ. M. 13. A. N. 8. vol. viii. p. 230.

102

Prof. McIntosh’s Notes from the

From the dorsal surface of the third segment eight some-
what stiff branchiae project forward. They are proportionally
larger than in Sabellides borealis and more finely tapered.

The body is small and slender, a little more than half an
inch in length, scarcely tapered anteriorly, with the excep-
tion of the short cone of the snout, and very gently tapered
posteriorly till near the tip, when more rapid diminution
occurs to the vent, on each side of which is a slender cirrus.

So far as can be observed, fourteen bristled segments
occur anteriorly, distinguished by the absence of the long
cirrus which occurs in the sixteen posterior segments.
The bristles are short and translucent, with slightly curved,
winged, and tapering tips, and they are borne on a prominent
setigerous process.

The anterior hooks have a rounded crown, the curve
smoothly running into the convex dorsal (or posterior)
outline, and the four teeth are characteristic, that next the
crown being the largest and the second, third, and fourth
regularly diminishing. The prow curves rather far forward
and the tip is somewhat small.

The posterior hooks are prominently situated on the edge
of the fillet, and are free distally, a space separating the
one from the other. They are very minute, and differ from
the anterior in the sinuous curve of the crown and the
slightly broader prow. They have, however, only four teeth,
as m front. The hooks in the var. mediterranea, of De St.
Joseph, unfortunately, are so indistinct in the figure that
little can be said about them, except that they have four
teeth in lateral view, a single row occurring in the thoracic
forms and a treble row in the abdominal.

The tube is a slender one to suit the small size of the
species, and coated with mud and lined by secretion.

The fourth form is Samytha sexcirrata , Sars, chiefly from
Zetlandic waters. In this the head (prostomium) forms a
somewhat broad anterior central process with a peristomial
buttress on each side. Beneath is the flap bearing ventrally
the buccal tentacles, which are smooth and somewhat
enlarged distally. The posterior lip is prominent, and passes
upward at each side as a process separated from the cephalic
border by a notch. When viewed laterally, it forms a pro-
jecting spout-shaped frill. The segment behind the buccal
has no processes. The third and fourth segments carry
dorsally the branchiae, which are three on each side and
comparatively long tapering (subulate) organs. In the

Gatty Marine Laboratory , St. Andrews . 103

Canadian forms they are nearly half the length of the body
in the preparations.

Body somewhat clavate in outline, though a slight narrow-
ing occurs anteriorly from the eighth foot forward, and
behind this it diminishes to the tail, which in one presented
a thick short cirrus on one side. The dorsum is smoothly
rounded throughout, whilst the ventral surface is marked
from the mouth to the tenth bristled segment by a thickened
glandular layer in each segment. Then a groove appears
in the middle line, and is continued to the tip of the tail.
In a large example the vent presented a notch dorsally and
a crenate edge beneath, and in a perfect Canadian example
in a tube a short cirrus occurred on each side. Malmgren’s
specimens had been imperfect.

External to the branchiae is the small first setigerous
process, which bears a tuft of bristles. This and the next
two are rather dorsal than lateral, but they soon become
lateral and project from the region as long processes sloping
outward and backward.

Each bristle-tuft has a longer and a shorter series of
translucent bristles, with a slightly curved tip furnished with
somewhat narrow wings. The shaft is minutely striated
longitudinally, and widens a little as it approaches the tip.

The hooks have a somewhat triangular outline from the
breadth of the crown, which is slightly sinuous. The pos-
terior outline curves to the rounded prow, which is carried
to the line of the teeth. The first tooth is as large as the
second, aud the two following are similar, the last being
slightly broader at the base from the curve of the gulf
between it and the prow. The posterior hooks are smaller,
but they have the same form and structure. Moreover,
the papillae or lamellae on which they occur are the only
processes posteriorly, and are twelve or thirteen in number.

The tube is not mentioned by Malmgren, hut is composed
of a lining of tough secretion with a few sand-grains and
free sheds of mucus, which give it the aspect of being coated
with minute algae.

The fifth representative is Amage auricula , Malmgren,
procured only in deep water by the ‘ Knight Errant/ It
is a small form about | of an inch in length with a some-
what broad and blunt anterior end, the brachiae in the
preparation being on the anterior ridge, the prostomium
being doubled downward as a small and somewhat bifid
process, the fillets of the peristomium (FauveFs rudimentary
palps) supporting it laterally and posteriorly. The mouth

104

Prof. McIntosh’s Notes from the

Las a semicircular posterior lip, from which a median
process goes forward to the under surface of the bifid pro-
stomium. No tentacles are visible. In the preparation
only three branchiae are present on each side, but probably
the fourth has fallen off. They are somewhat thick tapering
processes arising from the third segment.

The anterior hooks commence on the fourth segment,
have a sinuous crown, an anterior border with five teeth,
the first being smaller than the second, and the third and
fourth larger than the second, and the fifth is stouter than
the others and separated by a gulf from the rounded prow.
The posterior hooks are considerably smaller, but they seem
to have the same structure. The bristles are simple with
tapering, slightly curved, and winged tips.

As in Malmgren/s figure, eight segments occur behind
the bristled region, but in the present example two thick
short cirri occurred at the tip, and they seemed to be larger
than the dorsal cirri in front of them and less clavate in
outline than the dorsal cirri ; for, when viewed from above,
the dorsal cirri are clavate, with a narrow base and rounded
or bluntly ovoid tip. The last setigerous process is followed
by a short dorsal cirrus, the succeeding cirri having a more
elongated stalk and a more distinctly enlarged tip. The
ventral uncinigerous processes are bluntly conical papillse,
a considerable ridge intervening between them and the
dorsal cirri.

The sixth is Melinna cristata, Sars, from the stomachs of
cod in St. Andrews Bay, the Forth, and other points on the
east coast. The head varies in aspect according to the con-
dition of the tentacles. In contraction, when these are
withdrawn within the mouth, the anterior end presents
dorsal ly a short bluntly rounded process with, in some, a
notch in the centre. In extrusion of the tentacles there is
a flattened lamella, from the anterior edge of which the
somewhat clavate tentacles project. The tentacular lobe is
separated by a deep dorsal groove from the next segment,
the groove passing laterally downward to the mouth in front
of the posterior lip. The branchiae arise from the third
segment as two basal processes, each of which soon splits
into two anterior and two posterior rather long tapering
organs, the largest being the inner of the anterior pair on
each side, the two outer being considerably less than the
inner posterior. The posterior lip forms a lamella, with a
free anterior edge, which curves upward on each side to
form a prominent collar at the angle (thus differing from

105

Gaily Marine Laboratory , St. Andrews.

M. elisabethae) , then turns backward to the edge o£ the denti-
culated membrane of the fourth setigerous segment. The
latter, the lower lip, and the lateral folds thus form a kind
of base or sheath for all the parts in front. The transverse
and free fold just alluded to has about a dozen denticulations
of nearly equal size on its free or anterior edge.

The body is somewhat clavate, broad at the branchial
region, and gently tapering to the slender posterior extremity,
which is characterised amongst the Ampharetidse by its
great length, no less than about fifty segments occurring
in it. The anus is terminal, comparatively large for the
size of the region, and in the only example in which the
part is apparently complete a few short papillae occurred
on the edge. Above and beneath the anus is a vertical slit
with the lateral edge projecting on each side. The dorsal
surface of the body is rounded and smooth, whilst the
ventral surface is marked anteriorly, as far as the fourteenth
bristle-bundle, by the glandular thickenings in each segment ;
thereafter a median groove is continued to the slender
region near the tip of the tail.

The first three bristle-bundles are small, and form a
slightly oblique row in the preparations along the edge of
the flap between the mouth and the denticulated border on the
dorsum of the fourth bristled segment ; these have no evident
setigerous process, since they are immersed in the tissues
of the region. The following fifteen pairs have, when fully
developed, a prominent and somewhat conical setigerous
process, from which the long pale golden bristles project
either transversely or in a slightly backward direction. The
bristles have long finely striated shafts and slightly curved
and winged tips, which taper to a fine point. A shorter
series occurs amongst the foregoing, their finely tapered
tips falling short of the longer by a considerable interval.

Between the basal region of the branchiae on each side and
the denticulated margin of the dorsal collar is a powerful
hook which, in the preparations, is generally conspicuous,
the point being directed backward and downward. It has
a broad flattened base and shaft, the latter widening as it
proceeds upward from the base to about half its length,
then narrows distally, the tip forming a sharp hook which
curves to the front. Along the dorsal or convex edge of the
curve a considerable thickening of the brittle chitinous
tissue occurs, and this part is perforated by a canal con-
taining granular contents, and in connection with a gland,
also granular, at the side of the shaft. The canal opens on
the convex side of the organ a little short of the tip. The

108

Prof. M'Tntosh’s Notes from the

shaft is finely striated longitudinally, the striae converging
as the hook narrows distally and ceasing within the tip.

The ordinary hooks are arranged on small ridges beneath
the bristle-tufts anteriorly from the fourth segment back-
ward. The lamellae which carry the hooks are at first small,
but by and by they project as small flaps with a tendency to
a prolongation ventraliy. The hooks present a rounded,
crown with four teeth on the frout edge, increasing in size
from the first to the third, the fourth having a broad base,
but a shorter fang, since the gulf above the rounded prow is
small. The posterior margin is sinuous and the base rounded.
Behind the bristled region the lamellae become more pro-
minent, and have a small papilla dorsally.

The tube is coated with greyish mud and lined with tough
secretion. Attached externally in Norwegian examples are
fragments of shells, it may be in considerable number, and
occasionally globular arenaceous Foraminifera with grains of
sand in mud, and here and there the leaf of an alga.

The seventh species is Melinna elisabetka , MTntosh.
The specimens of this species were first obtained in Britain
by my mother in the stomachs of haddocks, and consequently
the external configuration was altered. The presence of the
same form in Norwegian waters (dredged by Dr. Merle
Norman) enables a more satisfactory description to be
made.

The head and anterior region, while formed on the general
plan of M. cristata , have proportionally longer branchiae
and tentacles. The cephalic border anteriorly has a slight
notch and two lateral eminences, and the tentacular plate
and the tentacles are often pushed beyond it. The tentacles
are remarkably long, and the mouth forms a gaping aperture
beneath them at the end of the bluntly conical region.

The branchiae arise from two basal processes, where they
are fused, and they are longer and more distinctly tapered
than in M. cristata. Moreover, they do not lend themselves
to a transverse division into an anterior and a posterior pair
as in M. cristata. The outer and more slender branchia
separates readily to the base, and the next to it posteriorly
nearly as far, but the two inner (the one in front of the
other) are united for a considerable distance above the base.
Their arrangement, therefore, differs from that in M. cristata.
The dorsal collar stretches in the same manner as in the
latter, but the free edges of the two differ, for, instead of
the very large, regular, conical processes of M. cristata , this
form has smaller conical processes, often ingroups of three,

107

Gaily Marine Laboratory , St. Andrews.

and there is less regularity. The edge of the collar thus
differs under a lens, and the collar is often shorter from side
to side. In front of the denticulated collar a distinct
conical process passes forward to the space between the
branchiae. On the ventral surface, again, the body-collar
has not the prominent lateral edges seen in M. cristata.

The post-branchial hooks are diagnostic, and their position
is the same as in M. cristata. They have a broad, almost
ovoid, flattened shaft, the base of which is often oblique.
Anteriorly it somewhat abruptly narrow's, and is boldly
curved forward as a rounded, tapering, apparently solid hook
with a sharp point. The broad shaft is marked by fine
longitudinal lines, which are continued beyond the curve and
toward the tip of the hook, and also marked by slightly
curved cross-striae which pass forward to the curve or neck
of the hook and then cease, the tip being homogeneous and
clear. It is moved by powerful muscles attached to the
shaft. The concavity of the hook has a thick layer of cliitin,
but no canal could be made out. Such a hook differs from
that of Melinna cristata in outline and structure, as well as
in the absence of the canal at the tip.

The bristles have the same structure as in M. cristata, viz.
translucent, striated shafts, and winged tapering tips, and
they are accompanied by the shorter series as in the previous
form. The hooks resemble those of the other species, but,
whilst in M. cristata they often show five teeth, in M. elisa-
bethce four is the usual number, and the curves slightly
differ.

The tube of this form consists of tough secretion coated
with a little mud, and having fragments of shell attached
here and there by the edges. The gastric juice of the fishes
does not seem to affect the tubes much, though their in-
habitants are rapidly softened. The tubes of the Norwegian
examples are of tough secretion coated with fine mud, with
here and there an arenaceous Foraminifer.

It is curious that this species has never been tossed on
shore at St. Andrews. It probably inhabits the deeper
water, and is the common form in Norway.

Grube describes Melinna palmata from St. Malo, where, he
obtained a single specimen, as having a smooth (entire)
margin to the dorsal collar on the fourth bristled segment,
instead of the fimbriated margin of M. cristata and M. elisa -
bethce. There are eight branchise, which differ at their base
from those of M. cristata , and in the spirit-preparation the
anterior and the inner filaments of the posterior branchia
are longer and more pointed than the rest. The frontal

108

Prof. M'lnfcosVs Notes from the

border is three-lobed, as in M. elisabetlia. The hooks have
four teeth. No mention is made of the two dorsal post-
branchial hooks, and though Fauvel subsequently alludes to
them as the homologues of the palese and transformed dorsal
bristles, there is nothing distinctive in either figure or
description. The forms appear to differ.

The eighth species is Melinna adriatica, Marenzeller, a
southern form from Plymouth (Dr. Allen) and Torquay
(Major Elwes). In general aspect this form approaches
Melinna cristata , though it differs in the appearance of the
branchiae and the obscurity of the branchial hooks.

The snout bears a series of smooth tentacles, twelve in
number, the shorter forms being inferior. They occur on
the dorsal base of a funnel-shaped process, apparently the
homologue of the cephalic plate of the Terebellids, which
leads to the mouth. In his account of the species, Maren-
zeller mentions only four tentacles, but they are easily
removed in preparations. The shape of the anterior region
of the body agrees with that of the typical forms, three
bristle-tufts being borne by the oblique anterior part. The
ventral collar behind the snout is prominent and smooth,
the angle in front of the first bristle-bundle being con-
spicuous in a ventral view. Posteriorly the body terminates
in an anus with a somewhat dilated rim.

The branchiae resemble in general aspect those of M. cris-
tata, though distinguished by their transverse bars and
arrangement, since the four branchiae on each side arise from
a curved base, and are all visible from the rear. The
branchial hooks are minute and readily escape detection,
and thus are in contrast with the two forms most abundant
in the north. The shaft is broad and short, striated, and
the sharp hook at the tip leaves the neck at more than a
right angle, the whole being similar to that of Melinna
maculata, Webster, which approaches Marenzeller's form.

Behind the foregoing region, at the fourth bristled seg-
ment, is the dorsal collar, which is somewhat narrower and
less distinctly denticulated than in the two forms previously
mentioned, the papillae having a tendency to fuse with each
other, and thus lose the feature so characteristic of M. cj'istata.
There are usually four to eight rounded fimbriae.

The tip of the foot is more distinctly differentiated than
in M. cristata, as a bluntly conical process marked off from
the rest of the foot by a shoulder. Moreover, the bristles
are proportionally larger and more deeply tinted yellow by
transmitted light. The longer forms have nearly straight
shafts and finely tapered tips with just a trace of a bend.

109

Gatty Marine Laboratory , S‘. Andrews.

and with distinct but narrow wings, whereas the shorter
bristles have boldly curved tips, which, in some, are much
worn. The wings of these commence a little beyond the
cuticle. The number of the setigerous processes is the
same as in the other forms, viz., eighteen, the first three
being immersed in the tissues, only the tips appearing
beyond the surface.

The anterior hooks, which are in a single row, follow
a similar arrangement to those of the other species, but
have five teeth anteriorly besides a process above the prow,
and thus a greater number, as a rule, than in the two previous
forms. The posterior outline is inflected, whilst the inferior
border of the base, after a slight inflection posteriorly,
becomes convex as it approaches the anterior prow. The
posterior hooks do not differ materially from the foregoing,
except in size. The hooks differ from those of Melinna
maculata, Webster, in having a process between the prow
and the first tooth.

The tube is composed of secretion covered with a layer of
mud. It is friable.

The ninth form is Melinella macduffi, sp. n., a form
approaching Pista. The slender body is slightly enlarged
anteriorly, and gradually tapers posteriorly to a delicate
tail, which terminates in an anus surrounded by about ten
long papillae. The posterior region in the preparations is
moniliform. The dorsal surface is smoothly rounded, the
ventral flattened anteriorly and grooved posteriorly. The
glandular scutes are confined to the mid-ventral region, and
appear to be about ten in number. Segments fifty to sixty.
Whilst the tentacles readily separate on removing the animal
from its tube, the branchiae generally remain. They form
two slightly branched organs, supported on stalks attached
to the first segment. The tip is dichotomously divided in
some parts, whilst in others it is irregular. Not more than
a dozen filaments of all kinds occur in each branchia.

The setigerous processes, which commence on the third
segment, are minute and appear to be about eighteen in
number. Each bears a small tuft of translucent bristles,
with delicately tapered slightly curved tips with narrow
wings, and arranged in two series, a longer and a shorter,
the shorter, however, being only a little within the tips of
the longer.

The rows of hooks commence with the bristles, and in
single series. Each hook much resembles that of Melinna
cristata , having two distinct teeth above the great fang,
a somewhat narrow space below it, as the process on the

no

Dr. J. C. Relvill and Mr. R. Standen on

anterior outline is high, and an excavation exists below it.
The posterior outline has a deep dimple, the inferior margin
of the base is convex, and the prow rounded. The posterior
hooks have the same structure, but are smaller, and the
hispid crowns are prdportionally large. After the cessation
of the bristles the uncinigerous processes become more
distinct, and posteriorly they form in front of the tail a
conspicuous series of serrations.

The tube is of moderate length, and composed of secretion
strengthened by glittering sponge-spicules and minute
Foraminifera, so that it forms a somewhat thick rough
or hirsute tunnel. They seem to have formed groups.
The sponge-spicules constitute a large part of the wall of
the tube, and form a very efficient protection. The inner
secretion is somewhat tough.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES *.
f Plate V.

A female lesser rorqual on its right side. It had been dead several weeks.

Plate VI.

Fig. 1. Anterior region of Prionospio, from the Gulf of St. Lawrence,
Canada (dredged by Hr. Whiteaves). The long tentacles, no
trace of which occurred in the collection, have been added from
Sars. Enlarged under a low power.

Fig. 2. First foot of the foregoing. Zeiss, oc. 4, obj. A.

Fig. 3. Second foot of the same. Ditto.

Fig. 4. Anterior foot with dorsal and ventral lamellae and, to the right,
a branchia. Similarly magnified.

Fig. 5. Dorsal bristle, with its marked curvature. X oc. 4, obj. D.

Fig. 6. Portion of the shaft of another example, presenting the transverse
granular bars. X oc. 4, obj. D.

Fig. 7. Stiff curved bristle guarding the ventral hooks inferiorly in the
middle of the body. X oc. 4, obj. D.

Fig. 8. Ventral hook. Similarly magnified.

XII. — Notes on Mollusca collected in the North-ivest Falk -
lands by Mr. Rupert Vallentin, F.L.S., with Descriptions
of Six new Species . By JAMES COSMO Melvill, M.A.,
D.Sc., F.L.S., and Robert Standen, Assistant Keeper,
Manchester Museum.

[Plate VII.]

Considerably more than twelve years have elapsed since
we reported f on a collection of Marine Mollusca found by
Mr. Rupert Vallentin, F.L.S., in the East Falklands, mainly
in the neighbourhood of Port William and Stanley Harbour,
and we had also, previously to this J, in 1898, published an

* I am indebted to the Carnegie Trust for these Plates.

t Journ. of Conch, x. pp. 43-47 (1901).

X Id. ix. pp. 97-10.1 (1898).

Photo of Lesser Rorqual, lying on its right side, 17 Nov., 1913.

M'Istosii,

Ann. <$• Mag. Sat. Hid. S. §. Vol. X ITT. PL 1

H: m

e ’VEKSJli v:

Mollusca from the North-west Falklands. 1 1 1

account of those gathered by Miss Cobb, in Lively Island,
which is situated just off the mainland, due south of
Choiseul Sound, of the East Falklands.

At the outset, a brief explanation of the configuration of
this group may be necessary.

Two large islands, divided by a narrow sound, running
N.E. by S.W., are respectively called the West and East
Falklands, the latter being the larger, with an area of
3000 square miles as against 2300. It is also considerably
broader, while the length of each is almost the same (say,
between 80 and 90 miles). Both islands are mountainous :
Mount Adam, in the West Falklands, attains 2315 feet in
altitude, while in the corresponding island Mount Usborne is
slightly lower (say, 2245 feet). This last also contains the
majority of the inhabitants, Stanley being the largest — in
fact, the only — town. It is not surprising, therefore, that
travellers have in the majority of cases been content to visit
the East Island alone, and that the equally important
westerly neighbour is almost unworked and only partially
explored.

We, indeed, understand from Mr. Vallentin that the
collections of Mollusca (Marine, Terrestrial, and Fluviatile)
made by him in 19i0~ll, which form the subject of this
paper, are the first that have been brought from this locality,
and this fact should render the accompanying catalogue of
higher interest than usual, even though the majority are well-
known species.

Mr. Vallentin has also kindly submitted to us his notes on
the geography, climatic conditions, and other details, which
it is best to transcribe, unaltered, in his own words, as
follows : —

Notes on tiie Collection.

41 All these Mollusks were obtained on the north-west side
of the West Falklands.

“There are no land-locked harbours like Stanley Harbour,
but the coast-line abounds in very numerous inlets of
varying length, and there are many islands past which the
tides rush with wild fury. In several places, such as Reef
Channel and West Point Pass , the pace is great during the
springs, 8-10 miles an hour, and when, coupled with this,
a strong wind is blowing, a terrific sea rages. As a
natural consequence, animal life is comparatively scarce,
only the strongest forms being able to cope with such wild
and savage surroundings.

“ By far the most sheltered place in this district is Roy
Covej where a fair amount of dredging was accomplished.

112

Dr. J. C. Melvill and Mr. R. Standen on

This cove is located on the north shore of King Georqe Bay.
It is very secure and narrow, but the water is fairly deep,
ranging from 8 fms. at its mouth to ‘ nil ’ at its upper
extremity, and it measures about a mile and a half in
length.

u The bottom varies from fine shingle and sand for about the
first three hundred yards, this being scoured by sheltered
estuaries, effectually preventing any work being done on the
water, so shore-collecting was the main chance and also
close examination of many freshwater pools near, especially
the large freshwater lake at the head of Byron Sound.

“ Within tidal limits, by far the best collecting-ground was
to the north-east of Rapid Point, Port Egremont. Here an
eddy or back-water was formed, and, owing to the abundance
of large flat shale rocks of varying sizes, some excellent
collecting could be done.

“ Carcass Island is 20 miles N. of Rapid Point. We
landed there for a few hours one day when outward bound
from Stanley, and found a few Mollusks not noticed else-
where.”—R. V.

We must express here our indebtedness to Mr. Vallentin
for again entrusting to us his Falkland Island molluscan
collections to work out, as they have interested us deeply ; and
we would also thank Messrs. A. J. Jukes-Browne, F.R.S.,
H. B. Preston, F.Z.S., T. Iredale, and, above all, Mr. Edgar
A. Smith, I.S.O., for valuable aid ,in many ways, most un-
grudgingly given.

Class GASTEROPODA.

Order AMPHINEURA.

Suborder Polyplacophora.

Tonicia atrata (Sowb.).

Chiton atratus, Sowerby, Charlesworth’s Mag. Nat. Hist. 1840,
p. 294 ; Conch. Illustr. figs. 57, 58.

Tonicia atrata (Sowb.), H. & A. Adams, Gen. Rec. Moll. i. p. 474
(1858) ; Pilsbry, in Tryon, Man. Conch, xiv. [p. 201, pi. xli.
figs 28-30.

Not uncommon in the West Falklands.

Tonicia bennetti , Iredale, MS.

Rare.

A species with smoothish grey valves. Wre cannot find
that this has yet been described.

Mollusca from the North-west Falklands.

113

Callochiton illumincitus (Reeve).

Chiton illuminatus, Reeve, Conch. Icon. pi. xxii. fig. 147 (1847).

Chiton ( Callochiton ) illuminatus , Smith, P. Z. S. p. 35 (1881).

This species seems very generally distributed over the
area.

Plaxiphora carmichaelis (Wood).

Chiton carmichaelis, Wood, Suppl. Ind. Test. pi. i. fig. 10 (1828) ;
Gray, Spicil. Zool. pi. i. fig. 6 (1828).

Chiton setiger , King, Zool. Journ. v. p. 358 (1832) ; Sowerby, Conch.
Illustr. p. 17 ; Zool. Beechey’s Voyage, pi. xl. fig. 7.

Not uncommon, but only small examples forwarded.

Order PROSOBRANCllIATA.

Suborder DlOTOCARDI A.

(a) DOCOGLOSSA.

Fam. Acmaeidae.

Acmcea ceciliana , D’Orb.

Acmcea ceciliana, D’Orb. Voy. Amer. Merid. p. 482, tab. Ixxxi.
fig9. 4-6; Gay, Hist, de Chile, viii. p. 260 (1854); Tryon, Man.
Conch, xiii. p. 33, pi. xxxiv. figs. 14-21.

Var. magellanica , Strebel.

Acmcea ceciliana, var. magellanica, H. Strebel, Mol lush, der Magalhaen-
Provinz, Zool. Jahrb. xxii. Band, Heft i., Jena (1907).

Dip Creek, Roy Cove, at low tide, and also occasionally at
high-water mark. One from the latter locality seems to be
of the variety magellanica. This is a common mollusk
throughout the Falkland group.

Scurria scurra (Lesson).

Patella scurra, Lesson, Voyage de la 1 Coquille,’ 1826-30.

Scurria scurra (Gray), Tryon, Man. Conch, xiii. pi. xxxix. figs. 26, 27.

“ Roy Cove : found dead on the shore at low water. Port
Egremont : very large examples on the south shore after a
northerly gale ; they were cast up alive, but birds soon
extracted the animal.' ” — R. V.

These latter are in fine condition, pale brown, very smooth,
and irregularly marked longitudinally with zigzag lines,
becoming evanescent above the margin. Within, the surface
is pure white. This species has a large synonymy, it being
the Acmcea scurra , D’Orb., Lottia pallida , Sowb., L. conica ,
Could, and Acmcea cgmbula, Hupd.

Ann. Mag. N. Hist. ftcr. 8. Vol. xiii. 8

114

Dr. J. C. Melvill and Mr. R. Standen on

Fam. Patellidas.

Patella cenea , Martyn.

Patella cenea , Martyn, Univ. Conch, i. fig. 17 (1780).

Yar. deaurata , Gmel.

Patella deaurata , Gmelin, Syst. Nat. briii. t. i. p. 3719 (1790) ; Blain-
ville, Malac. pi. xlix. fig. 7 ; (Gmelin), E. A. Smith, Zool. Kerguelen
Moll., Phil. Trans, Royal Soc. Lond. clxviii. p. 79 j Peiseneer, Yoy.
1 Belgica/ Zool., Moll. p. 7.

Roy Cove.

All that were forwarded were small specimens, clean and
free from nulli'pore and other growths, consequently charac-
teristically marked and coloured. One example, with
noduled ribs, came from tc extreme low-water mark,” being
found there in company with Yoldia eightsii , Couth.

Patella delicatissima , Streb.

Patinella delicatissima , H. Strebel, Mollusk. der Magalhaen-Provinz,
Zool. Jahrb. xxv. Band, Heft i. (1907) ; Jena, p. 145, Taf. v. figs. 71-
72, 74-75.

Rapid Point and Roy Cove, at low water.

The surface of this beautiful form is most delicately squa-
mose, the scales imbricating. Within, a resemblance to
P. cenea is seen, and it is probable, when a larger series of
this have been gathered, that intermediates will occur to
link the two forms together.

Nacella mytilina , Helbling.

Patella mytilina, Helbling, Abhandl. ein. Privatgesellsch. Bohmen, iv.
p. 104, tab. i. figs. 5, 6 (1779) ; H. Strebel, Mollusk. der Magalhaen-
Provinz, p. 113, Taf. iii. fig. 44 (1907).

Roy Cove, at low water.

This species seems quite distinct from N. cymbularia ,
Lamk., with which it is generally confounded, and is the
prevailing Nacella in the Falklands.

( b ) RHIPIDOGLOSSA.

Section Zygobranchiata.

Fam. Fissurellidse.

Fissurella oriens , Sowb.

Fissurella oriens, Sowb. P. Z. S. Lond. p. 124 (1834) ; Thes. Conch.,
Fissurella, p. 186, fig. 19.

Mollusca from the North-west Fallclands.

115

Var. mexicana , Sowb.

Fissurella mexicana, Sowb. Conch. Illustr. fig. 61 ; Thes. Conch, p. 180,
figs. 26-28.

Roy Cove, not adult ; King George’s Bay.

Examples in good condition were collected miles inland,
in camp, evidently dropped by sea-birds after they had
devoured the inhabitant. We follow Dr. Hermann Strebel
in considering mexicana a form of oriens. The typical form
does not appear.

Fissurella picta (Gmel.).

Patella picta, Gmelin, p. 3729. sp. 198.

Fissurella picta, Sowerby, Conch. Illustr. figs. 4, 26.

On the beach, Roy Cove, at low water, Shallow Bay.
Fissurella polygona , Sowb.

Fissurella polygona, Sowerby, Thes. Conch, vol. iii. p. 186, fig. 137 ;
Pilsbry, Man. Conch, xiii. p. 148, tab. lx. fig. 84 ; H. Strebel,
Mollusk. der Magalhaen-Provinz, p. 85, Taf. i. figs. 4, 5, 6 (1907).

Roy Cove, low water to 2-4 fathoms; also Rapid Point
(March 31st, 1911).

Dr. H. Strebel deems this either synonymous with or a
variety of the next (F, radiosa , Less.).

Fissurella radiosa, Lesson.

Patella radiosa, Lesson, Voy. de la ‘Coquille,’ vol. ii. p. 411 (1826) ;
Pilsbry, in Tryon, Man. Conch, xiii. p. 157 ; Melvill & Standen,
Journ. of Conch, is. p. 102 (1898).

Lively Island, East Falklands.

This was also obtained some years ago ,from the same
locality by Miss Cobb in finer condition and variety ; and
likewise by Mr. R. Vallentin from Port Stanley.

P uncturella noachina (L.), Lowe.

Patella noachina, Linn. Mant. Plant, p. 551.

Pancturella noachina, Lowe, Zool. Journ. iii. p. 78 (1827) ; Forbes &
Hanley, ii. p. 474, pi. lxii. figs. 10-12 ; Pilsbry, in Tryon, Man.
Conch, xii. p. 229.

Var. falklandiana , A. Adams.

Pancturella falklandiana, Ad., Tryon, l. c. p. 231, tab. lxiii. fig. 33.
Pancturella noachina, \ ox. falklandiana, II. Strebel, Mollusk. der Magal-
haen-Provinz, p. 104 (1907).

Roy Cove, on rocks at low water.

8*

116

Dr. J. C. Melvill and Mr. R. Standen on

Rapid Point, also at low tide.

The specimens from the former locality more assimilate
the type. It is impossible to separate falklandiana as a
genuine species.

Megatebennus patagonicus , Streb.

? Megatebennus patagonicus, H. Strebel, Mollusk. der Magalhaen-
Provinz, Zool. Jahrb. Band xxv., Jena (1907). ,

Rapid Point, at low water ; also Roy Cove. [Several
examples.

In a previous paper (Journ. of Conch, x. p. 45, 1901) we
mentioned this species under the name of Fissurellidea
liiantula, Lam. (non Reeve). This was seven years before
it was properly differentiated and named by Dr. Strebel. It
would appear to be the only one of its kindred inhabiting
this region.

Section Azygobranchiata.

Fam. Trochidse.

Photinula tceniata (Wood).

Trochus tceniatus, Wood, Index Suppl. pi. v. fig. 12.

Margarita tceniata , Reeve, Conch. Icon. xx. fig. 4 ; Kiener, xi. p. 319,
pi. c. fig. 2.

Roy Cove, 2-4 fathoms, on the alga Macrocystis pyrifera ,
Ag.

Var. ccerulescens (King).

Margarita ccerulescens , King, Zool. Journ. v. p. 346, fig. 54 (1332);

Sowerby, in Reeve, Couch. Icon. xx. fig. 12.

Trochus ccerulescens , Philippi, Conch. Cab. p. 250, t. xxxvii. fig. 11.
Photinula ccerulescens , Ad. Gen. Moll. i. p. 427.

Occasionally, with the type.

Photinula violacea (King).

Margarita violacea, King, Zool. Journ. v. p. 346 (1832) ; Sowerby,
Conch. Illustr. figs. 11, 12 ; in Reeve, Conch. Icon. xx. fig. 5.
Trochus violaceus, Philippi, Conch. Cab. p. 254, t. xxxvii. fig. 18.

Also at Roy Cove, with P. tceniata (Wood).

Suborder MONOTOCARDIA.

Section (u) Ptenoglossa.

Fam. Scalidae.

Scala magellanica, Phil.

Scalar ia magellanica, Philippi, Archiv fur Naturg. 1845, p. 46.

Mollusca from the North-west Falklands.

117

Var. latecostata , Streb.

Scalaria magellanicci, var. latecostata, H. Strebel, Mollusk. der Magal-
kaen-Provinz, Zool. Jahrb. Band xxii. Heft 6, Jena, 1905, p. 058,
Taf. xxiii. tig-. 43 a-d.

Rapid Point ; at low-water mark.

This is a very elegant form, and presents a very different
appearance from the type, the ribs being, as the specific name
implies, broader by far and fewer in number than those ot
magellanica . It seems to us that, unless intermediates be
found, it might be considered a true species.

Section ( b ) Tjenioglossa.

Fam. Naticidae.

Natica impervia , Phil.

Natica impervia, Philippi, Archiv fiir Naturg. i. p. 65 (1845).

Fine examples, alive, with the smooth calcareous operculum
attached. They have not been exactly localized, but doubt-
less occur plentifully in the sandy coves.

Lamellaria ampla} Streb.

Lamellaria ampla, H. Strebel, Mollusk. der Magalhaen-Provinz, Zool.
Jahrb. Band xxiv. Jena, 1906, p. 135, Taf. xi. tig. 70 a-c.

A single example, pure white, very fragile, and slightly
broken, but characteristic.

Fam. Calyptraeidae.

Lrepidula dilatata) Lamk.

Crepidula dilatata, Lamarck, Anim. sans Vert. vii. p. 644; Sowerby,
Thes. Conch, v. p. 65, figs. 100, 101 ; Reeve, Conch. Icon. xi. p. 3.

Rapid Point (March 31, 1911).

Trochita radians (Lamk.).

Trochus radians, Lamarck, Anim. sans Vert. vii. p. 11.

Calyptrcea radians , Deshayes, Enc. Metli. pi. cxv. lig. 3.

Calyptrcea ( Infundibulum ) radians (Lamarck), Try on, Man. Conch,
viii. p. 121, pi. xxxv. figs. 84-88 (1886).

Shallow Bay, at low water*

The synonymy of this species is very extensive, and is
given to some extent in Tryon’s ‘ Manual.’ Of the various
names employed, corrucjata , Reeve, is probably the most
familiar next to that actually adopted.

118

Dr. J. C. Melvill and Mr. E. Standen on

Fa m. Littorinidse.

Lcevilittorina bennetti, Prest.

Lcevilittorina bennetti, H. B. Preston, Ann. & Mag-. Nat. Hist. ser. 8,
vol. ix. p. 636, fig. (1912).

Eoy Cove, W. Falklands; at half-tide (March 14, 1910).
We are indebted to the author of the species for confirming
the name. It is a very minute shell.

Lcevilittorina caliginosa (Gould).

Littorina caliginosa , Gould, Proc. Boston Soc. iii. p. 83 (1849).
Hydrobia caliginosa (Gould), E. A. Smith, Phil. Trans. Koval Soc.

Bond, rlxviii. p. 173, pi. ix. fig. 8 (1879).

Lcevilittorina caliginosa (Gould), Pfefier, Mollusken von Slid Georgien,
p. 81, Taf. i. fig. 8 a-d (1886) ; H. Strebel, Mollusk. der Magalhaen-
Provinz, Zool. Jahrb. Band xxv. Jena, 1907, p. 156.

Crooked Inlet ; under stones at low water.

Lcevilittorina latior , Prest.

Lcevilittorina latior , H. B. Preston, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 8,
vol. ix. p. 636, fig. (1912).

Under stones, easily overlooked. Another very micro-
scopic species.

Fam. Cerithiidse.

Cerithium pullum , Phil.

Cerithium pullum, Philippi, Arcliiv fur Naturg. p. 66 (1845).

Cerithium ccelatum, Couthouy, Gould, in Wilkes’ Expl. Exped. p. 148,
fig. 174 a-d; Gould, Boston Proc. iii. p. 123 (1849).

Bittium ccelatum, Couthouy, Mission du Cap Horn, p. 40.

Cerithium pullum (Phil.), H. Strebel, Mollusk. der Magalhaen-Provinz,
Zool. Jahrb. Band xxii. p. 652, Taf. xxiii. fig. 40 a-d (1905).

Eapid Point, at low water; also Carcass Island.

{Several examples. Evidently a common species, widely
distributed.

Cevithiopsis malvinarum , M. & St.

Ceritkiopsis malvinarum , Melvill & Standen, Moll. Scott. Nat. Ant-
arctic Exp., Trans. Koyal Soc. Edinb. xlvi. p. 135, figs. 6, Qa (1907) ;
H. Strebel, Wissenschaft. Ergebnisse der Schwediscli. Siidpolar-
Exped., Hie Gastropoden, p. 49, Taf. i. fig. 10 a-c (1908).

Eoy Cove ; low water, on mud.

One small but quite characteristic example.

Afollusca from the North-west Falklanls.

119

Bittium l)urdwoodianumi M. & St.

Bittium burdwoodianum , Melvill & Standen, Moll. Scott. Nat. Antarct.
Exp., Trans. R. Soc. Edinb. xlviii. p. 351, plate, fig. 12 (1912).

Rapid Point ; low water, spring tide.

A small species, with certain Oeritliiopsoid characters.
Burdwood Bank, from whence the type came, is situate just
south of the Falklands, between them and the Antarctic
Continent.

Section (c) Gymnoglossa.

Fam. Turbonillidse.

Turbonilla smithii , Pfeffer, MS.

Turbonillasmithii, Pfeffer, MS., in H. Strebel, Mollusk. der Magalhaen-
Provinz, Zool. Jahrb. Band xxii. p. 659, Taf. xxiii. tig. 42 a-d (1907).

King George’s Bay.

One specimen is in very fine condition, displaying the
nuclear whorls to perfection. They are well figured by
Dr. Strebel.

Odostomia biplicata) Streb.

Odostomia biplicata, H. Strebel, Wissenschaft. Ergebnisse der Schwe-
disch. Siidpolar-Exped., Stockholm, 1908, p. 65, Taf. i. tigs. 9, 9 a.

The only example found, of a clear corneous hue, occurred
at the roots of the giant alga Macrocystis pyrifera , Ag. The
double plication on the columella is hardly observable without
a lens.

Section (d) Rachiglossa.

Fam. Muricidae.

Trophon crispus (Couth.).

Fusus crispus, Couthouy, Gould, in Wilkes’ Expl. Exped. p. 229,
tig. 279 a-c.

Fusus fimbriatus , IIup6, Gay, Hist, de Chile, p. 165, pi. iv. fig. 7 ;
Smith, * Alert ’ Surv., P. Z. S. 1881, tab. iv. fig. 4.

Fusus crispus , H. Strebel, Mollusk. der Magalhaen-Provinz, Zool. Jahrb.
Band xxi. p. 204, Taf. iii. tig. 10 a-y (1904).

Saunders Island; in rock-pools, at low water. Rapid
Point ; low water. Roy Cove, to 4-6 fathoms.

The close, fimbriate, imbricating scales are seen to advan-
tage in a well-grown specimen from the first locality men-
tioned. This is more attenuate than usual, 6- to 7-whorlcd,
measuring long. 30, lat. 13 mm.

120

Dr. J. 0. Melvill and Mr. R. Stanclen on

Trophon couthouyi } Streb.

Trophon couthouyi, H. Strebel, Mollusk. der Magalhaen-Provinz, Zool.
Jahrb. Band xxi. p. 236, Taf. vii. fig. 65 a-e , and Taf. vii. fig. 76
(1904).

Carcass Island and Roy Cove.

In our specimens, referred with some confidence to this
species, the inner lip is tinged with pink suffusion.

Trophon geversianus (Pallas).

Buccinum geversianum, Pallas, Spicil. Zool. fasc. x. p. 33, pi. iii. fig. 1.
Murex magellanicus, Gmelin, p. 3548. no. 80.

Trophon geversianus , Sowerbv, Tbes. Conch, part xxxv. p. 69. sp. 1 ;
H. Strebel, l. c. pp. 173M99, Taf. iv.-vi. figs. 11-52, Taf. viii.
tigs. 80, 81 (1904).

Rapid Point; also Roy Cove Creek, at low water, and
Shallow Bay.

The specimens received by us from the West Falklands
are smaller than from the other island, but no doubt it is
generally distributed, and finer examples could be procured.

It has been well figured in Journ. of Conch, ix. plate ii.
The synonymy is vast, and for full details we would refer
to Trans. Royal Soc. Edinb. xlvi. p. 136.

Trophon lacimatus (Martyn).

Buccinum laciniatum Martyn, Univ. Conch, ii. fig. 42 (1789).

Trophon lacimatus, Chemnitz, ed. ii. (Kobelt) fol. 280, figs. 6, 7 (1878).
Fusus lacimatus , Peeve, Conch. Icon. v. fig. 14 a-c (1847) ; Gould,
in Wilkes’ Expl. Exped. p. 228, pi. xvi. fig. 278 (1853).

With the last at Rapid Point and Roy Cove Creek, at low
water. From the latter place a fine example, from the former
a smaller shell well exhibiting the smooth, oblique, semi-
planate, nuclear whorls.

Trophon liratus (Couth.).

Fusus liratus, Couthouy, Gould, in Wilkes’ Expl. Exped. p. 231,
fig. 282 a-c.

Stanley Harbour.

This is probably Buccinum can cellar oides} Reeve.

Fam. Buccinidae.

Prosipho crassicostatus (Melv. & St.).

Chrysodomus (Sipho) crassicostatus, Melvill & Standen, Trans. Royal
Soc, Edinb. xlvi. p. 138, plate, figs. 10, 10 a (1907).

121

Mollusca from the North-ioest Falklands.

Sipho (Slohnia?) astrolabiensis, H. Strebel, Wissenschaft. Ergebnisse
der Schwedisch. Siidpolar-Exped. p. 31, Taf. iii. fig. 37 a-d (1908).
Prosipho astrolabiensis and cr a ssico status, Thiele, Deutsche S. Polar.
Exped. pp. 206 & 262 (1912).

Rapid Point, Port Egremont, on roots of Macrocystis.

We have only seen the figure of astrolabiensis , Strebel,
but it appears to exactly resemble our species, described one
year earlier (1907).

Euthria ( Pareuthria ) cerealis, Roclib. & Mab.

Euthria cerealis, Rochbrune & Mabile, Mission Scientifique du Cap
Horn, Gastropoden, pp. 1-100 (1889).

? Euthria { Pareuthria ) cerealis , H. Strebel, l. c. p. 623, Taf. xxi. figs. 10,
10 a (1905).

Rapid Point, Port Egremont, and Roy Cove, all at low-
water mark.

A smooth fulvous-grey species, without any specially
marked leading characteristics.

Euthria ( Pareuthria ) fuscata (Brug.).

Buccinum fuscatum , Bruguiere, Encycl. Meth. vers. p. 282 (1792).
Buccinum fuscatum antarcticum , Reeve, Conch. Icon. iii. fig. 30 (^1846).
Euthria antarctica , E. Lamy, “ Gastr.” Exp. Charcot, Bull. Mus. Hist.
Is'at. i. 11, p. 476 (1905).

Euthria (Pareuthria) fuscata (Brug.), H. Strebel, Mollusk. derMagal-
haen-Provinz, Zool. Jahrb. xxii. p. 611, pi. xxiv. figs. 69-79 (1905).

Roy Cove, 2-4 fathoms.

We also have received the variety of this species with
effuse outer lip, from tlieN. Falklands, from the late Captain
Philip Hamond, who collected it there more than fifty years
ago; and it is undoubtedly generally diffused throughout the
whole area.

Euthria ( Pareuthria ) mayellanica , Phil.

Buccinum magellanicum, Philippi, Abbild. iii. p. 48, tab. i. fig. 14
(1848).

Fusus rufus , Homb. & Jacq. Voy. 1 Astrolabe,’ v. p. 107, tab. xxv. fig. 3
(1854).

Roy Cove, at low water.

Euthria (P areuthria) michaelseni , Streb.

Euthria ( Pareuthria ) michaelseni, H. Strebel, Mollusk. der Magalhaen-
Provinz, Zool. Jahrb. xxii. p. 621, pi. xxi. figs. 6, 6 a-b (190o).

Roy Cove and Rapid Point, at low-water mark.

Quite characteristic examples of this neat species, in which

122

Dr. J. 0. Melvill and Mr. E. Standen on

the chestnut colour, smoothly rounded whorls which are
uniformly closely spirally 1 irate, with a transverse whitish
band centrally situate on the body-whorl, and situate just
above, the sutures on the upper whorls, amply distinguish it
from its allies.

Euthria ( Pareuthria ) mulachi , Streb.

Euthria ( Pareuthria ) mulachi , H. Strebel, l. c. p. 623; Taf. xxi. tigs. 8,
8 a (1905).

Eapid Point, at low water.

We have not seen this species, and have identified it
through comparison with Strebehs figure and description,
the only difference being that in our shell the columella is
decidedly straighter. Within, the mouth shows brownish
reflections, the body of the shell being livid grey.

Euthria ( Pareuthria ) plumhea (Phil.).

Fusus plumbeus, Philippi, Abbild. i. p. 108, tab. i. fig. 8 (1844).

Euthria plumhea , Kobelt, Martini & Chemnitz, fol. ii. p. 228,
tab. lxviii. figs. 8, 9 ; Tryon, Man. Conch, iii. p. 150, tab. lxxii.
fig. 221.

Eoy Cove and Rapid Point, at low water. ,

Euthria ( Glypteuthria) meridionalis , Sm.

Euthria meridionalis, E. A. Smith, Survey 1 Alert,’ P. Z. S. Lond.
p. 29, tab. iv. fig. 6 (1881).

Euthria ( Glypteuthria ) meridionalis, II. Strebel, l. c. p. 627, Taf. xxi.
fig. 11 a-d (1905).

Roy Cove ; one somewhat doubtful example.

Euthria ( Glypteuthria ) Jcobelti, Streb.

Euthria ( Glypteuthria ) kobelti, II. Strebel, Mollusk. der Magalhaen-
Provinz, Zool. Jahrb. xxii. p. 632, Taf. xxi. figs. 15, 15 a (1905).

At root of Macrocystis, Rapid Point, Port Egremont.

One example only", hardly adult, but agreeing with figure
and description.

Anomacme smithi , Streb.

Anomacme smithi , H. Strebel, l. c. p. 633, Taf. xxii. fig. 28 a-e (1905).

Roy Cove, both at low water at spring tide and also
dredged 2-4 fathoms.

Mollusca from the Nortli-ivest Falklands.

123

Monoceros calcar , Mart.

Buccinum calcar , Marty n, Univ. Conch, ii. t. x. fig. 50.

Monoceros imbricatum , Lamarck. Anim. sans Vert. (Deshayes), x.

p. 119.

Monoceros calcar, id. ibid. x. p. 122.

Monoceros glabratum, id. ibid. x. p. 120.

King George’s Bay ; found living at one spot only on
the north shore. The rocks here are very large and piled up
under high cliffs.

These mollusks are found in dark crevices of the huge
rocks, exposed only for a brief space during low-water
springs. Damaged and wave-worn specimens, indeed, are
common on shore after gales, but not the finely sculptured
forms. Some large purpuroid capsules were found with the
shells on the beach just at the N.VV. corner of the West
Falklands, and most probably belong to this species.

Fam. VolutidaB.

Voluta ( Cymhiola ) ancilla , Sol. (PI. VII. fig. 7, juv.)

Voluta ancilla , Solander, Portland Cat. p. 137. no. 1873 ; Lamarck,

Anim. sans Vert. vol. vii. p. 343, and (ed. lleshayes) x. p. 397. sp. 33.

Voluta. mayellanica, Sowb. Thes. Conch, i. pt. v. pi. liv. fig. 99.

Voluta ancilla , H. Strebel, l. c. p. 113, Taf. vii., viii., ix., x.

Whaler Bay.

A large capsule, containing six well-developed embryonic
examples of this species, was dredged as above. It
measured 50 mm. in diameter, while the young shells are
alt. 12 x lat. 5 mm. M. Rupert Vallentin informs us that he
lias also dredged similar capsules in Stanley Harbour, but
till now they have always been empty.

Dr. Hermann Strebel figures (l. c. Taf. x. fig. 52) a similar
capsule of V. ancilla containing eight or nine embryos.

Section (e) Toxoglossa.

Fam. Conidse.

Bela fulvicans , Streb.

Bela fulvicans, II. Strebel, Wissenscbaft. Ergebnisse der Scbwedisch.

Siidpolar-Exped. Band vi. Lief. i. p. 15, Taf. ii. fig. 25 a-d (1908) ;

Trans. Royal Soc. Edinb. xlviii. p. 356 (1912).

Roy Cove, at low- water mark (January 12, 1910).

One example only, but in good condition, fulvous brown
in colour, agreeing very well with figure and description of a
species found in 1902-3 by the Swedish South-Polar Expe-
dition in three localities, two being in South Georgia, the

124

Dr. J. C. Melvill and Mr. R. Standen on

third at Graham’s Land, Antarctic Continent. We reported
it also among the Molluscaof the Scottish National Antarctic
Expedition, from Burdwood Bank, at 56 fathoms.

Savatieria areolata , Streb.

Savatieria areolata , H. Strebel, Mollusk. der Magalhaen-Provinz, Zool.

Jahrb. Band xxii. p. 645, Taf. xxi. figs. 19, 19 a-b (1905).

Roy Cove, at low water, rarely.

Savatieria bertrandii sp. n. (PL YU. figs. 1, 2.)

S. testa parva, solidiuscula, olivaceo-brunnea, fusiformi ; anfractibus
8, quorum apicales 2-3 lseves, simplices, cteteris ad suturas canali-
culatis, supernis tribus longitudinaliter rugoso-costulatis, omnibus
spiraliter profunde rotundi-sulcatis, anfractu antepenultimo et
penultimo tribus, ultimo qaatuor sulcis prsedito, deinde ad basim
infra peripheriam evanidis ; apertura parva, intus castanea, labro
paullum effuso, sinu absente, canali abbreviata, margine colu-
mellari fere recta.

Alt. 7, lat. 2 mm.

Rapid Point, at low water ; West Falklands.

This very interesting species occurred but in small
quantity. It is conspicuous for its deep, roundly ridged, spiral
sulci, most conspicuous on the three lowest whorls, the next
three uppermost beinglikewise longitudinally roughly costate.
No sinus on the outer lip is perceptible. The genus Donovania
seems nearly allied, at all events by shell-characters. This
was found by the late Mr. Martin F. Woodward * to be
buccinoid rather than pleurotomoid, being, as regards its
radula, rachiglossate, and, perhaps, nearest to Pisania. It
may be that Savatieria will ultimately find a place near them ;
but, at present, so far as we can learn, the anatomy of this
genus is unknown. Dr. H. Strebel seems to suggest Lachesis
= Donovania as an ally (/. c. p. 641).

We have pleasure in associating with this Savatieria the
name of Mr. WTekham Bertrand, father of Mrs. Rupert
Vallentin, who has aided much in molluscan and other
research in these islands.

Fam. Cancellariidae.

Admete magellanica , Streb.

Admetc magellanica , II. Strebel, Mollusk. der Magalhaen-Provinz, Zool.

Jahrb. Band xxii. p. 594, Taf. xxii. fig. 29 a-d (1905).

Carcass Island.

* Proc. Malac. Soc. iii. pp. 235-238, figs.

125

Mollusca from the North-west Falldands.

Two perfect examples. The upper whorls especially are
beautifully reticulately sculptured.

Order PULMONIFERA.

Section Inopepculata.

Fam. Helicidse.

Pcitula michaelseni , Streb.

Patula michaelseni, II. Strebel, Mollusk. der Magalhaen-Provinz, Zool.

Jahrb. Band xxv. p. 160, Taf. viii. fig. 97 (1907).

Near Roy Cove.

On the discovery of this interesting little snail Mr. Vallen-
tin writes, under date 22nd May, 1910: —

“ I send herewith what I take to be a rather good find,
viz., a terrestrial mollusk. Mrs. Vallentin and I were
collecting in the camp some few days ago, and from a clump
of damp moss removed from a hillside swamp her sharp eyes
detected what at first seemed to be a seed-capsule or fruit of
a moss ; but examination with a pocket-lens at once showed
the real nature of our find, and stimulated closer search.
After much hard work we eventually bagged six specimens.
The animal is very shy, black in colour, and its foot does not
protrude beyond the margin of the shell when crawling/'’

Section Siphon arioide a.

Fam. Siphonariidse.

Siphonaria lateralis , Couth.

Siphonaria lateralis, Couthouy, Gould, in Wilkes’ Expl. Exped. p. 3G3,
tab. xxx. fig. 462.

Roy Cove, at half-tide.

Dr. Hermann Strebel joins the next species on our list
[redimiculum, Reeve) with this. We, however, decide, for
the present at all events, to treat them tvs distinct.

Siphonaria redimiculum , Reeve.

Siphonaria redimiculum, Peeve, Conch. Icon. ix. pi. v. fig. 21 (1856) ;
E. A. Smith, Moll, of Kerguelen, in Trans. Royal Soc. Lond. p. 16
(1879).

Siphonaria lateralis, Couthouy, non redimiculum, Reeve, II. Strebel,
Mollusk. der Magalhaen-Provinz, Zool. Jahrb. Band xxv. p. 172.

Roy Cove, on fringe of high-water mark ; Crooked Inlet,
under stones and on rocks.

126

Dr. J. G. Melvill and Mr. R. Standen on

Siphonaria tristensis , Leach.

Siphonaria lessoni. Blainville, d’Orbigny, Voy. Mer. p. 469, tab. lvi.
figs. 12,13,14.

Siphonaria ti'istensis, Reeve, Conch. Icon. v. sp. 23.

Siphonaria Iceviuscula, Reeve, l. c. sp. 5.

Roy Gove, on rocks at half-tide.

The form or var. Iceviuscula , Reeve, occurs at Dip Creek,
Roy Cove, Shallow Bay, on rocks ; Rapid Point, at low tide ;
and is, no doubt, generally distributed throughout the area.

Fam. Limnaeidse.

Limncea diaphana , King.

Limncea diaphana , King, Zool. Journ. v. p. 339 (1832) ; Reeve, Conch.
Icon, xviii. spec. 30; H. Strebel, l. c ., Zool. Jahrb. Band xxv. p. 163,
Taf. viii. fig. 100 a-c (1907).

Port North Lake.

Limncea patagonica , Streb.

Limncea patagonica , H. Strebel, l. c. p. 164, Taf. viii. fig. 103 «, h (1907).

Freshwater Pond, Port North ; Lake near Teal River
Settlement; Herbert Station, Roy Gove.

Very fine and perfect examples, of a bright transparent
horn-colour, not corroded apically as is so often the case.

Chilina fluviatilis, Gray.

Chilina flumatilis, Gray, Reeve, Conch. Syst. pi. clxxxix. fig. 5, and
Conch. Icon. xix. pi. i. fig. 1.

Port North Lake.

Chilina sub cylindrical Sowb.

Chilina subcglindrica, G. B. Sowerby, in Reeve, Conch. Icon. xix.
pi. iii. fig. 16 (1874).

Herbert Stream ; Crooked Inlet.

The original specimens came from Chili. Our species seems
to harmonize with it, but may possibly be a very nearly
allied new form.

127

Mollusca from the North-west Fallclands .

Class PELECYPODA.

Order PROTOB RANCHI ATA.

Family Nuculidse.

Nucula pisum, Sowb.

Nucula pisum, Sowerby, Thes. Conch, iii. p. 153, pi. ccxxix. fig. 133;
Trans. Royal Soc. Edinb. xlviii. p. 360.

Local, but occasionally plentiful.

This is probably N. semiornata , Orbigny. It was originally
described by Sowerby in P. Z. S. Lond. 1832.

Yoldia eightsii (Couth.).

Nucula eightsii, Couthouy, Jav, Cat. Shells, ed. iii. p. 113, pi. i.
figs. 12, 13 (1839).

Leda ( Yoldia ) eightsii , Hanley, in Sowb. Thes. Conch, iii. p. 142,
pi. ccxxx. fig. 164.

Yoldia eightsii, Sowerby, Reeve, Conch. Icon. xx. pi. v. fig. 26.

Roy Cove, at extreme low-water mark, spring tides.

Yoldia woodioardi , Hanl.

Yoldia tooodwardi, Hanley, P. Z. S. Lond. p. 370 (1860) ; Reeve,
Conch. Icon, xviii. pi. i. fig. 9(1871); Peiseneer, Voy. ‘Belgica,’
Moll. p. 10 (1903) ; Lamy, Moll. Orcades du Sad, Bull. Mas. Ilist.
Nat. xii. p. 125 (1900) ; Charcot, Exp. Ant. Fran9aise, p. 19 (1906).

Roy Cove, 4-6 fathoms (November 1909).

Very perfect examples, three in number.

Order FILIBRANCHIATA.

Suborder Anomiacea.

Fam. Anomiidae.

Anomia ephippium , L.

Anomia ephippium, Linnd, Svst. Nat. xii. (1769) ; Jeffreys, Brit. Conch,
ii. p. 30, pi. i. fig. 4; Smith, Report 1 Challenger’ Exped., Zool. xiii.
p. 318.

Roy Cove.

One of the very few species found to be common to the
northern and southern polar regions.

128

Dr. J. C. Melvill and Mr. R. Standen on

Suborder ARCACEA.

Fam. Arcadae.

Limopsis hardingii , sp. n. (PI. YIT. figs. 2, 2 a.)

L. testa crassiuscula, albida, nitida, obliquante, superficie undique
concentrice irregulariter striata, versus marginem ventralem
longitudinaliter radiatim multistrigata, aliter laevi, umbonibus
parvis, acuminatis, pagina intus alba, laevi, margine simpliciter
planato, cardine regulari, dentibus ad 10 utrinque instructs,
linea palliali baud siuuosa.

Alt. 26, lat. 28, diam. 9 mm.

Roy Cove.

Compared with the known species of the genus, this comes,
perhaps, nearest to L. pelagica} Smith, than which it is far
less oblique, larger, and more substantial. L. grandis and
marionensis, both also of Smith and from southern latitudes,
are comparable in a lesser degree. Our only example was
found denuded of its periostracum. We have been requested
by Mr. Yallentin to associate with this fine Limopsis , of
which we hope better examples will some day be brought to
light, the name of Mr. W. H. Harding, Colonial Manager of
the Falkland Isles Company, who has rendered much service
in local biological investigation.

Sub fam. PlIILOBRYINM.

Philobrya sp.

Roy Clove.

Immature, and only serving to demonstrate the presence
of this genus in the YV. Falklands.

Suborder MYTILACEA.

Fam. Mytilidae.

Mytilus bifurcatusy Conr.

Mytilus bifurcatus , Conrad, Journ. Amer, Nat. Sci. Phil. v. 7, pi. ccxli.
Roy Cove.

Mytilus eduliSy L.

Mytilus edulis, Linne, Syst. Nat. xii. ed. p. 1157 (1769) ; Forbes &
Hanley, ii. p. 170, pi. xlviii. figs. 1-4: Jeffreys, Hist. Conch, ii.
p. 104 (1863) ; Smith, Phil. Trans. Royal Soc. Lond. clxviii. p. 189
(1879).

Common, and, as in case of Anomia ephippium} found both
in the north and south polar areas.

Mollusca from the North-west Falklands.

129

Mytilus magellanicusy Oliem.

Mytilus mcigellanicus , Chem, Conch. Cab. viii. pi. lxxxiii. fig. 742 ;
.Reeve, Conch. Icon. x. pi. vi. fig. 22.

Roy Cove Creek.

One specimen shows a curious graduated malformation,
being unusually incrassate in the centre of each valve.

Brachyodontes ( Ilormomya ) blakeanuSy sp. n.

(PI, VII. figs. 4, 4 a.)

B. testa alba, lata, epidermide sordide brunnea partim induta, ovato-
triangulari, parva, haud multum tumescente, postice leniter
rotundata, antice apud umbones acuminata ; mox expansa, super-
ficie undique radiatim irregulariter filolirata, interstitiis sub lente
arete spiraliter striatulis ; periostraco imbricato, margin em super-
impendente, pagina intus alba, marginibus circa crenulatis, septo
minimo.

Alt. 5, lat. 8 mm.

Roy Cove.

In form, and to some extent in sculpture, like a small
Br. cubitus , Say, and, with this, we consider it should be
placed in the subgenus Hormomya , Morch. We would refer
to an exhaustive paper on the classification of the Mytilidae
by Mr. A. J. Jukes-Browne, F.R.S.*

At Mr. Vallentin's request we name this shell in honour of
Mr. Robert Blake, Chairman of the Directors of the Falkland
Islands Company, who evinced much interest in the scientific
work and aided it by all means in his power,

Modiolarca exilis , H. & A. Ad.

Modiolarca exilis, H. & A. Adams, P. Z. S. 1853, p. 435 ; E. A. Smith,
Phil. Trans. Royal Soc. Lond. vol. clxviii. p. 190, pi. ix. fig. 24 (1879).

Fox Bay, after a severe shore-gale.

Modiolarca trapezina (Lam.).

Modiola trapezina, Lamarck, Anirn. sans Vert. vol. vii. p. 24 ; Delessert,
pi. xiii. fig. 7.

Roy Cove, 2-4 fathoms ; Crooked Inlet, at low water,
widely distributed.

* Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond. 1905, pp. 211-224.

Ann, & Mag. N. Hist, iSer, 8. Vol. xiii. 9

130

Dr. J. 0. Melvill and Mr. R. Standen on

Order PSEUDOLAMELLIBRANCHIATA.

Fam. Pectinidae.

Pecten rufiradiatus, Reeve.

Vecten nifradiatus , Reeve, Conch. Icon. viii. pi. xxxii. fig. 147 (1853).

Low water, Whaler Point and Roy Cove.

A neat small species, like P. patagonicus, King, in
miniature. A large dead valve, somewhat characterless,
found on the N.W. Falkland coast after a storm, probably
belongs to this latter species ( patagonicus ).

Order EULAMELLIBRANCHIATA.

Suborder Submytilacea.

Fam. Carditidae.

Cardita naviformis, Reeve.

Cardita naviformis, Reeve, P. Z. S. Lond. (1843) ; Conch. Icon.,
“Cardita,” pi. ix. fig. 45 (1844).

Only one example found. Is probably a Carditella , Smith.

Fam. Lucinidae.

Cryptodon fallclandicus, Sm.

Crypto don falklandicus, E. A. Smith, Rep. * Challenger ’ Exped., Zool.
xiii. p. 190, pi. xiv. figs. 3, 3 a (1885) ; Trans. Royal Soc. Edinb. xlvi.
p. 148 (1907).

Roy Cove, 4-6 fathoms.

This species, as has been previously reported by us, was
found by Miss Cobb at Shallow Bay, Lively Island, Falk-
lands, and at Scotia Bay, South Orkneys ( W. S, Bruce ,
S. N. A. Expedition),

Fam. Kellyellidae.

Cyamium faUdandicum , Melvill & Standen.

Cyamium faUdandicum , Melvill & Standen, Journ. of Conch, ix. p. 104,
pi. i. fig. 22 (1898).

Crooked Inlet, under stones ; King George’s Bay.
Accompanying this a bottle was forwarded, containing a
mass of filmy Algae, in which were very considerable numbers
of a small white Pelecypod, which we deem the fry of either
G. falJclandicum or its very near congener iridescens , Cooper
and Preston.

131

Mollusca from the North-west Falkland s.

This agglomeration was found spread over a boulder-stone,
exposed at low tide in the upper portion of Roy Cove Creek,
on January 14th, 1910. There must have been thousands of
these little mollusks imbedded thus, for upon removing it
from the rocks on which it was spread the effect was that of
little white stars or points of light, sometimes iridescent.
Miss Wigglesworth, of the Manchester University, has
kindly examined and analyzed this Algoid mass, and pro-
nounced it mainly to consist of the cosmopolitan Chlorosperm
alga Enter omorpha compressa , with a species of Conferva ,

Cyamionema, subgen, nov.

Cyamium ( Cuamionema ) decoratum9 sp. n,

(PI. VII. figs. 5, 5 a, 5 b.)

C. testa parva, delicatissima, papyracea, alba, sequivalvi, inaequi-
laterali, umbonibus contiguis, margine dorsali recto, ventrali fere
parallelo, latere antico rotunde extenso, postice truncatulo,
superficie concentrice undique irregulariter striata, saepe perio-
straco tenui olivaceo-straminea induta, ab umbonibus ventralem ad
marginem centraliter oblique filoso-lirata, lirisnumero 7-8, pagina
intus alba; valva dextra duobus dentibus parvis contiguis instructa,
sinistra uno dentemajore prominulo, lateralibus omnino evanidis,
ligamento interno nullo, externo perlongo, pallide stramineo, linea
palliali integra.

Alt. 3, lat. 5 mm., sp, max.

Hub. N.W. Falklands, 5-6 June, 1910.

This is a very delicate white shell, of extreme fragility, so
much so that nearly all the specimens have been fractured
in the course of microscopical examination. In several
ways we consider it differs from the normal Cyamium ,
and justification for the creation of the proposed subgenus
appears, we think, firstly, in the absence of the internal
ligament ; secondly, in dental disposition, the right valve
containing two small contiguous teeth, the left only one, but
that larger and more conspicuous, the lateral teeth in either
valve apparently absent altogether ; and, thirdly, in the
external sculpture, both valves being ornamented, in addition
to the concentric lines, with seven or eight thread-like liiae
proceeding radiately from the umboes to about the centre of
the ventral margin. From this circumstance the name Cya-
mionema is suggested — Kvapuov and pfjp,a} a thread.

We would here especially thank Mr. A. J. Jukes-Browne,
F.R.S., for his examination of this interesting shell and his
comments thereupon. Several new species of Cyamium have,
during the past few years, been described by Mr. H, B,
Preston and others, but none seem comparable with the one

9*

132

Dr. J. C. Meivill and Mr. R. Standen on

before us. C. subquadratum , Pelseneer *, and C. imitans 9
PfefFer f, are probably the nearest in contour of form.

Family Erycinidse.

Lascea consanguinea (Smith).

Kellia consanguinea , E. A. Smith, Phil. Trans. Royal Soc. Lond.
vol. clxviii. p. 184, pi. ix. fig. 20 (1879).

Crooked Inlet, under stones ; Roy Cove, attached to
byssus of Mytilus magellanicus.

Lascea miliar is } Phil.

Kellia miliaris, Philippi, Wiegmann’s Archiv fur Naturg. p. 51
(1845).

King George’s Bay.

Kellyia cycladiformis (Desh.).

Erycina cycladiformis, Deshayes, Trait. Elem. pi. xi. figs. 6-9 ; P. Z. S.
Lond. p. 181 (1851).

Kellia cycladiformis (Desh.), Meivill & Standen, Trans. Royal Soc.
Edinb. xlvi. p. 149 (1907).

Rapid Point ; found within a large dead Balanus at
extreme low-water mark.

Davisia cobbi , C. & P.

Davisia cobbi, Cooper & Preston, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 8, vol. v.
pp. 113, 114, pi. iv. figs. 9, 10 (1910).

King George’s Bay; Crooked Inlet, under stones ; Roy
Cove, at low water, spring tides ; and also dredged at
4-6 fathoms.

Th is also occurred at Burdwood Bank, S. of the Falklands
( IF. 8. Bruce).

Fam. Cyrenidae.

Sphcerium vaUentinianum} sp. n. (PI. VII. figs. 3, 3 a, 3 b.)

Sp>h. testa eonvexo-globosa, tenui, paullum obliqua, laevigata, um-
bonibus rotundatis, contiguis, epidermide pallide olivaceo-stra-
mineacontecta, superficie concentrice lineis incrementalibuspaucis
distantibus conspicuo praedita, margine dorsali utrinque leniter

* Pelseneer, Voy. an S.Y. ‘Belgica,’ Zoologie, p. 15, pi. ix. fig. 124
(1903).

t J. Thiele, Deutsche Siid-Polar Exped. xiii. Band, Ileft 2, p. 270,
pi. xviii. fig. 23 (1912).

133

Mollusca from the North-west Falklands.

declivi, lateribus ad marginem ventralem rotundatis, postice

paullum protenso, pagina intus alba, cardinis dentibus normalibus.
Alt. 4*50, lat. 5 mm.

Hah. Herbert Stream, Roy Cove, on mud ; also in large
pond, Port North.

Interesting, as the first non-marine Pelecypod recorded
from these islands. Its nearest congeners, perhaps, are
S. novcezeJandice , Desh., and S. ovale, Stimps. There
appear two forms, one slightly smaller and more oblique.
W e name it specifically in honour of its discoverers, Mr. and
Mrs. Rupert Vallentin, whose researches, both botanical,
zoological, and biological, have proved o£ such lasting service
to the students of the productions of these remote southern
climes.

Suborder C ARDI ACEA.

Cardium edale , L.

Cardium edule, Linn6, Syst. Nat. p. 1124 ; Forbes & Hanley, ii. p, 15,
pi. xxxii. figs. 1-4.

King George’s Bay.

Suborder Veneracea.

Fam. Veneridae.

Cryptogramma subimbricata, Sowb.

Venus subimbricata (Sowb.), Reeve, Conch. Icon. xiv. pi. xix. fig. 85.

Roy Cove Beach, after south-westerly gale ; only one
brightly coloured and well-marked half-valve.

The original locality of this species, hardly to be expected
so far south, is Puerto Portrera, Central America ( Hugh
Cuming). We consider its presence in the West Falklands
must be owing to adventitious circumstances.

Gomphina ( Aeolus ) foveolata (C. & P.).

Psephis foveolata, Cooper & Preston, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 8,
vol. v. pp. 110-114, fig. (1910).

Gomphina ( Aeolus ) foveolata , A. J. Jukes-Browne, Ann. & Mag. Nat.
Hist. ser. 8, vol. xii. p. 480 (1913).

Whaler Bay ; Shallow Bay ; King George’s Bay.

We are obliged to Mr. II. B. Preston, one of the authors,
for the identification of thi3 very interesting species, which
is, apparently, being found to be generally distributed around
the Falkland group. Mr. Jukes-Browne has also kindly
favoured us with good specimens.

134

Dr. J, C, Melvill and Mr. R. Standen on

Fam. Mactridae.

Darina solenoides (King).

Erycina solenoides, King, Zool. Journ. y. p. 835 (1832).

Darina solenoides, Gray, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, vol. xi. p. 42
(1853).

Darina kingi, Fischer, Man. de Conch, p. 1119 (1887).

Lutraria tenuis, Phil. Wiegmann’s Archiv fiir Naturg. 1845, p. 70.

Darina solenoides, E. A. Smith, Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond. vi. p. 337
(1905).

Hoy Cove. At low water, in and upon muddy banks.

This species extends around the Straits of Magellan, but
does not appear otherwise than sparingly. It is reported by
Mr. Edgar Smith from Tierra del Euego, on San Sebastian
Beach (Crawshay) , Rear-Admiral Philip Parker King, R.N.,
F.R.S., the discoverer, collected it first at Port Famine,
Straits of Magellan.

The Lutraria solenoides, Lamarck, is, according to Gwyn-
JefFreys, the British L. oblonga. Lamarck, indeed, quotes
this name in his synonymy, giving “ Ocdan d'Europe ” as
the locality. We are indebted to Mr. Edgar Smith for this
information.

Suborder Tellinacea.

Fa m. Tellinidae.

Tellina squalida , Pult.

Tellina squalida, Pulteney, in Hutchins. Dorset, p. 29 (1774).

Tellina incarnata, Forbes & Hanley, i. p. 298, pi. xx. fig. 6 ; Sowerby,
Illustr. Index Brit. Moll. pi. iii. fig. 14 (1859).

Tellina squalida, Jeffreys, Brit. Conch, ii. p. 884 (1863).

Crooked Island, at low water.

We cannot separate this from the European and British
species. It is represented in the collection before us by a
single right valve — this being, however, in fairly good
condition, shining, yellowish flesh-colour, slightly rayed
anteriorly.

Suborder M Y A CEA.

Fam. Myidae.

Mya antarctica , sp. n. (PI. VII. figs. 6, 6 a.)

M. testa mediocri, rudi, calcarea, sordide alba, inaequivalvi, hiulca,
umbonibus incurvis, parvis, contiguis, superficie concentrice rudi-
striata, antice subrotundata, margine ventrali fere recto, postice
truneata, epidermide evanide olivaceo-brunnea, pagina intus

135

Mollusca from the North-west Falklands.

calcareo-alba, parum nitente, cardine valvae sinistrae dente

spathulato magno, dextrae fossa congruente praedito, ligamento

interno.

Alt. 11, lat. 16 mm.

Hah. “N.W. Falklands/’

We can find no My a, till now, recorded from the Southern
Hemisphere. This new form much resembles, at first sight,
a miniature M. truncata , L., but, as first pointed out to us by
Mr. Edgar Smith, the concentric lines and sculpture anteriorly
are closer and altogether different in character.

In 1898 we published the description, under the name
Thracia antarctica, of a shell from Lively Island, E. Falk-
lands, collected by Miss Cobb *. We think it possible this
may be the same species. It was rather larger, ruder in build,
and distorted, so that we considered it, at the time, most allied
to Thracia distorta , Phil. The discovery of a good series
of specimens is much to be desired, both of this and the My a,
when the question may be cleared up.

Saxicava arctica (L.).

My a arctica, Linne, Syst. Nat. p. 1113.

Saxicava arctica (L.), Forbes & Hanley, i. p. 141, pi. vi. figs. 4-6.

Var. antarctica , Phil.

Saxicava antarctica, Philippi, Archiv fiir Naturg. (1845) ; Trans.
Royal Soc. Edinb. xlvi. p. 151 (1907).

Port Egremont, on the beach after a gale, also at the roots
of Macrocystis and other fucoid algae.

Fam. Solenidse.

Solen mack a , Mol.

Solen macha , Molina, Hist. Nat. du Chile, p. 178 (1787) ; Gmelin,
Syst. Nat. p. 3226; D’Orbigny, Am6r. Merid. p. 505 ; Gay, Hist, de
Chile, Zool. vol.viii. p. 369, pi. viii. fig. 6.

Solen gladiolus , Gray, in Beechey’s Voyage * Blossom,’ p. 153, pi. xliii.
fig. 4.

Solen macha, Reeve, Conch. Icon., Solen , fig. 28 ; u Oken,” Martini &
Chemnitz, Conch. Cab. Taf. viii. p. 26, fig. 5 (1888).

Sandy beach on Pebble Island, after severe shore-gales.

“This beach faces due north, and appears to be the only
locality for this species in the Falklands. ft was impossible
to hunt for them, and so procure live examples, owing to
the heavy surf.” — R. V .

A very fine and large species.

# Journ. of Conch, ix, p. 105, pi. i. fige. 13, 13 a (1898).

136

Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell — Descriptions and

Suborder Anatinacea.

Fam. Lyonsiidse.

Lyonsia cuneata (Gray).

Anatina cuneata , J. E. Gray, Spicil. Zool. pi. iii. fig. 14.

P Lyonsia malvinensis, vide Fischer, Man. de Conch, p. 172 (1887).

Rapid Point, Port Egremont ; also Roy Cove, small, live
examples.

We cannot discover either a description of L. malvinensis
or authority for the appellation, and therefore conjecture it
to be a mere nomen nudum. The specimens from the localities
above quoted are small, few, and sometimes distorted ; we
are not quite sure, therefore, whether they have been dis-
tinguished aright. L. cuneata , Gray ( Osteodesma , Desh.),
was reported from Port Stanley, East Falklands, on stranded
roots of Macrocijstis, by the Scottish National Antarctic
Expedition (1902-1905).

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VII.

Fig. 1 . Savatieria bertrandi, sp. n.

Fig. 2. Limopsis hardinyii , sp. n.

Fig. 3. Sphcerium vallentinianum, sp. n.

Fig. 4. Brachyodontes ( Hormomya ) blakeanus, sp. n.

Fig. 5. Cyamium ( Cyamionema ) decoratum, sp. n.

Fig. 6. My a antarctica, sp. n.

Big. 7. Voluta ancilla, Sol. (embryonic).

XIII. — Descriptions and Records of Bees. — LVI.

By T. D. A. Cockerell, University of Colorado.

Stenotritus elegans, Smith, variety a.

A female from Tennant's Creek, Central Australia [Field ;
Nat. Mus. Victoria, 46), has apparently been in alcohol, and
the pubescence is in bad condition. So far as can be made
out, there is no fuscous hair on the thorax above, and no
black hair on the abdomen. The mesothorax shows olive-
green tints in front. The first r. n. joins the second s.m. a
little before the middle, instead of a little beyond as in
Smith's type of S. elegans . Possibly this is a distinct
species, but it cannot be satisfactorily separated without
better material.

No males assigned to Stenotritus are known ; but it seems

MeMEb.

AnJb.&Mag.Ncit.mst, S. 8. Vol.XHT.Pl. VII.

MOLLUSCA FROM NORTH-WEST FALKLAND S.

137

Records of Bees.

very probable that the genus Gastropsis, Smith, represents
the male sex of Stenotritus. The two agree in venation and
the structure of the metathorax.

Paracolletes crassipes, Smith.

A male from Caloundra, Oct. 30, 1912 (Queensl. Mus. 73),
is peculiar in the venation, the third s.m. being extremely
broad above, and the third t.-c. strongly bowed outward,
with only a single curve.

Paracolletes nigrofulvus , sp. n.

<$ . — Length about 11^ mm., rather slender.

Black, with the hind margins of the abdominal segments,
and the hind tarsi, obscurely ferruginous ; hair of head and
thorax abundant, mostly pale ochreous, but brownish black
on sides of face, on front and vertex (but not on occiput),
on mesothorax except anteriorly, and on scutellum ; flagel-
lum strongly crenulated beneath, scarcely reddish ; head
broad, facial quadrangle much broader than long; mandibles
dark ; clypeus densely covered with light ochreous hair, but
just above the hair is brownish; mesothorax and scutellum
shining, very sparsely and feebly punctured ; postscutellum
unarmed ; area of metathorax smooth and shining, obtusely
transversely ridged in middle. Legs with ochreous hair ;
spurs testaceous ; tegulse shining piceous. Wings dusky ;
nervures and the large stigma red-brown ; b. n. meeting
t.-m. ; second s.m. receiving first r. n. distinctly before
middle ; third s.m. receiving second r. n. a little before the
end; third s.m. nearly or quite twice as large as second.
Abdomen shining, without evident punctures, the basal
segments with thin pale ochraceous hair, but on the third
and beyond this gives way to black, very short and scanty
until the sixth segment, on which it is long ; the sides sub-
apically show long pale hair ; apical plate broadly expanded
at end, truncate.

Hab. Shoalhaven, New South Wales, March 9, 1894
( Froggatt , 72).

In my table in Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 1905, p. 345, this
runs to 15, and runs out because of the ochraceous and
black hair. It is related to the Tasmanian P. obscurus (Sm.).
In my table in Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., Jan. 1906, it runs
to P. obscuripennis , Ckll., a related but much smaller Tas-
manian species.

138

Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell — Descriptions and

Paracolletes providellus bacchalis , subsp. n.

d . — Length a little over 7 mm.

Differing from providellus as follows : abdomen with only
the faintest greenish tinge, easily overlooked ; hind tibiae,
and basal half of their basitarsi, bright chestnut-red ; hair
of face stained with fuscous, of scape, front, and vertex dark
fuscous or black ; tegulae piceous ; hind margins of abdo-
minal segments hardly at all reddish ; b. n. meeting t.-m.

Hab. Bacchus Marsh, 2.1.06 (F. L. Billing hurst ; Nat.
Mus. Victoria, 88).

I should have thought this a new species, were it not
that the two following varieties appear to connect it with
P. providellus : —

Variety a. Abdomen distinctly dark green ; hind tibiae
and greater part of basitarsi chestnut-red. Victoria,
Sept. 1901 (C. French ; Turner collection).

Variety b. Abdomen distinctly dark green ; hind legs
coloured as in the other forms, except that the tibiae
have a broad dusky shade beyond the middle.
Windsor, Victoria ( French ; Froggatt coll. 186).

Paracolletes ibex, sp. n.

<$ .' — Length 8 mm.

Slender, black ; hair of head and thorax long, greyish
white, black on sides of face and on vertex ; mesothorax and
scutellum with very long black hairs ; upper part of face
with a little black hair ; head broad ; mandibles red at apex ;
clypeus dullish, not strongly punctured ; flagellum dark,
crenulated below, and the margins of the joints projecting
above, the whole suggesting the horns of an ibex ; meso-
thorax moderately shining, little punctured ; scutellum dull
and granular ; area of metathorax large, dull, shining at
extreme base. Legs slender, black, with pale hair; spurs
creamy white ; tegulae piceous. Wings a little dusky,
nervures and the large stigma dusky ferruginous ; b. n.
meeting t.-m. ; second s.m. broad, receiving first r. n. a
little beyond middle ; third s.m. broad above, receiving
second r. n. some distance from end. Abdomen dullish,
black, hardly punctured, hind margins of segments obscure
reddish ; hair of abdomen very thin, scattered, pale, but
dark fuscous at apex ; ventral segments with thin white
hair-fringes.

Hab. Windsor, Victoria ( French , 1909; Froggatt coll. 95).

Records of Bees .

130

Allied apparently to P. cvnereus (Sm.), but differing by
the black legs and other characters. Easily known from
P. providellus bacchalis by the peculiar antennae.

Paracolletes semipur pur eus (Cockerell), var. b.

$ . — Vertex, thorax above, and tubercles with light orange-
fulvous hair, contrasting with the white of face, pleura, and
metathorax; anterior and middle basitarsi almost entirely
black ; red of hind tibiae and tarsi rather dusky. Abdomen
strongly crimson, the hair at end mostly whitish, but fuscous
at extreme apex ; b. n. meeting t.-m.

Hab. Rutherglen, Victoria ( French , 1909 ; Froggatt coll.
87).

This is a variable species, but I believe certainly distinct
from P. cuprcus (Sm.), with which it was at first associated
as a subspecies. A specimen of P. cceruleotinctus, Ckll., is
also labelled Rutherglen, 1909 ( French ; Eroggatt coll. 85).

Paracolletes sigillatus , sp. n.

$ . — Length 10 mm.

Black, including the legs (tarsi reddish at end), the short
flagellum ferruginous beneath except at base, the mandibles
dark red apically, and the hind margins of the abdominal
segments broadly testaceous ; hair of head and thorax pale
ochreous dorsal ly, somewhat fuscous on vertex, but on face,
cheeks, pleurse, and metathorax dull white ; head broad ;
clypeus only moderately shining, with scattered punctures
mesothorax shining, with weak punctures ; scutellum shining-
in front, dull and rough behind ; postscutellum angularly
produced behind, with a small shining button-like tubercle
(suggesting the seal on the flap of an envelope, whence the
specific name) ; area of metathorax dull, but other parts of
metathorax brilliantly shining. Legs with pale hair, hind
tibial scopa suffused with fuscous on outer side; t.egulse dark
rufo-piceous. Wings dusky, nervures and stigma dark
brown ; b. n. falling a little short of t.-m. ; stigma lanceo-
late ; marginal cell long and narrow ; second s.m. small,
receiving first r. n. a little before middle ; third s.m. very
large, more than twice as large as second, as broad above as-
second is below, receiving second r. n. as far from its end as
first r. n. is from base of second s.m. Abdomen shining,
not punctured, densely covered apically with very pale
dusky ochreous hair, and bands of the same covering the
pallid margins of the third and fourth segments, and of the
second at sides.

140 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell — Descriptions and

Hab. South Australia ; the specimen is 74 of the Froggatt
collection, and is labelled " S. Aust., W. W. F., Blackburn,
1909/'

By the character of the postscutellum, the large third
submarginal cell, &c., this falls next to P. tuberculatus , Ckll.,
but it has a very different abdomen.

Paracolletes humerosus cyanurus , subsp. n.

$ . — Length a little over 9 mm.

Rather slender ; hair of vertex and dorsum of thorax
(except broad anterior corners of mesothorax) black ; the
large humeral hair-patches very conspicuous, white, with a
faint creamy tint ; abdomen shining, distinctly purplish, the
hind margins of the segments broadly reddened ; hair at
apex black ; pygidial plate bright ferruginous. The legs
agree with humerosus as described by Smith ; stigma and
nervures dark ferruginous ; first r. n. entering second s.m.
before middle (as in humerosus) ; third s.m. very broad
above.

Hab. “ Oakley, Victoria " ( French , 1909 ; Froggatt coll.
78).

Possibly a distinct species, but certainly very close to
P. humerosus (Smith).

Paracolletes rebellis , Cockerell.

Three from Nat. Mus. Victoria (113, 114, 115), one from
Woodend, the others without locality.

Paracolletes melbournensis , Cockerell.

Rutherglen, Victoria ( French ; Froggatt coll. 193); no
locality (Nat. Mus. Victoria, 101).

Paracolletes leai , Cockerell.

Wilson's Promontory, Christmas 1905 ( J . A. Kershaw ,
Nat. Mus. Viet. 264) ; Buchan, Jan. 20, 1907 (Nat. Mus.
Viet. 81) ; King I., Tasmania {J. A . Kershaw ; Nat. Mus.
Viet. 204, 205, 208).

Paracolletes tuberculatus , Cockerell.

Oakleigh ( B . Hill ; Nat. Mus. Viet. 79) ; no locality
(Nat. Mus. Viet. 82).

Paracolletes argentifrons , Smith, var. a.

W. Australia (F. Duboulay , Nat. Mus. Viet. 73).

Records of Bees.

141

Paracolletes providus, Smith.

Near Melbourne (Nat. Mus. Viet. 262) ; no locality
(Nat. Mus. Viet. 87) ; N.S. Wales ( J . A. Kershaw , N.it.
Mus. Viet. 83).

Paracolletes viridicinclus, Cockerell.

Croydon, Jan. 11, 1909 (S. W. Fulton ; Nat. Mus. Viet.
91, 92, 94). Perhaps not quite typical, but not to be
separated.

Parasphecodes venniculatus , sp. n.

d . — Length 9 mm.

Parallel-sided, not very slender; head, thorax, and the
long antennae black ; clypeus with the apical part broadly
cream-colour, the light area coming to a point in middle
above ; labrum black, with the transverse projecting edge
ferruginous ; mandibles black ; tongue short and broad ;
hair of head and thorax dull greyish white, rather scanty ;
eyes strongly converging below ; mesothorax and scutellum
entirely dull and minutely granular; pleura rugulose ; area
of metathorax large, sharply bounded in middle behind,
entirely covered with strong vermiform rugse, the depressions
between them shining, and quite without a smooth posterior
margin ; tegulse dark rufous with a darker spot. Wings
hyaline, conspicuously dusky at apex ; stigma dark rufous,
nervures fuscous ; second s.m. very broad ; first r. n. meeting
second t.-c. ; third s.m. quadrate, broad above, with the
outer side bulging; outer nervures not weakened ; femora
black, with the knees red ; tibiae bright chestnut-red, the
hind ones more or less suffused with dusky ; tarsi black,
with apex of last joint red. Abdomen bright chestnut-red,
the fifth segment and beyond black or nearly ; first two
segments very minutely punctured ; suture between first
and second somewhat depressed, but not that between second
and third ; first segment wholly red ; no lateral hair-patches ;
a black patch on ventral side at extreme base.

Hab. Australia, presumably Victoria ; Nat. Mus. Victoria,
173, presented by G. F. Gill.

In my table in Ann. & Mag. Nat. HLt., Sept. 1904, this
runs to P. stuchila , Sm., differing by the densely wrinkled
base of metathorax, first abdominal segment (dorsal) entirely
red, third segment not depressed at base, and first r. n.
meeting second t.-c. Otherwise it agrees with Smith's
account of P. stuchila , and my notes on the type. The

142

Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell — Descriptions and

combination of red tibise with black tarsi is a striking
feature, and throws it entirely out of the table in Trans.
Amer. Ent. Soc., Aug. 1910.

Parasphecodes arciferus , sp. n.

$ . — Length 9 mm., expanse a little over 18.

Head, thorax, antennse, and legs black, except that the
flagellum is ferruginous beneath apically (this is not con-
spicuous), and the tarsi are obscurely reddish at apex ; hair
of head and thorax greyish white; head broad; clypeus
shining, with sparse distinct punctures and a strong median
depression ; mandibles dark red subapically ; vertex shining ;
mesothorax and scutellum densely and rather coarsely
punctured, the shining surface visible between the punctures
on scutellum and hind part of mesothorax ; tubercles densely
fringed with white hair ; area of metathorax peculiar, the
hind margin thickened and obtuse, but interrupted in middle,
so that the rather narrow area proper, which is finely
obliquely striate, has its hind edge curved on each side and
pointed in the middle, like a printer's bracket ; sides of
metathorax very hairy. Legs with pale hair, middle femora
with a fulvous tuft beneath at base; hind spur simple;
tegulae rufo-piceous. Wings hyaline, broadly dusky apically ;
stigma dark reddish, nervures sepia, third t.-c. and second

r. n. conspicuously weakened ; stigma rather small ; second

s. m. very broad, receiving first r. n. before its end; third
s.m. much broader below than above. Abdomen chestnut-
red, the basal half of first segment black, the third segment
suffused with blackish, the fourth and fifth black, the hair
at apex dark sooty ; first two segments conspicuously
punctured, the punctures well separated on middle of second ;
very small white hair-patches at sides of base of segments 2
and 3 ; fourth and following ventral segments black ; second
ventral segment with a large median tubercle.

Hab. Mordialloc, Victoria (F. P. Spry ; Nat. Mus. Viet.
256).

In the table in Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., Sept. 1904, this
falls with P „ tuchilas , Sm., and P. lichatus, Sm. In P. tuchilas
the area of metathorax is bounded by a sharp ridge, and the
hind margins of the first two abdominal segments are
darkened. In P. lichatus the metathorax is also unlike that
of P. arciferus. From all the similar species, P. arciferus is
readily known by the tubercle on the second ventral segment
of abdomen.

143

Records of Bees.

Parasphecodes fultoni, sp. n.

$ . — Length 9 mm.

Head, thorax, antennae, and legs black, with light ochra-
ceous pubescence, becoming light fulvous dorsally ; mandibles
obscurely reddish apically ; clypeus shining apically, dull
basally, strongly punctured, without a median groove ; meso-
thorax densely and finely rugoso -punctate ; scutellum
similarly punctured, but bigibbous, with a median sulcus,
the summits of the elevations shining ; area of metathorax
large, covered with strong rather wavy longitudinal rugae,
except a narrow apical band just before the semicircular
rather sharp edge ; upper part of truncation with a rather
inconspicuous but long tuft of pale hair ; inner side of tarsi
with reddish hair ; tegulae bright clear fulvous. Wings
dusky, darker apically; stigma dull ferruginous, large;
nervures sepia, third t.-c. and second r. n. weakened ; second
s.m. small ; first r. n. meeting second t.-c. ; third s.m,
broader below than above. Abdomen with the first two
segments chestnut-red (the first not black at base), very
finely punctured ; third more dusky, nearly half covered by
a large broad blackish triangular area, but hind margin
broadly red ; fourth black, with the hind margin dull red ;
apical segments black, and hair at apex black ; second and
third segments with fine white pile at extreme base laterally.

Hab. Croydon, Australia, Jan. 11, 1909 ( S . W. Fulton ;
N. Mus. Yict. 189).

Mr. Fulton, on the same day, took P. speculiferus , Ckll.
(N. Mus. Yict. 199), at Croydon ; it is very like P. fultoni,
but differs in the colour of the hair, the darker tegulae, and
the finer, not wrinkled, rugae of metathoracic area. P. fultoni
is also closely allied to P. cirriferus, Ckll., but much
smaller.

Parasphecodes plorator , Cockerell.

The original type was labelled Melbourne, but seven
specimens now before me were all collected by Mr. S. W.
Fulton at Croydon (Nat. Mus. Victoria, 90, 95, 98, 241,
242, 244, 245).

The females of the black or almost black species of
Parasphecodes known to me may be separated as follows : —

Area of metathorax without rugae plorator, Ckll.

Area of metathorax with rugae 1.

1. Apical half of abdominal venter with coarse

black hair fumidicaudus, Ckll.

Apical half of abdominal venter with light
hair

o

J44 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell — Descriptions and

2. Second ventral segment of abdomen with a

dense tuft of liair covering the slight median

elevation . noachinus, Ckll,

Second ventral segment without such a tuft of
hair; mesothorax more densely punctured. . 3.

3. Tubercle on second ventral segment low ;

abdomen wholly black dissimulator , Ckll.

Tubercle on second ventral segment high ;
first three segments of abdomen very dark
red atrorufescens, Ckll.

There is one other species, P. carbonarius ( Halictus
carbonarius , Smith). This is nearest to P. noachinus, but
smaller, with more dark hair on the legs.

Parasphecodes fumidicaudus, sp. n.

$ . — Length 10J mm.

Pitch-black (including the legs), flagellum reddish at
apex ; pubescence black, more or less pallid on cheeks and
sides of metathorax, and tubercles with a dense pale fringe ;
clypeus prominent, with sparse strong punctures and (to-
ward base) much smaller ones, and a median depression ;
fringe below clypeus wholly dark ; mesothorax moderately
shining, distinctly and rather closely punctured, more
sparsely on the disc posteriorly ; scutellum bigibbous, with
minute punctures, and scattered larger ones ; area of meta-
thorax rather strongly obliquely ridged, with a thickened
margin interrupted in middle, much as in arciferus. Legs
with dark hair ; tegulae black. Wings dilute fuliginous,
nervures and the rather small stigma vex’y dark reddish;
second s.m. very broad ; first r. n. meeting second t.-c. ;
second r. n. and third t.-c. thin. First two abdominal seg-
ments distinctly but not very densely punctured ; apex with
black hair.

Hab. Stradbroke Island, Queensland, Oct, 2, 1911
(H. Hacher , Queensl. Mus. 21).

Parasphecodes noachinus , sp. n.

9 . — Length 11 mm., expanse about 20

Black (including the legs), flagellum with the apical half
very obscurely reddish beneath ; hair of head and thorax
pale grey, with much black on face, front, vertex, mesothorax,
and scutellum; clypeus longitudinally grooved, with very
strong punctures, and some small ones ; front and vertex
shining ; mesothorax shining, but not brilliantly, strongly
but not very densely punctured, quite sparsely at sides of
middle ; scutellum bigibbous, shining, and sparsely punc-
tured ; area of metathorax delicately obliquely striate, the

145

Records of Bees.

hind margin swollen and obtuse, interrupted in middle.
Legs with dull white hair, dark fuscous on outer side of
middle and hind tibiae ; hind spur simple ; tegulae black.
Wings dilute brownish, stigma and nervures very dark
reddish brown ; second s.m. broad, about square ; first r. n.
joining second t.-c. ; outer nervures thin but dark. Abdo-
men shining, finely punctured, the hind margins of: the
segments broadly smooth and impunctate ; the first segment
has a smooth impunctate area on each side ; hair at apex
black, of venter white to end of fourth segment ; the
second abdominal segment is very finely white-ciliate at
0^ trom c base

Hab. Ararat, Victoria (W. F. Hill ; N. Mus. Viet. 78,
80). Two specimens.

Parasphecodes dissimulator , sp. n.

$ . — Length about 11 mm.

Black, including legs ; flagellum rather bright ferruginous
at apex ; clypeus shining, sparsely and irregularly punctured,
with a median sulcus; front roughened, hardly shining ;
hair of head and thorax dull white, mixed with fuscous on
front of head, and to some extent on disc of thorax ; meso-
thorax densely punctured, shining between the punctures ;
scutellum flattened, closely punctured, not bigibbous ; area
of metathorax of the same type as in P. noachinus, but the
striae very feeble. Legs with rather more dark hair than
in P. noachinus , the hind tibiae with a band of red-brown
hair on outer side, hind basitarsus with a brush of red hair
at end ; tegulae rufo-piceous. Wings strongly dusky,
nervures and stigma ferruginous ; second s.m. broad,
receiving first r. n. at its apical corner. Abdomen nearly
as in the allied species, the punctures on second segment
small and not at all dense ; hair at apex black, of venter
pale; second ventral segment with a slight elevation.

Hab. One specimen labelled Carrom, Victoria ( French ;
Froggatt coll. 176).

Parasphecodes atrorufescens , sp. n.

? . — Length 10 mm.

Robust, black, with the first three abdominal segments
very dark red ; flagellum black, very faintly reddish at end ;
clypeus shining, with a slender median groove and sparse
only moderately large punctures; front dullish, granular,
but shining below middle ocellus ; hair of head and thorax
as in P. dissimulator ; mesothorax densely, rather coarsely

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xiii. 10

14G

Sir G. F. Hampson on new

punctured; scutelium slightly bigibbous, with small well-
separated punctures on a shining surface ; base of meta-
thorax of the same type as that of P. noachinus. Legs with
much dark hair, covering outer side of middle and hind
tibiae and tarsi ; brush at apex of hind basitarsi dark ;
tegulae black. Wings dusky, very strongly so apically ;
stigma and nervures piceous ; second s.m. very broad, re-
ceiving first r. n. well before its end. Abdomen shining,
the first two segments finely punctured, the first more closely
than the second; hair at apex black; of venter, to end of
fourth segment, glistening silvery ; second ventral segment
with a very large tubercle, the posterior slope of which is
beset with silvery hairs.

Hab. Purnong (S. W. Fulton ; Nat. Mus. Victoria, 138).

Andrena bateice , Cockerell.

Anirena batesice , Cockerell, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. xxxvi. p. 248.

Cyprus.

Following, I believe, an erroneous label, I wrote batesice ,
and the collector's name Miss Bates, although I ought to
have known better, being well aware of the brilliant work
of Miss Dorothea Bate in Cyprus.

Ccelioxys ducalis, Smith.

Professor C. F. Baker sends me this fine species, collected
by himself at Los Banos, Philippine Islands. At the same
locality he has also taken both sexes of C. philippensis,
Bingham.

Xylocopa morio callichlora, Cockerell, variety a.

Apical half of anterior wings suffused with coppery red.
Three females; Guayaquil, Ecuador, May to June, 1913
(C. T. Brues). X. callichlora probably deserves to rank as a
distinct species.

X IV. — Descriptions of new Genera and Species of Noctuidae.
By Sir George F. Hampson, Bart., F.Z.S.
[Continued from vol. xii. p. 601.]

Cucullianm.

2122 b. Cucullia nubipicta , sp. n.

g . Head and thorax blue-grey mixed with fuscous brown ;
tegulae with two dark lines at middle and one near tips ;
palpi with blackish streaks at sides except towards tip ;
pectus whitish tinged with red-brown ; abdomen grey tinged

147

Genera and Species of Noctuidse.

with dark brown, the ventral surface whitish tinged with
red-brown. Fore wing blue-grey irrorated with blackish ;
a slight blackish streak on costa towards base ; antemedial
line blackish, diffused to submedian fold, then slight,
strongly angled inwards on vein 1 and outwards above inner
margin, the inner area beyond it tinged with fuscous ; a
slight black point in upper part of middle of cell ; reniform
hardly traceable, with slight black streak above and minute
black points on inner and outer sides above, a small black
spot above it on costa with the indistinct dark post medial
line arising from it, strongly bent outwards below costa,
then waved, very oblique below vein 4 and angled inwards
in submedian fold to near the antemedial line, then outwards
at vein 1 ; the costal area tinged with fuscous towards apex ;
subterminal line very indistinct, dark, incurved below vein 4,
some dark suffusion beyond it at discal fold and below
vein 2 ; a terminal series of black striae. Hind wing semi-
hyaline white, the veins tinged with brown especially towards
termen ; the underside with the costa irrorated with brown
except towards base.

Hab. Br. E. Africa, Aberdare Mts., 8000' ( Neave ), 1 $
type. Exp. 44 mm.

2188 b. Callierges peruviana , sp. n.

Antennae of male with the apical part simple ; the branches
long on inner side, very short on outer.

cf . Head white and dark brown ; antennae dark brown ;
thorax blue-grey mixed with dark brown, the tegulae with
white line near tips, which are black-brown ; tarsi black-
brown ringed with white; abdomen grey dorsally suffused
with dark reddish brown, ventrally irrorated with brown.
Fore wing blue-grey irrorated with dark brown and striated
with black, the medial area suffused with dark brown ex-
tending obliquely to costa near apex ; a curved black streak
below base of cell ; antemedial line absent ; claviform large,
defined by black ; orbicular grey irrorated with brown and
defined by black except above, extending to below the cell ;
reniform grey irrorated with brown and defined by black
except on upper part of outer side, rather rounded ; post-
medial line black, oblique to vein 6, then inwardly oblique,
strongly dentate and incurved in submedian interspace to
near the claviform ; subterminal line represented by a dark
shade between veins 7 and 4 and an oblique black streak
from above vein 2 to submedian fold ; a fine dark line
expanding into spots at the interspaces; a fine white line at
base of cilia. Hind wing white, the marginal areas suffused
with reddish brown, the veins black-brown ; a small black

10*

148

Sir G. F. Hampson on new

discoidal spot ; cilia with a brown line through them ; the
underside with the costal area irrorated with brown, a post-
medial series of short black streaks on the veins.

Bab. Peru, Acopampa (Watkins), 1 £ type. Eocp .

34 mm.

2378 a. Derthisa hcemapasta, sp. n.

? . Head and thorax ochreous white faintly tinged with
rufous, the metathorax rufous at extremity ; antennae
brownish ; palpi brown at base; abdomen ochreous white
tinged with brown, the anal tuft rufous. Fore wing ochreous
white tinged with rufous ; the basal area suffused with
blood-red and with a slight dark streak above inner margin ;
subbasal line represented by black striae from costa and cell ;
antemedial line blackish, obliquely excurved and slightly
sinuous ; the cell and area before the postmedial line from
costa to vein 2 suffused with blood-red ; orbicular and reni-
form ochreous white with some blood-red in centres, defined
at sides by blackish, the former rounded and conjoined to a
similar spot on and below median nervure, the latter con-
stricted at middle and extending to well below the cell ;
postmedial line blackish, oblique to vein 7, then somewhat
dentate, slightly incurved at discal fold and strongly below
vein 3 ; subterminal line whitish, defined on inner side by
blood-red towards costa, excurved below vein 7 and at
middle, incurved and slightly waved below vein 4 ; a terminal
series of small dark brown lunules ; cilia dark brown at tips.
Hind wing uniform ochreous white.

Hab. Tripoli, Cyrene ( Sladden ), 1 $ type, j Exp. 36 mm.

2688 a, Amathes tripolensis , sp. n.

$ . Head and thorax purplish red-brown mixed with some
grey ; palpi and sides of frons black-brown ; pectus except
in frons and hind legs whitish tinged with red-brown ; abdo-
men whitish suffused with ochreous brown. Fore wing bright
purplish red-brown slightly irrorated with dark scales ; ante-
medial line slight, dark, excurved below costa, then indistinctly
double filled in with 'whitish and obliquely excurved ; orbi-
cular an oblique dark bar ; reniform a blackish-brown lunule ;
postmedial line indistinctly double, dark filled in nith
whitish, somewhat excurved to vein 4, then incurved ; sub-
terminal line represented by a series of minute dark spots in
the interspaces, slightly excurved below vein 7 ; a terminal
series of small dark spots, llind wing white faintly tinged
with brown ; a small blackish discoidal spot, diffused dark

149

Genera and Species o/Noctuidae.

subterminal line and slight terminal line; the underside
with the costal area tinged with red-brown, some dark points
on termen towards apex.

Hab. Tripoli, Cyrene ( Sladden ), 1 $ type. Exp. 38 mm.

Aceontctinje.

2867 a. Trachea normalis , sp. n.

S . Head and thorax pale reddish brown mixed with
fuscous ; tarsi blackish ringed with white ; abdomen ochreous
tinged with brown. Fore wing ochreous thickly irrorated
with brown and blackish; subbasal line represented by
double black striae from costa and cell, some black beyond
it below the costa ; antemedial line black defined on inner
side by ochreous, curved, waved; claviform defined by rather
diffused black, short ; orbicular and reniform defined by
black, the former round, the latter open above and with
slight black streaks beyond it above and below vein 6 ;
medial line represented by a small black spot on the costa
and diffused line from lower angle of cell to inner margin;
postmedial line black, double at costa, bent outwards below
costa, then dentate, incurved below vein 4, the costa beyond
it blackish with some pale points ; subterminal line blackish,
slightly angled outwards at vein 7 and excurved at veins 4,
3 ; a terminal series of small black lunules ; cilia with a
black line at middle. Hind wing white, the termen tinged
with brown ; a dark terminal lme; cilia white mixed with
brown ; the underside with the costal and terminal areas
irrorated with brown, a small blackish discoidal spot and
postmedial line excurved below the costa.

Hab. Transvaal, Pretoria (Zutrencka) , 1 £ type. Exp.
38 mm.

2876 a. Trachea leucura , sp. n.

Abdomen of male with very large white genital tufts ;
both wings on underside slightly clothed with ferruginous
hair and scales to beyond middle.

S . Head, thorax, and abdomen cupreous red-brown, the
last with very large white genital tuft of hair ; tarsi dark
brown ringed with white. Fore wing cupreous red-brown ;
a white point at base of cell and small subbasal spots below
costa and cell, the lower with a dark streak beyond it in
submedian fold to below origin of vein 2 ; small antemedial
white spots below costa and in submedian fold ; orbicular
represented by three white points with a dark streak beyond
them to the reniform, which is defined by seven white points ;

150

Sir G. F. Hampton on new

a small white spot on costa above end of cell with some points
beyond it ; a small postmedial spot on inner margin ; small
subterminal white spots below costa, on vein 4 and above
tornus with white points on slight dark marks between
them ; a fine terminal dark line with white points at the
veins and a fine white line at base of cilia. Hind wing pale
cupreous brown ; a fine dark terminal line and whitish line
at base of cilia. Underside of both wings with the basal
half suffused with rufous ; fore wing with dark postmedial
line slightly excurved at middle ; hind wing with dark dis-
coidal lunule, postmedial line and traces of subterminal line
towards costa.

Hab. Gold Coast, Bibianaha ( SpurreU)} 1 type. Exp.
36 mm.

2878 a. Trachea phcenicolopha, sp. n.

$ . Head and thorax red-brown, the prothoracic crest
with some white at tips, the patagia with some white scales ;
antennae blackish ; pectus and legs rufous, the tarsi blackish
ringed with white ; abdomen bright rufous with some whitish
at base, the lateral tufts from base of abdomen deep purple-
red. Fore wing bright red-brown suffused in parts with
dark brown ; a small tuft of white scales at base of vein 1 ;
subbasal line double, black filled in with pure white, waved,
from costa to vein 1 ; antemedial line indistinct, double,
dark, waved, with small pure white spots on it at and below
costa, in submedian fold, and on vein 1 ; orbicular with
white spot at middle and four white spots defined by blackish
at its angles ; reniforrn with white spot in upper part,
irregular spot in lower part, lunule at middle of outer edge,
and seven small white spots in its circumference, all defined
by blackish ; postmedial line indistinctly double, dark, filled
in with white at and below7 costa and towards inner margin,
bent outwards below costa, then slightly waved, incurved at
discal fold and oblique below vein 4, some white points
beyond it on costa; subterminal line with a bifid wdiite spot
at costa, then represented by a series of minute white spots
defined on inner side by dentate blackish marks, oblique
below vein 3 ; a fine black terminal line with white points
at the veins. Hind wing whitish suffused with red-brown,
especially on terminal area ; a fine dark terminal line ; the
underside whiter, a dark discoidal lunule, crenulate post-
medial line from costa to vein 2, and dark subterminal
shade from costa to vein 4.

Hab . Lorenzo Marques, 1 J type. Exp. 36 mm.

Genera and Species e/Noctuidje.

151

3105 a. Perigea gypsina , sp. n.

$ . Head and tegulae rufous mixed with whitish, the
latter with slight rufous medial line and blackish tips ;
antennas ringed brown and whitish towards base ; thorax
and abdomen white ; legs suffused with rufous, the fore
tarsi blackish with pale rings. Fore wing white ; some pale
rufous on base of costa and below the cell ; an oblique
wedge-shaped rufous antemedial patch from costa to median
nervure with traces of an oblique sinuous line from it to
inner margin ; orbicular and reniform represented by con-
fluent white patches, the former with curved rufous mark
below it and rufous above it on costa ; a rufous striga defined
on each side by white from middle of costa ; an oblique
wedge-shaped postmedial patch from costa to vein 2, above
which it is connected with the termen by a diffused fascia ;
postmedial line indistinct and dark on the rufous area, then
almost obsolete, bent outwards below costa, then dentate and
produced to a double series of blackish points with whitish
points between them, some white points beyond it on costa;
an oblique wedge-shaped rufous patch from termen below
apex and a terminal series of black points. Hind wing
white suffused with brown except at base and on inner area,
darker towards termen ; a terminal series of blackish striae
defined on inner side by white ; cilia white, brown towards
apex ; the underside white, the costal area and terminal area
to vein 2 irrorated with pale rufous, a bright rufous apical
patch and terminal series of small black luuules from apex
to vein 2.

Hab. Gold Coast, Kumasi (Sanders), 1 $ type. Exp.
40 mm.

3141 a. Perigea cupricolora , sp. n.

S . Head and thorax cupreous red slightly mixed with
blackish ; palpi with some black at side ; tarsi blackish with
pale rings ; abdomen grey-brown, the ventral surface red-
brown. Fore wing cupreous red-brown, the base and costal
half to the postmedial line with some fuscous suffusion, the
veins with dark streaks ; subbasal line represented by two
dark striae from costa ; antemedial line very indistinct,
double, w aved ; claviform a minute black spot ; orbicular
very faintly delined by brown; reniform very faintly defined
by brown and some black points, irregular, extending to
below the cell ; an oblique siuuous line from lower angle of
cell to inner margin ; postmedial line dark, slightly waved,
excurvcd to vein 4, then incurved, a series of minute black

152

Sir G. F. Hampson on new

points beyond it on the veins; snbterminal line blackish,
waved, excurved below vein 7 and at middle ; a fine black
terminal line and pale line at base of cilia. Hind wing
whitish suffused with brown especially on terminal area ;
cilia whitish tinged with rufous ; the underside brownish
white, the costal area suffused with rufous, a dark discoidal
bar and postmedial line except on inner area.

Hab. Br.E. Africa, Nairobi [Anderson), 1 $ type. Exp .
34 mm.

3144 a. Rerig ea violas cens, sp. n.

$ . Head and thorax dark brown mixed with purple-grey;
tarsi blackish with pale rings ; abdomen grey suffused with
fuscous brown, the crests blackish. Fore wing dark brown
thickly irrorated with purple-grey and with a slight cupreous
gloss ; antemedial line blackish defined on inner side by
grey, double at costa, sinuous, incurved at vein 1 ; orbicular
and reniform with grey annuli, the former small, round, the
latter figure-of-eight shaped ; an indistinct sinuous dark
medial line ; postmedial line blackish defined on outer side
by grey, dentate and produced to short streaks on the veins,
excurved to vein 4, then incurved, some white points beyond
it on costa; subterminal line purple-grey defined on inner
side by dark brown suffusion, excurved below vein 7 and
at middle ; a terminal series of grey points. Hind wing
dark brown with a cupreous gloss ; a terminal series of black
striae with whitish points at the veins ; the underside blue-
grey thickly irrorated with brown, an indistinct diffused
curved postmedial line from costa to vein 2 and faint sub-
terminal shade.

Hab. C. China, Chungking ( W . R. Brown), 1 ? type.
Exp. 30 mm.

3182 a. Oligia hypoxantha , sp. n.

Mid and hind coxae of male with large tufts of black-brown
hair ; abdomen with tuft of reddish-ochreous hair on ventral
surface towards extremity ; wings on underside clothed with
ochreous androconia to near termen.

Head and thorax red-brown mixed with ochreous white ;
palpi with the second joint whitish at extremity; abdomen
brown mixed with ochreous white, the ventral surface
ochreous. Fore wing dark red-brown mixed with pale
ochreous ; antemedial line indistinct, double, brown filled in
with ochreous, sinuous ; orbicular and reniform with slight
ochreous annuli defined by black, the former round ; an indis-
tinct sinuous brown medial line ; postmedial line indistinct,

153

Genera and Species o/Noctuidse.

brown, bent outwards below costa, slightly incurved at discal
fold and incurved below vein 4; subterminal line indistinct,
brown, slightly excurved below vein 7 and at middle ; a ter-
minal series of dark points. Hind wing reddish brown.
Underside of both wings clothed with ochreous androconia,
the terminal areas brown mixed with whitish ; fore wing
with slight dark postmedial line excurved below costa ; hind
wing with black discoidal point.

Hab. Gold Coast, Bibianaha ( Spurrell ), 1 $ type ; S.
Nigeria, Olokemeji ( Dudgeon ), 1 <$ , 4 $ . Exp. 24-26 mm.

3182 b. Oligia atrivitta , sp. n.

Femora of male with tufts of hair ; fore wing with the
retinaculum formed by a friuge of scales ; hind wing on
underside with the basal half of costal area and the cell
thickly clothed with rufous scales.

S . Head reddish ochreous, the frons with blackish bars
at middle and above ; antennae brown ; palpi black-brown,
whitish in front ; thorax and abdomen black-brown, the
tegulae edged with reddish ochreous; pectus and legs reddish
ochreous, the tufts of hair on femora black, the tibiae and
tarsi banded with blackish. Fore wing with the basal and
postmedial areas reddish ochreous irrorated with brown, the
antemedial, medial, and terminal areas dark brown ; sub-
basal line blackish, curved, from costa to vein 1 ; antemedial
line blackish, curved ; orbicular with blackish outline,
round ; reniform an ill-defined ochreous patch extending to
costa and defined by black on inner side ; an oblique black
patch from the cell below the orbicular to the postmedial
line, which is indistinct, double, excurved and minutely
waved to vein 2 where it is angled inwards, then oblique to
inner margin, some blue-grey beyond it on inner area ; sub-
terminal line only defined by the dark terminal area, excurved
at vein 7 and middle ; a black terminal line and fine pale
line at base of cilia. Hind wing dark brown ; some ochreous
at base ; a fine pale line at base of cilia. Underside of fore
wing with the fringe of scales on basal costal area bright
rufous ; hind wing with the rough scales on costal area and
in ceil bright rufous.

? . Fore wing with the basal and postmedial areas
browner ; the underside without rufous.

Ab. 1. ? . Fore wing with the basal and postmedial areas
more prominently reddish ochreous, the patch on inner area
beyond the postmedial line pale ochreous.

llub. Gold Coast, Bibiauaha ( Spurrell ), 1 J, 2 $ type.
Exp. 16-20 mm.

154:

Sir G. F. Hampson on new

3414 a. Eriopus argyrosema, sp. n.

$ . Head and thorax bright rufous ; antennae dark brown ;
pectus greyish ; abdomen grey-brown, the basal crest rufous.
Fore wing bright rufous ; two slight oblique whitish subbasal
lines from costa to median nervure ; antemedial line almost
medial, brown defined on inner side by whitish, inwardly
oblique and almost straight : orbicular represented by a
slight inwardly oblique whitish striga defined on outer side
by dark brown ; reniform an oblique silvery-white Y-shaped
mark defined at sides by black; a faint diffused oblique
brown line from lower angle of cell to inner margin ; post-
medial line brown, oblique and faintly defined on outer side
by whitish below vein 4, an indistinct diffused brown line
beyond it; subterminal line silvery white defined on each
side by dark brown and incurved from costa to below vein 5
and with traces of a fine waved white line beyond it, then
obsolete. Hind wing grey-brown ; cilia rufous at base,

whitish at tips ; the underside pale grey, the costal area
suffused with rufous, a dark discoidal bar and postmedial line
waved towards costa.

Hab. Peru, Chanchamayo, 1 ? type. Exp. 26 mm.

3429 a. Eriopus pyrocaut a, sp. n.

$ . Head and thorax red-brown suffused with grey-white ;
antennae dark brown ; tarsi brown ringed with white ; abdo-
men pale grey-brown, the crest on third segment fiery red.
Fore wing red-brown suffused with fiery red and slightly
irrorated with whitish, the terminal area tinged with blue-
grey ; antemedial line very indistinct, whitish, excurved to
submedian fold and angled inwards at vein 1 ; minute white
spots in middle of cell and at lower angle; postmedial line
indistinct, whitish faintly defined on each side by brown,
oblique to vein 4, then inwardly oblique, some minute white
points beyond it on costa ; a very slight oblique somewhat
sinuous bluish-white subterminal line from vein 4 to inner
margin ; a fine white line at base of cilia. Hind wing
red-brown, the inner area fiery red ; a fine white line at
base of cilia; the underside bluish white suffused with
brown.

Hab. Fr. Guiana, St. Laurent Maroni, 1 $ type. Exp.
18 mm.

3492 a. Chytonyx albiplaga, sp. n.

<$ . Head and thorax fuscous brown mixed with white and
some ochreous ; tarsi ringed with white ; abdomen ochreous

155

Genera and Species of Noctuidse.

mixed with fuscous brown, the crests black at tips. Fore
wing reddish oclireous suffused with fuscous brown, the
inner half of medial area white from just above median
nervure; traces of a double dark sinuous subbasal line from
costa to submedian fold; antemedial line very indistinct,
dark, excurved below costa and angled inwards at vein 1 ;
orbicular large, rather triangular, white, conjoined to the
white inner area ; reniform w ith obscure ochreous annulus,
its centre defined by fuscous brown ; postrnedial line in-
distinct, dark, minutely dentate, excurved from belowr costa
to vein 4, then incurved, and oblique from vein 3 to inner
margin towards tornus ; faint traces of a minutely waved
dark subterminal line ; a terminal series of minute blackish
spots. Hind wing ochreous whitish tinged with brown, the
veins and terminal area rather darker ; a diffused dark
discoidal spot ; cilia whitish ; the underside ochreous whitish
slightly irrorated with brown, a large blackish discoidal spot,
traces of a waved postrnedial line and a black terminal line
lunulate on costal half.

Hab. Formosa ( Elwes ), 1 £ type. Exp. 32 mm.

3505 a. Bryophila fulvisparsa, sp. n.

S . Head, thorax, and abdomen w hite mixed with black
and some fulvous ; antennae black ; palpi black at sides
except towards tips ; pectus and legs white mixed with brown,
the tarsi black ringed with white ; ventral surface of abdo-
men white with slight blackish segmental lines towards
extremity. Fore wing grey- white thickly irrorated with
blackish and some fulvous, the ante- and postrnedial areas
with more fulvous ; the basal costal area with some black
suffusion defined by the indistinct sinuous subbasal line
from costa to submedian fold ; antemedial line black defined
on inner side by whitish, sinuous ; orbicular and reniform
with whitish annuli, the former small, round, the latter
indistinct ; postrnedial line black defined on outer side by
whitish, waved, excurved from costa to vein 3, then strongly
incurved, some whitish points beyond it on costa; traces of
a sinuous dark subterminal line excurved below vein 7 and
at middle ; a terminal series of black striae ; cilia chequered
dark and white. Ilind wing white irrorated with luscous
brown ; a small fuscous discoidal spot, obliquely curved
postrnedial line, and faint diffused subterminal shade ; the
underside with blackish discoidal lunule and waved curved
postrnedial line.

Hab. U.S.A., Utah, Eureka (Spalding), 2 type. Exp.
30 mm.

156

Sir G. F. Ilampson on new

352 7 a. Bryophila ancemica , sp. n.

$ . Head and tliorax white tinged with brown and irro-
rated with a few blackish scales ; antennae blackish ; palpi
with some black at side of second joint ; tarsi black ringed
with white ; abdomen white tinged with fuscous, the crests
blackish. Fore wing white tinged with brown and in parts
with yellowish and slightly irrorated with blackish ; a black
streak below submedian fold from base to the antemedial
line and between the ante- and postmedial lines ; a slight
blackish subbasal streak in the cell ; antemedial line in-
distinct, blackish, angled outwards below the costa and
submedian fold and inwards below the cell and at vein 1 ;
orbicular and reniform small brownish spots with faint
whitish annuli ; postmedial line very indistinct, blackish,
bent outwards below costa and oblique from vein 4 to sub-
median fold ; traces of an oblique subterminal line with
short black streaks beyond it above and below vein 5 and
below vein 2 ; a terminal series of minute black spots ; cilia
with series of blackish spots at middle and tips. Hind wing
white tinged with reddish brown ; cilia white with a
brownish line near base ; the underside with slight brownish
discoidal spot and sinuous postmedial line excurved below
the costa.

Hah. Algeria, Batna ( Eaton ), 1 $ type. Exp. 26 mm.

3700 a. Acronycta lilacina, sp. n.

$ . Head and thorax purple-grey mixed with dark brown ;
palpi with the first and second joints black except at tips ;
tarsi dark brown with pale rings ; abdomen grey suffused with
brown. Fore wing purple-grey mixed with dark brown ; an
indistinct curved blackish subbasal line from costa to median
nervure ; a black streak in submedian fold from base to the
antemedial line towards which it forks ; antemedial line
dark, indistinct except at costa, oblique, sinuous, angled
inwards below the cell and slightly at vein 1 ; some rufous
beyond it below the cell ; orbicular and reniform absent ;
a black streak above terminal part of median nervure to just
beyond the cell, with a slight streak below its extremity and
some diffused rufous beyond the cell ; a dark shade from
costa to upper angle of cell ; postmedial line black defined
on inner side by pale grey, dentate, strongly excurved below
costa, angled inwards at discal fold and strongly in sub-
median fold, some white points beyond it on costa and a
wedge-shaped dark shade from before it, to termen in sub-
median fold ; a terminal series of lunulate blackish spots ;

157

Genera and Species o/Noctuiclae.

cilia whitish mixed with brown. Hind wing whitish suffused
with brown ; cilia whitish with a blackish line through
them; the underside grey irrorated with dark brown, a
slight dark discoidal spot, rather diffused waved postmedial
line indistinct except towards costa, and faint subterminal
shade.

Hab. C. China, [Chungking ( W . R. Brown \ 1 ? type.
Exp. 30 mm.

3880 a. Lophotarsia minuta, sp. n.

Head and thorax grey-brown ; antennae blackish ; tarsi
black ringed with white ; abdomen grey-brown suffused witli
black, the anal tuft ochreous. Fore wing reddish brown
suffused with fuscous and irrorated with grey ; traces of a
curved dark antemedial line ; the orbicular and reniform
represented by some grey scales ; faint traces of a curved
postmedial line; subterminal line represented by some
minute blackish streaks in the interspaces ; a terminal series
of black points. Hind wing pure white, the costa tinged
with brown towards apex ; the underside with the costal
area irrorated with brown, a terminal series of dark points
except towards tornus.

Hab. N. Nigeria, Minna ( Macfie ), 1 <?, 1 ? type. Exp .
20 mm.

3913 a. Amphidrina melanosema, sp. n.

?. Head and thorax white tinged with rufous; palpi
pale rufous with some blackish at sides ; legs pale rufous,
the fore tibiae black, the tarsi black with pale rings ; abdo-
men greyish tinged with rufous and irrorated with blackish.
Fore wing pale purplish grey tinged in parts with rufous
and irrorated with blackish ; antemedial line indistinct,
double, blackish, oblique and slightly sinuous ; orbicular
a minute black spot defined by whitish ; reniform black
with whitish annulus, produced at lower extremity, a blackish
patch above it on costa ; postmedial line double, black filled
in with whitish, oblique to vein G and slightly incurved below
vein 4 ; a terminal series of minute black lunules. Hind
wing fuscous brown with a cupreous gloss ; cilia whitish
tinged with brown ; the underside grey-white irrorated with
blackish, a small black discoidal spot and curved postmedial
line.

Hab. Lorenzo Marques, 1 ? type. Exp. 34 mm.

3933 a. Athelis atrispherica , sp. n.

3 . Head aud thorax red-brown ; antennae with dark
rings ; palpi black at sides except at tips; tarsi black ringed

158

Sir G. F. Hampson on new

with white ; abdomen grey suffused with dark brown. Fore
wing glossy red-brown tinged with grey and with slight dark
irroration ; subbasal line indistinctly double, blackish, from
costa to submedian fold, antemedial line double, blackish,
slightly angled outwards at subcostal nervure, then sinuous ;
orbicular a black point with whitish annulus ; reniform
oblique elliptical, velvety black with slight whitish an-
nulus ; a sinuous blackish medial line; postmedial line black,
excurved from below costa to vein 4, then incurved, a series
of black points beyond it on the veins and some pale points
on the costa ; subterminal line blackish slightly defined on
outer side by whitish, somewhat excurved below vein 7 ; a
terminal series of black points and a fine whitish line at base
of cilia. Hind wing reddish brown ; a small blackish
discoidal spot ; a fine pale line at base of cilia ; the underside
whitish tinged and irrorated with brown, a small discoidal
spot and rather diffused curved postmedial line.

Hab. Br. E. Africa, Nairobi ( Anderson ), 2 $ type.
Exp. 32 mm.

3992. Athetis melanopis, Hmpsn., nec 3917.

Rename A. melanosema.

4174 a. Monodes discisigna , sp. n.

$ . Head and thorax ochreous mixed with brown ; an-
tennae ringed with blackish ; palpi with some black at sides ;
fore and mid tibiae and tarsi streaked with black ; abdomen
ochreous suffused with brown, the basal crest black at tip,
the anal tuft rufous. Fore wing ochreous suffused in parts
with rufous and irrorated with blackish, the area beyond the
ceil suffused with darker brown between veins 5 and 2 ; the
interspaces of terminal area with slight dark streaks except
towards apex and tornus ; subbasal line represented by two
blackish striae from costa and two black points below the
cell ; antemedial line represented by a blackish striga from
costa and small black spot below origin of vein 2 ; the
terminal part of median nervure streaked with white ; a
diffused black-brown spot in middle of cell and round
blackish patch beyond the cell ; postmedial line represented
by a series of blackish points, oblique to the patch beyond
the cell, then incurved and with small black spot below
vein 2, some slight black streaks beyond it on costa; sub-
terminal line represented by a series of minute blackish
spots, excurved below vein 7, then oblique; a terminal series
of black points ; cilia with series of blackish points at middle
and tips. Hind wing white tinged with red-brown especially

159

Genera and Species of Noctuidae.

on apical part of terminal area ; the underside with the
costal and terminal areas irrorated with brown.

Hab . Jamaica, Cinchona (Kaye), 1 $ type. Exp. 28 mm.

4211 a. Monodes streptisema} sp. n.

$ . Head, thorax, and abdomen yellow mixed with pale
red-brown ; antennae blackish ; palpi blackish with the ex-
tremities of the second and third joints white ; tarsi ringed
with white; abdomen with some white at base of dorsum.
Fore wing yellow mixed with red-brown ; subbasal line white
defined at sides by black scales, angled inwards at median
nervure and ending at vein 1 ; an oblique blackish shade
from submedian fold to inner margin before the antemedial
line, which is white defined at sides by some black scales,
angled outwards below costa and submedian fold and in-
wards in the cell; orbicular white defined by black, small,
round ; reniform defined by black except above, its upper
part yellowish, its lower part white, constricted at middle ;
postmedial line white defined at sides by red-brown, forming
a small spot at costa, bent outwards below the costa and
touching the upper part of reniform, then minutely waved,
some white points beyond it on the costa; subterminal line
yellowish defined on each side by diffused red-brown, forming
an oblique bar from costa to discal fold where it is in-
terrupted, then forming an almost terminal band ; a terminal
series of black points. Hind wing red-brown with a
cupreous gloss ; cilia whitish with a red-brown line through
them; the underside whitish irrorated with brown especially
on costal area, a small brown discoidal spot and postmedial
line slightly waved towards costa.

Hab. N.E. Peru, Huancabamba, Cerro del Pasco, 1 S
type. Exp. 20 mm.

Genus Nanamonodes, nov.

Type, N. albilinea.

Proboscis fully developed ; palpi upturned, the second joint
reaching to vertex of head and moderately scaled, the third
short ; frons smooth ; eyes large, round ; antennae of male
ciliated ; build slender; thorax clothed almost entirely with
scales and without crests ; tibiae smoothly scaled ; abdomen
with dorsal crests on basal segments. Fore wing rather long
and narrow, the apex rounded, the termen evenly curved and
not crenulate; veins 3 and 5 from near angle of cell ; 6 from
upper angle; 7 and 9 absent ; 10, 11 from cell. Hind wing
with veins 3,4 coincident; 5 obsolescent from middle of
discocellulars ; 6, 7 from upper angle of cell ; 8 anasto-
mosing with the cell near base only.

160

Sir G. F. Hampson on new

4307 o . Nanamonodes albilinea , sp. n.

S . Head and thorax brown mixed with grey- white ; palpi
blackish ; tarsi blackish with pale rings ; abdomen fuscous
brown, the anal tuft whitish, the ventral surface grey. Fore
wing grey suffused with brown and irrorated with blackish
especially on basal and terminal areas ; antemedial line
white defined by black scales, almost medial, curved ; a black
spot at lower angle of cell touching the postmedial line
which is white defined by black scales, oblique to discal fold,
then inwardly oblique ; a dark subterminal shade and a
terminal series of minute black spots. Hind wing greyish
brown ; the underside whitish tinged with brown.

Hab. Venezuela, 1 $ type. Exp. 14 mm.

4470 a. Calymniodes pygmcea, sp. n.

$ . Head and thorax pale rufous ; antennae dark brown ;
abdomen grey-brown. Fore wing yellowish suffused with
fiery red and slightly irrorated with blackish scales, the
postmedial area brownish white shading to brown before
the subterminal line ; antemedial line whitish defined on
outer side by brown, oblique, curving round at inner margin
and meeting the postmedial line, which is white defined on
inner side by brown and almost evenly excurved ; sub-
terminal line whitish defined on inner side by rather diffused
brown, angled outwards at vein 6 and excurved at middle.
Hind wing grey-brown ; cilia with a fine white line at base ;
the underside whitish suffused with brown especially on
terminal area, a dark discoidal spot, and indistinct diffused
curved postmedial line.

Hab. Fr. Guiana, St. Laurent Maroni, 1 ? type. Exp.
26 mm.

4531 a. Closteromorpha cupreiplaga, sp. n.

Closteromorpha reniplaga , Hmpsn. Cat. Lep. Phal. B.M. ix. p. 177, $
(nec d).

Head, thorax, and abdomen ochreous suffused with bright
rufous. Fore wing leaden-grey tinged with rufous, the
basal area suffused with rufous except at inner margin ;
antemedial line very indistinct, blackish, slightly curved
inwards to costa and excurved at inner margin ; a large
cupreous rufous patch faintly defined by blackish, extending
on costa from end of cell to apex and down to vein 3, its
outer edge excised ; traces of a dark incurved postmedial
line from the patch to inner margin ; a terminal series of

161

Genera and Species of Noctuida?.

slight blackish lurmles and more prominent spot at sub-
median fold. Hind wing brown with a cupreous-red tinge.
Underside of both wings brownish with a cupreous-red tinge.

Hah . Br. Guiana, Demerara {Rodway), 1 $ type ; Fr.
Guiana, St. Laurent Maroni, £ in U.S. Nat. Mus. Exp.
34 mm.

4556 a. Calymnia monotona, sp. n.

$ . Head and thorax reddish brown mixed with grey ;
antennae blackish with slight pale rings; palpi blackish;
tarsi blackish ringed with white ; abdomen blackish brown.
Fore wing grey tinged with red-brown and thickly irrorated
with dark brown ; subbasal line blackish, sinuous, from costa
to submedian fold ; antemedial line blackish defined on iuner
side by grey, oblique towards costa, then slightly sinuous ;
a faint curved dark medial shade; postmedial line blackish
defined on outer side by grey, excurved to vein 6, then
slightly sinuous, some slight dark streaks and pale striae
beyond it on costa ; subterminal line grey defined on inner
side by rather diffused blackish, very slightly excurved at
vein 7 and incurved at sub median fold ; a terminal series of
black striae and fine pale line at base of cilia. Hind wing
pale reddish brown ; a terminal series of slight blackish
striae and slight pale line at base of cilia ; the underside
whitish thickly irrorated with brown, a small discoidal spot
and rather diffused curved postmedial line.

Hab. Br. E. Africa, Nairobi {Anderson), 1 $ type.
Exp. 32 mm.

4674 a. Busseola hemiphlebia, sp. n.

S . Head and thorax red-brown mixed with blackish ;
palpi and legs black-brown, the tarsi ringed with white ;
abdomen greyish brown. Fore wing pale reddish brown
irrorated with fuscous ; a darker fascia along median
nervure expanding beyond the cell to termen below apex
and tornus ; the veins of costal half with fine grey streaks;
a slight black streak in basal half of submedian fold ; white
points defined by a few black scales in and beyond lower
angle of cell ; a curved postmedial series of slight black
points; an oblique subterminal series of slight blackish
marks in the interspaces from below vein 7 to above 3; a
terminal series of black points. Hind wing brown with
a cupreous gloss; a fine dark terminal line; cilia whitish
tinged with brown ; the underside whitish suffused with
brown, the costal area darker.

Hab. N. Nigeria, Kateregi ( Macfie ), 1 £ type. Exp .
26 mm.

Ann. dc Mag. N. Ilist. Ser. 8. Vol. xiii.

11

162

Sir G. F. Hampson on new

4675 a. Busseola mesophcea, sp. n.

Head, thorax, and abdomen pale brown mixed with black;
pectns, mid and hind legs and ventral surface of abdomen
pale brown. Fore wing pale brown irrorated with blackish,
the medial area suffused with black; diffused reddish-brown
fasciae in submedian fold and in discal fold beyond the cell ;
subbasal line black, from costa to submedian fold ; ante-
medial line rather diffused, black defined on inner side by
whitish, waved, oblique to submedian fold ; orbicular and
reniform with indistinct whitish annuli, the former round ;
in indistinct diffused sinuous black medial line; postmedial
line black defined on outer side by whitish, produced to
slight streaks on the veins, oblique to vein 5, then incurved ;
subterminal line formed by small blackish lunules defined
on outer side by whitish, angled outwards at vein 7 ; a
terminal series of black striae and fine pale line at base of
cilia. Hind wing white tinged with reddish brown ; the
underside with small blackish discoidal spot, indistinct post-
medial line with minute black streaks at the veins, and
terminal series of black striae.

ffab. N. Nigeria, Minna [Macfie), 5^,1? type. Exp.
26 mm.

4675 b. Busseola cuprescens , sp. n.

£ . Head and thorax cupreous brown mixed with ochreous ;
antennae, palpi, and legs brown ; tarsi ringed with white ;
abdomen ochreous suffused with brown. Fore wing ochreous
suffused with cupreous brown; an antemedial dark point
on vein 1 ; some dark scales beyond lower angle of cell;
a slight oblique dark subterminal shade arising from termen
below apex. Hind wing white with a very faint brownish
tinge ; the underside writh the costal area more strongly-
tinged with brown.

Hab. N. Nigeria, Minna {Macfie), 2 £ type. Exp.

20 mm.

4675 c. Busseola holoscota, sp. n.

<$ . Head, thorax, and abdomen dark brown slightly
mixed with grey; tarsi ringed with white. Fore wing dark
brown slightly mixed with grey ; a very slight black streak
in medial part of submedian fold ; some reddish at base of
inner margin; a white point at lower angle of cell with a
few black scales round it. Hind wing dark brown ; cilia
grey-brown; the underside greyish brown.

Hab. N. Nigeria, Minna [Macfie), 2 J type. Exp.
22 mm.

Genera and Species of Noctuidye.

163

4675 c?. Busseola rufidorsata, sp. n.

$ . Head, thorax, and abdomen, dark greyish brown ;
pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen pale reddish
brown, the tarsi fuscous ringed with white. Fore wing dark
greyish brown, the area below submedian fold reddish brown ;
an indistinct reddish-brown streak in discal fold from middle
of cell to well beyond the cell where it is met by an oblique
reddish brown fascia from apex. Hind wing greyish brown;
the underside whitish tinged with brown.

Hab. N. Nigeria, Minna ( Macfie ), 1 ? type. Exp. 30 mm.

4746 a. Acrapex stictisema, sp. n.

? . Head and thorax grey-brown with a reddish tinge ;
abdomen grey-brown, the ventral surface tinged with
reddish. Fore wing pale grey-brown, the veins of costal
and terminal areas with fine grey streaks ; a faint flesh-
coloured streak in submedian fold ; a faint flesh-coloured
streak in discal fold from middle of ceil to well beyond the
cell, where it is met by a faint oblique flesh-coloured fascia
from apex ; antemedial blackish points on subcostal and
median nervures and vein 1 ; black points in and beyond
upper and lower angles of cell ; a curved postmedial series
of slight black points on veins 7 to 1 ; a terminal series of
prominent black points. Hind wing whitish tinged with
brown ; a fine blackish terminal line from apex to vein 2 ;
cilia whitish.

Hab. Dutch N. Guinea, Iwaka R. ( Wollaston ), 1 $ type.

Exp. 40 ram.

4760 a. Sesamia steniptera, sp. n.

Fore wing very narrow, the apex produced and the termen
oblique.

£ . Head and thorax whitish tinged with grey ; antennae
blackish except towards base ; palpi, front of pectus, and
fore legs blackish ; abdomen whitish. Fore wing pale flesh-
pink ; the costal area tinged with grey to beyond middle ;
the basal inner area pale grey ; a faint oblique subterminal
grey shade between veins 6 and 2 ; cilia pale grey. Hind
wing white.

Hab. Transvaal, Johannesburg ( Cooke ), 1 £ type. Exp.

30 mm.

4762 a. Sesamia fuscifrontia, sp. n.

d . Head and thorax ochreous; palpi, frons, and fore legs
fuscous brown ; mid legs tinged with brown ; abdomen

11*

164

Sir G. F. Hampson on new

ochreous whitish. Fore wing ochreous slightly irrorated
with brown, more thickly on terminal area except towards
tornus ; the veins faintly streaked with whitish towards
apex. Hind wing ochreous white ; the underside with the
costal area tinged with brown except towards base.

Hab. Br. E. Africa, N. Kavirondo, Maramas Distr, Ilala
( Neave ), 1 <$ type. Exp. 22 mm.

4767 a. Sesamia nigrit arsis, sp. n.

$ . Head and thorax ochreous slightly tinged with
rufous ; palpi with some brown ; fore legs fuscous on inner
side ; mid and hind tibiae with the spurs black except at tips;
tarsi black at extremities ; abdomen ochreous. Fore wing
ochreous slightly tinged with rufous ; the median nervure
irrorated with black ; postmedial black points on veins 6
to 3 ; a terminal series of black points from below apex to
above vein 2. Hind wing pale ochreous suffused with brown
except on costal and tornal areas which are slightly irro-
rated with fuscous ; small terminal blackish spots between
veins 7 and 2. Underside ochreous irrorated with fuscous ;
fore wing with the disk suffused with fuscous; hind wing
with slight blackish streak in middle of cell, discoidal spot,
and terminal series of black striae.

Hab. Br. E. Africa, Aberdare Mts. (Neave) , 1 $ type.
Exp. 50 mm.

4776 a. Conicofrontia scotochroa, sp. n.

$ . Head and thorax fuscous brown ; abdomen dull
reddish brown. Fore wing dull reddish brown, tinged with
fuscous ; a slight dark terminal line and fine pale line at
base of cilia. Hind wing white tinged with reddish brown.

Hab. Transvaal, Pretoria (Distant), 1 ? type. Exp.
40 mm.

Genus Apsaranycta, nov.

Type, A. bryophilina.

Proboscis aborted, minute ; palpi porrect, hardly extend-
ing as far as the frons which has a large pointed conical
prominence; eyes large, round ; antennae of female bipecti-
nated with short branches, the apical half ciliated ; thorax
clothed almost entirely with scales and without crests ;
tibiae fringed with rather long hair; abdomen with dorsal
crest at base only. Fore wing with the apex founded, the
termen evenly curved and not crenulate; veins 3 and 5
from near angle of cell; 6 from upper angle; 9 from 10

165

Genera and Species of Noctuiclae.

anastomosing with 8 to form the areole ; 1 1. from cell.
Hind wing with veins 3, 4 from angle of cell ; 5 obsolescent
from just below middle of discocellulars ; 6, 7 from upper
angle; 8 anastomosing wrilh the cell near base only.

4782 a . Apsaranycta bryoplulina, sp. n.

$ . Head and thorax glossy white ; palpi, lower part of
frons, antennae, and tegulae black ; pro-, meso-, and meta-
thorax with paired black spots ; legs black-brown and
white; abdomen black, the anal tuft white, the ventral
surface black-brown and white. Fore wing glossy white ;
an oblique black bar from base of costa to vein 1 ; an
oblique antemedial black spot from costa and four obliquely
incurved spots from middle of cell to inner margin, with
spots beyond them below the cell and above vein 1 ; a black
spot at middle of costa and inverted V-shaped mark on
inner margin; a black annulus in cell towards extremity
conjoined to a triangular spot from costa and a spot in
lower extremity of cell; two points beyond lower angle of
cell and an oblique waved line from lower angle to sub-
median fold ; a postmedial spot on costa, series of five spots
between vein 6 and submedian fold angled outwards at
vein 4, and spot on inner margin ; a subterminal series of
spots, excurved at middle, then incurved, a triangular patch
beyond it from costa with white point at costa, a spot below
vein 7, and irregular fascia at vein 2 from it to termen ;
irregular spots before termen below apex and at middle, and
a series of small spots on termen and cilia. Hind wing
black-brown, the cilia white mixed with black-brown.
Underside of fore wing suffused with black; hind wing
blackish with some white defining a discoidal spot, post-
medial curved series of whitish marks, and some whitish
marks on termen from discal fold to tornus.

Hub. Bombay, Anshi (T. R. Bell), 1 ? type. Exp.

40 mm.

4808 a. Callyna contrastans , sp. n.

? . Head and thorax fuscous black ; pectus white ; tibiae
and tarsi banded with orange ; abdomen fuscous tinged with
blue-grey. Fore wing black ; an orange subbasal bar from
costa to submedian fold, an antemedial bar from costa to
middle of cell, a medial bar from costa to subcostal nervure,
two points on postmedial part of costa, and a spot; at apex.
Hind wing with the basal and inner areas pure white, the
rest of wing fuscous black. Underside of fore wing with

166

Sir G. F. Ilampson on new

some whitish at base, two postmedial points on costa and
the apical spot yellow, a terminal series of minnte white
points ; hind wing with the outer edge of the white area
irregular.

Hab. Gold Coast, Bibianaha ( Spurrell ), 1 $ type. Exp.
41 mm.

Erastrianas.

5003 5. Acidaliodes melasticta, sp. n.

$ . Head, thorax, and abdomen pale grey-brown ; the
back of head with black point ; palpi with some black at
side of second joint ; fore legs suffused with blackish, the mid
and hind legs and ventral surface of abdomen brownish
white. Fore wing pale grey- brown ; a black point at base
of median nervure ; subbasal black points below costa and
cell ; traces of an antemedial line with four black points
on it ; a black point in middle of cell ; a curved medial
series of five black points ; black points at angles of cell
with a slight blackish mark above it on costa ; obliquely
placed black points on and below costa ; traces of a pale
subterminal line with black points on its outer edge,
excurved below vein 7 and at middle ; a fine waved black
terminal line with series of prominent black points on it.
Hind wing pale grey-brown ; a subbasal black point above
inner margin ; an oblique brownish medial line strongly
irrorated with black scales ; an indistinct brownish sub-
terminal line with series of small black spots on it, angled
inwards at discal fold, then oblique ; a fine waved black
terminal line with series of prominent black points on it ;
cilia irrorated with black scales; the underside white slightly
tinged with brown.

Hab. Dutch N. Guinea, Mimika R. ( Wollaston ), 1 ?
type. Exp. 16 mm.

5004 a. Acidaliodes strenualis , sp. n.

? . Head, thorax, and abdomen pale red-brown ; pectus
whitish. Fore wing pale red-brown mixed with some whitish
and with slight dark irroration ; a deeper red-brown medial
shade from discal fold to inner margin ; a slight blackish
streak in discal fold beyond the cell ; postmedial line
whitish, slightly defined on inner side by blackish towards
costa, very oblique from middle of costa to discal fold
towards termen, then inwardly oblique, some darker brown
on its outer side towards inner margin and some black striae
beyond it from costa ; a series of short black subterminal

167

Genera and Species 0/ Nocfuidse.

streaks defined on outer side by whitish from costa to
vein 4, followed by a fine whitish line from discal fold to
inner margin. Hind wing pale red-brown irrorated with a
few black scales ; postmedial line whitish, excurved below
costa ; a whitish line before termen ; the underside whitish
tinged with brown, a black discoidal point, medial and
postmedial brown lines and a brown subterminal shade,
a terminal series of minute dark spots.

Hab. Borneo, Sarawak [Wallace), 1 $ type. Exp.
16 mm.

50.20 a. Areeoptera ecphaa, sp. n.

? . Head and thorax white mixed with some brown ;
antennae ringed with brown ; fore legs blackish ; abdomen
white dorsally suffused with blackish. Fore wing whitish
suffused with red-brown, the costa with alternating minute
black and whitish streaks ; slight blackish points in and
beyond lower angle of cell ; subterminal line white defined
on outer side by blackish suffusion, oblique from apex to
vein 5, excurved at middle ; a terminal series of black
points. Hind wing whitish suffused and irrorated with
black ; cilia whitish mixed with brown ; the underside
whitish tinged with fuscous ; obscure diffused, oblique
antemedial and subterminal blackish shades, a terminal
series of blackish points.

Hab. S. Nigeria, Baro [Simpson), 1 $ type. Exp.

10 mm.

5068 a. Enispa flavitincta, sp. n.

S . Head and thorax brown mixed with grey; pectus and
legs white tinged with brown ; abdomen white tinged with
brown, the basal segment rufous. Fore wing yellowish
white, the basal half and costal area to near apex suffused
with fuscous brown; some purplish at base and some rufous
below the cell before middle and in and beyond end of cell ;
a small blackish discoidal spot ; postmedial line represented
by a yellowish lunule beyond the cell and slight lunule
below vein 4 ; subtcrminal line yellowish white, defined on
inner side by slight lunulate fuscous brown marks and on
outer side by lunulate fuscous brown marks from costa
to vein 3. llind wing fuscous brown irrorated with silvery
seales, the termen pale yellow ; cilia yellowish mixed with
brown. Underside of fore wing white, tinged with fuscous
brown to submedian fold, its outer edge running obliquely

168

Sir G. F. Hampson on new

from apex ; bind wing white with a faint fuscous tinge
except on marginal areas.

Hab. Gold Coast, Kumasi ( Whiteside ), 1 £ type. Exp.
16 mm.

5108 a. Eublemma porphyrescens, sp. n.

$ . Head and tegulae fuscous brown mixed with grey ;
thorax and abdomen pale purplish brown ; pectus and legs
whitish, the fore tibiae blackish, the tarsi black ringed with
white ; abdomen with the anal tuft blackish, the ventral
surface whitish. Fore wing pale purple slightly irrorated
with brown ; subbasal’ line represented by a black spot on
costa and point in cell ; antemedial line reddish brown with
a black spot on costa, waved ; a slight reddish-brown spot
in middle of cell ; the reniform defined by rather diffused
reddish brown, narrow ; medial line with black spot at costa,
slight and excurved beyond the cell and waved below the
cell ; postmedial line reddish brown with a black spot at
costa, oblique to vein 6 and incurved below vein 4, some
pale points beyond it on costa ; subterminal line black
defined on inner side by pale rufous and with blackish
suffusion beyond it, somewhat dentate, angled outwards
below vein 7 and at middle and inwards at discal fold ;
a terminal series of black striae ; cilia pale rufous at base,
fuscous at tips. Hind wing whitish, the area along vein 1
except at base and between veins 4 and 2 irrorated with
black and rufous ; an indistinct minutely dentate sub-
terminal line, the area beyond it tinged with fuscous except
towards tornus ; a black terminal line ; cilia rufous mixed
with black, the underside white, the costal and terminal
areas faintly tinged with rufous and irrorated with brown.

Hab. N. Nigeria, Zungeru ( Macjie ), 1 $ type. Exp.
16 mm.

5114 a. Eublemma postrufa, sp. n.

$ . Head and thorax grey mixed with fuscous brown ;
pectus and legs pale rufous, the fore and mid tibiae fuscous,
the tarsi black ringed with white ; abdomen fuscous brown,
the ventral surface pale rufous. Fore wing pale purple
slightly irrorated with red-brown, the basal area with a
greyish tinge, subbasal black spots on costa and in cell ;
antemedial line black, expanding into a spot on costa,
rather inwardly oblique, waved ; some red-brown scales in
middle of cell ; reniform defined by rather diffused red-
brown, narrow ; medial line red-brown with black spot at

169

Ginera and Species of Nocluida?.

costa, slight and excurved beyond the cell, waved below it;
postmedial line black slightly defined on outer side by grey,
expanding into a spot at costa, oblique to vein 6 and below
vein 4, incurved at submedian fold ; the postmedial area
rufous with some blackish on costal area, at middle, and
above inner margin ; subterminal line black, dentate, the
area beyond it rufous with blackish suffusion at apex, and
above middle and tornus ; a terminal series of black strife;
cilia rufous mixed with blackish. Hind wing with the basal
half white with black suffusion between veins 4 and 2 and
along vein 1 ; a black postmedial line obsolete towards costa
and at submedian fold ; the terminal half rufous ; a dentate
subterminal line, fuscous on costal half, black on inner half;
a terminal series of black striae; cilia rufous mixed with
blackish ; the underside whitish, the costal and terminal
areas slightly tinged with rufous and irrorated with brown.

Hab. 13k. E. Africa, Nairobi [Anderson), 1 g type. Exp.
20 mm.

5116 a. Eublemma atrimedia, sp. n.

$ . Head, thorax, and abdomen purplish grey irrorated
with black ; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen
pale grey, the fore and mid tibiae suffused with black, the
tarsi blackish with pale rings. Fore wing purplish grey
irrorated with black, the medial area suffused with black ;
subbasal line black, slightly excurved below costa and ending
at submedian fold ; antemedial line black, sinuous, expanding
into a small spot at costa ; a small black spot in middle of
cell and discoidal bar ; medial line black, expanding into a
small spot at costa, excurved beyond the cell, and waved
below it ; postmedial line black, expanding into a small spot
at costa, bent outwards below costa, incurved at discal fold
and below vein 4 ; subterminal line black slightly defined
on inner side by grey, forming small dentate marks to discal
fold, then waved. Hind wing purplish grey irrorated with
fuscous ; some black irroration along vein 1 except towards
base and obscure blackish medial postmedial and subterminal
bars at vein 2.

Hab. N. Nigeria, Zungeru [Simpson), 1 J type. Exp.
24 mm.

5218 a. Eublemma mesozona , sp. n.

£ . Head and tegulse yellow, the latter brownish towards
tips which are white; palpi black above ; antennae blackish;
thorax creamy white ; legs tinged with brown, the fore legs

170

Sir G. F. Hampson on new

blackish in front ; abdomen white tinged with brown. Fore
wing creamy w'hite ; the costal edge black towards base ;
a small subbasal black spot in cell ; antemedial line absent ;
medial line black, slightly excurved below costa, angled
outwards in end of cell, then sinuous, closely approximated
to the postmedial line and with the area between them
brown ; a black spot at lower angle of cell, some creamy
white on discocellulars and sometimes a black point at upper
angle of cell ; postmedial line blackish, angled inwards at
upper angle of cell, excurved just beyond the cell, then
sinuous ; two minute black streaks with whitish between on
costa at origin of the subterminal line, which is brown,
angled outwards at vein 6, and excurved at middle and below
the submedian fold ; the termen tinged with brown and with
a terminal series of black striae ; cilia ochreous brown.
Hind wdng creamy white tinged with brown ; a terminal
series of minute black lunules from apex to submedian fold :
the underside with traces of curved brown subterminal
line.

$ . Fore wing wholly tinged with brown and irrorated
with a few brown scales, the ante- and postmedial lines
browner and rather further apart ; hind wing strongly
tinged with brown.

Hub. Gold Coast, Bibianaha ( Spurrell ), 4 $ , 1 ? type.
Exp. 24 mm.

5244 a. Eublemma albivia , sp. n.

. Head and thorax rufous ; antennse dark brown ; pectus
and legs whitish irrorated with brown ; abdomen reddish
brown mixed with whitish and with whitish segmental lines.
Fore wing red-brown pencilled with whitish and darker
brown, the costal area wrhitish to beyond middle ; ante-
medial line whitish, excurved belowr costa, then obliquely
curved ; a slight dark discoidal spot ; medial line red-brown
defined on outer side by white, angled outwards at vein 6 to
below apex, then very oblique, met at vein 6 by an oblique
white streak from apex ; postmedial line slight black and
very oblique to the apical streak, then white, minutely
waved and with series of black points on it, closely approxi-
mated to the medial line and incurved below vein 4, some
white points beyond it on costa; subterminal -line slight,
W'hitish, somewhat waved, excurved below vein 7 and at
middle, angled inwards at vein 2 and ending at tornus ;
the terminal area tinged with blackish ; a fine black terminal
line and white line at base of cilia which have two waved
brown lines through them. Hind wing red-brown pencilled

171

Genera and Species of Noetuidae.

■with whitish and darker brown, a rufous patch beyond the
cell; an oblique white medial line ; postmedial line slight,
whitish, minutely dentate and with minute black streaks at
the veins; traces of a pale minutely waved subterminal line;
a dark terminal line and white line at base of cilia which
have waved brown lines through them ; the underside white
irrorated with brown, an indistinct brown line from lower
angle of cell to inner margin, and traces of a waved
subterminal line.

Hub. Gold Coast, Kumasi [Sanders), 1 S type. Exp.

22 mm.

5264 a. Eublemma melabasis , sp. n.

S . Head and tegulae brownish white : thorax pale grey
with some fuscous on outer edge of patagia and extremity
of metathorax ; pectus and legs whitish, the fore and mid
tibiae fuscous, the tarsi black ringed with white ; abdomen
brownish white. Fore wing white very finely and thickly
striated with brown ; the antemedial area suffused with
black, bounded by the inwardly oblique black antemedial
line; a small diffused black discoidal annulus, with a black
point above it on costa; postmedial line black and very
oblique from costa to near termen above vein 4, then hardly
traceable and incurved, two minute black streaks beyond it
on costa ; an oblique black streak from apex to the post-
medial line, diffused below and angled outwards at vein 7;
some black points before inner half of termen ; a brownish
terminal line. Hind wing white irrorated with brown ;
some black points before termen towards tornus; the
underside white slightly irrorated with brown.

Hub. N. Nigeria, Zungeru ( Macfie ), 1 S' type, Exp.
18 mm.

Genus Lopiiocryptis, nov.

Type, L. argyrophorci.

Proboscis fully developed ; palpi upturned, slender, the
second joint reaching to about middle of frons, the third mode-
rate ; frons smooth ; eyes large, round ; antennae of female
ciliated ; thorax clothed entirely with scales and without
crests ; tibiae slightly fringed with hair; abdomen without
crests. Fore wing with the apex rectangular, the termen
slightly excised below apex, excurved at vein 4, then
oblique ; veins 3 and 5 from near angle of cell ; 6 from
upper angle; 7 shortly stalked with 8, 9; 10, 11 from cell.
Hind wing with a large tuft of elongate scales in end of cell
on upperside ; veins 3, 4 from angle of cell ; 5 nearly fully

172

Sir G. F. Hampson on new

developed from well above angle ; 6, 7 from upper angle;
8 anastomosing with the cell near base only.

5310 a. Lophocryptis argyrophora , sp. n.

? . Head, thorax, and abdomen creamy white ; antennae
blackish. Fore wing creamy white irrorated with a few
black and silver scales; antemedial line faint, ochreous
brown, excurved below costa, incurved at median nervure
and excurved below the cell, an oblique ochreous-brown
striga beyond it from costa; an ochreous-brown discoidal
bar with silver scales on the discocellulars, an oblique
ochreous-brown striga above it from costa ; a black and
silver postmedial point below vein 5 ; postmedial line faint,
red-brown, obliquely curved from costa beyond middle to
tornus, a rufous tinge before it at middle and the area
beyond it suffused with rufous ; three black points on costa
towards apex, and a silver patch below costa; a rather
maculate silver line from below costa towards apex to
termen at vein 4, and some silver scales below vein 4 before
termen ; a series of black striae before termen from below
vein 7 to below 3 and some black on termen from vein 6 to
below vein 4 where there are two small black spots on the
cilia. Hind wing creamy white, the inner area irrorated
with a few black scales ; a series of black points before
termen and a silver terminal line ; the underside white
irrorated with a few black scales, a series of black points
before termen from apex to submedian fold.

Hab. Gold Coast, Bibianalia ( Spurrell ), 1 $ type. Exp.
20 mm.

Genus Lamprolopha, nov.

Type, L. melanephra.

Proboscis fully developed ; palpi upturned, the second joint
reaching to about vertex of head and moderately scaled, the
third moderate ; frons smooth ; eyes large, round ; antennaa
of male ciliated ; thorax clothed almost entirely with scales
and without crests; tibiae moderately fringed with hair;
abdomen wffth dorsal series of crests except on two basal
segments. Fore wing with the apex rounded, the termen
evenly curved and not crenulate ; veins 3 and 5 from near
angle of cell ; 6 from upper angle ; 7, 8, 9 stalked ; 10,
11 from cell. Ilind wing with veins 3, 4 from angle of
cell ; 5 nearly fully developed from just below middle of
discocellulars ; 6, 7 from upper angle ; 8 anastomosing with
the cell near base only.

In key differs from Xanthograpta and Parangitia in

Genera and Species of Noctuida\ 173

having a dorsal series of crests except on two basal
segments.

5315 a. Lamprolopha melanephra, sp. n.

Head, thorax, and abdomen ochreous tinged with grey-
brown, the dorsum of thorax with fuscous ; antennae blackish
except above towards base ; palpi black, the third joint
ochreous ; pectus and legs black, the tarsi ringed with
white ; abdomen with the crests silvery placed on black spots
which are large on third to fifth segments, small on sixth
and seventh, and paired on eighth segment, the ventral surface
irrorated with black. Fore wing ochreous tinged with
grey-brown and irrorated with some black scales especially
on terminal area ; a short black streak on costa before the
very indistinct waved brown antemedial line ; a more distinct
waved medial line with oblique black striga from costa ;
a small black discoidal lunule ; postmedial line double,
blackish filled in with whitish, the outer line stronger,
oblique to vein 6, excurved between veins 4 and 2 and
incurved in submedian interspace, some pale points with
minute black streaks between them beyond it on costa ;
subterminal line greyish ochreous, excurved at vein 7 and
middle ; a punctiform black terminal line ; cilia with some
blackish spots at middle. Hind wing ochreous tinged with
grey-brown, the terminal area suffused with reddish brown; an
oblique black discoidal bar ; postmedial line black, minutely
waved, incurved at discal and submedian folds ; an indistinct
pale sinuous subterminal line ; a rather punctiform black
terminal line ; cilia with a fine pale line at base and some
blackish spots at middle; the underside whitish suffused
with black, the lines blackish.

Hab. Gold Coast, Bibianaha ( Spurrell )), 4 <£, 1 ? type,
Kumasi (Sanders)} 2 . Exp. 16 mm.

Genus Epicerynea, nov.

Type, E. goniosema .

Proboscis aborted, minute ; palpi upturned, the second joint
reaching to well above vertex of head and fringed with hair
behind towards extremity, the third long; frons smooth;
eyes large, round; antennae of male with long cilia; thorax
clothed almost entirely with scales and without crests ;
tibiae slightly fringed with hair ; abdomen without crests.
Fore wing with the apex rectangular, the terraen oblique
towards torn us ; vein 3 from before angle of cell ; 4, 5 from
angle ; 6 from below upper angle ; 7, 8, 9, 10 stalked ;

174

Sir G. F. Hampson on new

11 from cell. Hind wing with veins 3, 4 from angle of
cell ; 5 nearly fully developed from well above angle ;

6, 7 from upper angle ; 8 anastomosing with the cell near
base only.

5321 a. Epicerynea goniosema , sp. n.

$ . Head, thorax, and abdomen creamy white ; antennae
brownish ; palpi with the second joint brown behind, the third
with black ring near tip ; fore legs dark brown. Fore wing
creamy white faintly tinged in parts with pink ; the costal
edge brown towards base ; an L-shaped black-brown
discoidal mark with oblique black-brown wedge-shaped
mark above it from costa ; postmedial line faint, brownish
defined on outer side by white and with a slight black-brown
mark at costa, oblique to vein 5, then erect, a wedge-
shaped black-brown patch beyond it on costal area with
some pale points on costa ; a series of black-brown striae
before termen and a series of slight striae on termen ; cilia
with some brown at tips at apex and middle. Hing wing
creamy white tinged with pink except at base ; a red-brown
shade with some black scales on it from lower angle of cell
to inner margin; postmedial line pale red-brown defined on
outer side by white, curved ; a series of red-brown points
before termen and a terminal series of slight striae. Under-
side of fore wing suffused and irrorated with brown especially
on costal area.

Hab. Gold Coast, Kumasi ( Sanders ), 1 $ type. Exp.
16 mm.

5342 a. Cerynea digonia , sp. n.

$ . Head yellow with a white patch between antennae»
which are white towards base ; thorax purple-red, the basal
half of tegulae yellow ; pectus and legs yellow ; abdomen
purple-red, the anal tuft orange-yellow, the base of ventral
surface yellowish. Fore wing purple-red irrorated with a
few silvery scales ; a triangular antemedial yellow patch
from costa to just below the cell and a triangular postmedial
patch from costa to discal fold ; the apex yellow, the termen
with yellow mixed, the cilia yellow. Hind wing purple-red
irrorated with a few silvery scales ; traces of a pale curved
postmedial line ; the termen with yellow mixed ; cilia
yellow ; the underside pale yellowish, a small brownish
discoidal spot, indistinct oblique postmedial line, and broad
subterminal shade.

Hab. N. Nigeria, Minna ( Macfie ), 1 V type. Exp.
16 min.

Genera and Species o/Noctuidte.

175

Genas Chrysozonata, nov.

Type, Crysocraspeda Jlavaria.

Proboscis aborted, small ; palpi upturned, slender, the
second joint reaching to middle of irons, the third short; frons
smooth ; antennse of female ciliated ; thorax clothed almost
entirely with scales and without crests ; tibiye slightly
fringed with hair; abdomen without crests. Fore wing
with the apex rounded, the termen evenly curved and not
crenulate; veins 3 and 5 from near angle of cell ; 6 from
upper angle ; 9 and 10 anastomosing with 8 and 11 anasto-
mosing with 10 to form a double areole. blind wings with
veins 3, 4 from angle of cell ; 5 nearly fully developed from
just below middle of discocellulars ; 6, 7 from upper angle;
8 anastomosing with the cell near base only,

5406 c. Chrysozonata purpurascens , sp. n.

? . Head and thorax purplish grey mixed with blackish
and some silvery scales ; abdomen purplish grey with a
flesh-pink tinge towards base, the crests black with silvery
scales mixed ; palpi, pectus, legs, and ventral surface of
abdomen whitish suffused with brown. Fore wing with the
base and costal area to near apex purple-grey irrorated with
blackish and some silvery scales, the inner half just before
the antemedial line and on medial area flesh-pink, the
terminal area yellow ; antemedial line yellow defined on each
side by blackish on the dark area, angled outwards below
costa, then oblique and slightly angled outwards in cell and
submedian fold ; two oblique dark striae from middle of
costa ; postmedial line yellow defined on each side by
blackish on the dark area and with some flesh-pink suffusion
before and beyond it, forming a yellow lunule at discal fold
and angled outwards at veins 4, 3, then dark brown, bent
inwards to near origin of vein 2 and incurved to inner
margin, some dark suffusion beyond it between veins 5 and
3 extending to near termen ; a series of dark points just
before termen. Hind wing purplish grey suffused with
flesh-pink and with some dark brown irroration, the
terminal area yellow ; rather diffused dark antemedial,
medial, and postmedial curved lines, and a dark discoidal
striga ; a series of dark points just before termen. Under-
side of both wings purplish grey to the postmedial line, the
terminal area yellowish white.

Hah. Mashonaland ( Bobbie), 1 9 type. Exp. 24 mm.

[To be continued,]

176

Mr. W. L. Distant’s Rhynchotal Notes.

XV. — Rhynchotal Notes. By W. L. DISTANT.

Heteroptera.

Fara. Pentatomidae.

Cryptacrus comes.

Tetyra comes, Fabr. Syst. Rhyng. p. 130 (1803).

This is a very variable species. In Ent. Month. Mag.
(xiv. p. 75, 1877) I enumerated the varieties then known,
denoting these forms under different letters only. One of
these has, however, been given a distinct varietal name by
Horvdth, while other writers have followed the same method
in describing varieties of species in allied genera ; I there-
fore follow that course.

entehhensis, var. n.

Uniformly dark violaceous or olivaceous above, as in var.
princeps , Horv., but the scutellum with a broad, subapical,
angulated, transverse, ochraeeous fascia ; the lateral margins
of the pronotum and a narrow transverse discal spot on each
side of scutellum also ochraeeous.

Hah. Uganda; Entebbe ( G . C. Gowdey ).

apicalis , var. n.

Allied to the preceding variety entehhensis , but with the
apex of the scutellum ochraeeous or testaceous and the discal
scutellar markings absent.

Hah. Nyasaland ; Melanji Boma, 2400 ft. ( S . A. Neave).
Also received from Gfazaland, Mt. Chirinda ( C . F. M. Swyn-
nerton) ; Zomba (A. Whyte), and from Utonda.

Anoplogonius nigricollis.

Chcerocoris nigricollis , Sign, in Thoms. Arch. Ent. ii. p. 270, pi. xi.
fig. 1 (1858).

uniformis , var. n.

Cryptacrus nigricollis, var. e, Dist. Ent. Month. Mag. xiv. p. 76 (1877).

Hah. Uganda; Entebbe (A. C. Wiggins) ; Bugoma Forest,
Unyoro, 3700 ft., Buamba Forest, Semliki Valley, 2300-
2800 ft., Daro or Durro Forest, Toro, 4000-4500 ft., Bun-
dongo Forest, Unyoro, 3400 ft. ( S . A. Neave). Originally
received from West Africa ; Mongo-ma-lobah.

Mr. W. L. Distant’s Rhynchotcil Notes.

177

ugandensis , var. n.

Resembling var. uni for mis, but with a transverse, sub-
apical, angulated, ochraceous or testaceous fascia to scutellum,
which in some examples possesses a spot of the same colour
at each anterior angle.

Hab. Uganda ; Entebbe ((7. A. Wiggins ) ; S. of Lake
George, 3200-3400 ft., Buamba Forest, Semliki Valley,
2300-2800 ft., Budongo Forest, Unyoro, 3400 ft. ( S . A.
Neave) ; Semliki Forest, 3000 ft. ( Capt . J. Fraser ).

Fam. Coreidse.

Genus Serinetha.

Serinetha , Spin. Ess. p. 247 (1837).

The fine series of species belonging to this genus contained
in the collection of the British Museum has been largely
augmented by the material derived from the various collectors
enlisted by the “ Entomological Research Committee,” and
opportunity has thus occurred for describing some species
and removing errors which have appertained to the identifi-
cations of others.

Serinetha fraterna.

Pyrrhotes fraterna , Westw. in Hope, Cat. ii. p. 26 (1842).

Serinetha fraterna, Dist. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1901, vol. i. p. 332,
pi. xxx. fig. 6.

The type of this species is, as I stated ( supra ), “ without
legs, antennae, or habitat.” The British Museum possesses
specimens from Cape Town ( Mowbray ) and Natal, Durban
{Barnard). Schouteden has recorded the species as from the
Congo region.

Serinetha mutilata.

Astacops mntilatua, Gerst. Decken’s Reise, Ins. p. 412, pi. xvii. fig. 3
(1873).

Hab. Brit. E. Africa, Mtito Andei, and Lualaba River
( S . A. Neave) ; Uganda, Entebbe ( S . A. Neave). The
Brit. Mus. also possesses specimens from Natal, Transvaal,
and Masbonaland. The type was from Mombas.

The colour varies from testaceous to dull ochraceous. The
species is readily recognized by the very prominent longitu-
dinal ridge to the pronotum and by the distinct black lateral
margin to the corium.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xiii. 12

178

Mr. W. L. Distant’s Rhynchotal Notes.

Serinetha nigrofasciata , sp. n.

Ochraceous or reddish ochraceous ; head, transverse fascia
at anterior margin of pronotum, basal margin of scutellum,
and membrane black ; body beneath ochraceous or reddish
ochraceous, the sternal and abdominal segments broadly
transversely fasciated with black ; legs, antennae, and
rostrum black ; ocelli, eyes, and nodule behind eyes purplish
red, ocelli nearer to eyes than to each other; antennae with
the first joint moderately thickened, short, passing apex of
head, second and fourth joints almost subequal in length,
each longer than third ; pronotum thickly punctate and
wrinkled, with a moderately prominent central longitudinal
ridge; corium finely punctate ; rostrum reaching the poste-
rior coxae.

Long. 11^-15 mm.

Hab. Uganda, Entebbe ( G . C. Gowdey ), Mpumu ( Miss
M. Robertson), Mabira Forest (S. A. Neave) ; Brit. E.
Africa, Nandi escarpment and plateau (S. A. Neave).

Bergroth identified and returned a specimen of this species
labelled “ S. griseiventris, Westw./’ with other species to
which he alluded (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) x. p. 191,
1912). It is, however, quite unlike that species, and even
the meagre description given by Westwood should prevent
this confusion.

Serinetha intermedia , sp. n.

A species resembling S. nigrofasciata in general markings
above and in the only moderately developed longitudinal
ridge to the pronotum ; it, however, possesses black lateral
margins to the corium, as in S. mutilata , Gerst., although
much more narrowly black than in that species, the body
beneath is also almost uniformly ochraceous, and the legs
brownish ochraceous ; the head is fuscous, not black, from
the area of the ocelli to apex ; the lateral margins of the
pronotum very narrowly fuscous or black ; the pronotum is
thickly, somewhat coarsely punctate, with the anterior trans-
verse black fascia as in S. mutilata ; the body is narrower
and more compressed than in the other two species mentioned
above.

Long. 10 mm.

Hab . Uganda (C. C. Gowdey).

Serinetha amicta.

Leptocoi'is amicta , Germ, in Silberm. Rev. p. 144 (1837).

Hab. Uganda ; Entebbe (C. C. Gowdey and S. A. Neave).

Mr. W. L. Distant’s Rhynchotal Notes, 179

Brit. E. Africa ; Nandi plateau, 5700-6200 feet, escarpment
5800 feet (S. A. Neave),

Serinetha griseiventris,

Pyrrhotes griseiventris, West w. in Hope, Cat. ii. p. 26 (1842).

Serinetha chevreuxi, Nonalh. Bull. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris, 1898, p. 233.
Serinetha griseiventris, Diet. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1901, vol. i. p. 332.

Hah. Uganda ; Entebbe ((7. G. Gowdey ), Mpumu ( Miss
M. Robertson ), between Jinga and Busia, E. Busoga ( S . A.
Neave ) ; German E. Africa, by Rualia R. ( S . A. Neave).

Westwood’s description of this species — “ P. augur i valde
affinis” — makes its identification a not difficult question.

Serinetha kcematica.

Leptocoris hcematica, Germ, in Silb. Rev. v. p. 144 (1837).

Hah. N.E. Rhodesia, Ft. Jameson, 3800 ft. ( S . A. Neave).
Uganda ; Kafu River, Kampala, 3500 ft. ( S. A. Neave).
Portug. E. Africa, Kurumadzi R. (U. F. M. Swynnerton).

This species is also found in S. Africa, Madagascar,
Mauritius, and Seychelles. It is separated from S. grisei-
ventris, Westw., to which it is closely allied, by the shorter
rostrum, which only about reaches the posterior coxge.

I take this opportunity of describing another species which
is found in the Oceanic Islands : —

Serinetha isolata , sp. n.

Pronotum, scutellum, and corium fuscous brown, scutellum
sometimes blackish ; head, anterior and lateral margins of
pronotum, base of lateral margins to corium, and body beneath
testaceous ; a transverse fascia near anterior margin of pro-
notum, lateral areas of pro-, meso-, and metasterna, disk of
ventral abdominal segments, legs, rostrum, and membrane
black; rostrum reaching the posterior coxae ; vertex of head
centrally longitudinally incised ; antennae with the basal
joint short, thickened, passing apex of head, second and third
joints subequal in length, fourth a little longest; pronotum
with a distinct, percurrent, longitudinal, central carination;
head above with a distinct rounded tubercle behind each eye.
Long. 13-16 mm.

Hub. Oceania ; Marshall Islands.

Allied to a S', longirostris, Dali, from Java, but differing by
the shorter rostrum Ac.

180

Mr. W. L. Distant’s Rhynchotal Notes.

Fam. Pyr rhocorid.se.

Callibathus albipennis , sp. n.

Head, pronotum, and corium purplish red ; a central
longitudinal fascia (broadened posteriorly) to head, a trans-
verse subapical fascia to pronotum, the scutellum, base of
clavus, a transverse fascia (on each side of basal angles to
membrane), and a subapical rounded spot to corium black;
membrane pearly white ; head beneath, sternum, coxae, tro-
chanters, and apices of femora purplish red ; the disks of pro-,
rneso-, and metasterna, legs, and abdomen black ; the ventral
segments more or less suffused with purplish red ; antennae
black, base of first joint purplish red, first joint moderately
curved, considerably shorter than second, third a little shorter
than first, fourth mutilated in typical specimens ; head above
finely transversely wrinkled; lateral margins of pronotum,
especially on anterior half, laminately recurved ; rostrum
reaching the anterior margin of sixth abdominal segment,
first and second joints more or less red, remainder black.

Long. 28-32 mm.

Hab. Uganda ; Daro or Durro Forest, 4000-4500 ft. ;
S. of L. George, 3200-3400 ft. (£. A. JSeave) ; Kamwezi
(C. H. Marshall).

H OMOPTERA.

Fam. Cicad.id.se .

Prof. Poulton recently placed in my hands for identification
a very interesting Cicadid from Algeria, of which he had
received three specimens, collected by Dr. Seitz. This
species belongs to a genus which, with two or three others
appertaining to the subfam. Tibicininse, are recognized by the
excavated ventral surface in the male, medially longiludi-
nally carinate, with the second, third, and fourth segments
broad, flat, and talc-like in appearance.

The three genera here enumerated may be separated by the
following characters : —

A. Wings with five apical areas Adeniana.

B. Wings with six apical areas.

a. Head with front prominently projecting, the margins

of front and vertex discontinuous and more or less
at right angles to each other Zouga.

b. Antenniferous tubercles very large and prominent

and reaching the anterior margin of the front, thus

giving the head a truncate appearance Luangwana.

Mr. W. L. Distant’s Rhyncliotal Notes,

181

Adeniana.

Adenia, Dist. Ann. & Mag\ Nat. Hist. (7) xvi. p. 210 (1905), nom.
prseocc.

Adeniana , Dist. Syn. Cat. Horn., Cicad. p. 149 (1906), n. nom.

Type, A . yerburyi , Dist.

Adeniana yerburyi .

Adenia yerburyi, Dist. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xvi. p. 211 (1905).
Adeniana yerburyi , Dist. Syn. Cat. Horn., Cicad. p. 149 (1906).

Aden.

Adeniana obokensis. sp. n.

Head and pronotum ochraceous ; front (excluding lateral
margins) and the area of the ocelli piceous, lateral margins
of vertex and lateral and posterior margins of pronotum
paler ochraceous, the latter with a central fascia, widened
anteriorly and posteriorly, and the fissures piceous; meso-
notum pale ochraceous, with four large black obconical spots,
the two central ones smaller and contiguous, the outer spots
almost percurrent ; abdomen above ochraceous, the base
and a central segmental series of transverse spots black ;
posterior segmental margin pale ochraceous ; head beneath,
sternum, legs, rostrum, and opercula ochraceous ; abdomen
beneath pale greyish, the two last segments ochraceous ;
tegmina and wings hyaline, venation piceous, the first with
the costal membrane and some of the basal veins, wings with
some of the basal veins and the transverse veins at bases of
central apical areas ochraceous ; head with front conically
produced, a little shorter than vertex, the anterior margins of
latter rounded, and moderately at right angles with front;
pronotum about as long as head, its posterior angles widely
ampliate; abdomen somewhat broad, only moderately con-
tracted at base ; face slightly longer than broad, centrally
broadly, longitudinally, smoothly stramineous, the transverse
striations piceous ; rostrum scarcely reaching the inter-
mediate coxm ; opercula short and transverse, their apices
directed somewhat straightly inwards, their lateral angles
rounded ; wings with five apical areas.

Long., excl. tegm., 18 mm. ; exp. tegm. 45 mm.

Bab. Gulf of Aden; Obok (Brit. Mus.).

Adeniana nigricans , sp. n.

Head, pronotum, and mesonotum black ; apex of front,
lateral margins of vertex, and margins and a spot to lateral

182

Mr. W. L. Distant’s Rhyncholal Notes.

areas of pronotum ochraceous ; abdomen above black, the
posterior segmental margins ochraceous ; head beneath and
sternum thickly, longly, greyishly pilose, tibia?, broadly
annulated with ochraceous ; abdomen beneatli pale greyish,
the posterior segmental margins and the last two segments
ochraceous and thickly shortly pilose ; tegmina and wings
hyaline, venation and costal membrane of the first more or
less ochraceous ; front prominent and conically produced,
almost as long as the vertex, the latter with its anterior
margin rounded and moderately at right angles with front ;
pronotum about as long as head, its posterior angles widely
ampliate ; abdomen distinctly contracted at base ; face about
as broad as long, somewhat distinctly ridged centrally,
transverse striations prominent ; rostrum not quite reaching
intermediate coxae ; opercula small, transverse, narrow,
straightly directed inwardly, outer angle rounded, inner
angle subacute ; abdomen beneath considerably covered by
the margins of the dorsal segments ; wings with five apical
areas.

Long., excl. tegm., $ 18 mm. ; exp. tegm. 47 mm.

Hab. Algeria ; Hammam-es-Salahin (M. J. Nicoll , Brit.
Mus.).

Adeniana seitzi , sp. n.

Head, pronotum, and mesonotum black, thickly greyishly
pilose ; on the pronotum are two obscure central longitudinal
greyish fasciae, on the anterior area of the mesonotum
obscure greyish margins of two obconical spots ; abdomen
above dull brownish ochraceous, the two basal segments and
a more or less distinct central macular fascia to the remaining
segments, black, posterior segmental margins dull greyish ;
head beneath and sternum thickly greyishly pilose ; abdomen
beneath pale greyish, the last two segments more ochraceous ;
tegmina and wings hyaline, venation black, tegmina with the
costal membrane and some of the basal veins, and wings with
some of the basal veins, and the transverse veins at bases of
central apical areas, ochraceous ; head with fiont conically
produced, much shorter than vertex, the anterior margins of
the latter completely at right angles with front; pronotum
about as long as head, its posterior angles widely ampliate ;
abdomen somewhat broad, contracted at base ; face a little
longer than broad, its margins somewhat laminate ; rostrum
scarcely reaching the intermediate coxae ; opercula short and
transverse, obliquely directed inwardly, irregularly convexly
rounded outwardly and posteriorly.

Long., excl. tegm., £ 15 mm. ; exp. tegm. 32 to 34 mm.

Mr. W. L. Distant's Rbynchotal Azotes. 183

Flab. Algeria ; Province Constantine, Batra, 1300 metres
(Seitz, Oxford and Brit. Muss.).

I place this species in Adeniana, with which it generally
agrees with the type, save that in the only three specimens I
have seen, the left wings have the usual five apical areas,
while the right wings have six.

ZOUGA.

Zouga, Dist. “Ins. Transvaal,” i. p. 176 (1906).

Hymenog aster, Horv. Ann. Mus. Nat. Hung. ix. p. 601 (1911).

Type, Z. typica, Dist.

Zouga typica.

Zouga typica, Dist. Ins. Transvaal, i. p. 176, Tab. xvi. fig. 18 (1906).

Transvaal.

Zouga hottentota, sp. n.

Body above black ; anterior margins of the vertex, anterior
and posterior margins of the pronotum, and the abdominal
segmental margins testaceous ; body beneath and legs pale
castaneous, longly, thickly, greyishly pilose ; tegmina and
wings hyaline, venation and the tegminal costal membrane
castaneous; head with the front prominent, conically pro-
duced, about as long as the vertex behind it, the latter with
its anterior margins truncately rounded and at right angles
with front ; pronotum about as long as head, its posterior
angles widely ampliate ; mesonotum as long as head and
pronotum together; face a little longer than broad, densely
pilose; rostrum reaching intermediate coxae ; opercula small,
tiansverse, obliquely directed inwardly, their apices widely
separated ; abdomen beneath excavate, the lateral margins
prominently, laminately deflected ; wings with six apical
areas.

Long., excl. tegm., 16 mm. ; exp. tegm. 45 mm.

llab. S. Africa ; Namaqualand ; Ookiep (Brit. Mus.).

Zouga delalandei, sp. n.

Head, pronotum, and mesonotum black ; pronotum with
the anterior and posterior margins and four spots (two discal
largest, and one smaller beneath and beyond each), meso-
notum with the margins of two central obconical spots
testaceous ; abdomen above testaceous, the base and central
macular fasciae black, the segmental margins ochraceous;
body beneath and legs ochraceous ; tegmina and wings

184

Mr. W. L. Distant’s RhyncJiotal Notes .

hyaline, venation and tegminal costal membrane brownish
ochraceous ; head with front conically produced, about as
long as the vertex behind it, the anterior margins of the
vertex moderately rounded and almost at right angles with
the front, which is centrally longitudinally incised, the area
of the ocelli with two prominent ridges ; pronotum about as
long as head, the posterior angles widely ampliate; rostrum
reaching the intermediate coxae; tegmina with the costal
membrane slightly undulate ; wings with six apical areas,
the first very small.

Long., excl. tegm., <$ 12 mm. ; exp. tegm. 24 mm.

Iiab. u South Africa” ( Delalande , Brit. Mus.).

Zouga Jcovasci.

Hymenogaster kovasci , Horv. Ann. Mus. Nat. Hung. ix. p. 604
'(1911).

Abyssinia.

Zouga longiceps .

Cicadatra longiceps , Put. Rev. d’Ent. vi. p. 104. 18, $ (1887).
Hymenogaster longiceps, Horv. Ann. Mus. Nat. Hung. ix. p. 601, fig. 1
(1911).

Egypt; Tunis.

Zouga tabida.

Hymenogaster tabida, Horv. Ann. Mus. Nat. Hung. ix. p. 603 (1911).
Armenia.

Luangwana, gen. nov.

Head a little shorter than pronotum, the antenniferous
tubercles very large and prominent and reaching the anterior
margin of the front, thus giving the head a truncate
appearance, ocelli about as iar apart from each other as from
eyes and placed near base of head ; pronotum slightly longer
than head, its posterior angles widely ampliate, its lateral
margins oblique ; mesonotum a little shorter than head and
pronotum together, convex ; abdomen somewhat broad, a
little constricted at base, convex above, flattened beneath,
the second, third, and fourth ventral segments very broad,
flat and talc-like in appearance, filth and sixth segments very
compressed and short; opercula in male very short and
transverse, not reaching base of abdomen ; tympana entirely
uncovered ; rostrum scarcely reaching the intermediate coxa? ;
anterior femora thickened, finely spined beneath ; tegmina

185

Mr. W. L. Distant’s Rhynchotal Notes,

and wings hyaline, tegmina less than three times as long as
broad, basal cell about or almost as broad as long, apical
areas eight, the uppermost narrow ; wings with six apical
areas.

Allied to Zouga , Dist., but differing widely by the structure
of the head.

Luangwana capitata , sp. n.

Head and pronotum ochraceous ; front and area of the
ocelli, a central longitudinal fascia widened posteriorly, and a
spot on each lateral area to the pronotum black ; mesonotum
black, its lateral margins, two central angulated fasciae, and
anterior angles to the basal cruciform elevation ochraceous ;
abdomen above ochraceous, the segmental margins paler, the
base and a central, broken, longitudinal fascia black; body
beneath and legs ochraceous, second, third, and fourth ventral
segments greyish white, centrally, longitudinally ridged ;
tegmina and wings hyaline, venation mostly piceous, tegmina
with the costal membrane ochraceous ; body above and
beneath pilose ; pronotum with a very fine central, longi-
tudinal incision ; other structural characters as in generic
diagnosis.

Long., excl. tegm., $ 14 mm. ; exp. tegm. 34 mm.

Ilab. N.E. Rhodesia ; Mid-Luangwa Valley, 1300-1S00 ft.
(aS. A. Neave, Brit. Mus.).

Plautilla hammondi , sp. n.

Head, pronotum, and mesonotum greenish ochraceous ;
front, anterior margins, a curved line before eyes, and the
area of the ocelli to vertex, two short central angulate fasciae
followed by two subquadrate spots, and the fissures to pro-
notum, four obconical spots, the two central ones shortest,
the two lateral percurrent, two small discal spots and the
area of the cruciform elevation to mesonotum castaneous-
brown ; abdomen above dark chocolate-brown, the basal
lateral area ochraceous ; head beneath, sternum, and opercula
ochraceous, the inner margins and apex of the opercula
broadly black; apices of tibise piceous; abdomen beneath
with the first four segments greyish ochraceous, with a
central black tubercle near their anterior margins, apical
segment black; connexivum spotted with black; tegmina
and wings hyaline, venation fuscous, tegmina spotted and
marked almost the same as in P. stalagmopera , Slab

Long., excl. tegm., <$ 21 mm. ; exp. tegm. (56 mm.

Hub. Ecuador ; Mindo ( Hammond^ Brit. Mus.), presented
by Mr. W. F. H. Rosenberg.

188

Mr. M. A. C. Hinton on

Allied to P. stalagmoptera , Stal, but with the opercula
larger, distinctly narrowed, and obtusely angularly pro-
duced at their apices, and there broadly black ; pronotum
much narrower between the apices of the lateral angulate
margins.

Synonymical Note.

Dcilsira crassa, Dist. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) ii. p. 303 (1898).

Schouteden (Rev. Zool. Afr. ii. p. 107 (1912), in
enumerating this species from the Transvaal, writes l( cette
espece a et£ decrite comme Metonymia ( Dal sir a ol.) par
Distant.”

I described it as Dalsira (supra) in 1898, and, as the genus
Metonymia was only proposed by Kirkaldy in 1909,1 cannot
well be charged with an impossibility.

XYI. — On some Remains of Rodents from the Red Crag of
b 'uffolk and from the Rorfolk Forest-Bed. By MARTIN
A. C. Hinton.

[Plate VIII.]

In the present paper some important fossils from the Red-
Crag and the Forest-Bed series of Norfolk are described.
These materials appertain to the genera Castor , Trogon-
theriuniy and Sciurus. 1 have to return my best thanks to
Major Moore, of Felixstowe, Mr. A. 0. Savin, of Cromer,
and Mr. Gilbert White for the loan or gift of the specimens
described.

1. Castor.

(a) Castor veterior , Lankester.

A fragmentary right ramus in the collection of Major Moore,
from the Red Crag of Wocdbridge, Suffolk, is referred to this
species. In this specimen (PI. VIII. fig. 1) £71, £71, and part of
—2 are in place. The crown of is fully developed, while
has well-developed fangs (tig. 1, “a”). Each tooth has one
outer and three inner folds and, as in C. fiber, the enamel is
uncrimped. The outer fold is persistent, as usual in Castor ;
the anterior and middle inner folds of £7i are also long persistent
as in C. fiber. The posterior inner fold of and all three

187

some Remains of Rodents.

inner folds of ^tt die out on the sides of the teetli a little below
the present grinding-surface, so that, with a little further wear,
these folds would be converted into enamel u islets.” ^74 is
in relation to ^ a little longer antero-posteriorly than in
C. fiber) its anterior surface is lightly furrowed by a weak
vertical sulcus — the last trace of a former more complex
condition of the anterior loop.

Dimensions : —

C. veterior. C. fiber.
mm. mm.

Anteroposterior length of ^"4 10 9-5

Width of ^74 behind 8 8

Antero-posterior length of ^71 7 8' 5

In the two upper premolars, from the Red Crag of Sutton,
upon which Sir E. Ray Lankester based his C. veterior * * * §,
Mr. E. T. Newton found that “ two of the three outer folds
of enamel are only open to the exterior for a short distance
from the summit of the tooth ” f 5 the lower teeth now
described present corresponding characters, and may there-
fore be referred to C. veterior. The differences in the number
of folds reduced peripherally in the individual teeth, viz., all
three inner in ^71, two outer in ^71, and one inner in ^74, are in
harmony with our experience of such reductions in other
rodents.

In the relatively large size of ^4, and in the early conversion
into “islets” of the inner folds of lower and the outer folds
of upper cheek-teeth, G. veterior makes some approach den-
tally towards Trogontherium ; in the latter all the enamel
folds are so reduced during wear, and in its later species there
is a great increase in the size of the animal.

C. issiodorensis , Croizet, is stated by Pomel J, Gervais§,
and Bosco || to be hardly or not at all different from C. fiber,
so far as it is known. C. prcefiber, Deperetlf, from the
Pliocene of Rousillon, is distinguished by its slender molars
and the absence of a third trochanter to the femur. To one
of these two forms the Red Crag beaver with persistent
enamel-folds, provisionally referred by Newton to C. fiber ,
not improbably belongs.

* Lankester, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.(3) xiv. p. 355 (1864).

t Newton, * Vertebrata of the Pliocene Deposits of Britain/ p. 50

(1891).

} Pomel, ‘ Catalogue M^thodique,’ p. 20.

§ Gervais, Zool. et Pal. Franf. 1859, p. 20.

H Bosco, ‘ Palseontographiu ltalica,’ v. p. 89.

H Deperet, M4m. Soc. G60I. de France, Pakontol. no. 3 (1890).

188

Mr. M. A. C. Hinton on

(b) Forest-Bed Beavers .

Forsyth Major * lias shown that two species of Castor
occur in the Forest-Bed horizon exposed at East Runton,
Norfolk. One, characterized by its broader incisors, slightly
larger cheek-teeth, and, above all, by the “ complex and
elegant plication ” of the enamel of its molars, is identical
with C. plicidens , Major, a species described from the Upper
Pliocene of the Yal d’ Arno ; the other, with narrower incisors,
smaller molars, and much less plicated enamel, makes a
nearer approach to the recent species, and it is the only form
which has been found hitherto in the Upper Freshwater Bed
at WestRunton. Recently Mr. Savin has found in the latter
deposit two young upper cheek-teeth of Castor , each being
either the right HhA or 5L? (PI. VIII. figs. 2 & 3). Each tooth
presents the usual enamel pattern, and in each the enamel, as
exposed at the grinding-surface (figs. 2 a, 3 a), is free from
plication. An examination of their bases shows that, while
in the smaller tooth the enamel would remain uncrimped
(fig. 3 b ), in the larger one (fig. 2 b ) it acquires in deeper strata
of the crown the complex and elegant plication of C. plicidens .
Boscof has shown that the jaw from the Val d'Arno, on
which Forsyth JNJ ajor based his C. rosince\ , is, in fact, a
young jaw of C . plicidens ; the enamel at the grinding-
surface of the little-worn teeth of this jaw is free from plica-
tion, but a section made through the basal parts of the teeth
shows that the typical plication is developed in the deeper
portions of the teeth, just as in the West Runton specimen.
It may be mentioned, further, that whereas in the molars of
the lower jaw from East Runton figured by Forsyth Major
the plication principally affects the enamel of the first and
third inner folds, in the West Runton tooth all three of the
corresponding outer folds display it.

Mr. Savin possesses a large right ramus from the Forest
Bed of Bacton with all the teeth in place. It belonged to an
old individual. The molars are greatly worn and some of
them are mutilated ; their crowns still show, particularly in
the autero-internal fold of each tooth, traces of a strong
plication of the enamel. The incisor is very broad. This
jaw also may, peihaps, be referable to C. plicidens.

* Forsyth Major, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1908, p. 630.

•f Bosco, op. cit. p. 88.

+ Forsyth Major, Arch, per l’antrop. e l’etnografia, vol. vi. p. 345 (1870).

1S9

some Remains of Rodents .

Dimensions : —

mm.

Alveolar length of cheek-teeth 39

Breadth of incisor 9 3

^74 at crown 11 X 8’5

Diastema 34

C. plicidens appears to be a specialized offshoot which
arose and became extinct in the Upper Pliocene period.
Forsyth Major tells us that in aged teeth of C. fiber a mode-
rate plication of the enamel makes its appearance,, C. plici-
dens seems thus to have rapidly acquired a dental feature
which the recent beaver, had it been left alone, might have
developed in the fullness of time.

2. Trogontherium cuvieri.

Among the specimens from the Upper Freshwater Bed of
West Runton in Mr. Savin’s private collection are three frag-
mentary and very young incisors which, despite their small
size, apparently belong to the Trogontherium. Two of them
(PI. VIII. figs. 4 & 5) are sharply curved and are evidently
left upper incisors. Their sectional diameters increase rapidly
posteriorly, and they are characterized by their convex faces
of rugose enamel. The outer surface in each is traversed by
a narrow groove along the junction of the enamel with the
dentine, and there are fainter indications of a similar feature
on the inner surface. The tip of the smaller and younger
specimen presents a round, rather uneven, wearing surface.
The larger specimen has been in use long enough to have
lost by wear that portion of the crown which is represented
by the smaller tooth, and, although the end is now somewhat
mutilated, to have acquired a normal disc of wear.

The third specimen is very small, its broken base not being
wider than the tip of the smaller upper incisor just described.
It is straighter than either of the others, and may be deter-
mined as the left lower incisor (PI. VIII. fig. 6). The enamel
of the convex anterior face is finely rugose ; there is a narrow
groove on the outer and a still narrower and less distinct one
on the inner surface. The tip (fig. 6 a & b) is quite unworn
and consists of two little tubercles — a higher inner and a
lower outer one — separated from each other by an anterior
and by a posterior valley. These valleys extend downwards
upon the front and hinder surfaces of the tooth for a distance
of about 1 mm., and then die out. The posterior valley
(fig. 6 a) is a deeply re-entrant V-shaped notch, cutting the

190

Mr. M. A. C. Hinton on

crown to its centre ; the less deeply re-entrant anterior valley
(fig. 6 b) has its floor raised as a little rib. Each valley
contains a little cement. The hinder sides of the tubercles
and the posterior valley are invested with a thin coat of
enamel, but whether the latter extends over the apices of the
tubercles or not is uncertain. The grooves of the outer and
inner surfaces — persistent features in adult incisors of Trogon-
theriurn — are seen to start from the summit.

In discussing the grooved upper incisors of Lagomorpfia
Forsyth Major * has stated that: — “ The incisors provided
with enamel-folds point back towards cuspidate incisors, for
the enamel-folds of lophodont and laminated teeth are obviously
the derivatives and homologues of the ‘valleys5 separating
the cusps or tubercles.55 In this connection it is of very
great interest to find traces of the primitive complexity in
the unworn incisor of Trogontherium. It may be that in
some cases, where one or more grooves channel the anterior
faces of the incisors, their persistence is due to the fact that
such grooves are of use to the animal retaining them, as
Tullbergt suggests ; but, in my view, it is wrong to regard
such a groove as a new feature produced in any given case,
because it is there useful. It is a fact that frequently in
Lagomoi'pha and in other rodents more or less distinct traces
of a posterior incisor valley can be found in the form of a
shallow sulcus, which, devoid of enamel, can hardly be of any
functional importance. Further, in many voles vestiges of
vanished valleys can be found as narrow, shallow, well-
defined, and persistent grooves upon the sides of their
molars ; in these cases it is only by a study of unworn or
little-worn teeth that the true significance of such, at first sight,
trivial features becomes apparent.

One of the most interesting of Mr. Savin’s recent acquisi-
tions from the West-Runton deposit is a foot-bone, which I
have determined as the right navicular of Trogontherium — a
part hitherto unknown. In PI. VIII. tig. 7 four views of
the fossil are given, with corresponding views (fig. 8) of
the navicular of Castor fiber . Generally the fossil closely
agrees with the recent bone in form and in the number and
arrangement of the facettes ; it differs principally in having
the articular surfaces much larger, the posterior spur, on the
other hand, much smaller — so that, as a result, its absolute
size is but little greater. Anteriorly it is wider, posteriorly

* Forsyth Major, Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool. ser. 2, vol. vii. p. 470 (1899).

t Tullberg, 1 Ueber das System der Nagethiere,’ p. 363.

191

some Remains of Rodents .

narrower, so that its plan is triangular instead of nearly
rectangular. In the beaver the astragalean facette is a
circular, rather deep basin, with a well-defined posterior rim,
occupying about half of the proximal surface ; in the fossil it
is a rather shallow, irregularly shaped concavity, with an
ill-defined posterior margin occupying fully two-thirds .of the
proximal surface. The distal surface presents the usual
three facettes for the cuneiforms, and these have a greater
antero-posterior extent than in the beaver. The facette for
cuneiform III. is nearly plane instead of concave antero-
posteriorly ; that for cuneiform II. is relatively wider and
gently convex from behind forwards, instead of nearly fiat.
The facette for cuneiform I. is large, crescentic, and concave,
forming the anterior side and roof of a profound notch which
cuts almost through the bone from the distal to the proximal
surface ; in the beaver this notch is much less deep and
the facette is greatly reduced and convex, only the anterior
part of the facette of the fossil being represented. On the
other hand, in the beaver the anterior face of the greatly
developed descending process or “ spur ” bears a small addi-
tional facette for the posterior margin of cuneiform I., which
is not represented in tiie fossil. Between the superior border
of the chief facette for cuneiform I. and the astragalean
surface there is in the beaver a rather large, slightly inclined,
oval facette for the “ navicular e tibiale” ; in the fossil this
facette is also present, but is narrower, triangular in shape,
and highly inclined. The outer (fibular) side of the bone is
occupied anteriorly by the cuboid facette. In the beaver
this is relatively short, low behind, its plane nearly vertical,
and very slightly concave antero-posteriorly. In the fossil
it is longer, much higher behind, its nearly vertical anterior
portion faces backwards and outwards, and its oblique hinder
part faces slightly forwards, downwards, and outwards; the
outer border of the bone, when viewed from below, conse-
quently appears widely notched instead of straight or gently
concave. The posterior spur is much less developed than in
the beaver ; in the latter its plan is nearly square, its flat
upper surface ascends posteriorly, while below it is produced
as a massive projection descending considerably below the
general level of the distal surface ; in the fossil it is narrower,
its upper surface is rounded and shelves away behind and
laterally, while below the descending process is little developed
and scarcely attains the level of the distal surface. The
measurements recorded in the following table bring out many
important distinctions : —

192

Mr. M. A. C. Hinton on

Measurements of navicular
(millimetres).

Trogontherium .
Forest Bed: W. Runton.

' Castor.

Alluvium : Thames.

Absolute.

Reductions.

Absolute.

Reductions.

Antero-posterior diameter

197

100

168

18*7

100

217

Transverse width in front

15-7

79-8

134

13*7

73*4

159

,, „ behind

Width of astragalean facette ....

7T

36T

60-8

8-6

46

100

11*7

59-4

100

8'6

46

100

„ facette for cun. Ill

8*6

43-7

73-5

9-0

48*2

105

v j> . »

Antero-posterior diameter of fa-

6-6

33*5

56-4

50

26-8

58-2

cette for cun. Ill

Antero-posterior length of cuboid

6-8

34-6

58*2

5-7

30-5

66’2

facette

Height of cuboid facette at post.-
external corner of facette for

12-0

61

102

10-5

56-2

122

cun. Ill

5-0

25-4

42-8

5-2

27-8 ;

60*5

Height of cuboid facette behind .
Least distance between facette for
cun. III. and front edge of

6’6

33*5

56-4

4-8

257

55-9

proximal surface

51

25*9

43-6

4-0

21-4

46-5

Height of spur behind

7-3

37 T

62-4

11-0

58-8

128

From this description it is clear that the fossil navicular
belonged to an animal possessing close affinities with the
braver; nevertheless, the differences observed are of generic
importance. A comparison of the articulations shows that
the fossil formed part of a considerably larger foot than that
of Castor . The only larger beaver-like rodent known from
the Forest Bed is the Trogontherium, and, in view of all the
facts, no reasonable doubt can remain that the fossil is rightly
referred to this genus. In the beaver the fourth metatarsal
is the longest and stoutest, the third is little shorter though
more slender, the second and fifth are much smaller, and tnat
of the hallux is still further reduced. From the fact that the
facette for cuneiform III. is narrower, while those for
cuneiforms II. and I. are wider and more extensively developed
in the fossil, we may infer that the disparity in the size of
the three cuneiforms, and consequently of the first, second,
and third metatarsals which they support, was less marked
in the Trogontherium than in the beaver. The slighter
development of the posterior spur in the fossil betokens less
powerfully developed flexor muscles. The enlargement of

193

some Remains of Rodents.

the third and fourth toes in the foot of the beaver is a feature
seen also in the feet of many other aquatic mammals, and is
a specialization for swimming. From the circumstance that,
judging from the navicular, these two digits were less
specially favoured in Trogontherium, we may infer that the
latter was less aquatic than Castor.

Since writing the above paragraph 1 have read Owen’s
account* of some limb-bones referred by him to Trogontherium.
They included the humerus, femur, tibia and anchylosed
fibula, and the calcaneum. The humerus was much larger
proportionally, the femur much shorter in relation to the tibia,
than in Castor. The femur is clearly much less specialized,
differing principally in the smaller and more highly placed
third trochanter, the rounder and thicker lateral borders of
its distal half, and its slighter distal expansion. The tibia is
longer and has a shallower posterior groove, and the fibula is
more extensively anchylosed with it below. The calcaneum
presents features analogous to those described in the navicular.
As in the latter the posterior non-articular part is shorter
relatively, the articular part more largely developed ; it is
also broader, and there are similar differences in the form and
curvature of the facettes. It is with satisfaction that I note
that Owen inferred “ from the femoral modifications that the
Trogontherium was less aquatic and a swifter mover upon
land than the beaver.”

Sciurus whiteij sp. n.

Many years ago Oswald Heer t noticed that some of the
fir-cones from the Forest Bed bore marks which appeared to
indicate that they had been gnawed by squirrels. The only
additional, and quite doubtful, evidence of such an animal in
the Cromerian fauna which Mr. Newton was able to record in
1882 was that of a humerus in the Green Collection from
Ostend, Norfolk; this bone agrees closely in form with that
of S. vulgaris , and it is not certain whether it came from the
Forest Bed or from a recent alluvial deposit. Until the
discovery to be described here was made, no further trace of a
squirrel has been met with in the Forest Bed. A few years
ago, when he was collecting from the thin bed known as the

* Owen, Geol. Mag. dec. 1, vol. vi. p. 52 (1869).
t Newton, “ V'ertebrata of the Forest Bed, ’ Mem. Geol. Survey, 1882,

p. 92.

Ann. & Mag. A\ Ilist. Ser. 8. Vol. xiii.

13

194

Mr. M. A. 0. Hinton on

“Monkey Gravel”* — the uppermost part of the Upper
Freshwater-Bed at West Runton, Norfolk, — Mr. G. White
was fortunate enough to find a minute tooth ; its small size,
yellowish colour, and form, resembling as it does a few
agglutinated particles of the sand in which it was embedded,
says much for the sharp sight of my friend. Mr. White
very generously presented the specimen to me. It turns out
to be the right EA of a squirrel. It differs importantly from
the Eii of S. vulgaris , and indicates a species which, when
more fully known, will probably not be able to find a place
within the genus Sciurus as restricted by modern mammalo-
gists. For this Forest-Bed species I have pleasure in pro-
posing the name of S. whitei.

In S. vulgaris (PI. VIII. fig. 9) the outer border of Eii is
formed by the four cusps called by Winge 1, 4, 2, and 5 ; of
these 4 and 5 are the largest and most lofty, 1 is nearly as stout
though lower than either, while 2 is minute and on its way
to disappear. The inner side of Eii is formed by a single
very large and lofty cusp (Wingers 6), which Forsyth Major +
has shown to be a compound of at least three inner tubercles
which have fused together. Between the outer cusps and the
inner cone is a series of transverse ridges (formed out of a
modified median series of tubercles, and comprising, inter
alia , the “proto-” and “ meta-conules ”), viz., a low one
forming the anterior border of the tooth from cusp 1, two
higher ones from cusp 4, and the anterior edge of cusp 5
respectively, and a low one forming the posterior border from
the hinder edge of 5 ; between these ridges are three trans-
verse valleys, of which the central one, for the reception of
the chief cusp of the opposed tooth, is the widest and deepest.

In the fossil (PI. VIII. fig. 10) the same elements are present,
but the transverse arrangement is less perfect. Cusp 1 is much
smaller, as in some species of Tamias ; it is compressed from
before backwards, and prolonged inwards as a rounded ridge
which dies out with the first transverse valley at a point less
than halfway across the crown. The remainder of the front
border of the tooth is formed by the “ proto-conule,” which
here retains more of its tubercular character and indepen-
dence, being more forwardly placed and separated from
cusp 4 by a conspicuous cleft. Cusp 2, though very low, is
stouter. The “ meta-conule ” is stouter and more indepen-
dent ; externally it is placed further back, the hinder trans-

* Hinton, Geol. Mag. dec. 5, vol. v. p. 440.

t Forsyth Major, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1893, p. 182.

HINTON.

Ann . Sf' Mag . Xat. Hist. S. §. Vol. X III. PI. ( 111.

p.4 m. / m .£

Fig. 1.

M. A. C. Hinton del.

r -

I

195

some Remains of Rodents.

verse crest starting from its posterior part instead of from
cusp 5. As a result of these differences the anterior and
posterior transverse valleys are less extensive, the central
one, on the other hand, wider and deeper than in S. vulgaris.
Viewed from the front, the fossil is seen to be rather more
braehyodont than the recent tooth. Like the latter, the
fossil has three roots, viz., a large fang supporting the inner
cone and two small ones on the outer side ; in the fossil the
outer fangs are of approximately equal size, but in /S'. vulgaris ,
owing to the greater size of cusp 1, the antero-external fang
is stouter than the postero-external one. As the following
dimensions show, the fossil is considerably smaller than the
recent tooth : —

/S', whitei.

1

S. vulgaris.

mm.

mm.

Autero-posterior length, outer border . .

1-98

2*25

j Transverse width (6-4)

2*2

2*42

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VIII.

Fig. 1. Castor veterior, Lankester. Part of a right ramus, witn £71,

and 7^72, from the Red Crag of Woodbridge, Suffolk. Major
Moore’s collection. A, inner, B, outer view ; C, crown view
of cheek-teeth.

Fig. 2. Castor plicidens, Forsyth Major, from the Upper Freshwater Bed
of West Runton, Norfolk. a, crown, b , basal view.

Fig. 3. Castor sp., from the Upper Freshwater Bed of West Runton.
a, crown, b, basal view.

Figs. 4 & 5. Trogontherium. Lateral and sectional views of two young
left upper incisors from the Upper Freshwater Bed of West
Runton.

Fig. 6. Trogontherium. Left lower incisor from the Upper Freshwater
Bed of West Runton. 6 a. Posterior view of tip. 6 6. Ante-
rior view of tip. (6 a and 6 b much enlarged.)

Fig. 7. Trogontherium cuvieri , Fischer. Right navicular from the Upper
Freshwater Bed, West Runton. A = proximal, B= distal,
C = tibial, and I) = fibular views. Facettes: a, astragalean ;
c, cuboid ; HI., II., and I., cuneiform, n.t., naviculare tibiale.

Fig. 8. Castor fiber, Linn. Right navicular from the alluvium of the
Thames. Littering as in fig. 7.

Fig. 9. Sciurus vulgaris , Linn. Right Pm 4, recent. X 9.

hg. 10. Sciurus whitei, sp. n. Right i)m- 4 from the Upper Freshwater
Bed, West Runton. x 9.

(Except where otherwise noted, all figures are of natural size.)

196 On a new Dormouse from Northern Nigeria.

XVII. — A new Dormouse from Northern Nigeria, presented

to the British Museum by J. G. Fox 3 Esq. By Guy

Dollman.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

Graphiurus foxi , sp. n.

A medium-sized species allied to Graphiurus lorraineus ,
Dollm., from which it is distinguished by its less richly
coloured coat and smaller teeth.

Dimensions of body and hind feet greater than in lor-
raineus. General texture and length of hair as in the Welle
ltiver form. Colour of dorsal surface dull greyish brown ;
general effect as in G. spurrelli , Dollm. Dark rings around
eyes not markedly developed. Cheeks greyish white, hairs
with slate-grey bases and white tips. Backs of hands and
feet dirty white. Ventral surface of body slate-grey, washed
with white. Tail pale liver-brown.

Skull rather smaller than that of lorraineus , with narrower
nasals and interorbital region ; auditory bullae less inflated
and cheek-teeth considerably smaller.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) : —

Head and body 83 mm. ; tail 58 ; bind foot 13 ;
ear 1 5.

Skull: greatest length 25*1 ; basilar length 18*7 ; condylo-
incisive length 22 ; zygomatic breadth 14‘2 ; interorbital
constriction 3*7 ; squamosal breadth of brain-case 11*5 ;
length of nasals 9*3; greatest width across nasals 2*8;
palatilar length 7*7 ; length of palatal foramina 2'5 ; length
of upper cheek-teeth 2*8.

Bab. Kabwir, Bauchi Province, Northern Nigeria. Alti-
tude 2500 feet.

Type. Adult female, B.M. no. 13.5.15.1. Original
number 58. Collected and presented by J. C. Fox, Esq.

This Nigerian dormouse is distinguished from its nearest
ally, G. lorraineus, by its less richly coloured pelage and
smaller cheek-teeth. The genus has not hilherto been
recorded from Northern Nigeria; G. hueli , Koch., and
G , crassicaudatus dorothece , Dollm., both members of very
different groups, are the only other Nigerian species, and
these do not appear to occur north of the Southern Nigerian
boundary.

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[EIGHTH SERIES.]

No. 74. FEBRUARY 1914.

XVIII. — Descriptions of new Genera and Species of Noctuidse.

By Sir George F. Hampson, Bart., F.Z.S,

[Concluded from p. 175.]

Genus Lophocyttarra, nov.

Type, L. phcenicoxantha.

Proboscis aborted, minute ; palpi upturned, slender, the
second joint reaching to about middle of Irons, the third short;
frons smooth ; eyes large, round ; antennae of male ciliated ;
thorax clothed almost entirely with scales and without
crests ; fore and mid tibiae fringed with long hair ; abdomen
without crests. Fore wing with the apex rounded, the
termen evenly curved and not crenulate ; veins 3 and 5
from near angle of cell ; 6 from upper angle ; 9 from 10
anastomosing with 8 to form a minute areole ; 11 from cell;
a small tuft of scales in middle of cell and two on disco-
cellulars. Hind wing with veins 3, 4 from angle of cell ;
5 nearly fully developed from just below middle of disco-
cellulars ; 6, 7 from upper angle ; 8 anastomosing with the
cel) near base only.

5406 Lophocyttarra phcenicoocantha, sp. n.

£ . Head, thorax, and abdomen dark purple-red tinged
with blackish ; pectus, legs, ventral surface of abdomen
and anal tuft yellow, the fore legs black in front except
the tarsi. Fore wing yellow, the base and costal area

Ann. & Mag. N, Hist. Ser. 8. Vo/, xiii. 14

198

Sir G. F. Hampson on new

deep purple-red tinged in parts with black and irrorated
with silver scales ; antemedial line indistinct, purplish
pink on the yellow area, excurved ; a tuft of black and
silver scales in middle of cell and two on discocellulars ;
some purple-pink in and beyond end of cell, and an incurved
band from lower angle to inner margin ; postmedial line
yellow defined on outer side by purplish pink, bent outwards
below costa, slightly incurved at discal fold, below vein 3
forming a broad waved incurved band, some yellow points
beyond it on costa ; subterminal line only defined by some
purple-pink beyond its medial part, forming a spot at
middle of terminal area ; a terminal series of purplish -pink
points. Hind wing purplish pink irrorated with silvery
scales, the terminal area yellow ; rather diffused dark
curved antemedial, medial, and postmedial lines and a dark
discoidal bar ; a terminal series of purplish-pink points ; the
underside whitish.

Hob. Natal, Durban (Leigh), 1 $ type. Eocp. 22 mm.

5430 a. Corgatha injlammata , sp. n.

Head and tegulse yellow suffused with fiery red;
thorax fiery red with some silvery scales ; pectus and legs
yellow, the fore legs crimson with some yellow and brown
hair on fore femora and the tarsi yellow ; abdomen fiery
red with some silvery scales, the ventral surface yellow.
Fore wing yellow almost entirely suffused with fiery red and
irrorated with some fuscous and silvery scales, the medial
part of costa, a patch in middle of cell, and a patch beyond
costal part of postmedial line yellow' ; a subbasal yellow
striga from costa; antemedial line defined on outer side by
a red striga from costa on the yellow area, yellow and
excurved below the cell; traces of a dark medial shade;
postmedial line red defined on outer side by yellow and on
inner side also below costa, minutely dentate, excurved to
vein 4, then incurved, some yellow points beyond it on costa ;
subterminal line represented by faint yellow’ marks, some-
what excuived below vein 7 and at middle ; cilia chequered
red and yellow. Hind wing with the basal half yellow with
some fiery red and blackish irroration below end of cell, the
terminal half fiery red w’ith some silvery irroration ; diffused
fiery-red subbasal and medial lines ; postmedial line fiery
red defined on outer side by yellow', dentate, angled inw ards
at discal fold and excurved at middle ; subterminal line
represented by some small yellow spots ; cilia chequered
red and yellow’ ; the underside yellow, a slight brownish

199

Genera and Species of Noctuidae.

discoidal spot, a sinuous pale red postmedial line, the
terminal area suffused with pale red and the termen with
fuscous.

Hab. Dutch N. Guinea, Oetakwa R., Snow Mts. ( Meek ),
1 S type. Exp. 22 mm.

5430 b. Corgatha poliostrota, sp. n.

$ . Head and thorax purplish red-brown, the vertex of
head and antennae towards base white ;• abdomen dark
purplish brown mixed with some grey ; pectus, legs, and
ventral surface of abdomen whitish mixed with brown.
Fore wing purplish brown tinged with grey, the costal and
postmedial areas white irrorated with brown ; a narrow
antemedial white band; a whitish discoidal spot ; postmedial
line indistinctly double, dark filled in with whitish, oblique
to vein 6, slightly incurved at discal fold, incurved below
vein 4 ; the costa beyond it tinged with brown and with
two white points ; subterminal line only defined by the dark
terminal area and the brownish on costa before it, angled
inwards at discal fold and excurved at middle ; a blackish
terminal line. Hind wing purple-brown with some grey
and fuscous irroration ; traces of an oblique sinuous whitish
antemedial line and of a sinuous whitish subterminal line ;
a blackish terminal line ; the underside grey tinged with
brown.

Hab. Gold Coast, Bibianaha (Spurred), 1 ? type, Exp.

18 mm.

5430 c. Corgatha emarginata , sp. n.

Fore wing with the apex produced and acute, the termen
oblique and sinuous below vein 3 ; hind wing with the
termen oblique to vein 3 where it is strongly excurved ;
tibiae of male fringed with long hair.

£ . Head, thorax, and abdomen bright rufous mixed with
yellow, the last with the ventral surface yellow. Fore wing
yellow irrorated with rufous and blackish, the costal area
suffused with rufous and irrorated with a few silvery scales ;
antemedial line rufous, curved ; a faint rufous spot in cell
towards extremity and a faint oblique dark medial shade ;
the terminal half of costal edge black with some white
points on it ; postmedial line rufous, oblique and almost
straight from below costa to inner margin ; a faint waved
rufous subterminal line, excurved at middle ; a rufous
terminal line with a series of black points on it. Hind
wing yellow suffused with bright rufous and slightly
irrorated with black ; a small black discoidal spot on an

14*

200

Sir G. F. Sampson on new

oblique dark shade ; postmedial line rufous, oblique,
straight ; a diffused, waved rufous subterminal line, excurved
at middle ; a rufous terminal line and series of black
points ; the underside yellow, a black discoidal spot and
rufous postmedial line, the termen suffused with fuscous
black to vein 4, then with black striae.

Hab. Dutch N. Guinea, Snow Mts., Oetakwa R. (Meek),
1 $ type. Exp. 22 mm.

5525 a. Angitia flavidorsum 3 sp. n.

2- . Head and thorax yellow, mixed with red-brown ;
abdomen yellow tinged with rufous and suffused with red-
brown at side. Fore wing red-brown irrorated with yellow
especially on medial part of costal area ; an irregular
yellow patch at base with a black spot on its outer edge ;
double subbasal black striae filled in with yellow from costa;
antemedial line double, black-brown filled in with yellowish,
sinuous, excurved above inner margin ; orbicular defined at
sides by yellow bars ; reniform with a yellow bar on inner
edge and a yellow spot with white spots above it and two
below it on outer ; a dark striga from middle of costa and
an oblique waved line from lower angle of cell to inner
margin ; postmedial line double, dark brown filled in with
yellow, strongly bent outwards below costa, then minutely
waved, slightly incurved at discal fold and oblique below
vein 4, some whitish points beyond it on costa ; subterminal
line yellow, interrupted, defined on inner side by dark
brown suffusion and somewhat dentate marks at middle,
minutely waved, excurved at vein 7 and middle, and bent
inwards at veins 5 and 3, a small yellow spot beyond it at
discal fold ; a terminal series of small black-brown lunules
slightly defined by yellowish ; cilia bright yellow with red-
brown patches at apex and middle. Hind wing red-brown,
the cilia bright yellow, red-brown at tips towards apex ; the
underside whitish irrorated with red-brown, the apical area
suffused with red-brown and a red-brown patch at tornus,
a red-brown discoidal spot and crenulate postmedial line
defined on outer side by white.

Hab. Panama, La Chorrera {Dolby - Tyler) , 1 $ ; Br.
Guiana ( Kaye ), 1 $ type. Exp. 30 mm.

5535 a. Angitia esmeralda , sp. n.

$ . Head and thorax emerald-green mixed with red-
brown, the vertex of head and tegulse with some whitish ;
pectus and legs white tinged with red-brown ; abdomen

201

Genera and Species of Noctuidae.

brown mixed with yellow and with yellow dorsal stripe, the
crests and extremity of anal tuft emerald-green. Fore wing
emerald-green thickly pencilled with dark brown and slightly
irrorated with black ; a basal green patch with black spot
at its lower extremity ; antemedial line dark brown, oblique,
sinuous ; orbicular with green bars defined by blackish at
sides ; reniform Avith green bar defined by blackish on inner
side, its outer edge with white point at upper extremity aud
two at lower; an oblique dark line from lower angle of cell
to inner margin ; postmedial line double, dark brown filled
in with green, strongly bent outwards below costa, then
minutely waved, slightly incurved at discal fold and oblique
beloAv vein 4, some white points beyond it on costa ; sub-
terminal line green defined on inner si !e by small dentate
black marks between veins 7 and 3, minutely waved, bent
outwards at vein 7 and middle, a blackish spot beyond it on
diseal fold ; a terminal series of small blackish lunules
slightly defined by green ; cilia green mixed with brown
towards apex and at middle. Hind wing red-brown, the
cilia green with a brown line through them towards apex ;
the underside green irrorated with brown especially on
terminal area, a brown line from costa to lower angle of cell
and crenulate postmedial line.

Hub. Trinidad, Caparo {Kaye), 1 $ type. Exp . 30 mm.

5536 a. Angitia polio sema, sp. n.

S . Head and thorax yellow-green mixed with red-brown,
the metathorax with green patch ; abdomen yellow-green
mixed with red-brown and with a green patch at base of
dorsum, the ventral surface yellow with sublateral aud
ventral series of small dark spots. Fore wing yellow-green
irrorated Avith red-broAvn ; an indistinct double broAvn
subbasal line filled in with green from costa to a green
mark below base of cell ; antemedial line double, brown
filled in with green and defined on inner side by a red-
broAvn band, from costa to vein 1, slightly Avaved ; orbicular
defined at sides by green and red-brown ; reniform with
incomplete green annulus defined by red-broAvn and
green centre defined by red-brown ; an incurved red-
brown shade from lower angle of cell to inner margin ;
a grey patch irrorated with broAvn beyond lower angle
of cell; postmedial line double, dark brown filled in Avith
green, bent outwards beloAv costa, then waved, incurved at
discal fold and below vein 4, some dark brown suffusion
beyond it and some green points on costa ; subterminal line

202

Sir G. F. Hampson on new

green defined on inner side by red-brown, Waved, excurved
at vein 7 and middle and bent inwards at veins 5 and 3,
some dark red-brown beyond it towards apex and spots
below veins 5 and 3 ; a terminal series of small dark brown
lunules defined by green. Hind wing red-brown, the inner
half of termen with slight dark lunules defined by green, a
green bar above tornus ; cilia green, red-brown at tips
towards apex ; the underside whitish irrorated with red-
brown, the terminal area suffused with red-brown, a red-
brown discoidal spot and diffused crenulate postmedial line
defined on outer side by wrhite.

Hab. Br. Guiana {Roberts), 1 type. Exp. 28 mm.

5583 a. Phyllophila atripars , sp. n.

<$ . Head and thorax grey tinged with brown and irrorated
with black, black streaks on vertex of head and upper edges of
tegulse and patagia, the dorsum of thorax black ; pectus, legs,
and abdomen brownish grey irrorated with black, the last
dorsally suffused with brown. Fore wing grey suffused with
brown and irrorated with black, the costal area paler with
black streaks on the veins ; a black fascia below median ner-
vure ; orbicular black, small, round ; reniform defined by
black, narrow, elliptical ; postmedial line black, obsolescent
towards costa, strongly excurved to vein 4, then bent inwards
to below end of cell and oblique and sinuous to inner
margin ; subterminal line blackish, excurved, and waved to
vein 3, then bent inwards ; an oblique black shade from
apex to vein 6, then between the postmedial and subterminal
lines to vein 3; a terminal series of black points; cilia with
a black line at middle. Hind wing grey tinged and irrorated
with brown, the terminal area suffused with brown ; a black
discoidal spot and fine terminal line ; cilia grey with a
black line at middle ; the underside brownish white strongly
irrorated with black, a black discoidal lunule.

Ab. 1. Fore wing with the costal area black to the sub-
terminal line extending to the fascia below the cell.

Hab. Br. E. Africa, Nairobi {Anderson) , 6 £ . Exp.
30 mm.

P. 378. Genus Xantholeuca, Hmpsn., nec Seph. Lep. 1831.

Rename Chionoxantha.

P. 479. Prasinopyra, n. n. for Chlorhoda, nec Hmpsn.
Lep. 1901.

P. 487. Genus Xanthozona , Hmpsn., nec Townsend,
Dipt. 1908. Rename Xanthomera.

Genera and Species of Noctuidse.

203

5601. Ozarba flavicilia, sp. n.

S . Head aud thorax black-brown ; palpi, pectus, and legs
yellow mixed with black -brown, the tarsi black-brown ringed
with yellow; abdomen fuscous brown, the anal tuft and
lateral stripes yellow, the ventral surface yellow irrorated
with blackish. Fore wing black-brown with a slight
purplish-grey gloss ; antemedial line indistinct, double,
blackish, dentate, with two orange striae at costa; medial
line indistinct, blackish, waved ; a straight pale yellow post-
medial band, defined at sides by black aud with diffused
rufous line towards outer edge, some yellow points beyond
it on costa; subterminal line indistinct, diffused, blackish,
irregularly dentate, incurved at discal fold and below vein 3 ;
a terminal series of black points. Hind wing dark brown
with a cupreous gloss ; cilia yellow except at apex ; the
underside black irrorated with whitish, some yellow at base
of costa and on termen except towards apex and tornus.

Hab. Uganda, Entebbe ( Neave ), 1 <$ type. Exp. 26 mm.

5605 a. Ozarba orthogramma , sp. n.

$ . Head and thorax greyish brown ; abdomen pale grey-
brown ; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen whitish
suffused with brown, the tarsi black ringed with white.
Fore wing greyish brown with a slight cupreous tinge; ante-
medial line dark brown defined on each side by whitish, erect
and slightly sinuous ; a slightly incurved blackish medial
line defined on inner side by some whitish scales and with a
dark brown band beyond it, narrow at costa, widening to
inner margin ; an oblique white striga across end of cell and
two minute black and white points beyond upper angle ;
postmedial line dark brown defined on each side by whitish,
erect, straight, a patch of dark brown suffusion beyond it
from below costa to vein 5; traces of a sinuous whitish sub-
terminal line, incurved at submedian fold ; a fine blackish
terminal line defined on inner side by whitish. Hind wing
brown with a cupreous gloss ; the underside brown irrorated
with whitish, indistinct curved dark postmedial and sub-
terminal line, a fine waved blackish terminal line with
whitish marks before it.

Hab. N. Nigeria, Minna ( Macfie ), 2 ? type. Exp .

24 mm.

5678 a. Ozarba leptocyma , sp. n.

3. Head and tegulse dark brown mixed with ochreous ;
thorax dark brown mixed with grey; pectus and legs ochreous

j± Sir G. F. Hampson on new

mixed with brown, the tarsi blackish ringed with ochreous ;
abdomen dark brown, the ventral surface irrorated with
grey. Fore wing purplish grey, the terminal area dark
brown ; a slight dark subbasal line from costa to submedian
fold ; antemedial line double, dark, sinuous, defined on inner
side by pinkish towards costa ; a sinuous dark medial line
excurved at median nervure and with band of dark suffusion
beyond it; a pinkish white discoidal striga; postmedial line
double, dark filled in with grey and defined on outer side by
grey, slightly incurved at discal and submedian folds, some
pale points beyond it on costa ; a slight greyish subterminal
line somewhat excurved below vein 7 and at middle ; a
blackish terminal line defined on inner side by slight whitish
lunules. Hind wing dark brown with a cupreous gloss; the
underside slightly irrorated with grey.

Hab. N. Nigeria, Minna ( Macfie ), 2 type, Zungeru,
1 $ . Exp. 18 mm.

5760 a. Lithacodia mesomela , sp. n.

Head and thorax grey-white mixed with rufous and some
blackish ; antennae and palpi blackish ; abdomen grey-white
mixed with dark brown, the crest on third segment blackish.
Fore wing with the ba^al area and the costal area and cell to
the reniform whitish suffused with rufous ; a subbasal black
point in the cell ; antemedial line slight, double, incurved in
ceil, oblique and filled in with white below the cell ; the
inner half of medial area black-brown ; a black point in
middle of cell ; reniform elliptical with white annulus defined
by black, its centre white above, fuscous below, and in-
completely defined by black ; postmedial line double and
filled in with white, excurved below costa, then forming the
outer edge of reniform, incurved and waved below it; the
terminal area whitish suffused with brown; subterminal line
whitish defined on inner side irregularly by black, dentate at
veins 7, 6, 4, 3, 2 and incurved at discal fold ; an oblique
blackish mark from apex ; a punctiform blackish terminal
line ; cilia with dark lines at middle and tips. Hind wing
reddish brown ; a fine dark terminal line ; cilia whitish with
a dark line through them ; the underside whitish tinged
with ochreous and irrorated with fuscous ; a blackish dis-
coidal spot, minutely waved postmedial line, indistinct waved
subterminal line, and terminal series of black striae.

Hab. Br. E. Africa, Nairobi [Anderson) , 1^,4? type.
Exp., J 18, $ 20 mm.

Genera and Species o/Noctuid^e.

205

Genus Argyrolopha, nov.

Type, A. costibarbata.

Proboscis fully developed ; palpi upturned, the second joint
reaching to vertex of head and with tuft of hair behind at
extremity, the third moderate and with tuft of hair behind ;
frons smooth; eyes large, round; antennse of male with
fasciculate cilia ; thorax clothed almost entirely with scales
and without crests ; tibiae slightly fringed with hair; abdo-
men with dorsal series of crests except at base. Pore wing
with the apex rounded, the termen evenly curved and crenu-
late ; veins 3 and 5 from near angle of cell ; 6 from upper
angle ; 9 and 10 anastomosing with 8 to form the areole ;
11 from cell ; male with a fringe of hair and scales from
below costa recurved over upper surface of wing. Hind
wing with veins 3, 4 from angle of cell ; 5 nearly fully
developed from just below middle of discocellulars ; 6, 7
from upper angle ; 8 anastomosing with the cell near base
only.

In key differs from Micrantha in the palpi being up-
turned.

5747 b. Argyrolopha costibarbata , sp. n.

Head, thorax, and abdomen bright red-brown mixed with
blackish ; antennae and third joint of palpi except at tips
black ; fore tibiae and tarsi black with slight pale rings ;
abdomen with the crests black glossed with silver. Fore
wing bright red-brown irrorated with black; a diffused black
band before the minutely waved black antemedial line; two
waved medial lines with blackish suffusion between them ; a
small black discoidal lunule ; postmedial line black defined
on outer side by reddish ochreous, minutely dentate, ex-
curved to vein 4, then incurved, a triangular blackish patch
beyond it on costal area with some ochreous points on the
costa ; an indistinct ochreous subterminal line excurved
below vein 7 and at middle; a crenulate black terminal line
forming points in the interspaces. Hind wing bright red-
brown irrorated with blackish ; sinuous black medial and
postmedial lines, the latter with ochreous patch beyond it in
submedian interspace; an indistinct pale curved subterminal
line defined on outer side by blackish ; a crenulate black
terminal line forming points at the interspaces ; the under-
side whitish irrorated with brown, sinuous dark medial and
postmedial lines, and terminal series of small lunules.

Hub. Mauritius, Curepipe ( Tullock ), 1 2 ? type. Exp.

24 mm.

20G

Sir Gr. F. Hampson on new

574 7 d. Artiyisa melanephele , sp. n.

Head, thorax, and abdomen bright red-brown mixed with
some black scales, the last with subdorsal silvery-white bars on
third segment; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen
ochreous, the fore and mid tibiae and tarsi banded with
black. Fore wing bright red-brown irrorated with black ; a
black subbasal striga from costa ; a blackish band with waved
edges before the black antemedial line which is somewhat
dentate and interrupted and angled outwards below mediau
nervure ; a black point in middle of cell ; reniform with
slight pale outline and its centre defined by some blackish ;
an indistinct dark medial line excurved in the cell to the
reniform, then incurved ; postmedial line black defined on
outer side by ochreous with a black shade beyond it from
vein 5 to inner margin forming a patch between veins 5
and 3, the line excurved below costa, then dentate, and
incurved below vein 4, some reddish-ochreous points with
black streaks between them beyond it on costa ; subterminal
line reddish ochreous defined on outer side by blackish,
curved, dentate ; a series of black striae before termen and a
small patch at middle; a waved black terminal line. Hind
wing bright red-brown irrorated with some black ; a discoidal
spot defined at sides by black bars ; two indistinct sinuous
lines beyond the cell, defined on outer side by reddish
ochreous; postmedial line black defined on outer side by
reddish ochreous, rather lunulate, incurved at submedian
fold, a blackish patch beyond it between veins 4 and 2 ;
subterminal line reddish ochreous defined on outer side by
blackish, waved and sinuous ; a series of black striae before
termen and small patches at middle and sub median fold, a
waved black terminal line ; the underside ochreous irrorated
with fuscous ; a black discoidal lunule with pale centre,
sinuous postmedial line, subterminal shade, a series of black
striae before termen.

Hab. Tasmania ( R . M. Green), 1^,3? type. Exp. 31-
42 mm.

4757 i. Artiyisa terminalis, sp. n.

? . Head, thorax, and abdomen reddish ochreous mixed
with dark red-brown ; antennae and third joint of palpi dark
brown. Fore wing reddish ochreous irrorated with dark
red-brown, the area beyond the postmedial line dark red-
brown ; a curved ochreous subbaasl line with a dark band
beyond it before the antemedial line which is dark defined
on inner side by ochreous, waved ; a minute dark brown spot

207

Genera and Species o/Noctuidse.

in middle of cell; medial line dark brown, bent outwards in
cell, then sinuous; postmedial line slight, dark brown with
dark points on it at discal and submedian folds, minutely
waved, oblique to vein 4 and incurved below vein 2, some
slight pale points beyond it on costa ; subterminal line
indistinct, pale, angled outwards at vein 7 and excurved at
middle ; a series of small obscure dark spots before ter men
and a punctiform terminal line. Hind wing ochreous
suffused and thickly irrorated with dark red-brown ; a red-
brown discoidal spot; an indistinct sinuous medial line;
postmedial line dark brown defined on outer side by ochreous,
somewhat dentate, excurved beyond lower angle of cell ; an
indistinct pale waved subterminal line and a series of dark
striae before termen ; the underside ochreous tinged with
brown, a brown discoidal spot and sinuous postmedial line.

Hab. Borneo, Sandakan ( Pryer ), 1 $ type. Exp. 26 mm.

5747 /. Panilla homospila, sp. n.

S . Head, thorax, and abdomen red-brown mixed with
ochreous and some dark scales ; legs with some purplish-
pink hair ; tarsi blackish with pale rings ; ventral surface of
abdomen ochreous. Fore wing purplish red-brown mixed
with some greyish ochreous ; antemedial line dark slightly
defined on inner side by ochreous, waved ; a blackish point
in middle of cell; medial line blackish, excurved in cell and
waved below it ; postmedial line slight, dark defined on outer
side by greyish followed by a wedge-shaped blackish shade
from costa to a rather bifid black patch at middle, the line
slightly waved, oblique to discal fold and incurved below
vein 4, some black and pale points beyond it on costa; sub-
terminal line greyish, excurved below costa, then oblique
and touching the bifid patch ; a series of black points before
termen and a fine waved black terminal line. Hind wing
purplish red-brown mixed with some greyish ochreous ; a
slight sinuous dark medial line with a discoidal striga beyond
it; postmedial line black, punctiform, stronger towards inner
margin and excurved beyond lower angle of cell ; a series of
slight dark points before termen and a fine waved dark ter-
minal line ; the underside greyer brown with the markings
indistinct.

Hub . Borneo, Sandakan [Pryer), 1 <$ type. Exp. 28 mm.

5747 o. Panilla diayramma , sp. n.

$ . Head, thorax, and abdomen whitish mixed with black
and some deep red, the frons and tegulse with more black,

208

Sir G. F. Hampson on new

the metathorax with black patch ; pectus, legs, and ventral
surface of abdomen ochreous whitish. Fore wing ochreous
whitish suffused with red-brown and irrorated with blackish,
the costa with antemedial, medial, and postmedial blackish
patches ; antemedial line blackish defined on inner side by
ochreous white, angled inwards in the cell and on vein 1 and
outwards just below median nervure ; a black point defined
by whitish in middle of cell ; reniform with dark outline
defined by whitish, rather inverted comma-shaped ; a double
very oblique medial line from vein 5 to inner margin ; post-
medial line black defined on outer side by whitish, very
oblique to vein 6, then minutely dentate to vein 4, then
again very oblique, the blackish patch beyond it on costa
triangular ; subterminal line whitish, indistinct, and some-
what dentate to vein 4, then oblique and angled outwards at
vein 1 ; a fine crenulate black terminal line. Hind wing
ochreous whitish irrorated with black scales on basal area,
then suffused with dark brown ; a small blackish discoidal
annulus ; medial line blackish defined on outer side by
whitish, oblique ; postmedial line black defined on each side
by whitish, oblique ; a white subterminal line, oblique from
below apex ; a punctiform black terminal line ; the under-
side whitish irrorated with brown, a black discoidal annulus,
and waved medial and postmedial lines.

Hab. Gold Coast, Bibianaha ( Spurreli ), 1 $ type. Exp,
20 mm.

5747 q. Panilla liemicausta , sp. n.

£ . Head and thorax dark purplish brown ; palpi ochreous
towards tips ; pectus mostly ochreous ; tarsi dark brown
with pale rings ; abdomen ochreous with some purple-red
towards base and diffused dark bands towards extremity,
the ventral surface ochreous. Fore wing with the basal and
terminal areas purple-brown mixed with some red, the medial
area ochreous tinged with purplish red and suffused with
brown on its basal half ; antemedial line slight, dark, slightly
defined on inner side by ochreous, minutely waved, an in-
distinct sinuous dark medial line ; postmedial line slight,
red defined on outer side bv ochreous, oblique to vein 6,
angled inwrards to a black point at discal fold, oblique and
minutely dentate below vein 4 and with two black points in
submedian interspace, some pale points beyond it on costa ;
traces of a waved greyish subterminal line ; a slight lunulate
blackish terminal line. Hind wing ochreous irrorated with
red, the terminal area purple-brown mixed with some red ; a

209

Genera and Species of Noctuidae.

waved blackish medial line with some deep red beyond it on
inner half ; postmedial line dark, angled inwards and forming
a black wedge-shaped patch at discal fold, sinuous and with
black spots on it below vein 4 ; traces of an ochreous sub-
terminal line ; a lunulate blackish terminal line ; the under-
side ochreous, the medial and postmedial lines and terminal
area dark brown.

Hab. Gold Coast, Bibianaha ( Spurred ), 1 ? type. Exp,
28 mm.

5747 r. Panilla poliochroa, sp. n.

S . Head, thorax, and abdomen violaceous grey mixed
with some black scales ; pectus and legs brownish white.
Fore wing violaceous grey slightly irrorated with blackish,
a blackish subbasal patch defined by whitish on costa and
antemedial black points in and below the cell; a double
waved blackish medial line ; postmedial line black, minutely
waved, excurved, a black patch beyond it at middle; sub-
terminal line whitish, sinuous, from costa to the black patch ;
a series of black points before termen and blackish patch at
middle, and a fine waved black terminal line. Hind wing
violaceous grey irrorated with blackish ; a sinuous blackish
medial line excurved round an obscure discoidal annulus ;
postmedial line black, minutely dentate, angled inwards at
discal fold ; a faint diffused subterminal line ; a series of
black points before termen connected with a fine waved black
terminal line ; the underside whitish suffused with brown
and with waved medial and postmedial lines.

Hab. N. Borneo, Mt. Marapok, 1 type. Exp. 18 mm.

5747 t. Panilla subbasalis , sp. n.

. Head, thorax, and abdomen whitish tinged with
purplish red and with some black scales ; antenna black ;
mid tibiae with the hair deep red-brown. Fore wing whitish
suffused with violaceous brown and some red and irrorated
with blackish ; a rather broad subbasal black band ; a small
dark discoidal spot narrowing above ; postmedial line in-
distinct, dark, oblique to vein 5, then inwardly oblique and
somewhat dentate, a quadrate blackish patch beyond it on
costal area ; traces of a dark postmedial line excurved at
middle ; a terminal series of blackish points. Hind wing
whitish suffused with purplish red and irrorated with blackish;
an oblique black line from lower angle of cell to inner
margin ; postmedial line black, excurved beyond the cell ; a
blackish subterminal liue, excurved at middle; a waved

210

Sir G. F. Hampson on new

blackish terminal line; the underside whitish tinged with
brown, the markings indistinct.

Hab. Gold Coast, Bibianaha ( Spurrell ), 1 £ type. Exp.
26 mm.

5762 a. Lithacodia pyrophora , sp. n.

$ . Head and thorax white tinged with rufous; antennae
brown; pectus and legs ochreous white, the fore tibiae and
the tarsi fuscous ringed with white ; abdomen ochreous
irrorated with fuscous, the crest on third segment black, the
anal segment with blackish subdorsal patches. Fore wing
with the basal area white tinged with pale rufous and
bounded by the obliquely curved dark antemedial line ; a
brown subbasal striga from costa; the rest of wing dark
brown ; a semielliptical white patch on postmedial part of
costa with a fiery-red patch on its outer side defined by a
white striga from costa ; the slight curved very minutely
waved postmedial line arising from the costal patch, whitish
defined by blackish and with a diffused black patch beyond
it below the red patch ; a black apical spot and traces of a
pale sinuous subterminal line ; a fine yellowish line at base
of cilia. Hind wing pale ochreous brown ; cilia yellowish
with a brown line near base ; the underside yellowish irro-
rated with brown, rather diffused curved dark medial and
postmedial lines, and a terminal series of black points.

Hab. Br. C. Africa, Nvasaland [Old). 1 ? type. Exp.

20 mm.

5812 a. Lithacodia griseifusa , sp. n.

$ . Head, thorax, and abdomen brown mixed with grey ;
palpi with the second and third joints white at extremities ;
pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen whitish tinged
with brown. Fore wing brown mixed with grey-white, the
medial area brown ; subbasal line double, dark filled in with
whitish, from costa to submedian fold ; antemedial line
double, dark filled in with whitish and defined on inner side
by whitish, waved ; orbicular a small whitish annulus with
dark centre ; reniform small, whitish, elliptical, with two
dark points in centre ; postmedial line double, dark filled in
with whitish and defined on outer side by w'hitish, bent out-
wards below costa, then minutely waved, excurved to vein 4,
then oblique, some white points beyond it on costa ; sub-
terminal line whitish, excurved below vein 7 and at middle ;
a terminal series of black points. Hind wing grey-browm ;
a fine dark terminal line ; cilia whitish mixed with brown ;

211

Genera and Species of Noctuidse.

the underside whitish irrorated with brown, a small blackish
discoidal spot, curved sinuous postmedial line, and diffused
subterminal line.

Hah. N. Nigeria, Minna ( Macfie ), 2 $ type. Exp.
18 mm.

5832 5. Lithacodia plumbifusa, sp. n.

$ . Head and thorax black-brown suffused with leaden
grey; pectus, legs, and abdomen greyish brown. Fore wing
black-brown suffused with leaden grey ; antemedial line grey
defined on outer side by brown suffusion, waved ; orbicular
and reniform absent ; postmedial line greyish defined on
inner side by brown suffusion, somewhat oblique towards
costa, then dentate, incurved in submedian interspace ; sub-
terminal line indistinct, diffused, dark brown, excurved below
costa and at middle and incurved at discal fold and below
vein 3 ; a terminal series of black points. Ilind wing greyish
suffused with glossy brown.

Hab. N. Nigeria, Minna ( Macfie ), 1 ? type. Exp .
16 mm.

Genus Callostrotia, nov.

Type, C.Jlcivizonata.

Proboscis fully developed; palpi upturned, the second joint
reaching to vertex of head and moderately scaled, the third
rather long ; frons with rounded prominence ; eyes large,
round ; antennae of male ciliated ; thorax clothed almost
entirely with scales, the metathorax with depressed crest ;
abdomen with basal crest only. Fore wing rather long and
narrow, the termen evenly curved and not crenulate ; veins
3 and 5 from near angle of cell ; 6 from upper angle ; 9 from
10 anastomosing with 8 to form a minute areole ; 11 from
cell. Hing wing with veins 3, 4 from angle of cell ; 5 nearly
fully developed from above angle ; 6, 7 from upper angle ;
8 anastomosing with the cell near base only,

5848 a. Callostrotia flavizonata , sp. n.

S . Head and thorax black mixed with yellow ; antennae
yellowish with a black line between their bases ; abdomen
black with yellow segmental lines, the extremity yellow.
Fore wing with the base black with some yellow and silvery
scales; a yellow subbasal striga from costa ; a yellow ante-
medial band with sinuous edges ; medial area black irrorated
with yellow and silvery scales ; a small yellow spot in middle

212

Sir G. F. Hampson on new

of cell and yellow discoidal striga; postmedial line yellow,
expanding into a patch at costa, excurved at middle ; post-
medial area black irrorated with yellow and silvery scales
and with some yellow points at costa; subterminal line
yellow, nearly straight, defined on outer side by black suffu-
sion except towards tornus ; the termen yellow with a series
of black points. Hind wing yellowish suffused with black-
brown leaving the termen yellowish ; a yellow postmedial
bar from costa ; a terminal series of black points ; the
underside yellow suffused with black, the inner area yellowish,
a sinuous yellow postmedial band, and a series of small yellow
spots in the interspace before termen.

Hab. N. Nigeria, Zungeru ( Macfie ), 1 $ type. Exp.
20 mm.

5884 a. Eustrotia expatriata , sp. n.

$ . Head, thorax, and abdomen grey-brown ; pectus, legs,
and ventral surface of abdomen whitish, the tibiae and tarsi
fuscous ringed with white. Fore wing with the basal half
grey-brown, the terminal half pale purplish red-brown with
the termen greyer ; slight black subbasal and antemedial
marks on costa ; a deep chocolate- brown medial band edged
by black lines and with silvery lines just before and beyond
it, slightly excurved below costa and incurved just below the
cell, a faint dark line beyond it incurved between veins 5
and 1 ; a few blackish scales on discocellulars ; some black
points on postmedial part of costa; a greyish subterminal
line, slightly excurved at middle, a terminal series of black
striae. Hind wing grey tinged with red-brown ; the under-
side whitish irrorated with brown.

Hab. N. Nigeria, Zungeru ( Macfie ), 2 ? type. Exp.
18 mm.

5904 a. Eustrotia atrivitta , sp. n.

<$ . Head and thorax ochreous whitish mixed with dark
brown ; palpi with the second and third joints banded with
blackish ; sides of frons black ; fore femora blackish in
front, the tibiae and tarsi banded black and white ; abdomen
ochreous with obscure dorsal brown bands. Fore wing
white tinged with ochreous and irrorated with brown ;
patches of dark suffusion on basal and medial costal areas
and in cell, separated by an oblique white band from costa
to the obscurely defined white orbicular stigma ; reniform
white partly defined by black and with some brown irroration
in centre, met by an oblique white shade from costa with an

Genera and Species of Noctuida?.

213

oblique dark shade beyond it from apex ; a black fascia
between orbicular and reniform ; postmedial line slight,
double, dark filled in with white, bent outwards below costa,
excurved to vein 4, then oblique and slightly waved ; a fine
black terminal line expanding into patches at middle and
submedian fold, some white suffusion before it towards apex.
Hind wing ochreous white tinged with brown; a fine brown
terminal line ; the underside ochreous white irrorated with
brown, a slight brown discoidal stigma and traces of sinuous
postmedial and subterminal lines.

Hob. Br. E. Africa, N. Kavirondo, Maramas Distr., Ilala
[Neave)} 1 £ type. Exp. 20 mm.

5915 a. Eustrotia nephrostricta , sp. n.

$ . Head and thorax grey-white tinged with reddish brown
and mixed with black-brown ; palpi black except at base;
pectus and legs whitish tinged with brown, the fore tibiae
blackish, the tarsi blackish with pale rings ; abdomen grey-
white suffused with brown, leaving pale segmental lines.
Fore wing grey-white tinged with brown and irrorated with
blackish ; an oblique whitish subbasal bar from costa with a
brown spot before it and a brown patch beyond it extending
to median nervure; antemedial line slight, dark, curved, and
minutely waved, a small black spot beyond it representing
the claviform ; orbicular and reniform large, whitish defined
by blackish, the former with whitish spot above it on costa,
the latter extending to well below the cell and with a whitish
spot above it on costa with a brown patch before it ; post-
medial line indistinct, obliquely excurved from costa to
vein -6, then forming slight whitish dark-defined lunules,
some whitish points beyond it on costa; subterminal line
whitish defined on inner side by brown suffusion, minutely
waved, excurved below vein 7 and angled inwards at vein 2,
the interspaces beyond it with slight black streaks ending in
minute terminal black lunules. Hind wing whitish suffused
with brown ; a fine dark terminal line.

Hob. Br. E. Africa, Nairobi ( Anderson ), 1 £ type.
Exp. 28 mm.

5921 a. Eustrotia sectirena, sp. n.

£ . Head white; antenme brown ; palpi brown except at
tips; tegulse red-brown; thorax white slightly mixed with
red-brown ; legs banded with dark brown ; abdomen white
suffused with dark brown. Fore wing white suffused with
rufous ; a slight oblique blackish subbasal line from costa
Ann. Sc Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xiii. 15

214

Sir G. F, Ilampson on new

to vein 1 ; antemedial and medial blackisli striae from costa ;
reniform interrupted at discal fold, the upper and lower
parts white defined by blackish ; postmedial line dark slightly
defined on outer side by white, bent outwards below costa,
excurved to vein 4, then oblique, some white points beyond
it on costa; a white apical patch with a dark shade before
it, the terminal area with dark suffusion from below the
apical patch to tornus ; a terminal series of blackish points.
Hind wing whitish suffused with red-brown ; the underside
whitish irrorated with brown, a slight brown discoidal striga
and indistinct curved postmedial line.

Hab. Gold Coast, Bibianaha ( Spurrell ), 1 £ type. Exp.
18 mm.

5941 a. Eulocastra tarachodes , sp. n.

$ . Head and thorax ochreous white ; palpi and antennae
brown ; tegulae with brown patches ; pectus in front, fore
legs, and hind tibiae brown, the tarsi dark brown with pale
rings ; abdomen brown, the ventral surface ochreous. Fore
wing ochreous white; the costa brown towards base; a sub-
basal brown striga from costa and some brown on inner
margin; antemedial line brown, slightly curved, arising
from a brown spot on costa; two black discoidal points with
a brown patch irrorated with blue-grey above it on costa ;
the area beyond the cell olive-brown slightly irrorated with
blue-grey, its inner edge angled outwards beyond lower angle
of cell, then oblique and sinuous ; postmedial line creamy
white, strong towards costa, angled outwards at veins 0
and 4, then incurved and slight, a white striga before it
above inner margin ; subterminal line white and dentate
from costa to vein 4, with blackish streaks beyond it in the
interspaces, then obsolete ; a terminal series of white points.
Hind wing brown ; a fine pale line at base of cilia ; the
underside ochreous tinged with brown, slight brown medial,
postmedial, and subterminal lines, the postmedial line
minutely dentate, a terminal series of dark striae.

Hab . Gold Coast, Bibianaha [Spurrell) , 1 ¥ type. Exp .
26 mm.

5950 a. Eulocastra argyrogramma , sp. n.

¥ . Head yellow irrorated with dark brown ; antennae
brown ringed with yellow towards base; thorax black-brown
with some yellow; pectus and legs yellow mixed with blackish,
the fore tibiae and the tarsi banded black and yellow ;
abdomen black-brown, the anal tuft yellow, the ventral

215

Genera and Species of Noctuidae.

surface irrorated with whitish. Fore wing black-brown
irrorated with silvery grey ; antemedial line indistinct, black
defined on inner side by yellow to submedian fold, where the
yellow is produced towards base as a short streak, slightly
angled outwards below costa, then sinuous ; a small silvery
spot in upper part of middle of cell and discoidal bar ; post-
medial line with yellow spot at costa, then silvery and
minutely dentate, incurved and almost obsolete at aiscal
fold and incurved at submedian fold, some yellow points
beyond it on costa; subterminal line silvery, minutely
dentate, excurved below vein 7 and at middle ; a terminal
series of minute black spots with yellow spots between them ;
cilia yellow towards apex, at middle, and towards tornus.
Hind wing black-brown with a cupreous gloss; cilia yellow,
chequered with black-brown to vein 2 ; the underside slightly
irrorated with whitish, a small whitish postmedial spot on
costa and minute subterminal streaks on veins 5 and 4.

Hab. N. Nigeria, Zuugeru ( Macfie ), .1 ? type. Exp.
20 mm.

5951 a. Eulocastra seminigra , sp. n.

? . Head and thorax ochreous ; frons and antennae deep
black ; fore and mid tibiae and the fore tarsi blackish ;
abdomen blackish, the extremity ochreous. Fore wing with
the basal half bounded by the oblique slightly sinuous black
medial line, the terminal half fuscous black, the termen and
cilia ochreous ; indistinct waved blackish postmedial and
subterminal lines. Hind wing ochreous suffused with pale
fuscous, the termen and cilia ochreous.

Hab. N. Nigeria, Minna (Macfie), 1 ? type. Exp .
16 mm.

5970 a. Acanthofrontia anacantha, sp. n.

Frons with truncate process at middle of prominence.

? . Head and thorax white, the prothorax with pair of
short black streaks ; antennae black ; tibiae and tarsi banded
dark brown and white ; abdomen yellow with dorsal blackish
bands and lateral series of black spots, the ventral surface
white. Fore wing silvery white; the orbicular and reniforrn
defined by curved black striae at sides ; the terminal half
of costa with series of short black streaks. Hind wing
silvery white, rather thinly scaled. Underside of fore wing
and costal area of hind wing tinged with red-brown.

Hab. N. Nigeria, Ilorin (Macfie), 1 ? type. Exp.
32 mm.

15*

216

Sir G. F. Hampson on new

6077 a. Hoplotarache albida , sp. n.

$ . Head and thorax white ; antennae brownish ; fore
tibiae and the tarsi fuscous ringed with white, the mid tibiae
with two pale fuscous bands ; abdomen white, dorsally tinged
with ochreous. Fore wing silvery white; a diffused ante-
medial band formed by yellow scales ; orbicular and reni-
form pale brown, small, round ; terminal area cupreous
red-brown tinged with violaceous grey except at apex, some
olive-yellow on its inner edge and on termen except towards
apex ; traces of a white subterminal line except towards
costa, angled outwards at vein 7 and excurved at middle
and to tornus ; a fine brown terminal line defined on inner
side by white; cilia white. Hind wing white with a slight
brownish tinge at apex. Underside of fore wing tinged with
brown except the inner area.

Hab. N. Nigeria, Zungeru [Mac fie), 1 J type. Exp.
20 mm.

6138 a. Tar ache dichroa, sp. n.

. Head and thorax bright yellow ; antennae black-brown;
palpi white with blackish rings on second and third joints ;
lower part of frons brown ; pectus and legs white, the latter
irrorated with brown, the tarsi ringed with white ; abdomen
reddish brown with ochreous segmental lines, the ventral
surface brownish white. Fore wing bright yellow extending
on costa to beyond middle and on inner margin to middle,
the terminal area black-brown irrorated with blue-grey ;
the yellow area defined by a black line with some white on
its inner side, oblique to vein 6, then incurved. Hind wing
ochreous suffused with red-brown especially towards termen;
cilia brown at base, white at tips ; the underside white
tinged with brown, a white patch on costal area before apex.

Hab. Sudan, Port Sudan [Mrs. Water field') , 2 c? type.
Exp. 16 mm.

6153 a. Tar ache vau-album , sp. n.

$ . Head and thorax white ; antennae fuscous ; fore tibiae
and tarsi fuscous ringed with white ; abdomen white, dorsally
tinged with fuscous except at base. Fore wing with oblique
olive-green patch on basal costal area tinged with blue-grev
towards base and with excurved blue-grey line towards its
outer edge, the patch connected bv olive-green suffusion
with the dark postmedial area; the basal inner area silvery
white ; a large silvery-white V-shaped patch from medial
part of costa to median nervure, its outer arm oblique, a

217

Genera and Species of Noctuicke.

blue-grey and olive-green patch on costa between its arms ;
the terminal area olive-green shading to purplish grey and
to red at apex, its inner edge obliquely incurved to middle
of inner margin ; an indistinct double slightly waved pur-
plish-brown postmedial line, arising below costa, excurved
to vein 4, then incurved, some blue-grey before it towards
inner margin ; a terminal series of purplish lunules defined
on inner side by a crenulate white line, the lunule below
vein 2 blackish ; some red at tornus ; cilia white with an
olive line near base and purplish lines at middle and tips.
Hind wing with the basal half white, the veins, costal area,
and terminal half fuscous brown with a purplish tinge ;
cilia white with a brown line through them towards apex.
Underside of fore wing fuscous brown, the base and inner
area to beyond middle white ; bind wing with some brown
irroration and a brownish patch at middle on basal half of
costal area.

Ab. 1. Fore wing writh the dark basal patch not connected
with the postmedial area by olive-green suffusion. Canara.

Hub. N. Nigeria, Minna ( Macfie), 1 $ type ; Bombay,
Canara ( Ward), 1 ? . Exp. 34 mm.

6192 a. Taraclie splicer ophor a, sp. n.

S . Head and thorax white irrorated with fuscous, the
patagia and sides of thorax white mixed with rufous; pectus
and legs ochreous white, the fore legs blackish in front, the
tarsi black ringed with white ; abdomen ochreous white
suffused with brown. Fore wing pale ochreous tinged with
red-brown, the termen white slightly irrorated with brown
except towards tornus ; a slight curved brown subbasal line
extending to inner margin ; antemedial line double, black,
oblique and slightly downcurved to submedian fold, the
inner line stronger and the outer slightly angled outwards
below costa, below submedian fold incurved, and almost
obsolete below vein 1 ; a round whitish patch in and beyond
end of cell with a small brown spot in middle, some black
on its lower and outer edge; a fine double highly curved
postmedial line, the inner line slightly waved except towards
costa, followed by another highly curved line which is strong
and black to vein 1, then fine and brown, this again is
followed by fine double brown highly curved line, making
five highly curved lines beyond the discal patch, the middle
one strong and black ; a fine waved black terminal line.
Hind wing white suffused with cupreous brown ; cilia white
mixed with some brown j the underside white irrorated with

218

Sir G. F. Hampson on new

brown, an indistinct diffused curved postmedial line, and
terminal series of black striae.

Hab. N. Nigeria, Zungeru ( Macfie ), 1 J type. Exp.
20 mm.

Sahhotheifinje.

6494 a. Characoma stictigrapta , sp. n.

$ . Head and thorax grey mixed with brown ; palpi with
the second joint black behind ; antennae blackish ; tegulae
blackish towards tips, the patagia with minute black spot at
base; fore legs suffused with brown, the tarsi with whitish
rings; abdomen whitish tinged with brown. Fore wing
grey tinged with red-brown and irrorated with black ; a
curved subbasal black striga from costa and spot in and
below the cell ; an obliquely curved antemedial series of
four small black spots with a slight spot beyond it in sub-
median fold; a small black discoidal spot; a postmedial
series of nine small black spots, excurved from below costa
to vein 4, then incurved, a blackish shade beyond it on
costal area ; an interrupted maculate black subterminal
line, excurved below vein 7 and at middle ; a terminal series
of minute black spots. Hind wing whitish suffused with
reddish brown. Underside of fore wing fuscous brown;
hind wing pale brown, the termen darker.

Ab. 1. Fore wing with rounded medial black patch in
submedian interspace.

Nab. Gold Coast, Aburi (Armstrong), 3 ? type ; Natal,
Maritzburg (Berensburg) , 1 ? . Exp. 26 mm.

Larva. Feeds in the pods of Kola and Cacao and forms a
cocoon of white silk dorsally angled in front.

6568. Giaura leucopasa , sp, n.

$ . Head and thorax white irrorated writh some brown and
black scales ; palpi with the second and third joints blackish
towards base ; abdomen red-brown with the crests w hite, the
extremity grey ; the ventral surface white. Fore wing white
irrorated with black to middle of costa and inner margin
beyond middle, the rest of wdng grey-white irrorated with
red-brown ; a brown and blackish patch on basal part of
costa ; antemedial line fine, black, sinuous, angled inwards
in cell; a spot formed of brown and black scales in middle
of cell and a diffused patch of red-brown scales below middle
of cell; medial line double, the inner line indistinct and
interrupted, the outer black, waved, and somew'hat oblique,
another oblique, waved, black line from just beyond it on

219

Genera awl Species of Noctuidae.

costa with a small black spot on it at vein 2, a slight dark
patch before it on costa, then some rufous on its outer side
running obliquely to the postmedial line at vein 2 ; post-
medial line indistinct whitish with a slight dark patch
beyond it on costa, bent outwards below costa, then waved
and defined on outer side by rufous ; a maculate blackish
subterminal line, excurved below costa and incurved at
discal and submedian folds ; a series of small blackish spots
just before termen. Hind wing white, the terminal area
tinged with brown from apex to vein 2; cilia white.

Hob. Dutch N. Guinea, Snow Mts., Oetakwa R. ( Meek ),
1 S type. Exp. 24 mm.

6605 a. Selepa albisigna , sp. n.

$ . Head, thorax, and abdomen ochreous whitish mixed
with dark brown ; palpi blackish ; fore tibiae and the tarsi
blackish ringed with white. Fore wing whitish, the basal
half of inner area and the terminal area irrorated with
black-brown ; an oblique brown subbasal strigafrom costa ;
an indistinct, interrupted, obliquely curved, brown antemedial
line with an oblique red-brown shade beyond it from costa
to median nervure ; a black point in middle of cell and two
discoidal points ; postmedial line brown slightly defined on
inner side by white, strongly and obliquely bent outwards
below costa, then minutely waved and oblique below vein 4,
some short dark streaks beyond it on costa; the terminal
area with small triangular white patch below vein 3 ; a
terminal series of black points. Hind wing pale brown ;
a fine white line at base of cilia. Underside of both wings
brown.

Hub. Gold Coast, Bibianaha {Sjmrrell), 1 $ type. Exp.

18 mm.

Genus Diplolopha, nov.

Type, I). cycloplera.

Proboscis fully developed ; palpi upturned, the second
joint reaching to vertex of head and broadly scaled, the
third moderate, oblique ; frons smooth; eyes large, round ;
antennae of male ciliated ; thorax clothed almost entirely
with rough scales, with very large double crest of spatulate
scales enclosing a hollow ; fore femora with thick fringe of
long spatulate scales, the tibiae moderately fringed with
hair ; abdomen with some rough hair on basal segments
and basal crest. Fore wing with the costa highly arched, on
basal half, then nearly straight; the apex rectangular, the

220

Sir G. F. Bampson on new

termen obliquely curved and slightly crenulate; veins 3
and 5 from near angle of cell ; 6 from below upper angle ;
9 and 10 strongly anastomosing with 8 to form a long
areole ; 11 from cell. Hind wing with veins 3 , 4 from
angle of cell ; 5 fully developed from above angle ; 6, 7
from upper angle ; 8 anastomosing with the cell near the
base only. The retinaculum of male curled round the
frenulum.

6746 a. Blenina metascia , sp. n.

g . Head and thorax sap-green mixed with some brown ;
palpi with the second joint black above ; lower part of frons
whitish ; antennse brown ; tegulze with black medial line ;
pectus and legs ochreous white, the tibiae and tarsi with
some brown ; abdomen red-brown, the crests whitish and
browm, the anal tuft whitish at extremity, the ventral surface
whitish tinged with red-browm. Fore wing yellow-green
mixed with some wdiite and a few7 blackish scales ; some
red-brown at base of inner margin, with some blackish
above it ; a blackish subbasal line from costa to vein 1,
incurved in cell ; antemedial line very indistinct, green,
waved ; a double indistinct waved blackish medial line ;
postmedial line very indistinct, double, blackish, waved,
obliquely curved from costa to vein 4 ; the costal edge
beyond it whitish with some dark points; subterminal line
blackish, waved, angled inwards below vein 2 ; the termen
whitish with black- brown patches before it below7 apex and
above middle, connected with the termen by short dark
streaks on the veins ; cilia brownish with series of blackish
spots, the tips whitish chequered with blackish towards
apex. Hind wing pale rufous, the terminal area red-brown,
a red-browm medial shade followed by a pale shade ; cilia
whitish at tips except towards apex. Underside of fore
wing rufous, an oblique medial shade and the terminal area
red-brown ; hind wdng ochreous white, a narrow medial
red-brown band from costa to submedian fold and the
terminal area red-brown.

Hab. Bombay, Kanara, Karwar (T. R. Bell), 1 J type.
Exp. 42 mm.

Cocoon yellow with some black granules on surface.

6777 a. Risoba viridescens , sp. n.

5 . Head, thorax, and abdomen w hite mixed with brown ;
palpi, frons, and antennse brown ; tarsi brown with pale

221

Genera and Species of Noctuiclge.

rings. Fore wing brown mixed with grey and some green,
the veins darker ; a diffused greenish fascia below the costa ;
the basal inner area obliquely white with some green ; sub-
basal line blackish, excurved belowr costa and ending at
submedian fold ; antemedial line blackish, oblique and
waved to submedian fold, then incurved ; a rather diffused,
oblique, slightly waved, medial line ; reniform defined by
dark brown and with brown spot in centre, large, rounded ;
postmedia 1 line blackish, strongly bent outwards below
costa, then slightly produced at the veins, incurved below
vein 5, a slight dark shade beyond it ; subterminal line
black defined on outer side by green and by whitish towards
costa, strong from below costa to vein 5, minutely waved
just below costa, angled outwards above vein 6 and bent
outw ards at vein 5 ; an oblique brown shade from apex ;
a series of black striae before termen defined on inner side
by whitish ; a fine waved dark terminal line and pale line at
base of cilia. Hind wing creamy white ; a brown discoidal
lunule ; the terminal area suffused with brown with some
w hitish before termen between vein 6 and submedian fold ;
a terminal series of brown lunules defined on inner side by
w hitish ; the underside with the costal area irrorated with
brown, the discoidal lunule black, a slight waved postmedial
line towards costa, then a series of points on the veins,
a dark brown subterminal shade and series of lunules on
termen from apex to vein 2.

liab. Java, Tosari (Cockayne), 1 $ type. Exp. 36 mm.

Acontianje.

6893 a. Lophocrama hemipyria, sp. n.

Palpi of male with the tuft of hair at extremity of second
joint slight.

A • Head and thorax bright yellowr-green ; palpi, frons,
and antennae black mixed with some w hite ; pectus and
femora white ; fore and mid tibiae black and wliite, the
fore tarsi rufous ringed with white, the mid tarsi blackish
ringed witli white, the hind tibiae and tarsi rufous, the
latter ringed with white ; abdomen fiery red, the anal tuft
blackish, the ventral surface white tinged with rufous.
Fore wing bright yellow -green ; a small black spot at
base of costa ; a small black antemedial black spot on
costa with traces of an oblique sinuous line arising from it;
a small medial black spot on costa ; an iron-brown patch on
tornal part of termen and cilia, its inner edge slightly angled
outwards at submedian fold ; cilia brown and grey at tips.

222

On new Genera and Species of Noctuidae.

Hind wing fiery red. Underside of foie wing fiery red, the
inner area whitish, the cilia brownish ; hind wing yellow
suffused with red, the terminal area fiery red.

Hub. Gold Coast, Bibianaha ( Spurrell ), 1 S type. Exp.
30 mm.

6974 a. Maceda ignepicta , sp. n.

S . Head and thorax brown mixed with grey, the tegulae
and base of patagia with some rufous ; pectus white ; tarsi
brown ringed with white ; abdomen grey-brown, the ventral
surface white. Fore wing grey-brown ; a fiery-red and
yellow patch at base of costa crossed by the black-brown
subbasal line and with some black-brown on its outer edge ;
antemedial line dark, strong towards costa, then slight,
excurved below costa and cell and incurved at median
nervure and vein 1 ; a black discoidal point ; postmedial
line dark, oblique to vein 6, then dentate, bent inwards at
vein 3 and angled outwards at vein 1 ; a reddish patch
irrorated with brown on postmedial part of costa, defined
below by a dark streak on vein 6 from the postmedial line
to termen ; an indistinct brown subterminal line, excurved
below vein 7, incurved at discal fold, then waved ; the
termen brown except at apex and tornus, diffused at discal
fold ; a fine pale line at base of cilia. Hind wing fuscous
brown, the interspaces just beyond the cell faintly paler ;
cilia white at tips except towards apex ; the underside
white, the terminal area fuscous with sinuous inner edge, a
slight black discoidal lunule.

? . Tegulae except at tips and base of patagia fiery red ;
fore wing with the basal patch fiery red, the postmedial
patch more rufous.

Hab. Dutch New Guinea, Arfak Mts., Ninay Valley
(Pratt), 1 $ ; Br. N. Guinea, Dinawa (Pratt), 1 S type.
Exp., S 36, $ 38 mm.

Genus Trogoxestis, nov.

Typn, Enblemma crenulana, Beth-Baker.

Proboscis fully developed ; palpi upturned, the second
joint reaching to middle of frons and slenderly scaled, the
third moderate ; frons smooth ; eyes large, round; antennae
of male ciliated ; thorax clothed almost entirely with scales
and without crests; tibiae slightly fringed with hair;
abdomen without crests. Fore wing with the apex rounded,
the termen excised below apex and excurved at middle, the

On neio Mammals from the Malay Peninsula . 223

inner margin lobed before middle and excised towards
tornus, with scale-teeth before middle and at tornus ;
veins 3 and 5 from near angle of cell ; 6 from below upper
angle ; 7 from angle ; 8, 9, 10 stalked from before angle ;
11 from cell. Hind wing with veins 3, 4 shortly stalked;
5 fully developed from just above angle of cell ; 6, 7 from
upper angle ; 8 anastomosing with the cell near base only.

XIX. — On new Mammals , mainly from Bandon and the
adjacent Islands, East Coast of the Malay Peninsula.
By Herbert C. Robinson, C.M.Z.S., and C. Boden
Kloss, F.Z.S.

The following new races of mammals were obtained in the
course of a collecting-expedition to the N.E. coast of the
Malay Peninsula in the Siamese province of Bandon and
the neighbouring islands of the Koh Samui and Koh Pennan,
lying between latitude 9°N. and 10° N., roughly 300 miles
south of Bangkok. Those not actually obtained in these
localities have come to light in the course of working out
the collections.

Petaurista nitida cicur, subsp. n.

Type. — Adult male (skin and skull), No. 58/13, Federated
Malay States Museum, collected at Ban Kok Klap, Bandon,
N.E. Malay Peninsula, 2nd July, 1913, by H. C. Robinson
and E. Seimund. Original no. 5614.

Characters. — A member of the Petaurista nitida * section,
more closely allied to the island forms of the species (P. n.
nitida from Java, P. n. rajah from Borneo, and P. n. marchio
from Sumatra) than to the South Malayan race (P. n. mela-
notus ), from which it differs in its chestnut, not bay, pelage
and the marked dark tips to the hairs of the back.

Colour. — Above rich chestnut, the head considerably paler,
all the hairs of the upper surface, except those of the head,
tipped with black ; muzzle, a broad orbital ring, entire
inner surface and posterior half of outer surface of ears, and
a large patch behind them black. Black of hands and feet
extending beyond the wrists and ankles. Margin of ante-
brachial membrane broadly black, this colour extending, to
a diminishing extent, halfway up the tail. Distal half of

* Thomas, Ann. & Mag. Xat. Iiist. (8) i. pp. 250-2 (1908J.

224

Messrs. H. C. Robinson and (\ B. KIoss on

tail, except a black tip, ochraceous orange, terminal half
more chestnut. Under surface of body pale ochraceous
orange.

Skull. — Closely resembles that of the adjacent form, P. n .
melanotus, but differs in the longer and broader postorbital
processes.

Measurements. — Collector external measurements (taken
in the flesh) : —

Head and body 417 (415*) mm. ; tail 486 (445) ; hind
foot 77 (74); ear 41.

Skull: greatest length 70*5 (70* 1 ) ; condylo-basilar length
62'0 (60*0) ; interorbital breadth 14 0 (14 8) ; zygomatic
breadth 47 ’9 (46*2) ; cranial breadth 31*6; median length of
nasals 20*3 (21*0) ; diastema 15*1 (14*6); upper molar series
including pm? 16\2 (151).

Specimens examined. — Nine, all from the type-locality.

Remarks. — The series is remarkably constant in the
characters above noted, and can be separated at a glance
from the southern peninsular form by the greater extent of
the black areas and by the marked black tips to the hairs
of the back.

Sciurus erytlirceus yowigi , subsp. n.

Type.— Adult male (skin and skull), No. 1823/11, Fede-
rated Malay States Museum, collected on Gunong Tahan,
5-6000 ft., Northern Pahang, by H. C. Robinson and C. B.
KIoss, July 19th, 1911. Original no. 4428.

Characters. — Allied to Sc. rubeculus, Miller t, but some-
what smaller and duller in colour, the head and tail lacking
the golden-orange suffusion so conspicuous in that race
(metatype examined).

Colours. — Whole upper surface, chin, throat, chest, and
narrow median ventral line from chest to vent grizzled
black and buff, giving an olivaceous effect ; a smaller pro-
portion of black in the grizzling of the under surface. Hands
and feet blackish, only slightly grizzled with buff; upper
part of the ears clad with ochraceous hairs ; basal portion of
tail above like the back, but more coarsely grizzled, rest,
of the tail distinctly annulated with black and ochreous buff,
the hairs with broad orange-buff' tips. Under surface rufous
chestnut.

* Measurements in parentheses are those of an adult male Petaurista
vitida melanotus from Dusun Tua, Selangor, Federated Malay States
Museum, No. 1259/08.
t Smithsonian Mist*. Coll. 45, p. 22 (1903).

225

new Mammals from the Malay Peninsula.

Skull and teeth. — Except in their slightly smaller size,
the skull and teeth present no differential characters from
Sc. e. rubeculus.

Measurements. — Collectors’ external measurements (taken
in the flesh) : —

Head and body 201 (210*) mm.; tail 195 (208) ; hind
foot 48 (50).

Skull: greatest length 51*8 (54*4) ; condylo-basilar length
43*9 (47* 1) ; interorbital breadth 19 7 (20’1) ; zygomatic
breadth 32*1 (32*2) ; cranial breadth 23*4 (23 *7) ; median
length of nasals 14*9 (16*1) ; diastema 11*9 (12*2) ; upper
molar series, including pmz, 9*4 (10 3).

Specimens examined. — Sixty-five, including thirty from
the type-locality.

Remarks. — We have long suspected that specimens of this
type of squirrel from the mountain ranges of the southern
two-thirds of the Malay Peninsula were not strictly con-
specific with Sc. rubeculus from Trang. The receipt of a
series of eight from the mountains of JBandon shows that
the southern form is sufficiently distinct to merit separation,
and we have accordingly named it after Sir Arthur Young,
K.C.M.G., Governor of the Straits Settlements and High
Commissioner, Malay States, who has recently ascended
Gunong Tahan. Examination of the type of Sc. griseo-
pectus, Blyth f, with which Bonhote has associated it, shows
that the present animal cannot be assigned to that form.

Sciurus concolor fallax , subsp. n.

Type. — Adult male (skin and skull), No. 134/13, Federated
Malay States Museum, collected on Koh Pennan, N.E.
Malay Peninsula, 30th May, 1913, by H. C. Robinson and
E. Seimund. Original no. 5504.

Characters. — A race of Sciurus concolor (with which is
included Sc. epomopliorus) most closely allied to Sc. c. milleri\
from Trang, but somewhat duller above ; head, limbs, and
under surface darker and clearer grey in tone.

Colour. — Upper surface grizzled black and buff, except on
the fore limbs, head, and hind feet, where the grizzle becomes
black and white, producing a grey effect; shoulder- patches
and flanks suffused with pale ochraceous, the colour of the

* Measurements in parentheses are those of an adult male Sciurus
cry t hr ecus rubeculus from Kao Nawng, 3500 ft., Bandon, N.E. Malay
Peninsula; Federated Malay States Museum, No. 69/13.

t Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, xvi. p. W73 (1847).

t Robinson & Wroughton, Journ. Fed. Malay States Mus. iv. p. 233

(1911).

226 Messrs. H. C. Robinson and C. B. Kloss on

flanks spreading on to the abdomen ; rest of the under
surface grizzled silvery-grey, a darker obsolescent median
stripe down the abdomen more yellowish. Tail coarsely
annulated with black and buffy-white, the colour of the back
extending some distance down the basal portion above and
below, pencil pure black.

Skull and teeth. — Present no differential characters from
those of Sc. c. milleri, except the slightly larger size.

Measurements. — Collectors’ external measurements of type
(taken in the flesh) : —

Head and body 226 (229*) ; tail 237 (214) ; hind foot
49*5 (48*0).

Cranial measurements : greatest length 55 5 (54*3) ; con-
dylo-basilar length 47*9 (45*3); interorbital breadth 21*2
(18*9); zygomatic breadth 33*2 (317); cranial breadth 24"4
(24*3) ; median length of nasals 16 8 (15‘8) ; diastema 12*4
(11*3) ; upper molar series, including pmz, 11*1 (11*0).

Specimens examined. — Thirty-five, all from the type-
locality.

Remarks. — Somewhat closely allied to the adjacent main-
land form, but very constant in its characters.

Sciurus concolor samuiensis , subsp. n.

Type. — Adult male (skin and skull), No. 201/13, Federated
Malay States Museum, collected on Koh Samui, N. F. Malay
Peninsula, 13th May, 1913, by H. C. Robinson and j£.
Seimund. Original no. 5341.

Characters. — Allied to Sc. c. epomophorus f from Salanga,
and differing from the preceding race (Sc. c. fallax) in the
much more strongly marked shoulder- and flank-patches
and in the rufous-hazel colouring of the base of the under
surface of the tail.

Colour. — Upper surface much as in Sc. c. fallax, but sides
of neck, flanks and lower portion of abdomen, back of thighs,
and base of tail beneath rufous-hazel. Outer surface of
thighs and nuchal region slightly suffused with the same
colour. Underparts much as in other forms of the species.
Tail with clear black pencil.

Skull and teeth. — Do not differ from those of Sc. c. fallax.

Measurements. — Collectors’ external measurements (taken
in the flesh) : —

Head and body 234 mm.; tail 242; hind foot, 49.

* Measurements in parentheses are those of an adult male Sc. c.
milleri from Chong, Trang, Western Siamese Malay States ; Federated
Malay States Museum, No. 11/10.
f Ronliote, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) vii. p. 272 (1901).

227

new Mammal* from the Malay Peninsula .

Cranial measurements : greatest length 56*1 ; condylo-
basilar length 48*2 ; interorbital breadth 19*9 ; zygomatic
breadth 32*8 ; cranial breadth 25 2 ; median length of nasals
18‘1 ; diastema 126 ; upper molar series, including pm3,

111.

Specimens examined. — Forty, all from the type-locality.

Remarks. — Amongst the series obtained are a large pro-
portion which differ from the specimen described above in
having the rufous hazel of the shoulders and flanks invading
the dorsal area and coalescing on the nape. It is possible
that this indicates that the form possesses two seasonal
pelages, as is apparently the case in Sc. caniceps, but is
almost certainly not so in Sc. concolor and allied races.
Since the whole series before us was obtained within a
period of one month it is at present impossible to make any
definite pronouncement on the point.

Ratufa melanopepla decolor at a, subsp. n.

Type. — Adult female (skin and skull), No. 251/13.
Federated Malay States Museum, collected on Koh Samui,
N.E. Malay Peninsula, 15th May, 1913, by II. C. Robinson
and E. Seiinund. Original no. 5356.

Characters. — Nearer in colour to R. m. melanopepla from
the mainland than to the other island races, but very much
smaller. Skull more slenderly built.

Colour. — Apparently as in R. melanopepla melanopepla.

Skull and teeth. — Interpterygoid space relatively wider
than in the typical form and zygomatic much lighter.

Measurements. — Collectors’ external measurements (taken
in the flesh) : —

Head and body 328 (312 *) ; tail 417 (455) ; hind foot
68 (75).

Cranial measurements : greatest length 68*7 (72 8) ; con-
dylo-basilar length 57*1 (6P2) ; interorbital breadth 26‘2
(29*3) ; zygomatic breadth 426 (45 -8) ; greatest length of
nasals 23*0 (24*8) : diastema 14*1 (16*0) ; upper molar series
13 4(141),

Specimens examined. — Thirteen, twelve from the type-
locality and one from Koh Pennan.

Remarks. — With one exception all the specimens are in
highly bleached pelage, though some are assuming the new
coat on the anterior half of the body. It is therefore diffi-
cult to state whether any colour-differences exist between
this form and that of the mainland.

* Measurements in parentheses are those of an adult female from
KaoNawng, 1100 ft., on the adjacent mainland; Federated Malay States

Museum, No. 250/13.

228 Messrs. H. C. Robinson and C. B. Kloss on

Epimys or bus, sp. n.

Type. — Adult male (skin and skull), No. 61/13, Fede-
rated Malay States Museum, collected on Kao Nawng,
3500 ft., Bandon, N.E. Malay Peninsula, 23rd June,- 1913,
by H. C. Robinson and E. Seimund. Original no. 5641.

Characters. — A rat with very spiny pelage and small flat-
tened bullge. Tail very greatly exceeding head and body
in length. Lower pelage sharply defined from upper. Tail
bicolor, but not markedly so, very slightly penicillate at tip.

Colour. — Pelage above, as in other rats of the group,
composed of three elements: (a) long black piles, best
developed on the lower back, ( b ) flattened spines with black
tips, and (c) soft fur, grey at the base, rich ochraceous on
the terminal half of the hairs, producing a grizzled ochra-
ceous effect darkest on the median line of the back ; cheeks
and sides of the head and neck almost pure ochraceous.
Under surface white with a creamy tinge, the white ex-
tending to the wrists but not to the ankles. Upper surface
of hands and feet dirty white with a dark clay-brown median
streak, not reaching the base of the digits. Tail bicolor,
with fine annulations, clad with fine silky hairs longer at
the tip.

Skull and teeth. — The skull is not markedly different from
those of E. jerdoni bukit and E. cremoriventer , but rather
larger, the palatal foramina broader, as also the infraorbital
plate, and the zygomatic arches less flaring, so that the
skull appears relatively narrower.

Measurements . — Collectors' external measurements (taken
in the flesh) : —

Head and body 153 (141 *) mm. ; tail 235 (188) ; hind
foot 32 (26) ; ear 20 (18*5).

Cranial measurements : greatest length 38*1 (36*4) ; basal
length 30T (29*2); palatal length 16*8 (15*8) ; length of
nasals 13 9 (13 0) ; greatest breadth of combined nasals 5'2
(4*6) ; shortest distance between tips of nasals and lachry-
mal notch 14*5 (13*1) ; diastema 9*8 (9*1); upper molar
row 6*3 (6*3); length of palatal foramina 6*3 (6*2); breadth
of combined foramina 3*3 (2*7) ; zygomatic breadth 17*0
(17*4) ; cranial breadth 15*9 (14*7).

Specimens examined. — Five, all from the type-locality.

Remarks. — The only rat with which this species requires
comparison is Mus cinnamomeus, Blyth f, of which the only

* Measurements in parentheses are those of an adult male E. cremori-
r enter from Gunong Ijau, 4700 ft., Larut, Perak ; Federated Malay States
Museum, No. 1809/11.

f Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, xxviii. p. 294 (1859).

229

new Mammals from the Malay Peninsula.

specimens known are the types from the valley of the
Sittang, Lower Pegu, over 500 miles distant. Amongst
local forms it is readily distinguished from E. eremurivenier
by its greater size and bicolor tail, not strongly penicillate at
the tip, and from E.jei'doni bukit by longer less markedly
bicolor tail, and by its richer colouring. It agrees with both
and differs* from all the other local forms in the greenish-
grey bases of the dorsal spines.

Epimys jerdoni pan, subsp. n.

Type. — Adult male (skin and skull), No. 80/13, Fede-
rated Malay States Museum, collected on the hills of Koh
Samui, N.E. Malay Peninsula, 15th May, 1913, by H. C.
Robinson and E. Seimund. Original no. 5351.

Characters. — A spiny rat of the jerdoni group, with bi-
color tail, considerably exceeding head and body in length,
but relatively shorter than that of the mainland form.

Colour. — Above mingled ochreous buff and dark brown,
the former predominating on the sides of the head and
neck, below pure buffy white, sharply defined from the sides;
hands and feet whitish, the median areas brownish. Bases
of the spines greenish grey.

Skull and teeth. — Not differing materially from those of
E. j. bukit *, but with the anterior margin of the meso-
pterygoid space more abruptly truncate, less rounded ;
rostrum somewhat heavier, and nasals longer.

Measurements. — Collectors' external measurements (taken
in the fledi) : —

Head and body 149 (158 f) mm.; tail 174 (192) ; hind
foot 27 5 (30-0).

Cranial measurements : greatest length 3 7*7 (37*0) ; con-
dylo-basilar length 31*5 (31*0) ; palatilar length 16*0 (15*0) ;
length of nasals 14*7 (13*0); greatest breadth of combined
nasals 4*4 (4*6) ; shortest distance between tips of nasals
and lachrymal notch 14*2 (13*8) ; diastema 10*0 (9*4) ;
upper molar row 5*6 (5*9) ; length of palatal foramina 6*4
(6*3); breadth of combined foramina 2*9 (2*7); zygomatic
breadth 17*0(16*9); cranial breadth 14*6 (15*0).

Specimens examined. — Five, all from the type-locality.

Remarks. — This form is somewhat closely allied to the
mainland E. jerdoni bukit , but the differences, which seem
constant, arc sufficient to separate it as an insular race.

* P»onhote, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xi. p. 125 (1903).

t Measurements in parentheses are those of an adult male E. jerdoni
bukit from Chong, Trang, Western Siamese Malay States; Federated
Malay States Museum, No. 30/10.

Ann. (k May. N. Hist. Set*. 8. Vut. xiii.

16

230 Messrs. H. C. Robinson and 0. B. Kloss on

Epimys surifer manic alis , subsp. n.

Type. — Adult male (sldn and skull), No. 351/13, Fede-
rated Malay States Museum, collected on Koh Pennan,
N.E. Malay Peninsula, 27th May, 1913, by H. C. Robinson
and E. Seimund. Original no. 5462.

Characters. — Distinguished from all the other local races
by having the white area of the under surface extending
over the upper surface of the forearms. Tail shorter than
head and. body.

Colour. — Upper surface ochraceous, darkened on the
back and rump by the bistre tips to the spines. Below pale
creamy white, this colour extending over the upper anterior
half of the forearms. No tawny neck-collar; hands and
feet white ; tail bicolor.

Skull and teeth. — As in E. surifer surifer, the muzzle not
heavier or the tooth-row reduced as in some of the island
races.

Measurements. — Collectors’ external measurements (taken
in the flesh)

Head and body 176 ; tail 1 73 ; hind foot 38 ; ear 23*5.

Cranial measurements : greatest length 43*4 (46*0 *) mm.;
basal length 36*9 (40*0) ; length of nasals 17*6 (18*6);
greatest breadth of nasals 4*5 (5*0) ; shortest distance
between tips of nasals and lachrymal notch 18*0 ( — ) ;
palatal length 18*6 (19*0) ; diastema 11*9 (13*4) ; length of
palatal foramina 6*3 (7*4) ; breadth of combined palatal
foramina 3 5 (3*0) ; zygomatic breadth 19*1 (19*8) ; cranial
breadth 15 1 (16*0) ; upper molar row 6*7 (7*0).

Specimens examined. — Twenty, all from the type-locality.

Remarks. — A medium-sized race of E. surifer with narrow
nasals and with the white on the upper surface of the fore-
arms more extensive than in any other form.

Epimys surifer spurcus , subsp. n.

Type. — Adult male (skin and skull), No. 288/13, Fede-
rated Malay States Museum, collected on Koh Samui,
N.E. Malay Peninsula, 14th May, 1913, by H. C. Robinson
and E. Seimund. Original no. 5352.

Characters. — Like E. s. flavidulus from Langkawi, but
with the tail relatively and absolutely longer.

Colour. — Resembles that of the preceding race, but the
white on the forearm reduced to a mere band.

* Measurements in parentheses are those of an adult male Mus
surifer surifer (type) from Trang, Siamese Malay States ; United States
National Museum, No. 86,740.

231

new Mammals from the Malay Peninsula.

Skull and teeth. — As in E. s. manicalis.

Measurements. — Collectors' external measurements (taken
in the flesh) : —

Head and body 163 (197 *) mm. ; tail 165 (158) ; hind
foot 35 5 (36).

Cranial measurements : greatest length 43*3 (44*0) ; basal
length 36 1 (37*0) ; length of nasals 17*0 (17*0) ; greatest
breadth of nasals 4 7 (5 0) ; shortest distance between nasals r
and lachrymal notch 17 7 ; palatal length 18 6 (18*0) ;
diastema 12*1 (12*6) ; length of palatal foramina 6 2 (6*4) ;
breadth of combined palatal foramina 3 4 (3*6) ; zygomatic
breadth 18*1 (23*0) ; cranial breadth 16*1 (17 0) ; upper
molar row 6 1 (6 8).

Specimens examined. — Twenty-three, all from the type-
locality.

Remarks. — Extremely closely allied to E. s. flavululus ,
from which it is distinguished by the different proportions
of the body and tail.

Epimys remotus , sp. n.

Type. — Adult male (skin and skull), No. 75/13, Fede-
rated Malay States, collected in the hills of Koh Samui,
N.E. Malay Peninsula, May 17th, 1913, by H, C. Robinson
and E. Seimund. Original no. 5366.

Characters. — A large rat with unicolor tail, spines in pelage
very thin and flexible, piles very numerous and attaining the
length of 70 mm. Underparts whitish, sharply demarcated
from the flanks. Skull strongly ridged with moderately-
sized bullae, intermediate between those of the validus and
raltus groups. Palatal foramina long and narrow, extend-
ing posteriorly beyond the roots of the anterior molar.

Colour. — Above mingled ochraceous and sooty brown,
darkest on the back, where the long black piles are most
numerous ; sides of the body and flanks more earthy.
Under surface creamy white, sharply defined from the sides.
Feet clad with silky whitish hairs, darker down the centre ;
hands dirty white. Tail brownish black. Vibrissa* long
and black.

Skull and teeth. — The skull, on the whole, is nearest to that
of validus , from which it is at once distinguished by the
narrow elongate palatal foramina, by the larger bullae, by
the outline of the occipital which is roughly semicircular
and not pentagonal, with the parieto-occipital suture almost

* Measurements in parentheses are those of the type of E. 8, Jlavidulus
from Langkawi ; U.S. National Museum, No. 104,330.

232

Messrs. IT. C. Robinson and C. B. Kloss on

straight, not arched. From those of the rottus group it is
separated by larger size and less dilated bullae, which most
resemble those of E. foederis, and. therefore, are far smaller
than those of E. bullatus. The teeth are decidedly larger
than those of the rattus group.

Measurements. — Collectors' external measurements (taken
in the flesh) —

Head and body 225 (222* * * §) mm.; tail 273 (251); hind
foot 39 (41) ; ear 26 (23).

Cranial measurements : greatest length 49T (52*0) ; basal
length 4L5 (45*0) ; length of palatal foramina 94 (8*25) ;
breadth of combined palatal foramina 35 (3*25) ; length of
nasals 18 9 (20*0) ; interorbital breadth 6'4 (7*0) ; zygo-
matic breadth 22 0 (24*0); cranial breadth 17*7 (18 0) ;
diastema 13*3 ( 15’0) ; length of upper molar row 8’2 (9 0).

Remarks. — This rat is obviously quite distinct from any
of the Malayan rats, though it may possibly be allied to
Mus bowersi, of which we have only been able to examine
figures of the skull. The external characters are, however,
very different from tbe plate given by Anderson f.

Crocidura negligens, sp. n.

Type. — Adult male (skin and skull), No. 275/13, Fede-
rated Malay States Museum, collected on Koh Samui, N.E.
Malay Peninsula, 12th May, 1913, by H. C. Robinson and
E. Seimund. Original no. 5338.

Characters. — A very pale member of the genus, about the
same size as C. malayana J, smaller than C. klossii §, and
C. aoris §.

Colour. — Above and below uniform pale “ Payne's grey"
with no tinge of brown. Tail with a few scattered whitish
hairs. Adpressed hairs of lateral scent-gland somewhat
paler in colour than the rest of the pelage.

Skull and teeth. — Skull much damaged, but apparently not
differing from those of the other local races. Smaller than
that of C. malayana.

Measurements. — Collectors' external measurements (taken
in the flesh) : —

Head and body 92 mm. ; tail 62 ; hind foot 14’7 ; ear 10.

* Measurements in parentheses are those of an adult male specimen
of E. bullatus (Lyon), type of E. villosus (Kloss), from Singapore Island ;
Selangor Museum, No. 1348/08.

t Anderson, Anat. & Zool. Res. p. 304, pi. xvii. (1878).

X Journ. Fed. Malay States Mus. iv. p. 243 (1911).

§ Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) x. p. 589 (1912).

23a

new Mammals from the Malay Peninsula.

Cranial measurements : palatal length 9* * * §4 (9 9 *) ; lachry-
mal breadth of rostrum 4 2 (4*4) ; greatest breadth above
molars 7' 0 (7'3) ; maxillary tooth-row, including incisors,
10* 1 (10*1) ; mandibular tooth-row, including incisors,
9-0 (9*3).

Specimens examined. — One, the type.

Remarks. — The pale coloration sufficiently separates this
form from the other local races, while the maxillary tooth-
row is relatively longer than in C. malayaria) which it
approaches in size.

Tupaia ferruginea operosa , subsp. n.

Type. — Adult female (skin and skull), No. 93/13, Fede-
rated Malay States Museum, collected on Koh Samui, N.E.
Malay Peninsula, 12th May, 1913, by H. C. Robinson and
E. Seimund. Original no. 5335.

Characters. — A small dull -coloured species resembling
T.f. wilkinsoni from the adjacent mainland, but smaller,
in that respect closest to T.f. obscura\ from the Redang
Islands, but with a shorter rostrum.

Colour. — Entire upper parts a speckle of ochraceous buff
and black, brightest on the rump and thighs. Shoulder-
stripe very slightly marked. Under surface rich buff. Tail
like back above and below, but more coarsely annulated,
lacking any pale median area on the lower surface.

Skull. — As in T. f. belanyeri and T. f. obscura , but with a
slightly shorter rostrum.

Measurements. — Collectors'’ external measurements (taken
in the flesh) : —

Head and body 163 (180 §) mm. ; tail 155 (175) ; hind
foot 40 (42) ; ear 17.

Cranial measurements: greatest length 47 2 (5U8); basal
length 40*5 (4P9) ; palatal length 24 4 (28 0) ; palatal
breadth at anterior molar 8T (9'5) ; zygomatic breadth
23’8 (25*9) ; least interorbital breadth 12’9 (14 5) ; cranial
breadth 18’9 (20'9) ; breadth of rostrum at diastema 6'5

* Measurements in parentheses are those of the type of Crocidura
matayana from Maxwell’s Ilill, Larut, Perak, 3300 ft. ; Federated Malay
States Museum, No. 1801/11.

t Robinson & Kloss, Journ. Fed. Malay States, iv. p. 173 (1911).

X Kloss, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) vii. p. 116 (1911).

§ Measurements in parentheses are those of the type of T.f. within -
soni from Ko Khau, Trang, Siamese Malay States; Federated Malay
States Museum, No. 1138/10. British Museum no. 12. 10. 7. 1.

234 On new Mammals from the Malay Peninsula.

(7*2) ; lachrymal notch to tip of premaxillaries 18-8 (22 9) ;
upper molar series 14*4 (15 9).

Specimens examined. — Twenty, all from the type-locality.

Remarks. — This race is a depauperated form of the adjacent
mainland subspecies T.f. wilkinsoni , from which, apart from
its smaller size, it may readily be distinguished by having
the entire tail concolorous with the back, not blackish above.

Tupaia ferruginea ultima , subsp. n.

Type. — Adult female (skin and skull), No. 95/13, Fede-
rated Malay States Museum, collected on Koh Pennan,
N.E. Malay Peninsula, 26th May, 1913, by H. C. Robinson
and E. Seimund. Original no. 5450.

Characters. — In size and cranial characters similar to
T.f. operosa, but pelage duller and paler throughout.

Colour. — Upper surface grizzled black and buff, darkest
on the median line^of back and rump, where the black hairs
are numerous and conspicuous. Shoulder-stripes more
marked than in the preceding race. Tail above and below
similar to the flanks. Under surface buff*.

Skull.— Kesembles T.f. operosa and T.f. belangeri, but
with an even shorter rostrum.

Measurement. — Collectors' external measurements (taken
in the flesh) : —

Head and body 166 (173*) mm. ; tail 162 (167) ; hind
foot 385 (40 0) ; ear 165.

Cranial measurements : greatest length 45*5 (48*0) ; basal
length 38’8 (42 0); palatal length 23‘0 (25 8); palatal
breadth at anterior molar — (8*2) ; zygomatic breadth

23- 1 (25*8) ; least interorbital breadth 13'3 (14*0) ; cranial
breadth 18*8 (19*1) ; breadth of rostrum at diastema 6*1
(7'0) ; lachrymal notch to tip of premaxillaries 176 (20 6) ;
upper molar series 14’2 (14‘6).

Specimens examined — Twenty, all from the type-locality.

Remarks .- — This form is the smallest and shortest-muzzled
of all the Malayan races of T. ferruginea, and entirely lacks
any reddish wash on the upper surface.

* Measurements in parentheses are those of the type of T. f. obscvra
from Great lfedang Island off the coast of Trengganu ; Federated Malay
States Museum, No. 2279/10. British Museum no. 12. 10. 7. 3.

On new Species of IIisterida3.

235

XX. — On new Species of Histeridae and Notices of others.
By G. Lewis, F.L.S.

[Plate IX.]

This is the forty- first paper of this series, and it is chiefly
concerned in giving a Plate illustrating some interesting
species.

The measurements given by authors in this and other
families, when only single specimens are available, are some-
times misleading — e.#., I have now an example of Platylister
procerus which measures 11^ mm., and another of Macro-
lister robusticollis which measures 12^ mm., and a specimen
of Probolosternus africanus of 9 mm. The original records
were 8J-9, 9, and 7 mm. respectively. The size given of a
species in the Histeridse is only of an approximate value, but
it is essential that an accurate standard should be maintained
in using words such as ovalis , oblongo-ovalis) subovalis ,
breviter-ovalis} and other terms employed by describers in
indicating the outline of a species.

List of Species , arranged generically.

Ilololepta salva.

comis.

optiva.

higoniae, Lew.

Teretrius antelatus.
Coptosternus, gen. nov.

tarsalis.

Platylister procerus, Lew.

Platysoina mimicum.
Hister inflex us.

Althanus teretrioides, Lew.
Pachylomalus falcatus.
Epitoxus subruber.

ascinus.

Hetaerius carinistrius, Lew.

Ilololepta salva , sp. n.

Oblonga, depressa, nigra, nitida ; fronte leviter impressa, haud
striata ; pronoto stria marginali tenui ; elytris striis, subhumerali
utrinque abbreviata, l-A dorsalibus sat longis, 1 appendice recto ;
propygidio punctis sparsis cincto apice biimpresso ; tibiis anticis
4-dentatis.

L. 10| mill, (absque mandibulis).

Oblong, depressed, black, and shining; the head very
minutely, not closely punctulate, forehead slightly impressed ;
the thorax, marginal stria fine, except near the anterior angle;
the fossette is nearly circular and close to the angle (more so
than in lucida , Lee.), along the sides are a very few small
and somewhat obscure scattered punctures ; the elytra, sub-

236

Mr. G. Lewis on

humeral stria is wide in the middle and well shortened at
botli ends, hist dorsal basal and well marked, with a rather
long and straight appendage, with a puncture within its
apical end, representing, perhaps, an appendage to the second
stria, second stria also basal and half the length of the first ;
the propygidium is bi-impressed posteriorly, and in the im-
pressions the punctures are somewhat close, on either side
there are a few ocellate punctures, along the base and on the
disc the punctures are very small and few; the pygidium is
coarsely and densely punctate ; the mentum is rather wide
and the carina obscure, being seen only in certain lights ;
the prosternum is triangularly widened at the base and the
anterior lobe is laterally striate ; the anterior tibise are
4-dentate.

This species differs from all the known Asian species by
the position of the thoracic fossettes ; those of H. dyuk are
very similar, but the thoracic angle is einarginate and the
fossette is behind the emargination.

Bab. Sikkim and Trichinopoly, India.

Ilololepta comis , sp. n.

Oblongo ovalis, depressa, nigra, nitida ; fronte bistriata ; pronoto
lateribus modice punctato ; elytris stria 1 dorsali in medio
evanescenti vel subinterrupta ; propygidio bif'oveolato, circum
grosse et minute punctato ; pygidio dense punctato.

L. 7| mill, (absque mandibulis).

Oblong-oval, depressed, black, and shining; the head bi-
striate, with a very fine punctuation above ; the thorax,
lateral stria ceases after passing the anterior angle, within
the stria in the median area there is a small cluster of punc-
tures which are continued anteriorly in fewer and finer
points ; the elytra, subhumeral stria reaches the base, is very
broad in the middle and a little shortened before the apex,
first dorsal fine and broken or evanescent before the middle,
second short, basal, with a very small appendage at the apex ;
the propygidium has two shallow fovese punctate, the disc is
smooth and surrounded with scattered punctures of various
sizes, a few near the middle being the largest ; the pygidium
is densely punctate ; the prosternum, keel narrow but trian-
gularly wide at the base ; the anterior tibise are 4-dentate,
the two at the apex are robust and close together, the inter-
mediate are 3-dentate, with the apical tooth bifid.

Hah. Congo River. One female example.

new Species of Histeridse.

237

Ilololepta optiva, sp. n.

Oblonga, depressa, nigra, nitida ; fronte bistriata, minutissime
punctulata; pronoto lateribus punctato; elytris stria 1 in-
tegris, 2 brevi appendice parvo aucta, 3 basali ; propygidio antice
lateribusque grosse, in medio tenuissime punctulato ; pygidio
dense punctato ; prostern o angusto basi triangulatim dilatato.

L. 6|- mill, (absque mandibulis).

Oblong, depressed, black, and shining; the head bistriate,
sm face very finely pnnctulate ; the thorax, lateral stria rather
fine, hamate behind the angle, with a narrow lateral band of
punctures, some elongate or confluent in the median area
and anteriorly behind the angle spread out somewhat ; the
elytra, subhumeral stria slightly abbreviated posteriorly, the
first dorsal fine but distinctly complete, second short, also
fine, and about one-fifth of the elytral length, with a very
short apical appendage, third basal and scarcely visible ; the
propygidium bifoveolate and encircled with rather large
punctures, some at the sides obscurely ocellate, the punctures
inwardly diminish in size until those on the disc are few and
very fine ; the pygidium is densely punctate, some points
being confluent ; the prosternum, keel narrow, with a widened
triangular base ; the anterior tibias are 4-dentate, the apical
teeth are obtuse and close together.

This is a very distinct species, but the male is unknown.
Hub. Ogoone, French Congo. One female example.

Ilololepta hiyonice , Lew., 1894.

I have an example of this species from Laos, Tonking. I
found it originally in South Japan, and took it in considerable
numbers.

Teretrius antelatus , sp. n.

Cylindricu8, subelongatus, niger, nitidus, undique punctulatus ;
pronoto ad angulos obscure rufo ; prosterno punctato, striis fere
parallelis, antice forte marginato; mesosterno metasternoquc
sparse punctatis ; pygidio baud transverso ; tibiis anticis 7-8
deuticulatis.

L. 34 mill.

Cylindrical, somewhat elongate, black, and shining; the
head convex and finely punctulate ; the thorax (and upper
surface generally) more clearly and evenly punctulate, ante-
rior angles obscurely reddish, marginal stria well marked at
the sides and very fine behind the head ; the pygidium is

238

Mr. G. Lewis on

longer and less transverse than that of puncfulahiSj F'alirs.,
and others ; the prosternum, the anterior lobe is markedly
marginate, the lateral striae are almost parallel, very slightly
diverging anteriorly, keel and lobe rather coarsely, not closely
punctate, with a line of punctures along the striae ; the meso-
sternum is also markedly marginate, and the surface and that
of the metasternum sparingly punctulate ; the anterior tibiae
are 7-8-denticulate.

This species is narrower (less robust) than punctulatus ,
Fahrs., and the other chief distinguishing characters are the
more strongly bordered anterior margin of the prosternum,
and its striae are more parallel, scarcely diverging anteriorly,
and the punctures of the meso- and metasterna are larger.
JJab. Congo State,

COPTOSTERNUS, gen. nov.

This genus is founded to receive a single species from
Madagascar which superficially somewhat resembles Macro -
sternus , but the body is less depressed, and the other characters
which will not permit its inclusion in it are : the pygidium
is convex, the prosternal keel is wide and truncate at both
ends, the mesosternum is very broad and nearly straight (not
sinuous) anteriorly, the anterior tibise are outwardly denti-
culate, tarsal groove not sinuous, and the tarsi are pilose
beneath. The form of the forehead (without striae) and the
form of the thorax are very similar to those of Macrosternus ;
the dorsal sutural stria is bent like that of the American
Ulster curvatus , Er., but this being a character of many
African species of Hister, it cannot be considered an
important one.

Coptosternus tarsaJis , sp. n.

Ovatus, depressus, niger, nitidus ; fronte leviter impressa haud
striata; pronoto lateribus punctulato, stria marginali integra ;
elytris striis 1-3 integris, 4-5 brevissimis, suturali subintegra
arcuata ; pygidio paulum convexo ; tibiis anticis denticulato,
tarsis hirsutis.

L. 6 mill.

Oval, depressed, black, and shining ; the head slightly
impressed anteriorly, not striate, surface sparsely punctulate;
the thorax, marginal stria tine and complete, sides punctured
like the head ; the elytra without a subhumeral stria, dorsal
striae 1-3 complete, 4-5 very short and apical and nearly
meet posteriorly, sutural bowed and slightly abbreviated at
the base ; the propygidium and pygidium are somewhat

239

new Species of Histeridae.

closely but not coarsely punctured, the latter is slightly con-
vex ; the prosternum, keel is broad and flat and truncate at
botli ends, the lateral striae are very fine and feebly sinuous
before the coxa3, within the stride and parallel to them is a
very shallow channel, more conspicuous than the striae and
shortened a little at the base; the mesosternum is transverse
and narrow, but relatively as broad as in Macrosternus
lofertei , anteriorly it is almost straight, not sinuous, across
the middle there is a bowed stria, somewhat fine, and it does
not reach the outer edges; the anterior tibiae are 10-11-
denticulate and all the tarsi are distinctly hirsute.

Hab. Fianrantsoa, Madagascar.

Platy lister procerus , Lew.

I have specimens of this species which measure 11^ mm.,
as stated in the preamble ; the mesosternal marginal stria is
traceable in the type behind the emargination, but it is not
so seen in other examples. The localities of the species are
Kumaon, Sikkim, and Yunnan, and it has been found in the
burrows of a longicorn in willows.

Platy soma mimicum , sp. n.

Obion go -ovatum, convexiusculum, nigrum, nitidum ; fronte stria
late arcuata ; pronoto stria integra, margine lat-erali parallela ;
elytris striis 1-3 integris, 4 parum abbreviata, 5 et suturali
dimidiatis ; pygidio transverso punctato apice lsevi ; prosterno
angustato ; mesosterno emarginato, stria integra.

L. 2| mm.

Oblong-oval, little convex, black, and shining ; the head
microscopically punctulate, stria complete, widely bowed
from side to side ; the thorax, lateral stria complete and
rather close to the margin, strongest behind the head, with a
small antescutellar puncture ; the elytra, striae 1—3 complete,
4 little shortened at the base, with a basal puncture, 5 and
sutural dimidiate ; the propygidium is rather coarsely and
somewhat unevenly punctate, with a narrow posterior margin
smooth ; the pygidium has similar punctures transversely
placed close to the base, leaving the apex widely smooth ; the
mesosternum strongly marginate, stria following the contour
of the emarginatioir and continuing laterally to the base of
the metasternum, suiface of the sterna microscopically punc-
tulate ; the anterior tibiae are 5-denticulate.

The sculpture of the pygidia and the form of the thoracic
stria resemble P. py(jidiale) Lew., but this species has an
oval outline.

llab. Chambaganor, Madura, India.

240

Mr. G. Lewis on

Hister inflex us, sp. n.

Ovalis, convexus, niger, nitidus; fronte biimpressa punctulata ;
pronoto striis lateralibus integris ; elytris striis 1-3 integris,
suturali ante medium abbreviata ; propygidio pygidioque sat
dense et grosse punctatis ; mesosterno sinuato conspicue mar-
ginatoque ; tibiis anticis 5-dentatis.

L. 5^ mill.

Oval, convex, black, and shining ; the head, stria nearly
straight anteriorly, surface and also the mandibles rather
closely punctulate, behind the stria are two feeble impres-
sions; the thorax is very feebly punctulate, with two lateral
striae, the external anteriorly passes the angle, internal is
crenulate behind the head and not interrupted ; the elytra,
striae, there is no subhumeral, 1-3 dorsal are complete, the
first turns towards the second at the base, and the interstice
between the second and third widens out anteriorly; the
pygidia are somewhat closely punctate, and some of the
punctures are ocellate, especially on the outer parts ; the
inesosternum is sinuous and markedly rnarginate, the marginal
stria laterally does not quite reach the metasternal suture;
the anterior tibiae are 5-dentate, the two apical teeth are close
together and have a common base.

This is only the fourth species of Hister recorded from
Madagascar ; Bister goudoti and cequistrius , Mars., are now
assigned to Atholus.

Hub. Madagascar.

Althanus teretricides, Lew. (PI. IX. fig. 3.)

The tibiae of this species are similar to many Trypancei , but
Mr. Arrow informs me that some of the Latnellicornes, such
as Parastasia and its allies, also have similar tibiae; so this
stiucture need not disturb my systematic arrangement of the
Histeridae in placing it in the section with emarginate or
sinuous mesosterna.

Pachylomalus falcatus , sp. n.

Ellipticus, convexus, niger, nitidus ; P. musculo forma simillimis, at
differt mesosterno utrinque arcuatim striato.

L. 2| mill.

Elliptical, convex, black, and shining, with the legs ferru-
ginous, upper surface very finely punctulate, the marginal
stria of the head fine and complete, thoracic antescutellar
striae oblique, the prosternal striae are not inturned at the

new Species of Histeridse. 241

base, the mesosternum has an arcuate stria on each side of
the emargination, the transverse stria is moderately bowed.

In this germs P . leo, tuberosus , and falcatus have lateral
mesosternal striae, but they are not marginal. P. mus, mus -
cuius , andrewesi , and victor have only the transverse stria.

Hab. Montalvan, near Manila (E. Simon). Two female
examples.

Epitoxus subruber , sp. n.

Suborbicularis, convexus, nitidus ; fronte puncticulata stria antice
late interrupta ; pronoto lateribus punctato ; elytris obscure
rufis, striis 1-4 et sutural i integris, 2 posterioribus basi arcuatim
junctis, 5 in medio abbreviata ; pygidio vix dense punctulato ;
tibiis 8-9-denticulatis.

L. 2|-3 mill.

Somewhat orbicular in outline, convex, with the legs and
antennae and the elytra (except on the disc) obscurely reddish ;
the head punctulate, stria well-marked laterally, widely inter-
rupted in front ; the thorax, marginal stria complete, sides
distinctly punctured, disc very finely punctulate, scutellar
impression obscurely biarcuate ; the elytra minutely punctu-
late, striae 1-4 and sutural complete, the two last joining at
the base, 5 dimidiate ; the pygidia are somewhat closely
punctulate, the points varying in size; the prosternum bi-
striate, keel clearly (not thickly) punctured; the mesosternum,
marginal stria complete, close to the edge and feebly crenu-
late, surface sparingly punctulate, transverse stria finely and
evenly crenulate, surfaces of the metasternum and first
abdominal segment punctulate ; the anterior tibiae 8-9-
denticulate.

The interrupted frontal stria and the colour of the elytra
are peculiar to this species amongst those at present known.

Ilub. Abyssinia. In the British Museum and my own
collection.

Epitoxus ascinus , sp. n.

Kotundatus, convexus, niger, nitidus ; fronte plana, stria antice
utrinque sinuosa; pronoto ante scutellum biarcuatim impresso
disco Levi lateribus parce punctato; elytris striis 1-4 et suturali
integris, 2 posterioribus basi arcuatim junctis, 5 in medio abbre-
viata ; propygidio pygidioque parce punctatis ; prosterno bistriato ;
mesosterno marginato, stria transversa baud crenulato ; tibiis
anticis 8-denticulatis.

L. 2| mill.

This species closely resembles breviusculus , Mars. The

242

On new Species of Histeridae.

frontal stria, however, is not circular, the disc of the thorax
is smooth, the pygidia are less closely punctured, the meso-
sternum is more finely marginate, and the transverse stria is
not crenulate; the metasternum has a few punctures at the
base placed transversely near the coxae.

E. breviusculus , Mars, (which has a wide distribution from
the Cape to the Congo River), has the transverse meso-
sternal stria finely yet markedly crenulate ; but Marseul did
not refer to it. The sutural stria in both species joins the
fourth dorsal at the base.

Hab. Congo River.

Hetcerius carinistrius , Lew. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist,
ser. 8, yoI. xii. p. 85 (1913).

I believe that only one example of this American species
is known, and it is therefore desirable to give a woodcut of it.

Hetcerius carinistrius , Lew.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IX.

Fig. 1. Ebonius cequator ius, Lew.

Fig. 2. Hister terrenus, Lew.

Fig. 3. A Ithanus teretrioides , Lew. 3 a. Tibia.
Fig. 4. Megalocr cerus rubricatus , Lew.

Fig. 5. Pelorurus carinatus, Lew.

Fig. 6. costipennis, Lew. 6 a. Pygidia.

Fig. 7. cJensistrius, Lew. 7 a. Pygidia.

Fig. 8. Copro.venus opacipennis, Lew.

Fig. 9. Terapus bicarinatus, Lew.

G. Lewis .

A.7vn.& Mag. Nat. Hist .S S. VoZ.JGtll.PZ.IX.

Horace Knight del. et lith .

West .Newman imp.

Mr. 0. Thomas on Tree- Shrews.

21 3

XXI. — The Tree- Shrews of the Tupaia belangeri-chinensis
Group. By Oldfield Thomas.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

In Dr. M. W. Lyon’s recently issued Monograph of the
Tupaiidae, the Tree-Shrews of Burma and the neighbouring
countries are all placed provisionally under the heading of
Tupaia chinensis , with the admission, however, that they
“ constitute a somewhat heterogeneous collection.” Dr. Lyon
also tc strongly suspects that future collections will show that
Tupaia chinensis is a subspecies of T. helangeri .”

In connection with the receipt of three specimens of this
group from Tengyueh ( = Momein), Yunnan, nearly topo-
types of T. chinensis , presented by Mr. E. B. Howell, I have
taken the opportunity of examining all the specimens in the
Museum, in order to try and clear up the one group of
Tupaiidae left unworked in Dr. Lyon’s most valuable Mono-
graph. Except a few recent additions, the specimens have
all been examined and enumerated by Dr. Lyon, and their
localities inserted in the map on p. 75 of his Monograph.

In the first place, in regard to Dr. Lyon’s suspicion as to
the specific distinction of T. chinensis , I may express my
opinion that no satisfactory dividing-line between T. helangeri
and chinensis , as species, can be found. Tenasserim speci-
mens of helangeri grade imperceptibly through those of
Ohiengmai, Siam, into the typical chinensis of the Shan
States and Y unnan ; and I therefore propose to treat all the
members of the group as subspecies of T. helangeri.

The specimens from Nepal, Sikhim, Cacbar, Manipur,
Paheng, and Chiengmai — some of which are referred by
Dr. L yon to T. chinensis — I should call T. helangeri helangeri ,
as they have some fulvous suffusion on the hinder back,
while true chinensis is pale olive, quite without warmer
suffusion posteriorly.

To T. helangeri chinensis I should refer the specimens
from Tengyueh and Meechee, Yunnan, and a small series —
mostly immature — from the Northern Shan States.

Then, from an intermediate locality in the “dry area” of
Burma, we get a form with all the characteristics produced
by such dry areas, and distinct enough to form a special
subspecies. It may be called

Tupaia helangeri siccata , subsp. n.

General colour rather darker than ts tawny olive,” the head

244

Mr. 0. Thomas on Tree-Shrews.

olive-grey, the posterior back, as in true helangeri , with a
fulvous suffusion. Shoulder-streaks unusually white, sharply
defined, and conspicuous. Under surface white, with scarcely
a tinge of buffy, the hairs white to their roots ; inner aspect
of limbs white, not grey-mixed, the inner side of the hind legs
particularly strongly contrasted and markedly different from
what is found in the other subspecies.

Skull with the bullae rather larger than in other subspecies.

Dimensions of type given on p. 66 of Dr. Lyon’s
Monograph.

Hah. Zibugaung, Lower Chindwin.

Type. Male. B.M. no. 6. 7. 5. 1. Collected 15th January,
1906, and presented by Capt. A. Mears.

Th is form is readily distinguishable by its conspicuous
white shoulder-stripe, chest, and inner side of hind limbs.

Passing eastwards again from the region inhabited by
helangeri and chinensisy we find the Tree-Shrews becoming
darker and more rufous, two series — from Mongtse, Yunnan,
and Nan, Siam, respectively — being botli distinguished from
the more western forms in this way. But they also differ
from each other in various ways, and I therefore base on
them the two following new subspecies : —

Tupaia helangeri yunalis , subsp. n.

Colour much darker than in helangeri and chinensis , the
back more rufous, the rump more blackish grey, therefore in
direct contrast to helangeri , in which the rump is more rufous
than the back. General tone near t( mummy-brown,” but
there is a variation towards the olive-grey of chinensis .
Rump distinctly darker than back. Under surface grey,
washed with whitish, though in some cases the whitish goes
to the root of the hairs ; but there is never the distinctly
contrasted white of subsp. siccata. Shoulder-stripes incon-
spicuous, dull whitish.

Measurements on p. 66 of Dr. LyorBs paper.

Hah. S.E. Yunnan. Type from Mong-tsze.

Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 12. 7. 25. 45. Collected
10th July, 1910, by H. Orii. Seven specimens.

Tupaia helangeri laotum , subsp. n.

General colour rufous brown (“ Brussels brown,” Ridg-
way), the rump blackish grey — therefore, again, in contrast
to true helangeri , in which the fore-back is grey and the hind-
back rufous. As compared with yunalis the colour is

261

On new Cyprinid Fishes from Waziristan.

the length of head and equal to or a little less than inter-
orbital width. Mouth oblique; maxillary not extending to
below eye; no barbels. Scales 76 to 84, 12 or 13 from
dorsal fin to lateral line, 3 from lateral line to base of pelvics.
llorsal 10, with 7 branched rays; origin just behind base of
pelvics, nearer to caudal fin than to end of snout. Anal 16-
18, with 13 to 15 branched rays. Pectoral extending f to f
of distance from its base to pelvics. Caudal forked. Caudal
peduncle twice as long as deep. Silvery; back olivaceous ;
fins immaculate.

Yunnan Fu.

Several specimens, 150 to 200 mm. in total length.

It may, perhaps, be of interest to give a complete list
of the fishes sent by Mr. Graham from Yunnan ; all the
new species have been described in the 4 Annals/ and
the dates appended will facilitate reference to the original
descriptions : —

Cyprinus carpio, Linn.

micristius, Regan, 1906.

Caraxsius auratus , Linn.

Barbus grahami, Regan, 1904.

yunnanensis, Regan, 1904.

Discoqnathus yunnanensis, Regan,
i907.

Oreinus grahami, Regan, 1904.
Schizothorax taliensis, Regan, 1907.
Achilognathus barbatulus, Giinth.
Acanthorhodeus elongatus , Regan,
1901

Barilius poly le pis, Regan, 1904.

under soni, Regan, 1904.

grahami, Regan, 1908.

alburnop8, Regan, 1914.

Misqurnus anyuillicaudatus, Can-
tor.

Nemachilus pleurotcenia, Regan,

1904.

nigromaculatus, Regan,

1904.

oxygnathus, Regan, 1908.

grahami, Res-an, 1906.

mongolicus, Bleek.

Silurus mento, Regan, 1904.

grahami, Regan, 1907.

Pseudobaqrus medianalis, Regan,
1904.

Liobaqrus nigricauda, Regan,
1904.

Ophiocephalus argus, Cantor.
Monopterus j a vanensis, Lacep.

XXVI.— 7 'wo new Cyprinid Fishes from Wazirixt'jn , collected
by Major G. E. Bruce. By C. Tate Regan, M.A.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

Major G. E. Bruce has presented to the British Museum a
small collection of fishes made in the Wana Toi, a tributary
of the Gomal River in Southern Waziristan (32° 20* N.,
69° 3(y E., altitude 4500 feet). Six species are represented :
four of these, Callichrous pabda) Ham. Buch., Barilius
Ann. dc May. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xiii. 18

262

On new Cyprinid Fishes from Waziristan.

vagra) Ham. Buch., Scaphiodon irregularis, Day, and Grosso -
chilus harhatulus, Heck., are already known ; the other two
are described below as new to science.

Schizocypris, gen. nov.

Closely related to Schizothorax, Heck., and Schizopygopsis ,
Steind., differing in scaling, structure of mouth, and pha-
ryngeal dentition. Body in great part covered with small
scales, but thorax, abdomen, and a mid-dorsal strip naked.
Mouth transverse, inferior ; barbels absent, or a minute
posterior pair ; lower lip developed only at corners of mouth ;
lower jaw without horny sheath. Pharyngeal teeth
2.3. 4 — 4 .3.2, compressed, with flat grinding-surfaces.
Dorsal fin with a strong serrated spine.

Lower surface of head of A. Discognathns icance ( X 2) and
JB. Schizocypris hrucei.

Schizocypris hrucei , sp. n.

Depth of body 4 to 5 in length, length of head 4^ to 4f.
Snout 1| diameter of eye, which is 5 in length of head ;
interorbital width 3. Width of mouth J width of head.
Dorsal III 8; origin equidistant from anterior margin of eye
and base of caudal, above posterior part of base of pelvics ;
first branched ray longest, £ to length of head ; free edge
of fin straight. Anal III 6. Pectoral extending a little
more than J distance from its base to pelvics, which do not
reach vent. Caudal forked. Caudal peduncle twice as long
as deep. Back bluish grey, with or without darker spots ;
lower parts white ; fins yellow, tinged with pink.

Ten specimens, the largest 140 mm. in total length.

On Australian Sj)ecies of Tabanus.

263

D iscognathus wance , sp. n.

Depth of body 4 in the length, length of head 4J to 4|.
Snout rounded, nearly as long as postorbital part of head ;
diameter of eye 5 in length of head ; interorbital region flat,
its width nearly \ length of head. Width of mouth J length
of head ; two barbels on each side, shorter than diameter of
eye. Upper lip with minute papillae near the margin ; lower
very narrow ; behind it a circular disc divided into a papillose
anterior and a smooth posterior portion, and with only the
posterior edge free. Dorsal III 7 ; origin equidistant from
tip of snout and base of caudal ; first or second branched ray
longest, nearly as long as head. Anal II 5. Pectoral ex-
tending J of distance from its base to pelvics, which nearly
or quite reach vent. Caudal deeply emarginate. Greyish,
mottled with darker.

Five specimens, the largest 80 mm. in total length.

XXVII. — On certain recently described Australian Species
of Tabanus. I3y Ernest E. Austen.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

The following notes, which relate to a paper published last
year* by Mr. Frank H. Taylor, F.E.S., Entomologist to the
newly established Australian Institute of Tropical Medicine,
at Townsville, Queensland, are written in no spirit of
churlish criticism, but solely with a view to assist other
workers at an important family of Diptera, the study of
which is beset with peculiar difficulties. The descriptions
of the older authors relating to this family are almost
always unsatisfactory and incomplete, and, based as they too
often were on rubbed or otherwise damaged specimens, are
frequently misleading. It follows, then, that their correct
interpretation is in many cases well-nigh impossible for those
who arc unable to examine the types, and are unassisted by
access to a well-equipped library or a large collection of
accurately determined material. In the case of Tabanidae,
again, Australia appears to be peculiarly rich in groups of

* Cf. 1 Australian Institute of Tropical Medicine, Report for the Year
1011’ (Sydney: Angus and Robertson, Ltd. London: The Oxford
University Press, 1918). Pp. 00-70, and pi. xiv. — The title-page of this
publication bears no date, but the writer has been informed by Mr. Taylor
that the Report appeared in May, 1913.

18*

264

Mr. E. E. Austen on

species, the members of which resemble one another so
closely that extreme care is necessary for their discrimination.
Lastly, it cannot be too strongly impressed upon all writers
on Tabanidae that in a genus like Tabanus (in which plastic
differences between species are seldom obvious, while, on the
other hand, the number of described species already amounts
to considerably more than nine hundred) descriptions, if they
are to admit of correct interpretation, must be comparative
(i. e. must include a reference to allied species, and clearly
indicate the points in which the supposed new species differs
from them), and should always, if possible, be accompanied
by a figure carefully drawn by a competent artist. Photo-
graphic illustrations are seldom satisfactory, since the
imperfections of the particular specimen figured, which are
reproduced only too faithfully, frequently obliterate many
of the specific characters.

The British Museum (Natural History) is much indebted
to Mr. Taylor for the generous gift of paratypes of all the
species of Tabanus described by him in his paper as new, as
well as examples of all but one of those re-described by him
under previously existing names, and the study of these
specimens has greatly facilitated the preparation of the sub-
joined notes.

teTabanus abstersus, Walker” (p. 60, pi. xiv. fig. 14) *. —
Tabanus abstersus , Walk. (Ins. Saund., Dipt. pt. i. p. 58,
1850), = T. circumdatuSjW alk . (List Dipt. Ins. in Coll. Brit.
Mus., i. p. 185, 1848). Mr. Taylor’s figure, which shows an
insect in which the majority of the veins in the distal half of
the wings are strongly infuscated over the greater portion of
their extent, has nothing to do with Tabanus circumdatus,
Walk. (syn. T. abstersus , Walk.), in which the wings are
hyaline and the veins are not infuscated, but looks like
T. limbatinevris , Macq. (Dipt. Exot., Suppl. iv. p. 29 (1850),
nec T. limbatinevris , Macq., op. cit. Suppl. ii. p. 16, 1847).
The ? specimen forwarded by Mr. Taylor, however, as an
example of the species regarded by him as Tabanus abstersus ,
Walk., belongs neither to T. circumdatus, Walk., nor to
T. limbatinevris , Macq. (1850), but to a species unknown to
the present writer. In the specimen sent the angle on the
upper margin of the expanded portion of the third joint of
the antennae is produced into a long thumb-like process,
much as in Rhino my za, while the ground-colour of the
dorsum of the abdomen (with the exception of the lateral

* The details in brackets refer to Mr. Taylor’s paper.

265

Australian Species of Tabanus.

margins and posterior angles of the first four segments, and
a white-haired median fleck on the hind margin of each of
the first five segments) is entirely black.

“Tabanus fuscipes , m sp.” (p. 62, pi. xiv. fig. 15). — The
nam e fuscipes is preoccupied by T. fuscipes, Ricardo, 1908
(for a species found in South and Central Africa). The
writer therefore ventures to propose the designation Tabanus
taylori for the species under consideration.

Judging from the specimen sent to the British Museum,
the description of the legs would seem to be partly mis-
leading ; the femora and tibiae are cinnamon-coloured — a very
different thing from “ clove-brown.”

“ Tabanus gregarius, Erich.” (p. 63, pi. xiv. fig. 16). — This
is not Tabanus gregarius, Erichs., and does not even agree in
any way with the original description of that species. It is
a species nova.

“Tabanus lineatus , n. sp.” (p. 65, pi. xiv. fig. 17),= T. rufi -
notatus, Big. (syns. T. elest'eem, Summers, Ann. & Mag.
Nat. Hist. ser. 8, vol. x., Aug. 1912, p. 224 ; and 1\ desig-
nate, Ricardo, Res. de l’Exp. Scient. Neerland. a la Nouvelle-
Guinee, vol. ix., Zool., livr. 3, p. 390, 1913). — The name
lineatus is preoccupied by Tabanus lineatus, Eabr. (1781)
(= T. giganteus, Deg.).

“Tabanus pseudoar dens, n. sp.” (p. 66, pi. xiv. fig. 18). —
As shown by two ? ? of this species kindly forwarded by
Mr. Taylor, the dorsum of the abdomen is mummy-brown
(dark brown at the distal extremity), not “ clove-brown,” as
stated in the description ; the first four ventral scutes are
fawn-coloured, not “ clove-brown ” ; and the wings in the
two specimens received have a well-marked brownish (not
“ creamy ”) tinge.

“Tabanus tetralineatus, n. sp.” (p. 68, pi. xiv. fig. 20),=
T. cinerescens, MacLeay (King’s c Narrative of a Survey of
the Intertropical and Western Coasts of Australia/ vol. ii.
p. 467, 1826). — The name Tabanus cinerescens and its author
have hitherto been somewhat uufairly treated, Wiedemann
and subsequent writers, including Kertdsz (‘ Catalogus
Dipterorum/ vol. iii. p. 234, 1908), having written cinerascens
instead of cinerescens, and attributed the designation to King
instead of to MacLeay. The title-page of the volume in
which the description was published hears the date 1827 ;
the present writer is, however, informed by Mr. C. Davies

266 Mr. J. W. Pryde on Annelida Polychceta

Sherborn (author of 6 Index Animalium ’) that the work was
actually issued on April 18th, 1826.

“Tabanus parvus , n. sp.;' (p. 69). — In size and general
appearance, as also in the width of the front, this small
species closely resembles T. anellosus, Summers (Ann. &
Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 8, vol. x., Aug. 1912, p. 226), the
typical series of which was also taken at Port Darwin by
Dr. C. L. Strangman, the discoverer of Tabanus parvus at
the same place. The latter species can, however, be distin-
guished from T. anellosus by the expanded portion of the
third joint of the antenna being shorter and deeper, by the
terminal annuli of the same joint being tawny-ochraceous
like the rest of the joint, instead of dark brown, by the
existence of a long appendix to the anterior branch of the
third longitudinal vein, and by all coxae, femora, and tibiae
being ochraceous-buff, whereas in T. anellosus the coxae are
grey, all the femora greyish clove-brown, and the front
tibiae clove-brown except at the base. Judging from an
examination of the paratype of T. parvus kindly presented
to the National Collection by Mr. Taylor, the description of
the coxae, femora, and tibiae of this species as “ clove-brown ”
is extremely misleading.

XXVIII. — Report on the Annelida Polychceta collected in the
North Sea and adjacent parts by the Scotch Fishery Board
Vessel ' Goldseeker.’ — Part II. Nephthydidae to Hesionidae.
By James W. Pryde, M.A., Walker Trust Kesearch
Scholar, Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews.

[Plate XI.]

The following report, which includes the Nephthydidae,
Phyllodocidae, and Hesionidae, is a continuation of that begun
by Mr. William Small, M.A., B.Sc., in 1912 (Ann. & Mag.
Nat. Hist. (8) vol. x. p. 165, 1912).

The Nephthydidae are well represented, and out of the ten
species accounted British by Prof. MHntosh, six have been
found to be present in the North Sea. The Phyllodocidae
are but sparsely represented by a single species, while the
Hesionidae show representatives of two genera out of the four
that are British. They occur in numerous hauls at various
depths and at various stations ranging from shallow water

267

from the North Sea and adjacent parts,

to 10 fathoms. For the only representative of the Phyllo-
docidse no depth can be given, as the label belonging to the
tube has been lost, probably in the disastrous fire which took
place in the laboratory in June 1913, when much valuable
material was lost. 24 fathoms is the greatest depth at which
llesionidse were obtained, although they were found in
numerous hauls.

No lists of synonyms have been given, but they can be
obtained from Prof. MTntosh's Monograph (vol. ii. part i.,
1908) under the heads of the various species, and they
occupy a considerable amount of space.

The specimens examined were part of the collection kindly
handed over to Mr. Small by Prof. D’Arcy W. Thomson.
I have to thank Prof. M‘Intosh for giving me from his own
collection a typical series of slides of each group.

Family Nephthydidse.

Genus Nephthys, Cuvier, 1817.

Nephthys caeca , 0. F. Muller, 1776.

This species was found in many hauls, and only in one
(haul 11191, at Station 18 A) were there not more than one
brought to the surface. In haul 187 forty-two were obtained
at a depth between 545 and 788 m. This abundance agrees,
as far as the North Sea is concerned, with the statement in
the Monograph (1908, vol. ii. part i. p. 10), which says that
this annelid is common everywhere around the shores of
Britain.

Many of the specimens are small, but some are of moderate
size. In many cases the lamellae of the feet were destroyed
by being scorched by the fire, while the specimens themselves
were rendered hard and brittle. On the feet of those which
remained unhurt were found several thecate Infusoria * and
structures which resembled minute Loxosomce.

The largest specimen had 148 segments, but in some of
the smaller ones the segments numbered from 60-80. The
body-wall was very muscular, and the oblique muscles were
boldly outlined.

The gut was examined, and was found to contain diatoms,
mud, sand-particles, and small pieces of what seemed to be
animal tissue. No specimen showed an extruded proboscis.

Prof. Izuka f found this annelid in Japanese waters in

* Cf. ‘ Challenger ’ Report on Annelida, pis. xiv. a. and xxiii. a.
t Vute * Errantiate Polychaeta of Japan/ by Prof. A. Izuka.

268

Mr. J. W. Pryde on Annelida Polychceta

Mororan Harbour, and Adolf Heinen * found it at no less
than thirteen stations in the North Sea. Station 58° 48' N.,
1° 20' E., is his most northerly record, while Station 52° 50' N.,
3° 20' E., is his most southerly. The most northerly record
in the 4 Goldseeker ’ expedition is Station 18 A, 60° 57' N.,
5° 47' W. On the other hand, the most southerly point is
Station 39 B, 57° 59' N., 0° 57' E.

Nephthys hombergii , Lamarck, 1818.

It is stated in the Monograph (vol. ii. part i. p. 19) that
this annelid is found from Shetland to the Channel Islands,
along both shores, and occurring alike in the tidal region and
in deep water; but only six are found in this collection, three
being obtained at a depth of 10 fathoms at Olliberry, Shet-
land. They were dredged along with Notophyllum foliosum,
Sars, and Ilarmothoe imbricata , Linn. In the 4 Porcupine ’
expedition of 1896 this species was dredged at a depth of
96 fathoms.

The largest specimen had 89 segments, but a specimen
having 130 segments is mentioned in the Monograph, while
Heinen adds : 44 Audouin und Milne-Edwards geben fur die
grossten Tiere sogar 200 Segmente an.’' The body has
similar proportions to that of N. cceca , but is considerably
less. The colour has faded, however, owing to immersion in
spirit, but fresh specimens have an iridescent pinkish body,
bluish white along the median line dorsally and whitish
laterally, with bright red branchiae along the sides j\

The foot differs from that of N, cceca , for the dorsal
lamella is smaller, while the ventral lamella is more ovoid
than pointed. The most diagnostic feature is the presence
of a prominent papilla below the point of the spine in N. hom-
bergii, The gut contained diatoms and small crustacean
larvae. From the Reports on the 4 Errantiate Polychaeta of
Japan,’ a country in almost the same latitude as our own,
there is no mention of N, hombergii , nor is it recorded in the
4 Challenger * Reports.

Nephthys hombergii , var. kersivalensis , MTntosh.

In haul 187 two specimens of this annelid were obtained
at a depth of 545-788 in. It differs from N. hombergii ,
Lamarck, in having the ventral lamella in the anterior third

* Vide 1 Die Nephthydeen und Lycorideen der Nord- uud Ostsee,’. by
Adolf Heinen.

f See i Monograph,’ vol. ii. part i. pi. xliii. fig. 3.

269

from the North Sea and adjacent parts.

much less, and in having a more decided decrease in both
posterior lamellse. This annelid, according to the Mono-
graph, is merely a younger stage in the growth of N, horn-
hergii .

From Heinen’s Karte 1 N. homhergii is seen to have a
wide distribution, varying from 53° 52' to 59° 9' N., and
1° 21' to almost 8° E. From the 4 Goldseeker ’ collection,
however, this annelid is confined to the neighbourhood of the
Shetland Isles.

Neplithys i?icisa, Malmgren, 1865.

Haul 8215 alone contained this annelid, when eight speci-
mens were obtained. The animals were small, the largest
numbering about 50 segments. The haul was made at
Station 8, 61° 35' N., 0° 21' E., but the depth at which they
were obtained is not given. In the 4 Porcupine ’ Expedition,
1869, this annelid was found from 6—80 fathoms. In one
the proboscis was extruded and showed twenty-two rows of
minute papilla? ; but the short median cirrus, which, according
to Malmgren, occurs in the smooth distal region both dorsally
and ventrally, was not seen. On the branchiae were struc-
tures resembling minute Loxosomce , but the parasites were
too contracted to make out their structure properly. No
specimen was mature, and the gut showed sand and sponge-
spicules.

There is no mention of this annelid in the 4 Challenger ’
Reports nor in 4 Errantiate Polychaeta of Japan/ but Heinen
obtained several at various stations in the German North
►Sea. The most northerly point at which he obtained this
annelid was 57° 52' N., 4° 52' E. ; but the 4 Goldseeker 5
dredged it at Station 8, 61° 35' N., 0° 20' E.

Neplithys ciliata , O. F. Muller, 1789.

This annelid, from various reports, is common on muddy
ground or in sandy mud, but only one specimen is present in
the collection. O. F. Muller procured it in the first instance
from the Faroe Islands, but it stretches to Greenland and to
the eastern Canadian waters, as well as to America. Malm-
gren records it from Spitzbergen, Scandinavia, and Iceland ;
Ehlers, both shores of the Atlantic ; and T libel gives Kara
Sea and Nova Zembla. It is not mentioned in the 4 Chal-
lenger' Reports, but Prof. Izuka notes it as occurring in
Japanese waters. Heinen, too, has no record of it in his
North Sea Collection, but remarks, 44 Alle mir vorliegenden
Tiere starnmten aus Ostsee und Kattegat.”

270

Mr. J. W. Pryde on Annelida Polychceta

The present specimen was obtained at Station 18 A,
60° 57' N., 5° 47' W., and at a depth of 384 m. It was taken
along with N. cceca and some Lumbriconereidse. The body
has about 95 segments, and is slightly tapered anteriorly,
more so posteriorly, and ends in a caudal cirrus. The foot *
resembles that of N. cceca , but the lamellae are not so well
developed, and so the species can be readily differentiated.
The tentacles, moreover, are more slender than those of
N. cceca , and so another point of difference arises. The gut
contained diatoms, mud, and small larvae, many of which
were fragmentary. The specimen was not mature.

Nephthys cirrosa , Elders, 1868.

Several fragments of this annelid were dredged at
Station 7, 61° 06' N., 2° 1' E., at a depth of 15 fathoms, and
all the fragments denote that the entire annelids were small.
There is no mention of N. cirrosa in the ‘ Challenger 9
Reports. Izuka records none from Japanese waters, and
Heinen makes no mention of any from his North Sea investi-
gations. The Ray Society Monograph, however, gives the
following as its habitat: — Channel Islands, Herm, Guernsey,
and in sand under stones in Galway, Ireland ( APIntosh ) ;
shores of France, Dinard and Croisic ( Baron de St. Joseph ) ;
Norway ( Canon Norman ) ; Strait of Magellan ( Ehlers ).

There was nothing of outstanding interest about any of the
fragments, and none showed any signs of maturity.

Nephthys grubei, MGntosh, 1900.

Only one specimen of this annelid was obtained. It oc-
curred in haul 187 and was trawled at the depth of 545-
788 m. In the Monograph (vol. ii. part i. p. 33) this
creature was found at a depth of 540 fathoms in the * Knight
Errant 3 Expedition. No record of it occurs in Prof. Izuka’s
work nor in c Challenger 9 Reports. The specimen is very
small and very much shrivelled, having been badly scorched
in the fire. Identification was made from the structure of
the feet and the bristles.

Family Phyllodocidae.

Genus Notophyllum, (Ersted, 1843.

Notophyllum foliosum, Sars, 1835.

The tube containing this specimen, which is the only
representative of the Phyllodocidae, had no label, and couse-
* Vide 1 Monograph,’ vol. ii. part i. pi. lxvi. figs. 1 & 9.

271

from the North Sea and adjacent parts.

quently no depth nor locality can be given. The animal
itself is linear, and the body has about 98 segments. The
dorsal surface is light brown and slightly iridescent, while
the ventral surface is darker in colour, and each segment
has minute dark spots. No groove is present in the ventral
surface of the specimen, and the dorsal lamellae of the feet,
moreover, were not so prominent as is mentioned in the
Monograph. However, it (dorsal lamella) was considerably
larger than the ventral lamella, and no spines were seen on
the spinigerous papilla at its outer border. The Monograph
mentions that the spinigerous papilla may bear a few (about
two) smooth tapering bristles, and Malmgren adds that
the large, more or less horizontal dorsal cirrus is elliptico-
subrectangular or unequally reniform. The ventral bristles
spring from the tip of the lobe, and are characteristic of the
species.

The Monograph states that this species is more sluggish
than the ordinary examples of the Pfiyllodocidse, and, when
irritated, coils its body in a somewhat stiff manner. There is
no mention of this species in the Reports of the ‘ Challenger *
Expedition ; but in Prof. Izuka’s work Notophyllumjaponicum)
Maren., is described, and this species appears to approach the
northern species very closely.

From the Monograph its habitat is given as : — Shetland
(J. G. J.) ; Larnlash Bay, Arran (Dr. Howden) ; Bay of
Galway, Ireland ( Dr . E. P. Wright) ; St. Andrews Bay,
deep-sea fishing-boats ( E . M .) ; common in dredgings,
Plymouth (Allen) ; Norway ( CErsted , Sarsf Norman , and
Kore?i); Sweden; Adriatic (Sars) ; Marseilles (Marion).

Family Hesionidas.

Genus Ophiodromus, Sars, 1861.

Ophiodromus jlexuosus , Della Cilia je, 1825.

Fifty-eight complete and an infinite number of fragments
of this species were obtained in four hauls. The hauls were
8160, 2 miles E.N.E. of Rams Ness, at a depth of 100 m.;
152, off Ardmore Point, at a depth of 180 m. ; 8265, at
Station 41 A, 56° 48' N., 1° 19' E., at a depth of 94 m. ; and
72, 3 miles west of Tarbet Ness, at a depth of 24 fathoms.

This annelid usually inhabits regions where there is grey
mud or clay, and off the western coast of Britain has been
found at depths varying from 4-125 fathoms. One or two
have been found on the verge of extreme low water in Aid-

272

Mr. J. W. Pryde on Annelida Polychceta

maddy Bay. It is also found off the shores of Norway (Sars)
and off the Mediterranean shores of France.

The largest specimen has about 60 segments and is fusi-
form in shape. The body dilates behind the head, reaches its
maximum about the anterior third, and then tapers to the
tail. The tail terminates in two moderately long slender cirri,
while the dorsum has a lustrous brown colour, which is trans-
versely banded at intervals with belts of fine iridescent blue.
In the largest specimen nine such bands were seen, besides
several minor streaks which become fainter and fainter poste-
riorly. When the animal was placed in spirit the colours
instantly disappeared, while the animal itself broke up into
fragments. The same thing, according to the Monograph,
takes place on the immersion of the animal in fresh water or
in impure sea-water.

Many specimens show an extruded proboscis, which is
proportionately large, but is devoid of papillae or jaws. In
the extruded condition the proboscis is cylindrical, but in
some there was a swollen basal region. The buccal opening
is capable of great dilatation. No specimen showed signs of
maturity.

Ophiodromus flexuosas does not appear in the 4 Challenger 3
Reports, but an allied form, Salvatoria kerguelensis , is referred
to. No mention of it is made by Prof. Izuka, of Japan.

Genus Castalia, Savigny, 1820.

Castalia fusca , Johnston, 1836.

This annelid was obtained in dredge 7 at a depth of
15 fathoms. In all there are five complete specimens and
six fragments. The specimens are very small, the largest
only measuring f inch. They usually are found in much
shallower water, for they occur between tide-marks at various
points around the British shores. In Shetland they are
common in the roots of tangles in the Laminarian region.
Keferstein obtained this species at St. Yaast, Normandy,
Claparbdeat Naples, Carus in the Mediterranean, and Marion
at Marseilles ; but there is no word of it in the Reports of the
4 Challenger ’ Expedition nor in the ‘ Errantiate Polyclneta
of Japan.’

The specimens are reddish brown and have a well-marked
dark line down the dorsum. This line is the dorsal blood-
vessel. The segments number about 50, slightly narrowed
in front, and then they narrow more and more towards the
tail-region, which terminates in two slender cirri. One
specimen had a short, cylindrical, and somewhat massive

273

from the North Sea and adjacent parts.

proboscis, but the filiform papillae at the aperture were not
present. The organ is well adapted for the predatory habits
of the animal, and Dr. Johnston found that they devoured
one another in confinement.

The Monograph mentions that Dr. Johnston considered
the purplish hue, which is often seen in many specimens,
spread rapidly all over the body when the animal is alarmed.
However, it is further stated that, as this phenomenon
occurred in April, it is possible that it may have been con-
nected with the development of the ova. Sir J. Dalyell, in
his experiments, found that the colour depended on the food.

Genus Megalia, Marion & Bobretsky, 1875.

Megalia assirnilis , sp. n.

One fragment of this annelid, consisting of the head and
seventeen segments, was taken in dredge 104 at the depth of
75 m. at Station 41 B, lat. 56° 42' N., long. 0° 35' E. In
the Monograph an allied species, M. perarmata (Marion &
Bobretsky), is not uncommon in dredgings from Queen's
Ground, Asia Shore, and Milbay Channel, Plymouth.
Marion and Bobretsky found it under stones and in prairies
of Posidonia, and in the coralline region, Marseilles.

Head somewhat quadrangular, with four eyes of consider-
able size, the anterior pair being the larger and placed some-
what widely apart. The pairs are situated near each other
towards the middle region. In M. perarmata , according to
Marion and Bobretsky *, the anterior pair have lenses, but
in this species there is some uncertainty. The tentacles are
long and smooth, curved in this specimen, and are attached
over the palps, which are smooth, stout, and biarticulate.
The buccal region lies beneath the head. Six pairs of articu-
lated tentacular cini, most of which in this specimen have
been broken, are directed forward, and each has a spine at
its base.

Body about 5 mm. in length (7-8 mm. in M. perarmata) ,
and tapers posteriorly. The anal segment is absent. The
colour is yellow, but brown spots are prominent at the base
of each dorsal cirrus and brown patches appear on the head.
Transverse striations occur on the dorsal surface at the bases
of the feet, up several of which the striae are continued. The
ventral surface is lighter in hue, and on it also are minutely
transverse and somewhat irregular stria?. The Monograph
(vol. ii. part i. p. 137) states in reference to M. perarmata :

* Vide 1 Annales des Sciences Naturelles,’ ser. vi. vul. ii. pi. vii. fig. 1G.

274 On Annelida Polychceta from the North Sea Ac.

u The dorsal surface of the segments shows under the micro-
scope transverse striae, somewhat irregularly arranged.”
The proboscis is not extruded, so no comparison with M. per-
armata can be made. The alimentary canal is almost straight
and uniform for the first seven setigerous segments, and then
it assumes a sacculated appearance posteriorly.

The foot in this specimen resembles that of M. perarmata
in being uniramous, having the long cirrus dorsally with a
spine in the ceratophore, and a very bluntly conical setigerous
region, with a small papillse supported by two fairly stout
spines, and carrying a fan-shaped tuft of translucent bristles.
The articulations of the cirrus, however, are not so large as,
but are more numerous than, those of M. perarmata. Most
of the bristles have slightly curved shafts, which are striated
and have a bevelled appearance at the tip, the distal end of
which is somewhat blunt, and in several of those whose
terminal pieces are deeply serrated is slightly cleft (see
tig. 2). The terminal pieces vary from medium to long.
In all the tip is hooked, and a secondary process is present
beneath. The tip of the bristles in M. perarmata , on the
other hand, is not so distinct, for it is only in the shorter
forms that the minute structure is distinguishable. The
edges of the blades, however, present great differences. In
M. perarmata the edge is minutely serrated and the serrations
are the same for every bristle (see fig. 3) ; but in this form
the serrations are very large and, in several of the larger
blades, resemble the deep serrations in the blade of Gastalia
fusca (see figs. 1 & 2). Thus two distinct forms of serration
are present.

In many respects the animal agrees with M. perarmata ,
but the distal end of the shafts and the serrations of the
blades are so divergent and diagnostic, that one is compelled
to consider it as a new species, allied, however, to M. per-
armata. The specimen is not mature. Moreover, it is an
interesting feature that the distribution of the genus has
been extended northward, for not a single example of M. per-
armata has been found, up to date, north of Plymouth.

Bibliography.

Heinen. 1911. ‘Die Nephthydeen und Lycorideen der Nord- und
Ostsee.’

Izuka. 1912. ‘The Errantiate Polychseta of Japan.’

Malmgren. I860. ‘ Nordiska Hafs-Annulater.’ Stockholm.

Marion et Bobretsky. 1875. “ Annelides du Golfe de Marseille.”

Annales des Sciences Naturelles, sixieme s6rie, tome ii.

M‘Intosh. 1874. Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. ix. part 7. “On British
Annelida.”

On British Fossil Crinoids . 245

browner and less u saturate.” Shoulder-stripe well marked,
more buffy than in yunalis ,

Skull with slightly larger teeth, larger bullae, and smaller
zygomatic vacuities than in yunalis . The differences are all
slight, but constant throughout the series available.

Dimensions on p. 66 of Dr. Lyon's paper.

Hah . Nan, Siam. Alt. 290 m,

Type . Adult female, B,M, no. 98.2,8.12. Original
number 23. Collected 19th August, 1897, and presented by
Tii, H. Lyle, Esq, Eight specimens (five young).

These two eastern subspecies differ from the other forms
by their darker colour and tendency to be blackish or dark
greyish on the rump. From each other they differ very
much as do chinensis and belangeri , and, in fact, they may be
looked upon as eastern representatives of these subspecies
respectively, yunalis of the olive-grey chinensis and laotum
of the more fulvous belangeri , each pair being in about the
same latitude,

As Dr, Lyon has carefully recorded where the types of all the
various forms of the Tupaiidse are preserved, I may take this
opportunity of mentioning that the typical specimens of Tupaia
lacernata wiljoinsoni, obscura , and longicauda, and T. ferru-
ginea penangensis , described by Messrs. Robinson and Kloss,
and hitherto in Selangor, have now been transferred to the
British Museum, in accordance with the enlightened policy
pursued by the authorities of the Federated Malay States
Museum in regard to the preservation of types. In a
temperate climate like that of England types do not dete,.
riorate in the same way as, however w7ell taken care of, they
do in a tropical one,

XXII. — British Fossil Crinoids. — X, Sycocrinus Austin ,
Lower Carboniferous. By F. A. Bather, F.lt.S.

[Plate X]

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the Biitish Museum.)

Previous History,

The name Sycocrinites (or Sycocrinus), from av/cov a fig,
was introduced by T. & T. Austin in October, 1842 (Ann.
& Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. x. p. Ill), for a genus with three
species; S. plansus, S. jacksoni, S. anapeptamenus. In that
paper neither genus nor species were described, diagnosed,
Ann , Mag , A, JJist, Ser, 8, Vol. xiij. 17

246

Mr. F. A. Bather on

or figured. It is, however, possible to glean some facts con-
cerning the genus from the position to which it was assigned.
Being in the Class Adelostella (Austin), it had a “ body
covered with closely-jointed calcareous plates, not lobed, and
without arms.” Being in the Order Columnwise (Austin),
its body was et attached by a jointed ... column.” Of the
two Families : Sphseronoidese (Gray) and Echinocrinoidea
(Austin) into which that Order was divided, Sycocrinus was
placed in the former ; we may therefore infer that “ pores”
were either “ wanting ” or “ scattered irregularly among
the plates,” and that the “ surface ” was “ smooth,” i. e.
devoid of spines.

In March, 1843, the “Descriptions of several new Genera
and Species of Crinoidea,” whose names had been introduced
in the previous paper, were published by the Austins, and
among them the definitions of Sycocrinus and its three
species (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. xi. p. 206). It is not
necessary to reprint these definitions, but, translating them
into more modern terminology, we can state the following
further facts alleged concerning the genus. In two out
of the three species at any rate, the plates of the cup
are in three circlets, corresponding apparently to the cup-
plates of a simple crinoid with dicyclic base. Each of these
circlets consists of five plates, except the proximal circlet
(IBB), in which there are three, doubtless formed as usual
by fusion of two pairs. The mouth is central and surrounded
or covered, in one of these dicyclic species, by five plates
corresponding to the so-called orals, in the other dicyclic
species by (it is suggested) a plated integument. Supposed
orals are also present in the third species. The anus is
lateral ; its position is given more precisely for only one
species, and there it is said to be between what we should
call the basal and radial circlets.

Analysing the definitions of the three species given on the
same page, we deduce the following : —

S. clausus : dicyclic ; oral aspect covered by 5 plates ; anus
between BB and HR.

S.jacksoni : monocyclic; oral aspect covered by 5 plates ;
anus lateral ; stem-facet small.

S. anapeptamenus : dicyclic ; oral aspect not covered, so
far as known ; anus projecting at the side.

The alleged distinction between S. clausus and S anapepta-
menus is not great, since the anus may have been in the
same position in the two species. S. jacksoni , on the other
hand, clearly belonged to a different genus.

British Fossil Grinoids.

247

The geological and geographical distribution of these
species are nowhere even hinted at, an omission justly de-
plored by L. von Buch (1815, ‘ Ueber Cystideen/ pp. 1 13—
114) when he referred S. jacksoni and S. anapeptamenus to
Cryptocrinus cerasus , an Ordovician eystid, having, erro-
neously I think, interpreted AustinJs definitions to mean that
the third circlet of plates in S. anapeptamenus was homo-
logous with the third circlet in S. jacksoni. Yon Buch
rightly noted the distinction between S. clausus (with four
circlets) and S. jacksoni (with three circlets).

Commenting on this in November 1818 (Quart. Journ.
Geol. Soc, vol, iv , Proc. p. 293), T. Austin, F.G.S. \i. p. the
Fort-Major], appeared to accept Yon Buell’s reference of two
species to Cryptocrinus , and explained that they occurred
“in the carboniferous limestone of Yorkshire.” That state-
ment was probably intended to apply also to $ clausus.
Similarly in October 1851 (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 2,
vol. viii. pp. 289-290) Fort-Major Austin, in maintaining
against Edward Forbes that cystids were found in the
Carboniferous rocks, implied that some, if not all, of his
specimens of Sycocrinus came from “ our Mountain Lime-
stone.”

H. G. Bronn in I860 (f Klass. und Ordn.* vol. ii. p.230) and
Dujardin & Hupe iti 1862 (‘Echinodermes,* p. 70) mentioned
the name Sycocrinitps as a synonym of Cryptocrinus , doubt-
less without independent enquiry.

About twenty years ago the late Mr. R. Etheridge, F.R.S.,
showed me some drawings by T. Austin (? junior) arranged
as a plate in continuation of the Austins* f Monograph.*
Some of these, to my delight, represented the three species
of Sycocrinus , the names being pencilled on the back of the
sheet by Ft.-Major Austin. It was on this evidence, and
before I had observed the above-quoted statements as to the
horizon, that in 1900 I published the remark : ie the authors*
MS. drawings suggest that <8. clausus = Lay eniocr inns,
S. jacksoni = Cryptocrinus, and S . anapeptamenus = Hypo-,
crinus *’ (* Treatise on Zoology,* vol. iii. p. 203). With the
fairly clear evidence of the figures before me, I had not
troubled to compare them with Austin*s published definitions.
Had I done so 1 should have detected a mistake in Austin’s
ow n reference. It is quite plain that in his roughly pencilled
note he transposed the numbers 3 and 4, which should
refer to S. clausus and S. jacksoni respectively. Only thus
can the drawings in question be made to agree with the
definitions. Had I observed this, I wmuld have written
“ S. jacksoni = Lageniocrinus, S. clausus = Cryptocrinus

17*

248

Mr. F. A. Bather on

Redescription.

The Austin Collection of Echinoderms, accompanied by a
list in the handwriting of Fort-Major Austin, is in the
Public Museum of Liverpool, and contains a fair number of
the specimens described or figured by the Austins. The
specimens are gummed on wooden tablets, and provided
with labels copied from the somewhat unclear MS. list.
When, thanks to the facilities afforded by the Director,
Dr. Clubb, I recently made a careful inspection of the
collection, I found only two tablets purporting to bear
specimens of this genus. They were labelled “ (369) Lyco-
crinus anapetalamenus ” and “ (370) Lycocrinus jacksoni ,”
a circumstance which possibly explains why Sycocrinites
ana pepto menus had been lost sight of.

Taking now the evidence of the drawings (reproduced on
Plate X., with Austin's original numbering 2-4 b), of the
MS. list, of the tablets, and of the specimens on the tablets,
I propose to deal with the three species in order.

Sycocrinus jacksoni.

Tablet 370 in the Austin Collection is labelled as bearing
this species, which should be represented by a single theca.
But the sole specimen on the tablet is a very clear example
of the blastoid “ Astrocrinus tetragonus Austin," which,
without much doubt, has fallen off tablet 371, to which it
properly belongs and wrhere there is a gummed space for it,
and has been stuck by mistake on tablet 370. The original
specimen 370 must have disappeared before that took place,
and is not likely ever to be found.

The MS. list says that the original specimen came from
the Carboniferous Limestone of Settle. This runs counter
to Von Buell's suggestion, based on the description, that the
specimen was a Cryptocrinus. Renewed examination of the
figures in this new light is required.

The drawings (PI. X. figs. 4-4 b) represent a theea com-
posed of three circlets of plates. The proximal circlet
consists of one small and two large plates, together forming
a pentagonal base (fig. 4 6). The second circlet consists of
five pentagonal plates, with the shield shape characteristic of
ordinary radials. The third, or uppermost circlet consists
of five triangular plates, not alternating with the radials but
continuing them in the same way as ordinary brachials.
On one of these plates, apparently a little below and to the
left of its centre, is a circular excrescence, which in one

British Fossil Crinoids.

249

figure (fig. 4) is drawn as pierced by a small pore, considered
by Austin as an anal pore, but much smaller in proportion
than the usual anal channel of a pelmatozoon. Although
no statement is made and no representation of the actual
size is given, still it seems probable that these figures agree
with those of the other species in being enlarged some three
or four diameters.

Comparison of the figures with those of the Visean species
Layeniocrinus serninulum, De Koninck andLehon (1884, fRe-
cherches s. 1. Crin.,’ p. 187, pi. vii. ff. 1 «, h , c), will confirm
my previous reference of the drawings of this species to
Layeniocrinus. If, however, that be correct, then the sup-
posed anus is probably a parasitic boring or some adherent
foreign body.

Layeniocrinus is, as I have suggested (1900, ‘ Treatise/
p. 152), probably the young of Symbathocrinus. The five
triangular plates are the first stages of the arms, and sub-
sequent brachials would appear at their distal ends. This
is borne out by Austin's fig. 4 a , which shows a slight
excavation at the apices, with apparently a minute pore in
each. These may be interpreted as the facets for the second
brachials, with the opening of the ventral groove.

Sycocrinus clausus.

This is not represented in the Austin Collection, so that
the locality and horizon are still a little uncertain ( vide
supra ), and our information is confined to the published
definition already analysed and the MS. drawings reproduced
in PI. X. figs. 3-3 e .

The figures are clear in all respects except the orientation
of the small infrabasal, a very important point. They are
consistent with its position either in the r. post, radius, as
in Flexibilia, or in the anterior radius, as in Dicyclica
lnadunata.

The five summit-plates, with their tri-radiate central
suture (fig. 3 d), are of the type usually termed “orals,”
and there are no traces of any arm-facets on the radials.
It Mill, however, be noted that the specimen itself was very
small, and the facets might easily have escaped observation.

In the absence of the actual specimen, I do not feel inclined
to speculate as to the precise position of this form. It may,
not improbably, have been a Gasterocomid allied to Hypo-
crinus schncideri and “ Lecythiocrinus ” adamsi , if not
actually congeneric with one or other of them ; or it may
conceivably have been, as Austin supposed, congeneric with

250 Mr. F. A. Bather on

Sycocrinus anapeptamenus . What that form really is, we
now enquire*

Sycocrinus anapeptamenus.

Tablet 369 in the Austin Collection should, according to
the MS. list, bear three specimens of this species, from the
Carboniferous Limestone of Settle, Yorkshire. One of these
specimens has disappeared, as had already been noted on the
copy of the list made by a former curator of the museum.
One of the two remaining specimens proves to be only some
plates of a Palcechinus with no trace of any crinoid. The
third specimen is not the one drawn by T. Austin, jun. (our
PI. X. figs. 2-2 d), but is of the same general character
and agrees with the published definition. There is no
reason for doubting that this extant specimen was among those
before the Austins when they drewr up their first account of
the genus, and I therefore select it as the holotype of the
species.

Analysis of the cup of Sycocrinus anapeptamenus , lecto-holotype. Suture-
lines inferred from markings on the internal cast alone, or outlines
otherwise restored, are in dotted line. The missing portion of
h post. Ii was broken off in removing the thick gum and matrix
from the specimen; the outline is fully warranted. X 3 diam.

The specimen (PI. X. figs. 1 a- 1 c) consists of a theca
devoid of all plates above the radials and somewhat broken,
but the disposition of all the cup-plates can be determined
(text-fig.). The theca is asymmetrical, there being a general
lessening in height, in all circlets, from the 1. post, radius to
the r. ant. interradius.

The height of the theca from the stem-facet to the summit
of 1. post. R., is 9*7 mm. ; to the summit of the r. ant. inter-
radial suture, 7*7 mm. Diameter : antero-posterior, 6*4 mm. ;
transverse, about the same*

British Fossil Crinoids.

251

IBB 3, two large and one, the r. post., small. Height of
r. post. IB, 3*9 mm. Stem-facet circular, not clearly seen ;
diameter, circa 1*5 mm. The facet slopes in accordance
with the general asymmetry of the theca. AustirPs fig. 2 a
shows a minute lumen and a finely ridged border.

BB 5 ; 1. ant. and r. post, hexagonal ; in post. B the upper
angle is truncated by the periproct; in 1. post, and r. ant. BB
the lower margins meet in a curve, making the plates penta-
gonal. Post. B is the largest, its height and width being
4*7 and 4*55 mm. ; r. ant. B is the smallest, its height and
width being 4*3 and 3 mm.

BR 5, in general form more or less shield-shaped, but
variously modified and unequal in size. The largest is
1. post. R, which projects upwards higher than the others,
with its shoulders sloping up to a truncated flattened
surface, which may be an arm-facet; on its right side this
radial is excavated below by the periproct. Next in size are
1. ant. R, which slopes up to 1. post R, and r. post. R. The
latter on its left side is excavated below by the periproct,
aud is produced above so as to arch over the periproct ; in
this region either it meets 1. post. R or is separated from that
plate by a small anal plate ; I rather incline to the latter
interpretation, but the evidence is none too clear. The
remaining radials, r. ant. R and ant. R, were still smaller ;
r. ant. R is broken away, but its outline can be reconstructed ;
it was probably the smallest of the five. Thus, in accordance
with the general asymmetry, there is a slope of the upper
surfaces of the radials, down from the projecting 1. post. R to
r. ant. IR.

The brachial facets cannot be distinguished, but, as seen
from above (fig. 1 b)} the radials bound a rather irregular
opening, to which an angular excavation of the upper margins
of the radials tends to give a pentagonal character. Whether
in the living state this was covered by orals, tegminals, or
reduced brachials is uncertain ; at any rate it was uncovered
in all the fossils known to the Austins, and this fact no
doubt it was that suggested the trivial name anapeptamenus
(lying open), in distinction to clausus.

In considering the Relations of Sycocrinus anapepta-
menus, it is seen at once that they are very close to
“ Hypocrinus ” piriformis , and thus far my former suggested
reference of this British species to Hypocrinus is confirmed.
1 have, however, recently shown that H. piriformis is no
Hypocrinus but a Taxocrinid (Proc Zool. Soc. 1913, p. 910).
The difference between it and S. anapeptamenus lies essenti-
ally in the greater, size of the right posterior radial in the

2 52

Mr. F. A. Bather on

latter ; and this carries with it, first the bounding of the
peri p roct by that radial, instead of by a reduced right
posterior radial and the adjoining right anterior radial ;
secondly the position of the periproct in the middle line of
the posterior basal, instead of at the adjacent upper corners
of the posterior and right posterior basals.

There are, however, distinct modifications from a normally
symmetrical crinoid. The whole cup is raised along the left
posterior radius^ and depressed towards the opposite side,
find this position was accentuated by the slope of the stem-
facet. The asymmetry of the radial region is shown in
Austin’s reconstruction (PI. X. fig. 2 e), but the slope of
the stem-facet is not shown and would be inconsistent with
such a stem and general habitus as are represented in that
drawing.

Further, there seems good reason to suppose that the arm
borne by the left posterior radial was relatively stout, but
that the other arms were much reduced, and possibly
modified into flattened plates serving more for protection of
the peristome than for the collection of food (PI. X.
fig. Id). Austin’s reconstruction is certainly incorrect in
showing five small arms of equal size*

The general shape of the posterior basal is like that in
Cydonocrinus (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.,NoV. 1 93 3> pi 388),
but the periproct was definitely closed above by the union of
the radials, with or without a small intercalated plate. There
is no reason to doubt the correctness of Austin’s representation
of a small anal tube projecting outwards from the periproct
(PI. X. fig. 2 b).

In all these modified features, Sycocrinus anoptptamenxis is
much nearer to “ Hypo crinus” piriformis than to such a
form as Cydonocrinus , and it may indeed be questioned
whether the two species should be separated generically.
Apart from difference of size, the only distinction lies in the
slight intensification of all the above-mentioned features in
“ //.” piriformis .

The Systematic Conclusions to which we are led seem to be
these. Sycocrinus was described by the Austins in terms
that were intelligible enough to contemporary writers> as
proved by the remarks of Von Buch. Our analysis of their
definitions has, however, brought out rather more clearly
the fact that at least two quite distinct plans of structure —
the monocyclic and the dicyclic base — were confused by
them. The dicyclic plan seems to be that most in accord
with the intention of the generic diagnosis, and we may

British Fossil Crinoids.

253

therefore eliminate the monocyclic S. jacksoni. Of the two
dicyclic species I select S. anapeptamenus as the genotype ;
and if reasons for this course be required, there are two good
ones : first, it was the species chosen for reconstruction,
so as to give Austim’s idea of the genus ; secondly, it
is the only one of which an authentic original specimen is
known, which specimen I have above selected as the
holotype.

Sycocrinus therefore stands, with genotype S. anapepta-
menus ; and even if Austin’s account was not perfectly
satisfactory, the essential characters of the genus are now,
I trust, quite intelligible.

To this genus I also refer “ Bypocrinus 33 piriformis
Rothpletz.

To include the two species the generic diagnosis drawm up
to receive “ H33 piriformis may now be slightly modified
(cf Proc. Zool. Soc. 1913, p. 912).

Diagnosis of Sycocrinus. — A Taxocrinid with no radianal,-
with large IBB forming a conspicuous part of the cup, with
left post. R and arm enlarged and all others reduced in size,
w ith rectum passing out between BB and RR, being bounded
either by post. B, i. post. R, and r. post. R, or by those
plates and by r. post. B and r. ant. R in addition.

Habits. — The asymmetry of Sycocrinus suggests that, like
many of the similarly asymmetric Eugeniacnnidse, it w^as a
reef-dweller, fixed to a rocky shore by a short stem, and
exposed to a food-bearing current of some force flowing in
one direction. The cup, one supposes, wras so placed that
the inner side of the large left posterior arm faced the
current. The same current that brought the food-particles
would have swept away the fsecal stream as it issued from
the laterally projecting anal tube (PI. X. fig. 1 d ).

Geological Age — The limestone at Settle, whence all the
Austins' specimens were obtained, is in the Dibunophyllum
zone ; the precise horizon from which they w ere collected is
unknown.

I cannot close this note without recurring to the question
of the age of the Timor pelmatozoa. I have previously
remarked on the Lower Carboniferous affinities of Schizo-
blastus (1908, N. Jahrb. f. Mineral., Beil. Bd. xxv. p. 318).
Sycocrinus now appears both in Timor and in our Lower
Carboniferous. And perhaps Dr. Wanner will allow me to
state that in my cozeval Cydonocrinus he has recognized
another form found by him also in Timor. Even Hypo -
criuus maybe represented in Yorkshire by “ Sycocrinus'3

254

On British Fossil Crinoids.

clausus. Can it then be denied that the Timor echinoderms
are clearly of Carboniferous age? One would even suppose
them to be Lower or at least Middle Carboniferous. Other
constituents of the fauna are said to be Artinskian, and
therefore Permian ; but after all, what is “ Artinskian ” ?
I do not propose to attempt an answer to that question, but
I insist that no answer will be satisfactory which fails to
recognize the markedly Carboniferous character of the
Echinoderm elements of the fauna.

Summary.

Sycocrinus T. & T. Austin, 1843, is discussed on the
evidence of the Austins' published definitions, unpublished
figures, MS. list, and one specimen of S. anapeptamenus in
the Austin Collection at the Liverpool Museum.

All the species came from the Visean Dibunophyllum zone,
of Settle, Yorkshire.

S. anapeptamenus is fixed as genotype, and Sycocrinus re-
diagnosed as a Taxocrinid, including also “ Hypocrinus”
piriformis Rothpletz. Its peculiarities are probably due to
a reef-habitat.

S. clausus may be an independent species of Sycocrinus,
or may be a Hypocrihus ; but in the absence of any known
specimen, its precise generic position remains uncertain.

S. jacksoni is, like Lageniocrinus seminulum, probably the
young of a Symbathocrinus.

The occurrence of Sycocrinus , Cydonocrinus, and possibly
Hypocrinus , in both England and Timor, confirms the
author's previously expressed views as to the Carboniferous
age of the Timor fossil Echinoderms.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE X.

Fig. 1. Sycocrinus anapeptamenus Austin : three views of the lecto-
holotype, X 4 diam., drawn by A. H. Searle* under the
Author’s direction.

Fig. 1 a. Posterior aspect.

Fig. 1 b. Oral aspect; the outlines of the destroyed plates are dotted in.
Fig. 1 c. From the left anterior interradius.

Fig. 1 d. Imaginary reconstruction of the animal, from the right posterior
interradius, X 2 diam. F. A. B.

* Many naturalists, and not least those occupied with fossil echino-
derms, will regret the sudden death of Arthur Hodson Searle, which
occurred on the tirst day of this year. It has often been my pleasure to
record my indebtedness to his care, intelligence, and skill.

BATHER .

Ann. Sf Mag. Nat. Hist. S. 8. Vol. XIII. PI. X.

SYCOCRINUS.

1 ^

255

On Earthworms from Henderson Island.

The remaining figures are fascimiles of those by T. Austin. The
following legend is also copied from Austin’s MIS., except for words
within [ ], and except that, for the reasons given in the text, the names
clausus and jacksoni have been transposed: —

Fig. 2. Sycocrinus anapeptamenus.

Fig. 2. Natural size.

Fig. 2 a. Lateral aspect, [x 3 diam.]

Fig. 2 b. A different lateral view. [X 3 diam.]

Fig. 2 c. Ventral aspect, [x 3 diam.]

Fig. 2d. Dorsal aspect. [X 3 diam.]

Fig. 2 e. [Reconstruction. X 2 diam. Austin’s figure is tinted yellow
and pink.]

Fig. 3. Sycocrinus clausus.

Fig. 3. Natural size.

Fig. 3 a. Lateral aspect, magnified, [x 3’5 diam.]

Fig. 3 b. Lateral aspect showing the circular opening into the interior.
[X 3'5 diam.]

Fig. 3 c. Lateral view on a different side to the two before specified.
[ X 3’o diam.]

Fig. 3d. View of the apex showing the base of the protrusive pore.
[X 3 5 diam.]

Fig. 3 e. Dorsal aspect, [x 3*5 diam.]

Fig. 4. Sycocrinus jacksoni.

Fig. 4. Lateral view showdng the pore. [ x ca. 3 diam.]

Fig. 4 a. The apex showing the excentrical pore. [X ca. 3 diam.]

Fig. 4 b. The dorsal apex. [ X ca. 3 diam.]

XXIII. — On a small Collection of Earthworms from Henderson
Island. By Dr. Luigi Cognetti de Maktiis, 11. Museo
Zoologico, Torino.

By the courtesy of Prof. F. J. Bell, of the British Museum,
I am able to give the first notification on the Oligochseta
of the Henderson or Elizabeth Island in the South Pacific.
The small collection dealt with in the present paper was
collected by Mr. David Tait. In the collection only two
species of the same genus are to be found, as follows : —

Pheretima hendersoniana , sp. n.

Four specimens.

External characters. — Length 80-108 mm., breadth 45-
G mm. behind the cli tel 1 urn . Segments about 120.

Colour brownish dorsally at the preclitellian segments,
pale brownish or whitish elsewhere. Prostomium pro-
epilobous (£).

256

Dr. L. Cognetfci de Martiis on

Setae arranged in continuous rings : 32/ii., 35/iii., 46/vi.,
65/x., 70/xiii., 70/xxii. ; there are no dorsal and ventral gaps.
The setae of the anterior and caudal segments are slightly
stronger.

First dorsal pore in intersegmental furrow xii./xiii.

Clitellum embracing segments xiv.-xvi., unprovided with
intersegmental furrows. The setae are wanting on the
clitellum.

Male pores in the ring of setae of the xviii. segment ;
between the male pores the setae are wanting. On segments
xvii. or xix. there are about seven setae between the lines
of male pores. The distance between the lines of male pores
corresponds to \ of the segment circumference.

Paired papillae are present on segments xix. and xx.,
one pair for each segment, close to the middle ventral line,
behind the ring of setae. A third pair of papillae, or a single
lateral papilla, may be present in the same position on the
xxi. segment. In one specimen a pair of papillae is present
on the viii. segment, in front of the ring of setae, and about
in the same lines with the papillae above mentioned.

On the xix. and xx. segments there is also present a pair
of papillae, or a single lateral papilla, behind the ring of
setae ; these papillae are disposed laterally to the lines of the
male pores. The distance between the lateral papillae of
each pair corresponds to about \ of the segmental circum-
ference.

Female pore on the xiv. segment, in a little grey area
surrounded by a white ring. Spermathecal apertures in
intersegmental furrows vii./viii. and viii./ix., about in the
same lines with the male pores, slightly closer ventrally.

Internal anatomy. — Septa iv./v.-vii./viii. are moderately
thickened ; gizzard septa viii./ix. and ix./x. are wanting.
Gizzard very strong, just behind septum vii./viii. The
sacculated intestine begins in the xv. segment, and is
provided at the xxvi. segment with a pair of caeca which
extend forward through four segments. The caeca are
simple in structure. Hearts paired in segments x.-xiii.

The sperm-capsules in segments x. and xi. are ventral
to the oesophagus ; those of the same segment do not seem to
communicate with each other, but the capsules of the x.
communicate with those of the following segment through
septum x./xi. Sperm-sacs paired in xi. and xii. segments.

The spermiducal glands are rather large, and extend
through segments xvii. and xviii. Each gland is a white
reniform body, compressed between the body-wall and the

257

Earthworms from Henderson Island .

gut ; its dorsal edge is very convex and divided into 3 to 5
lobes. From the hilum of each gland originates a cylindrical
muscular duct, which describes an S and opens directly to
the exterior ; the terminal bursa copulatrix is wanting.

Spermathecse, two pairs, in viii. and ix. segments. Each
spermatheca has a medial long and slightly bent muscular
duct. The main pouch has the same length, and is clearly
distinct from the duct. The diverticulum ends in a spherical
or oval distal extremity ; it is longer than the main pouch.
The duct of the diverticulum is S-shaped at its base and
diminishes in breadth at the same region (text-fig.). Before and

Pheretima henclersoniana, sp. n. Spermatheca, x 6.

behind each spermathecal pore, at the internal surface of the
body-wall, a whitish glandular mass ( gl .) is recognizable.

Loc . Henderson Island, S. Pacific (D. Tait colL).

Pheretima montana, Kinb., subsp. artliuri (Benham).

Two specimens.

Loc. Henderson Island, S. Pacific (D. Tait coll.).

The two specimens agree particularly with BenhanPs
description and figures of Perichceta arthuri , Benh.*. This
species is arranged by Beddard f in the synonymic list of
Ph. montana, Kinb., with a number of other species ; but
more recently Ude { separates them again as a distinct species.
I prefer a middle course, and give to Benham's P. arthuri
the rank of subspecies only.

In a specimen from the above locality the following cha-
racters are noticeable : the spermathecae open to the exterior
in intersegmental furrow vii/viii., but lie in the vii. segment;
instead of a single median female pore, there are two female
pores close to the middle line on the ventral side of the
xiv. segment.

* Joum. Linn. Soc., Zool. xxvi. 1897, p. 212, pi. xvi. fig. 4«, b,
t Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1900, p. G20.
j Zeitschrift f. wiss. Zool. lxxxiii. p. 448.

258

Dr. W. T. Caiman on the

XXIV. — On the Crustacean Genus Sicvonella, Borradaile.

By W. T. Calman, D.Sc.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

Since tlie publication of my recent paper on Aphareocaris,
Dr. H. Balss of Munich has kindly drawn my attention
to the similarity between this genus and Sicyonella, estab-
lished by Borradaile in 1910 for a species obtained by
Prof. J. Stanley Gardiner in the Western Indian Ocean. By
the kindness of Mr. Borradaile and of Mr. L. Doncaster,
Superintendent of the Museum of Zoology, Cambridge, I
have been able to examine the type-material of Sicyonella
maldivensis, with the result that this species proves to be
identical with my Aphareocaris elegans from Torres Straits.
The synonymy of the genus must therefore stand as
follows : —

Genus Sicyonelea, Borradaile.

Apharem, Paulson, Izslyedovaniya Rakoobraznuikh Krasnagho Morya,
Kiev, 1875, p. 117. (Norn. praeocc.)

Sicyonella , Borradaile, Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiii. 1910, p. 259.

Aphareocaris , Caiman, Journ, Linn. Soc., Zool. xxxii. 1913, p. 219.

The discrepancies between Borradaile's description and
mine are, for the most part, easily explained on comparing
the type-specimens. The “antennal teeth” of the carapace
in Borradaile’s account are really supraorbital in position,
while his “ branchiostegal ” tooth is that which I called
hepatic. The relative length of the third maxillipeds and
the subdivision of their terminal segments are exactly
similar in the two forms. In dealing with the branchial
system Borradaile has (1) reckoned as arthrobranchs the
podobranch of the second maxilliped and the anterior pleuro-
branchs of the five following somites, (2) assigned to the last
thoracic somite the posterior pleurobranch of the somite in
front, and (3) omitted to notice the vestigial pleurobranchs.
On all these points error is very easy, and even careful
examination may leave room for difference of opinion, but
I still believe that my version of the branchial formula is
substantially correct.

The most serious obstacle to the identification of the two
species is that presented by the petasma. As Borradaile's
figure of this is on a small scale I give an enlarged figure
taken from one of his specimens, from which it will be seen
that the organ differs widely from that figured in my former
paper, especially in the complex branching of the middle

259

Crustacean Genus Sicyonella, Borradaile.

lobe. It now seems highly probable, however, that the
Torres Straits specimen is immature*. Its length, 20 mm,,
is less by some 5 mm. than that of the smallest male from
the Indian Ocean, and it resembles the females and differs
from the males in having (1) the eyes less dilated, (2) the
third cheliped less slender and with shorter carpus, and (3)
the inner flagellum of the antennules only slightly thickened
at the base ; in the males, the basal part is considerably

B

Sicyonella maldivensis, adult male (co-type). A. Petasma, seen from
in front. 13. Apical portion of same, from behind.

thickened and excavated on the inner and upper side, where
it bears a row of strong spines. The differences in the pro-
portions of the eyes and third chelipeds are shown by the
following measurements (in millimetres) : —

Total length

Indian Ocean.

$•

30 29

Torres Straits.

6.

20

Ocular peduncle :

Diameter at base

•45 *48

•34

Diam. of corneal area ....

1T2 *7(3

•56

Third cheliped :

Carpus, length

3-2 2 88

2-24

Propodus, length

2-2 208

1-6

„ diameter

13 18

•16

Dactyl us, length

•52 -08

•48

While it is thus fairly

clear that Aphar

eocaris eleejans

must be regarded as a synonym of Sicyonella maldivensis, it
is to be noted also that the distinctions which 1 pointed out

• The changes in the petasma of Sergestes during growth have recently
been described by Stephepsen [‘‘The Copul atory Organ (Petasma) of
Sergcdes vigilux (Slimpson), II. .1. H.,” Mindeskrift lor Japetus Steen-
strap, K^beuhavn, 101 3, pp. 1 5 (sep. copy)].

260 On Fishes from Yunnan .

between it and the still earlier Aphareus inermis of Paulson
tend to lose their importance. One specimen among Borra-
daile's material lias the rostral crest shaped almost exactly
as in Paulson's figure, owing, apparently, to the breaking of
the anterior tooth ; the greater stoutness of the third cheliped
as figured by Paulson is not likely to be a valid specific
character in view of the great difference between the sexes
in this respect ; and the number of articulations in the pen-
ultimate segment of the third maxilliped is sometimes diffi-
cult to determine unless the limb be removed from the body.
The decision on this point, however, may be left to Dr. Balss,
who, I understand, has under examination specimens be-
longing to this genus from the Bed Sea.

There remains for consideration the systematic place to be
assigned to the genus, and on this point I find myself
unable to agree with Borradaile's suggestion that its affini-
ties are with the Sicyoninse. The characters enumerated in
my former paper appear to show conclusively that it belongs
to the Sergestidse, and in addition it may be pointed out
that the branched form of the adult male petasma is very
suggestive of that found in Sergestes \_cf. Kemp, Fisheries,
Ireland, Sci. Invest. 1908, i. (1910) pi. iii. figs. 11 & 14] and
quite unlike that of Sicyonia. The modification of the inner
flagellum of the antennule in the adult male, as described
above, is probably to be compared with the prehensile
apparatus of Sergestes , although the flagellum is not bifur-
cated as in that genus.

XXV. — Fishes from Yunnan, collected by Mr. John Gralmmy
with Description of a new Species of B aril i us. By 0. Tate
Began, M.A.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

During the last ten years Mr, John Graham has from time
to time sent several small collections of fishes from Yunnan
to the British Museum; one just received is likely to be the
last, as Mr. Graham is leaving Yunnan ; it includes examples
of a new Barilius.

Barilius alburnops , sp. n.

Depth of body 4^ to 5 in the length, length of head to 4,
Snout nearly equal to diameter of eye, which is 3| to 4 in

PRYDE

Ann. fy Mag. Nat. Hist. S. S. Vol. XIII. PI. XI.

Fix) /.

Fig. 3.

0*

&

On a new Species of Noctuidse. 275

M‘Intosh. 1 885. 1 Cliallenger ’ Reports, Zoology, vol. xii. w Annelida

Polychaeta.”

. 1908. ‘ Monograpli of British Annelida. — Polychseta/ vol. n.

parts i. & ii. Ray Society.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE Xr.

Fig. 1. Bristle (anterior) from fifteenth foot of Megalia assimilis. En-
larged.

Fig. 2. Bristle (posterior) from the fifteenth foot. Enlarged.

Fig. 3. Bristle of Megalia per armata, De St. Jos., after MTntosh. En-
larged.

XXIX. — Description of a new Species of Noctuidse.

By Sir George F. Hampson, Bart., F.Z.S.

Catocalinm.

7494 o. Homcea addisonce, sp. n.

Head, thorax, and abdomen reddish brown mixed with
blackish and ochreous ; palpi with white ring at extremity of
second joint ; frons with white line below ; tegulse ochreous,
with two blackish spots near base and band before tips ;
pectus and legs ochreous brown and greyish, the tarsi
whitish. Fore wing reddish brown mixed with blackish and
some grey ; an indistinct sinuous ochreous subbasal line from
costa to submedian fold ; antemedial line indistinct, ochreous,
becoming whitish at costa, sinuous and inwardly oblique ; the
medial area with a paler red-brown band with white marks
at costa before, between, and beyond the double inwardly
oblique and slightly sinuous black medial line, the outer line
rather diffused ; reniform with pale reddish centre defined
by blackish, on which are three white striae on its inner side,
a small lunulate spot on its outer side at middle, an elongate
spot beyond its upper extremity and two beyond its lower ;
postmedial line ochreous defined on inner side by black
forming somewhat lunulate marks in the interspaces, slightly
sinuous, excurved to vein 4, then incurved, a dark shade
beyond it with dentate outer edge and some white points on
costa ; a black line before termen defined on inner side by
grey except towards costa and slightly dentate at veins 6
to 3 ; a white line at base of cilia. Hind wing reddish brown
mixed with blackish except on inner area, which has a series
of black marks on vein L ; an indistinct double dark ante-
medial line ending at submedian fold ; two slight elongate
white spots beyond lower angle of cell, the lower minute ;
an indistinct double curved sinuous dark postmedial line

276

Bibliographical Notice.

ending at submedian fold and with dentate black marks
beyond it in the interspaces between veins 6 and 2 ; a black
line before termen defined on inner side by grey, slightly
waved at the veins ; a white line at base of cilia. Under-
side grey irrorated with brown ; both wings with indistinct
double curved and slightly waved dark postmedial line, and
series of blackish strise before termen.

Hab. Sierra Leone, Kennama Distr. (Mrs. M. Addison),
1 <$ type, cotypes $ in Mus. Oxon. Exp. 40 mm.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE.

An Account of the Crustacea Stomatopoda of the Indo- Pacific Region,
based on the Collection in the Indian Museum. By Stanley Kemp.
Memoirs of the Indian Museum, Yol. IY. No. 1 : with which are
issued Illustrations of the Zoology of the R.I.M.S.S. ‘ Investigator’
... Crustacea Stomatopoda, Pis. I.-X. Calcutta, 1913. Price
15 rupees.

This Monograph of the Indo-Pacific Stomatopoda is based on a
study of what is doubtless the richest collection of these Crustacea
that has ever been brought together. The examination of the
material seems to have been very thorough, the abundant literature
of the subject has been carefully explored, and the results are
presented in a way that lacks nothing of clearness or methodical
arrangement. More than two- thirds of the total number of known
species and varieties are found within the limits of the Indo-Pacific
region, and of the great majority of these the author has examined
specimens and, in many cases, types. He records the material
assistance derived from a collection sent to him on loan by per-
mission of the Trustees of the British Museum. It may be added
that the National Collection has benefited, not only by his revision
of these specimens, but also by a fine series of co-types of his new
species received in return from the Indian Museum.

Among the many points of more general interest that are dealt
with in the course of the Memoir, attention may be called to the
discussion (pp. 150 et seqq.) of the perplexing variations of Gono-
dactylus ckiragra and its allies. It is pointed out that the range
of variation is much greater among immature than among adult
specimens, and a comparison is made with the analogous case
described by Gadow in the turtle, Thalassochelys caretta.

The names of Wood-Mason, Alcock, and Annandale remind
the student of Crustacea that the Indian Museum, Calcutta, has
long been one of the leading centres of carcinological research.
Mr. Kemp had already won his spurs in this field of work before he
went to India, and the fine Monograph which he has now produced
is worthy of the high traditions of the institution with which he is
connected. W. T. C.

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[EIGHTH SERIES,]

No. 75. MARCH 1914.

XXX. — Descriptions and Records of Bees. — LVIF.

By T. D. A. Cockerell, University of Colorado.

Mesotrichia bakeriana , sp. n.

? . — Length about 20 mm., anterior wing 18^.

Robust, black, with black hair, that on face inconspicu-
ously mixed with greyish white, that on cheeks wholly black
except a few pale hairs behind lower part of eyes. Wings
very dark fuliginous, with golden-green and purple tints.
Very close to M. amauroptera {Xylocopa amauroptera, Perez),
but differing in the venation, the lower side of the second
s.m. being much more than twice as long as the upper and
little shorter than the lower side of the first. Also, the tibial
scale or process (large in amauroptera) is poorly developed,
a slender earina ending in an inconspicuous lamina. The
tarsi are not reddish brown apically as in amauroptera , and
the hair on their inner side is wholly black.

Compared with M. bombiformis {Xylocopa bombiformis,
Sin.) our insect is distinguished by the well-punctured cheeks
and the extremely dark wings.

llab. Los Banos, Philippine Is. (C. F. Baker , 1780).

Nomia nevadensis, Cres>on.

Grossmont, near San Diego, California {C. II. Richardson) .

Triepeolus cressonii, Robertson.

Quanah, Indian Territory, oil Helianthus , June 10, 1900
(J. D. Mitchell).

Ann . (Sc May. X. Hist. Ser. 8. Yol. xiii. 19

278

Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell — Descriptions and

Crocisa calceata , Vachal.

Grangezieht, S. Africa, Nov. 30, 1907 (C. K. Brain).

This agrees exactly with one collected by Dr. Brauns at
Bothaville, Orange Free State, March 10, 1899.

Diant hidium ehrhorni (Cockerell).

Grossmont, near San Diego, California (C. H. Richardson).

Dianthidium tegwaniense , sp. n.

? . — Length about 7 mm.

llobust, black, marked with lemon-yellow; pubescence
scanty, white, ventral scopa glittering creamy white ; labrum
and mandibles black, mandibles with strong deep oval punc-
tures ; clypeus yellow, with the lower margin black, minutely
nodulose ; a black sutural band extends over upper margin
of clypeus and halfway down sides, and connects with a
broad, rather bottle-shaped, median black band which divides
the supraclypeal yellow into two halves ; otherwise the
supraclypeal area, as well as sides of face, yellow up to level
of antennae, and the lateral face-marks extending upwards
as narrowing bands, which end in a point on orbital margin
above middle of front ; flagellum rufo-piceous beneath ;
head and thorax above very densely and strongly punctured ;
scuteilum with a projecting edge, obtusely emarginate ; the
angular tubercles marked with yellow and a light yellow
mark beneath and behind wings, but thorax otherwise
black ; tegulse piceous, with a broad light reddish margin,
and a yellow spot in front. Wings strongly dusky, b. n.
meeting t.-m., second r. n. going beyond second s.m. Legs
black at base, but femora otherwise red, the anterior and
middle ones with a broad yellow band beneath ; tibiae and
basitarsi yellow on outer side, ferruginous on inner, the hind
tibiae clouded with dusky within ; hind basitarsi very broad ;
small joints of tarsi ferruginous ; first three abdominal
segments black, with broad yellow widely interrupted
bands, confined io the lateral thirds or less; band on fourth
segment narrowly interrupted ; fifth segment yellow except
the ferruginous hind margin, sixth segment yellow ; venter
(beneath the scopa) ferruginous, with narrow dark bands.

Hah. Tegwani, S. Africa, Jan. 5, 1909 (C. K. Brain).

In Friese’s table of Anthidium (‘ Die Bienen Afrikas ’)
this runs close to A. cordatum and A. truncation, but is easily
distinguished by the markings. D. tegwaniense belongs to
the subgenus Anthidietlum.

Records of Bees.

279

Megachile lachesis nigrolateralis, subsp. n.

d . — Agrees with M. lachesis , Sm., from Bismarck Archi-
pelago, except as follows: — Hair of sides of face wholly
black, but light between antennae; wings paler, especially
the basal two-thirrls. It is much smaller than M. atrata , Sm.

Hab. Los Banos, Philippine Is., 2 cj ( Baker , 1789).

Panurginus crawfordi, sp. n.

d . — Length about 7 mm.

Black, the clypeus (but no lateral face-marks) pale prim-
rose-yellow ; anterior tibiae yellow in front, their tarsi
reddish yellow ; middle tarsi pale dull reddish, hind tarsi
dark ; antennae black; first r, n, joining first s.m, near end.

This has almost exactly the characters of P. herzi, Mor.,
from Siberia, closely resembling P. montanus , but differing
by the very delicately punctured clypeus, the darker hind
legs, the hind basitarsus slender, with the three following
joints cordiform, and the sixth ventral segment without hair-
patches. P. herzi , however, has the abdomen opaque or
nearly so, in the manner of montanus , while the Japanese
species has it brilliantly shining. The mesothorax of our
species is very shiny, with widely scattered extremely minute
punctures, while in montanus it is duller ; the antennse are
longer than in montanus , and the stigma is darker.

Hab. Harima, Japan, April 1912 (Fukai). U.S. National
M useum.

The P. montanus compared was collected by Friese at
Airolo, June 29, 1884. This is the first Panurginus from
Japan. Mr. J. C. Crawford, in transmitting it to me,
expressed the opinion that it was new.

Andrena fukaii, sp. n.

? . — Length about 12^ mm.

Robust, black, the head and thorax with ochraeeous hair ;
hea i verj broad, facial quadrangle much broader than long;
front of head with much dull pale brownish-tinted hair,
more distinctly fuscous on front and side's of face, quite dark
about ocelli, but pale on occiput ; mandibles ordinary, red
at extreme tip and with a red basal tubercle; malar space
abort, more than twice as broad as long; process of labrum
low, rather narrowly truncate ; clypeus very strongly and
confluently punctured ; facial fovea? moderately broad, seal-
brown, not much separated from eye below, where they end

280

Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell — Descriptions and

considerably below level of antennae ; antennae wholly dark,
third joint longer than next two combined, but not quite as
long as next three ; hair of thorax above erect, rather bright
ochreous ; mesothorax shining, with very strong punctures,
which are sparse on disc posteriorly ; pleura very densely
punctured ; area of metathorax triangular, covered with
exceedingly large and coarse vermiform rugae ; tegulae dark
red. Wings hyaline, slightly dusky ; nervures ferruginous ;
stigma of moderate size, dark red; b. n. meeting t.-m. ;
second s.m. quadrate, receiving first r. n. a little beyond
middle. Legs black, ordiuary ; spurs light ferruginous,
hind spurs strongly curved ; hair of legs mostly pale, but
light fulvous or orange-fulvous on inner side of tarsi, middle
tibiae with fuscous hair on outer side, tuft of hair on hind
knees dark reddish fuscous ; hind tibial scopa creamy
white, fuscous above basally. Abdomen shining black, well
but not closely punctured, the punctures on first segment
large, on the others small ; segments with a deep transverse
subapical sulcus and the apical margins distinctly elevated ;
surface of abdomen thinly covered with pale hair (long on
first segment) ; hind margins of second to fourth segments
with narrow greyish-white hair-bands, only noticeable at
sides on second and third, but entire on fourth ; apical
fimbria dark reddish fuscous.

Hab. Harima, Japan, April 15, 1912 ( Fukai ). U.S.

National Museum.

Related to A. mitsukurii, Cklh, but distinguished by the
paler wings, b. n. meeting t.-m., &c. Only the male of
mitsukurii is known, but A. fukaii is too different to be its
female.

In Schmiedeknecht’s table of European species it runs to
137, and is then doubtful, because the red tubercle at base
of mandibles is fairly well developed ; it is, however, not
like A. insolita. Run beyond, it goes to 191, and is then
again doubtful, because the scopa is fuscous at base; but run
on to 193 it falls closest to A. dissidens , which is quite
different. It is quite unlike any European or Asiatic species
in my collection.

Ctenoplectra vagans , Cockerell.

This was described from the male. Professor Baker sends
a female collected on Mt. Makiling, Luzon. It has degene-
rate lateral ocelli, as in the male, which will readily separate
it from C. chatybea. The mesothorax and scutellum are
minutely rugose, with scattered very feeble punctures. The

Records of Bees. 281

apical part of the abdomen beneath is covered with dark
ferruginous hair. There are no dentiform processes on the
labrum.

Xylocopa virginica (Drury).

Garrison, N.Y., 2 £ ( Eleth Cattell).

Anthophora ursina , Cresson.

Garrison, N.Y., 2 $ ( Eleth Cattell ).

Anthophora marginata , Smith.

Rito de los Frijoles, New Mexico, August (Cockerell) .

Anthophora vestita, Smith.

Rosebank Experiment Station, S. Africa, Dec. 9, 1909;
2 ? (C. K. Brain).

Anthophora rufolanata , Dours.

Millets Pt., S. Africa, Nov. 27, 1910, in holes in bank
(C. K. Brain).

The two females before me agree perfectly witli Dours’s
description, except that when extended they are fully 12 mm.
long, and the wings are distinctly dusky. The species is
closely allied to A. vestita} but quite distinct.

Anthophora fallax , Smith.

Devil’s Peak, S. Africa, Dec. 1, 1907, 1 $ (C. K. Brain).

Very close to A. circulata, but, I think, distinct. The
flagellum is entirely black. Is not A. circulata , var. obscuri -
ceps , Fr., the same thing ?

Anthophora griseovestita, sp. n.

£ . — Length about or nearly 10 mm.

Rlack, with abundant light greyisli-ochreous hair above,,
black below ; hair of vertex black, but of front and occiput
light ; hair of thorax above strongly mixed with black ; eyes
light reddish ; clypeus (except rather broad black lateral
borders, with a lobe-like extension inwards near upper end),
a very minute supraclypeal mark, lateral marks filling space
between clypeus and eye (but deeply excavated above),
labrum (except a spot at each basal corner and four small
dentiform tubercles on apical margin), large spot on base of

282

Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell — Descriptions and

mandibles, and broad stripe on scape all yellow ; flagellum
black, very obscurely reddish beneath ; third antennal joint
about as long as next two combined ; tegulse rufo-testa-
ceous. Wings dusky, nervures dark fuscous ; b. n. falling a
little short of t.-m.; third s.m. as broad above as below.
Hair of legs like that on body, but orange-fulvous on inner
side of tarsi, and middle tarsi with a broad brush of black
hair on each side of last joint, the whole shaped like a
peacock's feather. Hair of abdomen rather dense, coloured
like that of rest of insect, but hind margins of segments
with dense pallid (not white) hair-bands, the segments of
apical half with some black hair between the bands ; venter
reddish.

Hab. Rosebank, S. Africa, on flowers, Dec. 9, 1909 (C. K.
Brain).

Related to A. schnitzel , Friese, but smaller, second s.m.
much narrower above, t.-m. falling short of b. n. (going
basad of it in schnitzel), &c. Also related to A. braunsiana,
Friese, but smaller, black brush on middle tarsus broader,
clypcus with less black, sides of thorax without red hair, &c.
Also related to A. vestita, but somewhat smaller, without
red or fulvous hair; abdomen distinctly banded, clypeus
with more black, tegulse much paler. According to Friese's
tables the abdomen of vestita is without black hair, but in
reality the fifth and sixth segments have some black hairs,
inconspicuous and nearly hidden by the segments in front.

Anthophora imitatrix , Perez (litt., Nov. 1911).

Anthophora soroi', P6rez, 1910 (Syria and Russia). — Not .4. soror, Per.,
1905 (Japan).

Tetralonia rupicola , sp. n.

$ .—Length 10J mm., width of abdomen scarcely 4J.

Black, the small joints of tarsi (but not the basitarsi)
ferruginous ; head very broad, facial quadrangle broader
than long ; no yellow or white markings, but lower edge of
clypeus obscure reddish ; mandibles with a reddish mark
near middle; labrum densely covered with ochreous hair;
clypeus very densely punctured ; hair of head long, white,
slightly ochreous behind ocelli ; mesothorax dull and rough
in front, but on the posterior middle brilliantly shining, with
sparse strong punctures ; scutellum shining, with small
punctures ; hair of thorax above light ochreous, at sides and
beneath white ; tegulas clear rufo-testaceous. Wings greyish

Records of Bees . 283

hyaline, not milky ; nervures dark rufo-fuscous ; b. n.
falling short of t.-m. ; femora with white hair, that of tibiae
and tarsi distinctly yellowish, though very pale; light
reddish hair on outer side of middle tibiae ; hair on inner
side of middle and hind tarsi bright ferruginous ; spurs
cream-colour. Abdomen rather elongate ; hind margins of
segments testaceous ; first segment with long white hair on
basal part ; segments 2 to 4 with creamy-white tomentum
at base, then a broad black zone (finely punctured and having
sparse black hair), and on the apical margin a band of dull
white tomentum ; fifth segment covered with ochreous
tomentum, clear ferruginous on apical middle ; sixth with
red hair ; venter with long pale hair ; second ventral seg-
ment with a modified basal area, strongly bilobed and finely
transversely striate.

Hob. Rosebank Experiment Station, S. Africa, on flowers,
Dec. 9, 1909, 4 ? [C. IC. Brain).

Closely related to T. minuticornis , Friese, but smaller in
every way. Also allied apparently to T . kobrowi, Friese,
but without any pale band on clypeus, which I infer to exist
in kobrowi from Friese's comparison with T. dentata.
T. rupicola does not especially resemble T. dentata , and it
would not occur to me to make comparison with that species.
Friese says that the mandibles of kobrowi are reddish yellow
apically, which is not true of rupicola . The flagellum of
rupicola is dark reddish above (black in kobroivi) and paler
but dull red beneath, the third joint is a little shorter than
the next two together. The tarsi of kobroivi are red, whereas
only the small joints are red in rupicola .

The maxillary palpi of T. rupicola are short, with the two
apical joints small, sometimes looking like one.

Tefralonia dilecta (Cresson).

Bloomington, Indiana, May 16, 1 $ ( Max Bllis).

This species ranges unchanged west to Colorado.

Tetralonia robertsoni, sp. n.

? . — Length about or nearly 15 mm.

Black, robust ; clypeus entirely black, strongly punctured ;
third antennal joint a very little longer than the next two
together ; hair of head, thorax, and basal segment of
abdomen very pale ochreous ; hair of rest of abdomen black,
reddish black at sides of apex ; anterior femora with whitish
hair, middle femora with a patch of reddish hair beneath at

284

Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell — Descriptions and

base, hind femora with mostly pale hair, the apical tuft
dusky reddish ; tibiae and tarsi with fuscous hair, a con-
spicuous ochreous patch at apex of anterior ones in front,
hair on outer side of middle tibia shining mouse-colour in
certain lights, scopa of hind legs black. Wings strongly
brownish, first r. n. joining second s.m. more than a third
from its apex ; apical half of second abdominal segment with
distinct though fine punctures.

Hab. Washington, D.C. (type locality). May 15 ( Cockerell ) ;
Garrison, N.Y. ( Eleth Cattell).

This is evidently Synha/onia atriventris fuscipes, Robertson,
but the name is not available because of Tetralonia fuscipes,
Morawitz. It is possible, but I now think not probable,
that T. illinoensis (Rob.) is its male; should this prove to
be the case, the name illinoensis will have to be used.

Tetralonia cordleyi orophila , subsp. n.

$ . — Like T. cordleyi, but with abdominal bands broader,
that on second segment about as broad at the sides as in the
middle; bands on second and third segments each with a
small median projection on upper (basad) side.

Hab. Boulder, Colorado, June 29 (T. D. A. Cockerell).

Tetralonia chrysophila , sp. n.

$ . — Life T. aragalli, but differing as follows : no distinct
smooth area on upper part of clypeus ; hair of thorax cream-
colour, not fulvous ; second s.m. larger ; apical plate of
abdomen less broadened basally, less triangular ; abdominal
bands much whiter; fifth segment dark reddish fuscous in
middle, white at sides.

Hab. Las Vegas, New Mexico, at flowers of Ribes aurcum ,
May 9 (T. D. A. Cockerell).

1 have had this for many years, labelled as a variety of
T.frater (Cress.).

The following key will serve for the separation of Tetra-
lonia females related to T. chrysophila and orophila : —

Hind spurs hooked at end ; basal half of
second abdominal segment covered with
greyisli-wliite tomentum, but fuscous
tomentum at extreme base, normally

covered by first segment dilecta (Cress.).

Hind spurs not hooked 1.

1. fourth abdominal segment entirely covered

with black hair lycii (Ckll.).

Records of Bees. 285

Fourth abdominal segment with some or
much pale hair 2.

2. Abdominal bands rather inconspicuous;

bands on third and fourth segments nar-
row, thin or broken in middle truttce (Ckll.).

Abdominal bands broad and very con-
spicuous 3.

3. Hair on inner side of hind basitarsi very

dark fuscous or brownish black intrudens (Cr.).

Hair on inner side of hind basitarsi clear
ferruginous 4.

4. Second abdominal segment entirely beset

with pale hair, except the narrow apical
margin, and sometimes black hair at
extreme base, normally covered by first

segment 5.

Second abdominal segment not entirely
beset with black hair, the band con-
spicuously narrowed at base (laterally)
or at apex (in middle), or the whole band
narrowed 8.

5. Pale Lair of second segment dense all

over G.

Pale hair of second segment thin on basal
part, with a dense white band on apical
part 7.

6. Clypeus with a strong median smooth

ridge pliaceUce , Ckll.

Clypeus without such a ridge douglasianci , Ckll.

7. Tegulse dark rufo-piceous virgata (Ckll.).

Tegulte clear amber-colour fowleri (Ckll.).

8. Hair on fifth abdominal segment purplish

black, white only on extreme lateral mar-
gins ; basal half of second segment black

at sides 9.

Hair on fifth abdominal segment broadly
w'hite or pale ochreous laterally, at least
on apical half 10.

9. Band on second abdominal segment only

about half as broad sublaterally as in
middle ; upper margins of bands of second
and third segments concave laterally. . . . cordlegi (Vier.).

Band on second abdominal segment as
broad sublaterally as in middle ; upper
margins of bands on second and third

i - • - scarcely concave laterally .... cordlegi orophila, Ckll.

10. Barger ; anterior wing 1 2£ mm. long ;

tegulae amber-colour speciosa (Cress.).

Smaller ; anterior wring less than 11 mm.
long . 11.

11. Baud on second segment relatively narrow,

more than basal naif of segment black at
sides ; upper edge of band straight ; bands
snow-white; clypeus very coarsely and
con fluently punctured belfragei (Cress.).

286

Descriptions and Records of Bees.

Band on second segment not thus narrowed ;
when (i chrysobotryce ) second segment is
rather broadly black right across basally,
bands creamy white, and clypeus less
coarsely punctured

12. Hair on thorax above white ; bands not

yellowish-tinted ; band on fourth segment
not angulate in basal middle ; clypeus
with longitudinal ridges, between which

are punctures

Hair on thorax above pale ochreous, cream-
colour, or fulvous ; clypeus without such
distinct ridges

13. Band on second abdominal segment about

twice as broad at sides as in middle ; band
on fourth segment angulate in apical

middle

Band on second abdominal segment about
as broad at sides as in middle, except at
extreme lateral margins ; bands on third
and fourth segments narrower and much
whiter than in chrysophila

14. Second s.m. receiving first r. n. before

beginning of its last third ; abdominal
bands very pale ochreous, that on second
segment invaded by a lobe of black at

sides basally

Second s.m. receiving first r. n. beyond
beginning of its last third ; abdominal
bands greyish white, that on second seg-
ment not invaded by a lobe of black at
sides basally

12.

ctnnce, Ckll.

13.

14.

chrysobotryce , Ckll.

ar agalli (Ckll.).

chrysophila , Ckll.

Melissodes svffusa} Cresson.

Falfurrias, Texas, May 18, 1907, on Helianthus , 2 J
[A. C. Morgan ).

Melissodes humilior , Cockerell.

Rito de los Frijoles, New Mexico, Aug., 1 $ ( T. D. A.
Cockerell).

Xenoglossa pruinosa (Say).

Santa Fe, New Mexico, Aug. 2 (T. D. A. Cockerell).

Mr. R. S. Bagnall on new Thysanoptera .

287

XXXI, — Brief Descriptions of new Thysanoptera . — III. By

Richard S. Bagnall, F.L.S., F.E.S. (Hope Department

of Zoology, University Museum, Oxford).

Suborder Teeebrantia.

Family JEolothripidse.

Oroihrips australis, sp. n.

Colour dark grey-brown ; bind legs, including tarsus,
unicolorous with body (other legs absent in the type speci-
men). Mouth-cone rather long, reaching across prosternum ;
maxillary palpus 7- jointed ; labial 3 (?)-jointed. Antennae
dark grey-brown, apex of joint 2 and whole of 3 excepting
distal third yellowish-white, extreme base of 4 yellowish-
brown; relative lengths of joints approximately: — 32 : 60 :
104 : 82 : 52 : 32 : 19 : 12 — joint 3 pedicellate. Very
narrow, wavy, elongated, membranous sense-areas in 3 and 4 ;
a short, straight, but otherwise similar area in 4 ; and a minute
sense-cone on each of the joints 5, 6, and 7.

Fore-wings longer and narrower than in kelloggii , Moulton,
clear white with extreme base and a band across tip dark
brown, and a similar but more extensive dark band across
middle ; setse along costa and the longitudinal veins minute ;
cilia of hind fringe up to more than 2*5 times as long as the
greatest breadth of wing. All cross-veins included well
within the central dark area. Hind-wings with light grey
patches corresponding with the dark areas of fore-wings.

Abdominal segment 8 without the pair of stout spines
described in kelloggii , 9 and 10 with moderately long bristles ;
tergite 9 about twice as long as 10.

Differs from 0. kelloggii, Moulton, in the colour and
relative lengths of the antennal joints, the longer mouth-
cone, and fewer (?) joints in labial palpi ; the longer,
narrower fore-wings with more extensive dark central area,
more minute seta3, and longer cilia ; and the lightly banded
hind wings.

Moulton says that the labial palpi of O. kelloggii are
4-jointed in his key to genera, but 5-jointed in describing the
genus and species.

Type. In Hope Collections, University Museum, Oxford.

Hub. Australia: one ? collected by Mr. A. Eland Shaw
from the flowers of a native shrub, Xanthorrhcea australis,
llealosville, Victoria, Oct. 12, 1913.

288

Mr. R. S. Bagnall on new Thysanoptera.

Family Thripidae.

Thrips japonicus, sp. n.

A very distinct species.

? . — Length about 1*4, breadth of mesothorax 03 mm.

Colour yellow, lightly tinged with grey, legs lighter and
thorax orange-yellow; seise dark. Abdominal segments
9 and 10 entirely dark grey-brown, almost black, and all
tergites lighter or darker grey -brown. Antennal joints 1 and
3 dirty yellowish-white, 2 orange-yellow, 4-7 dark grey-
brown, 5 in some specimens more or less yellowish basally.
Fore- wings and cilia grey, lighter basally.

Head about 0*75 as long as broad and 0*8 as long as the
prothorax ; eyes coarsely facetted, pilose, black. Relative
lengths of antennal joints 2-7 as follows : — 24 : 34 : 32 :
22 : 31 : 7 — 3 pedicellate, and 3 and 4 fusiform.

Prothorax about 1*5 times as broad as long, surface
sparsely setose ; bristles at posterior angles about 0‘4 the
length of prothorax. Wings reaching to about the ninth
abdominal segment, upper vein of fore-wing with 3 (approxi-
mately 1 + 1+1) setae in the distal half.

Abdomen elongated, no broader than pterothorax, with
segments 9 and 10 sharply narrowed to tip ; 10 divided
above.

Type. In Hope Collections, University Museum, Oxford.

llab. Kobe, Japan, not uncommon, Nov. 1913 ( J . E. A.
Lewis).

Suborder Tubulipeea.

Family Idolo thripidae.

Dicciiothrips stenocephaluSj sp. n.

. — Length 4*7, breadth of mesothorax 0'72 mm.

Hark brown, including all femora, tibiae, and tarsi (ex-
cepting the fore-tarsi, which are yellowish). Antennal joint 3
light lemon-yellow, brown at apex ; basal half of 4, except a
narrow ring at extreme base, light yellow, and basal third of
5 yellowish-brown.

Head exceptionally long and slender, 3 3 times as long as
broad at broadest ; vertex produced ; eyes occupying less
than 0’2 the length of head ; postocular and anteocular
bristles long. Antennae 1*4 times as long as the head,
relative lengths of joints 3-8 approximately : — 67 : 59 : 50 :
35 : 23 : 22. Mouth-cone very small and short.

Prothorax about 0*4 the length of head. Fore-femur

289

Mr. R. S. Bagnall on new Thysanoptera .

stout, a basal series of very stout dark spines on outer
margin in addition to the usual bristles, and a yellow sickle-
formed bristle at apex ; fore-tibia very short and stout ;
tarsal tooth rather short.

Tube 0*68 as long as the head, slender ; terminal hairs
colourless, 0’65 the length of tube and those on tergite 9 not
quite as long as tube.

Recognized by the long and slender head.

Ilab. German East Africa : Moschi, 1 $ collected by
Mr. C. Katona, Aug. 15, 1905 (National Hungarian Museum) .

Dicaiothrips proximusj sp. n.

d . Near malayensis , Bagn., a little longer and much
stouter. Anterior femora very greatly enlarged, with a
brown sickle-shaped bristle at apex. Head with vertex less
noticeably prolonged ; postocular bristles present. Antennal
joints 3 and 4 subequal ; 4 with basal third, and 5 basally
yellowish. Prothorax much larger than in malayensis , not
quite 0*5 the length of the head ; disc sloping from basal
margin, which is raised. Tube about 0*75 the length of head
and longer than either of the abdominal segments 7 or 8 ;
two stout spines on ninth sternite.

Type . In Hope Collections, University Museum, Oxford.

IJab. Ceylon : Peradeniya, 1 <$ (in association with what
is probably the $ of the species), from pods of Grotalaria sp.,
November 1912 (A*. A. Green , No. 3180).

Dicaiotlirips greenly sp. n.

Length 7*2 mm.

Tliis species comes in my first division of the genus, in
which the head is produced beyond the eyes for at least the
length of the eye and for more than the width at the base of
the produced part.

Colour dark brownish-black ; fore-tibiae yellowish-brown ;
intermediate tibiae brown, lighter at both ends ; hind-tibiae
light at base, and shading to yellow distally. Antennae with
joint 3 yellow, brown at apex, basal half of 4 and third of 5
shaded to a light brown.

Head nearly 3 5 times as long as broad near base, the
produced part occupying about 0*25 and the eyes 0*2 the
total length. Postocular bristles long, and a second pair of
dorsal bristles near basal fourth as in Anactinothrips , Bagn.,

290

Mr. R. S. Bagnall on new Thysanoptera.

and Dracothrips, nov. * Antennae moderately slender,
fourth joint about 0*8 the length of third. Cheeks rather
closely set with long and short setae, somewhat as in
D. grandis , Bagn.

Prothorax about 0*4 the length of head, setae qnly
moderately long, those at anterior angles directed forwards.
Fore-femora incrassate, with numerous outer marginal setae,
including several unequal-sized longer ones, much as in
D. championi , Bagn. ; setae light-coloured, a slender sickle-
shaped brown spine at apex. Tarsal tooth long and sharp.
Hind-legs very long and slender. Wings reaching to the
fifth abdominal segment.

Abdomen long, segment 8 a little longer than 7. Tube
slender, about 075 the length of the head and as long or a
little longer than the seventh segment. Terminal bristles
0'8 the length and those on 9 almost as long as the tube.

Type. Hope Collections, University Museum, Oxford.

Hob. Ceylon : Peradeniya, 1 B taken in association with
another Dicaiothrips not yet determined, from decayed pods
of Phaseolus sp. ( E , E. Green , No. 3023). I have pleasure
in naming the species in honour of its well-known discoverer,
to whom I am indebted for much interesting material and
information.

Genus Dracothrips, nov.

Near Mecynothrips , Bagn. Head widest at base, narrowing
to eyes; eyes finely facetted, prominent; vertex strongly
produced, produced part narrow at base and widening to seat
of antennae. Two pairs of dorsal cephalic bristles. Antennae
very long and slender. Prothorax without the long re-
curved prolongations seen in Mecynothrips , and fore-femora
unarmed. Tube long.

Type. Dracothrips ceylonicus , sp. n,

Dracothrips ceylonicus , sp. n,

$ (?). — Length a little over 7'0 mm.

Head broad at base, narrowing to about 0f7 that width at
behind eyes ; produced part not 1*5 times as long as eye,
narrow at base. Antennae very slender, about 1*4 times as
long as head, joints 3-5 yellow, black at apices, 6 yellow at
base ; relative lengths of joints 3-5 approximately
65 : 55 : 40. A pair of dorsal bristles in addition to the
postocular pair, and three pairs of rather long genal setae.

* It should he noted that Dicaiothrips denticollis, Bagnall, a Malayan
form, possesses this additional pair of dorsal cephalic bristles,

291

Mr. K. S. Bagnall on new Thysanoptera,

Prothorax with the bristles at angles set on warts, the
front pair set directly forward. Fore-femur not strongly
incrassate, with a few long colourless and faintly knobbed
bristles. Fore-tibiae yellowish-red ; intermediate tibiae
shaded to yellow distally and hind-tibiae yellow at knee
and distal half.

Abdomen long and slender ; tube 0*9 the length of head ;
bristles on segment 9 about 0*6 the length of tube.

I have not yet had the opportunity of re-examining the
type of Mecynothrips simplex , Bagn. (in the British Museum),
which I think will fall into this genus. M. simplex has the
fore-femora strongly inflated, shining, sparingly setose, and
armed with a short tooth at apex within, and the tube is
shorter in comparison with the length of head.

Type. In Hope Collections, University Museum, Oxford.

Hab. Ceylon : Peradeniya, two examples, almost certainly
males, swept from bushes (E. E. Green, No. 2961). They
were in association with Ecacanthothrips sanguineus, Bagn.

Family Megathripidae.

Siphonothrips brevis , sp. n.

d . — Forma aptera.

Length 2*1, breadth of mesothorax about 0*38 mm.

General colour dark black-brown, abdomen darker than
the head and prothorax. All femora brown, the inter-
mediate and posterior pairs light yellowish-white basally,
and lighter at extreme base; all tibiae yellow, tarsi also
yellow with a dark patch on second joint. Antennae with
first two joints dark brown ; second lighter apically ; 3 yellow,
lightly tinged with brown near apex ; 4 yellow, apical fourth
brown ; 5 brown, with basal half yellow (6 to 8 broken off in
type-specimen, 7 and 8 at least presumably totally brown).

Head 1*8 times as long as broad across eyes, 2*8 times as
long as the prothorax, but only very slightly (008) longer
than the tube. Cheeks very slightly incurved behind eyes
and thence gently arcuate to base; a few minute genal
spines. Vertex slightly produced beyond eyes, with a pair
of rather long bristles, which do not reach to apex of first
antennal joint. Eyes small, occupying laterally 0*2 the
length of the head, finely facetted; ocelli minute. Mouth-
cone reaching across prosternum, rounded at tip. Antennae
about twice as long as the head (first 5 joints=l*5 times

292

Mr. B. S. Bagnall on new Thysanoptera.

the length of head) ; relative lengths of joints 1 to 5 : —
7 : 10 : 30 : 24 : 21.

Prothorax transverse, twice as broad as long ; all setse
present, slightly knobbed, those at hind angles longest,
almost 0*5 as long as the prothorax. Pterothorax a little
broader than long, wings absent. First pair of legs rather
short and somewhat stout ; simple. Intermediate also short
and somewhat stout ; hind pair longer and more slender,
femur 1*5 times the length of intermediate femur, broadest
at distal third ; tibia correspondingly long.

Side of abdomen gently arched to sixtli segment, which is
armed with a pair of* short and comparatively stout, out-
wardly curved lateral processes and reaching slightly beyond
the apex of segment ; 7 evenly narrowing apically ; 8 about
as broad across apex as across base, with a pair of mid-
lateral tubercles faintly suggested.

Siplionothrips brevis, sp. n., cT .

1. Abdominal segments 6 to 8. 2.

Tube.

Tube broadest at basal fourth, thence sharply narrowed,
and continued to basal fifth or thereabouts, with the sides
practically parallel, basal fifth sharply narrowed ; viewed
laterally the tube is sharply curved upwards at or about the
basal third, so that the distal two-thirds is on a higher level
than the base. Surface sparsely furnished with moderately
short and very delicate hairs. Terminal bristles weak, only
about one-third the length of the tube, light-coloured.
Abdominal bristles also weak, those on 7 and 8 directed
outwardly.

Type . In Hope Collections, University Museum, Oxford.

Ilab. One male, coll. Prof. J. Sahlberg, Narenta.

Family Phlceothripid.se.

Liothrips micrurus, sp. n.

$ . — Uniformly dark brown, including fore-tibise, as in
L . major , Buffa. Antennas with second joint yellowish
distally and 3-5 lemon-yellow, I and 5 deepening to

293

Mr. B. S. Baguall on new Thysanoptera,

brownish-yellow distally, 6-8 light brown, 6 yellowish
distally. Wings clear.

Head a little more than 1*5 times as long as broad ; cheeks
not converging posteriorly ; vertex raised in form of hump.
Antennae 1*5 times as long as head, inserted below vertex,
approximate, joint 3 not as broad as 2 and 4 ; relative
lengths 16 : 18 : 31 : 31 : 24 : 23 : 17 : 9. Eyes occupy-
ing one-third the length of head ; fore-ocellus on apex of
raised vertex, directed forwards. Postocular bristles set
well in towards mid-line, very short and weak. Mouth-cone
long and pointed, reaching to base of prosternum.

Prothorax with anterior margin strongly emarginate, more
than twice as broad across hind-angles as long through
middle, but only 1*5 times as broad as long, taking the
length from posterior margin to a line drawn across anterior
angles. Mid-lateral setae absent, others short, the postero-
marginal ones about 0*4 the length of prothorax through
middle, and those on anterior margins about 02 as long.
Pterothorax 1*5 times as broad as the prothorax and a little
longer than broad.

Abdomen no broader than pterothorax, gradually nar-
rowing to segment 7 and thence a little more rapidly to tube.
Tube very short, not one-half (0*47) the length of head and
only 1*38 times as long as segment 9. Sides straight, evenly
narrowed from base, where it is about 2 '23 times as broad as
at apex and more than 0*6 as broad as long. Bristles at tip
and on segment 9 about 0*8 the length of tube, weak and
colourless ; two pairs of wing-retaining spines on each of
the tergites 2 to 7.

Separated from elongatusy Bagn. (Neotropical), which has
also a very short tube, by the coloration of the antennae.

Type. In Hope Collections, University Museum, Oxford.

Hub. One ? , Matarieh, near Cairo, from Zyziphus ,
9.ix. 1911 ( F \ C . tyillcocks ),

The type-specimen is cleared in potash, so that it is possible
to get but an approximate idea of the coloration ; the colour
of the antennae is taken from a second example captured by
Prof. Sahlberg at Helium. This example, carded, showed
a pronounced metallic purplish coloration, but I do not think
it was natural.

Cryptothripg tenuipilosus , sp, n.

? . — Length 2*4 mm., breadth of mesothorax 0*52.

Colour chestnut to dark grey-brown, apical half of tube
Ann . (Sc May. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xiii, 20

294

Mr. R. S. Bagnall on new Thysanoptera.

lighter than base ; fore-tibise yellow with inner and outer
margins brown, fore-tarsi yellow. Antennse brown, joint 3
yellow lightly tinged with brown distally ; 4 light brown
with basal third and tip yellow ; 5 to 8 dark brown, 5 and 6
with basal fifth or thereabouts sharply yellow.

Head 1*23 times as long as broad just behind eyes, and
1*4 times as long as the prothorax; cheeks straight; evi-
dently slightly diverging posteriorly, sparsely and minutely
setose. Eyes finely facetted, occupying nearly 0*3 the length
of head ; space between them about three times the breadth
of one of them. Ocelli large, posterior pair above a line
drawn across middle of eyes and near their inner margins;
anterior one forwardly directed. Postocular bristles long
and very slender. Antennae about 18 times as long as the
head, relative lengths of joints 3 to 8 as follows —
24 : 25 : 24 : 19 : 18 : 14 — 3 and 4 equally broad and 5
about 0*2 narrower than either of them. Sense-cones short
and stout, 2 (or more) on 3, 4 on 4, and 2 each on 5 and 6.
Mouth-cone almost reaching across prosternum ; basal joint
of maxillary palpi longer than the distal joint.

Prothorax almost twice as broad as long; setae very
slender, those at anterior angles 0*4 and those at posterior
angles 0*7 as long as the protliorax. Pterothorax large,
1*35 times as broad as prothorax and but slightly longer than
broad. Fore and intermediate legs rather short, hind pair
moderately long. Fore-femora slightly incrassate, tarsus
unarmed. Wings reaching to about eighth abdominal seg-
ment, apparently slightly narrowed medianly ; cilia dark.

Abdomen a little broader than pterothorax, gradually
narrowing from segment 3 to 7, and thence more roundly
and rapidly to base of tube. Tube 0*65 as long as the head,
terminal hairs very slender, colourless distally, and about as
long as the tube. Those on 9 exceptionally slender and also
about as long as the tube ; lateral bristles on 4-8 long,
slender, colourless.

Type. In Hope Collections, University Museum, Oxford.

Hah. Corfu, 1 $ collected by Prof. J. Saldberg, to

whom I am indebted for a small but interesting collection,
including the types of Siphonotlirips brevis and the species
here described.

Recognized by its short head, structure and coloration of
antennse, coloration of legs, and the unusually slender
postocular, prothoracic, and terminal abdominal bristles.

Mr. R. S. Bagnall on new Thysanoptera.

295

Cryptothrips insularis , sp. n.

Length about 2*25, breadth of mesothorax 0*38 mm.

Near C. dentipes, Reut. Colour almost black ; legs dark
brown, tibiae somewhat lighter apically ; tarsi yellowish-
brown. Antennae concolorous with head, joint 3 yellow,
dark brown near apex.

Form linear, apterous.

Head as in dentipes , about 1‘25 times as long as broad
behind eyes and about twice as long as the prothorax.
Eyes small, occupying 0’25 the length of head, moderately
finely facetted. Ocelli small, posterior pair widely separated
and touching inner margins of eyes. Antennas 1*75 times
the length of head, intermediate joints not elongated as in
dentipes , 3-5 approximately subequal and but slightly longer
than 6.

Prothorax transverse, about 1*8 times as broad as long ;
two foveas, one above the other, near each lateral margin,
Pterothorax only a little broader than the width across fore-
coxa?, transverse. Legs somewhat short.

Abdomen elongated, linear, a little broader than the
pterothorax ; segments 8-9 sharply narrowing to base of
tube. Tube short, stout, 0’6 the length of head, Setae
indeterminable in the carded specimen.

Type. In the British Museum of Natural History,

JIab. Canary Isles (T. V. Wollaston ),

The shape of the head is almost exactly as in C. dentipes ,
but not quite so broad. From this species it is readily
separated by its linear form, the short antennae (twice as
long as the head in dentipes) and short intermediate joints,
the darker fore-tibia?, shorter legs, and the short tube, which
in dentipes is as long as the head.

Genus MiCROCANTHOTHRiPS, nov.

For some time I have been aware that my Cephalothrips
spinosus could not be retained in that genus, A very strong
aitificial light enables one to examine the femora tucked up
under the head through the dark chitin, and I have thus
drawn up the following brief diagnosis, which is sufficient to
characterise the genus for the time being. If further speci-
mens do not come to hand, I propose to carefully remount the
unique preparation.

It cannot be referred to any of the known genera writh
armed fore-femora, and would seem to come in the IJaplu-
ihrips group.

20*

296

Mr. U. S. Bagnall on new Thysanoptera.

Head only slightly longer than broad ; eyes small; mouth-
cone rounded and reaching almost across prosternum.
Antennae not quite twice as long as head, unusually massive ;
joint 7 constricted at base with a short stem, joined broadly •
to 8 ; 3 longer than any of the others. Fore-femur with a

Fig. 3.

3

Microcanthotlirips spinosus (Bagnall). Outline of fore-femur.

long sharp process at middle within; tibia stout; tarsal
tooth small. Abdominal segments 4-7 at least with a stout
spine-like seta (in addition to a long stout bristle) at each
posterior angle and a short but similar postero-marginal
spine within.

Type. CeplialotJirips spinosus , Bagn.

Synonymical Notes.

Limothrips angulicornis , Jablonowski.

1894. Limothrips angulicornis, Jablonowski, Termeszetrajzi Fiizetek.
xvii., Budapest, pp. 44-47, pi. iii.

1912. Limothrips setarice, Jones, Tech. Ser. 23, Bur. Ent., U.S. Dept.
Agric. pp. 8-10, pi. iii.

When Mr. Jones described his L. setarice I thought it
would probably be the same as the species described by
Dr. Jablonowski eighteen years previously from Armenia
and Hungary, but it seems to be a rare species and I had
not then seen examples. I have now before me several females
and one male of a Limothrips collected by Dr. Anton Krausse,
at Sorgono, Sardinia, in 1913, which agree in every detail
with Jones’s description and figures, though darker in colour,
and which I have little doubt are referable to Limothrips anguli-
cornis. Dr. Jablonowski does not figure the stout terminal
spines, nor does his figure of the chaetotaxy of the fore-wing
agree, but we see exactly similar discrepancies in his figures
of Limothrips cerealium [op. cit. xvii. 1894, pts. 3 & 4,
pi. iv.) appearing in a later part of the same publication.

On Varanosaurus acutirostris, Broili.

297

Dendrothrips ornatus (Jablonowski).

1894. Thrips ornata, Jablonowski, Termesz. Fiizetek. xvii., Budapest,
pp. 93-99, pi. iv.

1895. Dendrothrips tilice , Uzel, Monogr. der Ordnung Thysanoptera,
pp. 160-162, pi. ii. fig. 15, and pi. vi. figs. 84-86.

Jablonovvski’s memoir was evidently issued whilst Uzel’s
work was in the press, and is not noticed in the latter
author’s bibliographical notes.

Baliothrips dispar , Haliday.

1911. Bagnallia agnessce , Bagnall, Journ. Econ. Biol. vi. p. 7, and in
later papers.

The maxillary palpus o£ agnessce is undoubtedly 2-seg-
mented, thus bringing the species into the genus Baliothrips ,
and I think there is no doubt that it should be referred to
B. dispar} though my examples are much larger than
described by Uzel. Having overlooked its generic position,
this accounts for my previous inability to recognize this not
uncommon species, B. dispar , in Britain.

I am indebted to Mr. Douglas Hood, who detected the
synonymy in working out the North- American species, for
bringing this to my notice.

Genus Scolothrips, Hinds.

1902. Scolothrips, Hinds, Proc. U.S. National Mus. xxvi. p. 157.

1910. Chcetothrips , Schille, Acad. Litt. Cracov. xlv. p. 5 ( separation ).

XXXII. — Notes on Varanosaurus acutirostris, Broili. By
D. M. S. Watson, M. Sc., Lecturer on Vertebrate Palaeon-
tology, University College, London.

One of the greatest treasures of the Palaeontological Museum
in Munich is the imperfect skeleton which forms the type
specimen of Varanosaurus acutirostris , Broili.

Although Prof. Broili’ s description is both accurate and
excellent, the great additions to our knowledge of the skull-
structure of early types which have been made during the
last ten years allow of a more critical examination of the
specimen, which 1 am enabled to offer owing to the great
kindness of Prof. Broili, through whose friendship I have
been able to examine the whole of the valuable series of
Permian reptiles belonging to the Altc Akademie at Munich.

Amongst some undetermined fragments belonging to the
specimen, I was fortunate enough to recognize both articular

298

Mr. D. M. S. Watson on

regions of the skull and lower jaw ; and, although so much
is missing that the contacts are lost, these fragments add
considerably to our knowledge.

The material is in excellent condition, nearly all the sutures
being visible, some with very great clearness ; it is also
excellently prepared*.

Basis craniit

The basioceipital condyle is largely concealed by the

Fig. 1.

Varanosaurus acutirostris, Broili. Type specimen, X 1. The posterior
part of the skull viewed from below, with the articular regions
replaced as nearly in the natural position as possible.

Art., articular : B.Oc., basioceipital ; B.Sp., basisphenoid ; P.Art., pre-
articular ; Pt., pterygoid ; Qu., quadrate ; Qu.J.?, quadrato-jugal ? ;
St., stapes ; Sur.Ang., surangular.

atlas, which is in position ; the condyle is, however, obviously
single and slightly pedunculate ; on the lower surface the

* Since this paper was written, Prof. Broili has published an excellent
new account of the structure of the anterior part of the skull, which
should be referred to in connection with the present paper (Central, f.
Min. &c., 1914, No. 1).

299

Varanosaurus acutirostris, Broilu

bone is short, and, if the suture is correctly recognized,
contributes scarcely at all to the tubsra basisplienoidales.

The basisphenoid is a large bone, whose lower surface is
provided with two very pronounced ridges, which, starting
at the tubera, run forwards along the lower surface until they
terminate in front in well-developed basipterygoid processes,
which support the pterygoids by definite articulations. In
front of this region the bone is concealed by matrix and the
pterygoids, but through the right orbit it can be seen to be
continued forwards by a long and very massive parasplienoid,
whose upper border is grooved in front and supports an
ethmoid, the visible portion of which forms a thin median
septum. In front the parasplienoid seems to be clasped by
an ascending flange of the pterygoid.

Pterygoid.

The pterygoid is the usual triradiate bone, articulating by
a distinct facet with the basipterygoid process ; the anterior
ramus runs forward as a plate on the palate, soon joining
with its fellow, so as to leave only a very small interptery-
goid vacuity. The internal ramus forms the usual process
against the side of the lower jaw, but the structure of the
palate cannot be made out. The posterior ramus is a deep
thin plate running backwards behind the quadrate to the
extreme hinder end of the skull ; on the left side it can be
distinctly seen to come into contact with the squamosal,
exactly as in a Stegocephalian.

Quadrate.

The quadrate is represented by the anterior part of the
pterygoid ramus, which, on the right side, is clearly seen to
lie on the outer side of the posterior ramus of the pterygoid
as a very thin film of bone. The articular region is well
preserved on the right side. There is a pulley-shaped
condyle, above which the bone rises as a massive sheet.
The outer surface is obviously covered by membrane-bone,
the squamosal, and probably also the quadrato-jugal ; there
are, however, only very faint traces of sutures, and no
quadrate forameu.

On the inner side, well above the condyle, is a deep and
very well-marked step, which can only have served for the
articulation of the outer end of the stapes.

300

Mr. D. M. S. Watson on

Back of the Skull.

The back of the skull is quite well preserved, and, despite
the presence of many cracks, it is possible to make out the
main lines of its structure with absolute certainty.

Fig. 2.

5 0 c,

VfiK.Ot.

Varanosaurus acutirostris, Broili. Type specimen, X 1. The posterior
part of the skull from above.

Reference-letters as before, with : — I.Par., interparietal ; P.Fr., post-
frontal ; P.O., postorbital ; Par., parietal ; Par.Oc., paroccipital ;
S.Oc., supraoccipital ; Sq., squamosal; S.T., supratemporal ; Tab.,
tabular.

Parietal.

The parietals extend out, in the postorbital region, to the
edge of the flat dorsal surface ; in front they meet the
frontals ; just behind the orbits their outer borders have a
square step, by which they articulate with the postfrontals ;
posteriorly their borders are turned down and covered by
the interparietal and the tabulares ; at the postero-lateral
corner they articulate by suture with the supratemporal and
squamosal, and the rest of the lateral border overlies the
postorbital.

Yaranosaurus acutirostris, Broili.

301

Interparietal.

The interparietal is an almost flat bone, with a low median
ridge on its posterior surface ; it covers the hinder ends of
the parietals above, and its lower border overlaps the supra-
occipital, whilst its lateral borders are in contact with the
tabulares. In the specimen it is traversed by a vertical
crack which looks like a median suture ; as, however, it
turns out of the middle line towards the bottom, and as the
structure seems to show that the bone is single, I have
disregarded it.

Tabular.

The tabular is a thin bone lying entirely on the posterior
surface and covering the parietal, supratemporal, squamosal,
and supraoccipital. Owing to crushing, the suture with the
supraoccipital is not very clear on either side, and it is not
possible to say whether the bone reached down outside the
post-temporal fossa to the end of the paroccipital.

Fig. 3.

5.0c. LPbr. Tab.

Varanosauru8 acutirostris, Broili. Type specimen, X 1. Skull viewed
from behind, with the vertebra column which covers the unshaded
area supposed removed.

Reference-letters as befole.

Occiput.

The occipital and otic bones cannot be separately recog-
nized. The foramen magnum is of fair size, and above it

302

Mr. D. M. S. Watson on

the supraoccipital inclines forwards ; it is a broad flat plate
provided with a low median ridge, and its upper and outer
edges are covered by the interparietal and tabulates. The
post-temporal fossae are not well shown, but on the left side
the upper border is clear as a smooth notch on the lower
edge of the tabular, and something is seen of the paroccipital
process below it on the right side, where its end is in contact
with the squamosal. It is certain from the condition on
either side that the fossa was very small.

Below the post-temporal fossa there is a considerable
expanse of bone visible on the left side, which is partly basi-
occipitah The foramina in this region are not visible, but
the position of the inner ends of the stapes, which agrees on
the two sides, shows that the fenestra ovale lay very low
down just above the tubera basisphenoidales.

Supratemporal.

As shown on the right side, the supratemporal is a very
small bone having a suture with the parietal and wedged in
between the tabular and the squamosal. In front the suture
is perfectly clear, and was represented in Prof. BroilPs
original figure ; behind, although not so clear, it is, I think,
fairly certain. It is unfortunate that the loss of this region
on the left side prevents corroboration there.

Squamosal.

The upper part of the squamosal is in contact with the
lower surface of the parietal, which terminates behind in a
suture with it. In front it touches the postorbital, so as
completely to exclude the parietal from the temporal fossa.
Further back it forms a plate on the side of the skull, curves
round on to the back, and then still further until it plunges
under the tabular and paroccipital ; below the post-temporal
fossa it is clearly shown on the left side to be overlapped by
the pterygoid.

On the right side what is either the lower end of the
squamosal or the striated surface to which it was attached
is seen on the outer and posterior side of the quadrate some
distance above the articulation.

Stapes.

The proximal end of the stapes is in position on both
sides ; it is an extremely massive bone, consisting of a
laterally compressed shaft which expands considerably at the
fenestra ovale ; it cannot be seen if it is perforated for the
stapedial artery.

303

Varanosaurus acutirostris, Broili.

Temporal Fossa.

It is quite certain from the condition of the postorbital
arcade, which is perfectly preserved on each side, that there
is only one lateral temporal fossa. Whether this was not
closed below by an arch, as in Williston’s Varanosaurus
brevirostris , is not by any means certain.

On the right side the jugal is continued back as a broad
bone on the side of the skull for a centimetre behind the
postorbital bar, and on the same side the bone which covers
the outer side of the quadrate (probably the quadrato-jugal)
is continued forwards with a horizontal lower border, as if
to meet the jugal. The condition of this region is much
more like that of Theropleura or Ophiacodon than of Varano-
saurus brevirostris as figured by Williston.

Fig. 4.

J aranosaui’us acutirostris, Broili. Type specimen, X 1.

A. Left articular region, outer aspect.

R. Right articular region, outer aspect.

C. Right articular region, from behind.

Reference-letters as before, with : — St.St., step on the quadrate for the
distal end of the stapes.

Lower Jaw.

Of the anterior part of the mandible little can be said.
There is a splenial entering the symphysis, and the ramus is
very narrow from side to side.

304

Mr. D. M. S. Watson on

The posterior part of eacli ramus is well preserved.

The articular is a large bone ; its condyle is damaged by
excessive development, but it must have greatly resembled
that of Dimetrodon. There is no appreciable postarticular
process. The outer surface of the bone is completely
covered by the surangular, which is separated by visible
suture. The inner surface is to a large extent covered by
the prearticular, which, however, does not touch the sur-
angular, so that a sharp narrow ridge of articular is visible
from below.

[I think it probable that a considerable part of the present
outer surface of the surangular was formerly covered by the
angular, which may have been stripped oft during develop-
ment.]

Atlas.

The intercentrum of the atlas is well preserved; it forms
a short broad band across the basioccipital condyle, whose
posterior outer corners carry ribs. The neural arches of the
atlas and, I think, but am not sure, a proatlas are present,
very much crashed.

Vertebras.

One feature of the vertebrae, already described by
Dr. Broili, deserves to be emphasized ; this is the relative
heaviness of the neural arches and the fact that the articu-
lating faces of the zygapophyses are horizontally placed.

Ribs.

The ribs appear to have been holocephalous throughout
the column, with, perhaps, the exception of a few anterior
pairs. Some of the ribs in the region of the pectoral girdle
are flattened and expanded, like those of many cotylosaurs.

Pectoral Girdle.

The cartilaginous part of the left side of the shoulder-
girdle is very well preserved, except for the upper end of the
scapula.

It is extraordinarily like that of Ophiacodon as figured by
Williston.

The scapula is a broad thin bone, thickened at its poste-
rior edge, rising from the border in the powerful process
which supports the anterior part of the glenoid cavity. The

305

Varanosaurus acutirostris, Bro'ili.

articular region is clearly marked off from the rest of the
bone, and the whole glenoid cavity forms a screw-shaped
piece of the surface of a cylinder whose axis stands in a
vertical plane pointing downwards towards the front at an
angle of about 60°.

Fig. 5.

Varanosaurus acutirostris, Broili. Type specimen, X 1.
Left cartilaginous shoulder-girdle.

The anterior coracoidal element, is clearly separated from
the scapular by a suture, which has parted, allowing the
bones to separate by a little less than a millimetre. The
anterior coracoidal element has a process which joins with
that of the scapula which supports the anterior end of the
glenoid cavity.

Behind this process is a deep pocket, from which the
coracoid and glenoid foramina must start. If the suture
between this bone and the scapula be correctly determined,
of which I think there is no doubt, the bone only supports
an extremely small piece of the glenoid cavity, if any at all.

The posterior coracoidal element is a small bone separated
from the scapula by an obvious suture and from the anterior
element by a faint and incomplete one.

That the bone is really distinct is certain, as it is indicated
by the texture, the shape of the internal surface, and its
perfect resemblance to Ojj/iiacodon. The bone carries a large
part of the glenoid cavity, and has a low process on its
posterior edge.

306

Mr. D. M. S. Watson on

Pelvic Girdle.

The only new point of interest about the pelvic girdle is
the presence of a thickened bar across the pubes, so that the
symphysis is suddenly thickened as in Labidosaurus at one
point.

Comparison with Y. brevirostris.

The reptile whose structure has just been described differs
from that described by Williston as Varanosaurus brevi-
rostris in a considerable number of characters. Williston
lias already listed the skulLproportions and the dentition.
To these we may add : —

The holocephalous ribs.

The flattened and expanded ribs in the pectoral region.

The horizontally placed zvgapophysial articulating surfaces
and the rather heavier arches of the type species.

The presence of two coracoidal elements in the type.

The thickening of a part of the pubic symphysis.

The very probable presence of a complete temporal arcade
in the type.

Williston’s animal is, in fact, a more specialized type,
quite worthy of generic rank.

Comparison with Dimetrodon.

With fuller knowledge, the skull of Varanosaurus show's
many rather unexpected resemblances to that of Dimetrodon.

Comparison of the figures in this paper with those given
by Case, Broom, and especially fig. 44 of v. Huene’s recent
paper * will show at once great resemblances in the back of
the skull and the relations of the interparietal and tabulares,
and particularly the relation of the snpratemporal to the
parietal, tabular, and squamosal.

The structure of the back of the lower jaw is also very
similar in the two types.

In fact, there can be no doubt that Broili was perfectly
correct in his oiiginal idea that Varanosaurus is a Pelyco-
saur ; there is also no doubt that it is a primitive member of
that group. In a paper now in the press I have shown,
following Broom, that the Pelycosaurs are truly members of
the same great group as the South-African Therapsids,
differing only in the more primitive features of the limbs

* Bull. Amer. Mas. Nat. Hist, vol, xxxii. art. xviii, p. 3q9,

Varanosaums acutirostris, Broili,

307

and the occasional presence of a supratemporal. Varano-
saurus is thus probably the most primitive known member of
the mammal-like reptiles, and is of very great interest from
the standpoint of the origin of that group.

In the paper referred to above I have listed the important
characters which are common to all South- African Therapsids
as follows : —

1. There is one lateral temporal fossa bounded primitively

by the postorbital and squamosal alone, the parietal

and jugal entering later into its borders.

2. The occiput is plate-like.

3. The interparietal and tabulares are on the back of the

skull overlapping the supraoccipital.

4. The brain-cavity is very high.

5. The ear is very low on the side of the braimcavity.

0. There is only one temporal element, the squamosal.

7. There are two coracoidal elements, the anterior not

contributing to the glenoid cavity,

8. The flat angular [notched behind],

9. The contact of the outer end of the stapes with the

quadrate.

Varanosaurus possesses all these characters except 6, from
which it differs by the presence of a minute supratemporal,
which is obviously vanishing.

No. 5 is not very definitely known in Varanosaurus , but,
judging from the position of the fenestra ovale, it is possessed.

Although the angular is not actually present, the appear-
ances of the other bones show conclusively that Varano -
saurus had a typically Therapsid lower jaw.

Varanosaurus thus possesses all the fundamental Therapsid
characters. It has also the following primitive features : —

1. The retention of a vestigial supratemporal.

2. The retention of the primitive union of the squamosal

and pterygoid behind the quadrate.

3. The Cotylosaurian-like basisphenoid.

4. The deep posterior ramus of the pterygoid.

5. The extension of the lachrymal forward to the septo-

maxilla.

G. The heavy neural arches and horizontal zygapophysial

articulating faces.

7. The intercentra throughout the column.

8. The holocephalous ribs.

9. The expanded ribs in the pectoral region.

10. The primitive form of the glenoid cavity,

11. The primitive humerus.

12. The primitive type of femur.

308

Mr. D. M. S. Watson on

All these features are found in Cotylosaurs, many of them
also in Temnospondylous Stenocephalia, and, taken together,
render it certain that the Therapsid group was derived from
a Cotylosaurian reptile.

When comparing together the remains of Texas reptiles
in Munich, I was very much impressed by the many resem-
blances (some only of a very superficial character) between
Varanosaurus and the Captorhinidae. These may be listed
as follows : —

1. The triangular skull, with a much narrowed preorbital

region.

2. The deflected premaxillary dentigerous border, so that

the incisor teeth are inclined backwards.

3. The identical arrangement of the bones of the face.

Compare especially the lachrymal reaching the septo-
maxilla in each. The long, straight, antero-posteriorly
directed sutures between the prefrontal and lachrymal
and the frontal. The entrance of the latter bone into
the orbital margin for a very short distance, &c.

4. The fact that the squamosal is the important bone in

the temporal region, the rudimentary supratemporal
in Captorhinus occupying an exactly similar position
to that of Varanosaurus.

5. The apparently identical relations of the quadrate to

the squamosal.

6. The epipterygoids are similar in the two types.

7. The articulation of the end of the paroccipital process

with the squamosal.

8. The vertical position of the postparietals == interparietal.

9. The heavy stapes articulating with a fenestra ovale

placed so low down that the lower edge is in contact
with the basisphenoid, only just above and behind the
tubera basisphenoidales.

10. The absolute identity of the basisphenoid in the two

types.

11. The presence of a long strong parasphenoid in both.

[Shown very clearly in a Munich specimen of Labido-
saurus.']

12. The heavy and slightly swollen neural arches and

horizontally placed articulating facets of Varanosaurus
recall those of Labidosaurus more than any other

type* . . , . .

13. The resemblance, almost amounting to identity, between

the cartilaginous shoulder-girdles. [I only know
Labidosaurus in not very well-preserved material.]

Varanosaurus acutirostris, Broili. 300

14. The considerable resemblance between the humeri of

the two types.

15. The sudden thickening of the symphysis between the

pubes.

16. The femora present many curious resemblances.

The types differ in the following features : —

1. The supraoccipital of Labidosaurus is narrow and quite

unlike that of Varanosaurus.

2. The post-temporal fossae are not small and widely

separated in the Captorhinidae.

3. The angular is not flat and the lower jaw not in the

least Therapsid in Labidosaurus.

It will be noticed that those features in which the two
types differ are characteristic of the Therapsid group as a
whole.

Of the other typical Therapsid characters, the most im-
portant are the high brain-cavity and the low position of the
ear, of which the material at my disposal did not give quite
satisfactory information, but suggests that in these features
Labidosaurus agrees with the Therapsid type.

This series of resemblances and differences are exactly
what one would expect if the Captorhinidse are the compara-
tively little modified descendants of the group of Cotylosaurs
from which the Therapsid phylum sprung ; in curious
characters, mostly of trivial morphological importance,
Varanosaurus resembles them exactly. In the important
features which proclaim it a typical member of the Therapsid
stock, it differs entirely from them, with probably one very
important exception — that the brain-cavity of both types is
similar, and different from that of other Cotylosaurs and
other reptiles. If this is so, and it will be remembered that
the evidence is very unsatisfactory, we have again a fine
illustration of the fact that the leading part of evolution
takes place in the brain, changes in which long precede those
of other parts of the organism.

One interesting point on which light is shed by Varano-
saurus is the identification of the temporal bones.

There is not the faintest doubt that the bone 1 have called
squamosal is the same as the mammalian bone of that name.
In all its relations and appearances it agrees with that of the
Deinocephalia, from which we have a continuous series, with

Ann. & Mag. N. Ilist. Ser. 3. Vol. xiii. 21

310

Mr. K. G. Blair — A Revision of

no gaps of any size, to the Cynodonts, the resemblance of
whose skull to that of a mammal is so close as to render the
determination of the bones quite certain.

The only other temporal bone, the supratemporal, lies
between the squamosal, parietal, and tabular. This is the
position held by the upper bone in all Cotylosaurs and
Stegocephalia in which two are present.

It is thus shown by direct tracing that the outer temporal
element — that which in Stegocephalia lies below the auditory
notch and passes round behind the quadrate to touch the
pterygoid — is the mammalian squamosal, and should be
called by that name.

In conclusion, I wish to express my gratitude to Prof.
Broili, not only for so kindly allowing me to describe his
valuable material, but also for his many personal kindnesses
during my visits to Munich.

XXXIII. — A Revision of theFamilyVyrochro\dse(Coleoptera) .

By K. G. Blair, B.Sc., F.E.S.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

[Plate XII.]

The Pyrochroidse may be shortly characterized as Hetero-
mera having the anterior coxal cavities open behind ; the
head, which is held horizontal, constricted into a neck
behind ; the prothorax at base markedly narrower than the
base of the elytra; the tarsal claws simple ; the antennae, at
any rate in the male, ramose ; and the eyes large, and emar-
ginate for the insertion of the antennae.

Lacordaire, in Gen. Col. v. 1859, only recognized three
genera — Pyrochroa , iSchizotus, and Dendroides, — although he
included a fourth, Lemodes , with an expression of doubt as
to its true position. The genus Pogonocerus, Fisch., he
considered to be synonymous with Dendroides , Latr.

Since that date the constitution of the family has remained
almost unaltered ; a few new genera have been added
( Ischalia , Pasc =Eupleurida, Lee., and Pilipalpus , Fairm.).
The genus Pedilus, lisch., has by some authors been placed
here. Though there is much to be said in favour of enlarging
the scope of the family to include this genus, and perhaps

311

the Family Pyrochroidse.

Ischalia, yet Pic, in Junk’s ‘ Coleopterorum Catalogus,’
pt. 26, 1911, retains them in the family Pedilidae, where,
perhaps, they are best left for the present. Neither does
Pilipaipus come within the Pyrochroidae, but, with Cycloderus ,
Sol., Techmessa, Bates, and Pseudananca, Blbn., is better
placed as a rather aberrant group of the (Edemeridae. These
genera all have the eyes very prominent and entire, and the
head, though sharply narrowed behind, not constricted into
a definite neck. Pseudolycus (?) apicalis, Macl., which
Blackburn suggested might belong to the Pyrochroidae, also
belongs to this group. The genus Lemodes belongs to the
Anthicidae (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) xi. p 237).

Thus the family is still left with the original three genera
recognized by Lacordaire, with the exception that Pogono-
cerus , Fisch., must be accorded distinct generic rank.

On the other hand, the number of described species has
increased very materially. In Gemminger and Harold’s
‘Catalogue,’ 1870, twenty species are enumerated; Cham-
pion’s Supplement (1898) added twenty-nine, and fifty-eight
more have been added since that date. Of all these, how-
ever, about twenty have been removed to other families
(mostly with the genera Ischalia and Lemodes), so that there
remain about ninety described species and varieties.

The most noteworthy point about this increase is the
extension of the area of the known distribution of the family.
Formerly it was supposed to be almost confined to the north
temperate region, but a great number of species are now
known from India, even from Southern India, though none
have yet been recorded from Ceylon, and particularly from
the Malay Peninsula and its associated islands (Sumatra,
Java, and Borneo).

In spite of their paucity in numbers the genera of the
Pyrochroidee have been very generally misunderstood. Two
of them were founded upon North-American species
( Dendroides , Latr., and Schizotus , Newm.), and the nume-
rous Old-World species added to them later by European
authors are, without exception, wrongly placed, and would
be with better reason assigned to Pyrochroa. This genus is
thus left with by far the greater number, of the described
species of the family, and forms a heterogeneous assortment
that may with advantage be split up into numerous sub-
genera, or, as I prefer to consider them, genera.

Some attempt has already been made to this end ; thus we
have : —

Hemidendroides , Ferrari (proposed as a subgenus of
Dendroides), for his new species ledereri.

21*

312

Mr. K. G. Blair — A Revision of

Pseudopyrochroa , Pic, for P. deplanata , Pic, a group which
includes the bulk of the Oriental species.

And, more recently, Pyrochroella , Reitt., for P.pectini-
cornis, L.

The incorrect assignation, mentioned above, of certain
species to Dtndroides and Schizotus is also a recognition of
their generic distinction from Pyrochroa .

The present paper is an attempt to coordinate and extend
these efforts, and, though necessarily, from lack of know-
ledge and lack of material, full of defects, it is hoped that
the very obviousness of these may help to remedy some of
them and supply the deficiencies.

I must express my deep indebtedness to numerous coleo-
pterists for the valuable and kindly aid they have rendered
me, as well by the communication of notes and specimens as
in allowing me to examine types in their possession. My
thanks are particularly due to Messrs. H. E. Andrewes and
G. E. Bryant, to M. Pierre Lesne and the authorities of the
Paris Museum, and, above all, to M. Maurice Pic, who has
not only been most generous in giving me all information at
his disposal, but whose hospitality has enabled me to examine
the whole of his rich collection of this family.

Table of Genera.

1. (8) Eyes very large, approximate above

in <g.

2. (3) Third joint of antennae minute, like

the second

3. (2) Third joint of antennae elongate, much

larger than the second

4. (5) Antennae very slender ; ramus of third

joint in <5 about three times as long
as the shaft

5. (4) Antennae less slender ; third joint in

<g produced into a short ramus not
longer than the shaft

6. (7) Branches of antennae in <$ lamelliform.

7. (6) Branches of antennae in of normal

form

8. (1) Eyes moderate, separated in <g by a

space at least as wide as one of them.

9. (10) Eyes large, occupying almost the

whole side of the head behind the
antennae, genae behind them very
much reduced. (Species North
American.)

10. (9) Eyes smaller, leaving distinct genae

between them and the neck

11. (16) Head triangular in outline, genae

prominent

Pogonocerus , Fisch.
4.

Dendroides, Latr.

6.

Phyllocladus, g. n.
Pseudodendroides, g. n

9.

Neopyrochroa , g. n.
11.

12,

the Family Pyrochroidse. 313

12. (13) Head in $ excavate behind eyes .... Hemidendroides , Fisch.

13. (12) Head in not excavate behind eyes. 14.

14. (15) Genae conical, sides of thorax angulate

before base Eupyrochroa , g. n.

15. (14) Genae rounded, sides of thorax rounded. Pyrochroa, Geoff,
lb. (11) Head not triangular in outline, genae

not prominent 17.

17. (18) Head in <$ excavate behind eyes .... Schizotus, Newm.

18. (17) Head in <5 not excavate behind eyes. Pseudopyrochroa, Pic.

POGONOCERUS, Fisdl.

Although this genus was placed as a synonym of Den -
droides by Lacordaire and also in Gemminger & Harold's
‘ Catalogue/ Reiche has demonstrated (Hull. Soc. Ent.
FYance, 1878, p. lxxiii) that it is abundantly distinct. It
differs from every other genus in the family in having the
third joint of the antennae small, even smaller than the
second.

The only species is P. thoracicus , Fisch.

Dendroides, Latr.

Considerable misconception seems to have existed in the
minds of European coleopterists as to the scope of this
genus, and the numerous Old-World species assigned to it by
various authors ( e . g., Lewis, Pic, and myself) are really
quite apart from it.

The type of the genus is D. bicolor , Newm. ( = canadensis ,
Lee.).

The species may be distinguished as follows : —

1 . (4) Head and elytra blackish, thorax red . .

2. (3) Legs reddish testaceous. (PI. XU.

tigs. 1,1 a.)

3. (2) Legs black, with base of femora and

coxae ferruginous

4. (1) Species unicolorous, reddish testaceous

or piceous

5. (TO) Species reddish testaceous. (North

American.)

6. (7) Antennae of $ with joints 3-6 trian-

gular, the following gradually more
and more produced at the extremity .

7. (6) Antennae of $ with branch of sixth

joint nearly as long as that of seventh.

8. (9) Thorax as long as broad ; eyes in al-

most contiguous for some distance
along middle line : species shorter . .

2.

bicolor, Newm.
*picipes , Horn.

5.

6.

Hestaceus , Lee.

8.

concolor, Newm.

Species marked with an asterisk I know only from description.

314 Mr. K. G. Blair — A Revision of

9. (8) Thorax slightly transverse; eyes in

diverging before and behind their point
of nearest approach : species more

elongate and more nitid ephemeroides, Mdndt.

10. (5) Species piceous. (Japanese.) lesnei, sp. n.

D. testaceus, Lee., was described upon a single female
example from Lake Superior, and I am not aware of any
subsequent records of its occurrence.

D. lesnei , sp. n., resembles D. concolor, Newm., but is
pitchy brown in colour. The eyes in the £ are separated
by a space about as wide as the thickness of the second joint
of the antennae. The thorax is fully as long as broad,
broadest about the middle, becoming slightly narrower
towards the base, which is sharply margined and more
rapidly narrower to the apex ; the disc is nitid, clothed with
a scanty pubescence, with a slight median depression before
the base. The elytra are subparallel, with the lateral margins
visible from above for the posterior three-quarters of their
length ; they are moderately nitid, punctate, with a thin
pubescence and slight indications of longitudinal furrows as
in D. ephemeroides .

Long. 13-17 mm.

Hab. Japan, Yumo to near Chuzenji, and to near Nikko,
Aug. 1909 (E. Galluis) ; environs of Tokio {J. Harmand ,
1906). Communicated by the Paris Museum.

It is curious that a species of this genus should at last have
been discovered in Japan, since the two Japanese species
ascribed to it by Mr. Lewis belong to a distinct genus
( Pseudodendroides , gen. nov.).

Pseudodendroides, gen. nov.

Differs from Dendroides, Latr., in the less parallel, more
depressed form, in the denser puncturation and pubescence of
the elytra, and in the much stouter antenme, of which the
branches in the J are not exceptionally long and slender.
From Pseudodendroides , Pic, wdiich it more closely resembles,
it may at once be separated by the large eyes, approximate
above in the <$ . (Type, P. niponensis, Lew.)

The species placed here, which were all originally assigned
to Dendroides , Latr., may be tabulated as follows : —

1. (4) Second joint of antennae longer than broad ;

juints4-10of scarcely broader towards
apex ; colour blackish piceous, with pur-
plish-red elytra. (Japan.) 2.

315

the Family Pyrochroidse.

2. (3) Size larger (17 mm.) ; eyes of 3 separated by

a space about as wide as the length of

second joint of antenna niponensis, Lew.

3. (2) Size smaller (13 mm.); eyes of <3 almost con-

tiguous above ocularis , Lew.

4. (1) Second joint of antennae strongly transverse ;

joints 3-6 of 3 subtriangular ; upper sur-
face unicolorous, fulvous 5.

5. (6) Legs testaceous. (S. India.) madurensis , Pic.

6. (5) Legs and underside fuscous. (Assam.) (PI. XII.

tig. 2.) assamensis, Blr.

Phyllocladus, gen. nov.

Both the species that are placed in this genus were origi-
nally described, as belonging to Dendroides. Though the
eyes in the male are more closely approximate than is usual
in Pyrochroa, the structure of the whole insect, especially
that of the head and antennae, is very different from that
of Dendroides. The head is elongate, with the frontal
sculpture of the of a different type from that usual in the
family, taking the form of two longitudinal subcontiguous
depressions. The most remarkable feature of the genus,
however, is afforded by the antennae in the $ . The
appendage of each joint arises as a flat expansion along
the length of the joint, and forms a lamellate ramus, each of
which is twisted on its axis, so that they lie one against
another like the pages of a book. The second joint is
elongate. Antenuae of very similar form are found in Pseudo-
pyrochroa antennalis , Blr.

The two species placed here are very similar, being large,
with black head and bright red thorax and elytra. M. Pic
has kindly compared them for me, and says that they are
certainly distinct, P. maynificus, Blr., from Burma, having a
smaller head and the elytra more expanded behind than
P. yrandipennis, Pic, from China. (Type, P. maynificus, Blr.)

P. maynificus <j? is the species figured by Fowler in the
4 Fauna of British India/ Introd. fig. 76, p. 172 (see also
PI. XII. fig. 3).

Neopyrochroa, gen. nov.

A new genus seems to be required for the North-Ameriean
species hitherto placed in Pyrochroa. They differ con-
siderably from the European species of this genus, notably
in the size of the eyes, which are large and extend nearly to
the back of the head, to the almost complete extrusion of
any visible genal area between them and the neck.

The type of the genus is N. Jlabellata , Fabr,

316 Mr. K. G. Blair — A Revision of

The species may be separated as follows : —

1 . (4) Head yellow

2. (3) Underside and limbs testaceous ; elytra sub-

opaque ; frontal excavation of <5 almost
closed by hood-like projection of the
vertex. (PL XII. fig. 4./

3. (2) Underside and limbs in greater part piceous ;

elytra more nitid ; eyes more approxi-
mate ; frontal excavation of cf bi-
foveate, widely open ; vertex only
slightly prominent

4. (1) Head black .

2.

Jlabellatci, F.

femoralis, Lee.
*catifornica, Horn.

Hemidendroides, Ferr.

This was proposed as a subgenus of Dendroides , although
its affinity with Pyrochroa, as evidenced by the structure of
the head and antennae, is closer than with the American
genus. From the description it is probable that P. davidis ,
Fairm., should be placed here.

The species are as follows : — ■

1. (4) Elytra unicolorous, testaceous 2.

2. (3) Head and thorax black. (PI. XII. fig. 5.). . , . ledereri, Ferr.

3. (2) Head and thorax concolorous with elytra .... peyroni , Reiche.

4. (1) Elytra black, with suture and apex red; head

and thorax dark red * davidis, Fairm.

Eupyrochrqa, gen. nov.

Differs from Pyrochroa in its large size and in the conical
gense, which project beyond the eyes. The sides of the
prothorax also project strongly just before the base ; the
elytra are more explanate behind and more distinctly
tricostate.

There are only two described species, which may be
separated as follows ; —

Head and thorax shining black ; elytra bright red.

(Pi. XII. tig. 6.) insignita , Fairm.

Head black ; thorax and elytra dull red, the former

with black spot on disc and black on sides .... limbaticollis, Pic.

Of these, the latter was described as a variety of the
former; but M. Pic now agrees with me that it is probably
a good species.

* Known to me only from description.

the Family Pyrochroidce.

317

Pyrochroa, Geoffr.
(Type P. coccinea , L.)

The species of this genus, in its restricted sense, are as
follows : —

1. (10) Elytra red

2. (5) Head and scutellnm black

3. (4) Form longer ; thorax with median

furrow

4. (3) Form shorter; thorax without me-

dian furrow

5. (2) Head wholly or in part red ; scu-

tellum red

6. (7) Head completely red

7. (6) Head partly black

8. (9) Upperside bright red, pubescence

short aud concolorous

9. (8) Upperside reddish fulvous, pubes-

cence longer and more golden . .

10. (1) Elytra blue

2.

3.

coccinea, L.

Var. kabyliana, Pic.

6.

serraticornis, Scop.

Var. *tauricola , Pic.

8.

Var. kiesenwetteri, Fairm.

pubescens , Pic.

(?) * subcost ulata, Fairm.
cyanipennis , Pic.

Schizotus, Newm.

(= Pyrochroella , Reitt.)

Tltis genus, like Dendroides , has been completely misunder-
stood by European authors. The type of the genus is the
North-American S. cervicalis , Newm. The Old-World
species placed here by Lewis and Pic will be considered
under Pseudopyrochroa.

Reitter has recently (‘ Fauna Germanica,’ iii. p. 385)
proposed the name Pyrochroella for certain northern species
allied to P. pectinicornis , L. ; but I do not see that these
differ generically from Schizotus, Newm. Including these,
then, the genus may be tabulated as follows : —

1. (2) Elytra blackish, bordered with fulvous.

(N. America.) (PI. XII. fig. 7.). . . . cervicalis , Newm.

2. (1) Elytra fulvous. (N. Europe and Asia.)

( Pyrochroella , Reitt.) 3.

3. (4) Thorax black, margin suffused with red . fuscicollis, Mann.

Var. *jmnctus} Mots.

4. (3) Thorax red, with or without black spot

on disc 5.

5. (6) Thorax with black spot on disc ; scu-

tellum fuscous pectinicornis , L.

8. (o) Thorax immaculate ; scutellum fulvous. . 7.

7. (8) Head black, with red spot on face cardinalis , Mann.

8. (7) Head black, without red spot Var. innotaticeps , Pic.

* Known to me only from description.

318

Mr. K. G. Blair — A Revision of

PsEUDOPYROCHROA, Pic.

This genus was proposed by Pic for the reception of some
of the Eastern species of Pyrochroa with small heads nar-
rowed behind the eyes. The type may be taken as P. de-
planata, Pic. Certain other species Pic at first referred to
Schizotus, Newm., but later Melanges Exotico-Entomolo-
giques,’ fasc. 8, 1913, p. 2) stated that he had been mis-
taken in this genus, and that all were probably referable to
P seudopyrochroa. With this opinion I quite concur ; also,
the Japanese species referred by Lewis to Schizotus should
for the present be retained, with his Japanese Pyrochroa , in
P seudopyrochroa. Pic.

The genus, however, as here adopted, is by no means
homogeneous, and lends itself well to further subdivision
upon the characters afforded by the head and antennae,
particularly in the male sex. Unfortunately, so many of the
species are yet known from one sex only that a complete
subdivision on these lines is for the present impossible.
From the point of view of practical utility, I have found
colour the most satisfactory basis for tabulation, but the
present attempt is intended merely as a temporary measure,
in the hope of stimulating further study of the genus, and so,
by helping to fill up some of the more vital gaps in our know-
ledge of it, preparing the way for a more scientific classifi-
cation at some future date. It is probable that in the Oriental
species the colours are liable to very considerable variation,
and that as longer series become available for study (many
of the species have been described upon unique specimens)
many so-called species will have to be sunk as mere colour-
varieties.

The term “ striped,” as applied to the elytra, may, perhaps,
require explanation. Various authors use the term “ costate ”
for the same effect ; but, though true costse may, in some
cases at any rate, be present, the effect is produced by the
pubescence sloping in different directions in alternate longi-
tudinal bands, very much like the grass in a lawn that has
been recently rolled.

The term “ serrate pectinate,” as applied to the antennae,
means that there is a double series of pectinations — an upper
inner series, usually short and stout, and a lower series of
long slender branches (e. g., P. diver sicornis, Blr., PI. XII.
fig. 10, in which the serrations are unusually well developed).
This means that each of the joints concerned is produced at
its apex into two distinct branches, one short and stout, the
other long and slender. A somewhat similar appearance is
sometimes produced by an antenna like that of P. dimidiata ,

319

the Family Pyrochroidae.

Blr. (PI. XII. fig. 8 a), in which the joints are strongly-
expanded, but the fine branch arises from the apex of the
expansion.

Those species of which the $ only has been described or
is known to me are indicated in the following table : —

Table of Species.

1. (76) Elytra unicolorous, red or black . . 2.

2. (65 ) Elytra red 3.

3. (42) Thorax red 4.

4. (5) Antennae of with branches lamel-

late antennalis , Blr.

5. (4) Antennae of with branches of

normal form 6.

6. (9) Head short and broad ; genae well

rounded, subrectangular behind
eyes 7.

7. (8) Size larger (12-16 mm.). Head of

c? with deep transverse impres-
sion between eyes harmandi , Pic.

8. (7) Size smaller (8-9 mm.). Head of

<3 with broad but distinct frontal
impression almost divided by a
carina from the middle of its
anterior border rubricollis , Lew.

9. (6) Head more elongate ; genae re-

ceding, arcuate between eyes and
neck 10.

10. (11) Vertex of head in 3 forming strong

prominence *facialis, Fairm.

11. (10) Vertex of head in q f not produced

upwards 12.

12. (33) Thorax widest before base, more or

less sinuate at sides, becoming
narrower towards apex 13.

13. (24) Thorax subaugulate before base . . 14.

14. (15) Legs clear red $ rufipes, Blr.

15. (14) Legs black or piceous 16.

16. (21) Scutellum fuscous 17.

17. (18) Size larger (17-18 mm.) £ deplanata, Pic.

18. (17) Size smaller (12-13 mm.) 19.

19. (20) Head black, red only on neck ;

antennae of <8 serrate-pectinate.

(Burma.) (PI. XII. tig. 10.) . . diver sicornis, Blr.

20. (19) Head fuscous, vertex red. (India.) 2 brevithorax , Pic.

21. (J6) Scutellum red 22.

22. (23) Head black; elytra narrow, sub-

parallel, strongly striped ; an-
tennae of 3 simply pectinate .... melanocephala, Blr.

23. (22) Head red, suffused with black at

sides ; elytra broader behind, but
hardly at all explanate, scarcely
striped $ nilgiriensis , Blr.

Species marked with an asterisk I know only from description.

320 Mr. K. G. Blair — A Revision of

24. (13) Thorax rounded at sides before

base 25.

25. (26) Scutellum fuscous ; tarsi testaceous ;

antennae of 3 serrate-pectinate. . testaceitarsis, Pic.
(Prothorax with black spot Var. *notaticullis, Pic.)

26. (25) Scutellum rufous; tarsi black .... 27.

27. (28) Underside dark piceous, with blue

reflections: size larger (16 mm.). $ longa, Perty.

28. (27) Underside black or piceous: size

smaller (12 mm.) 29.

29. (30) Antennae of 3 serrate-pectinate . . impressiceps, Pic.

30. (29) Antennae of 3 simply pectinate . . 31.

31. (32) Head of 3 excavate between eyes ;

prothorax black beneath. (Pe-
rak. ) inapicalis, Pic.

32. (31) Head of 3 less deeply impressed

between eyes; prothorax mostly

red beneath. (Java.) testaceipennis, Pic.

33. (12) Thorax more or less evenly rounded

at sides ; antennae of <3 simply
pectinate 34.

34. (37) Scutellum fuscous 35.

35. (36) Thorax clear red ; head black, that

of 3 with two large subcon-

tiguous foveae between eyes .... bifovecita , Blr.

36. (35) Thorax with indistinct black suffu-

sion ; head reddish fuscous, that

of 3 similarly foveate 3 donckieri, Pic.

? $ =lyciformis , Pic.

37. (34) Scutellum red 38.

38. (39) Colour dark purplish red *velutina, Fairm.

39. (38) Colour fulvous red ; antennae of 3

simply pectinate 40.

40. (41) Head in greater part red. (Sikkim.) cardoni, Fairm.

(?)=rubriceps, Pic.

41. (40) Head fuscous, red in middle ; with

feeble transverse impression in 3 •

(Formosa.) fainanensis, Pic.

42. (3) Thorax black or fuscous 43.

43. (46) Size larger (14 mm. or over) 44.

44. (45) Elytra scarcely wider towards apex,

not explanate behind. (Borneo.) $ fulvipennis, Blr.

45. (44) Elytra much wider towards apex,

strongly explanate behind.

(Japan.) vestiflua, Lew.

?=*rufula, Mots.

46. (43) Size smaller (not more than 12 mm.) 47.

47. (50) Second joint of antennae large, trian-

gular, half as long as third or
longer 48.

48. (49) Second joint of antennae almost as

large as third ; elytra purplish,
distinctly striped peculiaris, Lew.

(48) Second joint of antennae only half
as long as third ; elytra fulvous,
scarcely striped lateraria, Mots.

49.

321

the Family Pyrocliroidse.

50. (47) Second joint of antennae very small

compared with third 51.

51. (62) Head completely black 52.

52. (57) Head of deeply excavate between

eyes 53.

53. (54) Antennae of serrate-pectinate.

(Yunnan.) costatij ennis, Pic.

54. (53) Antennae of simply pectinate.

(Japan.) 55.

55. (56) Frontal excavation of <J open, full

of yellow hair ; vertex trans-
versely elevated aurita , Lew.

56. (55) Frontal excavation of <5 almost

closed by forward hood-like de-
pression of vertex, itself concave
above brevitarsis , Lew.

57. (52) Head of <J at most with shallow

transverse frontal impression. . . . 58.

58. (59) Elytra fulvous red. (S. India.) . . indica, Pic.

59. (58) Elytra brick-red. (Japan.) 60.

60. (61) Prothorax fully twice as broad as

long, completely black, with very
strong impressions ; head of
with broad but distinct impres-
sion almost divided by a carina
from the middle of its anterior
border laticollis, Lew.

61 . (60) Prothorax less transverse, its ante-

rior and posterior margins suffused
with red ; disc more nitid and
feebly impressed ; head of <$ with
feeble transverse frontal impres-
sion, vertex gibbous gibbifrons, Lew.

62. (51) Lower part of face yellow 63.

63. (64) Vertex of head in 3 drawn up into

a strong upright prominence, con-
nected with clypeal area by a

median keel japonica, Heyd.

(Vertical prominence broader, sub-
bifurcate Var. higonice, Lew.)

64. (63) Vertex of head forms low flat pro-

jection overhanging the frontal

excavation (as in episcopalis, Lew.), flavilabris , sp. n.

65. (2) Elytra black, at most indistinctly

suffused with red at extreme base. 66.

66. (69) Thorax black 67.

67. (68) Lower part of face yellow ; elytra

with purplish pubescence ; head
of <5 with deep transverse excava-
tion, overhung by a forward pro-
jection of the vertex ; antennae
simply pectinate episcopalis, Lew.

68. (67) Head completely black ; head of <3

feebly impressed between eyes ;

antennae slender, serrate-pectinate, mgricolor, Pic.

69. (66) Thorax red 70.

322 Mr. K. G. Blair — A Revision of

70. (71) Lower part of face yellow ; scu-

tellum black ; head and antennae

in c? as in episcopalis, Lew. (67). atripennis, Lew.

71. (70) Head black or suffused with red

behind ; scutellum red 72.

72. (73) Gense behind eyes well rounded,

subrectangular sumatrensis, Pic.

73. (72) Genae behind eyes receding, feebly

rounded 74.

74. (75) Prosternum black dohertyi, Pic.

75. (74) Prosternum yellow. (PI. XII. fig. 9.) Var. rvjicollis, Blr.

76. (1) Elytra with base red, apex black . . 77.

77. (82) Base only of elytra red 78.

78. (79) Thorax black basalis, Pic.

79. (78) Thorax red 80.

80. (81) Size larger (15 mm.) javana, Pic.

(Red basal patch on each elytron

only half as long as broad Var. reducta , Pic.)

81. (80) Size smaller (11 mm.) fruhstorferi , Pic.

82. (77) At least basal half of elytra red . . 83.

83. (96) Black of elytra occupying about

posterior half 84.

84. (85) Thorax fuscous; junction of black

and red on elytra extremely

sulfused maculata, Pic.

85. (84) Thorax red 86.

86. (89) Black of elytra retreats along suture. 87.

87. (88) Antennae of <5 simply pectinate . . theresce, Pic.

88. (87) Antennae of serrate-pectinate . . gibbice.ps , Pic.

= nebulosa , Blr.

89. (86) Black of elytra advances along

suture 90.

90. (91) Gena3 well rounded, subrectangular

behind eyes. (PI. XII. figs. 8, 8 a.) S rotundicollis , Pic.

5 dimidiata , Blr.

91. (90) Genae receding behind eyes 92.

92. (93) Margin of black forms even curve,

concave forwards * sulcaticeps, Pic.

93. (92) Margin of black transverse, dentate. 94.

94. (95) Antennae more slender ; third joint

elongate, considerably longer than

fourth 2 bipartita, Pic.

95. (94) Antennae stouter ; third joint trian-

gular, scarcely longer than fourth. 9 robusticomis, Pic.

96. (83) Black of elytra confined to apex . . 97.

97. (100) Thorax black or fuscous 98.

98. (99) Elytra contiguous almost to apex ;

black area transversely and sharply

limited. (Borneo.) 9 apicipennis, Blr.

99. (98) Elytra separately rounded at tips ;

margin of black sufiused, running
well forward along suture and
outer margin. (Perak.) obscuricollis, Pic.

100. (97) Thorax red 101.

101. (102) Elytra contiguous almost to apex,

margin of black sharp. (Java.)., apicalis, Pic.

323

the Family Pyrochroidse.

102. (101) Elytra separately rounded at tips,

margin of black suffused

103. (104) Legs black

104. (103) Legs reddish

103.

malaccano, Pic.
kannegieteri, Pic.

P. antennalis , Blr., is remarkably similar in its antennal
structure, as well as in colour and general facies, to Phylfo-
cladus magnificus , Blr., but the structure of the head and
distance apart of the eyes preclude its inclusion in the same
genus.

P. rubricollis, Lew., is probably only a small colour-
variety of P. laticollis, Lew. (see below, p. 324).

P. fascialis , Fairm. — The type is a <$ stated to be in
Coll. Rothschild, and should be now in Coll. Oberthur. A
? so named in Fairmaire’s Collection at Paris has the head
red, with the eyes small and far apart, and the last joint of
the palpi short, suboval. It is probably correctly identified,
and appears to be related to a Japanese type like laticollis ,
Lew.

Another specimen, referred to by Pic in Bull. Mus. d’Hist.
Nat. 1912, no. 3, p. 143, is of a different species. It is
larger, and has the head fuscous, with the eyes larger and
not so far apart, and the last joint of the palpi much longer.

P. deplanata , Pic. — The two specimens upon which the
species was described are certainly very strongly flattened.
By the courtesy of M. Pic I have carefully examined them,
and am of opinion that this flattening is mechanical in origin.
The insects are not in any way crushed, but look as though
the pupa or the newly emerged beetle had been subjected to
pressure. A third specimen in M. Pic’s collection and
another in that of Mr. H. E. Andrewes are of quite normal
form.

P. donckieri , Pic, and P. lyciformis , Pic. — I am strongly
of opinion that these are but the sexes of one species. The
colour is a peculiar tawny, quite unusual in the genus. The
elytra of the single P. lyciformis have a dark median stripe,
which seems to be due, at least in part, to the abrasion of
the pubescence, and are rather more explanate than those of
the single P. donckieri. I may say that M. Pic is so far in
agreement with me as to admit a possible identity, though,
in view of the differences between them (which I consider
largely individual), he prefers to keep them distinct.

324

Mr. K. G. Blair — A Revision of

P. inapicalis, Pic — A in the Fry Collection at the
British Museum (Perak, Doherty) has the head transversely
impressed between the eyes, with the vertex slightly raised ;
the front portion of the head between the antennae is tri-
gibbous, the gibbosities being arranged transversely and
encroaching upon the transverse impression. The antennae
are rather stout, the basal joint moderately incrassate, the
second joint sharply dentate within ; joints 3-10 subequal,
expanded, each with a fine branch arising out of the apex of
the expansion.

P. testaceipennis , Pic, is possibly only a variety of inapicalis ,
Pic. It is smaller and more slenderly built, with the trans-
verse impression of the head in the $ less deep, but the
structure of the head and antennae are essentially the same
as in inapicalis.

P. brevitarsis, Lew., was described upon $ specimens
only, but there are in the Paris Museum 5 A A and 1 ?
from near Tokio (E. Gallois, 22. iv.-16. v. 09, and J. Harmand ,
1906) that I have little hesitation in referring to this species.

The head of the A has a deep transverse excavation
between the eyes, above the base of the antennae ; this cleft
is nearly closed in the middle by the forward projection of
the vertex, itself deeply impressed. This impression forms a
sharp edge overhanging the transverse cleft, and dies away
gradually behind. The lower part of the face below the
cleft has two oblique pyriform impressions with their points
converging near the middle of the anterior edge of the cleft.
The first two joints of the antennae are incrassate and
shining, the rest opaque, the third strongly produced, 4-10
each with a long slender branch. The sculpture of the head
approaches very nearly that of P. aurita, Lew., in which,
however, the vertex is not pressed forward over the trans-
verse excavation. In the latter species, too, the lower part of
the face is rough and swollen, and the oblique impressions
are much smaller.

P. laticollis , Lew. — This species also was described upon $
specimens only, but a ^ in the Paris Museum (Mt. Takao,
E. Gallois , 18. iv.09) appears to be conspecific with two $ $
from the same locality (23. iv. 11) that I identify with
laticollis, Lew. The sculpture of the head is that of rubri-
col/is , Lew., viz., a very broad and distinct transverse depres-
sion occupying the greater part of the front of the head,
almost divided by a median carina arising from its anterior

325

the Family Pyrochroidas.

border. The thorax is obscurely red, with reddish pubes-
cence. On comparison of these specimens with the types,
and with a $ undoubtedly rubricollis, Lew., in the British
Museum ( Staudinger , 1898), I consider that the latter is
merely a small colour-variety of laticollis , Lew.

P. higonia, Lew., is very doubtfully specifically distinct
from P.japonica , Heyd.

P. flavilabris, sp. n. — The single specimen was included
by Mr. Lewis with P. aurita , Lew., which at first sight it
resembles. The vertex of the head is, as it were, pressed
forwards so as to overhang the transverse excavation, as in
atripennis , Lew., and episcopalis , Lew. ; but in flavilabris
the overhanging edge is rounded in front instead of being
truncate. The lower part of the face is yellow, in strong
contrast to the black upper part of the head ; the palpi and
legs are piceous. The thorax is black, with the scutellum
and elytra fulvous.

Long. 8| mm,

Hab. Japan (no exact locality given).

These three species — atripennis , Lew., episcopalis , Lew.,
and flavilabris , mihi — form one of the most sharply marked
natural groups of the genus, closely allied to japonica, Heyd. ;
but it is purely accidental that they have come together in
the present scheme of tabulation ; nigricolor , Pic, belongs to
a very different group.

P. nigricolor , Pic, is another species described from the
$ only. A £ in the Fry Collection (Perak, Doherty ) has
the head rather feebly impressed between the eyes. The
basal joint of the antennae is elongate, feebly incrassate, the
second not dentate within, joints 3-10 expanded, serrate-
pectinate, with the branches very long and fine.

P, ruficollis, Blr., cannot be maintained as specifically
distinct from dohertyi , Pic. The red colour at the base of
the elytra of the latter is not constant, and the only satis-
factory difference appears to be in the prosternum, which is
black in dohertyi and yellow in ruficollis. A £ of rufi-
collis in the collection of Mr. G. E. Bryant, from Selabin-
tanah, Java, 2. iv. 09, has the head transversely impressed
between the eyes, almost excavate, the posterior ridge with a
sharp edge, the anterior rounded, trigibbous. The antennae
have the basal joint strongly incrassate, subpyriform, the
second dentate within; joints 3-10 with a long slender
branch.

Ann. it: Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. VoL xiii. 22

326

Mr. G. Blaine on the Korrigum.

P. maculata , Pic. — The structure of the head and antennse
in the $ is practically identical with that of inapicalis,
Pic, and it is quite likely that these are merely colour-
varieties of the same species.

P. rotundicollis , Pic, ? , and P. dimidiata, Blr., <$ , I
believe to be but the sexes of one species.

P. obscuricollis, Pic. — The antennse in the <$ resemble
those of nigricolor, Pic (see above, p. 325), but are less slender.

P. malaccana , Pic. — A <$ in the Fry Collection (Perak,
Doherty) has the head transversely excavate between the
eyes, both margins overhanging the excavation in a sharp
edge ; the cavity is filled with yellow hair. The basal joint
of the antennse is strongly incrassate, the second joint sub-
dentate within ; joints 3-10 subequal, expanded, serrate-
pectinate.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XII.

Fig. 1. Dendroides bicolor , Newra., 3 •

Fig. 1 a. Ditto. Head and antenna.

Fig. 2. Pseudodendroides assamensis, Blr., 3 .

Fig. 3. Phyllocladus magnificus , Blr., 3 • Head and antenna.

Fig. 4. Neopyrochroa Jlabdlata, Fab., 3 . Head and antenna.

Fig. 5. Hemidendroides ledereri, Ferr., 3 • Head and antenna.

Fig. 6. Eupyrochroa insignita, Fairm., <3 . Head and antenna.

Fig. 7. Schizotus cervicalis, Newm., . Head and antenna.

Fig. 8. Psendopyrochroa dimidiata, Blr., 3 .

Fig. 8 a. Ditto. Head and antenna.

Fig. 9. Pseudopyrochroa nificoUis, Blr., 3 • Head and antenna.
Fig. 10. Pseudopyrochroa diversicornis, Blr., 3 • Head and antenna.

XXXIV. — Notes on the Korrigum , with a Description of
Four new Races. By Gilbert Blaine.

An examination of the skins and skulls of this antelope in the
B.M. collection, containing a series of forty-three specimens
from the greater part of its known geographical range, has
enabled me to record the following notes and observations,
and to describe four new races occupying certain well-defined
areas.

Geographical Distribution.

The Korrigum, with its allied forms, the Tiang of the

BLAIR

Ann. Sf Mag. Nat. Hist. S. §. Vol XIII. PI. XII.

8

327

Mr. G. Blaine on the Karri gum.

Sudan region and the Topi of E. Africa, is roughly confined
to the tropical zone of Africa from about 15° N. to 10° S. lat.,
and extends across that continent from Senegal to the
E. African coast.

Typically from Bornu, it is the commonest antelope in
Senegal and along the Upper Gambia River. It occurs
near Timbuctoo and probably throughout the Niger basin, is
plentiful on the N.W. shores of L. Chad, and is found in the
basin of the Upper Shari River *. It occurs in N.W. Kor-
dofan, whence it probably extends through Darfu and
Wadai to the Niger.

In the Sudan it is plentiful on the Dinder River, and
is found along the Blue Nile and Sobat Rivers up to the
borders of Abyssinia. It is plentiful on the White Nile, the
Zeraf, and the Bahr-el-Ghazal Rivers. In the Bahr-el-Ghazal
Province it is the commonest large antelope on the flats that
border the great swamps, and is found on the borders of the
ironstone country, but does not extend west of Wau.

A specimen shot on the Upper Congo by Major Powell
Cotton, and presented by him to the museum at Tervueren,
near Brussels, shows that it is also found in that region.

It follows the Nile down to the Albert Nyansa, being
found again on the fiats S. of the Albert Edward Nyansa.
It occurs in great numbers on the N.W. shores of Lake
Rudolf. In Uganda it is plentiful in Buddu and Ankoli.
It extends through Karamoja round the N. of Mount Elgon,
across the Guas’ngiehu Plateau, and on to the Mau Escarp-
ment. Thence to the Sotik Country and along the E. coast
of the Victoria Nyansa. It probably spreads over the greater
part of German East Africa, and is found as far S. as
Ussangu and Lake Rikwa, where it is common. It does
not occur south of the Tanganyika Plateau.

In the Zambesi basin it is replaced by the closely allied
species Damaliscus lunalus , the Sassaby.

A smaller race occurs along the East African coast between
the Sabaki and luba Rivers. On a recent journey down the
Tana River which I made in 1912 I met it first 150 miles
from the coast.

General Description.

The Korrigurn is a medium-sized antelope standing about
4 feet high at the shoulder. It is symmetrical in outline,
sloping a little from the shoulders to the quarters, which are
round and well formed.

* Ernst Schwarz, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 8, vol. xiii. p. 'A (1914),

22*

328

Mr. G. Blaine on the Korrigum.

The head is rather large, the face concave in profile, with
an elongated and slightly tapering muzzle. The limbs are
fine and clean. The tail is slender, of medium length, with
hair on its upper surface only, and ending in a black tuft
about the level of the hocks.

It has bare anteorbital glands, and the female has two
mammae. The calves are coloured dull fawn.

The horns, which are sublyrate in form and strongly but
not closely ringed, are stout at their bases, and, rising from
the plane of the forehead, curve backwards until their ends
form nearly a right angle with the facial plane, the tips being
turned slightly inwards and upwards.

The general body-colour is light bay, fading to cinnamon
on the belly and inside of the thighs. The legs from the
knees to the hoofs are cinnamon. A brownish- black band
encircles both fore and hind limbs above knees and hocks
respectively, and spreads upwards to form a greyish patch on
shoulders and quarters. A blackish-grey blaze extends
down the face from between the horns to the muzzle, and
there is a triangular black patch on the occiput. The ears
are narrow and pointed, tan on the back with blackish tips,
and pale buff inside.

The coat, which is composed of short, close, stiff hairs, is
very fine and glossy, imparting a sleek blood-like appear-
ance to the animal.

Habits.

The Korrigum is one of the fleetest antelopes. In
galloping it has beautiful action, flexing both knees and
hocks well, and covering the ground in long level strides.
In this respect it resembles a racehorse more than any other
antelope that I know, and differs from a hartebeeste, which
has a stilty gallop, performed with rigidly held limbs, the
spring appearing to be given by the fetlocks only.

On the Upper Gambia in the dry season, when the bush-
fires have left the ground bare and parched, and the fierce
heat of the sun intensifies daily until the breaking of the
rains, Korrigum pack into large herds, two hundred and
upwards running in one troop. They do not then stray
farther than 5 or 6 miles from the river, being always found
within that radius in the orchard-bush, which smothers every
feature of that wnde country in an interminable jungle of
small trees. They are grazers, and feed at this season on
the young green shoots that spring from the burnt grass-
stubs in the bush and on the little plains bordering the river,
supplementing this scanty diet by digging up bulbs and
tubers with their sharply pointed hoofs. They drink at

Mr. G. Blaine on the Korrigum. 329

about 10 A.M. and again before sunset, being partial to the
muddy water of stagnant swamps adjacent to the river.

A herd of korrigum seen wandering through the open
park-lands cf East Africa presents a very striking and
beautiful colour-effect. They change from mauve to purple-
red and black, against a background of brilliant emerald-
green, as the sunlight plays spectrally upon their glossy
painted skins.

Being stupid antelopes, they will often dash off in alarm
on becoming aware of the approach of a man from a distance,
subsequently allowing the same individual to walk within
easy rifle-range if he is persistent in following them up.

They are found in the largest numbers in the vicinity of
large bodies of water, where alluvial treeless flats merge into
wide morasses, or near the shores of some of the great lakes.
They inhabit in lesser numbers park-like undulating country
and ranges of low grassy hills, often in company with
hartebeestes. They also range over the Mau Plateau in
British East Africa at a height of 7000 to 8000 feet, though
this, I fancy, is an aberration from the usual resort of this
species; and, again, in small numbers through the grassy
undulating country of N.W. Kordofan.

Native Names.

Tangkongo (Gambia) ; Korrigum (Bornu) ; Tiang (Nile) ;
Imera or Jimela (Uganda, Ugaia, Unyam wesi) ; Topi
(Swahili); Mumwe (Ussangu, German East Africa).

Summary of the different Races of the Korrigum .
Damatiscus korrigum. — Senegal and Bornu.

Colour bright orange-bay, fading to cinnamon on belly and
inside thighs. Legs from knees and hocks to hoofs cinna-
mon, banded above with dark ashy brown, which spreads
upwards and fades into narrow reddish-grey patches suffused
with an ashy sheen on shoulders and quarters. A blaze of
blackish grey speckled with white hairs extends down the
face from between the horns to the muzzle only.

Skull with concave frontal profile. Muzzle slender and
slightly compressed laterally.

liorns basally thick and compressed laterally, with their
ends bent back to form nearly a right angle with the frontal
plane of the skull. Average length of adult male horns
21 inches; circumference 10 inches.

Damaliscus korrigum purpurescens . — Benue River, N. Ni-
geria.

Colour light in tone, as in korrigum , but the bay evenly

330

Mr. G. Blaine on the Korrigum.

suffused with a pale mauve bloom. An indistinct dusky
stripe under the eye terminates in a spot under tlie ears.

Skull less concave in profile.

Horns as in korrigum.

Damciliscus korrigum tiang. — Sudan.

Colour reddish bay suffused with a ferruginous-purple
bloom. Legs bright cinnamon. Shoulder- and quarter-
patches ash-grey, with ferruginous tinge. Facial blaze
blackish grey, with ferruginous tinge. In some specimens
an indistinct broken band under the eyes terminates in a
spot under the ears.

Skull slighter than in korrigum, with frontal profile, nearly
straight.

Horns slenderer and not so markedly recurved. Average
length 21 inches ; circumference 9 inches.

DamnJiscus korrigum topi . — Coastal regions of British East
Africa.

Colour darker and richer than in Tiang, heavily suffused
with a mauve bloom, becoming lighter on belly. Facial
blaze blackish grey, with ferruginous tinge, and sprinkled
with white haiis. Band below eyes more or less defined.

Skull smallest, with frontal profile straight and muzzle
longer in proportion.

Horns cylindrical, shorter and straighter, their ends being
only slightly bent back from the plane of the frontal profile.
Average length 15 inches ; circumference 8 inches.

Dcimaliscus korrigum ugandce. — Western Uganda.

Colour maroon carried down to the belly, suffused with an
ashy sheen. Legs deep cinnamon banded with blue-black.
Shoulder- and quarter-patches larger in area, steel-grey.
Facial blaze blue-black. Band under eyes scarcely defined,
but spot under ears present.

Skull largest, with muzzle long and heavy. Frontal profile
Straight.

Horns as in topi. Average length 17 inches; circum-
ference 9 inches.

Damciliscus korrigum eurus . — Ussangu, German East Africa.

Colour as in ugandce , but lightening to bright reddish bay
in posterior dorsal region. Facial blaze as in Uganda?, but
with an unbroken blue-black band under the eyes extending
to under the ears.

Skull and horns as in ugandce.

Table of comparative Skull-measurements in inches.

Mr. G. Blaine on the Korrigum

331

•S0I.18S [Bju0p .xoddjq

^ <M CM CM O CO i—i

i— 1 i— t H r— ( rH rH rH

CO 03 cb cb co cb GO

•sxiijotn
-0jd ;s.i$ 0Aoq«
9[zznui jo qjpiAV

^ t>. ip >P 05 QO 00

CM CM CM CM CM CM CM

-sqouq oii0;0ss^ui
W qiPJAY

CM O

^ ip ^ . ry CD r— 1

co cb co cb cb co

•qjpiM.

pjjiqio-wdng

CM

rH Ci CO r-H

o co ib ib cb cb cb

*

■*. Ol

cp l>. r-H rfl (M o ip

cb cb cb cb

•uoiqjua^ oj jxqiQ

10-12

10- 7
10-2
104
11

11- 1
10-10

‘fe^sisti oj jndiooo

tJi

H CO GO lH 00 rH 05

t- cb t- cb t'-~

•qjSu0[

p?ST3q-o^puoQ

_ ^ ^

00 CM rH rH i-H CO

*b ib i© 4jj ib ib ib

.2 | .2 \ £ \ < \ r3 j : :

3 ' gj • W • W • • W •

5 : g : ± : « : < : ® : :

* • ^ ’ JCh * ^ • St' •

*o ■ ■ • .S • a •

^ : • : -2 : 3 : m : * : :

! : ■* : g : E : : j3 : :

^ : f ;* * ; j ^ ;• : :

.*® |iS u : *oJ 900 ^qo

go *0 ; ^ *0

05 GO •“* 3 ■ “^cb ,5 01 9

•b‘00 £ s CO <T3 (Jd . o --

r* . i“ t>. rC ,—l . .Ol (M no

$ 00 ^ . <J • H< ftj •

^ 00 ?-N M rS IO # IO ~

• v • ► ‘ ~ - •«’

«o 0 ~o • • -j 0 0; 0 so

~C3 ?~S SJi • S jj i» r~ °°

s c? 2 70 o' $> . a

•2h S uh .§C5 -*» u-i ^ UH Sj ■£

a-S « . . r3 .S S

$3 ^*pq * g *W *pq ^

Q Q

332

Mr. G. Blaine on the Korrigum.

This table shows that the several races of korrigum
separate themselves into two groups, viz. the Western races,
inhabiting more or less arid desert-regions (korrigum, pur pu-
rescens , and tiang), and the Eastern races, inhabiting mostly
fertile well-watered regions (topi, ugandce, and eurus). The
skulls of the Western races can be distinguished by their
concave profiles, narrower muzzles, and longer, more re-
curved, and laterally compressed horns ; those of the
Eastern races by their wider skulls, with straighter profiles,
longer and wider muzzles with longer nasal bones, and by
their shorter, more upright, and cylindrical horns.

The characteristic purple bloom, which is absent in korri-
gum, becomes first apparent in the N. Nigerian race purpu-
rescens, and intensifies until it reaches its highest development
in the East coast topi, while the black eye-band follows an
almost similar course, being fully developed in the South-
eastern race eurus.

I have included the measurements of a Sassaby skull in
this table, as it is interesting for comparison. There can be
no doubt that this antelope is closely related to the Korrigum.
The skull is very nearly identical, though rather wider in
proportion across the orbits and contracted across the forehead.
The tympanic bullse are rounder and not so prominent and
conically ridged as in korrigum , and the basi-cranial region
is shorter.

In bodily size this antelope is identical with korrigum , as
also in colour and distribution of the markings, differing
only where the greyish patches on the quarters spread along
the flanks towards the shoulders, and being lighter on the
inside of the thighs, while the legs from knees and hocks
downwards to hoofs are a dark tan.

In addition to these races of the Korrigum Mr. Lydekker
has described selousi* from the Guas’ngishu Plateau in
British East Africa, a large form distinguished by having a
tan-coloured area round the eyes and muzzle, and jonesi\ , a
light-coloured desert-race from N.W. Kordofan. Herr Ernst
Schwarz has described kola lyra J from a skull from the
Upper Shari region, south of Lake Chad, which resembles
tiang in being narrow, but lias thinner horns, with their ends
maikedly curved upwards and inwards; and Professor Cabrera
phalius§, with a white facial blaze, from east of Mount

* Lydekker, 1 Field/ 1907, cx. p. 249. f Id. ibid.

| Schwarz, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 8, vol. xiii. p. 34 ( 1914).

§ Uabrera, Proc. Zool. Soe. 1910, p. 998.

Mr. G. Blaine on the Korrigum . 333

Elgon in British East Africa, a country so prolific in the
freakish tendencies of its larger fauna.

None of these races can be considered as referable to
Professor Matschie’s jimela *, apparently described from a
drawing shown him by the widow of the late naturalist
explorer Bohm, who met with this antelope in Unyamwesi,
south-east of the Victoria Nyansa, as having a black stripe
down the fore-legs from knees to hoofs, and as lacking the
black band on the inner side of the thighs. Professor
Mafschie thus distinguishes jimela from the typical western
Korrigum ; but in none of the skins throughout the series in
the B.M. that 1 have examined do either of these characters
appear. I therefore venture to describe topi from the
Swahili coastal region as a new subspecies of korrigum that
has hitherto been overlooked.

New Races of the Korrigum.

JDamaliscus korrigum purpurescens , subsp. n.

Colour light bay suffused with pale mauve bloom, fading
to pinkish cinnamon on belly. Legs from knees and hocks
to hoofs cinnamon, a dusky spot on the back of each pastern.
An ashy-black band above knees and hocks extends upwards
into pale ashy-grey patches on shoulders and quarters. An
ashy-black biaze extends down face from between horns to
muzzle. There is a dusky spot under the ears and an in-
distinct dusky streak under the eyes running into the facial
blaze.

Skull and horns as in korrigum.

Measurements in inches : —

Condylo- basal length 15*2 ; occiput to nasals 7*6 ; orbit to
gnathion 10*7 ; nasals 6*7 ; palatal length 8*10 ; supra-
oibital width 6; width at masseteric knobs 3*5; width of
muzzle above first premolars 2*7 ; upper dental series 3*11.

Horns: length 10*8; basal girth 9*6.

Hub. N. Nigeria.

Type. Adult male (skin and skulls). B.M. no. 7.7.8.245.
From Ibi, Benue River, N. Nigeria. Collected and pre-
sented by the Alexander-Gosling Expedition.

Damaliscus korrigum topi , subsp. n.

Colour purplish red, washed all over with greyish-mauve
* Matschie, SB. Ges. Naturf. Freund. Berl. 1892.

334

Mr. G. Blaine on the Korrigum.

bloom, lighter on belly. Legs from knees and hocks

to hoofs cinnamon-brown. The usual contrasting body-
markings are present, but show less distinctly, owing to the
richness of the bloom which covers the whole skin. Facial
blaze ashy black, with ferruginous tinge, and sprinkled with
white hairs.

Band under eyes more or less defined.

Skull smaller than in the other races, with nasals longer
in proportion.

Horns short and cylindrical, their ends only slightly bent
back from the plane of the frontal profile.

Measurements in inches : —

Condylo-basal length 14*14 ; occiput to nasals 6*7 ; orbit
to gnathion 10'4 ; palatal length 8*12; nasals 7*4; supra-
orbital width 5*4 ; width of muzzle above first premolars 2*5;
upper dental series 3*12.

Hah. The coastal region of British East Africa between
the Juba and Sabaki Livers.

Type . Adult male (skin and skull). B.M. no. 14. 2. 2. 1.
From near Malindi, British East Africa. Collected by Sir
F. J. Jackson, C.B., and presented by Messrs. Rowland
Ward & Co.

This is the smallest known race of the Korrigum. An
examination of skins and skulls from several sources has
enabled me to establish this species. In the B.M. collection
there is a very imperfect series of five specimens ; but a visit
to the establishment of Messrs. Rowland Ward, who also
kindly presented to the Museum a perfect skin and skull,
which I have taken as the type, proves its right to recognition
as a separate race.

Danudiscus korrigum ugandce) subsp. n.

Colour maroon, suffused with an ashy sheen, the deep
tone being carried down to the belly. Legs from knees and
hocks to hoofs deep cinnamon. Leg-bands blue-black.
Shoulder- and quarter-patches larger in area, steel-grey.
Facial blaze blue-black. Stripe under eyes scarcely defined ;
spot under ears present.

Skull larger and more massive than in other races. Pro-
file straight; muzzle long and wide. *

Measurements in inches: —

Condylo-basal length 16 ; occiput to nasals 7*12 ; orbit to
gnathion 11*3 ; nasals 7*5; palatal length 9*1; supra-orbital
width 6 ; width at masseteric knobs 3*11 ; width of muzzle
above first premolars 2*9; upper dental series 313.

335

On an extinct Hartebeeste from Egypt .

Horns : length 16 ; basal girth 9.

Hab. Western Uganda.

Type. Adult male (skin and skull). B.M. no. 5. 4. 3. 22.
From S.W. Ankole, Uganda. Collected and presented by
Colonel Delme-Radcliffe.

This is the largest known race of the Korrigum. There
is a series of eleven specimens of this subspecies in the B.M.
Collection, chiefly from the Nyonki Nile and from S.W.
Ankole, and all are remarkably uniform in type.

Damaliscus korrigum eurus, subsp. n.

Colour maroon, changing to bright reddish bay in posterior
dorsal region. Legs and body-markings as in ugandee.
Facial blaze blue-black, with an unbroken band of similar
colour extending from the blaze under the eyes to below the
ears.

Skull as in ugandee.

Measurements in inches : —

Condylo-basal length 15T3 ; occiput to nasals 6T5 ; orbit
to gnathion 10T5 ; nasals 7T3; palatal length 8T5 ; supra-
orbital width 6 ; width at masseteric knobs 3*8 ; width of
muzzle above first premolars 2’9 ; upper dental series 3T3.

Hab. Ussangu, German East Africa.

Type. Adult male (skin and skull). B.M. no. 5. 2. 2. 18.
From the plains of the Upper Rualia River. Collected and
presented by Sir Alfred Sharpe.

The range of the Korrigum is interrupted by the barrier
of the Tanganyika Plateau, and this is its most southern race.
In the Zambesi basin it is replaced by the Sassaby ( Dama-
liscus lunatus ), a species to which it is closely related.

XXXV. — An extinct Hartebeeste from Egypt.

By Gilbert Blaine.

Bubulis bubastis, sp. n.

An extinct hartebeeste, of which skulls have been found
in ancient Egyptian tomb-pits, together wifh those of domestic
animals.

Skull showing affinities both to lelwel and major , but
differing from them in the greater prominence of the supra-
orbital ridges and in the peculiar development of the cranial

336

On an Extinct Hartebeeste from Eyypt.

region. Horn-pedicle narrow, with bulging frontal surface
as in major (that of lelwel being flat), the frontal bones
curving laterally outwards to form a wide supraorbital ridge.
Cranial region long, its main axis forming a right angle
with the frontal plane, differing from both lelwel and major ,
in which the angle is obtuse. Surface of basisphenoid and
basioccipital very convex, as in major , with prominent bony
processes at their junction.

Horns like caama in their general aspect, differing from
major and resembling lelwel in the greater length from base
to the angle, from which the end of the horn is reversed.
Viewed from in front they diverge evenly outwards for the
basal two-thirds of their length, then rather sharply inwards
as far as the upper angle. The ends are bent backwards at
a right angle and inwards, so that the tips converge. The
space inclosed is thus 9-shaped, not U-sliaPed as in major
or V-shaped as in lelwel. Viewed laterally they show a very
slightly concave curve from the base to the upper angle,
where they turn abruptly backwards at a right angle, and
are behind the frontal plane of the skull. In both lelwel and
major the horns at the upper angle are in advance of tiie
frontal plane.

TIab. Egypt.

Type. Adult imperfect skull, male. B.M. no. 0. 6. 4. 1,
from Abadiyeh, near Kena, Egypt. Presented by the
Egypt Research Fund.

Comparative measurements of upper portion of skulls o-f
Bubalis bubastis , lelwel , and major in inches : —

Length of horn-pedicle from

crown to nasals

Width just helow horns . . . .

Central width

Supraorbital width

bubastis.

lelwel.

major.

7*11

7*6

8-8

4-6

5

5*5

4-2

4*8

4-8

5*14

5*5

5-9

There are in the B.M. collection the upper portion of three
imperfect skulls, with horns, of this hartebeeste, two from
the Fayum and one from Abadiyeh in Upper Egypt, ob-
tained through the agency of Professor Flinders Petrie.

They are all three so uniform in character, and differ so
markedly from both lelwel and major (including buselaphus) ,
as to deserve specific title.

Mr. Oldfield Thomas has written the following note on
the back of the label of the type-specimen : “ From a tomb-
pit of the VI. (3000 B.C.) dynasty, re-used in the XVIII.
(1500 B.C.), with other skulls of oxen, goats, dogs, &c.”

A visit to the British Museum at Bloomsbury was only

337

On Connoclicetes taurinus cooksoni, subsp . n.

productive of negative information with regard to the harte-
beeste skulls found in the tomb-pits. Professor Budge
told me that no dates with reference to the period at which
these antelopes existed can be relied upon, as the pits were
frequently re-opened. They may have been indigenous to
Egypt, or brought up alive from the Sudan and sacrificed at
the tombs. No drawings are extant which can be identified
with this hartebeeste in particular, although there are
several representing antelopes in different forms.

XXXVI. — Connochoetes tauiinus cooksoni, subsp. n.

By Gilbert Blaine.

Resembling johnstoni , but without the white chevron across
the face.

Colour on sides of lace, neck, shoulders, and flanks ash-
grey tinged with rufous, the rufous tinge becoming more
apparent interiorly, viz., on sides of face, throat, chest, and
lower parts of shoulders. Posterior back, rump, quarters,
and tail greyish rufous. Belly rufous. Inside of thighs
pale ochraceous. Legs pale ochraceous brown. Neck and
flanks with usual brindled markings. Face, chin, dorsal
and throat manes black. A blatdt spot on knees and black
between forks of hoofs. Tail with large black tuft, and
edged laterally with black fringe from root to near tip.

Hah. The Loangwa Valley, N.E. Rhodesia.

Type . Adult skin, male. B.M. no. 6. 5. 2. 2, from the
Loangwa River (E. bank). Collected and presented by
H. Cookson, Esq.

This race is nearest to johnstoni , from which it differs in
being generally lighter and greyer ( johnstoni being darker
and browner), and in having no trace of the white chevron
across the face below the eyes.

Taurinus is much darker, the general colour being dark
greyish brown, which does not change on the sides of face
and neck, but only on posterior back and rump, where it is
less grey. The legs in taurinus are deep seal-brown.

The skins of the gnus from the Loangwa valley in the
B.M. collection are larger than those of taurinus , and the
hoofs also appear to be larger. Unfortunately there are no
skulls to compare with taurinus .

338

Mr. A. J. Jukes-Browne on

XXXVII. — Description of a new Cyprinodont Fish of the
Genus Mollienisia/r0?n Yucatan . By 0. Tate Regan, M.A.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

Mollienisia velifera , sp. n.

Depth of body 2J to 3 in the length, length of head 3f to
3J-. Diameter of eye 3^ in the length of head, interorbital
width 2. 27 scales in a longitudinal series. Dorsal 18-19 ;

base a little longer than distance from end of snout (?) or
If to twice that distance (<?) ; longest rays f (?) or If
to 2 ( S ) as long as head. Anal 10. Pectoral as long as
head ; pelvics reaching origin of anal (?) or with the second
ray produced and as long as the intromittent organ (^).
Caudal rounded (?) or with the lower angle somewhat
produced (d). Least depth of caudal peduncle a little less
than length of head. Olivaceous ; 3 or 4 dark bars almost
covered by the pectoral fins ; back and sides with dark brown
longitudinal stripes, broader ones along and narrower ones
between the series of scales ; series of pearl-like white spots
between the stripes, 2 spots on each scale ; these markings
much more conspicuous in the male. Dorsal fin dark, with
numerous pale spots ; in males a series of more or less
distinct large dark spots in the distal part of the fin ; caudal
nearly immaculate (?) or the upper f with dark and pale
spots and the lower f plain, black-edged (S').

Progreso, Yucatan.

Two males (80 and 105 mm.) and a female (92 mm.)
presented to the British Museum by Herr J. Paul Arnold.

This beautiful new fish is related to M. petenensis , but differs
in the larger head, fewer scales, coloration, &c., but especially
in the larger dorsal fin, which has more rays than in any
other species of the genus, M. petenensis and M. latipinna ,
which come next to it, having 14 to 16.

XXXVIII. — Note on Clementia subdiaphana, Carp.

By A. J. Jukes-Browne, F.R.S., F.G.S.

I desire to make a correction respecting the shell which
was described, as a new species of Clementia in this magazine
for July 1913. Dr. Dali, of the U.S. National Museum,
lias since identified it as the adult form of the shell which
was described by Ph. Carpenter in 1865 under the name of
Clementia subdiaphana .

339

dementia subdiaphana, Carp.

As a matter of fact, the shell which Carpenter described,
but did not figure, was the young of this species and his
type only measured three-quarters of an inch in width, with
a very thin shell ; whereas the adult is over two inches wide
and is not particularly thin. It seems also to be very variable
in shape, for Dr. Dali has figured a variety of it in the
Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. for 1891, but now admits that this
was “ an exceptionally rotund specimen,” whereas he recog-
nizes that called C. obliqua by me as “ the more common and
elongated type ” of subdiaphana.

Through the kindness of Mr. MacAndrew I have been able
to examine an authentic specimen of C. subdiaphana, and am
satisfied that Dr. DalPs identification is correct, and that
C. obliqua must be regarded as a synonym of C. diaphana.
The published figure, however, will be just as useful as if it
were that of a new species, because the typical form of the
shell has never before been figured, and Mr. E. A. Smith
informs me that the British Museum does not possess an
adult specimen of it — only a very small one (5 mm. across),
marked as named from the type specimens. No one there-
fore who referred to this example in the National Collection
would imagine that it grew to the size of that figured by me,
nor would he suppose it to be the same species.

Lastly, it is eudentthat the specimens on which I founded
the species C. obliqua cannot have come from Porto Rico* in
the Caribbean, but must have been obtained from some place
on the western coast of America, where C. subdiaphana
ranges from Alaska in the north to California in the south.
The ticket sold with these specimens must have belonged to
some other shell in Mr. Bulow's collection, and must have
been misplaced.

Doubt has been thrown on the propriety of referring
C. subdiaphana to the genus Clementia , but the shell really
does not differ from the typical species {C. papyracea) more
than does C. vatheleti , which was figured on the same plate.
Its chief point of difference is the absence of undulations in
the shell, but this is not so marked a difference as the
peculiar surface-sculpturing found in C. yranulifera and
C. tasmanica, which do seem to me worthy of sectional
separation, both on this account and because they both have
a large and deep pallial sinus.

It may be found convenient to distinguish C. subdiaphana
and C. vatheleti as a special section of the genus, on account
of differences in the animal, but I maintain that they should
still be retained within the genus Clementia.

340

Mr. G. T. Betliune-Baker on new

XXXIX —Description s of new Species of Heterocera from
New Guinea. By G. T. Bethune-Baker, F.L.S., F.Z.S.

Stictoptera arcuata, sp. n.

<$ . Palpi irrorated chestnut-colour, end of second segment
ringed with creamy, end segment dark brown ; Irons ochreous
grey ; head and collar very deep velvety brown, collar edged
and divided in the middle with ochreous ; thorax and abdo-
men grey. Primaries ochreous grey, a subbasal patch of
dark brown, edged with whitish internally, subtriangular
externally; median area pale brownish; reniform very dark
velvety brown, with a prominent, arched, dark velvety brown
stripe from it to just above the tornus, the area between this
and the pale brown median being pale ochreous grey ; termen
above the arched stripe pale ochreous, shading darker at the
apex; a subapical, dark brown, wedge-shaped costal mark,
outside which is a short, ochreous, sharply dentate line ;
termen with slight interneural dark dashes, a trace of a
dentate postmedian line internal to the wedge-shaped costal
patch. Secondaries hyaline for the basal two-thirds, dark
brown for the terminal third.

Expanse 41 mm.

Hab. Mount Kebea, British New Guinea; March and
April ( Pratt ).

Type in my collection.

P arallelia crenulata , sp. n.

S . Head and thorax olive-brown, abdomen greyish. Pri-
maries olive-brown, with a subdued almost golden hue in
parts ; an irregular, oblique, slightly waved, subbasal, fine
dark line, ending on the inner margin ; a small whitish spot
near the end of the cell ; an indefinite (internally) lilac band
beyond the cell, definitely terminated externally and slightly
curved, edging a darker area for the rest of the wing ; post-
median line crenulate, fine, sharply oblique on the costa to
vein 6, then receding and deeply crenulate to the inner
margin ; a dark indefinite line from the apex to the tornus,
beyond which the termen is lilaceous. Secondaries dark
brownish, with a pale indefinite median line, and a short
whitish dash at the tornus.

Expanse 58-63 mm.

Hab. Ekeikei, British New Guinea; January and Feb-
ruary [Pratt).

Type in my collection.

Heterocera from New Guinea .

341

Ericeia pampoecila , sp. n.

$ . Head and collar dull cinnamon-brown;, thorax pale
creamy greyish, abdomen darker. Both wings pale ochreous
grey, with various lines more or less crenulated. Primaries
with base slightly mottled ; an interrupted, darkish grey, sub-
basal line, in the midst of which is the very small orbicular
stigma ; reniform dull cinnamon, adjoining it is a tine
brownish crenulated line ; postmedian line fine, crenulated,
almost saggitate below the costa ; a double crenulated line
of darker dull cinnamon-brown, with a pale line between, the
outer one being edged externally with creamy and having
an irregular, ochreous, vertical, costal dash ; apex dull
cinnamon, somewhat wedge-shaped ; termen darkly dotted.
Secondaries similar in general pattern, but the postmedian
area consists of a series of more or less crenulate and saggitate
lines of cinnamon-brown, edged internally with a dark grey
line.

Expanse 54 mm.

Hab. Ekeikei, British New Guinea ; March and April
[Pratt) .

Type in my collection.

The species will come next to E. sobriaj Wlk.

Ericeia rhanteria , sp. n.

$ ? . Head, thorax, abdomen, and both wings dull cinna-
mon-brown. Both wings with a rough appearance, caused
partly by being irrorated finely with dark grey. Primaries
with four white points in the reniform stigma, one in each
corner ; a broadish, indefinite, darkish median stripe, on the
external edge of which is a whitish-grey scalloped line from
vein 3 to the inner margin ; a similarly coloured subapical
costal patch, below which is a trace of a dentate subterminal
line; termen very finely scalloped with blackish, and with
interneural black points. Secondaries with an oblique dark
grey median stripe, the rest of the wing being marked as in
the primaries, only without any whitish grey at all.

Expanse 52 mm.

llab. Ekeikei (1500 feet) ; January and February [Pratt),

Type in my collection,

Ericeia spodiaplacaJ sp, n.

d ? . Head, thorax, and both wings pale browmish, finely
irrorated with grey. Primaries with two white dots at the
end of the cell, touching the lower one is the daik grey

Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xiii, 23

342

Mr. M. A. 0. Hinton on a

median line, which is angled at the costa; postmedian area
very broadly ashen-grey, the upper part of it being less solid
than the part on the fold ; a series of preterminal blackish
points, from each of which a minute fine white dash emanates
towards the termen. Secondaries similar to the primaries,
but the postmedian ashy area is far from solid, being much
interrupted.

Expanse 48-56 mm.

Hab. Ekeikei (1500 feet) ; March and April [Pratt).

Type in my collection.

At first sight it might appear that this was only an aberra-
tion of the previous species, but I have both forms in both
sexes with a series of each, and there are no intermediates, so
I have described them as species.

Ericeia setosipedes, sp. n.

. Head, thorax, abdomen, and both wings pale ashy
grey. Primaries with brightish chestnut-coloured marks ;
a small subbasal spot divided by vein 1 a ; a large reniform
stigma, beyond which most of the postmedian area is suffused
with chestnut-colour, indefinite and indistinct lines being
apparent in it, whilst its outer edge has a distinct, irregular,
pale wavy line therein ; beyond this the ground-colour is
resumed up to the termen, which has preterminal, dark, inter-
neural points. Secondaries with a dirty ochreous median
stripe, finely edged with greyish and again externally with
whitish ; a small pale rusty spot well above the tornus,
beyond which is a pale, scalloped, fine indistinct line ; anal
portion of the terminal area rather whitish ; termen very
finely scalloped with dark grey, with the usual interneural
dark points. In both wings the pale ashy-grey areas are
finely and sparingly irrorated with greyish.

Expanse 60 mm.

Hab. Dinawa (4000 feet), May-July ; British New Guinea
{Pratt).

Type in my collection.

This species will come next to eriophora.

XL. — On a new Species of Myopus/rom Central Asia.

By Martin A. C. Hinton.

I AM indebted to Mr. Oldfield Thomas for permission to
publish the following account of an interesting new species
of Myopus from Central Asia.

new Species of My opus from Central Asia.

343

Myopus saianicus , sp. n.

Lemmus obensis , Thomas, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) ix., April 1912,
p. 401 (not of Brants).

Type. — An adult male (skull with temporal ridges fused
into a salient interorbital crest). B.M. 12. 4. 1. 126. From
the Syansk Mountains, 100 miles west of Lake Baikal.
Trapped on 12th June, 1910, by Mr. Dougdas Carruthers, at
a height of 2200 feet, in wet moss.

External characters. — In all essential respects the external
form is that of the genus. Size about as in M. morulas , but
with relatively larger head. The general colour is con-
siderably lighter and brighter than in M. schisticolor. The
rusty mantle is much more extensive than in the Skandi-
navian species, and agrees exactly with Hollister's description
of that of M. morulus. As in the two eited species, the
ground-colour of the remainder of the body is dark grey or
slate, but it is lightened in the present species by silver hairs,
which are abundant everywhere, and particularly so on the
ventral surface ; a few silver hairs also appear through the
rusty mantle at one point on the rump. The hands are like
the sides in colour ; the tail is black and the feet are dark
brown (near u sepia ”) above ; the under surfaces of feet and
tail are lighter, near u buffy brown."

Collector's measurements of type. — Head and body 88 mm. ;
tail (without terminal hairs) 14*; hind foot (without
claws) 16 ; ear 13 5.

Skull and teeth . — Compared with M. schisticolor , the upper
incisors are slightly stronger and a little more recurved ; in
section they make a nearer approach to those of Lemmus , in
that the outer part of the anterior face of each is wider, while
the narrower inner portion is rather sharply bent backwards,
so that the wearing surface of each tooth tends to assume
the peculiar tubular form which is so characteristic of the
upper incisors of Lemmus. The cheek-teeth are noticeably
larger and broader than those of M. schisticolor , but they
agree exactly in form. The skyll differs from the Skandi-
navian species most strikingly in its greatly enlarged and
globosely inflated auditory bullae. The rostrum is shallower
and longer, with less steeply inclined nasals, and the length
of the diastema is a little greater. In correlation with the
enlargement of the cheek-teeth and bullae, the pterygoid fossa3
are shortened. The posterior edge of the palate is gently
convex centrally, instead of being furnished with a small

* Given as (t 21 ” on label ; but this is obviously wrong.

23*

344 On a new Species of Myopus/rcwi Central Asia.

median spinous process. The squamosals approach within
11 mm. of eacli other in the fore part of the brain-case, and
the bi-stephanic width is reduced to 3’9 mm.; in an equally
old skull of M. schisticolor these two dimensions are 2‘3 and
4*7 mm. respectively ; these differences indicate an increased
development of the anterior portions of the temporal muscles
which is doubtless correlated with the enlargement of the
molars.

Cranial dimensions. — Condylo-basal length 25’8 mm. ca. ; zygomatic
breadth 16-5 ; interorbital constriction 34 ; mastoid breadth 12-6 ; length
and anterior width of nasals 7*5 and 3 ; diastema 75 ; cheek-teeth
(alveolar) 7*8; palatal depth 9*4 ; cranial depth 8*3; mandible 16*7;
mandibular cheek-teeth (alveolar) 7-3.

Remarks . — Middendorff (' Sibirische Reise/ ii. 2, p. 1 08)
long ago suspected that i( My odes sclristicolor” ranged right
across Northern Europe and Asia. He described a specimen
from Ajan on the west coast of the Sea of Okhotsk, “ which
just as completely agrees with Lilljeborg's description and
figures as if it had sat as the model.” This statement was
generally ignored until 1912, when Hollister * described his
M. morulus , based upon a specimen which he collected in a
nut-pine forest, at an altitude of 6875 feet, near Tapucha, a
place in tha Altai Mountains 125 miles S.E. of Biisk. This
differs from M. schisticolor in its darker more blackish colora-
tion ; duller and much more extensive rusty mantle ; laterally
compressed, rounder looped, and rather smaller cheek-teeth ;
and smaller and much flatter auditory bullae. In every respect,
therefore, save in the character of the mantle, M. morulusisvery
different from the form before me. The latter comes from a
point some 600 miles to the east of the type locality of
M. morulus , and may be regarded as the most highly
specialized member of the genus yet discovered; this is
proved by the cranial and dental characters, which in several
important respects show an advance upon those of M. schisti-
color in the direction of Lemmus , and by the lightening of
the colour, which causes the species to present such a strong-
superficial resemblance to L. ohensis that when Mr. Thomas
cursorily examined the type in the first place he failed to
discover its true affinities.

* Smithsonian Misc. Coll, lx., Nov. 29, 1912, no. 14, p. 1 ; and Proc.
E.S. Nat. Mus. xlv. p. 514 (21st June, 1913).

On various South- American Mammals.

345

XL I. — On various South- American Mammals.

By Oldfield Thomas.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

Callicebus lucifer , sp. n.

Like 0. lugens, Hurnb. (syti. amictus , Geoff.), but the tail
chestnut-rufous instead of black. Belly black, not red as in
C. torquatus.

Hab. Eastern Peruvian Amazons. Type from Yahuas,
N. of Loreto, about 2° 40' S., 70° 30' \V. Alt. 500'.

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 14. 3. 1. 2. Original
number 44. Collected 9th August, 1913, by Mr. J. J.
Mounsey. Two specimens.

By some accident the synonymies of the yellow-handed
titis have got confused in Prof. EllioPs recent great work
on the Primates. He calls the red-bellied species C. tor-
quatus, putting G. lugens and Saguinus vidua among its
synonyms, while the black-bellied one he terms amictus.
But a study of the original descriptions of these four animals
shows that while torquatus is red-bellied, luge ns, amictus, and
vidua are all black-bellied and are clearly synonymous with
each other, lugens being the earliest name. Its type-locality
is the Upper Orinoco, not Oliven^a, Solimoens, as stated,
the latter locality being taken from Spix, whose specimen
was probably C. lucifer.

Specimens of this group are very rare in collections, and
the British Museum only contains six, two of each species,
as follows : —

C. torquatus. — Adult; Rio Negro; bought in 1842;
collector unknown. Head and fore limbs : Ega,
Amazon ; 11. W. Bates.

G. lugens. — Young specimen from Maipures, Orinoco,
practically a topotype of the species; coll. G. lv.
Uherrie. Adult specimen; “Guiana” (no doubt
incorrect) ; Sir R. Schomburgk.

C. lucifer. — Type and paratype from Yahuas, as above.

Gallimico goeldii , Tlios.

A young specimen of this remarkable monkey has been
received at the Para Zoological Gardens from t lie Rio Xapury,
an affluent of the Rio Acre, Upper Rio Purus, and on its
death has been sent to me for examination.

346

Mr. O. Thomas on

This is the first example of Callimico of which the locality
is known, the two previous examples having both been
received at the Para Zoological Gardens without any indica-
tion of their original home.

The milk-premolars are still in place, but the characteristic
third molar (absent in all marmosets) is visible below the
level of the bone.

On Marmosets allied to Leontocebus devillei.

We have received from the Para Museum a marmoset
from the Upper Rio Purus allied to L. devillei , and, on ex-
amining our series of this group, I find three species repre-
sented— apart altogether from the buffy-headed fuscicollis,
the chestnut and buffy mantled, illigeri , apiculatus , &c., and
the very different nigricollis , which is without the dorsal
marblings.

Of those which have dark head and mantle and strong
dorsal marbling the species may be divided as follows: —

A. Dark on underside extending only to chest, the whole of belly more

or less ferruginous. Dorsal marbling grey, scarcely suffused with
buffy. An olive or brownish patch over the knee, in the rufous area.
Rufous on tail only quite at its base

a. Mantle and upper arms obscure rufous or brown.

L. devillei , I. Geoff Syn. M. leucogenys, Gray *.

An adult specimen from Rio Perene, Peru, and the young
type of leucogenys .

b. Mantle and upper arms glossy black, like the feet and tail. A large

blackish-brown patch at the point of the knee within the rufous
area.

L. pacator , sp. n.

Hob. Rio Pachitea, Peru. Alt. 150 m.

Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 4. 7. 7. 5. Original num-
ber 214. Collected loth Nov., 1903, by Otto Garlepp.

B. Under surface dark brown to the navel, only the lower belly being

rufous. Dorsal marbling suffused with buffy, the light rings on the
hairs clear buff. No dark patch on tip of knee, the whole leg rich
rufous. Basal three inches of tail more or less mixed with ferru-
ginous.

* Most curiously, the prominent and extended white whiskers, such as
are present in the type of leucogenys, prove to diminish with age, a point
which I have not seen noticed before. Thus we have young specimens
(4-5 inches in length) of L. illigeri and apiculatus, each obtained with
adults, and each with large and prominent white whiskers, which have
practically disappeared when the animal is full-grown. Allowing for
t his alteration, the type of leucogenys would appear to be quite like
devillei.

various South- American Mammals.

347

c. Mantle and arms glossy blackish brown.

L. purillus, sp. n.

Dimensions of the type (in the flesh) : — Head and body
180 mm. ; tail 295 ; hind foot 60.

Hab. Rio Xapury, Upper Rio Acre, Upper Purus.

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 14. 2. 21. 1. Original num-
ber 2. 4. Presented by the authorities of the Goeldi Museum,
Para.

Felis pardalis puscea, subsp. n.

A small pale ocelot, from the southern coast-region of
Ecuador.

Size decidedly less than in most ocelots. Fur short and
fine, hairs of back about 13 mm. in length ; hairs from
withers to occiput reversed forwards as usual. General
ground-colour pale, that of the dorsal area and the centres of
the lateral rings buffy (near “warm buff”), finely ticked
with black, that of the sides white, nearly pure white, or at
least greyish white, while it is more or less buffy in ocelots
generally; ground-colour of under surface white throughout.
Markings everywhere black, sharply defined, the spots and
rings small, the characteristic elongate markings of the sides
quite broken up into subcircular rings in one specimen and
nearly so in the other. Cheeks white, with black markings,
the buffy reduced to a narrow band below the lower white
eye-stripe. Limbs clear greyish white, hands and feet finely
spotted to the digits. Tail white and black, a little buffy
only present proximally above.

Skull small, smooth, rounded, little ridged ; without
sagittal crest except posteriorly ; the temporal crests about
half an inch apart. Intertemporal constriction not strongly
pinched in. Bullae large, rounded, more inflated than in the
other ocelots available, but this character is so variable in the
larger cats, notably in the pumas, that little importance can
be attached to it.

Dimensions of two male specimens (the first the type) : —
Head and body 725, 715 mm.; tail 300, 330; hind foot
150, 145 ; ear 50, 60.

Skull: greatest length 132, 124; condylo-basal length
121, 119; zygomatic breadth 81, 80; interorbital breadth
26, 24 ; intertemporal breadth 32'3, 34 ; breadth of brain-
case 48, 50 ; mastoid breadth 53, 52*5 ; palatal length 51, 49 ;
length of p3 10, 9*7, p4 16, 15 6.

Hub. Guay as, coast-region of Ecuador. Type from
Chongon, 15 miles W. of Guayaquil. Alt. 60 m.

348

Mr. O. Thomas on

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 99. 8. 1. 29. Original num-
ber 65. Collected 21st November, 1898, by Perry O. Simons.
Two specimens.

Among the bewildering variations of the ocelot group this
form, from the dry regions to the west of Guayaquil, stands
out by its small size, unridged skull, and pale colour. Its
white sides, from cheeks to hips, and white limbs are espe-
cially noticeable as compared with ordinary ocelots, in which
(apart from the grey northern form) there is always a strong
suffusion of huffy in the ground-colour of these parts.

A topotype of Mearns’s Felis oequatorialis *, from Paramba,
northern coast-region of Ecuador, is quite like ordinal y
Brazilian ocelots in all the characters that distinguish
F. p. puscea from them.

Felis emilioe , sp. n.

F. gutlula group. Coloration pale, as in tropical open-
country cats, such as those of Africa or India — quite unlike
other South-American cats.

Size and essential characters as in F. guttula , the nape-
hairs similarly all directed backwards and the skull of the
same elongate shape f. Fur unusually short, close, and
harsh, the hairs on the withers only about 10 mm. in length,
and those of the hinder back 15-16 mm. ; the hair in
F. guttula is half as long again, and, as in all other South-
American spotted cats, of quite a different texture. General
colour pale, suggesting one of the pale African cats of the
F. ocreata group or the Indian F. ornata J. Ground-colour
on nape and fore back near u cinnamon-buff” of Ridgway,
elsewhere “ pale buff.” Markings essentially as in F. guttula,
but narrower and more sharply defined ; the four main lines
down the nape narrow (4 mm.), vivid black, sharply con-
trasted with the ground-colour between them ; a still nar-
rower (1-2 mm.) median line also present. Median dorsal
area with the usual linear spots, all very sharply defined.
Shoulders and flanks with subcircular ring-shaped spots,
whose centres are cinnamon-buff, like the ground-colour of
the back. Ground-colour of under surface creamy white,
more buffy on the throat, the hairs practically white to their
bases, in marked distinction to those of F. guttula , which are

* Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. xxv. p. 246 (1902).
t Cf. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xii. p. 234 (1903)

X Elliot, Mon. Fetiche, pi. xxxii. (1883;.

various South- American Mammals .

349

only whitish at their tips. Black belly-spots small, sharply
defined, absent from chest and inguinal region. Limbs
dark buffy whitish, the spots small and sharply defined ;
hands and feet with a number o£ minute blackish spots on
them ; smoky brown part of sole restricted to the median
area. Tail slender, whitish, its markings less in extent
and more sharply defined than in the allied species.

Skull on the whole very like that of F. guttula , similarly
long and narrow. Forehead rather less convex mesially ;
posterior nares narrower ; bullse decidedly larger. Anterior
premolar markedly smaller, its horizontal diameter about
1*5 mm.; p6 with a distinct convexity at the middle of its
inner border.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) : —

Head and body 494 mm. ; tail 303; hind foot 106;
ear 52.

Skull : greatest length 94 ; condylo-basal length 87*5 ;
zygomatic breadth 61 ; intertemporal constriction 28*5 ;
breadth of brain-case 41 ; palatal length 35 ; breadth of
posterior palatal tube 10; length of p 4 11*1.

Hah, Ipu, (Jeara, N.E. Brazil. Alt. 300 m.

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 13. 12. 18. 3. Original
number 11. Collected 24th May, 1910, by Fiaulein Dr. F.
Snethlage. Presented by the authorities of the Goeldi
Museum, Para. Two specimens.

This striking cat, which at first sight looks as if it should
have come from Africa or India instead of South America, is
clearly a representative in the dry country of Ceard of the
South Brazilian F. guttula , a species which has the usual
colour-characteristics of Soulh-Ameriean animals.

F. emilice is readily separable from F. guttula by its pale
colour, whitish underside, the sharp definition of all its
markings, and by the cranial characters above mentioned,
although these are but slight and may prove to be variable.

From all other species than F. guttula it is distinguished
by the group-characters described in my paper on the subject
already referred to.

This adds another to the many striking and interesting
species that Fiaulein Snethlage has been instrumental in
discovering, and I have much pleasure in connecting her
name with it.

350

Mr. 0. Thomas on

Felis yaguarondi melantho) subsp. n.

Like true yaguarondi , but larger.

Size, as judged by skull, markedly larger than in Central-
American or Argentine jaguarondis. Colour of the normal
finely grizzled blackish brown, inclining to sepia on the
head and to black on the posterior back. Under surface
grizzled brown, the belly with a number of obsolescent
blackish spots. Tail and feet like body, the soles black.

Skull larger than in any of the other jaguarondis examined,
strongly built, heavily ridged. Bullae low, little inflated.
Upper carnassial with a large protocone in the female, a
comparatively small one in the male.

Dimensions of male and female (the first the type), from
skins : —

Head and body 830, 780 mm. ; tail 540, 535 ; hind foot
150, 145.

Skull : greatest length 116, 105 ; condylo-basal length
111, 101; zygomatic breadth 75, 68; nasals (median) 24*3,
20 ; intertemporal constriction 29, 30 ; breadth of brain-
case 47, 45*5 ; palatal length 45, 40*5; breadth of posterior
palatine tube 14*2, 13; length of p9 8*4, 8*2, p4, 12*8, 13*1.

Hab. Pozuzo, Peru. Alt. 800 m.

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 8. 6. 17. 10. Collected
August, 1905, by L. Egg. Two specimens, both fully
adult, with basilar suture closed.

The different forms of the jaguarondi seem to be distin-
guishable by little but size, as their colour varies exceedingly,
specimens from the same locality, unquestionably conspecific,
often differing widely in their tone of grey, blackish, or
rufous. The variation in the development of the protocone
of the carnassial is also very striking, and is well shown in
the two specimens of the present form, the male having it
reduced (as is common in jaguarondis) and the female having
quite a large one.

The largest jaguarondi is this one from the Peruvian Andes,
the central one from Venezuela to Argentina is intermediate
in size, while the Guianan and Eastern Brazilian form, for
which the name of unicolor is available, is the smallest of all.

The Generic and Subgeneric Names of S.- American Canidae.

The proper application of the various generic and subgeneric
names which have been given to S. -American Canidae has

various South- American Mammals.

351

always been involved in extreme confusion, partly, no doubt,
because of the doubtful standing of the groups themselves,
but more because of the constantly incorrect determination of
the species on which the names are founded.

The chief of these causes of error lies at the door of
“ Cants azarce , Wied,” a name which, though made in
honour of Azara, with mention of the latter’s Agouarachay,
was clearly based on a member of the Crabeater group. It
has, however, been commonly used for the Agouarachay of
Paraguay, and from this error much of the confusion has
arisen.

Dr. J. A. Allen, in his ‘ Mammalia of Southern Pata-
gonia5*, has made a valiant effort to clear up tiie confusion,
but, owing to his not appreciating the various misdetermina-
tions of species that have taken place, his results do not seem
to be completely acceptable. I propose, however, to accept
as far as possible his selection of the genotypes wherever
these are doubtful.

The names Speothos (syn. Icticyon) for venaticus and
Chrysocyon for juhatus are clearly settled, and do not need
further reference.

Dusicyon , Ham. Smith (1839), contained four species, of
which, following Allen, we may accept Cants antarcticus as
the genotype. On this basis it forms a group distinct from
anything on the S.-American continent, and peculiar to the
Falkland Islands. Two species, both now extinct, from the
West and East Falklands respectively, are contained in it,
the second one being described below.

The next name is Cerdocyon , Ham. Smith. From the
four species included, Dr. Allen selects “ Cam's azarce , Wied,
and Vulpes magellanicus , Gray,” as being its basis and being
congeneric. But this is not the case, for Cam's azarce3 Wied,
is a Crabeater, while magellanicus is one of the Agouarachay
group. I shall return to this name below.

The next is Lycalopex , Burm. (1854), and for this
Dr. Allen selects vetulus as genotype, but, on the ground that
vetulus , Burmeister, is not the same as vetulus , Lund, he
renames this group Eunothocyon , Matthew’s Nothocyon having
been accidentally rendered unavailable for it, for reasons
which he explains.

But whether or not Burmeister and Lund’s vetulus are
specifically different from each other (which, after seeing

* P. 151 et seqq. (1905).

352

Mr. 0. Thomas on

Lund’s types, I do not think to be the case), it is certain that
they are congeneric, and therefore the name of Lycalopex
should stand for the group, antedating Eunothocyon by many
years.

Next comes Pseudalopex , Burmeister (1856), containing
Cards azarce , Wied, of Burmeister (really the Agouarachay),
C. griseus, and C . magellanicus , all congeneric, the name
being therefore valid for the group.

It is to be noted that this interpretation of Lycalopex and
Pseudalopex is exactly as in Gray’s 6 Catalogue’ of 1869.

Going back now to Cerdocyon , Ham. Smith, we find that
of the two co-genotypes selected by Dr. Allen, azarcc , Wied,
and magellanicus , Gray, the latter lias been removed by
Burmeister into Pseudalopex , leaving the first and most
natural one, azarce , Wied, as the genotype of Cerdocyon.
This name will therefore stand for the Crabeaters, instead of
Dr. Allen’s Carcinocyon.

As a result, we get the following names for the different
groups of S.-American Oanidse : —

Chrysocyon .... jubatus group. Monotypic.

Dusicyon .... nntcircticus group. Type, antarcticus.

Cerdocyon .... thous group. TyipeTbrasiliensis (syn. azarce, Wied).

Pseudalopex . . Agouarachay group. Type, magellanicus.

Lycalopex .... vetulus group. Type, Detains.

Speothos Bush-dogs. Type, venaticus.

Dusicyon darwini} sp. n.

The extinct dog of East Falkland Island. Larger and
(it is said) darker coloured than D. antarcticus , that of the
Western Island.

Size, as judged by skull, decidedly larger than in antarc-
ticus. General colour of the now faded type rather darker
than in a skin of antarcticus , the hairs of the back, where
perfect, with broader black ends than in the allied species.
According to the account quoted below from Darwin, the
colour is less red than in that animal, a difference now but
doubtfully perceptible on the available skins.

Skull distinctly larger throughout than in antarcticus.
Interorbital region flatter, the frontals less prominently in-
flated on each side of the middle line, Muzzle markedly
broader.

blind foot of type (c.) 175 mm.

various South- American Mammals.

353

Measurements of five skulls of the two species (two of
these kindly placed at my disposal by the authorities of the
Royal College of Surgeons) : —

Dusicyon antarctieus. D. darwini.

"Td)*.

1L0.S.

035.

Greatest length 166

Condylo-basal length 164

Zygomatic breadth 94

Length of nasals (middle line). 53

Interorbital breadth 30

Breadth of brain-case 52- 2

Breadth of muzzle 28

Palatal length 86

Length of p3 11*2

Length of jj4, 17'2

Length of m1 and m2 combined. 17’3
G reatest diameter of extracted

canine 9*7

( c? )•

A

$-

6-

(?)•

B.M.

B.M.

B.M.

E.C.S.

1.2.24.3.

37.3.15.48.

37.3.15.47.

636.

164

158

(Type.)

181

175

162

155*5

(c.) 177

171

91

87

98

57

51

55

28-5

27

36

33-5

51*5

51

54

53

29

28

35

31

85*6

83

95

91

11

10-3

11 *7

11

18

17'5

18*5

20

17*5

18

19*8

20

9-5

8-5

10-7

9-9

IJah . East Falkland Island.

Type. Adult male. 13. M. no. 37. 3. 15. 47. Collected
during the voyages of the 4 Adventure ’ and 4 Beagle/ and
presented by Sir W. Burnett and Admiral Fitzroy.

It is a matter of extreme interest to find that there are two
distinct insular forms of the no& extinct (< Antarctic Wolf,”
inhabiting respectively the East and West Falkland Islands.

First, may be quoted Darwin's account, published in the
Zoology of the 44 Voyage of the ‘Beagle’” (“Mammalia,”
p. 10), which already indicated this distinction as long ago
as 1838 : — “ I was assured by Mr. Low, an intelligent sealer,
who has long frequented these islands, that the wolves of
West Falkland are invariably smaller and of a redder colour
than those from the Eastern island ; and this account was
corroborated by the officers of the 4 Adventure,’ employed in
surveying the archipelago.”

[This asserted difference is explained in Mr. Rupert
Vallentin’s interesting account of the Falkland fauna f as
being due to age ; but, as no question of age comes in in the
distinction of the skulls — all being fully adult, — we may con-
clude that the opinion given by Mr. Vallentin’s informant
was mistaken.]

* Sex-marks placed in brackets indicate that these are presumed from
the size of the canines. A male canine is approximately a millimetre
more in diameter than a female one, the measurements being taken at
the thickest part of the tooth, when extracted from the skull.

t Mem. Manchester Soc. xlviii. mem. 23, p. 45 (1904).

354

Mr. 0. Thomas on

Now, as the name antarcticus lias to be fixed on one or
other of the two forms in question, I propose to assign it
definitely to the smaller one, irrespective of locality. My
reason for doing this is that the original description * 44 was
taken from one brought to England when we possessed those
Antarctic spots/5 and as the chief Englishman who had been
about that period to the Falklands and mentioned the
animals. Commodore Byron, stayed for the greater part of his
time at Port Egmontf, West Falklands, and named a place
on its southern shore (( Fox Bay,” the specimen brought to
England was very probably from that island, in which I
believe the smaller species to occur. No certainty is possible,
but this seems the best choice to make in the circumstances.

That the larger animal was a native of the Eastern and
the smaller of the Western Island is indicated, firstly, by
Darwin’s account, and, secondly, by the localities of the two
British Museum specimens having been happily recorded by
Dr. Gray in the original Museum register on their arrival.

Against this, however, is to be set the fact that no. 636 of
the College of Surgeons, which is the larger form, is said to
have been picked up on West Falkland, as recorded by
Flower in the Catalogue. But I am inclined to disbelieve
this, in the face of the other evidence, especially as the words
44 East” and “ West ” are sufficiently alike to have been
misread at some stage of the proceedings. Mr. Burne has
been good enough to look up Flower’s letters of the date, but
can only find his original entry 44 West55 in the Catalogue.

Then with regard to sex. It might be suggested that the
large specimens were males and the small females — as is,
indeed, the case with the two skins available. But, apart
from the fact that the difference is vastly greater than the
sexual difference between other S. -American Canidse, we are
fortunately able to determine, with fair certainty, the sexes of
the skulls from the sizes of the canines. According to my
sexing on these lines, as indicated in the table of measure-
ments above, two of the smaller skulls are those of males,
exceeding the known female by about the same degree as is
usual in the group, while of the larger form R.C.S. no. 636
appears to be a female. If this be correct, we thus have both
sexes of both species represented in the series available.

I have thought it suitable to attach to this species the name

* Pennant, Quadr. (1) i. p. 240 (1781). On this description the name
antarcticus was given in 1799 by Bechstein (Uebers. vierf. Thiere, i.
p. 271), antedating Shaw, to whom the name is generally accredited, by
one year.

t Hawkesworth’s ‘ Voyages,’ i. p. 48 (1773).

various South- American Mammals.

355

of tlie greatest of all naturalists, whose connection with its
distinction has been related above.

Cerdocyon mimax , sp. n.

Externally quite like examples from the same locality of
C. thous brasiliensis , but the skull and teeth very markedly
larger.

Colour quite as in brasiliensis. Back of ears blackish,
a buffy-brown area round their bases. Feet black, with a
slight greyish mixture on the metapodials.

Skull (of a female, as compared with two males) markedly
larger in all dimensions. Forehead more convex, the height
of the skull distinctly greater. Median area between masse-
teric fossae of the usual narrow urn-shape.

Teeth larger throughout. Premolars longer and narrower,
the third longer than the second. Carnassial and molars all
larger than in brasiliensis (see measurements).

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) : —

Head and body 755 mm. ; tail 305 ; hind foot 132 ;
ear 75.

Skull : condylo-basal length 147’5 ; zygomatic breadth 80 ;
nasals on middle line 49; interorbital breadth 29; inter-
temporal breadth 33 ; postorbital process to deltoid ridge 69 ;
breadth of brain-case 49*5 ; palatal length 75.

Teeth (those of a male brasiliensis in brackets) : diameter
of canine on cingulum 6*5 (6*3) ; horizontal length of pl 4*6,
p2 7'9 (7*3), p 3 9*5 (7*2), p 4 on outer edge 15*2 (12*3) ; com-
bined length of m1 and m 2 21 (18*2) ; greatest diameter of
m1 14-6 (13*6).

Hab. Chapada, Matto Grosso. Alt. 800 m.

Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 3. 7. 7. 39. Collected
15th October, 1902, by Alphonse Robert. Presented by
Mrs. Percy Sladen.

The uniformity in both external and cranial characters of
all the available specimens of Cerdocyon from Bahia south-
wards to Rio Grande do Sul and inland to Matto Grosso is
extreme, these representing the names brasiliensis (1821),
azarce (1826), guaraxa (1839), melampus (1843), melano-
stomus (1843), and riograndensis (1910). The skulls,
whether of male or female, are always within a few milli-
metres of 138 mm. in condylo-basal length, and the upper
carnassial is always about 12*5 mm. on its outer edge.

Furthermore, there is little, if anything, to distinguish
this widely-spread Brazilian animal from the true Guianan
thous (1766), but the available specimens of the latter are so

356

Mr. 0. Thomas on

few that I hesitate for the present to use this name for the
Brazilian animal, as better series may bring out some constant
distinguishing character. C. thous ranges westwards into
Venezuela, and it is possible that the Santa Marta C. aquilus
should be united with it.

At Chapada, Matto Grosso, Mr. Robert obtained three
dogs of this group, two of them quite like brasiliensis, but
the third standing out by its long skull and larger teetli from
all the rest ; and I see no alternative but to consider this as
a special form, like as it is externally to the others. Curiously
enough, the same thing happened with Lycalopex , for he
obtained at Chapada the type of L. sladeni as well as examples
of L, vetulus. Probably the locality being at the edge of the
Brazilian plateau, animals from both highlands and lowlands
may be collected there.

The skull of G, mirnax in some respects approaches that
of the Amazonian C. microtis *, but the external differences
between the two are quite marked.

Cerdocyon thous lunaris) subsp. n.

Allied to G. i. savannarum , but with even smaller skull
and teeth.

External appearance very much as in savannarum , the
general colour a little darker and less suffused with buffy.
Under surface whitish, suffused with buff on the belly ; chin
black. Hands and feet grizzled grey above, black on palms
and soles.

Skull markedly smaller than that of savannarum , itself the
smallest Cerdocyon hitherto described. Brain-case propor-
tionally large, its breadth practically equal to that of savan-
narum'. Muzzle narrow and delicate. Teeth conspicuously
smaller throughout (see measurements), the difference in the
size of mx particularly noticeable. Canines short and slender.

Dimensions of the type : —

Hind foot 113 mm.

Skull; condylo-basal length 116*5 ; zygomatic breadth 65*5;
nasals on middle line 38 ; breadth of muzzle outside pl 17*5 ;
interorbital breadth 23 ; across postorbital processes 35 ;
intertemporal constriction 30 ; brain-case, breadth 43 ; post-
orbital process to back of deltoid ridge 52 ; palatal length 59.

Teeth : length of p2 6*4, pl 6*4, p* on outer edge 11 ; ml on
outer edge 8*8, greatest diameter 11*4; length of lower
carnassial 13.

* I am sufficiently a “ one-letterist ” to see no reason to alter the name
microtis because it is antedated by microtus.

various South- American Mammals.

357

II ah. Moon Mountains, S. of British Guiana.

Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 11. 6. 7. 24. Original
number 14 a. Presented by F. V. McConnell, Esq.

This little dog is no doubt most nearly allied to its geogra-
phical neighbour C. t. savannarum , from the Kanuku Moun-
tains, just further north, but is readily distinguishable by its
still smaller size. The typical specimens of the two forms
are both females, so that the question of sex does not arise.
The skull of savannarum is 125 mm. in condylo-basal length.

Pseudalopex culpseus, Molina , and its Subspecies.

The large “ Culpeo” ranges from Ecuador to the Straits
of Magellan with but little change of character. At most,
certain forms of it may be distinguished as subspecies.

In the south the skulls tend to get longer, especially in
the muzzle, a tendency which is carried, on the average,
slightly further in Patagonian and Magellan specimens than
in those from Central Chili, the type-locality of culpceus.
On this account we may, perhaps, provisionally recognize
an extreme southern subspecies, JPs. c. magellanicus , which
gradually passes into Ps. c. culpceus.

Jn Tierra del Fuego the skull-lengthening is carried to an
extreme in the very distinct Ps. lycoides, Phil.

On the other hand, in the north the skull is shorter, and
there is little of the peculiar lengthening of the muzzle found
in the extreme south. Specimens from Ecuador, Peru, and
Bolivia all agree in the size and shape of their skulls.

Those from Ecuador would be representative of Ps. c. reissii,
Ililzh.*, while those from the highlands of Peru and Bolivia
differ enough in colour to seem worthy of subspecific
distinction : —

Pseudalopex culpceus andina , subsp. n.

Similar to Ps. c. reissii in skull-characters, but the colour
more suffused with huffy above, especially anteriorly, and
whiter below.

While in reissii the reddish colour of the crown changes
abruptly at the occiput to the heavily black-washed grey of
the hack, the nape being therefore like the latter, in the new
form the nape, from the withers forward, is strongly suffused
with huffy, and the black tips to the longer hairs are so

* Canis ( Angmticcps ) reissii , Ililzh. Zool. Anz., April 1906, p. 114.
Speothos riveti, Troues. C. It. vol. cxliii. p. 1184 (December 1906).

I have examined the type of the latter, and find it to be a young
Pseudalopex. The subgenus Microcyon was based upon it ( t . c. p. 1186),

Ann. & May. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xiii. 24

358

Mr. 0. Thomas on

reduced that the passage to the rufous is further back and
more imperceptible. In reissii the terminal part of the
underfur is brown, while in andinus it is “ pinkish buff.”
Under surface mostly whitish, with but little suffusion of
rufous; hairs of throat almost pure white. Chin with an
inconspicuous brownish patch, as is the case in all the large
Pseud ilopex, while in the smaller ones it is frequently con-
trasted black. Ears, crown, and outer sides of limbs rich
ferruginous, as usual. Tail with long thick hairs forming a
fine brush, iC pinkish buff,” the patch over gland and tip
black.

Dimensions of the type : —

Hind foot 148 mm.

Skull: greatest length 165; condylo-basal length 156;
zygomatic breadth 88 ; nasals, length on middle line 54 ;
interorbital breadth 31 ; breadth of brain-case 50; palatal
length 84; length of p* on outer edge 16, combined length of
m1 and ni2 16*8.

Hab, High plateau of Bolivia and Peru. Type from
Esperanza, near Mt. Sajama, Province of Oruro, Bolivia.
Alt. 4000 m. Another example from Incapirca, Junin, Peru.
Alt. 17,000' (*/. Kalinowski ).

Type . Adult male. B.M. no. 98. 3. 16. 1. Original
number 1816. Collected 9th July, 1897, by Gustav Garlepp.
Three specimens*

This plateau fox i3 clearly most nearly allied to the
northern Ps. c. reissii , with which it shares the normal-
shaped skull, not disproportionally elongated in the muzzle,
but differs by its more buffy nape and fore-back, the heavy
black grizzling not commencing nearly so far forward. The
four specimens available are all identical in this respect.

Objection may be taken to my considering as the same
species animals from such enormous north and south distances
as from N. Ecuador to the Straits of Magellan (nearly
4000 miles). It must, however, be remembered that, owing
to the unbroken mountain chain running down S. America,
practically similar climatic conditions are to be found without
a break throughout the whole distance, only varying with
altitude, so that there is nothing unnatural in the animals of
the highlands of the tropics, the middle altitudes of Chili, and
the lowlands of Patagonia being all specifically the same. A
similar state of things does not occur in any other of the
great continents of the world.

In Uruguay, however, widely separated from the known
range of the Culpeo, there occurs another species which has,
as usual, been called uCanis azarce but proves to be a small
relative of the Culpeo, and is equally different from the

various South- American Mammals.

359

Buenos Ayres fox (described below) and the members of the
genus Cerdocyon. This, as may be gathered from Mr. Aplin's
interesting account of the mammals of Uruguay, occurs side
by side with the u Agouara,” which 1 identify with Bur-
meister’s Canis entrerianus * .

Pseudalopex culpaiola, sp. n.

Essentially like Ps. culpceus , but very much smaller.

Size approximately as in the Buenos Ayres fox ( Canis
azarce, Burmeister, nec Wied). Colour about as in that
animal, the back mixed black and pale buffy, the nape like
the back, though less heavily blackened. Under surface
whitish, the throat nearly pure white, the interramia scarcely
darkened, and the extreme tip of the chin black, the extent of
the black, however, in no way comparable to what occurs in
the black-chinned species. Head buffy rufous. Ears, outer
sides of limbs, and the hams bright rufous, as in culpceus .
Tail with the usual black patch over the gland and broad
black tuft ; the rest of the tail-hairs creamy whitish, with
black tips.

Skull very like that of the Buenos Ayres fox f, con-
spicuously smaller than in Ps. culpceus . Forehead very

slightly swollen ; postorbital processes strongly developed.
P4, comparatively smaller.

Hind foot of type 137 mm. ; ear 90.

Skull : greatest length 143 ; condylo-basal length 140 ;
zygomatic breadth 77 ; nasals 51 ; interorbital breadth 26*7 ;
breadth of brain-case 46; palatal length 75 ; p4 on outer
edge 13*4 ; m1 and m2 combined 17.

Hub. Soriano, Uruguay. Type from Santa Elena.

Type . Adult female. B.M. no. 94. 1. 24. 2. Collected
29th October, 1892, by O. V. Aplin, Esq.

Distinguishable from all forms of theCulpeo by its smaller
size and from the Zorro of Buenos Ayres, the Canis azarce
auctorum, by its practically white chin, white underside, and
ferruginous limbs and hams.

* Reise La Plata, ii. p. 400 (1861). Burmeister later (Republ. Argent,
iii. p. 154, 1879) stated that this species had been founded on a male
“ Canis cancrivorus ” and a female “ Canis azarce but Cerdocyons appa-
rently do not occur in this region, and, taking the male as the type, there
seems no doubt that entreiianus should be identified with Mr. Aplin’s
Agouara, an animal much more Cerdocyon-Wke than the members of the
genus Fseudulopex . The female was no doubt the Buenos Ayres fox
described below.

f So strong is this resemblance that, in case any mistake has been
made in the identification of the skull, I think it advisable to nominate
the skin as the type.

360

Mr. 0. Thomas on

Passing now to the Zorro of Buenos Ayres, an animal
probably the same as the Agouarachay of Azara, we find that,
owing to its having been generally, though erroneously,
known as Cards azarce) no tenable name exists for it. All
the numerous names put into its synonymy by Burmeister,
Mivart, and Trouessart are accounted for elsewhere, and I
therefore now give it a new name.

As it has, however, been so long connected with Azara’s
name, and the word azarce (being synonymous with brasili-
ensis) now disappears altogether, so that no confusion can
arise, I propose to apply a term which equally recalls the
famous Spanish naturalist who first discovered it.

Pseudalopex azarica , sp. n.

Cams azarce , auctorum, nec Wied.

Size much smaller than in the Oulpeo. General colour
above coarsely grizzled grey. Below mixed brown and grey,
the soiled brownish of the postaxiilary region differing very
noticeably from the white of the corresponding parts of
Ps. culpceus and its allies. Chin and interramia black ; upper
part of throat white, lower grey-brown. Inguinal region
white. Head buffy, the hairs tipped with whitish. Back of
ears huffy brown, an area behind them richer buffy. Fore
limbs to elbows and hind to above heels bright tawny or
ochraceous, a prominent black patch on the hinder side «of
the thigh. Bump and hams grizzled greyish like back, not
ferruginous.

Skull with fairly flattened frontal region and well-developed
widely expanded postorbital processes.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) : —

Head and body 670 mm.; tail 336; hind foot 146;
ear 82.

Skull : greatest length 147 ; condylo-basal length 143’5 ;
zygomatic breadth 78*5 ; nasals 55 ; interorbital bieadth 30 ;
tip to tip of postorbital processes 42 ; breadth of brain-case 47 ;
palatal length 73 ; pnd 13 ; ml and m2 combined 17*8.

Hab. Province ot Buenos Ayres, probably extending north-
wards to Paraguay. Type from Mar del Plata, S.E. Buenos
Ayres.

Type . Adult female. B.M. no. 12. 2. 17. 3. Original
number 5. Collected 10th August, 1011, and presented by
\V. A. Smithers, Esq.

As shown by Burmeister, this species differs from its
nearest ally, the “ Chilla” of Chili, by its larger size and the
more broadly expanded frontal region of the skull.

Besides a series from Mar del Plata, the Museum contains

various South- American Mammals .

361

some young specimens from Ajo, an adult from Esperanza,
near Parana, and a skull from Peru station, N.W. of Pallia
Blanca. Tlie species no doubt occurs commonly all over the
Pampas region as far north as Paraguay.

A more jackal-like form of this black-chinned group occurs
in Peru : —

Pseudalopex inca , sp. n.

Coarser-haired than Ps. azarica , colour more drabby. Pju*
much larger.

Size of skull somewhat larger than in Ps. azarica , though
the flesh-dimensions are less. Eur coarser and harsher.
General colour less strikingly contrasted black and whitish,
more drabby brown, the light part of the hairs and the light
shoulder-patches near u wrood-brown/’ Under surface mixed
drabby brown and whitish, the chin black, the middle line of
throat, chest, and belly white, broken by a transverse bar of
drabby brown on the chest. Head grizzled brown and
whitish. Ears and postaural patch dull tawny brown.
Outer side of limbs dull tawny, a marked black patch on the
back of the thigh.

Skull rather larger and heavier than that of Ps. azarica ,
but the postorbital processes less expanded ; upper carnassial
large and heavy, more as in the Ps. culpceus group.

Dimensions in the flesh : —

Head and body 640 mm. ; tail 320 ; hind foot 138 ;
ear 98.

Skull: greatest length 155; condylo-basal length 148;
zygomatic breadth 82’5 ; nasals 54 ; interorbital breadth 27 ;
tip to tip of postorbital processes 34*7 ; breadth of brain-
case 49 ; palatal length 79 ; p4, on outer edge 15'8; ml and
m* combined 16*3.

llab. Sum bay, Arequipa, Peru. Alt. 4000 m.

Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 0. 10. 1. 1. Original num-
ber 1048. Collected 7th June, 1900, by Perry O. Simons.
Presented by Oldfield Thomas.

This striking jackal-like dog, by its heavy dentition and
especially its large carnassial, might have been thought to
belong to the culpaius group, but the highly characteristic
external markings, the black chin, black thigh-patch, and
brownish (instead of reddish) rump and hams show conclu-
sively that it is more allied to Azara’s fox, the Chilla, and
their allies. It is, however, readily distinguished from any
of them by its coarse hair, duller colour, and large teeth.

No member of the group has hitherto been recorded from

362

On various South- American Mammals.

Peru, Tschudi’s il Cams azarce ” having been no doubt
Pseudalopex culpceus andina.

Potos flavus mansuetus , subsp. n.

Colour paler and greyer than in other subspecies, the
general tone being near Ridgway’s “ drab,” while the allied
forms are all some shade between “cinnamon-buff” and pale
“clay-colour.” Under surface creamy buff. Ears large,
their backs blackish brown. Dark dorsal streak broad, not
sharply defined. Feet buffy, soles with the hairy portion
proportionally long, the distance from the naked part to the
back of the heel about 28 mm. Tail long, drabby above,
dull buff below, the end strongly daikened.

Teeth unusually small, as in P. /. rnodestus .

Dimensions of the type (measured in flesh) : —

Head and body 387 mm.; tail 412; hind foot 89;
ear 36.

Skull : greatest length 86 ; interorbital breadth 17*5 ;
palatal length 37 ; front of canine to back of in2 23 ; com-
bined length of molariform teeth (^?4, m\ m2) 11*8 ; breadth
of m1 4*7.

Rob. S. Domingo, W. of Quito, Ecuador. Alt. 1760 feet.

Type. Young adult male. B.M. no. 13. 10. 2. 19. Original
number 33. Collected 18th April, 1913, by Gilbert Ham-
mond. Presented by Oldfield Thomas.

This kinkajou is allied by its small teeth to the P. f. mo-
desties of S.W. Ecuador, but differs by its more drabby-grey
colour and more hairy feet, that animal being fully as
strongly coloured as the other subspecies, and having the
naked part of the sole approaching within about 16 mm. of
the heel.

Sciurus cuscinus ochrescens , subsp. n.

Like true cuscinus , but the yellowish of the under surface
stronger and more ochraceous in tone, varying from “ ochra-
ceous buff” to “ ochraceous oiange ” of liidgway, as compared
with the “ antimony yellow ” of the typical form.

Dimensions of the type (measured in flesh) : —

Head and body 180 mm. ; tail 170 ; hind foot 45 ;
ear 25.

Skull : greatest length 48 ; upper molar series 7*8.

Rub. Bolivia, in upper parts of Beni and Mamoie Rivers.
Type from Astillero, 67° W., 16° S. Alt. 2700 m.

Type . Adult female. B.M. no. 1. 6. 7. 30. Original
number 1282. Collected 23rd November, 1900, by P. O.
Simons. Presented by Oldfield Thomas. About twenty
specimens examined.

363

Geological Society,

True S, cuscinus occurs in the upper parts of the Ucayali
and Madre de Dios Rivers, considerably further to the north-
west than this Bolivian representative of the species. The
general colour of the under surface is on the average markedly
more ochraceous in the south-eastern form.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

August 8th, 1913. — Dr. Aubrey Strahan, F.R.S., President,
in the Chair.

The following communication was read : —

* The Miocene Beds of the Victoria Nyanza and the Geology of
the Country between the Lake and the Kisii Highlands.’ By
Felix Oswald, D.Sc., B.A., F.G.S. ; with Appendices on the Verte-
brate Remains, by Charles William Andrews, D.Sc., F.R.S. ; on
the Non-Marine Mollusca, by Richard Bullen Newton, F.G.S. ; and
on the Plant-Remains, by Miss N. Bancroft, B.Sc., F.L.S.

The Miocene beds of the eastern coast of the Victoria Nyanza,
south-east of Karungu, form a narrow zone (covered with black
earth) at the foot of cliffs of overlying nepheline-basalt, and are
only exposed in a few gullies. The whole series is conformable,
dipping 8° north by west.

1. (Beds 1-12.) An upper group (about 70 feet thick) of grey
and brown clays and shales, with occasional current-bedded sand-
stones containing terrestrial shells ( Tropidopliora , Cerastus ), as
also calcified tree-stems in the uppermost bed.

2. (Beds 13-25.) A middle group (about 30 feet thick) of red
and grey clays, with white sandstones in the lower half. No bone-
bed, but fragmentary Chelonian and Crocodilian remains occur
sparsely throughout the series. Persistent horizons are a traver-
tinous marlstone (No. 14) containing Ampullaria and Lanistes;
a thin sandstone (No. 16) yielding Hyracoid jawbones ; and a gravel
(No. 24) yielding teeth of Dinotherium , Protopterus , crocodile, etc.

3. (Beds 26-37.) A lower group (about 35 feet thick) of current-
bedded sandstones and gravels passing down into clays and marl-
stones. A conglomerate of calcareous nodules overlies gravelly
sandstones (No. 31) containing isolated bones of Dinotherium ,
Anthracotheroids, rhinoceros, giant tortoises, etc., indicating a
Lower Miocene (Burdigalian) age, with Ampullaria , Cleopatra,
and terrestrial shells {Cerastus).

These fluviatile sediments were deposited in a lagoon, and wero
derived from gneisses, andesites, and quartzites that still occur
in situ to the eastward. Calcareous springs acted intermittently,
and tho sediments became finer and less fossiliforous as the river-
system reached its base-level.

364

Miscellaneous .

The series overlies gneisses and amphibolites (with a north-
north-westerly and south-south-easterly strike). In searching for
the extension of these beds the Author found them to be completely
denuded on the south, while on the north they disappear beneath
the basalt-plateau. Marching up the Kuja Valley, he found the
upper beds lying on old andesite 15 miles inland, on the line of
strike. Evidence is adduced of the lake having stood about
330 feet above its present level, and of a rejuvenation of the rivers
since the formation of a gneissic peneplain, above which the Kisii
Highlands rise in steep escarpments of ripple-marked, unfossiliferous,
quartzitic sandstones (probably Devonian), separated from the
underlying gneisses and schists by an extensive dolerite-sill. Erom
Kisii the peneplain was traversed to the region of nepheline-lavas
near Homa Bay. Lake Simbi, an explosion-crater, was investi-
gated; and a Pliocene series was found north of Homa Mountain.

The vertebrate remains described by Dr. C. W. Andrews include
Proboscidea, Hyracoidea, Artiodactyla, Rodentia, and Reptilia, and
fully support the suggested occurrence of Lower Miocene deposits
on the shores of the Victoria Nyanza. A deposit of probably
Pliocene age yielded a new (?) species of Elephas , also bones of
antelopes and baboons.

The non- marine mollusca associated with the Miocene verte-
brates are freshwater and terrestrial shells which all belong
to existing species. Only Ampullaria , however, still occurs in
the Victoria Nyanza, while Lanistes carinatus is not found nearer
than the Tana River, and the nearest recorded locality for
Cleopatra bulimoides is in the Lake Rudolf region and Mombasa.
Among the terrestrial shells, Burtoa is the sole genus occurring
near the Victoria Nyanza ; the other forms ( Cerastus , Tropidophora,
Achatina ) are found at considerable distances therefrom. The total
absence of Pelecypoda is also interesting.

MISCELLANEOUS.

C. W. Halin and C. L. Koch , ‘ Die Arachniden,’ 1831-1848.

To the Editors of the 1 Annals and Magazine of Natural History'

Gentlemen, — I shall be obliged if anyone can tell me of the
existence of a copy of the above in the original wrappers, or furnish
me with the dates of publication of the parts. I know the contents
of each part. C. Davies Sherbokn.

Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.),

London, S.W.

Miscellaneous,

365

On the Contents of the Parts and Dates of Publication of C. W. Hahn
and G. A. W. Herrich-Schaejfer , ‘ Die Wanzigartigen Insect en,’
1831-1853. By C. Davies SSherborn.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

A fine complete copy of this book is in the British Museum
(Natural History) with all the original wrappers intact ; and,
although it is not likely to suffer from the ignorance of the binder,
it seems desirable to put the information as to contents and dates
on record for the use of other workers. There are nine volumes :
eight had six parts each, and the ninth nine parts.

I. 1.

Pp. 1-36.

Feb.

2.

-80.

Aug.

3.

-118.

Nov.

4.

-158.

Feb.

5.

-190.

June

6.

-236.

Sept.

II. 1.

1-32.

Nov.

o

-60.

Feb.

3.*

-80.

May

4.

-100.

July

5.

-120.

Oct.

6.

-142.

Mar.

III. 1.

1-16.

Aug.

2.

-34.

Feb.

3.

-58.

Feb.

4.

-74.

July

5.

-90.

July

6.

-114.

Dec.

IV. 1.

1-16.

May

2.

-32.

Nov.

3.

-64.

Apr.

4.

-80.

Apr.

5.

-92.

Sept.

6.

-108.

May

V. 1.

1-16.

May

2.

-40.

July

3.

-60.

Sept.

4.

-72.

Jan.

5.

-88.

Jan.

6.

-108.

Apr.

1831.

VI. 1.

1832.

2.

1832.

3.

1833.

4.

1833.

5.

1833.

6.

1833.

VII. 1.

1834.

2.

1834.

3.

1834.

4.

1834.

5.

1835.

6.

1835.

VIII. 1.

1836.

2.

1836.

3.

1836.

4.

1836.

5.

1836.

6.

1837.

IX. 1.

1837.

2.

1838.

3.

1838.

4.

1838.

5.

1839.

6.

1839.

7.

1839.

Q

1839.

O.

1840.

9.

1840.

1840.

1-20.

Sept.

1840.

-36.

Nov.

1840.

-56.

May

1841.

-72.

June

1841.

-92.

June

1842.

-118.

June

1842.

1-16.

Dec.

1842.

-40.

Sept.

1843.

-60.

Jan.

1844.

-80.

Apr.

1844,

-104.

May

1844.

-134*

Nov.

1844.

1-28.

Sept.

1845.

-48.

Oct.

1845.

-68.

Jan.

1846.

-84.

June

1846.

-100.

Oct.

1846.

-124.

Oct.

1847.

1-44.

Oct.

1849.

-98. 1

-144. |
-192. |

L Sept.

1850.

-256. J

1

-348.

Nov.

1851.

6 pis.

?

1-31 (Literature)] 1Qf-o
& 1-104 (Index). /
105-210 (Index). ? 1853.

An Attempt at a Fixation of the Dates of Issue of the Parts of the
Publications of the Musee cVUistoire JSaturelle of Paris , 1802-
1850. By C. Davies Sherborn.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

The following table is the result of three weeks’ hunt through
various records, printed and manuscript, and is offered as an
approximation to the truth. It seems to me that the time has now
most certainly come for academies, societies, and institutions
publishing papers on Natural History to furnish to the world a

* On signatures 10 and 11 the Volume is misprinted “XI.”

Ann, <Sc Mag. N. llist. Ser. 8. Vol, xiii. 25

368

Miscellaneous ,

XIII. Pp.

XIV.

XV.

XVI.

1-70.

Dec. 1825.

XVII.

Pp. 1-88.

-140.

Feb. 1826.

-168.

-204.

Mar. „

-232.

-290.

June „

-312.

—368.

Sept. ,,

-378.

-464.

Dec. ,,

-472.

1-84.

Mar. 1827.

XVIII.

1-92.

-172. )

-160.

-252. |

-344. J>June
-408. |
-484J

June

1828.

XIX.

XX.

1829.

1829.

1830.

)■ 1830 & 1831.

1832.

-370.;

Continued as : —

II.

Nouvelles Annales du Museum d'Histoire Naturelle
(promised as four parts a year in oue volume).

1.

Pp. 1-160.

May 1832.

III.

1.

Pp. 1-116.

Inter May-July 1834.

2,

-320.

1832.

2.

-216.

Ante Mar. 1835.

3.

-408.

1832.

3.

-320.

Apr. 1835.

4.

-478.

Early in 1833.

4.

-516.

1.

1-148.

Middle of 1833.

IV.

1.

1-96.

July 1835.

2.

-268.

Third quarter of 1833.

2.

-232.

Oct. „

3.

-368.

End of 1833.

3.

-296.

Oct. ,,

4.

-512.

Ante Aug. 1834.

4.

-436.

Apr. 1836.

Continued as : —

Archives du Museum d'Histoire Naturelle.

I.

i.

Pp. 1-114.

Mar. 1839.

IV.

1.

Pp. 1-120? End of 1843.

2.

-242.

Post Mar. 1839.

2.

-240. 1844.

3.

-382.

? 1839.

3.

-344. Ante May 1849.

4.

-464.

? 1840.

4.

-428. Ante Sept. 1850.

II.

1.

o

1-88?

? 1840.

V.

1.

O

| Ante June 1851.

— zoz.
-306.

l Post Oct. 1841.

z.

3.

J 1851.

3.

- 460.

Mid Dec. 1842.

4.

Ante Sept. 1851.

4.

-594.

Me judice early in 1843.

VI.

1.

hi.

1.

2.

Mar. 1843.

2

3!

i No data.

5!

Ante Sept. 1843.

4.

J

4.

? 393-616.

Mar. 1844.

Miscellaneous.

365

On the Contents of the Parts and Dates of Publication of C. W. Hahn
and G. A. W. He r rich-Sch a effe r , ‘ Die JVanzigartigen Insecten,’
1831-1853. By C. Davies Sherborn.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

A fixe complete copy of this book is in the British Museum
(Natural History) with all the original wrappers intact ; and,
although it is not likely to suffer from the ignorance of the binder,
it seems desirable to put the information as to contents and dates
on record for the use of other workers. There are nine volumes :
eight had six parts each, and the ninth nine parts.

1. 1.

Pp. 1-36.

Feb. 1831.

VI. 1.

2.

-80.

Aug. 1832.

2.

3.

-118.

Nov. 1832.

3.

4.

-158.

Feb. 1833.

4.

5.

-190.

June 1833.

5.

6.

-236.

Sept. 1833.

6.

11. 1.

1-32.

Nov. 1833.

VII. 1.

2.

-60.

Feb. 1834.

2.

3.'

-80.

May 1834.

3.

4.

-100.

July 1834.

4.

5.

-120.

Oct. 1834.

5.

6.

-142.

Mar. 1835.

6.

III. 1.

1-16.

Aug. 1835.

VIII. 1.

2.

-34.

Feb. 1836.

2.

3.

-58.

Feb. 1836.

3.

4.

-74.

July 1836.

4.

5.

-90.

July 1836.

5.

6.

-114.

Dec. 1836.

6.

IV. 1.

1-16.

May 1837.

IX. 1.

2.

-32.

Nov. 1837.

2.

3.

-64.

Apr. 1838.

3.

4.

-80.

Apr. 1838.

4.

5.

-92.

Sept. 1838.

5.

6.

-108.

May 1839.

6.

V. 1.

1-16.

May 1839.

7.

2

-40.

July 1839.

Q

3.’

-60.

Sept. 1839.

O.

4.

-72.

Jan. 1840.

9.

5.

-88.

Jan. 1840.

6.

-108.

Apr. 1840.

Sept, 1840.
Nov. 1840.
May 1841.
June 1841.
June 1842.
June 1842.
Dec. 1842.
Sept. 1843.
Jan. 1844.
Apr. 1844,
May 1844.

1844.
Sept. 1845.
Oct. 1845.
Jan. 1840.
June 1846.
Oct. 1846.
Oct. 1847.
Oct. 1849.

-36.

-56.

-72.

-92.

-118.

1-16.

-40.

-60.

-SO.

-104.

-134* Nov.

1-28.

-48.

-68.

-84.

-100.

-124.

1-44.

-98. '

-144.

-192.

-256.

-348.

6 pis.

1-31 (Literature)] ,orq
& 1-104 (Index). /
105-210 (Index). ?1853.

■Sept. 1850.

Nov. 1851.
?

An Attempt at a Fixation of the Dates of Issue of the Parts of the
Publications of the Musee d’Histoire Naturelle of Paris , 1802-
1850. By C. Davies Sherborn.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

The following table is the result of three weeks’ hunt through
various records, printed and manuscript, and is offered as an
approximation to the truth. It seems to me that the time has now
most certainly come for academies, societies, and institutions
publishing papers on Natural History to furnish to the world a

* On signatures 10 and 11 the Volume is misprinted “XI.”

Ann. & Mag. N. llist. Ser. 8. Vol. xiii. 25

363

Miscellaneous,

XIII.

XIV.

XV

XVI.

Dec.

Feb.

Mar.

June

Sept.

Dec.

Mar.

1825.

1826.

1827.

1828.

XVII.

XVIII.

XIX.

XX.

Continued as : —

Nouvelles Annales du Museum d'Histoire Naturelle
(promised as four parts a year in one volume).

I. 1.

Fp. 1-160.

May 1832.

III.

1.

Pp. 1-116.

o

-320.

1832.

2.

-216.

3.

-408.

1832.

3.

-320.

4.

-478.

Early in 1833.

4.

-516.

II. 1.

1-148.

Middle of 1833.

IV.

1.

1-96.

o

-268.

Third quarter of 1833.

2.

-232.

3.

-368.

End of 1833.

S’.

-296.

4.

-512.

Ante Aug. 1834.

4.

-436.

Inter May-July 1834.
Ante Mar. 1835.

Apr. 1835.

July 1835.

Oct. ,,

Oct. ,,

Apr. 1836.

Continued as : —

Archives du Museum d'Histoire Naturelle.

I.

1.

Pp. 1-114.

Mar. 1839.

IV.

1.

Pp. 1-120?

End of 1843.

9

-242.

Post Mar. 1839.

2.

-240.

1844.

3.

-382.

? 1839.

3.

-344.

Ante May

1849.

4.

-464.

? 1840.

4.

-428.

Ante Sept.

1850.

II.

1.

9

1-88?
OOO '

? 1840.

V.

1.

O

1

► Ante June

1851.

-306.

l Post Oct. 1841.

S’.

J

1851.

3.

- 460. ‘

Mid Dec. 1842.

4.

Ante Sept.

1

1851.

4.

-594.

Me judice early in 1843.

VI.

1.

III.

1.

Mar. 1843.

n >>

9

3.

| No data.

S’.

Ante Sept. 1843.

4.

1

4.

? 393-616.

Mar. 1844.

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[EIGHTH SERIES.]

No. 76. APRIL 1914.

XLTT. — Remarks on some Copepoda from the Falkland Islands
collected by Mr. Rupert Vallentin, F.L.S. By Thomas
Scott, LL.D., F.L.S.

[Plates XIII.-XVL]

In a previous paper* on Copepoda obtained in collections
made by Mr. Rupert Vallentin at the Falkland Islands in
1909, 1910, and 1911, the species which wrere dealt with
belonged to the first and third divisions of Professor G. 0.
Sars’s arrangement — the Calanoida and the Cyclopoida, —
those described being chiefly fresh- water forms. In the
present paper the species recorded belong for the most part
to the Harpacticoida ; the Monstrilloida and Caligoida are
also represented, but only by one or two species.

Harpacticoida.

Fam. Harpacticidae.

Genus IIarpacticus, M. -Edwards, 1838.

Harpacticus falklandi, sp. n. (PI. XIII. figs, 1-9.)

Female moderately robust, caudal rami very short. An-
tennules composed of nine joints, the first four tolerably

* Cf. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., January 1914, p. 1. I take this oppor-
tunity to thank Mr. Vallentin for his permission to examine this inter-
esting collection, and also my son, Andrew Scott, A.L.S., for assistance
with some of the more doubtful species, and for the drawings he has so
kindly prepared for me.

Ann. tfc Mag. X. Hist. Ser. 8. Yol. xii i. 2G

370

Dr. T. Scott on some

stout and elongated, but the others are small, and the pen-
ultimate joint is only about half the size of the one on either
side. The formula shows approximately the proportional
lengths of the various joints : —

1.2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9

20 20 21 19 10 8 6 3 5'

The outer ramus of the posterior antennae is very small,
slender, and two-jointed. Posterior maxillipeds stout ; hand
subglobular, with the palm hollowed out and fringed with
small denticles ; terminal claw curved and tolerably strong.
First pair of legs moderately slender and elongated, inner
ramus rather longer than the proximal joint of the outer,
and both rami are armed with short and stout terminal claws
(fig. 4). The next three pairs normal. The fifth pair are of
moderate size, the proximal joint foliaceous, subtriangular in
outline, and with the inner distal end somewhat produced,
narrowly rounded, and provided with four setae arranged as
shown in the drawing ; distal joint oblong, width equal to
fully half the length, and with the angular extremity
furnished w7ith five setae (fig. 7).

Length *7 mm. (about of an inch).

Male. — The male is rather smaller than the female and
with the antennules modified for grasping. The outer
ramus of the second pair of thoracic legs is stout and the
joints are subequal, but the middle one is slightly larger
than the first or third ; the third joint has also the extremity
abruptly and somewhat obliquely truncated ; the inner ramus
is about as long as the outer, but is not so stout, and the
second joint is produced on its inner aspect into a long
spiniform process extending beyond the end joint, which is
small and narrow. The rami of the third pair are also nearly
equal in length, but the outer is somewhat longer than the
inner and tolerably stout, the proximal joint is rather longer
than the others, and the end joint is obliquely truncated;
the inner ramus is moderately slender. Fifth pair with the
proximal joint obsolete or nearly so ; the end joint is oblong
and its width equal to rather more than half the length ; the
end is broadly rounded and furnished with five elongated
setae, four of them being tolerably stout and spiniform ; the
margins of the joint are also fringed with small spinules
(fig. 8).

Hab. Collected in the vicinity of the Falklands by tow-net
in November 1909.

This species has a resemblance to Harpacticus flexus,

Copepoda from the Falkland Islands. 371

G. S. Brady, but differs in the structure of the second
maxillipeds and in some other anatomical details.

Fam. Tisbeidae.

Genus Tisbe, Liiljeborg.

Tisbe various , sp. n. (PL XIV. figs. 6-12.)

Female. — Antennules moderately elongated and composed
of joints ; the first two joints are tolerably stout, but the
second is distinctly longer than the first or third ; the others
are small, especially the penultimate joint, which is only
about half the size of the one on either side. The formula
shows approximately the lengths of the various joints : — ■

1.2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8
14 21 16 10 6| 6£ 3 6*

Antennae small, the outer ramus four-jointed. Second
maxillipeds tolerably stout and armed with a strong terminal
claw. First pair of thoracic legs also tolerably stout ; the
outer ramus is rather longer than the first joint of the inner
one ; the first and second joints are subequal, and the seta
on the outer distal angle of the first joint is stout and spini-
form, so also is the seta at the base of the joint; end joint
short and furnished with slender setae on its truncated extre-
mity ; first joint of the inner ramus moderately expauded
and reaching nearly to the end of the outer ramus ; it is
provided with a tolerably long seta on the lower half of the
inner margin ; a stout spiniform seta also springs from the
inner aspect of the basal joint aud close to the proximal end
of the inner ramus ; the second joint of the inner ramus is
narrower and rather longer than the first, and a long seta
springs from near the proximal end of the inner margin ;
the end joint is very small and is provided with two short
claw-like terminal spines (fig. 9). Other natatory legs
slender and moderately elongated, as shown by the drawing
(fig. 10), which represents the fourth pair. Fifth pair small
and not very conspicuous ; the end joint is moderately
narrow and elongated, and bears five moderately slender
setae round the distal end. Caudal rami short, scarcely
longer than the last abdominal segment.

A few specimens of this species were obtained on a mass
of fish ova found by Mr. Vallentin on the shore at low-water
springs.

This Tisbe resembles in some respects the Tisbe armata.

26*

372

Dr. T. Scott on some

G. S. Brady, from the German South Polar Expedition,
1901-1903, but differs in the structure of the antennules,
the second maxillipeds, and, to a small extent, in the form
of the fifth pair of legs. It appears also to be nearly allied
to Tisbe austrina , Scott, from Scotia Bay, South Orkneys,
but the end joint of the fifth pair of legs is proportionally
narrower. No males were observed.

Genus Aspidiscus, Norman, 1868.

Aspidiscus australis , sp. n. (PL XIV. figs. 1-5.)

Female. — The antennules are composed of nine articula-
tions ; the first three are tolerably stout and elongated, the
fourth is also moderately stout, but is little more than half
the length of the third ; the remaining joints are narrow and
short, except the end one, which is moderately elongated, as
shown in the drawing (fig. 1). The formula shows approxi-
mately the proportional lengths of the various joints : —

1.2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9
12 15 13 7 4 2 4 5 11*

The antennae and mouth-appendages are somewhat like
those of A. littoralis , G. O. Sars ; the second maxillipeds are
small (fig. 2). In the first pair of thoracic legs the first
joint of the inner ramus is tolerably large and expanded,
interiorly at the proximal end ; the second, and third joints
are small, and the latter is provided with two short claws
fimbriated on the lower margin ; the outer ramus is shorter
than the inner and composed of three joints, the end one
being small (fig. 3). Other natatory legs somewhat similar
to those in the species mentioned above. Fifth pair with
the end joint tolerably large and lamelliform ; its width is
about equal to half the length, and its distal end is truncated
and provided with three moderately stout and elongated
setse (fig. 4). The caudal rami are short.

Length ‘84 mm (about ^ of an inch).

No males were observed.

Three specimens of this Aspidiscus occurred in a small
tow-net gathering collected in the vicinity of the Falkland
Islands in Nov. 1909.

Fam. Thalestridse.

Genus Pseudothalestris, Brady, 1883.

Pseudothalestris nana, sp. n. (PI. XV. figs. 1—11.)

Female. — Cephalothorax stout, dorsum boldly arcuate,

373

Copepoda from the Falkland Islands.

abdomen short, reflexed. The antennules are also short and
composed of seven joints ; the first three are large, the next
three small and subequal, while the end joint is nearly equal
in length to that of the two preceding ones combined (fig. 2).

The outer ramus of the antennse is only one-jointed, and
in this respect it differs from some other species which are
provided with a two-jointed outer ramus, but. agrees with
Pseudothalestris tumida , G. S. Brady, from Kerguelen
Island *. The other mouth-appendages are also somewhat
similar to the species mentioned, especially the second
maxillipeds, the hand of which is similarly provided with a
small seta near the middle of the inner margin (fig. 9).
The first pair of legs has, as usual, the outer ramus very
short and composed of two distinct joints, the inner ramus is
elongated and composed of three joints, but the last two are
very small and subequal, and the terminal claw is elongated
and slender (fig. 8). The other natatory legs are normal.

The fifth pair have the inner portion of the proximal joint
moderately expanded and furnished with five setae on the
irregularly rounded apex; the distal joint is small, sub-
quadriform, and bears five setae arranged as in the drawing
(fig. 10). The caudal rami are very short.

Male unknown.

The length of the specimen represented by the drawing
(fig. 1) is *45 mm. (about -fa of an inch).

Hab. Obtained in a small gathering collected by tow-net
in the vicinity of the Falkland Islands in Nov. 1909. Only
one specimen (a female) was observed.

Remarks. The species described above resembles in some
respects the Pseudothalestris , G. S. Brady, from Kerguelen
Island, already referred to, in the structure of the outer
ramus of the posterior antennse and in the form and arma-
ture of the second maxillipeds ; but the body is not so
tumid, and there are one or two anatomical features in
which it also apparently differs.

Fam. Diosaccidae.

Genus Amphiascus, G. O. Sars, 1905.

Amphiascus proximus , sp. n. (PI. XVI. figs. 1-7.)

Female. — Species small : length *56 mm. (about fa of an
inch).

Antennules short, composed of eight joints; the first four

* ‘Deutsche Siidpolar-Exped. 1001-1903/ Copepoda, p. 531, text-

fig. 22.

374

Dr. T. Scott on some

are tolerably large, but the third is rather shorter than the
other three, which are subequal ; the four end joints are
slender and the first three are moderately short, but the
terminal one is somewhat elongated and nearly twice the
length of the preceding joint. The formula shows approxi-
mately the proportional lengths of the various joints : —

1.2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8

10 10 9 11 8 6 7 12*

The antennae are small and are provided with a very small
outer ramus. The second maxillipeds are also small ; the
hand is narrow and of moderate length, and bear.s a miuute
seta near the distal end of the inner margin. The inner
ramus of the first pair of thoracic legs is elongated and slender ;
the proximal joint reaches beyond the end of the outer
ramus, but the other two are short ; the joints of the outer
ramus are subequal and moderately stout, and furnished
with long spiniform setae (fig. 4). The other natatory legs
are slender and moderately elongated (fig. 5). Fifth pair
broadly foliaceous ; the inner portion of the proximal joint
is rather narrower than the outer distal one, and its obliquely
truncated end is provided with four setae of moderate length ;
the distal joint is tolerably expanded, its outer and inner
margins are nearly parallel, and its extremity is irregularly
triangular and furnished with five setae arranged as shown in
the drawing (fig. 6). The caudal rami are very short.

One or two specimens of this minute form occurred in the
same tow-net gathering with the Pseudothalestris previously
described. This species has some resemblance to Amphiascus
minutus , G. S. Brady, from Kerguelen Island, but differs in
the form of the fifth pair of legs and in one or two other
anatomical details. The male was not observed.

Fam. Laophontidae.

Genus Laophonte, Philippi, 1840.

Laophonte insignis, sp. n. (PL XIII. figs. 10-15.)

Female. — Somewhat similar to the female of Laophonte
gracilipes , G. S. Brady, from Kerguelen Islaud. Autennules
moderately short and composed of seven articulations ; the
first three joints are large and together are equal to nearly
two-thirds the entire length of the antennule ; the remaining
joints are small, but the two end joints are rather longer than

375

Copepoda from the Falkland Islands .

the two immediately preceding-. The formula shows approxi-
mately the proportional lengths of the various joints : —

1.2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7
10 14 15 5 5 6 6*

Antennse small, the outer ram ns rudimentary and repre-
sented by two minute setge (fig. 11). Second maxillipeds
moderately stout and armed with a long terminal claw
(fig. 12). The first pair of thoracic legs are tolerably stout
and the inner ramus is furnished with a long and stout
terminal claw ; the outer ramus, which consists of three
joints, is only about half as long as the first joint of the inner
ramus (fig. 13). The fifth pair are broadly foliaceous ; the
inner portion of the proximal joint is somewhat expanded,
and its distal end is obliquely truncated and furnished with
four setse, and there is also a seta on the inner margin ; the
two outermost setse are close together, but the others are
more widely apart ; the outer joint is suborbicular and bears
six setae round its. distal end, as shown in the drawing
(fig. 14). The caudal rami are short and scarcely equal in
length to the last segment of the abdomen.

The male was not observed.

This species has a general resemblance to Laophonte
gracilipes , G. S. Brady, as already stated* ; but the antennae
have no outer ramus, and there is also a difference in the
form of the fifth pair of thoracic legs.

Monstrilloida.

Fam. Monstrillidae.

Genus Monstrilla, Dana, 1848.

Monstrilla mixta , sp. n. (PI. XVI. figs. 8-12.)

Female. — In its general appearance and structure this
form is somewhat similar to Monstrilla conjunctiva, Giesb.,
described in his account of the Copepoda of the Belgian
Expedition, 1897-1898-1899 f.

The body is moderately slender and elongated ; the length
of the specimen represented by the drawing (fig. 8) is about
2£ mm. ; the proximal segment is fully half the entire length

* Cf. ‘Die marinen Copepoden der Deutsche Siidpolar Exped. 1901-
1903,’ p. 562.

t ‘ Exped. Antarctic Beige: Copepoden,’ p. 40, Taf. xii. figs. 1-6
(1902).

376

Dr, T. Scott on some

of tlie cephalothorax ; the abdomen is composed of three
segments, the first being the largest. The antennules are
very short, moderately stout, and composed of four joints,
and are provided with tolerably long branching setae. The
natatory legs are similar to those in M. conjunctiva. The
fourth pair (fig. 10), which have both rami three-jointed, are
provided with densely plumose setae ; the outer ramus is
somewhat longer than the inner and has a short seta on the
inner margin and a short spine on the outer distal angle ;
there is also a short spine on the outer distal angle of the
end joint ; the marginal seta on the second joint and those
on the third joint are all elongated and plumose, except that
the outer one on the last joint differs from the others in
having its outer edge fringed with minute spinules. The
middle joint has no spine exteriorly, but the rounded distal
angle bears a few small bristles; the first and second joints
of the inner ramus have neither spines nor setae on the
exterior margin, but they each bear a long plumose seta on
the inner margin, and five similar setae spring from the inner
margin and end of the third joint.

The fifth pair of legs are small, slightly expanded, and
bilobed ; the inner lobe is without armature, but the outer
is furnished with three setae, one on the outer margin and
two at the apex (fig. 11).

The bifurcated setiform appendage, which springs from
the underside of the genital segment and upon which the
eggs are clustered, is tolerably slender and elongated, being
about equal to the entire length of the animal, the antennules
included. The caudal rami are short and somewhat diver-
gent ; they are each provided with four setae ; the second
seta from the inside is slender and only of moderate length,
but the others are stout and considerably elongated ; one
springs from the outer margin and the others from the apex.

Colour. As is usual, the body of the animal is of a reddish
colour, but the cluster of eggs is bright green ; the size of
the egg-cluster varies#in different individuals.

Hab. Vicinity of the Falklands ; collected by tow-net ;
one specimen at 6 fathoms and four at the surface.

Remarks. Though the Monstrillidae are widely distributed,
and a number of species have been described, yet compara-
tively few of them appear to have been obtained by expe-
ditions to the Antarctic or Subantarctic Oceans. The some-
what erratic appearances of these organisms may probably
be one reason for the apparent scarcity. Even in the British
seas, though the Monstrillidae are usually not very common,

Copepoda from the Falkland Islands. 377

their appearances have at times been frequently noticed,
and a considerable time may elapse ere they are again met
with.

The form recorded by Dr. Giesbrecht in his account of
the Copepoda collected by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition,
already referred to, was obtained in a plankton sample from
475 metres, taken in lat. 69° 54' S., long. 82° 49' W. ; only
a single specimen was observed. This specimen was a male
and is smaller than those from the Falkland Islands, which
appear to be all females *; but although, as previously stated,
there is a certain resemblance between the male described by
Dr. Giesbrecht and those from the Falklands, I am unable,
from the differences observed, to regard them as the male
and female of the same species.

Caligoida.

Genus Caligus, O. F. Muller, 1785.

Caligus thynni , Dana. (PI. XVI. figs. 13, 14.)

A single specimen of a Caligus , which appears to be the
male of C. thynni , Dana, was captured at Roy Cove, Falkland
Islands, in 3 fathoms water, in December 1909. The speci-
men measures scarcely 3 mm. from the forehead to the end
of the caudal rami, and is therefore considerably smaller
than the females of that species are said to be. The males*
and females of these fish-parasites, however, frequently
differ more or less from each other, not only in size, but also
in their general appearance. Unless, therefore, both sexes-
are available for examination, there may be some difficulty
in determining accurately the species they belong to.
Figure 13 represents the general form of the specimen seen
from the dorsal aspect, and figure 14 one of the fourth pair
of legs. It would appear, from records previously published,
that the male of C. thynni , like that of C. rapaoc in our own
seas, is able to lead at times the life of a “free swimmer
hence its occurrence in tow-net gatherings with other pelagic
organisms.

* In this group the. males are almost invariably smaller than the
females.

378

Dr. T. Scott on some

A few of the Works and Papers consulted in the
Preparation of the preceding Notes.

(Addenda to List in first paper, pp. 10, 11.)

1883. Brady, G. S. ‘Report on the Scientific Results of the Voyage
of the ‘ Challenger ’ during the Years 1873-76.’ Zool. vol. viii.
Report on the Copepoda.

1910. . ‘ Die marinen Copepoden der Deutschen Siidpolar-Exped,,

1901-1903. — I. Ueber die Copepoden der stamme Harpacticoida,
Cyclopoida, Notodelphyoida, und Caligoida.’

1901. Cleve, P. T. “ Plankton from the Indian Ocean and the Malay
Archipelago.” Kongl. Svenska Vet.-Akad. Handl. Bd. xxxv.

1905. . “The Plankton of the South African Seas.” Marine

Investigations of South Africa, vol. iii.

1892. Giesbrecht, W. “ Fauna u. Flora des Golfes von Neapel. —
XIX. Monogr. Pelagischen Copepoden.”

1902. . “ R6sultats du Voyage du S. Y. ‘ Belgica ’ en 1897-1898-

1899.” Zoologie, Copepoden.

1906. Quidor, A. ‘ Exped. Antarct. Fran£aise, 1903-1905/ Cope-
podes.

1909. Scott, A. “ The Copepoda of the 1 Siboga ’ Exped. (1899-1900).
— Part I. Free-swimming, Littoral, and Semiparasitic Copepoda.”

1894. Scott, T. “ Report on Entomostraca from the Gulf of Guinea,
collected by John Rattray, B.Sc.” Trans. Linn. Soc. ser. 2, Zool.
vol. vi.

1912. . “The Entomostraca of the Scottish National Antarctic

Exped. 1902-1904.” Trans. Roy. Soc. Edin. vol. xlviii.

1900. Stebbing, T. R. R. “ On Crustacea brought by Dr. Willey
from the South Seas.” A. Willey’s ‘Zoological Results/ part v.

1903. Thompson, I. C., and A. Scott. “ Report to the Government of
Ceylon on the Pearl-Oyster Fisheries of the Gulf of Manaar by
W. A. Herdman, D.Sc., F.R.S.” Supplementary Report VII.
On the Copepoda. (Published by the Royal Society, 1903.)

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Plate XHI.

Harpacticus falklandi, sp. n.

Fig. 1. Antennule, female.

Fig. 2. Antenna.

Fig. 3. Second maxilliped.

Fig. 4. Foot of first pair.

Fig. 5. Foot of second pair, male.

Fig. 6. Foot of third pair, male.

Fig. 7. Foot of fifth pair, female.

Fig. 8. Foot of fifth pair, male.

Fig. 9. Abdomen and caudal rami, male.

Laophonte insignis , sp. n.

Fig. 10. Antennule, female.

Fig. 11. Antenna.

Fig. 12. Second maxilliped.

Fig. 13. Foot of first pair.

Fig. 14. Foot of fifth pair, female.

Fig. 15. Abdomen and caudal rami.

SCOTT.

Ann. Sf Mag. Nat. Hist. S. 8. Vol. XIII. PI. XIII.

T. Scott, del.

litfhAH'

ei m

BNJVERSfl* 1U.JN0"'

SCOTT.

SCOTT.

Ann. <3* Mag. Nat. Hist. S. $. Vol. XIII. PI. XV.

A. Srott, (tel.

:iuM^

SCOTT.

Ann. Sf Mag. Nat. Hist. S. 8. Vol. XIII. PI. XV J.

T. Scut!, del.

379

Copepoda from the Falkland Islands.
Plate XIV.

Aspidiscus australis, sp. n.

Fig. 1. Antennule, female.

Fig. 2. Second maxilliped.

Fig. 3. Foot of first pair.

Fig. 4. Foot of fifth pair, female.

Fig. 5. Part of abdomen and caudal rami.

Tisbe varians, sp. n.

Fig. 6. Antennule, female.

Fig. 7. Antenna.

Fig. 8. Second maxilliped.

Fig. 9. Foot of first pair.

Fig. 10. Foot of fourth pair.

Fig. 11. Foot of fifth pair, female.

Fig. 12. Pait of abdomen and caudal rami.

Plate XV.

Pseuclothalestris nana, sp. n.

Fig. 1. Female, side view.

Fig. 2. Antennule, female.
dig. 3. Antenna.

Fig. 4. Mandible.

Fig. 5. Maxilla.

Fig. 6. First maxilliped.

Fig. 7. Second maxilliped.

Fig. 8. Foot of first pair.

Fig. 9. Foot of fourth pair.

Fig. 10. Foot of fifth pair, female.

Fig. 11. Abdomen and caudal rami.

Plate XVI.

Amphiascus proximus, sp. n.

Fig. 1. Antennule, female.

Fig. 2. Antenna.

Fig. 3. Second maxilliped.

Fig. 4. Foot of first pair.

Fig. 5. Foot of third pair.

Fig. 6. Foot of fifth pair, female.

Fig. 7. Part of abdomen and caudal rami.

Monstrilla mixta , sp. n.

Fig. 8. Female, side view.

Fig. 9. Antennule.

Fig. 10. Foot of fourth pair.

Fig. 11. Foot of fifth pair.

Fig. 12. Abdomen and caudal rami.

Caligus tjignni?, Dana.

Fig. 13. Male, dorsal view.

Fig. 14. Foot of fourth pair.

380

Dr. 0. Chilton on

XLIII. — The Species of Limnoria, a Genus of Wood-boring
Isopoda. By Chas. Chilton, M.A., D.Sc., LL.D.,
M.B., C.M., F.L.S., Professor of Biology, Canterbury
College, N.Z.

[Plate XVII.]

On July 29th, 1913, 1 received from the authorities of the
Auckland Harbour Board a piece of timber that was being
destroyed by a marine borer, with the request that I would
see if the borer was the “gribble/* Limnoria lignorum ,
Batlike. An examination at once showed that the borer
was certainly a species of Limnoria ; the decision as to
whether it was the European species or not required some
care, as in 1883 * I had described from Lyttelton Harbour,
New Zealand, another species, Limnoria segnis, which in
general appearance was extremely like L. lignorum , though
differing from it in the characters of some of the mouth-
parts and living on seaweed instead of boring into wood.
A detailed examination and a comparison with specimens
from Plymouth, England, showed, however, that the animal
boring into the wood in Auckland Harbour was indeed
L. lignorum . This conclusion, moreover, was confirmed by
the fact that, accompanying the Limnoria , there were also
some specimens of an Amphipodan borer, which, on com-
parison with specimens from Plymouth, England, proved to
to be identical with Chelura terebrans , Philippi, a species
associated with Limnoria lignorum in Europe j*. These two
species must evidently have been introduced into New
Zealand, probably in some old wooden vessel, and they thus
afford an example of the accidental dispersal of marine
Crustacea by means of ships, additional to those already
recorded by me (1911, p. 131).

It cannot be ascertained for certain how long ago these
two Crustacea were introduced into Auckland Harbour, but
in all probability it was many years ago. They appear to
find the locality favourable, for they were extremely numerous
in the samples of wood that were sent down to me, and they
seem to be causing rapid destruction, both of the softer
timbers, such as Kauri, and even of harder kinds, such as
Totara.

* The references are made by the year of publication to the list at the
end of the paper.

t It should be remembered that at Christmas Island, Indian Ocean,
another species, Limnoria andrewsi , is associated with a different species
of Chelura , i. e. C. insulcc, Caiman (see Caiman, 1910, p. 182).

331

the Species 0/ Limnoria.

To ascertain if the Limnoria occurred elsewhere in New
Zealand, 1 applied to Mr. Cyrus Williams, Engineer to the
Lyttelton Harbour Board, who most obligingly sent me a
specimen of an ironbark pile, the outer part of which was
partially destroyed. Examination showed that this destruc-
tion also had been caused by Limnoria lignorum , though in
this particular case it appeared to be unaccompanied by
Chelura terebrans. Mr. Williams stated that in Lyttelton
Harbour the animal could perhaps hardly be called a borer,
as it seemed to operate only on the surface, removing about
one inch from the outside of an ironbark pile in about thirty
years, though with softer timber its operations were much
more rapid. Later on, in December 1913, I found the same
species, Limnoria lignorum , boring into piles in Akaroa
Harbour, though here again it did not appear to be accom-
panied by the Chelura.

Probably it will be found that Limnoria lignorum has been
similarly introduced into many other harbours. In a paper
on the marine wood-borers of Australia, read at the Melbourne
Meeting of the Australasian Association for the Advance-
ment of Science, in January 1900, Mr. Chas. Hedley (1901,
p. 237) stated that neither Limnoria lignorum nor Chelura
terebrans had up to that time been recorded by naturalists
from Australasian seas, but in a footnote, added on the 14th
June, 1901, as his paper was passing through the press, he
states that Mr. T. Whitelegge had identified L. lignorum
from timber from a floating jetty at Circular Quay, and
again from part of the hull of a ferry-boat plying in Sydney
Harbour.

In the timber, both from Auckland and from Lyttelton, I
found, along with the Limnoria , numerous specimens of
another Amphipod, “ Corophium contr actum ,” G. M. Thom-
son (1881, p. 220). The Corophium , however, did not
appear to be boring into the timber, but to be merely taking
advantage of the decay caused by the Limnoria , and thereby
securing a suitable dwelling-place and probably also food.
Dr. Macdonald has (1875, p. 67) described a similar associa-
tion in England, where Tanais vittatus was found in the holes
bored by Limnoria lignorum and Chelura terebrans.

In this paper I do not propose to deal with the borer from
the economic aspect; some details of the damage done in
Australasia by these Crustacea and by other borers is given
in Mr. Hedley's paper. The examination of the specimens,
however, necessitated a comparison with L. segnis , a species
which does not bore into wood, but lives on seaweed, parti-

382

Dr. C. Chilton on

cularly on the branching holdfasts of Macrocystis. This
rendered necessary also an examination of the characters of
the other species of Limnoria that have been described during
recent years, and has led to one or two results which are
perhaps worthy of being placed on record. I have had for
examination numerous specimens of L. lignorum and of
L. segnisj and I have also been able to examine two speci-
mens from the South Orkney Islands which appear to belong
to L. antarctica , Pfeffer. These were found among the
u residues ” of some Amphipodan collections made by the
1 Scotia 9 Expedition in 1903, and were presumably taken
free, t. e. not boring into wood.

In 1904, the Rev. T. R. It. Stebbing (1904, p. 714)
enumerated four species known at that time, with the
characters that appeared to distinguish them. Since then
two other species have been described, making six species in
all. These species are : —

1. Limnoria lignorum (Ratlike), 1799. Length 5 mm.

Wood-borer, abundant in Europe and on the eastern
coast of North America, also recorded from the
Pacific and from San Diego, California.

2. L. segnis , Chilton, 1883. Length 5 mm. Species

living on seaweed and not boring into wood, Lyttelton
and Akaroa Harbours, New Zealand.

3. L. antarctica , Pfeffer, 1887. Length 4*5 mm. Found

in holes bored in seaweed. South Georgia ; also taken
at the South Orkneys.

4. L. pfefferi , Stebbing, 1904. Length 3‘5 mm. Found

in rotten wood in lagoon, Minikoi, Indian Ocean.

5. L. japonica, Richardson, 1909. Length 5 mm. Taken

from crevices in water-logged fragment of bamboo,
Japan.

6. L. andrewsi, Caiman, 1910. Length about 2 mm.

Boring in piles, Christmas Island, Indian Ocean.

These six species form a very natural group, and are all
very much alike in size, general appearance, and in the
general form and structure of the different appendages.
They seem to differ mainly in the proportions of some of the
mouth-parts and of the other appendages. The chief points
that have been used to differentiate them are the shape and
size of the epipod of the maxillipeds, the character of the
palp of the mandible, the relative size of the rami of the
uropods and their proportion to the peduncle, and the
presence or absence of a comb-like spine on the propod of
the first gnathopod ; other distinctions have in certain cases

383

the Species of Limnoria.

been drawn from the shape of the body, the proportions of
its different segments, and the presence or absence of tubercles
on the dorsal surface of the pleon.

Limnoria lignorum has been fully described by Harger,
Sars (1897, p. 76), and others, and its characters are pretty
well known. L. antarctica was described in great detail by
Pfeffer in 1887, and in the descriptions of L. pfefferi and
L. andrewsi special notice has been taken of the characters
distinguishing the species. Of L. segnis only the short
original description has been published, and it will be con-
venient to consider its characters here somewhat more fully
and with special reference to the points mentioned above.

Limnoria segnis , Chilton.

Limnoria segnis, Chilton, 1883, p. 76, pi. ii. %. 1; Stebbing, 1904,
p. 714.

General Description and Comparison with other Species. —
The general appearance is in close agreement with L. Rg -
norum , though the body is usually slightly broader and
more convex and looks rather more compact. The whole
surface is thickly covered with short seta?, with some longer
ones, especially on the margins of the segments. The body
is generally of a dull white or cream colour, and does not
show the grey markings usually present on L . lignorum .
As in that species and in L. pfefferi the head is almost
globular and is narrower than the rest of the body ; the first
segment of the perseon is longer than any of the succeeding,
but 1 have not noticed on it the conspicuous dorsal V-shaped
grooving described by Stebbing for L. pfefferi ; the side-
plates agree generally with those of L. lignorum , and the
same is true of the pleon and the terminal segment.

The fifth segment of the pleon is much longer than any of
the four preceding, especially in the median line, and in
dorsal view it shows the shape as drawn by Ffeffer for
L. antarctica ; it bears a faint median ridge. On the last
segment, near its anterior margin, there is a slight median
elevation or tubercle, from which extend posteriorly two faint
parallel ridges. These markings are visible only in speci-
mens that have been dried, and even then, owing to the short
setse covering the general surface of the body and the
extraneous matter entangled in them, they are not always
very distinct, especially in smaller specimens; they arc,
however, interesting as showing some approach to the
tubercles and ridges described by Miss Richardson in

384

Dr. C. Chilton on

L. japonica. In side view the small tubercle on the last
segment presents pretty well the appearance shown by
Pfeffer in his side view of L. antarctica.

The upper antennae have the second joint subequal with
the first and slightly longer than the third, the flagellum is
represented by two or three small joints bearing long-
olfactory setae. I have not seen anything corresponding to
the small nodule described by Caiman (1910, p. 184) as
perhaps representing a vestige of the inner flagellum. The
second antennae do not differ appreciably from those of
L. lignorum.

In the mouth-parts, the mandibles (PL XVII. fig. 1) differ
distinctly from those of the other species in having the palp
quite small and composed of two subequal slender joints, the
terminal one of which bears two or three small setae at the
extremity. The body of the mandible appears to be very
similar to that of L. lignorum , and ends in a fine sharp
cutting-edge, which shows no division into separate teeth ; on
the outer portion between the cutting-edge and the palp is a
strong subacute projection as in L. lignorum , and on the
inner side there is the usual row of setae, though apparently
no trace of the molar tubercle.

The cutting-edge of the mandible in L . lignorum is usually
shown as entire and not divided into teeth ; in one specimen,
however, that I examined there are faint indications of its
division into three teeth (fig. 6). In this specimen,
too, the inner surface below the cutting-edge was covered
with small, closely-set, imbricating teeth forming an efficient
rasping organ ; probably the same structure is common to
other specimens, but it is rather difficult of observation, and
I failed to detect it in some specimens examined, though it is
quite distinct in the one figured.

The first and second maxillae are essentially the same as
those of L. lignorum , except that the first maxilla appears to
be slightly shorter and stouter.

In the maxillipeds (fig. 2) the epipod reaches beyond the
end of the second joint and is rounded at the end, slightly
narrowed towards the base, and its greatest breadth is about
one-fourth the length ; the whole margin of it is fringed with
small finely plumose setae. In other respects the maxilliped
is hardly distinguishable from that of L. lignorum.

The first pair of legs (figs. 3 and 4) resembles that of
L. lignorum, and the accessory spine on the inner side of the
dactyl is bidentate as in that species, its smaller tooth being
of minute size : in L. andrewsi , Caiman, the accessory spine
is tridentate ; from the distal end of the propod there springs

385

the Species of Limnoria.

a large spine with a single row of comb-like teeth, similar to
the one described by Caiman in L. andreiosi. I find, how-
ever, that this comb-like spine is present also in L. lignorum
and in L . antarctica. The meral and carpal joints and the
base of the propod bear small blunt tubercles, similar to those
in L. lignorum , though less prominent.

The remaining legs appear to be similar to those of
L. lignorum , and as in that species the accessory spine on the
inner side of the dactyl is simple. The meral and carpal
joints of the anterior legs are provided with blunt spines
or tubercles as in the first pair. Caiman states that in
L. andrewsi none of the distal segments are provided with
tubercles or blunt spines; the development of these tubercles
in the specimens of L. segnis and of L. lignorum that I have
examined seems to be subject to some variation, as they are
sometimes more prominent than others, and they appear to
be best marked in the larger specimens ; Caiman’s specimens
of L. andrewsi were only about 2 mm. in length, and their
small size may account for the absence of these tuberc’es.
The tubercles are present in L . antarctica and apparently also
in L. pfefferi ; indeed, all the perseopoda of the last species,
as described by Stebbing, seem closely similar to those of
L. lignorum and L. segnis. In all the species all the legs are
provided with prominent pectinate spines, similar and similarly
arranged to those in L . lignorum ; these doubtless serve some
useful purpose in connection with the life of the animal,
though it is not easy to see what their precise function is.

The pleopoda do not appear to differ from those of
L. lignorum ; the last pair has the margins of both plates
free from setae. The uropoda (fig. 5) have the inner ramus
slightly shorter than the stout peduncle and ending in a tuft
of long setae ; the outer ramus is small, curves downwards,
and has the extremity unguiform; the peduncle is produced
between the rami into a subacute projection. The peduncle
bears on the lower side, near its outer margin, a longitudinal
row of long plumose setse, as in L. lignorum and L. pfefferi ,
but ha3 the outer margin almost smooth instead of being
tuberculated as in L. lignorum ; in some specimens of that
species that I have examined, however, these tuberculations
are by no means distinct. In his table giving the distinctions
between the species, Stebbing describes L. lignorum as
having the outer ramus of the uropods 11 unguiform,” and
thus distinguished from the other species in his list (L. segnis ,
L. antarctica , and L. pfefferi), in which it is not unguiform.
Whether the outer ramus in L. segnis should bo called
tl unguiform” or not is largely a matter of definition, but it

Ann. Mag. N. Iiist. Ser. 8. Vol. xiii. 27

386

Dr. C. Chilton on

seems to me to be quite as unguiform as in most of the
specimens of L. lignorum that I have examined.

A comparison of the uropoda of the species at my disposal
shows that the structure is essentially the same throughout
and that the resemblances are very close, closer than might
be anticipated from a comparison of the figures given by
different authors. In all three the peduncle bears on the
under surface, at some little distance from the outer margin,
a longitudinal row of long, finely plumose hairs ; other hairs
of more unequal length fringe the actual margin. The end
of the peduncle is produced on the underside into a small
subacute triangular process between the bases of the rami.
The inner ramus is much the longer and bears at the
extremity, which is usually truncate, a tuft of long seta?,
about as long as the ramus itself; other setae may be present
on the outer margin, but the inner margin seems in all cases
almost free from setae. The inner ramus is short ; it curves
outwards and ends in a nail, at the base of which, on the
concave side, is a tuft of about three setae which reach beyond
the end of the nail.

In L. lignorum the outer margin of the peduncle usually
bears a number of small tubercles or small blunt spines. I
have, however, failed to find these in some of the Auckland
specimens, in which the outer margin is slightly roughened
only; in these specimens the uropod is hardly distinguishable
from that of L. segnis (compare figs, o and 7).

In the specimens from South Georgia, which, I have no
doubt, must be referred to L. antarctica , Pfeifer, the outer
margin of the peduncle (fig. 8) shows slight evidence of
tuberculation : both rami are short, though not quite so short
as is shown in Pfeffer’s figure, taken from South Georgia
specimens, and in one specimen, a small one, it has a nail at
the end quite similar to that in L. lignorum , though smaller.
In L. pfefftri the figure given by Stebbing shows that the
peduncle is the same as that in L. lignorum or L. segnis , and
it is probable that the whole uropod of L. pfefferi is practi-
cally the same as in these two species. The uropoda of
L. andrewsi , as drawn by Caiman, have a short peduncle and
look rather different from those of the other species, but his
figure is too small to show the details referred to above.

From the foregoing account it will be seen that there is a
very great resemblance between all the species, both in
general appearance and also in more minute characters of the
various appendages ; they constitute a well-marked genus,
which occupies an isolated position under the Sphaeromidae.

387

the Species of Limnoria.

Notwithstanding these many points of resemblance, there
are, however, some minute characters by which most of the
species can be distinguished. The most important of these
seem to me to be the characters of the mandibles and the
maxillipeds. The exact relationships of the species seem
rather difficult to disentangle, but the species may readily be
distinguished in the following way : —

Artificial Key to the Species .

^ i Palp of mandible two-jointed

I Palp of mandible tbree-jointed. 2.

JEpipod of maxilliped shorter than second

joint

Epipod of maxilliped longer than second
joint. 3.

g 1 Body with prominent tubercles on pleon ....

* j Body without prominent tubercles on pleon. 4.

{Peduncle of uropoda shorter than inner ramus.
Peduncle of uropoda longer than inner
ramus. 5.

g | Both rami of uropods very short

) Inner rami of uropods not very short

L . segnis.

L. lignorum.

L. japonica.
L. andrewsi.

L. antcirctica.
L. pfefferi.

The order in which the species are given in this artifi-
cial key does not correspond with their true relationships ;
the following tree represents my idea of their probable origin
— the position of L . japonica is, however, uncertain, as no
definite information as to its mouth-parts is available : —

. segnis. L. antarctica. L. pfefferi. L. andrewsi. L. lignorum. L. japonica.

388

On the Species of Limnoria.

geographical distribution, and, in the case of Limnoria , it
seems possible to find some connection between the species
and their distribution. Thus L. segnis , which has probably
been long separated, geographically, from the other species,
is distinctly marked off from them by its very small two-
jointed mandible. L. lignorum , which is found in the north,
also far removed from most of the other species, shows dis-
tinct differentiation from them in the small size of the epipod
of the maxillipeds; of L. japonica we have unfortunately no
information as to the mouth-parts, but from the description
it appears that it is closely related to L, lignorum, differing
only in the possession of tubercles on the pleon, and it may
be anticipated that its mandible will be found to be three-
jointed and the epipods of the maxillipeds to be short ; it
comes from Japan, not so very far from the Pacific Coast of
America, from which L. lignorum has been recorded. The
remaining three species seem more closely connected with
one another, both in structure and in distribution ; there
is little essential difference in their mouth-parts, and it is
difficult to say whether they can continue to be considered as
distinct species when forms from intermediate localities have
been found. L. antarctica appears to be fairly well marked
off from the other two by the small size of both rami of the
uropoda, and L. andrewsi may be distinguished from
L. pfefferi by the shortness of the peduncle of the uropoda ;
though these characters are proportional only and may
perhaps be found to vary with the age of the specimen.

All the species, except L. segnis and L. antarctica , appear
to be wood-borers, and it seems likely therefore that the
wood-boring habit is characteristic of the whole genus and
that some of the characters of the animal, such as the small
size of the body and the shortness of the antennse and the
perseopoda, are associated with the wood-boring habit. The
wide distribution of the various forms and their small amount
of difference may therefore be accounted for by their dis-
persal by means of floating logs into which they wrere boring ;
if this is so, then the two species which are not now wood-
borers must have lost the wood-boring habit through being-
cast on some shore where wood for boring was not available,
and having had to adapt themselves to another mode of life.
It is possible that this occurred on the Antarctic Continent,
and that L. segnis has reached New Zealand by way of the
Antarctic Continent, and in doing so has had the mandibular
palp more reduced than it is in L. antarctica (the species to
which it is probably most nearly allied) and in the species
living in the Indian Ocean.

CHILTON

Ann. § Mag. Nat. Hist. S. §. Vol. XIII. PI. XVII.

B. Broadheud dt C. Chilton, del.

Species of LIMNORIA.

On Dr. D . G . Elliot’s 1 Review of the Primates’ 389

References .

Calman, W. T. — 1910. ‘ On Two new Species of Wood-boring

Crustacea from Christmas Island.’ Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist,
ser. 8, vol. v. pp. 181-186, pi. v.

Chilton, C. — 1883. ‘ Further Additions to our Knowledge of the New

Zealand Crustacea.’ Trans. N.Z. Inst. vol. xv. pp. 69-86, pis. i.-iii.

Chjlton, C. — 1911. ‘Note on the Dispersal of Marine Crustacea by
means of Ships.’ Trans. N.Z. Inst. vol. xliii. pp. 131-133.

Hedley, C. — 1901. ‘ The Marine Wood-borers of Australasia and their

YVork.’ Rep. Australasian Association for the Advancement of
Science, vol. viii. pp. 237-255.

Macdonald, J. D. — 1875. ‘On the External Anatomy of Tanais

vittatus, occurring witb Limnora and Chelura in excavated Pier-
wood.’ Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool. ser. 2, vol. i. pp. 67-71, pi. xv.

Pfeffer, G. — 1887. ‘ Die Krebse von Siid-Georgien. 1. Teil.’ Jahrb.

d. wiss. Anstalten zu Hamburg, vol. iv. pp. 1-100, pis. i.-vii.

Richardson, Harriet. — 1909. ‘ I.sopods collected in the North-west
Pacific by the U.S. Bureau of Fisheries’ Steamer “Albatross ” in
1906.’ Proc. U.S. Museum, vol. xxxvii, pp. 75-129, with texfi-
figures.

Sars, G. O. — 1897. ‘ An Account of the Crustacea of Norway,’ vol. ii.
Isopoda, parts iii. & iv.

Stebbing, T. R. R. — 1904. ‘ Marine Crustaceans. — XII. Isopoda.’

Fauna and Geography of the Maidive and Laccadive Archi-
pelagoes, vol. ii. part 3.

Thomson, G. M. — 1881. ‘ Recent Additions to, and Notes on, New

Zealand Crustacea.’ Trans. N.Z. Inst, vol. xiii. pp. 204-221,
pis. vii. & viii.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVII.

Fig. 1, Limnoria segnis : mandible. X 100.

Fig. 2. „ „ maxilliped. X 100,

Fig. 3. „ „ first leg. X 80.

Fig. 4. „ „ extremity of first leg, more highly magnified.

Fig. 5. „ „ uropod. X 100.

Fig. 6. Limnoria lignorum : extremity of mandible, inner side, x about

275.

Fig. 7. „ „ (specimen from Auckland Harbour; : uropod.

X 100.

Fig. 8. Limnoria antarotica : uropod. X 100.

XLTV. — Some Remarks on Dr. D. G. Elliot’s ' Review of
the Primates’ By Herbert C. Robinson, C.M.Z.S., and
C. Boden Kloss, F.Z.S.

The American Museum of Natural History has recently
published, in three bulky and handsomely got-up quarto
volumes, * A Review of the Primates ’ *, by the veteran

* Monographs of the American Museum of Natural History, Mono-
graph Series, Volumes [.III. ‘A Review of the Primates,’ by Daniel
Gbaud Elliot. New York, U.S. A., June 1913.

390 Messrs. H. C. Robinson and C. B. Kloss on

ornithologist and mammalogist, Daniel Girard Elliot, fts
appearance has been awaited with some interest by workers
in mammals, as no recent monograph of the Lemurs or
Monkeys exists, that of Schlegel *, published in 1876, being
much out of date, while Forbes's ‘ Handbook of the
Primates ’ t, is much compressed and admittedly elementary
in treatment.

It must be confessed, however, that the present work is
extremely disappointing, and that the author altogether fails
to conform to the high standard of precision and exact
description set by other workers in the United States in
many departments of Zoology, but more especially in the
domain of Yertebrata.

In the first place, he has apparently not yet grasped the
essential nature of a subspecies or local race, and, con-
sequently, admits to full specific rank forms that even sub-
specifically are of very doubtful value, because, in his own
words (Vol. I. p. iv), “Intermediates between what are
regarded as species have rarely been found in this order, and
neither of the two forms, no matter how closely they are
evidently related, can properly be deemed a subspecies, no
intermediates having been observed. Also the author has
not seen his way to establish a subspecies between the
dweller on an island and one of the mainland, because, no
communication being possible, the appearance of inter-
mediates would seem most improbable ; not so, however,
with the dweller on contiguous islands which may at one
time have been portions of a larger island, or where com-
munication between the islands may be, or at an earlier
period has been, possible. Under such conditions sub-
specitic forms may be found; but on the mainland, where
there is no evidence of a gradation from one form to another,
subspecies may not be accepted."

Dr. Elliot has overlooked several facts which render the
arguments on which the above statements are based alto-
gether fallacious. It is safe to assert that, with exceedingly
few exceptions, monkeys are never represented, even in the
largest Museums, by such complete series, either from the
same localities or from the general range of the species, as
are species of such orders as Chiroptera, Insectivora, or
Rodentia. Most institutions are satisfied when a monkey is
represented by five or six specimens covering the whole of

* Museum d’Histoire Naturelle des Pays-Bas, par H. Schlegel,
Tome vii. Monographie 40: Simiae. Leide : E. J. Brill, 1876.

t Allen’s Naturalists’ Library. 1 A Handbook of the Primates,’ by
Henry 0. Forbes, LL.D., F.Z.S. 2 vols. London : W. H. Allen & Co.,
Ltd., 1892.

391

Dr. D. G. Elliot’s 4 Pevieio of the Primates’

the range, and, this being the case, variation (which may he,
and often is, due to the locality) is liable to be ascribed to
sex or age or to individual variability, which in this group,
more especially as regards cranial characters, is wider than
in most other orders.

The argument as regards the use of binomial nomenclature
for insular races is much used by American naturalists, but
appears to us, if only on account of convenience, to be quite
untenable.

In addition, it ignores the factor of time, which is quite as
important as locality in developing new races. A mammal,
isolated on an island, may rapidly alter from the form found
on adjacent islands or mainland ; but it will be conceded
that at a time, possibly very recent, speaking geologically,
when the island was stocked, the relatively different dis-
position of land and sea may have permitted the free
commingling of the parent forms, and that at the best the
modern insular races are merely the terminal twigs of a much-
branched tree.

The larger mammals are, of course, apparently less variable,
because, as compared with the smaller quickly breeding
forms, their races, in terms of generations, are much
younger.

It is, moreover, a very significant fact, that in related
groups of the same genus, only those separated by deep sea
from other forms develop, as a rule, other than the most
trivial differential characters.

Had the author been at the trouble to show by means of
trinomials the relationships of the various forms to each
other, we should have had a more valuable and instructive
work than is actually the case ; while, if pains had been
taken to apply the synonymy of the older writers to the
actual forms to which it refers, many apparent misstatements
and contradictions would have been avoided. As it is
Dr. Elliot's jumble of species is, if anything, worse than his
jumble of localities.

We do not propose to deal with other than species
occurring in the Malayan region, but there is no reason to
suppose that the sections dealing with the African and Neo-
tropical genera are of a higher standard than that on which
we are in a position to offer comments.

Genus Nycticebus. (Yol. I. p. 21.)

The name Nycticebus tenasserimensis (p. 25) has been
applied to a reproduction by Blanford* of a drawing by

* ‘ Fauna of British India : Mammalia,’ 1888-91, pp. 45, 4ti, fig. 12.

392 Messrs. H. C. Bobinson and C. B. Kloss on

Tick ell, but as no type is in existence it cannot be recognized,
especially as the very brief description, u Dorsal stripe
bifurcating on the forehead and encircling the eyes. Colour
pale rufescent,” discloses no differential characters.

On page 30 (Yol. I.) the geographical range of N. malai-
anus is said to be “ Chittagong, through Arakan as far south
as Tringganu, Lower Siam.”

It is obvious that two local races cannot occupy the same
area, and it may also be remarked that Trengganu, a pro-
tected state in the central section of the Malay Peninsula,
is not “ Lower Siam,” and that the range of N, malaianus
extends over the whole of the Malay Peninsula as well as
the islands of Singapore and Penang, and is not restricted
to the northern half, as Dr. Elliot would appear to infer.
Specimens from Johore, collected by Dr. W. L. Abbott, are
recorded by Lyon (Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. xxxi. p. 53 7,
1906).

Pithecus rufescens. (Yol. II. p. 193.)

It is only the females and immature of this species that
are bright red ; the adult male is seal-brown with very long
hair on the shoulders.

The range is from Muleyit in Tenasserim to Trang and
Patelung in the northern parts of the Malay Peninsula, the
former locality having been duly recorded by Bonhote
(P.Z. S. 1900, p. 871).

Pithecus adustus. (Yol. II. p. 206.)

This form can only doubtfully be maintained, as animals,
even from the south of the Malay Peninsula, are frequently
annulated. Dr. Elliot gives it as representing the Sumatran
animal in Tenasserim, but on the preceding pages gives the
range of that form, P. nemestrinus, as Southern Burma,
Malay Peninsula, &c. If sufficient variation from the
typical Sumatran form should be proved, all mainland
specimens will probably have to bear the name adustus , but
existing material, which is considerable, tends to show the
contrary.

In 1908 the Federated Malay States Museums undertook
a collecting expedition of some months* duration to the
Bhio-Lingga Archipelago and the adjacent parts of Johore
and Singapore Island.

The collection of mammals obtained was very large,
and a fully representative set was presented to the British

Dr. D. G. Elliot's 1 Review of the Primates' 393

Museum, which was duly reported on by Messrs. Thomas
and Wroughton *.

Amongst the monkeys sent were twenty specimens of the
present genus, consisting of ten males and ten females, from
the following islands : —

Singapore.

Tinggi, East Coast of Johore.

Bintang.

Batam.

Karimon.

Kundur.

Old males of this species are more difficult to obtain than
younger animals and females, but the series was especially
selected by us to include as many adult animals as possible.
From this very limited material Dr. Elliot has, however,
created five u species/' viz. : —

Pithecus dollmani : Singapore.

Pithecus Icetus : Tinggi and Tioman.

Pithecus bint any ensis : Bintang and Batam.

Pithecus karimoni: Karimon. Material examined,

four males and two females.

Pithecus alacer : Kundur : a male and a female.

Pithecus dollmani. (Yol. II. p. 248.)

The type is not from “ Tjangi, Island of Singapore, south-
eastern part/' but from Changi, N.E. corner of Singapore
Island.

The type, though an adult animal, has extremely broad
incisors ; but in this genus the character is of no importance,
as the breadth appears to diminish with age.

The size of the last molar is given as 89*7 by GO (pre-
sumably millimetres, as all other measurements are given in
these), which is, of course, impossible.

Pithecus Icetus. (Vol. II. p. 236.)

The type locality should be spelt Tinggi not “ Tingi."

This has, on account of its pale colour, rather better
claims to subspecific rank than any other of Dr. Elliot's
“ species," but it will generally be found that forms affecting
the sea-coast, where they are exposed to the bleaching effect
of salt air and water, are paler than those from more inland
districts.

* Thomas and Wroughton, Journ. Fed. Mai. States Mus. vcl.
pp. 99-129 (1909).

394 Messrs. H. C. Robinson and C. B. Kloss on

Tioman specimens are darker than those from Tinggi,
and the type from the latter island was an abnormally large
solitary male with the sagittal crest unusually well developed.

Pithecus bintangensis . (Vol. II. p. 246.)

Specimens from Batam and Bintang can be exactly matched
by others from the mainland of the Peninsula.

The two islands are separated by a Strait not broader than
five or six miles with intervening islands.

Pithecus Jcarimoni. (Vol. II. p. 227.)

The measurements given by Dr. Elliot (viz., total length
906 ; tail 432 ; foot 152; ear 35) are not those of the
collector, as they are stated to be, but should read — total
length 956; tail 48.2 ; hind foot 125 ; ear 35.

The alteration of these dimensions is quite unwarrantable,
the more so as the result is to force the species into the
author's subgenus Neocebus , and thereby separate it sub-
generically from the mainland macaque, which, to anyone
who has examined the skins and skulls or is acquainted with
the animals in life, is absurd.

Pithecus alacer. (Vol. II. p. 226.)

In this species also measurements are not those of the
collector, and the total length should read 844 and not
794 as given by Dr. Elliot. When he comes to deal with the
common Crab-eating Macaque of Burma, Tenasserim, and
the Malay Peninsula, Dr. Elliot has created even greater
confusion.

Por the mainland form of Burma and Tenasserim he has,
following Cabrera, revived Cuvier's name Macacus irus
(Vol. II. p. 229), the type of which (though it is not actually
so stated) probably came from Malacca.

The range of this form he gives as Burma, Arakan,
Tenasserim, and Malay Peninsula.

Since Bonhote's paper, writers on Malayan mammals have
used the name fascicularis for this race, the type of which
came from Sumatra; but Dr. Elliot restricts it to Sumatra
and, mirabile dictu, the islands Terutau and Laugkawi
(Vol. II. p. 233) , which are well within the ten-fathom line in
the immediate neighbourhood of the Peninsula coast, while
there is over 25 fathoms with wide stretches of sea between
them and Sumatra.

395

Dr. D. G . Elliot's 4 Review of the Primates'

Misled by the unfortunate geographical term “ Lower
Siam/' he has described another 44 species,” P. capitalis
(Vol. II. p. 235), as inhabiting Trong and Telibun Island.

Trong, or rather Trang, is a district on the mainland of
the Peninsula, about 50 miles north of Langkawi, and
Telibon an island off its coast, separated by an exceedingly
shallow channel.

According to our author, therefore, despite the fact that
(pp. iv, v, Preface) 44 intermediates between what are re-
corded as species have rarely been found in this order,” and
that i( on the mainland where there is no evidence of a
gradation from one form to another subspecies may not be
accepted,” we have the extremely curious case of discon-
tinuous distribution of Macacus irus * separated in a
continuous land-area by an intrusive form, P. capitalis , which
presumably does not intergrade, as it is named binomially.

There is the further case of discontinuous distribution
of M. fascicularis met with on Sumatra and the islands of
Terutau and Langkawi.

In reality, the whole treatment of the group forms a most
admirable example of the danger of working with insufficient
material and with imperfect knowledge of the geography of
the area dealt with.

Genus Pygathrix ( Presbytis or Semnopithecus) .

Dr. Elliot has thrown the section containing the species
lately known as femoralis ( nomen nudum) into hopeless
confusion.

The specimen on which the name femoralis was founded
wras originally obtained somewhere in Sumatra by Raffles,
though in his paper in Trans. Linn. Soc. vol. xiii. (1822),
are given, evidently in error, the localities Pulau Penang
and Singapore. Later, Muller and Schlegel described, and
figured as Semnopithecus sumatrana, a form from Mount
Ophir in the Padang Highlands, W. Sumatra (subsequently,
however, referred by the latter to S. femoralis) f, which is
clearly distinguishable from the form inhabiting the Peninsula
and adjacent islands, which is P. neglecla (Schlegel) J.

The Bornean representative is described by Muller and
Schlegel as P. chrysomelas.

In dealing with what he calls P. femoralis (Ilorsf.)

* We ourselves do not possess any examples of the Common Macaque
from Burma and Tenasscrim, and are therefore not in a position to deny
the statement that the M. irus occurs there.

t Mus Pays-Bas, p. 457.

\ Op. cit. p. 47.

396 Messrs. H. C. Robinson and C. B. Kloss on

(Vol. III. p. 45), Dr. Elliot has made the following
errors : —

(1) He has indicated as the type locality Bankasnn in
Tenasserim, whence a specimen was forwarded in 1877 by
Davidson, forty-seven years after the species was first
named.

(2) On the strength of Hose's field-notes *, describing the
Bornean form as P. femoralis and not as P. chrysomelas (of
which name Hose was apparently ignorant), he has added
the locality Borneo to the range, and, while following
Schlegel's identification of P. femoralis with the latter's own
P. sumatrana (Yol. III. p. 43), he has stated that these
representative forms occur on the same mountain, which is,
to say the least, highly improbable (pp. 28 and 29).

But, since in a “ Key to the Species " (p. 30) it is stated
that P. femoralis has the “ tail white at base beneath," while
on page 46 we are told that “ The tail, however, is never
whitish at the base beneath," one may say, without un-
fairness, that Dr. Elliot cannot recognize his material nor
the species to which he ascribes it.

In 1911 we described as P. n . keatii a race of P. neglect a
from Trang, North Malay Peninsula, founding it on three
specimens from the type locality and three from Perak,
while several others from northern parts of the Peninsula
have since been obtained. Dr. Elliot has seen fit, without
examination of the specimens, to state that our type is a
young adult, though it was specifically stated to be an
adult male. After examination of a considerable series from
all parts of the Peninsula, from Singapore to Bandon, we
are in a position to state definitely that the northern form
differs in the characters stated from the southern, although,
of course, as is necessarily the case in a species inhabiting
a continuous land-area, some gradation takes place. We
are not aware that Dr. Elliot has examined more than the
series of specimens extant in the British Museum, which
have also passed through the hands of one of us and are
either old and deteriorated or badly prepared skins.

Pygathy'ix flavicauda (Vol. III. p. 50), of which, thanks to
the kindness of the authorities of the United States National
Museum, we have examined one of the typical specimens
from Trang, is apparently based on a somewhat young
specimen of Pygathrix obscura halonifer (Cantor), which
was originally described from Penang. We have other
adult specimens from Trang, and they can in no way be

* ‘ A Descriptive Account of the Mammals of Borneo,’ by Charles
Hose, F.Z.S. London, 1893, p. 13.

397

Dr. D. G. Elliot's 1 Review of the Primates'

separated from those described as Pres, ohscura carbo by
Messrs. Thomas and Wroughton (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.
(8) iv. p. 534, 1909) from Langkavvi and Terntau.

The measurements given by Dr. Elliot of the type of
P. carbo (Vol. III. p. 54) are: — “ Total length 1380; tail
800 ; hind foot 125.” Those taken by the collector in the
flesh were: — Total length 1240 ; tail 740 ; hind foot 152.
The emendation is not in the direction of accuracy, as no
full-grown monkey in this group has so small a foot as
indicated by Dr. Elliot.

Pygathrix nubigena, Elliot (Vol. III. p. 55), is a pure
synonym of Pygathrix siamensis } Muller & Schlegel (V ol. 111.
p. 59). Schlegel, in his monograph on the monkeys (Mus.
Pays-Bas, 1876, p. 38), expressly states that the types were
collected by Diard in Malacca, and the locality Siam was
ascribed to them in error, as it also was to certain specimens
of Pygathrix obscura obtained by the same collector (p. 49).
The locality “ Keka/’ given by Dr. Elliot for his type of
P. nubigena , is merely the native name of the species, as
noted by Dr. Cantor on the label. The specimen in the
British Museum ascribed to Pygathrix siamensis by Elliot
(Vol. III. p. 60) from Takamen, Siam, collected by Flower, is
really P. germaini (Milne-Edwards) (Vol. III. p. 82), and
field-notes on specimens from the same locality by the same
collector are inserted under this species.

Pygathrix rhionis (Vol. III. p. 58] has nothing to do with
P. obscura as st »ted, but is closely allied to P. siamensis and
P. dileda, and its affinities are correctly given by Miller in
the original description.

Pygathrix cristata (Vol. III. p. 79) is a common monkey
in suitable localities along the western coast ot‘ the Malay
Peninsula, and is not confined to Sumatra as stated.

Dr. Elliot cites Muleyit in Tenasserim as a locality for
Pygathrix obscura (Vol. III. p. 53), and then describes the
specimens which are the authority for this locality as a new
species, Pygathrix crepuscula (Vol. III. p. 84), which may
be valid if regarded as a subspecies of P. obscura.

The type of Pygathrix crepuscula wroughtoni (Vol. III.
p. 85), which one of us has examined, is practically identical
with specimens of P. obscura from the Patani coast, N.E.
Malay Peninsula. J udging from the dimensions, it is almost
certainly a female, and should not have been described, except
on a reasonably large series.

Passing to the Hylobatidse, or Gibbons, we may note that
the Malay Peninsula is omitted from the distribution of
H. agilis (Vol. III. p. 160), though its occurrence has been

398 On Dr, D. G, Elliot's ( Beview of the Primates

frequently noted in the literature, while there are specimens
from Perlis in the British Museum. Dr. Elliot, however,
has, without comment, transferred Flower’s notes on the
habits of H. agilis to H. lar, though that author was perfectly
correct in assigning the Larut Hills gibbon to H. agilis.

Under Symphalangus syndactylus the remark on p. 178
(Yol. III.) that if the S. s . continent is, Thomas, eventually
proves to be a distinct race of the Sumatran species, then it
is not at all probable that this species is to be found any-
where on the “ Malay Peninsula,” savours of the obvious,
and argues a very pre-Darwinian definition of the value of a
“ species ” on the part of Dr. Elliot.

Under Symphalangus syndactylus continentis the reference
to the type description is misquoted, and should read as
p. 301, not p. 30.

The type locality is Semangko Pass, Selangor-Pahang
Boundary, not Gemangko Pass, Selangore, Padang Boundary
— “ Padang ” being in Sumatra.

The measurements given are hopelessly mixed. The total
length of the skin should be 546, not 846 mm. ; while the
greatest length of the skull is 127*5, not 43*9. The inter-
temporal breadth 43*5, not 107*5 : and the zygomatic width
89, not 86*6.

The acquisition of additional material shows that the race,
though, of course, not a strongly marked one, is sufficiently
differentiated from the Sumatran animal.

In conclusion, we may remark that the paper and typo-
graphy of the work are excellent ; while the illustrations,
especially those of the skulls, are all that can be desired.

It is unfortunate, however, that there are an extraordinarily
large number of references miscited, and, so far as we have
checked them, the measurements are hopelessly incorrect,
while the spelling of geographical names is careless and
not in accordance with custom or any consistent scheme.
Taking one page at random (p. 22, Yol. III.), we find the
following errors

line 6, Keka is the native name of the species, not a place,
line 7, Selangore is now invariably spelt Selangor,
line 11, Turutau should read Terutau.
line 12, Batsu should read Batu, and Bitang should read
Bintang.

line 14, Langhat should read Langkat.
line 15, Padung should be Padang and Indrapore, Indrapura.
line 17, Katiman should read Kateman.
line 21, Pagee should be Pagi, and Metawee for the well-
known Mentawei has the merit of novelty and
nothing else.

On the Apidae in the British Museum. 399

But to multiply further instances is to labour the point
unnecessarily.

Our criticisms may seem unduly fault-finding, but it is
in our opinion most unfortunate that such a group as the
Primates should have met with treatment so inadequate and
slipshod as compared with the admirable works produced on
the Chiroptera and on the Mammals of Western Europe by
Messrs. Knud Andersen and Miller.

XLV. — Notes on the Apidse ( Hymenoptera ) in the Collection

of the British Museum , with Descriptions of new Species.

By Geoffrey Meade- Waldo, M.A.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

IV. Subfamily Anthophopinje.

In this subfamily only two new species are described, both
from Tropical Africa. A new genus of the subfamily Proso-
pidinae is here described, and proves to be of exceptional
interest.

All types are in the British Museum.

Eucera, Scop.

Eucera pollinosa^ F. Smith.

Eucera pollinosa , Smith, Catal. Hymen. Brit. Mus. ii. p. 294 (1854). .

Eucera chrysopyga, P<§rez, Actes Soc. Linn. Bordeaux, xxxiii. p. 157
(1879).

Eucera favosa , Mocq. Termes. Fuzetek, iii. p. 240 (1879). $ .

Both Dalla Torre and Friese give Smith’s species as
synonymous with E. cinerea , Lep. It is certainly not this
species. There is a topotype of E. pollinosa in the collection
of the late Edward Saunders bearing the label “ E. chryso-
pyga, P6ez, det. Friese,” and this identification is doubtless
correct.

Eucera nigrilabris, Lep. (Perez).

Eucera nigrilabris , Lep. Hist. Nat. Insect. Hymen, ii. p. 11G (1841). .

Eucera numida, Lep. ibid. p. 117. $ .

Eucera terminalis, F. Smith, Descr. New Spec. Hymen, p. 109 (1879).

$ <3 •

Perez redescribes both Lepelctier’s species (Actes Soc.

400

Mr. G. Meade- Waldo on

Linn. Bordeaux', xxxiii. p. 171), and these descriptions are
reproduced by Friese in c Bienen Europas,’ vol. ii. p. 151.

Smith’s E. terminalisy from the south of France, is
certainly synonymous.

Tetralonia, Spin.

Key to the Tropical- African Species of Tetralonia, Spin .

1. (12) Females.

2. (5) Segments 1-3 of abdomen at least uni-

colorous, black or fulvous.

3. (4) Segments 1-3 black, 4 and 5 with [zibar.)

white pubescence caudata, Friese. (Zan-

4. (3) Whole abdomen unicolorous fulvous. [(Nyasaland.)

Length 13 mm sheffieldi , sp. n.

5. (2) Segments 1-5 or 2-5 basally with

fasciae of whitish pubescence.

6. (7) Segments 1-5 basally with fasciae of

whitish pubescence; margin of [(Mozambique.)

clypeus reddish obscuripes, Fr.

7. (6) Segments 2-5 basally with fasciae of

whitish pubescence.

8. (9) Large species : length 15^ mm neavei, Yach. (Congo.)

9. (8) Medium species, 9-10 mm. ; margin

of clypeus yellow.

10. (11) Scopa brownish; tegulae yellowish [E. Afr.)

brown mei'mis, Friese. (Germ.

11. (10) Scopa whitish, brown on inner side; [(Lake Nyasa.)

teoulae reddish yellow ottiliensis , Friese.

12. (1) Males.

13. (16) Antennae short, scarcely reaching to

scutellum.

14. (15) Abdomen with segments 2-5 basally [E. Afr.)

with fasciae of whitish pubescence . labrosn, Friese. (Brit.

15. (14) Abdomen unicolorous fulvous sheffieldi, sp. n.

16. (13) Antennae long, reaching beyond scu-

tellum ; labrum normal.

17. (22) Labrum pale, white or yellow or

yellow with brown sides. [E. Afr.)

18. (19) Labrum white, wings cloudy inermis , Fr. (Germ.

19. (18) Labrum entirely yellow or yellow with

brown sides.

20. (21) Labrum entirely yellow, wings hya- [Fr.).

line friesei,n. n. (fidvicornis,

21. (20) Labrum yellow, brown laterally ; [Nyasa.)

wings subhyaline, subcosta dark . . nyassana , Str. (Lake

22. (17) Labrum black or black with pale

centre.

23. (26) Labrum black, wings hyaline.

24. (25) Pubescence pale; tergite 1 and legs

densely clothed with black hair. [geria.)

IO5 mm simpsoni, sp.n. (N. Ni-

25. (24) Pubescence entirely pale sjostedti, Fr. (Kiliman-

jaro.)

26. (23) Labrum black, whitish in centre; [Nyasa.)

wings cloudy ottiliensis, Fr. (Labe

401

the Apidse in the British Museum.

The specific name ee fulvicornis” being already in use in
this genus for a species described by Morawitz (1895), it lias
been necessary to rename Friese’s species.

Tetralonia shejffieldi , sp. n.

$ . Nigra, fulvo-hirta ; labro clypeo capiteque post oculos pallide
hirsutis ; pleuris segmento mediano pedibusque fusco pubescenti-
bus; mandibulis (basi excepto), articulis 4-12 flagelli infra,
tegulisque ferrugineis ; alis subhyalinis.

Long. 13 mm.

? . Black, almost entirely covered with fulvous pubes-
cence, long on head and thorax, shorter on abdomen ; clypeus,
labrum, and the area behind the eyes clothed with white
pubescence ; pleura, sides of truncation of median segment,
and legs clothed witli dark fuscous pubescence. Abdominal
sternites bare, with sparse apical fasciae of ferruginous hair.
Mandibles apically, joints 4-12 of flagellum, and tegula
ferruginous. The whole uniformly covered with medium-
sized punctures, sternite 2 with a distinct transversely striate
area at base, the area being marked off from the rest of the
segment by a bilobed suture. Wings subhyaline.

Length 13 mm.

£ . Similar to ? ; antenna3 short for a $ , barely reaching
scutellum.

Nyasaland: Mlanje, iii.-vi. (1913), 5 ? ? , 3 <$ <$ (type).
Uganda Protectorate : Semliki Plains, 2,200 ft., 2 ? $ ;
Eastern Mbale District, 3700-3900 ft., 1 $ . Portuguese
East Africa: Valley of Kola River, 1 $ (S. A. Ntave).
S. RhODESTA : The Lonely .Mine [Dr. Harold Swale), 2 $ $ .

Var. $ . ferrugineipes , var. nov.

Formce typicce similis, sed differt tibiis tarsisque posticis ferrugineo-
pubescentibus.

? . Similar to the typical form, but differs in having the
posterior tibiae and tarsi clothed with ferruginous pubescence,
5 ? ?.

Uganda: Entebbe ( C . C. Gowdey) (type). N. Rho-
desia: Demba (Silverlock Coll.). Brit. E. AFRICA : Mar-
sabit (R. J. Stordy ).

Dr. Harold Swale, who has recently collected specimens of
the typical form in Northern Rhodesia, has made some
interesting observations on their habits. He writes as
follows : — “ An interesting bee is the one I send now. It
Ann . & Mag. N. llist. Ser. 8. Vol. xiii. 28

402

Mr. G. Meade-Waldo on

seems only found in the half-closed yellow flowers of a species
of Malvaceae, which grows about here, a weed with large
pale yellow flowers. I seize the flower at the front, closing it
up, and listening for a buzz ; if I hear it I gather the flower,
and put it quietly into a glass-bottomed collecting-box.
The bee generally cuts its way through the base of the flower.
I was led to look by finding so many blooms with a dis-
coloured hole near the base ” ( H . Swale , in litt., 1914).

Tetralonia simpsoni , sp. n.

J . Nigra ; capite, thorace, tergitibus 2-7 fulvo-hirtis ; tergite 1

pedibusque dense nigro-hirtis ; sterno sternitibus pallide pubes-

centibus ; antennis longissimis (10| mm.), rufis ; mandibulis

basi, clypeoque luteis ; alis hyalinis.

Long. 10| mm.

S . Black ; head (except behind the eyes), thorax above,
and tergites 2-7 with a dense golden-brown pubescence ;
behind the eyes, vertex, face, labrum, and sternum clothed
with pale hair ; tergite 1 and legs with dense black pubes-
cence. Antenna? very long, equal in length to whole insect,
joints 3 and 4 of flagellum subequal, all the flagellar joints
sinuate. Head broad as thorax, finely punctured ; ocelli in
a very broad triangle ; labrum rather coarsely punctured.
Femur iii. without any tubercle and tergite 6 without lateral
teeth. Wings hyaline, nervures black. Tegulae ferruginous.

Length 10J mm.

N. Nigeria {Dr. J. J. Simpson). 1 .

A conspicuous species, the dense black basal abdominal
segment giving it a distinctive appearance.

Tetralonia fulviventris, Sm.

Tetralonia fulviventris, Sm. Catal. Hymen. Brit. Mus. ii. p. 308
(1854). $.

Tetralonia exquisita, Cress. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, p. 213
(1878). $.

A $ specimen of Oresson’s species from Oaxaca, deter-
mined by Cockerell, agrees perfectly with Smith’s type of
T. fulviventris , described from a Mexican specimen.

Subfamily Prosofidinjs.

Of remarkable interest is the new genus Eupalceorliiza
here described. Both Perkins and Cockerell have published
notes on the interesting fact that there is sexual dimorphism

403

the Apidte in the British Museum .

in the mouth-parts of the two Prosopine genera Palceorhiza
anti Meroglossa . In these two genera the females have the
ordinary blunt form of other Prosopidinse, but in the male
the apex of the ligula is acute, though the tongue is not of
any length. In Eupalceorhiza, however, the length of the
tongue equals or surpasses that of Panurgus and similar forms.
Unfortunately the female is unknown, so that no very definite
conclusions can at present be drawn from a study of this new
and exceedingly interesting species. The following note from
Dr. P. C. L. Perkins, whose intimate knowledge of bee-
phylogeny adds special weight, is worthy of the attention of
all apidologists : — “ Should it \i. e. the tongue of $ Eupalceo-
rhiza] prove to be acute, it would still further convince me
of the truth of the view that I have held for some time, that
the Colletidse and Prosopidae have been developed from the
Andrenid group (including the Panurgine bees), and are in
no ways to be considered as ancestral or primitive forms.”

Eupalasorhiza, gen. nov.

(Type, Eupalceorhiza papuana, M.- Waldo.)

General appearance that of a very large Palceorhiza , the
face being extremely long and narrow between the eyes; the
gense (space between the mandibles and eyes) very long, as
long or longer than their apical width. Neuration as in
many Palceorhiza. Ligula very long, lanceolate-acuminate,
only hairy at the extreme base even under a very strong lens,
linear on more than the apical half of its length. In repose
the ligula is folded back on the mentum, its apex reach ing
back to the front of the thorax, and the maxillary blades or
lacinke are much too short to cover it. Maxillary palpi
6-jointed, the two basal joints more robust than the third,
but elongate, the three apical ones very slender and elon-
gate; labial palpi with four slender elongate joints. Prc-
podeutn with the anterior area very clearly defined by a
total change of sculpture outside it, as in many Palceorhiza ,
but of very different form, not at all transverse, but forming
a subequi lateral triangle, instead of being wide and transverse.
Abdomen with the seventh dorsal segment emarginate as in
Palceorhiza , but only five ventral segments are exposed
unless the abdomen be distended, the fourth slightly emar-
ginate, the fifth extraordinaiily short, concealed beneath the
former, and highly modified, strongly emarginate so as to
be lobed on each side ; its apical portion bent at an angle
with the general surface, fringed above with special black
hairs directed towards the middle, and beneath these with

28*

404

On the Apidae in the British Museum .

pale hairs curving so as to meet medially. Sixth segment
exposed, clothed with short hairs, slightly emarginate at the
apex, and with a great impression or fovea on each side (like
some Colletes) ; seventh segment giving off a single narrow
process or wing on each side before the apex, the processes
beautifully fringed with special curved hairs on the ventral
side ; eighth segment with an elongate median apical process.
Genital armature with the apical portion of the stipites pilose
and marked off (or constricted) from the basal portion, but
probably not forming a true lacinia ; sagittse extending
behind these, greatly compressed on their apical half, so that
in lateral view this portion forms nearly a semicircle with a
small apical production or beak.

Eupalceorhiza papuana, sp. n.

< S . Nigra ; mandibulis, genis, pleuris, sterno, scutello apice, post-
scutello, tegulis, propodeo, segmento mediano, terg. et stern. 1 et
2 sterniteque 3 aurantiacis ; clypeo plerumque, linea intra-
orbitali utrinque, pronoti margine linea interrupta, pallide luteis ;
alis subhyalinis, apice fuscis.

Long. 13 mm.

. Black; mandibles, cheeks, pleura, sternum, scutellum
apically, postscutellum, tegulse, propodeum, median segment,
tergites and sternites 1 and 2, and sternite 3 orange-red ;
clypeus for the most part, a line extending along the inner
orbits on each side, and an interrupted line on the margin of
the pronotum pale yellowish.

The front, clypeus, vertex, propodeum partly, and abdomen
shining, the abdomen with small scattered punctures ; thorax
dull, opaque, with even and distinct punctures, coarsest on
mesonotum. Mandibles as in Palceorhizci, toothed. Clypeus
with two shallow longitudinal furrows ; a distinct furrow
running from base of insertion of antennae to ocelli. Pubes-
cence, where present, the same colour as chitin on which it is
situated, that on head, thorax, and legs short and sparse ;
segments 1 and 2 of abdomen destitute of pubescence, the
following segments with a considerable covering of long black
hairs, chiefly on the apical margin of the segments. Wings
golden hyaline, apically fuscous ; stigma well developed, first
submarginal cell about twice as long as second, which receives
both recurrent nervures.

Length 13 mm.

2 c? <?•

New Guinea.

Systematic Arrangement of the Family Salmonidse. 405

This remarkable insect bears a MS. name of P. Cameron’s,
uProsopis papuana.” It is greatly to be regretted that the
2 of this species is unknown, since we are still in ignorance
as to whether the tongue is short and blunt as in that sex of
Palceorhiza and both sexes of Prosopis, &c., or acute as in
the here described.

XLVI. — The Systematic Arrangement of the Fishes of the
Family Salmonidaj. By C. Tate Began, M.A.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

In a recent synopsis of the families of Salmonoid fishes
(Trans. R. Soc. Edinburgh, xlix. 1913, p. 289) I have shown
that the Salmonidse are well distinguished from the Smelts
(Osmeridse), Sil-smelts (Argentinidae), &c., by osteological
characters ; perhaps the most noticeable of these is that the
vertebrae turn upwards at the base of the caudal fin in the
Salmonidae, but in no other Salmonoids. As thus restricted
they form a natural group, confined to the coasts and rivers
of the Arctic and North Temperate zones.

After a study of a large series of skeletons, I have arrived
at certain conclusions as to the number of genera that may
be defined, and as to their natural affinities, which are
embodied in the following synopsis : —

Synopsis of the Genera.

I. Parietals not meeting in middle line. Teeth well developed in jaws,
on vomer and palatines, and in a double series on tongue. Scales
small, 19 or more in a transverse series from origin of dorsal fin
to lateral line. Dorsal fin short, with not more than 1G rays, 12
or fewer branched. ( Scilmonince .)

A. A double or zigzag series of teeth along shaft of vomer, some-

times deciduous in the adult .... 1. Salmo , Linn.

B. Teeth only on head of vomer, which has a boat-shaped depression

behind it.

Vomerine teeth in a V-shaped or Y-shaped

group, separated from the palatine teeth. 2. Salvelinus , Nilss.
Vomerine teeth in a curved, nearly semi-
circular series that connects the pala-
tine series; mouth large ; teeth strong. 3. Ilucho, G until.

Vomerine teeth in a transverse series that
connects the palatine series ; mouth

rather small; teeth rather weak .... 4. Brachymystax, 0 Lin th.

406

Mr. C. T. Regan or the Systematic

II. Parietals meeting in the middle line. Teeth on vomer and tongue,
when present, in several series. Seales larger, 13 or less in a
transverse series from origin of dorsal tin to lateral line. ( Core.yo-
nince.)

A. Dorsal fin short, with not more than 16 rays ; teeth very small

or absent.

Teeth very small, hut distinct, in bands in
jaws and on palatines, in a patch on

vomer and another on tongue 5. Stenodus, Richards.

Teeth vestigial or absent 6. Coregonus, Linn.

B. Dorsal fin longer, with not less than 18 rays ; teeth well developed.

Mouth rather large ; teeth strong 7. Phylogephyra, Bouleng.

Mouth rather small ; teeth moderate. ..... 8. Thymallus, Cuv.

The limits and contents of the four genera of the Salmo-
ninae are the subject of the following notes : —

1. Salmo, Linn.

This genus includes all the fishes commonly known as
Salmon and Trout. Examination of the skeletons leaves no

Shulls of a. Atlantic Trout (S. trutta ) and b. Pacific Trout (S. clarkii),
from fish about 9 inches long.

eth, mesethmoid ; leth, lateral ethmoid ; longitudinal ridge ;

/, supraorbital flange of frontal bone.

doubt that the Pacific species (Steelhead, Rainbow Trout,
Quinnat Salmon, &c.) form a perfectly natural group that
differs in several characters from the Salmon and Trout of
the Atlantic. The latter are especially distinguished by the
large size of the mesethmoid bone, which is not or hut

Eig. 1.

a

b

407

Arrangement of the Family Salmonidse.

slightly notched posteriorly, and correlated with this the
main frontal ridges are wide apart and parallel, whilst the
supraorbital flanges are narrow and taper anteriorly. In the
Pacific species the mesethmoid is much smaller and is forked
posteriorly, the frontal ridges converge anteriorly and the
supraorbital flanges are broad. Thus the genus Onco -
rhynchus , Suckley, can be no longer maintained, unless it be
considered that the cranial characters warrant its separation
from Sal mo ; in that case Oncorhynchus will include not
only the Pacific Salmon, but the Pacific Trout also. Onco-
rhynchus is said to have a longer anal fin than Sal-mo , but in

Fig. 2.

Skulls of a. Salmon {Salmo salar) and b. Quinnat (S. quinnat ). As in
fig. 1, the skulls are seen from above and the jaws, facial bones, &c.,
have been removed. The skulls are those of adult fish.

various forms of S. clarkii I count 8 to 11 branched rays, and
in S. {Oncorhynchus) masou 10 to 12, so that there is no
generic distinction between these species. Nor is there any
justification for Berg's genus Salmothymus (Ann. Mus.
St. Petersburg, xii. 1907, p. 502), based on Salmo obtusi-
rostris , Heck., a species that agrees in its osteology with
S. trutta and S. solar , and may be regarded as the repre-
sentative of the latter in the rivers of Dalmatia.

408 Systematic Arrangement of the Family Salmonidse.

2. Salvelinus, Nilss.

The species of Char may be arranged as follows : —

1. S. alpinus group. — Head of vomer with posterior process

but little developed. Basi-branchial teeth uniserial.
Ho dark spots or markings. Circumpolar.

2. S.fontinalis group. Head of vomer with a well-developed

posterior process. Basi-branchial teeth absent.
Blackish or dark olivaceous spots or markings on
back, dorsal, and caudal fins. N. America.

3. S. namaycush group. — Head of vomer with a long poste-

rior process. Basi-branchial teeth in a long patch.
N. America.

Fig. 3.

a'

••

••••

c

Diagrams showing- the arrangement of the vomerine teeth in
a. Salvelinus perisii, b. S. fontinalis, c. S. namaycush.

S. fontinalis is so exactly intermediate between the typical
Char and S. namaycush in the form and dentition of the
vomer that I think it best to give up the genus Cristivomer,
Gill & Jordan.

3. Hucho, Giinth.

This genus includes three species : — H. hucho , Linn., from
the Danube ; H. taimen , Pali., from Siberia, and H. perryij
Brev., from Saghalien and Yesso.

4. Beach ymystax, Giinth.

Closely related to Hucho. A single species from Siberia.

On Genera and Specie. s of F ulgoridae.

409

XLYII. — Some Additions to the Genera and Species in the

Uomopterous Family Fulgoridse. By W. L. DISTANT.

Fam. Fulgoridae.

Subfam. Fulgorinje.

FuJgora astarte , sp. n.

Cephalic process, head, and thorax above piceous, the first
finely cretaceously maculate and with its apex pale sanguineous,
the thorax above more or less cretaceously pubescent ; abdo-
men, body beneath, and legs brownish ochraceous, the abdo-
minal segmental margins paler ; tegmina black, with the
veins and numerous reticulations green, the whole surface
more or less cretaceously pubescent, with numerous dull
testaceous spots with greyish-white margins arranged in
five more or less regular transverse series and with a cluster
of similar but much smaller spots on the apical area ; wings
greyish with a slight bluish suffusion, the apical area black ;
cephalic process measured from angle of apex to eyes a little
longer than abdomen, upwardly recurved, its apex robust, but
only very slightly dilated.

Length ceph. process, angle from apex to eyes 15-19 mm.;
eyes to apex of abdomen 19-23 mm.; exp. tegm. 73-84 mm.

Hah . Indo-China, Laokay ( R . Vitalis de Salvaza , type
Brit. Mus.).

Allied to F. rogersi , Dist., from the Nicobar Islands, but
with the cephalic process longer in relation to the length of
the abdomen, and with its apex sanguineous, colour and
markings of the tegmina different, &c.

Euphria consimilis} sp. n.

Closely allied to E. dissimilis , Dist., from Tenasserim
(Faun. Brit. Ind., Rhynch. iii. p. 211, 1906), especially by
the distinct coloration of the pro- and mesonota, but differing
in the wings, which have the apical fourth ochraceous,
spotted with white, the face much more strongly carinate,
both centrally and marginally ; cephalic process extending
to about middle of pronotum, in dissimilis it extends to the,
or near to the, posterior margin ; tegmina beneath paler and
more sanguineous than in P. dissimilis.

Long., excl. tegm., 20-24 mm. ; exp. tegm. 62-76 nun.

llab. Indo-China ( A . Vuillet , type Brit. Mus.).

410

Mr. W. L. Distant on Genera and

S ubf am . Eye ybeachybinje.

Eurybrachys mysorenstSj sp. n.

Head, pronotum, and mesonotum shining olivaceous green ;
eyes ochraceous ; abdomen above sanguineous, with trans-
verse black segmental margins, apically thickly furnished
with waxy -white efflorescence; face dark olivaceous green,
transversely paler olivaceous green before clypeus, which is
blackish ; sternum and abdomen sanguineous, the latter with
transverse black segmental fasciae ; legs black ; tegmina
with about basal three-fourths olivaceously virescent, crossed
by two paler transverse fasciae, apical fourth dull greyish
green ; wings with basal two-thirds sanguineous, apical
third greyish white ; head (including basal area of face),
pronotum, and mesonotum finely obscurely wrinkled, and
faintly minutely darkly speckled ; rostrum mutilated in type ;
posterior tibiae with five spines.

Long., excl. tegm., 9 mm. ; exp. tegm. 21 mm.

Ilab. Mysore ; Bababudin Hills {Bainbrigge- Fletcher,
Brit. Mus.).

Eurybrachys fletcheri , sp. n.

Head, pronotum, and mesonotum more or less bright
olivaceous green ; abdomen above purplish red, apically
thickly furnished with waxy- white efflorescence ; face
emerald-green ; clypeus fuscous brown ; body beneath and
legs purplish red, intermediate and posterior tibiae blackish ;
tegmina virescent, more or less obscurely spotted with greyish
white, the basal area somewhat emerald-green, remaining
area duller and paler, two transverse black fasciate spots near
base, not reaching claval area; a transverse greyish- white
fascia near apex, preceded by a black spot on inner margin ;
wings greyish white, with two black apical spots; head
moderately concavely excavate between the eyes; posterior
tibiae with five spines.

Long., excl. tegm., 11 mm. ; exp. tegm. 25 mm.

Jrlab. Madras Prov. ; Shevaroy Hills, 4500 ft. (Bainbrigge-
Fletcher , Brit. Mus.).

Eurybrachys rubro-ornata , sp. n.

Head, pronotum, and mesonotum ochraceous ; mesonotum
obscurely spotted, its apex and exposed area of metanotum
purplish red ; abdomen above bright ochraceous, the seg-
mental margins spotted with greyish white ; face ochraceous ;

411

Species of F ulgoridse.

clypeus, sternum, and le^s purplish red, intermediate and
posterior tibiae black ; abdomen beneath bright ochraceous,
with central transverse spots and the apex black ; tegmina
ochraceous, with a large central, basal, longitudinal, purplish-
red spot, a subapical greyish transverse fascia united with a
brownish apical margin ; wings greyish white, with a promi-
nent black spot on upper margin near apex; vertex (including
eyes) about as broad as pronotum ; face considerably broader
than long, the lateral angles subacute; posterior tibiae with
five spines.

Long., excl. tegm., 11 mm.; exp. tegm. 25 mm.

Hab. S. India; Yercaud ( T . V. Campbell ).

Messena albifasciata , sp. n.

Head, pronotum, and mesonotum testaceous, with irregular
darker nun kings ; face and clypeus as above, but paler and
more brightly marked ; abdomen sanguineous ; sternum and
legs ochraceous, with black markings, tibiae darker and more
or less black ; tegmina with about basal two-thirds (uot
reaching costal margin and narrowed outwardly) testaceous,
irregularly marked and spotted with black, the claval area
dull ochraceous, spotted and marked with black, remaining
area greyish white with the venation ochraceous, a large sub-
apical transverse ochraceous spot with black markings, pre-
ceded by two similar spots, but smaller in size, and a submar-
ginal series of small black spots ; wings pale fuliginous, the
apical area black crossed by an oblique white fascia, the apical
margin also white; posterior tibiae with six spines.

Long., excl. tegm., 9 mm. ; exp. tegm. 34 mm.

Hub. Nilgiri Hills; Hillgrove, 4000 ft. (Brit. Mus.).

Allied to AJ. sinuata, Atkins. The specimen was received
from Mr. T. Buinbrigge-Fletcher.

Subfam. Dictyopharinae.

1) ictyophara coimbatorensis , sp. n.

Body and legs virescent; in one specimen the head is
wholly ochraceous, in another the apex only is of that colour;
tegmina and wings hyaline, the first without any macular
markings ; head about as long as pro- and mesonota
together, Slightly narrowed and upturned at apex, the lateral
margins strongly ridged ; face tricaiinate, the lateral carina-
tions converging anteriorly and not extending posteriorly
beyond the e) es; clypeus centrally carinate ; pronotum and
mesonotum tricaiinate, posterior tibiae with four spines.

412

Mr. W. L. Distant on Genera and

Long., excl. tegm., 7-9 mm. ; exp. tegm. 16-19 mm.

Hab. South India ; Coimbatore ( Bainbrigge-Fletcher ,
Brit. Mus.).

Closely allied to D. cummingi , Dist., but with the lateral
pronotal carinations less oblique, the face more apically
narrowed, different colour, &c.

Neoputala, gen. nov.

Allied to Putala, Melieb., but differing by haying the
anterior femora more flattened and dilated, and with a more
or less distinct blunt spine near apex.

Type, N. ( Putala ) lewisi, Dist., from Japan.

Neoputala capitafa , sp. n.

Head and thorax above castaneous brown, a small ochra-
ceous spot at the apex of cephalic process, abdomen above
black, the posterior segmental margins, a central longitudinal
continuous series of spots, and a number of small linear
markings ochraceous ; abdomen beneath as above, but without
the central longitudinal spots ; femora brownish, mottled
with ochraceous, their apices a little darker, tibise ochra-
ceous, the anterior tibise annulated with brownish ; rostrum
slightly passing posterior coxae ; head (including cephalic
process) about as long as intermediate tibiae, abdomen above
more or less distinctly broadly centrally sulcate ; anterior
femora sulcate beneath, with a distinct blunt spine near apex;
head beneath centrally and marginally carinate, the apex of
the cephalic process both above and beneath a little convexly
broadened and spatulate ; tegmina and wings hyaline, very
slightly fuliginous, the venation black, tegmina with a large
black stigmatal spot, a little more than apical third reticu-
lately veined ; wings with distinct apical cells.

Long., excl. tegm., 16 mm. ; exp. tegm. 22 mm.

Hab. Indo-China [R. Vitalis de Salvaza , type Brit. Mus.).

Awaramada, gen. nov.

Head longly, strongly, porrectly produced, above a little
convexly raised and strongly, centrally, longitudinally cari-
nate, lateral margins also carinate, apex truncate, beneath
with a small subapical tubercle, the face slightly laterally
concavely sinuate, angularly ampliated behind eyes, two
longitudinal central carinations which are united anteriorly
and posteriorly, clypeus robustly centrally carinate ; rostrum
passing the posterior coxa3 ; pronotum a little shorter than

413

Species of Fulgoridae.

mesonotum, the disk straightly tricar inate, strongly deflected
on each lateral area, lateral basal margins oblique ; meso-
notum tricarinate, posteriorly, centrally, angulately produced ;
abdomen shorter than head, pronotum, and mesonotum
together, centrally longitudinally ridged ; anterior femora
unarmed, posterior tibise with three strong spines ; tegmina
nearly four times as long as broad, apical area with three
transverse series of longitudinal cells, clavus without a trans-
verse vein ; wings about three-fourths the length of tegmina,
with a series of apical and two prominent anteapical cells.

Awaramada fryeri, sp. n.

Body and legs fuscous brown, head beneath, sternum, and
legs a little paler; tegmina slightly infuscate, the venation
fuscous brown, the stigma and an apical elongate spot fuscous
brown ; wings paler than tegmina, the venation and an
apical spot fuscous brown ; pronotum with some darker punc-
tate spots, posterior angle of mesonotum dull ochraceous ;
abdomen above mottled with ochraceous ; lateral areas of face
finely spotted with brown ; clypeus with the central carina-
tion and the lateral margins pale ochraceous ; structural
characters as in generic diagnosis.

Long., excl. tegm., 1 2^-13 J mm. ; exp. tegm. 28-30 mm.

Ilab . Ceylon ; Kandy [J. C. F, Fryer , Brit. Mus,).

Subfam. Deebinjj:.

Genus Phenice.

Phenice, Westw. Tr. Linn. Soc. Lond. xix. p. 10 (1842)

Assamia, Buckt. Ind. Mus. Notes, iv. p. 1 (1896).

Pvoutista , Kirk. Entomologist, 1904, p. 279.

Sardis, Kirk. liep. Exp. Stat. Haw. Plant. Assoc, pt. ix. p. 426 (1906).
Phenice fritillaris.

JDcrbe fritillaris, Boh. Vet.-Ak. Ilandl. 1837, p. 227, t. vii. fig. 8 (1838).

This well-known West-African species has now been
received from Nyasaland, Mt. Mianje, 4000 ft. ( S . A. Neave ,
Brit. Mus.).

Phenice nealei , sp. n.

Vertex of head and antennae ochraceous ; eyes black ;
pronotum testaceous, with paler mottlings, the central ridge
and posterior margin greyish ; pronotum testaceous, the
carinations pale ochraceous ; abdomen above brownish ochra-
ceous, finely spotted with white, body beneath and legs more

414

Mr. W. L. Distant on Genera and

or less ocliraceous and finely greyishly pubescent ; tegmina
pale fuscous brown, the venation sanguineous, basal third of
costal area and the claval area greyishly pubescent, the first
also with about four fuscous spots, apical third of costal area,
and the apical and posterior marginal areas distinctly spotted
with white, the lower central transverse veins distinctly inf us-
cated ; wings pale fuscous brown, the central transverse veins
infuscated ; vertex of head projecting in front of eyes ; second
joint of antennse scarcely longer than head ; mesonotum con-
vex, somewhat compressed, tricarinate ; legs slender, poste-
rior tibiae with a single spine and with their apices and a
subapical annulation black.

Long., excl. tegm., 4 mm.; exp. tegm. 20 mm.

Hob. S. Nigeria [Dr. A. E. Neale, Brit, Mus.) ; Gold
Coast (A. B. Evans, Brit. Mus.).

Fhenice majuscula, sp. n.

Body above dull dark castaneous ; vertex of head oclira-
ceous, pale castaneous at base ; mesonotal ridges ocliraceous ;
abdomen above centrally longitudinally ocliraceous ; sternum
testaceous, abdomen beneath dull dark castaneous ; legs very
pale ocliraceous; tegmina fuliginous, mottled with white,
costal area white, with the veins there sanguineous, and with
large subquadrate fuliginous spots, a large white spot at apex,
and a series of smaller white spots on posterior margin; the
other white mottlingsare irregular, numerous, and discal, and
the short transverse veins are distinctly darker fuliginous ;
wings pale fuscous, the veins darker; antennae with the
second joint short, pale, scarcely as long as head ; vertex
produced in front of eyes, its lateral margins strongly ridged;
mesonotal carinations robust ; face long, narrow, ils lateral
margins strongly ridged ; wings about half as long as
tegmina.

Long., excl. tegm., 4 mm. ; exp. tegm. 25 mm.

Hah . Port. E. Africa; Valley of Kola River, near E. Mt.
Chiperone, 1500-2000 ft. ( S . A. Neave, Brit. Mus.).

Genus ZOEAIDA.

Thracia, Westw. Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. xix. p. 10 (1812), nom.
praeocc.

Zoraida , Kirk. Entomologist, 1900, p. 242, n. nom.

Zoraida nyasenais , sp. n.

Body and legs brownish ocliraceous ; tegmina pale hyaline,
the veins concolorous, costal area fuscous and here the veins

415

Species of Fulgoridae.

are sanguineous ; wings hyaline, the upper veins sanguineous ;
second joint of the antennae ochraceous, its apex black,
longer than head and pronotum together ; vertex of head
slightly testaceous, projecting in front of eyes, its apex not
bifurcate ; mesonotum tricarinate, its apex greyishly tomen-
tose ; face narrow, testaceous ; tegmina with the apices
truncate.

Long., excl. tegm., 5 mm. ; exp. tegm. 30 mm.

Hab . Nyasaland ; Mlanje ( S . A. Neave , Brit. Mus.).

Allied to the West- African species Z. sinuosa, Boh.,
but excluding the fuscous costal area; the tegmina are
entirely hyaline, with the veins concolorous ; the veins in the
fuscous costal area sanguineous ; wings with the costal veins
sanguineous, remaining veins concolorous with the hyaline
area.

Zoraida pattersonij sp. n.

Body above and abdomen beneath castaneous brown ;
sternum and legs ochraceous ; tegmina fuliginous, the veins
darker and moderately spotted with ochraceous, the costal
area dark fuliginous, the apical area much paler with the
veins greyish, minutely spotted with fuliginous, the apical
margin with large fuliginous spots and the marginal area of
the apex itself with a double series of small fuliginous spots ;
before middle of inner margin an oblique pale spot reaching
middle of tegmen ; wings very pale fuliginous, with the veins
darker ; antennae brownish ochraceous, the second joint much
longer than head and pronotum together ; vertex of head a
little projecting beyond eyes, its margins carinate, its apex
moderately bifurcate; mesonotum tricarinate.

Long., excl. tegm., 6 mm.; exp. tegm. 30 mm.

llab. Gold Coast; Aburi (TF. II. Patterson , Brit. Mus.).

Allied to Z. bohemanni , Westw., which I have not seen,
but a much larger species, tegmina without the sanguineous
costal veins, and coloration and markings different.

Zoraida flavocostata, sp. n.

Body and legs ochraceous ; tegmina very pale brownish
ochraceous, with opaline lustre, costal area flavescent, with
its basal third of costal margin narrowly blackish, veins
black, a small black spot at apex, and a still smaller one
above apex of clavus ; wings pale ochraceous; antennae
with the second joint flavescent, much longer than head and
pronotum together, vertex triangular, moderately projecting
in front of eyes, which are black ; mesonotum moderately

416

Mr. W. L. Distant on Genera and

tricarinate ; face long and narrow, about as long as clypeus ;
wings very small, about as long as apical margin of tegmen.

Long., excl. tegm., 5 mm. ; exp. tegtn. 32 mm.

Hab . Port. E. Africa; Ruo Valley ($. A, Heave , Brit.
Mus.).

Zoraida ugandensis, sp. n.

Body above pale fuscous brown ; vertex of head, pronotum,
mesonotal carinations, body beneath, and legs ochraceous ;
tegmina hyaline, with opaline lustre, the veins very pale
ochraceous, most of the short transverse veins, the bases
of the longitudinal veins, and a short basal area dark fuligi-
nous, costal area pale stramineous, apices of the veins to
apical areas minutely dark fuliginous ; wings hyaline, the
apices of the veins to apical areas minutely dark fuliginous ;
second joint of antennas stramineous, its apex black, con-
siderably longer than head and pronotum together ; vertex
of head triangular, projecting beyond eyes ; face narrow,
slightly shorter than clypeus; wings about as long as greatest
breadth of tegmen.

Long., excl. tegm., 6 mm. ; exp. tegm. 30 mm.

Hab . Uganda Prot., Banks of Victoria Nile, near Masindi
Port, 3400 ft. ( S . A. Heave, Brit. Mus.).

Zoraida picturata , sp. n.

Head, pronotum, and mesonotum dull shining ochraceous,
the vertex of head and mesonotal carinations a little paler;
abdomen darker, with its apex sanguineous ; sternum and
legs pale ochraceous ; face pale ochraceous ; clypeus testa-
ceous, its apex black ; tegmina hyaline mottled with fuscous,
about basal third of costal margin narrowly bright greyish,
veins on costal area sanguineous, the principal fuscous
markings are linear, longitudinal spots on costal margin,
nearly the whole space between the two lower sanguineous
veins, three large reversed subtriangular spots beneath the
lower sanguineous vein, two apical transverse series of small
spots, pale mottlings on lower half, and posterior marginal
spots ; wings very pale fuliginous, a small dark discal spot
and another on posterior margin ; vertex triangular, pro-
jecting beyond eyes, which are castaneous ; face narrow,
shorter than clypeus ; second joint of rostrum ochraceous,
longer than head and pronotum together ; mesonotum mode-
rately tricarinate; wings about half the length of tegmina.

Long., excl. tegm., 4 mm. ; exp. tegm. 24 mm.

Hab, Nyasaland ; Mt. Mlanje (S, A. Heave, Brit. Mus.).

Species of Fulgoridpe.

417

Zoraida evansi, sp. n.

Head, pronotum, and mesonotuin ochraceous, vertex of
head and mesonotal catenations paler ; abdomen pale testa-
ceous with darker mottlings, its apex ochraceous ; sternum
and legs ochraceous, the first more or less greyishly pilose ;
tegmina pale greyish, subhyaline, the veins brownish ochra-
ceous, costal area with a long basal longitudinal brownish
spot containing an upper greyish line, a large subapical
brownish spot containing four or five prominent smaller
greyish spots, a central discal spot with a small internal grey
spot, and a series of small brown spots on the posterior and
apical margins ; the smaller transverse veins are also dis-
tinctly fuscous ; wings pale fuliginous, the veins brownish, a
small dark spot on anal area, which is greyish ; second joint
of antennae ochraceous, much longer than head and pronotum
together ; vertex triangular, projecting in front of eyes ;
face narrow, shorter than clypeus ; mesonotum rather promi-
nently tricarinate ; wings about half the length of tegmina.

Long., excl. tegm., 3 mm. ; exp. tegm. 22 mm.

Hab. Gold Coast (^4. E. Evans , Brit. Mus.).

Zoraida vuilieti , sp. n.

Body pale fuscous ; legs very pale ochraceous ; mesonotal
carinations obscurely greyish ; tegmina hyaline, the veins
fuliginous, base, costal area, and apex irregularly piceous,
the first containing about four hyaline spots, the costal
margin some five small opaque pale spots near apex, and a
large hyaline spot at apex containing three or four brownish
dots, posterior margin narrowly fuscous ; wings pale fuligi-
nous, the veins fuscous ; second joint of antennae fuscous, its
apex paler, much longer than head and pronotum together ;
vertex triangular, the apex broad, projecting beyond eyes ;
face narrow, about as long as clypeus ; wings slightly
passing apex of tegminal clavus.

Long., excl. tegm., 4 mm. ; exp. tegm. 22 mm.

Hab. Indo-China ( A . Vuillet , type in Brit. Mus.).

Zoraida histrionica , sp. n.

Vertex and pronotum pale ochraceous, the latter with two
central oblique black lines ; mesonotum pale brownish, with
narrow margins and fasciate carinal markings pale ochra-
ceous; scutellum purplish brown, with a central longitudinal
greyish line ; abdomen ochraceous, above thickly mottled
Ann . <$c Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xiii. 29

418

Mr. W. L. Distant on Genera and

with castaneous, beneath more or less broadly segmentally
fasciated with that colour ; sternum and legs ochraceous ;
tegmina hyaline, the venation fuscous, costal area flavescent,
containing a piceous spot beyond middle and another near
apex, apical margin narrowly piceous, and with a piceous
spot at apex of clavus ; wings slightly tinted with ochra-
ceous; second joint of antennse ochraceous, its apex testa-
ceous, considerably larger than head and pronotum together;
vertex triangular, slightly projecting beyond eyes; wings
very small, about as long as apical margin of tegmina; face
narrow, about as long as clypeus.

Long., excl. tegm., 5 mm. ; exp. tegm. 25 mm.

Hob. East Himalayas (Brit. Mus.).

This species is allied to Z. ephemeralis , Walk., from the
Papuan Islands.

Zoraipoides, gen. nov.

Head much narrower than pronotum, vertex narrow, its
lateral margins prominently ridged, their apices subacute ;
eyes large, obliquely directed along the lateral margins of
the pronotum ; face long, narrow, the lateral margins
strongly ridged and slightly undulate, divergent before the
clypeus, which is tricarinate and only slightly shorter than
the face ; antennse with the second joint very long, longer
than the head and pronotum together ; pronotum short,
centrally tricarinate, the lateral areas extending backwardly
and obliquely over the lateral margins of the mesonotum, its
margins ridged ; mesonotum obscurely tricarinate ; abdomen
short and robust ; legs slender, posterior tibiae with a distinct
spine ; tegmina elongate, more than three times longer than
broad, their apices subtruncate, five costal areas, four central
basal areas, a series of twelve areas from apex to posterior
inner margin, and two central subapical areas (the outermost
small) beneath the fifth costal area ; wings very short, some-
what imperfect in the unique typical specimen.

Zoraidoides malabarensis , sp. n.

Body castaneous ; eyes black; central carinations to meso-
notum and macular markings to pronotum pale ochraceous ;
face pale ochraceous, spotted with castaneous ; second joint
of antennae dull ochraceous, its apex pale testaceous; legs
greyish white ; tegmina and wings hyaline, the first with
the costal marginal area ochraceous, excepting above the first
and second costal areas, where it is hyaline, veins obscure
ochraceous; wings with the veins brownish ochraceous;
structural characters as in generic diagnosis.

419

Species of F ulgorida?.

Long., excl. tegm , 5 mm. ; exp. tegm. 26 mm.

Hab. Malabar; Taliparamba ( T . B. Fletcher , Brit. Mus.).
This specimen was found ou 44 Pepper.”

Genus Diostrombus.

Diostrombus, Uhler, Proc. Nat. Mus. U.S. 1896, p. 283; Muir, Bull.

Exp. Stat. Haw. Plant. Assoc. 1913, p. 80.

Droniij Dist. Faun. Brit. Ind., Rhynch. iii. p. 305 (1906).

Type, D. politus, Uhler (from Japan).

Mr. Muir states that he has seen a cotype of Diostrombus
from the U.S. Nat. Museum, and has found it congeneric
with my Drona. I accept his decision, and amend the
nomenclature accordingly. The species I now know are: —

D. politus , Uhler. Japan.

D. carnosus (Derbe, Phenice?), Westw., and D. (Drona) pen-
natuSj Dist. Brit. India.

The Ethiopian species are as follows : —

D. ( Derbe ) lanius , Stal. Caffraria.

D. (Drona) grahami , Dist. Ashanti ; Nyasaland, Mt. Mlanje
(&. A. Weave ).

D. (Thracia) apicalis , Hagl. Congo.

D. gowdeyij Dist. Uganda.

Diostrombus gowdeyi , sp. n.

Body shining black ; eyes and posterior margin of meso-
notum ochraceous; abdomen above and body beneath more
or less cretaceously tomentose ; legs ochraceous, the femora,
apices of tibia?, and the tarsi piceous ; tegmina and wings
hyaline, slightly tinted with brownish ochraceous, venation
black or piceous ; vertex moderately produced in front of eyes,
the apex bifurcate ; face narrow, laterally ridged ; clypeus
large, tricarinate, the lateral carinae somewhat obscure ;
mesonotum large, convex, smooth, glossy, non-carinate ;
abdomen in the male furnished apically with a pair of long
forceps-like anal appendages; tegmina with the costal mem-
brane possessing three oblique transverse veins on its apical
half, upper ulnar area with a transverse vein near middle;
second joint of antennae about as long as head.

Long., excl. tegm., 4-4^ mm. ; exp. tegm. 19-22 mm.

dlab. Uganda (C. C . 6r owdey, Brit. Mus.).

29*

420

Mr. W. L. Distant on Genera and

PJira pictipennisj sp. n.

Body above pale tawny brown ; mesonotnm with two
central linear fasciae and a large spot on each lateral area dull
castaneous brown, margins narrowly greyish white ; body
beneath and legs pale ochraceous, base of abdomen black
where the segmental margins are greyish white ; tegmina
pale, creamy semihyaline, much mottled with very pale
fuscous, three or four linear longitudinal black spots in costal
area, apical veins more or less suffused with blackish, three
rounded black spots on basal third and three blackish spots
on inner margin; wings white, semihyaline, the veins
darker.

Allied to P. amplificata , Dist., from Ceylon, but with the
vertex of head slightly shorter and considerably more con-
cave ; the amplified mesonotal margins much broader and
less spinous, markings of the tegmina distinct, &c.

Long., excl. tegm., 3J mm. ; exp. tegm. 18 mm.

Hab. U. P. Brit. India, Bankatti ( A . D. Imms , Brit.
Mus.).

“ Under bark and in rotten wood of standing Sal.”

Subfam. Ricaniinm.

Poehazia piper a, sp. n.

Head and pronotum brownish ochraceous, mesonotum
black, exposed margins of metanotum ochraceous ; abdomen
testaceous ; body beneath and legs ochraceous ; tegmina pale
bronzy brown, two pale transverse lines before apex and a
much inwardly angulated line near middle, from this line to
base the surface is much mottled with small paler and darker
spots, a small black spot near apical angle and a subtriangular
pale spot near apex of costal membrane ; wings very pale
bronzy brown ; mesonotum with five carinate lines, the
central one straight, on each side of which is an inwardly
and anteriorly curved line which bifurcates near middle ;
apical margin of tegmina larger than inner margin ; face
broad, centrally carinate, the carination becoming almost
obsolete towards clypeus ; posterior tibiae with two spines.

Long., excl. tegm., 6 mm. ; exp. tegm. 19^ mm.

Hab . Malabar JDistr., Taliparansbas ( T . Bainbrigge-
Fleteher , Brit. Mus.).

“ On Pepper plant.”

Species of Fulgoridse.
Subfam. F latin

421

Pulastya abbreviata , sp. n.

Body more or less virescent (ochraceousin faded specimens) ;
legs pale ochraceous ; tegmina pale virescent or pale ochra-
ceous, the apical third of costal margin, the whole of apical
margin, and the greater part of posterior margin very nar-
rowly but closely spotted wTith brownish ; wings creamy
white ; head moderately conically produced ; pro- and meso-
nota longitudinally tricarinate ; tegmina about twice as long
as broad, the posterior angle not or scarcely angulately
produced.

Long., excl. tegm., 8-9 mm. ; exp. tegm. 23-25 mm.

11 ah, Indo-Ohina (Ah Vitalis de Salvaza , type in Brit.
Mus.).

Allied to P. acutipennis , Kirby, from Brit. India, but
differing by the non-prod uced posterior angles of the tegmina.

Satapa tuberculosa , sp. n.

Body and legs dull dark ochraceous ; mesonotum fuscous
brown ; abdominal segmental margins and lateral areas of
sternum greyishly tomentose ; tegmina pale tawny brown,
two prominent dark spots on costal membrane and another
near apex, the apical half much mottled with darker
markings, the costal membrane finely granulose near base, a
median series of granules, and about three distinct tubercles
a little before middle, one also on the claval area ; wings pale
fuliginous, the venation darker.

Long., excl. tegm., 5^ mm. ; exp. tegm. 13 mm.

Hab. 8. India; Coimbatore (71. Bainbrigtje- Fletcher, Brit.
Mus ).

Allied to S. sicula , Dist., from Ceylon, but differing in the
tuberculated tegmina, the posterior angles of the teguiina
more produced, &c.

Paragomeda, gen. nov.

Head longer than breadth between eyes, narrowed ante-
riorly ; face considerably longer than broad, obliquely nar-
rowed at base, centrally carinate ; pronotum shorter than
vertex, centrally finely carinate, its lateral margins laminate;
mesonotum tricarinate ; tegmina about twice as long as
broad, with the costal membrane veiy strongly arched and
convex, moderately sinuate before apex, apical margin trun-
cate, the apical and posterior angles not rounded, posterior

422

Mr. W. L. Distant on Genera and

margin slightly sinuate, costal membrane scarcely or very
little wider than radial area, venation generally as in 6ro-
meda ; wings very little broader than tegmina.

Allied to Gomeda , Dist., but separated by the different-
shaped and more produced vertex of head, the strongly arched
and convex costal membrane, and the angulate apical and
posterior tegminal angles, &c.

Type, P . fypica , Dist.

Paragomeda fypica, sp. n.

Body above and beneath ochraceous, the legs paler, the
abdomen above basally and apically cretaceously tomentose ;
tegmina pale ochraceous, sparingly spotted with brownish,
the apical cells brownish, preceded by a similar series of
transverse brownish spots ; wings creamy white ; structural
characters as in generic diagnosis.

Long., excl. tegm., 4J mm. ; exp. tegm. 12^ mm.

Hab. S. India ; Nandidrug (P. V. Campbell , Brit. Mus.).

Paragomeda viridisj sp. n.

Head, pronotum, and mesonotum virescent; abdomen,
body beneath, and legs ochraceous ; tegmina virescent, the
margins very narrowly pale ochraceous, the apical margin
minutely spotted with pale browmish, and a few scattered
minute brownish spots on disk ; wings creamy white ; vertex
only slightly longer than pronotum, which is centrally cari-
nate; mesonotum tricarinate.

Long., excl. tegm., 3J mm. ; exp. tegm. 12^ mm.

Hab. S. India; Nandidrug (P. V. Campbell).

A single carded specimen of this species allows no further
description than the above.

Atracis clypeata , sp. n.

Body above pale greenish ochraceous ; vertex with two
small spots at apex and the lateral margins near eyes black ;
mesonotum with somewhat large linear black spots forming
two broken anteriorly converging fasciae; abdomen above
with two dark basal spots and three pale greenish longitu-
dinal fasciae, one central, the other two lateral ; face with
some small black marks near anterior margin, clypeus with
two central brown fasciae un ted posteriorly ; legs ochra-
ceous; tegmina opaque, greyish, with a slightly greenish
tint, a few small black spots near base, and some other

423

Species of Fulgoridge.

mostly linear on apical area, the veins greenish ochraceous ;
wings creamy white, the veins greenish ochraceous ; vertex
about as long as the pronotum, centrally longitudinally
incised, foveate, with the lateral margins strongly recurved ;
lateral margins of the pronotum moderately recurved ; face
longer than broad, narrowed anteriorly, lateral margins
strongly recurved ; tegmina with the costal membrane about
three times as wide as radial area.

Long., excl. tegm., 11 mm.; exp. tegm. 32 mm.

Bab. Ceylon (J. C . Fryer , Brit. Mus.).

Atracis nalandensis , sp. n.

Body above dull brownish mottled with darker markings,
the mesonotum with two discal, longitudinal, anteriorly con-
verging black fascise ; abdomen with two basal excavated
black spots ; face and clypeus somewhat more palely ochra-
ceous, the first with its anterior area more or less speckled
with black ; tegmina ochraceous, irregularly speckled and
spotted with black (these markings vary in different speci-
mens) ; wings pale fuliginous, a little paler on central area;
vertex about as long as pronotum, distinctly foveate, the
lateral margins strongly recurved ; pronotum with the lateral
margins also strongly recurved ; face considerably longer
than broad, narrowed anteriorly, the lateral margins strongly
recurved ; clypeus finely, darkly, transversely striate ; teg-
mina with the costal membrane more than twice as broad as
radial area.

Long., excl. tegm., 12 mm. ; exp. tegm. 33 mm.

Bab. Ceylon ; Nalanda ( Atkins Coll., Brit. Mus.). Assam ;
Margherita (Doherty).

Atracis dissimilis , sp. n.

Body above greenish ochraceous; abdominal segmental
margins a little paler ; legs ochraceous ; tegmina greyish
ochraceous, opaque, with some small ill-defined darker spots,
of which the largest are two in vertical series near base and
another on apical area ; wings creamy white; vertex slightly
longer than pronotum, strongly, centrally, longitudinally
incised, the lateral margins recurved ; pronotum centrally
longitudinally ridged, the lateral margins recurved ; meso-
notum somewhat crushed and mutilated in typical specimen ;
abdomen above centrally longitudinally carinate ; face with
the apex distinctly darker, centrally longitudinally carinate,
longer than broad, the lateral margins moderately convex and

424

Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell — Descriptions and

recurved ; clypeus with brownish oblique striations on each
lateral area ; tegmina with the costal membrane three times
as broad as radial area.

Long., excl. tegm., 11 mm. ; exp. tegm. 28 mm.

Dab. S. Mysore; Goorghalli Estate ( Bainbrigge-Fletcher ,
Brit. Mus.).

XLVIIT. — Descriptions and Records of Bees. — LVIII.

By T. D. A. Cockerell, University of Colorado.

Anthophora curt a, Provancher.

El Paso, Texas, at yellow flowers of a species of Compositae,
Nov. 7, 1913, 4 $ (P. H. Timberlake , 2).

Of these, two are typical curta, while two have the hair on
inner side of hind hasitarsi rather dark ferruginous. These
latter are clearly curt a , not A. peritomee.

Tetralonia poeticai sp. n.

S . — Length about 12 mm.

In my table in Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xxxii. p. 79, runs
out at 4, because yellow of clypeus is not notched at sides ;
except for this character it runs to T. frater (Cress.) on p. 80,
to which it is very closely allied. It differs from T. frater
(a co-type from Colorado compared) by the clypeal yellow
being pale lemon instead of almost orange, its upper border
arched, leaving the upper and lateral margins of the clypeus
broadly black ; face broader ; hair of thorax above more
strongly ochreous ; apical plate of abdomen broader ; last
ventral segment with the oblique submarginal ridges straight
or nearly (curved in frater ), and apical comers of segment
prominent (not so in frater).

I thought this might be the male of T. virgata (Ckll.),
but the b. n. in virgata squarely meets the t.-m., whereas in
poetica it falls short of it.

Hab. Whittier, California, at flowers of Convolvulus ,
April 14, 1912, 3 ( P . H. Timberlake , 3).

Perdita hypoocantha, sp. n.

<?. — Length 3J-4 mm.

Very close to P. gutierrezice , Ckll., differing as follows: —
Upper level of yellow on front practically straight, except a

425

Records of Bees,

small notch for the foveal spot on each side ; cheeks with
the lower three-fourths entirely yellow ; pleura yellow,
except its broad upper margin ; abdomen much darker,
with successively narrower yellow bands on a dark brown
ground ; anterior and middle tibiae each with a brown stripe,
and there may be a small brown mark at apex of middle
femora.

Hab. Idyll wild, San Jacinto Mts., California, abundant at
flowers of Adenostoma fasciculatum , July 14, 1912 ( P . H.
Timber lake , 1).

The plant is Rosaceous, but the bee is related to the
species occurring on flowers of Compositae.

Halictus ovaliceps, Cockerell.

r Whittier, California, April 16, 1913, 2 ? ; one at flowers
of Rubus vitifolius , collecting cream-coloured pollen ; one at
flowers of Phacelia hispida , collecting light blue pollen
(R. H. Timber lake, 5).

Nomada harimensis, sp. n.
d . — Length 7 mm.

Head and thorax black, densely rugoso-punctate, with
thin white hair, which is greyish white dorsally, but pure
vhite on cheeks, middle of face, and underside of thorax ;
head broad ; mandibles simple, red except basally ; clypeus
all black, but lower corners of face shining yellow ; antennae
long and thick ; scape swollen, black ; flagellum black,
bright ferruginous beneath except the last three joints ;
third antennal joint much shorter than fourth ; tubercles
and tegulae ferruginous, thorax otherwise black ; scutellum
not very prominent. Wings clear, with the apical margin
brown ; stigma ferruginous, nervures fuscous ; b. n. going a
short distance basad of t.-m. ; first r. n. joining middle of
second s.m. Legs ferruginous, black basally ; femora black
except apex and about apical two-thirds above ; tibiae with
a black patch behind ; anterior coxae with a red apical spot,
but not spined. Abdomen shining, without evident punc-
tures ; first segment piceous, with a curved, bilobed, trans-
verse red band on disc ; second and third segments broadly
piceous apically, otherwise yellow except in middle, where
they are ferruginous ; fourth segment similar, except that
the yellow is reduced and the apical margin is ferruginous ;
apex ferruginous, the apical plate broad and entire; venter
only slightly marked with yellow.

426

Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell — Descriptions and
$ . — Length about 7 ram.

Robust, bright ferruginous marked with black, no yellow
anywhere ; middle of mesopleura covered with a patch of
silvery-white hair, sides of metathorax below with similar
patches ; head red, with supraclypeal area, front except sides,
ocellar region, and cheeks except a band along posterior
orbits all black ; antennae long, bright ferruginous, the last
joint very clear red, but the one before it strongly black-
ened, contrasting, and the two joints before this more or less
dusky ; third antennal joint shorter than fourth; meso-
tliorax with a broad median black baud. Legs red, the
middle and hind coxae marked with black, hind tibiae slightly
dusky behind. Apex of wings dark brown. Abdomen
shining chestnut-red, without evident punctures, and with
no yellow markings ; first segment with a large black patch,
lobed at sides, second segment broadly blackened apically,
fifth with an interrupted black basal band.

Hab. Harima, Japan ( Fukai ). U.S. National Museum.
The male ( = type) taken April 7, 1912, the female April 18,
1912.

This is not very close to any described Japanese species.
In SchmiedeknechPs tables (Apidse Europsese) the male runs
nearest to N. rujicornis, L., which is much larger, and differs
in face-markings and colour of scape. The female runs to
N. thersites, Schm., which is evidently closely allied, differing
from harimensis by the black markings on the femora,
markings of abdomen, &c.

Nomada luteola , Lepeletier.

East Falls Church, Virginia, May 4, 1913 {Rohmer and
Cockerell) .

Meg achile melanophcea , Smith.

Chazy Lake, N.Y., June 28, 1913, $ [Felt).

Megachile nipponica , n. n.

This name is proposed for M. orientalis} Perez, 1905 (not
of Morawitz, 1895), from Yokohama, Japan.

Megachile harimensis , sp. n.

$ . — Length about 11 mm.

Black, robust, with fulvous, white, and black hair ; facial
quadrangle longer than broad ; mandibles quadridentate ;
clypeus shining, closely and strongly punctured, the lower
edge subemarginate in middle ; antennae entirely black ;

Becords of Bees.

427

face, front, cheeks, and occiput covered with pale ochreous
hair, paler and dense at sides of face, on vertex fulvous,
with some fuscous laterally ; mesothorax and scutellum
densely punctured but glistening, covered with bright fulvous
or fulvo-ferruginous hair ; other parts of thorax with paler,
ochreous-tinted hair, becoming dull white beneath ; tegulae
bright ferruginous. Wings pale brownish, nervures piceous.
Legs black, with pale hair, red on inner side of middle and
anterior tarsi, but reddish black on inner side of hind ones ;
middle basitarsi with reddish hair on outer side; joints 2 to
4 of middle tarsi broadened ; spurs pale ferruginous. Abdo-
men broad and short, shining, punctured, not at all metallic ;
basal segment and sides of second with much pale ochreous
hair ; hind margins of segments 3 to 5 with thin pale hair-
bands, the discs of these segments, especially at sides,
having black hair (the third segment has pale hair in middle) ;
sixth segment gently concave in lateral profile, almost bare,
with no light hair ; ventral scopa long, creamy white, black
on last two segments and at sides of the one before.

Hab. Harima, Japan, May 1912 ( Fukai , 45). U.S.
National Museum.

In Friese's table of Palaearctic Megacliile this runs to
M. picicornis, except as to the antennae. In his table of
Oriental species it runs to 29, but is not either of the species
there indicated. It does not appear to be very close to any
recorded J apanese or Chinese species. Superficially M. hari-
mensis looks just like a rather small M. circumduct a, but on
closer examination it is seen to differ in many ways.

Megachile vagata, Vachal.

Argentina ( Fitzgerald ; British Museum, 99. 124). 1

This specimen is about 10 mm. long, but otherwise agrees
with YachaPs description. The anterior femora and tibiae
are red on the outer side ; the spines on anterior coxae are
small. The species is allied to M.jenseni , Friese.

Megachile dentipes , Yachal.

Argentina (0. W. Thomas ; British Museum, 1904. 148).
1 J-

YachaPs description sufficiently indicates this striking
species, with extraordinary anterior tarsi, and the middle
femora sharply toothed beneath in the middle. The following
may be added : — Mandibles with a large red patch; labrum
dull testaceous ; fringe of hair on inner border of anterior

428

Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell — Descriptions and

basitarsus appearing black in some positions, but really
largely pale straw-colour ; anterior coxae with a short band
of red bristles in front ; coxal spines long ; greater part of
anterior femora light red.

Megachile mendozana, Cockerell.

Argentina (0. W. Thomas ; Brit. Museum, 1904, 148).

1

This species was described from the female as cornuta ,
Sin., and rhinoceros, Friese, both preoccupied names. The
insect before me is certainly the male of rhinoceros as
described by Vachal ; it also runs to rhinoceros in Friese's
table of Argentine Megachile , and to mendozana in Jorgensen's
Mendoza table. It is, however, smaller than the size given
by Friese for male rhinoceros , and the mesothorax is more
shining, with the punctures conspicuously larger and less
dense than in a female rhinoceros from Mendoza now before
me. There are perhaps two species at present confused by
authors under mendozana or rhinoceros.

Megachile parsonsice , Schrottky.

Argentina (0. W. Thomas ; Brit. Museum, 1904. 148).

This agrees with Friese' s brief account of “ simillima ”
from Mendoza, which Jorgensen says is to be called par-
sonsice. The pallid anterior tarsi have an elongated black
spot on the inner side, and the keel of the sixth abdominal
segment has six sharp spines.

Megachile porrectula, n. n.

A new name is required for M. acuta , Yachal, 1908 (not
M. acuta, Smith), from Mapiri, Bolivia.

Megachile par ax anthur a, sp. n.

$ . — Length a little over 9 mm.

Black, the flagellum very obscure brownish beneath ;
legs black, the last tarsal joint red at extreme apex, anterior
femora with the smooth area which touches the tibiae (when
the legs are flexed) red ; mandibles with a triangular tooth
at base beneath ; face densely covered with cream-coloured
hair ; rest of head and thorax with dull white or yellowish-
white hair, mixed with long black hairs on vertex, scutellum,
and especially postscutellum ; head and thorax above closely

429

Records of Bees .

and finely punctured ; tegulae piceous. Wings dusky, the
costal region strongly brownish ; nervures sepia. Legs
with pale hair ; anterior tarsi simple ; anterior coxse with
spines of moderate size, the face of the coxa above the spine
sinning, with no special ornamentation ; spurs yellowish
white. Abdomen short, first segment with long hair like
that of thorax ; second to fifth with entire ochreous hair-
bands, rather thin on second, dense on the others ; discs of
second to fourth with very short fuscous hair, only seen in
lateral view ; nearly basal two-thirds of fifth segment covered
with conspicuous ochreous tomentum ; sixth segment above
densely covered with golden-ochreous hair, but the margin
of the keel bare ; keel of sixth segment strongly emarginate
in middle, but the edges of the emargination not dentiform,
the margin on each side of the notch may be indented, but
is not at all dentate; no evident ventral spines. There is no
hair-band in the scutello-mesothoracic suture.

Hab. Argentina ( O.W . Thomas ; Brit. Museum, 1904. 148).

In Jorgensen’s Mendoza table and Friese’s Argentine table
this runs to “ simillirna” = par sonsice, which is really a very
different species. In Vachal’s table of male Megachile it
falls nearest to M. pallefacta , but it is not that species, nor
is it brasiliensis , near to which it falls in Friese’s table of
species of the Brazilian subregion. It does not agree with
any description I can find, but it may possibly have been
described from the female.

Megachile abluta , Cockerell.

. — Los Banos, Philippine Is. ( Baker , 1792, 1793, 1796) ;
Mt. Makiling, Luzon [Baker, 1795).

I am surprised to find that I cannot separate this species
from M. abluta , described from Formosa. It has very
possibly been spread by man, the nests being easily carried
in timber or merchandise. The mesothorax of the Philippine
Islands specimens is less hairy than that of the Formosan
examples before me, but the character varies, and it is
impossible to draw any specific lines. The species is easily
known from M. laticeps , Sm., by the spined coxse.

A male of M. abluta was sent by Professor Baker with a
female Megachile , which has received a manuscript name
from Friese. I find, however, another male from Los Banos
which, though allied to abluta, is distinct, and evidently
belongs with Friese’s new species.

430

Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell — Descriptions and

Megachile laticeps , Smith, var. a.

<$ . — Los Banos, Philippine Is. {Baker, 1790).

This exactly agrees with Smith's account, except that it is
fully 11 mm. long, the hair on the cheeks is only faintly
tinged with yellow, and the first four abdominal segments
have entire fulvous hair-bands. Unless Smith’s type was in
poor condition, my insect must represent a distinct variety,
but, I think, not a distinct species.

Megachile perihirta, Cockerell.

<$ . — Los Angeles County, California {Coquillett) . U.S.
Nat. Museum. Denver, Colorado, Aug. 25 {Mrs. C. Bennett).

Megachile sidalcece , Cockerell.

. — Del Rio, Texas, May 1, 1907, at flowers of Monarda
citriodora {Bishopp). U.S. Nat. Museum.

Megachile pereximia (Cockerell).

M. vallorum , Ckll., is no doubt the female of pereximia.
The type of pereximia has the first r. n. entering second s.m.
as far from base as second from apex, and has the fringe
on inner side of anterior basitarsus inanity black. These
characters vary in Texan specimens ; some from Cotulla and
Denton have the first r. n. exactly meeting first t.-c., and in
these the fringe on inner side of anterior basitarsus is light
red, only black at base. These also are smaller than the
type. However, one from Cotullo is as large as the type,
and a Denton male has the first r. n. entering second s.m.,
though not so far from base as in type.

The following records relate to material from Texas : —

(1) Males {pereximia). — Cotnlla, May 11, at Monarda
punctata and Verbesina enceliuides {Crawford) ; Co-
tulla, May 5, at Coreopsis {Crawford) ; Denton,
May 29, at Gaillardia pulchella {Bishopp) ; Dallas,
at Amorpha fruticosa , May 9 ( Bishopp ) ; Dallas, at
Gaillardia pulchella , May 19 {Bishopp) ; Dallas,
July 1, hair of face cream-colour {Bishopp) ; Paris,
May 24 ( Bishopp ) ; San Antonio, at Coreopsis carda-
minefolia. May 4 (Craivford) ; New Boston, at Tetra-
neuris linear if olia, Aug. 29 {Bishopp) ; Victoria, at
Helianthus , April 26 ( Bishopp ) ; Strmgtown, Sept. 7
{Bishopp) ) Calvert, April 5 {Jones) ; Kerrville, at

431

Records of Bees .

Marrubium vulyare, April ]2 (Pratt) : Devils River,
at GaiUardia pulchella , infested with many mites,
May 6 [Bishopp). Also from Daleville, Arkansas,
Sept. 13 (Jones).

(2) Females [vallorum) . — San Diego, at Opuntia , April 24,
large variety ( Mitchell ) ; Plano, June, Aug, ( Tucker ) ;
Paris, on cotton, unusually large, with a very few
black_hairs on clypeus (Jones) ; Hearne, at nests in
bogs, July 23 (Bishopp) ; Dallas, at GaiUardia, June 10
( Bishopp ) ; Dallas, at Engelmannia pinnatifida, May
22 ( Pierce ) ; Laredo, Oct. 21 (Mitchell and Bishopp) ;
Riverside, Aug. 24 ( Yothers ) ; Wolfe City, June 16
( Bishopp ) ; Devils River, at Monarda citriodora, May 3
[Pratt) ; Pittsburg, May 9 (Bishopp) ; Kerrville, at
Coreopsis cardaminefolia , June 2 [Pratt) ; Kerrville,
at Salvia pitcheri, no pollen collected, June 19
[Pratt) ; San Antonio, at Coreopsis cardaminefolia ,
May 14 [Crawford) ; Denton, at Coreopsis cardamine-
folia, May 19 [Bishopp) ; Arlington, at Sideranthus,
Aug. 28 [Bishopp)) Barstow, July 22 [Crawford) ;
Austin [Crawford). Also at Daleville, Arkansas,
Sept. 13 (Jones).

Megachile perbrevis, Cresson.

Males from Texas carry the following data : — Devils
River, at GaiUardia pulchella, May 3 (Bishopp) ; Victoria,
Aug. 20 [Mitchell) ; Victoria, March 6 (Leister).

Megachile perbrevis onobrychidis (Cockerell).

My M. onobrychidis is only a race of perbrevis . The
following localities for it are new : —

Oak Creek Canon, Arizona, 6000 ft., July (Snow) ;
Douglas County, Kansas, 900 ft. (Snow) ; Mound, La.,
May 12 [Jones) ; Dallas, Tex,, Sept. 4 [Bishopp) ; Green-
wile, Tex., Sept. 24 [Bishopj)) ; New Boston, Tex., Aug. 30
[Bishopp) ; Rosser, Tex., April 15 [Bishopp). These are all
males.

Megachile subexilis , Cockerell.

$ . — Rito de los Frijoles, New Mexico, Aug. [TV. W. Rob-
bins) .

Typical as to structure, but abdominal bands faintly creamy.

432

Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell — Descriptions and

Megachile campanula (Robertson).

$ . — Indiana. Collector unknown.

Megachile exilis , Cresson.

The following localities are in Texas : — Grand Prairie, at
Ambrosia psilostachya, June, £ (Jones); Rosser, June 7
(Jones) ; Runge, Sept. 20 (Crawford) ; Victoria, April 17,
<$ $ ( Leister ) ; Del Rio, May 8 (Bishopp) ; Cotulla, May 12
( Crawford ) ; Kerrville, at Monarda citriodora, May 31,
eleven females (Pratt). It also occurs at Durant, Okla., at
Asclepias , one carrying a pollen mass on hind leg ( Bishopp ) ;
and in Arkansas at Daleville, Aug. 13 (Jones), and Fouke, at
Verbesina helianthoides, May 22, $ (Bishopp).

Megachile jidelis, Cresson.

Los Angeles, California ; nine females, Aug. (Coquillett) .

Megachile vidua monardarum (Cockerell).

$ . — Longs Peak Inn, Colorado, at Bistort a bistortoides ,
June 26 (TV. P. Cockerell).

Megachile chilopsidis, Cockerell.

? . — Cotulla, Texas, May 5 (Crawford).

Megachile newelli , Cockerell.

$ . — A characteristic feature is that the apex of clypeus
is covered with pale hair.

Paris, Tex. (Bishopp) ; Victoria, Tex., at Rudbeckia am -
plexicaulis , April 28 (Cushman) ; Lafayette, La., at thistle,
April 29 (Cushman) ; Mansfield, La., at Helenium tenuifolium,
July 4 (Bishopp) ; Mound, La., at Helenium tenuifolium ,
Aug. 20 (Bishopp).

This is probably the female of M. Integra. , Cresson.

Megachile henrici, Cockerell.

$ . — Fernshaw, Australia (Nat. Mus. Viet. 18).

Megachile derelicta , Cockerell.

$ . — Brisbane, smaller than type, Sept. 24 (Hacker ;
Gueensl. Mus. 75).

Records of Bees .

433

Megachile quinquelineata , Cockerell.

$ . — Kelvin Grove, Brisbane, Nov. 20 ( Hacker ; Queensl.
Mus. 67).

Megachile cygnorum, Cockerell.

c? . — “ Wood end, Victoria” ( French ; Froggatt, 169).
N. S. Wales (Nat. Mus. Viet. 42).

Megachile serricauda , Cockerell.

S . — Museum Gardens, Brisbane (Queensl. Mus. 69).

Megachile mackayensis , Cockerell.

$ . — New South Wales (Nat. Mus. Viet. 26).

Megachile pictiventris , Smith.

? . — Clarence Biver, N. S. Wales ( Wilcox ; Nat. Mus.
Viet. 49, 50).

Megachile semiluctuosa , Smith.

$ . — Near Murray River (Nat. Mus. Viet. 13).

Lithurgus gibbosus , Smith.

The following localities are in Texas : — Fredericksburg,
May 29 ( Mitchell ) ; Maverick Co., May 15 ( Mitchell ) ; Kerr-
ville, May 31, ^ , at Monarda citriodora (Pratt) ; Cotulla,

at Opuntia, ? , May 5 ( Crawford , Pierce ).

Lithurgus apicalis opuntice , Cockerell.

Cotulla, Tex., at Opuntia , ?, May 5, 11 ( Crawford );
Nueces River, Zavalla Co., at Opuntia , April 30, ^ (Pratt)',
Tucson, Arizona, at Opuntia , May 20-24, (Pr«/£).

Anthidium tenuiflorce , Cockerell.

. — Ward, Colorado, at Grindelia subalpina , Aug. 26
{Cockerell) .

ilrctt. J/a^. A7. 7/<W. Ser. 3. Re/, xiii.

30

434

Mr. O. Thomas on Mammals from

XLIX. — On Mammals from Manns Island Admiralty Group ,

and liul Island , .Bismarck Archipelaqo. By OLDFIELD
Thomas.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

By the kindness of the Hon. Walter Rothschild the British
Museum lias had the opportunity of acquiring two collections
of mammals, mostly bats, which had been obtained on the
islands mentioned in the title by Mr. A. S. Meek and his
brother-in-law Mr. Eichhorn.

With the exception of the few specimens collected by the
‘Challenger’ Expedition in 1875 (including the original
series of Pier opus admiral itatum) the British Museum
possessed no mammals at all from the Admiralty Islands,
and from the Bismarck Archipelago only those got by the
Rev. Gr. Brown on u Duke of York Island and the neigh-
bouring shores of New Britain and New Ireland,” and
therefore little adapted for exact work on the insular distri-
bution of the species. The two present collections are
therefore extremely acceptable.

Curiously enough, there proves to be practically no
difference between the corresponding species of the two
collections ; so that it wrould appear that there is one common
fauna through the wdiole crescent of islands, from the
Admiralties, through the main islands of the Bismarck
Archipelago, to its extreme southern member Ruk Island.

Most of the species occurring in the two collections are
already known from the larger Bismarck Islands, but in the
case of Dobsonia anderseni it is possible that the similar-sized
D. prcedatrix may prove to represent it in the intermediate
islands, even though it does belong to a different group of
the genus.

The whole series consists of 43 specimens, belonging to 16
species, of which 4 have proved to need description as new.
Some other new Australasian species which have now become
evident are described in the succeeding paper.

1. P ter opus neohibernicus) Pet.

Two from Manus and one from Ruk.

2. Pteropus capistratus , Pet.

Two from Ruk.

These additional specimens of this rare and beautiful fruit-
bat are very welcome.

Manus Island, Admiralty Group , fyc.

435

3. Dobsonia anderseni , sp. n.

Three from Manns and three from Ruk.

A member of the D. tnoluccensis group. Size intermediate
between that of the two large and the two smaller members
of the group. Colour of head and mantle unusually dark.

The following account is arranged as in Dr. Andersen’s
Catalogue : —

Diagnosis. Allied to D. moluccensis, but smaller. Fore-
arm in adults 123-125 mm. Hah. Admiralty and liuk
Islands.

Dentition as in D. moluccensis , the ridges and cusps quite
as in that species.

Colour. Very dark. Head blackish brown, almost black ;
mantle dark brown, allied to but much darker than Ridg way’s
“ mummy-brown”; conspicuously darker than in any of the
four known species of the moluccensis group. Under surface
sepia, the centre of the abdomen with an inconspicuous wash
of dull ochraceous.

Dentition as in D. moluccensis) the ridges and cusps of the
teeth quite as in that species.

Measurements : —

Forearm of type 124 mm., other specimens 123, 125 mm.

Third linger, metacarpal 79, first phalanx 56 ; lower leg
and foot (c. u.) 89.

Skull : greatest length 54’5; palation to incisive foramina
25'2 ; zygomatic breadth 33‘6; interorbital breadth 9 ; inter-
temporal breadth 8; front of canine to back of m 2 20;
m' 5*7 X 3 ; 7??! 4’5 X 2*2.

Range. Admiralty Islands and Ruk Island, southern
Bismarck Archipelago. This would seem to involve occur-
rence in the other islands of the Bismarck Archipelago ; but
as these are occupied by D. prcedatrix , a species of about the
same size, but of quite another group, it is possible that the
range of D. anderseni is really interrupted, and only covers
the two islands first mentioned.

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 14. 4. 1. 4. Collected 7th
October, 1913.

This species is in size intermediate between D. exoleta and
moluccensis , and fills up the gap between u a. Much smaller ”
and ub. Much larger” in Dr. Andersen’s synopsis of the
species (Cat. p. 459). It is also readily distinguishable from
any of the other species of the section by its very much
darker colour.

I have named the species in honour of Dr. K. Andersen, in
recognition of the striking monograph of Dobsonia contained

30*

436 Mr. 0. Thomas on Mammals from

in his Catalogue, a monograph which has entirely revolu-
tionized our knowledge of the group. The fact also that the
genus is named after Dr. G. E. Dobson creates a suitable
juxtaposition of two names that, must always be historical in
connection with the classification of the Chiroptera.

4. Nyctimene vizcaccia , sp. n.

Ruk Island. One specimen. Female. Collected 31st
July, 1913. B.M. no. 14. 4. 1. 31. Type.

Allied to N. varius, K. And., with which it shares the
varied Vizcacha- or Lagidium-\ike fur, strongly spotted con-
dition of wings, and coalescence of the inner with the main
cusp of p 3, but distinguished by the further coalescence of
the corresponding cusps in the lower jaw and by its greater
size.

Size medium, just on the upper limit of Dr. Andersen’s
“ small ” species. Fur long, hairs of back nearly 10 mm. in
length. General colour above irregularly varied drab-grey,
singularly like thatof Layidium, and in this way corresponding
with that of N. varius and differing from that of the more
uniformly coloured N. papuanus. Dorsal streak beginning
at withers, rather well marked considering the waviness of
the hair, but not nearly so much so as in N. papuanus.
Under surface drabby grey laterally, pale buffy mesially,
paler than in varius , Ears, arms, and digits profusely
spotted with yellow, more so than in the allied species; wing-
membranes also much mottled with yellow.

Skull much larger and heavier than that of N. varius ,
slightly exceeding in size the largest skulls of N. papuanus.

Teeth agreeing with those of N. varius and minutus in the
fusion of the inner with the outer cusp of pz, but differing by
the further fusion of the corresponding cusp of p$.

Dimensions of the type : —

Forearm 60 mm.

Third finger, metacarpus 44, first phalanx 32 ; lower leg
and hind foot (c. u.) 37.

Skull : greatest length 29*8 ; zygomatic breadth 19’7 ;
interorbital breadth 6’3; palatal length 14*7 ; maxillary
tooth-row 10.

Type as above.

This species curiously bears out Dr. Andersen’s arrange-
ment of the genus by the correlation of its wavy fur with
the structure of p3, just as in his group “ b2” consisting of
N. minutus and varius. Then, being even more mottled and
spotted, it equally goes further in dentition, by its />3 also

Manus Island , Admiralty Group) &c. 437

taking on the same character as the corresponding upper
tooth.

5. Macroglossus hgochilus nanus, Matsch.

One from Manus and one from Ruk.

The Admiralty specimen has seven cheek-teeth on each
side below and six on one side above. It therefore attains,
though with a different formula, the highest number of teeth
mentioned in Dr. Andersen’s list of abnormalities (Cat.
pp. 754-5).

6. Hipposideros de missus mirandus , subsp. n.

Two specimens. Manus Island.

Like H. demissus of the Eastern Solomons, but without
the definite lighter mai kings on the shoulders and underside
characteristic of that form.

Nose-haf apparently as in demissus , the median projection
of the sella, however, unusually well developed. Lateral
supplementary leaves short, the third one reduced to a few
millimetres in length.

Colour uniformly pale brown ; the tips of the dorsal hairs
dark brown, their basal three-fourths pale buffy brown ;
shoulder- and lateral stripes little marked. Under surface
little lighter than upper, uniformly pale brown, quite without
the marked whitening in the pectoial region characteiistic of
demissus.

Dimensions of the type : —

Forearm 68 5 mm. (other specimen 72).

Third finger, metacarpus 50, first phalanx 23 ; lower leg
and hind foot (c. u.) 42'8.

Skull : greatest length to front of canines 28 ; median
upper length 23*5 ; zygomatic breadth 15*6; facial breadth
8 3 ; intertemporal breadth 3T ; maxillary tooth-row 11.

Type . Adult female. 13. M. no. 14. 4. 1. 8. Original
number 20. Collected 20th September, 1013.

7. Pipistrellus angulatus , Pet.

One. Manus Island, Admiralty Island.

8. Murina sp.

One. Ruk Island.

Allied to AL lanosa of Ceram.

438

On Mammals from Manus Inland, dec.

9. Miniopterus sp. (large).

Manus Island (four).

10. Miniopterus sp. (small).

Manus Island (one).

I am not at present in a position to determine these speci-
mens with any hope of accuracy.

11. Kerivoula myrella , sp. n.

One from Admiralty Island and three from Ruk Island.

General external characters as in K. hardwickei , to which
a specimen from Duke of York Island (New Lauenburg) was
referred by Dobson in 1878. Size rather greater. Upper-
side of feet, tibiae, and femora distinctly more heavily haired,
the interfemoral also rather more hairy and with some hairs
along its posterior margin.

• Skull with the brain-case more inflated anteriorly, as in
Phoniscus , but the muzzle of the specialized bent-up form
characteristic of Kerivoula , that of Phoniscus being more
normal. Front of muzzle, however, broadened to carry the
much enlarged canines, the narrowest breadth of the rostrum
being across the middle premolars instead of the anterior
ones.

Teeth. — Inner upper incisors slender, unicuspid, outer ones
about half their height. Canines very large and thick, of
about normal section, though a young specimen shows some-
thing of the peculiar shape found in Phoniscus ; projecting
laterally outwards so as to be conspicuously visible from
above and to have a markedly greater lateral expansion than
the premolars next behind them, these again exceeding the
median pair, the narrowest part across the maxillary tooth-
row being outside the latter teeth. In K. hardwickei the
tooth-row narrows forwards, and the narrowest part is across
the anterior premolars. Premolars of normal shape, broader
transversely than antero-posteriorly. In K. agnella the
canines are somewhat, though not so much, enlarged, but the
premolars are much narrower transversely. Lower premolars
rather bulkier than in hardwickei .

Dimensions of the type : —

Forearm 37*5 mm. (other specimens 38, 38*5).

Third finger, metacarpus 40, first phalanx 172; lower leg
and hind foot (c. u.) 26.

Skull ; greatest length 14*6 ; median upper length 123 ;

On new Asiatic and Australasian Bats.

439

breadth of brain-case 7*7 ; palato-sirmal length 6*6 ; maxillary
tooth-row 6*1 ; outer breadth across canines 3*9.

Hab. Admiralty Islands and Bismarck Archipelago. Type
from Manus Island.

Type. Adult (probably male). B.M. no. 14. 4. 1. 10.
Original number 13. Collected 8th September, 1913.

This species is readily distinguishable by the enlargement
of its canines, a development which reaches its extreme in
the great sabre-like canines of Phoniscus. Indeed, I do not
feel sure how far the status of Phoniscus as a distinct genus
will be affected by the condition found in K. myrella and
agnella, in each of which something of its character is shown.

I may note here that on Mr. Miller’s suggestion I have
examined the types of Kerivoula papuensis, Dobs., and
K. j/ivana, Thos., and tind them both to be clearly referable
to Phoniscus.

12. Emballonura solomo?iis} Thos.

Three from Manus and three from Ruk Island.

As happens so frequently, the Bismarck Archipelago form
is quite like that of the {Solomons, while the New Guinea
one is distinct. The latter is described in the next paper.

13. Epimys browni , Alst.

Three. Manus Island.

14. Phalanger maculatus krameri, Schwarz.

Two specimens (and two in Thing Museum). Manus
Island.

15. Phalanger orientalis , Pall.
c£ . Ruk Island.

1G. Echymipera cockerelli , Rams.

. Admiralty Island.

L. — New Asiatic and Australasian Bats and a new
Bandicoot. By OLDFIELD THOMAS.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

Ejitesicus pumilus caurinus , subsp. n.

General characters as in pumilus) but size smaller, the
forearm about the minimum for the species, and the skull
conspicuously smaller.

440

Mr. 0. Thomas on new

Colour dark, the tips of the hairs drabby grey ; under
surface not lighter than upper. The specimens, however,
have been put in fluid and then dried, so that the colour may
have been affected.

Skull very small and delicate, less flattened than in true
pumilus , the brain-case high, rounded, well inflated in the
frontal region, narrower than in pumilus . Teeth as in
pumilus , but s’ightly smaller throughout.

Dimensions of the type : —

Forearm 30 mm.

Skull : greatest length 11*2; basi-sinual length 8*5 ; mas-
toid breadth 6*5; maxillary tooth-row 4*0.

Hab. Drysdale, IGmberley, N. Australia.

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 14. 3. 9. 1. Collected by
G. F. Hill, and presented by the West Australian Museum,
Perih. Four specimens examined.

This little bat has so much smaller a skull than ordinary
E. pumilus that it would seem at first sight to be a different
species, but intermediate specimens seem to occur, as notably
one from Port Walcott, 1S.W. Australia, so that I think it
better to describe it as a subspecies of the common form.
I owe the opportunity of examining the typical series to
Mr. B. H. Woodward, of the Perth Museum, where two of
the paratypes will be preserved.

Eptesicus pumilus vulturnus, subsp. n.

Size and general characters as in true pumilus , but colour
much darker.

Colour above dark auburn-brown, the bases of the hairs
blackish brown. Below, the surface-colour is but little
lighter, though of a rather more drabby tone.

Skull low, flattened, its size about as in irae pumilus.

Dimensions of the type (measured on the skin) : —

Forearm 33 mm.

Skull: greatest length 12*5; basi-sinual length 9*G ;
mastoid breadth 7*3 ; maxillary tooth-row 4*5.

Hub. Tasmania.

Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 7. 1. 1. 375. 29 D of Tomes
Collection. Obtained by Mr. Tomes from J. P. Verreaux.
Other specimens collected and presented by Mr. Ronald
Gunn.

A dark “ saturate ” race of E. pumilus .

Murina huttoni rubella , subsp. n.

Essential characters of the N.-Iudian huttoni , but the

Asiatic and Australasian Bats,

441

colour dark rufous brown (rather warmer than l( sayal-brown 33
of Kidgway). Underfur tipped with rufous brown, longer
hairs glossy golden brown. Under surface rather paler than
upper on sides, and still paler down the median area, but
without strong contrasts. Jnterfemoral rather more hairy
than in hutioni.

Dimensions of the type : —

Forearm 37 ‘5 mm.

Skull: greatest length 18*2; basi-sinual length 13*7;
front of canine to back of m3 6*2.

Hob, Kuatun, Fokien, China.

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 8. 8. 11. 6. Collected 21st
Sept., 1896, and presented by F. W. Styan. Seven speci-
mens, all from Kuatun, presented by J. D. la Touche and
F. W. Styan.

A fresh skin of true M. huttoni, recently obtained by the
Bombay Survey from Kurnaon, is very much greyer than the
uniformly rufous series from Kuatun. And the same is the
case with a skin from Darjiling presented by B. H. Hodgson.

Dobson assigned M. huttoni to Milne-Edwards’s M. leuco-
yaster, but that animal is very considerably larger, its forearm
41 mm., and its skull (as figured) 20 mm.

Ktrivoula flora, sp. n.

General characters of K. hardwickei, but larger and more
robust throughout. Colour, distribution of fur, and structure
of ears and tragus as in that species, so far as can be made
out on a spirit-specimen.

Skull essentially as in hardwickei, but decidedly larger.
Brain-case rather more inflated anteriorly than posteriorly.
Muzzle as in typical Kerivoula , not as in Phoniscus.

Teeth similar in proportions to those of K. hardwickei, the
canines not enlarged as in K. myrella, but, if anything,
rather smaller in proportion than in K. hardwickei. Pre-
molars as in the latter species.

Dimensions of the type (measured on the spirit-speci-
men) : —

Forearm 39*5 mm.

Head and body 43; tail 49; ear 13; tragus on inner
edge 8 ; third finger, metacarpus 40, first phalanx 19; lower
leg and hind foot (c. u.) 26.

►Skull : greatest length 16 ; median upper length 13 4 ;
zygomatic breadth 10 ; intertemporal breadth 35 ; breadth of
brain-case 8 ; palato-sinual length 7 ; maxillary tooth-row
6*2 ; breadth across canines 3’8.

Hab . S. Flores.

442 Mr. O. Thomas on new

Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 97. 4. 18. 22. Collected
bj A. H. Everett.

This species is a large ally of K. 7iardwicket9 and has
nothing of the peculiar increase in size of the canines charac-
teristic of K. myrella.

Emballonura stresemanni , sp. n.

Most nearly allied to E. raffrayana , Dobs., but the skull
larger and the ears thinner, narrower, and more pointed.

General characters as in raffrayana , the tragus similarly
truncated and nearly parallel-sided. Nostrils circular, far
apart, the notch between them unusually deep, so that they
are more distinctly tubular than in other species. Ears
slender, narrow, the inner margin very slightly convex, t lie
tip narrowly rounded, the outer margin straight or faintly
concave above, then convex, with a well-defined basal lobe,
separated by a distinct notch.

Skull very similar to that of E. raffrayana , but larger
throughout. Muzzle broad, not specially inflated laterally ;
frontal region with a broad median groove running back to
the level of the intertemporal constriction. Basisphenoid
concavity divided into two by a single median ridge, but not
into four by the presence of two supplementary lateral ridges,
as is the case in the single skull of E. raffrayana .

Dimensions of the type (measured on the spirit-speci-
men) : —

Forearm 41 mm.

Head and body 46 ; tail 6 ; ear 13*5 ; tragus on inner
edge 3*6 ; third finger, metacarpus 36*5, first phalanx 10 ;
lower leg and hind foot (c. u.) 24*5.

Skull : greatest length 16 ; basi-sinual length 12*2 ; ante-
rior breadth 7*6 ; breadth of brain-case 7*2 ; front of canine
to back of mz 5*3.

Hab. Mt. Lumutu, Western Ceram.

Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 13. 3. 6. 29. Collected
and presented by Herr E. Stresemann. Five specimens, all
females.

This species is distinguished from E . raffrayana , to which
alone it is related, by its comparatively long and narrow ears
and its larger skull.

I may note, on the authority of Prof. Trouessart, that the
locality given by Dobson for E. raffrayana , Gilolo, is an
error, and that its true locality is Mefor Island, Geelvink
Bay, Western New Guinea. One of the typical specimens
is in the British Museum.

Asiatic and Australasian Bats.

443

Emballonura nigrescens and its Allies .

A study of these and the material in the Museum shows
that three species of the nigrescens group may be distin-
guished, as follows : —

A. Size larger : forearm about 35-38 mm. Skull

longer (upper length about 12 mm.), low, the
brain-case not specially inflated and the muzzle
fairly long ; no mesial septum in the basi-
sphenoid pit. (Solomon Island, Bismarck
Archipelago, Admiralty Islands.) E. solomonis, Thos.

B. Size rather smaller : forearm about 34 mm.

Skull rather smaller (upper length 11 mm.\
shaped about as in solomonis. A well-defined
mesial ridge in the basisphenoid pit. (Am-

boina and Buru.) E. nigrescens, Gray.

C. Size as in nigrescens (forearm about 33-34 mm.).

Skull of about the same length (upper length
11 mm.), but differently proportioned, the
brain-case large, high, and much inflated, the
muzzle short and stumpy. No basisphenoid
septum. (New Guinea.) E. papuana, sp. n.

Details of E. papuana : —

Dimensions of type (italicized measurements taken in
flesh) : —

Head and body 38 mm.; tail 11; ear 10. Third finger,
metacarpus 30, first phalanx 8*8 ; lower leg and foot lfi.

Skull : upper length 10*9 ; basi-sinual length 8*2 ; zygo-
matic breadth 8 ; interorbital breadth 3*2 ; brain-case,
height 6, breadth 6*2 ; front of canine to back of m3 4*3.

Hab. (of type). Wakatimi, Mimika River, S.W. Dutch
New Guinea.

lype. Adult male. B.M. no. 11. 11. 11. 13. Original
number 2571. Collected 7th March, 1911. Presented by
the B.O.U. Expedition to New Guinea.

More than a dozen specimens of this species are in the
Museum collection, its range extending from the type-locality
to the eastern end of the island.

Echyw.ipera gargantua} sp. n.

Similar to E. doreyana in general characters, but size much
larger — the skull 82-88 mm. in condylo-basal length, instead
of about 70—73 mm.

Dimensions of the type (measured in flesh) : —

Head and body 410 mm. ; hind foot 74 ; ear 31.

444

On a new Bandicoot.

Skull : condylo-basal length 83 ; zygomatic breadth 30 5 ;
length of nasals 36*5 ; intertemporal breadth 14 8 ; height
from condyle to occipital protuberances 23 ; palatal length
51*5 ; combined length of three anterior molariform teeth 12*8.

Range. New Guinea and D’Entrecasteaux Islands. Type
from Mimika River, S.W. Dutch New Guinea.

Type. Young adult male. B M. no. 11. 11. 11. 97.
Original number 3045. Collected 30rh August, 1910, by
G. C. Shortridge. Presented by the B.O.U. Expedition to
New Guinea.

After renewed consideration I have come to the conclusion
that it is impossible to consider the very large Echymipera , of
which skull-measurements have been occasionally published *,
as the same species as E. doreyana. I have b fore me three
of the large form and twelve of the smaller, and among these
latter there are individuals of both sexes and all ages ; and
the only explanation seems to be that there are really two
species occurring in the same area, and as distinct from each
other by size as are the stoat and the weasel.

The gap in size of skull between the two is very marked,
botli in actual length (73 mm. in the largest doreyana , 83 in
the smallest gargantua ) and in general bulk.

With regard to nomenclature, all the names seem to have
been applied to the smaller of the two forms. Dr. Jentink,
as I did formerly, considered them all one ; but his measures
show the same gap as ours do. Whether any of the large
form were before Dr. Cohn when writing his somewhat
eccentrically prepared paper on the group f is not clear, as
he only gives proportional (and not absolute) measures ; but,
in any case, if they were, he took them for the typic.il
doreijana, giving the duplicate names alticeps and breviceps
to the smaller form, and keiensis to the Key Island one,
which already had a special name (rufescens) .

It may be noted that the type of doreyan i was an old male
with much worn teeth, and that its skull-length is conspicu-
ously less than is that of the type of gargantua , which is a
youngish adult, its teeth almost unworn. The largest
gargantua attains a condylo-basal length of 88 mm.

* E. g., Thos. Cat. Mars. B. M. p. 249, the male specimen, and Jentink,
Nova Guinea, ix. p. 179. Male no. 306 and male without number.

t Zool. Anz. 1910, p. 718.

SOWERBY.

Ann. Sr Mag. Nat.

Hist. S. $. Vol. XIII. PL XVIII

1

On new Mollusca from Japan.

445

LI. — New Mollusca of the Genera; Pleurotoma (Sureula),
Oliva, and Limopsis from Japan. By Gr. B. Sowerby,
F.L.S.

[Plate XVIII.]

Pleurotoma ( Sureula ) mirabilis. (PI. XVIII. fig. 1.)

Testa elongato-fusiformis, albida, flammis fuscis obliquis latiusculis
ornata, spiraliter liris numerosis angustis munita, longitudinaliter
oblique subtilissime striata ; anfractus 12, superne leviter con-
cavi, deinde convexiusculi ; anfractus ultimus | longitudinis
testae vix aequans, supra convexiusculus, deinde convexus, infra
elongatim productus ; apertura oblongo-ovata, peristoma acutum,
arcuatum, postice late sinuatum ; canalis elongatus, latiusculus ;
columella laevis, rectiuscula.

Long. 95, maj. diam. 24 mm.

Hab. Nagasaki, Japan.

The broad brown longitudinal flames give this shell a
handsome appearance. Its nearest ally is P. australis, from
-which it differs not only in ornamentation, the whorls being
less swollen, the body whorl longer, and the sculpture finer.

Oliva concavospira. (PI. XVIII. fig. 2.)

Testa oblongo-cylindracea, crassa, straminea, lineis angulatim undu-
latis longitudinaliter ornata ; spira concavo-depressa, callosa ;
sutura anguste canaliculata ; apertura mediocriter lata, intus
pallide caerulescens ; peristoma crassiusculum, postice acute
elevatum ; columella ubique crassi-plicata, callo postico elevato.
Long. 35, maj. diam. 19 mm.

Hab. Loo Choo.

This species exhibits a very unusual character, the spire
being sunk in a concavity below the shoulder of the body-
whorl.

Limopsis tajimee. (PI. XVIII. fig. 3.)

Testa oblique ovalis, depressa, concentrice lirata, obscurissimo
radiatim striata; periostracum tenue, fuscum, radiatim tenuiter
pilosum ; umbones paulo elevati. Pagina interna laevis, alba;
• fossula ligamentali latiuscula ; cardo mediocriter lato, dentibus
circiter 15 irregularibus.

Diam. antero-post. 28, umbono-marg. 23 mm.

Hab. Tajima, Sea of Japan.

This shell somewhat resembles L. zonalis , Dali ; the
radiating rows of hairs in the periostracum are much closer
and thinner.

446 Geological Society .

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

December 3rd, 1913. — Dr. Aubrey Straban, F.R.S., President,
in tbe Chair.

The following communications were read ; — -

1. * A Contribution to our Knowledge of the Geology of the
Kent Coalfield.’ By Dr. E. A. Newell Arber, M.A., F.L.S., F.G.S.

In this paper an attempt is made to give a general and connected
account of the Carboniferous rocks of Kent, based on the evidence
of some nineteen borings or sinkings. The Mesozoic cover of this
wholly concealed coalfield is ignored. It is shown that the proved
area is 200 square miles (128,000 acres), partly lying beneath land,
and partly beneath the North Sea, the Straits of Dover, and the
English Channel. The general strike is about 30° south of east
and north of west, and the dip of the Transition Coal Measures is
2° to 3°, in the two localities where reliable evidence is alone
available on this point.

The area, as a whole, is a syncline, limited on the north and
south by Armorican folds, of which the northern has been now
fairly accurately located. There is evidence also of a fold on the
east ; and it is maintained that the Kent coalfield is not continuous
with that of the Pas de Calais. There are reasons for believing
that the western boundary is a great fault.

The chief surface-feature of the Coal Measures is that of an
inclined plane, sloping rapidly but regularly westwards and south-
westwards from an elevated region near Ripple and Deal in the
east.

The Lower Carboniferous rocks exceed 450 feet in thickness, and
were denuded before the Coal Measures were deposited.

The Coal Measures consist of the Transition Series (1700 to
2000 feet thick), and the Middle Coal Measures (2000 feet). No
Lower Coal Measures or Millstone Grit occur. The measures are
grey throughout, and no red rocks, Espley rocks, Sjpirorbis-
limestones, nor igneous rocks occur.

The coals are well distributed, and are often of considerable
thickness, although there is a frequent tendency to splitting and
inconstancy. Steam and household coals predominate, but gas-
coals also occur.

The most productive portions of the measures are the higher
part of the Transition and the lower part of the Middle Coal
Measures.

2. * On the Fossil Floras of the Kent Coalfield.’ By Dr. E. A.
Newell Arber, M.A., F.L.S., F.G.S.

The floras of ten further borings in Kent are here recorded, and
tbe number of species known from the Kent Coalfield is raised to
96, as compared with 10 known in 1892 and 26 in 1909. A

447

Geological Society .

number of the more interesting records are described and figured,
some of them being new to Britain, or not previously found on the
horizons in question.

As regards the horizons present in Kent, the plant-remains
indicate that,, in the area so far proved, only Middle or Transition
Coal Measures, or both, occur.

December 17th, 1913. — Dr. Aubrey Strahan, F.R.S., President,
in the Chair.

The following communication was read : —

‘ Supplementary. Note on the Discovery of a Palaeolithic Human
Skull and Mandible at Piltdown (Sussex).’ By Charles Dawson,
F.S.A., F.G.S., and Arthur Smith Woodward, LL.D., F.R.S.,
Sec.Gr.S. With an Appendix by Prof. Grafton Elliot Smith, M.A.,
M.D., V.P.R.S.

The gravel at Piltdown (Sussex) below the surface-soil is divided
into three distinct beds : —

The first, or uppermost, contains subangular flints and ‘eoliths,’
and one palseolith was discovered there in situ.

The second is a very dark bed, composed of ironstone and sub-
angular flints. All the fossils so far found in the pit have been
discovered in, or traced to, this bed, with the exception of the
remains of deer. A cast of a Chalk fossil, Echinocorys vulgaris,
from the Zone of Micr aster cor-testudinarium , occurred as a
pebble.

The third bed was recognized only this year, and consists of
reconstructed material from the underlying Wealden rock (Hastings
Series). It is only about 8 inches thick, and contains very big
flints (8 to 15 inches long) which have been little rolled, and are
not striated. They are saturated with iron, and have undergone
considerable chemical change. They differ very markedly in
appearance from the smaller flints in the upper strata. No imple-
ments, ‘ eoliths,’ or fossil bones have been met with in this bed.

The floor of the gravel, where the remains of Eoanthropus were
discovered, has been carefully exposed, and many irregularities and
depressions have been found to exist. In some of these depressions
small patches of the dark overlying bed remained, and new speci-
mens were discovered. The method adopted in excavation is
described.

The finds made this year are few but important, and include the
nasal bones, and a canine tooth of Eoanthropus discovered by
Father P. Teilhard de Chardin ; also a fragment of a molar of
Stegodon and another of Rhinoceros ; an incisor and broken
ramus of Beaver ( Castor fiber) ; a worked flint from the dark
bed ; and a palaeolithic implement from the debris in the pit. It
will be noted that the remains are those of a land fauna only. The
further occurrence of bedded flint-bearing gravels in the vicinity of
the pit is noted.

The Authors’ former conclusions, as to the Pliocene forms having
been derived, are maintained.

448

Miscellaneous,

A further study of the cranium of Eoanthropus shows that the
occipital and right parietal hones need slight readjustment in the
reconstruction, but the result does not alter essentially any of the
conclusions already published. The nasal bones, now described, are
typically human, hut relatively small and broad, resembling those of
some of the existing Melanesian and African races. The right lower
canine tooth may be regarded as belonging to the imperfect man-
dibular ramus already described. It is relatively large and stout,
and, like the molar teeth, it has been much worn by mastication.
The worn surface on the inner aspect extends down to the gum,
and proves that the upper and lower canines completely interlocked,
as in the apes. In shape, the canine resembles the milk-canine of
man and that of the apes more closely than it agrees with the
permanent canine of any known ape. In accordance with a well-
known palaeontological law, it therefore approaches the canine of
the hypothetical Tertiary Anthropoids more nearly than any
corresponding tooth hitherto found.

The rolled fragment of an upper molar of Rhinoceros is highly
mineralized, and has the appearance of a derived fossil. It is
specifically indeterminable, but seems to agree best with the teeth
of Rh. etruscus or Rh. mercki (= leptorhinus Owen).

MISCELLANEOUS.

Distribution of Limnoria ligriofum ( Rathlee ) and Liranoria ant-
arctica, Pfeffer. By Chas. Chilton, M.A., D.Sc., LL.D., M.B.,
C.M., F.L.S., Professor of Biology, Canterbury College, N.Z.

Since the MS. of my paper on u The Species of Limnoria” was sent
to the printer, I have received Dr. W. M. Tattersall’s Deport on
‘ The Schizopoda, Stomatopoda, and non-Antarctic Isopoda of the
Scottish National Antarctic Expedition/ in which he states that
one specimen of Limnoria lignorum was found among other Isopoda
collected by the ‘ Scotia ’ at Port Stanley, Falkland Islands. He
says, “I can find no appreciable differences from northern specimens
of the same species ” (Trans. Boy. Soc. Edinburgh, vol. xlix. p. 882,
1913).

Dr. Tattersall also draws attention to the fact that Mr. Stebbing
has recorded this species from Port Elizabeth, South Africa (‘ South
African Crustacea,’ part iv. p. 50, 1908). Mr. Stebbing’s specimens
were found burrowing in wood, and he ascertained by dissection
that they agreed with the description and figures of the European
species given by Sars. I had overlooked Mr. Stebbing’s record of
the species in South Africa.

Limnoria antarctica has recently been recorded from Deception
Island, in the South Shetland Islands, by Miss H. Bichardsou
(‘ Deuxieme Expedition Antarctique Fran^aise. Crustaces Isopodes/
p. 8), whose paper also reached me after my MS. had been sent to
the printer.

THE AN NAUS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[EIGHTH SERIES.]

No. 77. MAY 1914.

LIL — A Review of South- African Land- Moll use a belonging
to the Family Zonitidae. — Part III.* By Lt.-Colonel H. H.
Godwin- Austen, F.ll.S. &c.

[Plates XIX. & XX.]

The specimens of Vitrina corneus and poeppigi alluded to in
Annals & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 8, vol. x. p. 264, August
1912, duly came to hand, after considerable delay, and have
been compared with the material in this country. Both
Mr. John Ponsonby and Major M. Connolly have been
associated with me in the examination of species. With
the latter officer I have very recently (13th December) com-
pared these typical shells with the species of this Soutli-
African group in the Natural History Museum.

Those who may study these South- African genera will
soon realize how very similar the shells of the species
collected and described by the early collectors are in form,
and how very little there is in shell-character to go upon.
At that period a description would be framed on several
examples, the type-shell was seldom singled out. The
difficulty seemed to me to be greater when specimens,
collected 50 to 60 years ago, were under comparison with
those collected more recently in or about the same tract of
country. Changed conditions must be taken into con-

* Part I., with plates i.-vii., was published in the ‘ Annals ’ for
January 1912, pp. 122-139; Part IT, with plates xii.-xvii., appeared in
the ‘ Annals ’ for May 1912, pp. 569-585.

Ann. t £ Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xiii.

31

450

Lt. -Colonel II. H. Godwin-Austen on

sideration and it has occurred to me as possible that shells
of a species hatched in a very wet hot season, when food is
abundant, will present a generally more tumid shape than
those of the same species produced during a year of drought.
The collector soon notices that species of many genera vary
locally, even at distances of only 100 miles, even less,
geological formation having much to say to the change, or
the more or less wooded character of the country.

Taking any large place, say Maritzburg in Natal, it would
be most difficult to define what was the extent of bush or
jungle when the earlier European settlers came there. Still
more difficult in its immediate neighbourhood to strike the
spot where the earliest conchologists obtained their typical
shells. Stations in India tell this story in an equally strong
way, and I am led to give an example or two. The virgin
forest in which Darjiling was once buried is gone. Slopes
of the hills facing Peshawur, which, in 1854, when I was
there, had a fair amount of scrubby growth in the valleys,
must now be bare. Wood brought in by men and on donkeys
was coming into the cantonment day by day, for the con-
sumption of a large garrison ; this has gone on ever since
— one can imagine what a change in the fauna and flora must
have been produced in the interval of sixty years, in a flora
not to be compared with the richness of that of Darjiling.
AY here a clean sweep has been made of the mountain slopes,
invertebrates have not a chance of survival over thousands
of acres.

Unfortunately no description has been made from life of any
of the animals of the species placed in my hands, some are so
wdiite and unspotted they give one the idea of being bleached
in the preserving liquid. In others, again, every speck is
preserved. The distribution of the black-and-white spots,
blotches, and bands is very constant m all the batches I
have had to examine, and may be considered a reliable
character, although, possibly, a local one. It would be more
conspicuous in life or shortly after preservation.

In the following species the examples were all alike : —
Peltatus trotleriana, 5 examples ; Kerkophorus phcedimus, 5 ;
melvilli, 5 ; poeppigi, 5 ; vitalis , 6 ; leucospira , 10 ; bicolor ,3 ;
tongaatensis, 12 ; one example white throughout, no mottling,
another similarly white, with slight mottling.

Where several species are met with in the same locality,
we may expect to find a certain number of hybrid forms.

Before giving the results of this examination, 1 must offer
my sincere thanks to Dr. Dohrn for so kindly entrusting these

451

South - Africa n Land-Moll usca,

type-specimens to me — they have proved invaluable, and set
at rest what was previously very doubtful determination *.

1 shall first refer to four specimens in Tube no. 42,
Stettin Museum, labelled Vitrina cornea , Pfr. ; it was agreed
by us that they represented two different species, these I
designate : —

A. Two banded shells, quite smooth.

B. Two unbanded, with higher spire and globose.

A. One of these compares so well with the shell figured
by Kiister as V. cornea , Pfr., pi. ii. figs. 31-33, p. 21 (1854),
in all respects, there appears to be every probability it is the
very shell from which the figures were made. A also
agrees with V. cornea , Mke., in British Museum Collection
from Cape Natal (Mus. Cuming), 3 examples ; also with a
single specimen from same collection (M. C.) and with three
others from Natal, No. 57, 1. 16. 14.

B. Finest specimen, agrees best with K. natalensis, in the
British Museum Collection (M. C.).

The second tube from the Stettin Museum contained also
two species ; it had no number, but is labelled poeppigi , Mke.,
Natal, a species figured by Kiister, pi. ii. figs. 13-15. Very
small with a distinct band : —

a. One very small, banded (shell damaged).

b. A large unbanded shell, quite 16 mm. in major diameter
and of a different shape, with high spire, figured. This I
consider the same species as B above, viz., natalensis, Krs.,
it has microscopic longitudinal striation.

Kerkophorus corneus , natalensis, and poeppigi are recorded
from the same locality, Port Natal, and are coast species.
Mr. Burnup, in a letter of 25th August, 191 1, says there is
considerable variation between such and those Maritzburg
species, 50 miles inland and 2000 feet above the sea ; we
must therefore take this into consideration when comparing
these species, and we must not go to Maritzburg in search of
K. corneus — there we find a shell which is well known as
K. phcedimus. We still want more material to see how far
the animals of the two places differ.

Port Shepstone is 75 miles south along the coast from
Port Natal or Durban, and we may assume that species of

* It is with deep regret I have to record the death of Dr. Dohrn. I
wrote to him in January, and soon heard the sad news, but no details.
I have only very recently heard from the Trustees of the Stettin Museum
that he died at Florence on the 1st October, 1913, when on his way to
Naples. lie had been much overworked in 1912-13, first packing away
and moving collections, and then getting them rearranged in the new
buildings. As the letter says, his loss is irreparable.

31*

452

Lt.-Colonel H. H. Godwin- Austen on

Kerkopliorus are common to both places, or the most likely
to be so ; the same applies to Equeefa, from which
]\lr. Burnup has sent specimens and which is near the coast,
between the two.

In Part II., 1912, p. 573, 1 mentioned species of phcedimus ,
received from Mr. Burnup. I have examined them again ;
they are thus distinguished : —

A. From Maritzburg, small narrowly banded shells, four
in number, depressed in form, 12 to 13 mm. major diameter.

B. ? phcediinus, from Durban.

Larger shells. Three unbanded, one well-banded variety,
no other difference noticeable between them. A and B
I now consider distinct, although on page 573 I wrote :
“they present no difference save in size.” A comparison
of the largest of the unhanded Durban shells, 12 mm. in
major diameter, with a typical shell of K. natalensis, 13 mm.
in major diameter, in the British Museum Collection, has
led me to think differently. B, no doubt, is K , corneus ,
compared with the Stettin Museum shell.

It is necessary to state the evidence we now have as to the
species K. natalensis , Krs. The type or, to saj' more
accurately, typical shells were received by Mr. E. A. Smith
of the British Museum from Dr. Lampart of the Stuttgart
Museum, and compared with the examples bearing this
name in the Natural History Museum, and were found to
agree. These include : —

Four examples, ex Cuming Collection.

Three examples, ex Cuming Collection, marked: “This
agrees with type drawn,” 8. v. 11. — H. H. G.-A.

Three examples.

Many fully grown, all unbanded, globose, large, smooth
and shining, ochraceous green.

Two examples. Very large, banded, Port Natal, 40 miles
south of Durban, seem to be the same as the unbanded.

Through the courtesy of the Trustees of the Stettin
Museum, I have received for comparison a fine typical speci-
men of K. natalensis , which agrees in every way with tho^e I
mention above. It has the decided greenish tinge, no bands,
and is 17 mm. in major diameter.

Port Shepstone, Burnup says, is a locality especially pro-
lific in strange forms of this group. He sent me some eight
packets, representing tw’enty-seven specimens ; and had these
been preserved in spirit and the animals left in their shells
they would have formed a most valuable collection. It is to
be hoped this excellent collector and observer will, at some

South- African Land- Mollu sea. 453

time or other, be able to collect a similar number in this
way in many localities.

An organ of great interest is the spermatophore ; it is very
distinctive in the Peltatinse. If we knew what amount of
variation there may be in well-known species of the three
genera — whether in a batch of the same species, taken at the
same time and in the same place, the spermatophores proved
constant in form- — we should have a very valuable character,
both generic and specific. The labour of examination would
no doubt be great, both in finding and drawing the organ ;
yet it would he worth doing, and in these pages will be
found something to start on.

The following alterations have to he made in the Explana-
tion of Plates, already published in Part 1. (‘ Annals 9 for
January 1912) and Part II. (‘ Annals ’ for May 1912) : —

Part I.

Plate i. figs. 1-1 b. Kerkophorus corneus ? Maritzburg :
is bicolor, sp. n.

Plate ii. figs. 2-2 b (No. 15) K sp. n. ? Maritzburg :
is K. burnupi, sp. n.

Plate ii. figs. 3-3 a (No. 3379), K., sp. n. P, undetermined. Pinetown :
is K. poeppigi, Mke. (animal).

Part II.

Plate xii. figs. 1-1 b. K. poeppigi , Mke. ? Pine Town, near Durban
(No. 3379) :

is poeppigi.

Plate xv. figs. 1-1 d. K. ampliata , M. & P. (No. 7) :

is K. ? natalensis , Krs. Maritzburg.

I give the original descriptions of the first species obtained
by Menke and Krauss. It is unfortunate that from their
habitat, Durban, I have only been able to examine the
animal of one, determined as poeppigi , from Pinetown, near
to Durban. It would be most interesting to get a good
full-grown animal of K. natalensis , for I have only had for
examination a young specimen from Equeefa, agreeing best
with the typical form.

Vitrina poeppigii , Menke.

Symbolse, iii. 1846, p. 81.

“ T. imperforata, globulosa, tenuissima, striatula, nitida, pellucida,
lutescenti-cornea, liuea 1 rufa supra peripheriam cincta ; spira
brevissima, obtusa ; sutura submarginata ; anfr. 4, convexiusculi,
ultimus inflatus ; apertura rotundato-lunaris, margine dextro
subrepando, columellari leviter arcuato, subverticaliter descen-
dente.

“ Diam. maj. lQt, min. 9, alt. 7 mm.”

454

Lt. -Colonel H. H. Godvvin-Austen on

Port Natal.

Specimen in B.M. is banded and looks immature. Great
similarity to cornea , of which there are four specimens from
M. C. and one from some other source.

Vitrina cornea , Pfr.

Symbolse ad Historiam Heliceorum, iii. 1846, p. 81, Dr. Lad. Pfeiffer.
Original description : —

“ T. imperforata, globoso depressa, tenuissima, striatula, pallide
cornea; spira brevis, obtusa ; anfr. 4 vix convexi, ultimis multo
latior, subdepressus ; apertura deobliqua, ampla, lunaris ; perist.
simplex, rectum, margine dextro antrorsum arcuato, columellari
declivi, leviter arcuato, superne brevissime refiexo-appresso.

“ Diam. maj. 16, min. 13, alt. 9 mm.”

Port Natal ( Menke ). /3. linea 1 pallide fusca peripheria.

Kerkophorus natalensis , Kr.

‘Die Siidafrikanisclien Mollusken,’ bv Professor Dr. Ferd. Krauss
(1848).

Vitrina natalensis , Krauss, Tab. iv. f. 17.

Original description (p. 74) : —

“ V. testa imperforate, globulosa, solidiuscula, subglabra, nitida,
pellucida, corneo-fuscescente, linea unica rufa supra peripheriam
cincta ; spira brevi, obtusiuscula ; anfractibus 5 convexiusculis,
ultimo inflato ; apertura perobliqua, ampla, rotundato-lunari ;
peristomate simplice, margine dextro arcuato, castaneo ; colu-
mella obliqua, superne reflexo-appressa, alba.

“Diam. major 8*4, min. 7, alt. 4’6 lin.”

Mon. Hel. Viv. vol. ii. p. 505. Habitat ad portum
Natal. — Diam. major 19, min. 16, alt. 12 mm.

“ In terra natalensi.”

In the Natural History Collection, there are three speci-
mens which were purchased from Dr. Krauss, in neither is
any rufous band to be seen — it may be a variable character.
Next the protoconch the surface of the shell is finely
decussate, which gradually disappears and only very fine
spiral lines are then to be seen.

Kerkophorus poeppigi , Menke.

See Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 8, vol. ix. p. 583, pi. xii. (May 1912).

Locality. Pinetown, near Durban, Natal (3379, Burnup ,
No. 15, B.M.). Connolly, Annals S. A. Mus. 1912, p, 110.

455

South- African Land- Mollusca,

Shell very minutely perforate, globosely conoid, shiny ;
sculpture quite smooth to the eye, highly magnified there is
close, very fine, longitudinal striation ; colour ochraceous,
with an orange tinge, a fairly broad band just above the
periphery; spire rather depressedly conic, apex blunt ;
suture impressed ; whorls 4, at first regularly increasing,
the last more rapidly; aperture broadly lunate, oblique;
peristome thin ; columellar margin very feeble, and with a
mere indication of reflexion.

Size : major diameter 14’5, minor 13*0 ; alt. axis 8 0 mm.

Animal. — Lobe at extremity of the foot very long. Right
and left shell- lobes very long and narrow, left dorsal lobe in
two parts. Visceral sac very dark umber-broivn from the
kidney to the apex . Kidney a rich brown colour.

Genitalia (pi. xii. fig. 1). — In the species the epiphallus
is extremely short, the coecum is close to the retractor muscle,
the flagellum long, the vas deferens junction at its base.
In the figure the spermatheca is shown broken after the
spermatophores had been taken out of it. There were two —
the first instance of my finding more than one in this sub-
family. One was remarkably perfect (pi. xii. fig. 1 a), the
other, the oldest (pi. xii. fig. 1 b ), had lost its spines, only
their bases remained, the flume is whip-like at the end. The
spines are straight and branched from just above the base,
all bifid at the several terminations. There are seven on one
side basal and fifteen on the other (~), the fifteenth is more
distant from its neighbours and represents the bifurcation
at the points where the whip-like portion commences (vide
pi. xii. fig. 1 b).

Radula. — The formula is 52 . 3 . 8 . 1 . 8 . 3 . 52, or
63 . 1 . 63. The central teeth are, as usual, rather small,
the marginals are bicuspid, points nearly even, on the
extreme margin and about seven or eight from the side —
among the minute teeth, one here aud there is tricuspid.
Jaw with central projection.

Kerkophorus ? poeppigi, Menke.

Locality. Thornybush (3411, Burnup , No. 16, B.M.).

Animal. — Extremity of foot with elongate lobe tipped
dark, foot divided, right shell-lobe small and narrow, the
left quite small. Visceral sac , no markings on ivall of
branchial chamber , a faint band of black above the kidney, and
same with faint pale mottling towards the apex which is
darker. Pale brown tint throughout.

Generative organs as in other allied species. A spermato-

456 Lt. -Colonel H. H. Godwin-Austen on

phore was present in the spermatheca and is similar in
form of its spines to No. 3379 ; it is not quite perfect.
At the junction with capsule the flume has four spines on
one side, followed by fourteen on the other, which is not
the complete number — this portion and the flagellate end
being broken off.

Kerkophorus ? natalensis , Kr.

Shell very globose, not fully grown. Very microscopic
longitudinal striation.

Locality. Equeefa (3387, No. 12, H.C.Burnup, B.M., spirit-
specimen no. 8).

Mr. Burnup says of this species : “ These, of course,
come very near to No. 13, but there being two specimens
exactly agreeing with each other in form and colour, and
slightly disagreeing in both these respects with No. 13.
1 have kept them separate until you decide if they all three
belong to one species. It is only by such means that we
shall be able to learn the limitations of each species.”

No. 13 is dark grey on the foot, and is the same species
evidently as No. 12, the spotting on the visceral sac is of the
same character.

The animal is dark-coloured on the foot, also on head and
neck, and the eye-tentacles internally. The overhanging
lobe at extremity of the foot long and finely pointed. The
right shell-lobe is very loug and narrow, the left shell-lobe
also narrow and long, triangular on a broad base. The left
dorsal lobe is in two separate parts. The visceral sac next
the mantle-edge plain, with a few scattered small white dots,
these are more numerous on the line of the rectum. Mingled
with them is a larger speckling of black, and a mottled dark
band borders the kidney ; the rest of the visceral sac is black-
brown , spotted very sparsely and minutely ivi.th white. In
another specimen the white spots were absent.

The radula (PI. XX. fig. 2 c) is arranged thus : —

68 . 3 . 9 . 1 . 9 . 3 . 68, or 80 . 1 . 80.

The marginals are nearly evenly bicuspid, becoming very
small on the extreme margin. The jaw (PL XX. fig. 2 c)
is arched high in the centre, and has a small central pro-
jection on a rather straight edge.

I show the generative organs (PI. XX. fig. 2) with the
penis rolled together, as in Part II., pi. xiii. fig. 7 of
P. phcedimus, with the end of the flagellum encircling the
accessory gland — unrolled it is like that species. The

457

South- African Land-Mollusca.

spermatheca was very large and swollen at the free end.
This appearance indicated a spermatophore (PI. XX. fig. 2 a)
was within it, and with great care I managed to extract it
nearly complete. The spines, however, were all broken off
except one ; there were only fifteen, less than in others I have
seen, all on one side (^5). This, and its shorter flume, is a
good specific character. The single spine entire is simple,
hi lid.

Kerkophorus ? natalensis, Kr. = 3388.

Locality. Equeefa, Natal (No. 13, H. C. Burnup, B.M.,
spirit-specimen no. 9).

Shell very glohosely conoid, imperforate, shiny, very thin,
transparent ; sculpture microscopic, fine regular striation ;

Fig. 1.

colour ochraceous, with a greenish tinge; spire bluntly
conoid ; suture impressed ; whorls 4, the last very large and
rounded; aperture broadly lunate, oblique.

Size : major diam. 13 0, minor 1T25 ; alt. axis 7 mm.

458

Lt. -Colonel H. H. Godwin-Austen on

Animal pale-coloured, grey on side of the foot, towards the
extremity. The lobe above this long. Right shell-lobe long,
of nearly even breadth for some distance, then tapering.
The left shell-lobe long, tongue-like, narrow. The left
dorsal lobe in two parts. The branchial sac sparsely and
finely dotted up to the liver and heart ; white speckling then
commences and continues to the apex, on an ashy ground.

Formula of the radula : 94. 2. 11. 1.11. 2. 94, or
107 . 1 . 107. A few of the marginal teeth are tricuspid,
the rest are unevenly bicuspid. Admedian as usual.

Jaw with a central projection.

There were three spermatophores in the specimen dis-
sected. Nineteen bunched spines on one side of the flume,
three on the other, next the capsule (^).

Kerkophorus ? natalensis, Krs. (Part II., pl.xv. figs. 1-1 d ,
animal and anatomy.)

Vide Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 8,vol. ix. p. 584 (1912), explanation
of plate xv., not atnpliatus.

Locality. Alexandra Park, Maritzburg (No. 7, H. C.
Burnup , B.M., spirit-specimen no. 5 ; four examples)*.

Shell very globosely conoid, very finely perforate; sculp-
ture microscopical, regular longitudinal striation ; colour
ochraceous, with a strong yellow tinge ; spire subcouic, apex
rounded ; suture moderately impressed ; whorls 4, the last
swollen and rounded on the periphery ; aperture very
circular, oblique ; peristome thin, sinuated ; columellar
margin nearly vertical, thin.

Size : major diam. ]3’0, minor 11*3; alt. axis 5*0 mm.

Second example sent : major diam. 14 3 ; alt. axis 8*0 mm.

Animal (pi. xv. figs. 1-1 a). — With elongate lobe at
extremity of foot. Right and left shell-lobes large, long,
and tongue-like. Left dorsal lobe in two parts, in three in
one specimen. Visceral sac all pale-coloured up to the region
of the heart and kidney , with no spotting of black or white
whatever , thence to the apical whorls all very dark brown with
just an indication of white mottling on the side near the apex.

Mr. Burnup writes of this species, which certainly differs
from phcedimus in the coloration of the animal and in

* After the publication of Part II., 1912, Burnup sent another specimen
of the shell to Ponsonby, which came on to me ; it bears this note : “ This
equals m}r No. 7 to G.-A., which he apparently considers is ampliatm ! ! ”
It is a finer specimen, and I give its dimensions (second example) ; it is
rather higher in the spire than the first specimen I received — this repre-
sents natalensis at Maritzburg apparently.

459

South- African Land-Mollusca.

narrower shell-lobes, <( Approaching the forms timidly
known as H. natalensis and H. poeppigi, but possibly dis-
tinct.^ It is very close to No. 3245 (bicolor), but the shell
of that species has a narrower peripheral band. More
mature specimens of this species are required, and they should
be compared with K. natalensis from Durban or its neigh-
bourhood.

From another specimen.

Locality . Maritzburg ( Henry C. Burnup ), 21.iii. 08.

Animal: — Visceral sac. Wall of branchial cavity pale-
colour td with no marking , beyond a slight dark streak above
the kidney. Behind the heart dark grey sparsely spotted white ,
merging into dark brown on apex , with the sutural margin
bordered whitish. Foot with a long horn over the mucous
gland, well-defined peripodial grooves, with others leading
from them to the keel. Right shell-lobe long, broadish,
given off considerably below the rectum. The left is small,
triangular. Left dorsal lobe long and narrow, in two
separate parts of about equal length.

The generative organs may be compared with those of
K. phcedimus. The penis is bent on itself in S-shape, the
flagellum long. I give a drawing of its position as packed
within the animal and adjacent to the spermatheca (pi. xv.
(fig. 1 b), shown again after extraction (pi. xv. fig. 1 c).
The free oviduct is not black as in K. pheedimus ( ot .).
There was a single spermatophore (Part 11., pi. xv. fig. 1 d),
quite perfect. This has six spines on one side next the
capsule, with twenty-one on the other side (~). Their
elongate form may be compared with those of No. 3379,
K. poeppigi, from Pinetown, near Durban. The branching
is something like those of p/nedimus, but far longer.
These three species are evidently very close to each other,
the shell-lobes differing in breadth and length. Compare
figures of pheedimus on pi. xiii. figs. 1-2, No. 3379, pi. ii.
figs. 3, 3 a, and No. 7, pi. xv. figs. 1, 1 a.

The radula shows a formula: —

70 . 3 . 12 . 1 . 12 . 3 . 70, or 85 . 1 . 85.

The centrals of usual type, the laterals all evenly bicuspid,
becoming very small on the outer margin.

Jaw with a central projection.

Zonamydrus, M. & P., and subcorneus , Preston, appear to
be identical, and are very near this species of the natalensis ,
Krauss, type of shell, quite smooth on the apical whorls.

460

Lt. -Colonel H. H. Godwin- Austen on

Kerkophorus bicolor , sp. n. (Part I., pi. i. figs. 1, 1 1 b ;

Pi. XIX. figs. 1-1 c.)

Locality. Town Bush, Maritzburg ; only one specimen
received.

Shell globosely conoid, imperforate, shiny ; sculpture very
nearly smooth, just an indication of irregular longitudinal
striation ; colour very ruddy brown as far as a fine brown
band just above the periphery, pale and olivaceous below
this band (the difference is striking) ; spire depressedly
conoid, apex rounded ; suture moderately impressed ;
whorls 4, the last expanded, rounded on the periphery ;
aperture ovate, about as broad as high ; peristome thin ;
columellar margin not thickened, slightly curved.

Size: major diam. 13'0, minor 1120 ; alt. axis 6‘5 mm.

Animal (Part I., pi. i. figs. 1, 1 a). — In excellent preserva-
tion. The lobe over mucous gland large and standing up. The
right shell-lobe is long, wide at base, tapering gradually to
a point ; the left (fig. 1 6, Isl) is given off from a narrow
band, which overlaps the peristome and is broad at base and
elongately triangular in shape. The left dorsal lobe is in
two distinct parts, the anterior the longest and narrow.
The wall of the branchial sac (pi. i. ( br ) fig. 1 b ) is pale
vinous, with a few black specks. The kidney is bordered by
black bands ; posteriorly the visceral sac is black ; the liver-
whorls to apex dark brown , with a few distant minute white
spots.

In the generative organs (PI. XIX. fig. 1) the penis-sheath
is large and bulbous near the aperture, the retractor muscle is
short and thick ; the flagellum short, there is an accessory
organ globose at end of a short duct. The spermatheca
large, oval, on a strong large duct. The free oviduct is very
black, as in inunctus and plnsdimus. The spermatophore
(PI. XIX. fig. 1 b) has a short rather thickened flume closely
set with bifid spines, fourteen anterior and about seventeen
posterior. There are thirty-two in a second example", and
the first four or five are on both sides of the flume next the
capsule, most of which were broken off unfortunately, so
that their form could only be taken from five or six that
were perfect ; these were bifid close to base and bifid at the
points, thus similar in this respect to No. 12 from Equeefa
(pi. iv. fig. 2 a). The long whip-like portion was given off
near the posterior termination of the flume.

The radula (PI. XIX. fig. 1 c) of this species differs from
all I have as yet dissected, but approaches K. inunctus.
Centre and admedians as usual ; the laterals are long and

461

South- African Land-Mollusca.

curved, approaching the aculeate form, but are all bicuspid ;
the outer cusp small aud very much below the point, the
cusp becoming notch-like and almost disappearing in the
smaller teeth next the margin itself. Formula: —

?58 . 2 . 14 . 1 . 14 . 2 . 58?, or +64 . 1 . 64 + .

Unfortunately in extracting the radula the laterals were
broken away from the centre position, and thus their exact
number could not be counted ; but it does not very much
exceed fifty-eight.

Three specimens have since been recorded by Mr. Burnup
taken in the same locality : one is darker — that is, on the
visceral sac there is rather more black marking and no white
specks towards the apex; the two others have less black
mottling and fine spotting.

With the second lot of this species Mr. Burnup, writing
to Mr. John Ponsonby, says: — “As this is one of our
darkest Helicarions, I don’t think it likely to be corneus ,
Pfr., which is described as pale horn-colour. Anyone
describing the shell would be bound to observe the difference
in shade above and below the peripheral band. The same
feature is observable less conspicuouslv in the Tongaat form
( = G. A. 24) J*

Kerkophorus bicolor , sp. n.

Locality. Townbush, Maritzburg (No. 3418, Burnup').

Animal. — The further specimens received have a tinge of
pale sap-green. The lobe over the mucous gland is very long
and pointed, similar to Kerkophorus ph cedinius. The right
shell-lobe is moderately narrow, long and attenuate, and thus
differs from K. phadimus and also from tongaatensis ; the
left shell-lobe elongately triangular, rather broad at base, as
in No. 15, K. hurnupi , and 3379. In the visceral sac the
apical whorls are brown, the branchial wall sparsely spotted
or splashed with black ; a conspicuous black band above the
region of the heart, a very few distant white specks on the
succeeding portion up to the apex.

Generative organs as in No. 12; the free oviduct pink,
very conspicuous.

Jaw with no central projection.

Radula formula : —

+ 26 . 2 . 14 . 1 . 14 . 2 . 26 + , or +42 . 1 . 42 + .

Teeth of usual form, the marginals bicuspid , the inner cusp
the longest, outermost becoming very minute.

462

Lt.-Colonel H. H. Godwin-Austen on

Kerkophorus tongaatensis , sp. n.

Locality. Tongaat (. H . C. Burnup), January 1909.

Shell very narrowly perforate, globosely conoid ; sculpture
very fine, but distinct longitudinal strialion, finer towards
the last whorl ; colour rich sienna-brown, decidedly darker
above than below, the dividing-line being the sutural band ;
spire, apex bluntly conic ; suture impressed ; whorls 4,
apical small, the last very ample, a faint narrow sutural
band just above the periphery ; aperture ovately lunate,
decidedly oblique ; peristome thin, a slight callus on inner
side ; columellar margin just slightly reflected at perforation,
nearly vertical, then oblique.

Size: major diam. 14*75, minor 12*5 ; alt. axis 6*25 mm.

A smaller shell of animal dissected was 12*0 mm. in major
diameter, but agrees in every way with the type above
described, and was from the same locality.

Animal. — With a greenish tint, on the extremity of the
foot darkish grey, in all the specimens received. The right
shell-lobe is broad and large, as in K. phcedimus (pi. xiii.
fig. 2); the left shell-lobe, however, is not broad and square
as in that species, but broad and very elongated ; left dorsal
lobe in two parts, the posterior the smallest; lobe above
the mucous pore similarly elongate (pi. xiii. fig. 3).
Colour brown throughout, dark grey on hinder part of foot,
a few black specks near the mantle-edge, and a black bar
above the kidney. Shell-lobes are far smaller than in
K. melvilli. The radula formula is

+ 36 . 2 . 13 . 1 . 13 . 2 . 36 + .

The marginal teeth not quite complete, similar to that of
K. melvilli (pi. vii. figs. 1 b-d ). The two transition-teeth
have the outer cusp higher than in the preceding tooth ; in
the next outer tooth the cusp is still nearer the point, and
thence up to the margin it is not seen at all, all being curved
and aculeate in shape, becoming small and narrower next the
margin, and a few here show a bicuspid point.

Jaw with a central projection.

In the genitalia the shaft of the penis is short and thick-
ened, with the S folds bound together and concealed.

In the specimen dissected out of the smallest shell men-
tioned above, only the remains of a spermatophore were
found in the spermatheca. In another specimen I was
fortunate enough to find one quite perfect. The flume next
the capsule has 8 main spines, while on the other side in a
continuous row there are 25, which I render by |5 ; it ter-

463

South- African Land-Mollusca.

xninates in a slender whip-like form to a fine point. These
spines are bunch-like, several branches given oft’ on a thick
stem. It is of the type of K. vitalis (pi. xv. fig. 2,
Part IT.), but only a drawing enlarged to the same size would
show properly and clearly the amount of diversity, which?
as regards spine-distribution, is : \r It is impossible to
do this, as the number of plates would be excessive.

Burnup, when sending this species and writing from
Tongaat on 18th Januaiy, 1909, says : —

<f The Helicarion sp. ? scarcely agrees with anything that I
know (speaking from memory, for I am away from all
opportunity of comparing), but it seems nearest to the
specimen, which you will now have, sent to me by Mr. Pon-
sonby as No. 3345, which has more than once, but I should
say probably erroneously, been identified as H. corneus,
Pfr.”

It is very close to that species, but the anatomy is not
quite the same, shown particularly in the radula and
sperm atophore.

Kerkophorus ampliata, M. & P. (not I(. ampliata, Part II.,
p. 584, pi. xv.)

Locality. Stellabush, Durban (No. 3544, H. C. Burnup ,

B.M. no. 6).

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. iv. (Sept. 1899) pi. iii. fig. 5.

Annals S. A. Mus. (1912) p. 107.

Original description : —

“ Zingis ampliata , sp. n.

“ Z. testa nitidissima, minute perforata, perlaevi, tenui, globulari,
succineo-olivacea ; anfractus 4, apud suturas distincte impressis,
ultimo magno, rapide accrescente, effuso ; apertura late ovato-
rotundata ; peristomate tenui, columella alba vix incrassata,
super umbilicum minutum refiexu.

“Alt. 12, diam. 16 mm.”

Size of shell, animal dissected : major diam. 17 8, alt. axis
9*75 mm.

Animal. — Colour generally pale ruddy ochraceous, ten-
tacles grey, and darker on head and neck. The posterior
half of the foot dark greenish grey, including the long
attenuate horn above the mucous pore. Wall of the branchial
sac pale-coloured, with a few very fine scattered specklings.
A well-defined black band above the kidney. Visceral sue

464

Lt.-Colonel II. H. Godwin- Austen on

with no special markings , dark greenish in colour, with fine
white ramifying venation conspicuous. Vinous tinted in part
nearer the apex, which is, again, darker. Right shell-lohe
very long, in the one dissected 15 ram., similar to No. 7 ;
the left shell lobe is longer than in No. 7, not so triangular.
The right dorsal lobe is small, the left dorsal in two parts,
the posterior one the smallest. The penis is a short stout
pillar, closely bent in S shape, the flagellum very long,
caecum well developed, all the rest of the genitalia on usual
plan.

Jaw with a central projection.

Radula extracted almost complete, the formula

70 . 2 . 15 . 1 . 15 . 2 . 70, or 87 . 1 . 87.

Central and ad medians in form as in species of the genus,
the marginals aculeate , diminishing to very minute teeth on
the edge.

Kerkophorus stellatus, sp. n.

Locality. Stellabush, Durban (No. 3629, Burnup Coll.).

Shell globosely conoid, imperforate, apical whorls glassy ;
sculpture microscopic, longitudinal papillation ; colour pale
ochraceous straw-colour ; spire moderately high, subconic ;
suture shallow ; whorls 4, rapidly increasing, the last tumid,
apex sides flat; aperture oblique, circular; peristome very
thin ; columellar margin thin, subvertical.

Size: major diam. 15 0 ; alt. axis 7 mm.

Animal. — General colour very pale grey, extending to the
wall of the branchial sac. Horn above the mucous gland
long, with a small black tip. Foot on sole divided. The
right shell-lobe long and ample ; left shell-lobe moderately
long ; right dorsal lobe large, left in two distinct parts,
anterior large, posterior small. The branchial sac is spotted
sparsely with black , and a black triangular patch fills the
angle next and above the anal and respiratory apertures .
The usual dark band, but not very pronounced, lies above
the kidney, and below and parallel with it is a milky-white
band extending to the position of the heart ; this is succeeded
on the visceral sac, which is here of a pule ochraceous tint ,
by white spotting, which, again, merges into two narrow
bands , next by a foliated pattern in white , and, finally , the
two apical whorls are all white.

Three large specimens were sent from which the shells
had been removed, and one small immature example with
shell. The above description applies to all of them.

465

South- African Land-Mollusca.

The generative organs were similar to those previously
described, the penis rolled up close as in pi. xiii. fig. 7.
No spermatophore was found.

The jaw has a central projection, is not very concave on
the cutting-edge.

The radula was secured, almost complete, the formula

97 . 2 . 11 . 1 . 11 . 2 . 97, or 110 . 1 . 110.

The central and admedian teeth as usual in the genus. The
laterals are all alike, curved Avith bicuspid points, the inner
points slightly the longest. They graduate into minute teeth
on the margin.

This species was labelled by Mr. Burnup “ Compare
K. rndvilli , Cx.-A/” The radula distinguishes it at once from
that species, in which the lateral teeth are aculeate. The
radula is of the type seen iti phxdimus (p. 573).

Kerkophorus zonamydrus , M. & P.

Connolly, Annals S. A. Museum (1912), p. 110.

Original description (Ann. & Mag. N. II. ser. 6, vol. vi.
p. 467, Vilrina zonamydra , M. Sc P.) : —

“ V. testa globosa, convexa, robustiore quamF'. cingulata , fuscescente,
supra peripheriam obscure fusco-cingulata ; spira convexa, ampliore
quam in specie praecedente ( V. cingulata)', anfractibus ventricosis,
lsevibus ; apertura subrotuuda.

“ Long. 10, lat. 17 mill.”

The form of this shell is very like that of the three
examples of K. natalensis, Ki\, in the Natural History
Collection received from Cuming, which were decided to
be the same as a typical example sent for comparison by
Dr. Lampart from Stuttgart. The first two apical whorls
are higher and not of same spiral.

Kowie (C. Farquarson).

A single specimen under the above name was received by
me from Mr. John Ponsonby on the 5th July, 1913. I at
once began the dissection and description of ir.

Animal. — Pale-coloured generally on the foot. Tentacles,
head, and neck black, edge of this colour sharply defined.
Peripodial margin well seen, and towards the extremity of the
foot more distinctly so, in contrast to the darker-coloured
surface lying above it. Right shell-lobe broad and rather long
and pointed, the left shell-lobe very short and blunt. The
lobe over the mucous gland fairly large and black-tipped,
Ann. dr. May. N. Ilist. Ser. 8. Vol. xiii. 32

466

Lt.-Colonel H. H. Godvvin-Austen on

much contracted apparently in this specimen. Walls of the
branchial sac with a white ground, with the usual jet-black
conspicuous band above the kidney; there are several large
quadrate spots towards the edge of the mantle, interspersed
with minute spotting. Behind the region of the heart the

Fig. 2.

visceral sac is unspotted, greenish white, the apical portion
containing the liver dull brown, and no spotting of any kind.

The spermatheca is a large bulbous mass with a long solid
stalk. On cutting it open I found it contained a single

467

South- African Land- Mollusca.

perfect spermatophore buried in a mass of thick mucus,
out of which it was difficult and took a long time to clear,
using a fine brush and needle-point. In doing this it is
impossible to avoid breaking off many of the delicate spines.
The spermatophore is not always thus enclosed in mucus,
and may be found perfectly free and floating in a clear
liquid. The capsule of this specimen is moderately long
and cylindrical, the flume a little more than times as
long, attenuate at the vas deferens end, having a shorter
terminal end branching off below.

The sprigs, as they may be termed, carrying spines are
very numerous on one side of the flume, thirty in number ;
on the opposite side there are only four, situated close to
the capsule (|>).

The general form and proportion of its different parts
differ in detail from those I have found and described in
other species of this genus. The sprigs are set very close
together on rather elongate substantial stems, and the stag’s-
horn character of those which are perfect, 17 . 18 . 19 ( vide
fig.), is not exactly what I have seen before, and approaches
nearest to K. vitalis.

The radula is peculiar; the marginals are short, slightly
curving, unevenly bicuspid, the outer cusp much below the
inner, arranged thus —

80-100 . 3 . 15 . 1 . 15 . 80-100.

Jaw slightly arched, with a central projection.

Kerkophorus burnupi , sp. n. ( Part I., pi. ii. figs. 2, 2 a, 2 b,
animal ; PI. XX. figs. 1-1 b.)

Locality. Town Hill, Maritzburg (No. 15, H. C. Burnup) ;
two specimens sent with shells.

Shell depressedly globose ; colour nearly white, but with
the palest tint of greenish blue ; spire low, apex rounded ;
whorls 3, the last rapidly increasing and ample ; aperture
roundly lunate, about as broad as high, oblique ; columellar
margin not reflexed, curving, and nearly vertical.

Size : major diam. 10*0, minor 8*0 ; alt. axis 3*8 mm.

Mr. Burnup, in sending this species, says : — “ This species
has never been described (at least no description of the
form has been published, though I believe Melvill and Pon-
sonby have it in MS., but are keeping it back). It has at
different times been identified as H. phadimus and as leuco -
spira ; but I think it is quite distinct from these species.”

468

Lt.-Colonel IT. II. Godwin-Austen on

It is not phaedimus . for the apical coils of that species are
dark brown, no white at all; leuccspira is, again, spotted
with white over the branchial cavity.

Animal is pale throughout, no spotting on the visceral
sac ; when first looked at the colouring of the animal recalls
that of Peltatus pondoensis ; but the contrast of the dark
brown liver and white upper surface of the apical coils and
the form of the shell-lobes at once distinguish this species
from the Pondoland one. The value of drawings over
description to show differences of this nature is illustrated
in this instance. The lobe over the mucous pore (fig. 2 b)
is moderately large. The right shell-lobe (tig. 2) is long
and broad, the left (fig. 2) elongate and triangular, on a
wide base of the mantle-edge. In the drawing it is shown
drooping over, not in its natural position, turned over the
edge of the peristome and lying on the surface of the shell.

In the generative organs (Pi. XX. fig. 1) the penis has a
long flagellum, which towards the free end bifurcates into
two distinct branches. These are to be explained by a
reference to the figures of spermatophores on pi. iii. fig. 1 b),
where the usually single whip-like end has another and a
finer one. Experience when dissecting has shown me this
is very easily broken off.

The epiphallus is very long in this species, the short
accessory organ being given off nearer to the retractor
muscle than to the vas deferens. The spermatheca is on a
long stalk, and, being empty, was more elongately pear-
shaped.

The radula (PI. XX. fig. 1 b) has the formula
46 . 3 . 7 . 1 . 7 . 3 . 46, or 56 . 1 . 56.

Jaw (PI. XX. fig. 1 a) with a central projection.

Kerkophorus orient alts , sp. n. ?

Locality. East London (No. 10, H. C. Burnvp) ; onlv one
specimen sent.

Shell subglobosely conoid, thin ; sculpture microscopic,
close papillate longitudinal striation, crossed by distant lines
of growth ; colour very pale vinous ; spire depressedly
conoid, apex blunt; suture impressed; whorls 5, the last
large ; aperture widely lunate, oblique ; peristome thin ;
columellar margin suboblique, not thickened, and just
reflected near the umbilicus.

Size : major diam. 13*70, minor 12*00 ; alt. axis 6*30 mm.

Animal with a long tapering right shell-lobe, triangular in

4G9

So u tli -Afr lea n L an d-Mo l lit sea .

shape, and a long triangular left shell-lobe. The left dorsal
lobe in two distinct parts, the posterior one small ; lobe
over mucous gland must be elongate in life, but not so long
as in K. pheedimus &c. The visceral sac is quite plain and
unspotted over the branchial cavity ; at the kidney , which is
sienna-brown, there are a few fine black spots, and a short
black band borders this organ. Towards and on the apical
whorls there is indistinct whitish mottling. It is quite distinct
from the species sent with it from the same locality.

I refrain from dissecting the single specimen received,
yet name it provisionally K. orientalis, for of this and the
next species more examples are required, both of shell and
animal, to come to a satisfactory conclusion as to their
distinctness and nearest allies.

Burnup’s note to this species is as follows: — "There
appear to be 2 spp. here, but there should be no difficulty
iii deciding which animal belongs to each shell, as there are
2 of 1 sp. and 1 of the other ; moreover, from the nature of
the flatter shell 1 should unhesitatingly say that the animal
with the large loose mantle belongs to it.”

Kerkophorus ?, sp. n.

Locality. East London (No. 10 a, IT. C. Burnup) ; two
specimens received.

Shell very thin, globosely conoid, no perforation, shiny
surface ; colour strong straw-colour ; spire flatly conoid ;
suture well impressed, apex defined ; whorls 4, rapidly in-
creasing, apical very convex ; aperture nearly circular, or
broadly circularly lunate, subvertical ; peristome very thin ;
columellar margin curved, nearly vertical, very weak, no
reflexion.

Size : major diam. 14'00, minor 12*0; alt. axis 6’00 mm.

Shell quite different from the preceding, flatter and less
globose.

Animal pale-coloured in alcohol, with a long pointed lobe
at extremity of the foot. Visceral sac very pale ochraceous ,
jjassing to pale greenish grey at apex, spotted milky white, the
spots larger towards apex, no black ones at all.

The right shell- lobe long and narrow, and left similar.

The genitalia as in the genus. There is a sharp close bend
in the penis-shaft ; the accessory gland is short and sac-like,
near the musclc-retractor. Flagellum long. Spermatheca
on a short stalk, bulbous. Unfortunately it did not hold a
spermatophore.

470

Lt.-Oolonel H. H. Godwin-Austen on

Rad ill a not got out so well as to see a complete row and
count the whole of the marginal teeth. The formula is

+ 45 . 2 . 12 . 1 . 12 . 2 . 45 + , or +59 . 1 . 59 + .

The marginals nearly evenly bicuspid. The jaw with a
central projection.

The young animal of a species (No. 3391) was sent me by
John Ponsonby on 28th April, 1911, from the Game Pass,
Mooi River, as Kerkophorus ? transvaalensis, Craven. I have
not seen the shell. Vide ‘Annals/ January 1912, p. 128.

New genus ? ,y

The animal is distinct from anything else as yet received.
The visceral sac has the branchial wall very sparsely speckled
with black on a pale ground , a narrow black line above the
liver and heart, the apical whorls plain umber-brown with no
mottling of any sort.

The lobe over the mucous gland very long and dark-
coloured, overhanging a straight closed slit. A trace of a
right shell-lobe; its shape could not be seen, nor could I
see any left shell-lobe. The left dorsal lobe in two well-
separated parts.

The radula was got out complete; it has fewer admedian
teeth than any as yet dissected, in form as usual, the marginals
evenly bicuspid. Formula : —

32 . 3 . 6 . 1 . 6 . 3 . 32, or 41 . 1 . 41.

The jaw rounded above, with a central projection.

Kerkophorus sp. ?

East London ; a single specimen.

Tiiis species was sent to me on 20th March, 1913, by
Major M. Connolly. The animal was dried up within the
shell ; but by leaving it to soak in water many useful cha-
racters were brought to light. There was the elongate lobe
at the extremity of the loot ; the wall of the branchial sac
was sparsely spotted with white on a pale ground , much
more thickly so on the whorls and apical portion , larger
spots running together ; there was no sign of the large
triangular white patch in the vicinity of the heart , so con-
spicuous in the specimens sent previously by Major
Connolly from the same locality, and of which he thought
this a bigger specimen of ? M. pondoensis. The generative
organs were not well preserved, and no spermatophore was

South- African Land- Moll usca. 471

to be found. The jaw with radula complete was secured and
mounted.

The jaw has a small central projection and the radula the
formula :

+ 60 . 2 . 12 . 1 . 12 . 2 . 60 +

+ 74 . 1 . 74+ .

Genus Microkerktjs (continued from p. 582, Part II.).

Microkerkus fusicolur, M. & P. (Part II., pi. xvi. figs. 2, 2a,
2 b, parts of animal.)

Kcrkophorus fusicolor, M. & P., Ann. S. A. Mus. p. 108.

Locality. Platberg, Harrismith, O.R.C. (received from
Connollv per H. C. Burnup) (No. 8).

Animal. — The right shell-lobe somewhat broadly tongue-
shaped and short, left shell- lobe small and tongue-shaped ;
left dorsal lobe in two parts, the posterior elongate and the
longest. Foot pale coloured, neck and tentacles grey, sole
of foot not divided, small lobe above the triangular-shaped
mucous pore, peripodial margin broad. Wall of the branchial
sac dusky black , mottled indistinctly with white. The
kidney conspicuous by its pale ochraceous colour, which is
bordered with black above. The visceral sac beyond this is
whitish above and mottled black below. Lobe above the
mucous pore sm'dll, dorsal surface of foot flattened.

Mr. Burnup writes: — A fine thing bearing a great
resemblance both in shell and animal (externally) to No. 4
( symmetricus , Craven), but on a larger scale.”

Ponsonby, in letter Nov. 1907, says this species appears
as a Natalina in the last monograph of the Rhytididse.

The radula teeth are arranged

60 . 3 . 14 . 1 . 14 . 3 . 60, or 87 . 1 . 87 in the row.

They are like others described in species of the family.

The marginals are unevenly bicuspid.

Jaw with a central projection.

In the genitalia the epiphallus is long, the accessory gland
globose, on a short stalk. The spermatheca large and
swollen, on a thick stalk. Flagellum not attenuate. The
spermatophore : the capsule is long and narrow, and the
flume bears spines quite unlike any I have found in allied
species ; there are two main branches, growing from same
point close to the flume ; from these, again, about eight
curved spines are given off, gradually becoming shorter
towards the tip of the branch.

There are 30 spines on one side, none on the other (3U).

472 Mr. G. P. Farran on a Harpacticid Copepod

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Plate XIX.

Kerkophorus bicolor , sp. n. Townbush, Maritzburg. (No. 3245.)

Fig. 1. Generative organs, part of. X 45.

Fig. 1 a. Jaw. X 12‘4.

Fig. 1 b. Spermatophore, X 12’4, not complete, having lost the spines.

A few of these were yet to be seen on the terminal end of the
flume, and are shown enlarged 30 times.

Fig. 1 c. Teeth of the radula at different parts of the row.

Microkerkus symmetricus, Craven. (No. 4.)

Fig. 2. Part of the generative organs. X 4’5.

Fig. 2 a. A portion of the spermatophore, showing the branched antler-
like spines. X 30.

Fig. 2b. The jaw. X 12.

lig. 2 c. Anterior teeth of the radula, X 700, 50th to 56th.

Plate XX.

Kerkophorus burnupi, sp. n. Maritzburg. (No. 15.)

Fig. 1. The generative organs. X 8.

Fig. 1 a. Jaw. X 12*5.

Fig. 1 b. Teeth of radula at different parts of the row. X 368.

Kerkophorus P natalensis, sp. n. Equeefa.

Fig. 2. Part of the genitalia. X 45.

Fig. 2 a. Spermatophore, portion of (x 12-5), with spine (x 30).

Fig. 2 b. Jaw.

Fig. 2 c. Teeth of radula at different parts of the row. x 368.

LIII. — Description of a Harpacticid Copepod parasitic on an
Octopus. By G. P. Farran.

[Plate XXI.]

In 1906 a specimen of the deep-water octopus, Polypus
ergasticus , was trawled by the Department of Agriculture’s
steam cruiser ‘ Helga ’ in 610-680 fathoms off the S.W. coast
of Ireland (Station S.R. 331 ; see ‘ Fisheries, Ireland, Sci.
Invest.’ 1907, i. [1909]), and was handed to Miss A. L.
Massy, who was working at the Department’s collection of
Cephalopoda. On examining it Miss Massy noticed that on
the inside of the arm-membranes were what appeared to be
numerous small white villi or spinules. On closer inspection

GODWIN AUSTEN.

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. S. 8. Vol. XIII. PI. XIX.

gen. at> "

FIG. 1. Kcrkophorus bicolor.

No. 3245.

FIG. 2. Microkerkus symmetricus, craven. - No. 4.

GODWIN AUSTEN.

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. S. 8. Vol. XIII. PI. XX.

2c

No 1 . Kerkopliorus burnupi . MARITZBURG. No 1 5.
No 2 . Kerkophorus? natalensis. EQUEEFA. No 12.

473

parasitic on an Octopus .

these proved to be minute copepods, attached by their mouth-
appendages to the skin o£ the octopus, their tail-ends being
free. All the specimens found were females, most of them
with egg-sacs. They appear to belong to a new genus of the
Harpacticoidea, most nearly allied to the genus Idya , but
greatly modified for a parasitic life. It may, perhaps, be
held that a new family should be made for the genus, but
as all the appendages which have not undergone degeneration
have retained, to a greater or less degree, their Idya-Yikz
form, I have placed it in the same family as Idya.

The genus and species may be described as follows : —

Family Idyidse.

Genus Cholidya, nov.

An Idyoid, modified for a parasitic life, in which the
swimming appendages are reduced or absent and the cephalon
and thorax soft and swollen. Cephalic appendages with the
same general structure as in the rest of the family. Inner
ramus of the second antenna very small. Mandible with
an unbranched palp. First maxilla forming a simple piercer.
First foot reduced in size, but of the same form as in the
genus Idya. Second foot two-branched, but with its joints
and setae reduced. Third and fourth feet absent. Fifth feet
highly chitinized and ventral in position, connected by a
chitinized ventral plate. Abdomen not chitinized and with
feebly marked segmentation. Egg-sac one, attached.

Cholidya polypi , sp. n.

Female (fig. 1) length '78-8 mm. Cephalon slightly
flattened. '1 horax globular, swollen, filled with what appears
to be undifferentiated food or yolk-material. Abdomen
tapering from the swollen thorax to the small furca.

First antenna (fig. 2) six-jointed, the fourth joint bearing
a short sestiietask ; proportional length of joints, measured
along the upper margin : —

1 2 3 4 5 6
10 23 12 8 7 7

Second antenna (fig. 3) with two basal joints; endopodite
very small, with two terminal setae ; exopodite two-jointed,
second joint about half as long as the first and bearing one
lateral and four terminal setae.

474

Mr. G. P. Farran on a Harpactlcid Copepod

Mandible (fig. 4) with a strong three-toothed cutting-
blade; palp very small, unbranched, with four setae.

First maxilla (fig. 5) appears to consist of a flattened plate
with a curved point ; no setse or lobes could be made out,
but they may have escaped notice.

Second maxilla (fig. 6) two-jointed, cheliform, the claw
finely denticulated on the inner edge.

Maxillipede (fig. 7) with basal joint and chela as in the
second maxilla, but with a stronger and sharper claw and a
more muscular basal joint.

First foot (fig. 8) very small and feebly chitinized. It is
of the same structure as in the genus Idya , and the muscula-
ture of the exopodite is well developed. The length of the
first foot in Idya fur cata is about two-fifths of the total length
of the animal ; in the present species it is about one-eighth.

Second foot (fig. 9) very minute, with two-jointed exopo-
dite and endopodite, the former with two outer- edge and two
terminal setae, the latter with one outer-edge and two terminal
setae. The muscles in the second basal joint which move the
exopodite are fairly well developed.

Third and fourth feet absent.

Fifth feet (fig. 10) strongly chitinized, ending in six stout
denticulations, of which the innermost bears a small seta,
outer edge with one seta set back a little from the margin on
the posterior face, inner edge with two setae situated close
together near the point of attachment of the foot, and distal
to them a pore in the chitinous margin of the foot which
seems to be the mouth of a gland. The fifth feet are articu-
lated to either end of a broad, chitinous, transverse ventral
plate. The two inner-edge setae of the fifth foot of this
species seem to correspond morphologically to the two or
three setae on the basal joint of the fifth foot of Idya , the two
joints in Cholidya having become fused.

Genital openings (fig. 11) as in the genus Idya , except
that the minute setae lateral to the oviducal opening are
absent. The spermatheca is situated a short distance behind
the oviducal opening, and has a short sigmoid duct terminating
at the indistinct furrow, which marks the fusion of the first
and second abdominal segments.

Rami of furca (fig. 12) about one and a half times as long
as broad, with one short stout terminal and two lateral setae.

Egg-sac single, containing a small number of compara-
tively large eggs. It is flask-shaped and attached to the
oviducal opening by its narrow neck.

Hob. Attached to the inner face of the arm-membrane of

Ann. 4* Mag. Nat. Hist. S. §. Vol . XIII. PI. XXI.

parran.

G. P. F. del.

CHOLIDYA POLYPI.

parasitic on an Octopus. 475

Polypus ergasticus from the west coast of Ireland, 600-
700 fathoms.

The occurrence of a parasitic Harpacticid in the unusual
situation in which this species was found, though not so
strange as is the case of Balcenophilus , described by Auri-
villius from the baleen plates of the blue whale, is not without
interest, and the two species may well be compared. In both
instances we have isolated species belonging to, or closely
allied to, noil-parasitic families, specially modified for an unusual
manner of life. In Cholidya the modification has gone much
further than in Balcenophilus , and, had not the first pair of
feet remained unmodified, the relationship to Idya might
have been overlooked, as most of the other appendages, taken
separately, are common to other groups, both parasitic and
free-living. In Balcenophilus , on the other hand, the adapta-
tions to its peculiar mode of life are so slight that its relation-
ship to Harpacticus is at once apparent, and it would be
difficult to make sure that it had a parasitic habit were its
place of origin unknown. The genus Idya} by the possession
of strongly chelate maxillse and maxillipedes, seems well
adapted to give rise to a parasitic race, as the means of
attachment are already present.

These instances of parasitic forms — as it were, in the
making — throw some light on the origin of the various families
of parasitic Oopepoda in general, many of which, it is probable,
have started independently as modifications of widely separated
nou-parasitic species.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXL

Fig. 1. Cholidya polypi, Ventral view.

Fig. 2.

Fig. 3.

Fig. 4.

Fig. 5.

Fig. 6.

Fig. 7.

Fig. 8.

Fig. 9.

Fig. 10.

Fig 11.

Fig. 12.

First antenna.
Second antenna.
Mandible.

First maxilla.
Second maxilla.
Maxillipede.

First foot.

Second foot.

Fifth foot.
Genital openings.
Furca.

476

Miss G. Ricardo on

L1Y. — Species of Tabanus from Polynesia in the British

Museum and in the late Mr. VerralVs Collection. By
Gertrude Ricardo.

Very few species have been described from this region.

From New Caledonia : T. alhonotatus , Bigot, now changed
to T. caledonicus, as the original name is preoccupied — this
species belongs to Group IX. (see ‘Indian Records/ iv.
p. 114, 1911), with paler hands and spots on abdomen.

From Lifu Island : T. lifuensisj Bigot, belonging to

Group X., with the abdomen unicolorous.

From New Hebrides : T. expulsus , Wlk. — this type is not
to be found in the Brit. Mus. Coll.

From Sidney Island in the Phoenix Islands: T. Sidney-
ensis and T. niyriventris , Macquart — I have not been able to
trace either of these types, the latter is said to have hairy
eyes.

This Sidney Island is mentioned by Macquart in his
introduction to the 1st Supplement of Dipt. Exot. p. 134, as
supplying some species common to Tasmania. Australia is
wrongly given as the locality in Kertesz’ Cat., Sidney the
town evidently being confused with this island.

From the Sandwich Islands : T. insularis , Wlk. — this type
is not to be found in the Brit. Mus. Coll.

Two new species are now described, both belonging to
Group IX., viz. : —

Tabanus fjianus from Fiji and New Hebrides.

Tabanus rubi icallosus from New Caledonia.

Tabanus lifuensis, Bigot.

Mem. Soc. Zool. de France, v. p. 689 (1892).

Type, a male in the late Mr. Yerrall’s coll, from the island
of Lifu.

A medium-sized reddish species. Antennae reddish, the
first two joints with black hairs, the third joint is destroyed.
Face chamois-leather colour, with rather long brown hairs.
Palpi reddish yellow, with black hairs. Eyes bare, occupy-
ing the greater part of head, the large facets reaching beyond
the apex of frontal triangle, and almost reaching the vertex.
Thorax and abdomen dull reddish, the former with dark
stripes, sides and breast the same colour as face, pubescence
on abdomen appears to be chiefly black, consisting of short
pubescence, sides with yellow hairs; underside same as

477

Species of Tabanus from Polynesia.

dorsum. Legs reddish, lighter in colour than abdomen.
Wings clear, yellow on fore border ; stigma yellow ; veins
yellowish.

Length 12 mm.

Tabanus caledmicus , Ricardo.

AtyJotus albonotatus, Bigot, M6m. Soc. Zool. de France, v. p. 670
(1892), nomen bis lectum.

Type, a female in the late Mr. VerralFs coll, from New
Caledonia; and a male and female erroneously labelled
T. lifuensis , Ins. Lifu, on one of Bigot’s original labels, but
undoubtedly identical with this type.

A stout-bodied brown species with wings tinged brown.

Female. — Face covered with brownish-yellow tomentum, a
few short brown hairs on cheeks. Beard composed of brown
hairs witli a few yellowish ones intei mixed. Palpi reddish
yellow with black hairs, long, almost the same width
throughout, ending in a long point. Antennae dull reddish
yellow, the first two joints with black hairs, the third long
and slender, with a very short (not wide) base, with a small
but acute angle representing the tooth, the remaining part
narrow. Subcallus same colour as face. Forehead parallel,
about five times as long as it is broad ; the frontal ca’lus
large, almost square, not reaching the eyes, continued in a
short point, yellowish in colour; the rest of the forehead is
entirely shining brown, rather proluberant. Eyes bare.
Thorax brownish with yellow tomentum, wdiich causes the
brown to appear as stripes. Scutellum redd sh brown.
Breast-sides with thick tufts of black hairs. Abdomen
brown, in the type w’ith very narrow pale segmentations,
and on each segment a median bluntly triangular pale spot ;
in the other female these spots are covered with white hairs,
and the segmentations are less distinct ; underside brown
with white-haired segmentations. Legs brownish, the
femora reddish below, tibiae dull reddish. Wings large,
tinged with brown, leaving the discal and basal cells some-
what paler, also the apex ; veins brown ; stigma reddish
brown.

Length 20 mm.

Male. — Identical. The large facets restricted to upper

part of eyes and not very large, though quite distinct. On
the underside of abdomen the white hairs are restricted to
the sides.

478

Miss G. Ricardo on

Tabanus rubricallosus , $ , sp. n.

Type (a female) and another female from New Caledonia.

A brown species covered with grey tomentum, easily
distinguished by the large, shining, red, frontal callus and
by the slender palpi.

Length 15 mm.

Face covered with whitish tomentum and with some short
white pubescence. Beard white. Palpi pale yellow, some
grey tomentum on base and on upper side ; pubescence rather
thick, a few short black hairs on upper side, otherwise the
pubescence is white ; in shape they are long and slender,
ending in an attenuated point. Antennae brown, the first
two joints rather reddish with black hairs, the third joint
stout with a small tooth. Forehead parallel, broad, about
three times as long as it is broad, covered with same coloured
tomentum as face ; the frontal callus is shining red-brown,
very large, reaching the eyes, anteriorly it encroaches oh the
subcallus, with a very convex border, posteriorly the border
is irregular, and the sides slightly withdrawn from the
border of eyes. Thorax black, covered with ashy-grey
tomentum, leaving the ground-colour apparent as stripes ;
pubescence on anterior border white, elsewhere black ; tufts
of white hairs are present at base of wings and on breast-
sides. Scutellum same as thorax. Abdomen brownish,
densely covered with ashy-grey tomentum, which covers the
posterior half of each segment, extending in the middle as a
median triangular spot — it covers the first segment almost
entirely; the anterior half of most segments has yellowish
tomentum, the pubescence even on the grey borders is black,
though short ; underside wholly covered with grey tomentum.
Legs brownish, the femora covered with grey tomentum, the
tibiae reddish. Wings clear; stigma very small, yellowish ;
veins reddish brown.

Tabanus fijianus) ? , sp. n.

Type, a female from Fiji ( C . Knowles) , 1906, another
female from Suva, Fiji, 16. 1. 1906 (Dr. B. G. Corney ),
with a note from donor, viz., a Annoys horses and cattle
along a road through forest and open reed country/’

Another female from Highlands of Fiji Govt. Station,
alt. 2700 ft. (Dr. B. G. Corney ), 1906.

Another female, the property of Prof. Nuttall, was caught
feeding on hand in full sunshine on Lami River, Vitilevu,
Fiji, Feb. 26, 1910, at 2 P.M.

479

Species of Tabanus from Polynesia,

A brown species marked with yellow-haired spots and
segmentations on abdomen. Wings clouded on the cross-
veins. Antennse and legs reddish yellow.

Length, type 15 mm., others 13-15 mm.

Face covered with greyish tomentum, becoming yellowish
on the upper border of cheeks and on subcallus ; some long
whitish hairs in centre of face and brown ones on cheeks.
Beard white. Palpi yellow, covered with grey tomentum
and with black pubescence, fairly stout, ending in a long-
obtuse point. Antennce yellow, the first two joints with
black hairs, the third slender, with a slight tooth, dusky at
apex. Forehead almost parallel, about six times as long as
it is broad, covered with yellowish tomentum ; the frontal
callus blackish, pear-shaped, not reaching the eyes, with a
lineal extension extending more than half the length of the
forehead. Eyes bare. Thorax brownish with black markings
and with two yellow tomentose submedian stripes, sides also
yellow, pubescence not very noticeable, some yellow hairs on
the lighter-coloured parts and some brown ones on the dark
parts, sides with black hairs, breast covered with grey
tomentum and with yellow hairs. Scutellum brown with
yellow tomentum and some yellow and black hairs. Abdomen
reddish brown with some black markings, and with yellow
tomentose segmentations and median triangular spots, all
covered with yellow pubescence ; underside almost wholly
covered with the yellow tomentum and pubescence. Legs
reddish yellow, most of the femora darker, with grey tomen-
tum ; apices of tibise and the tarsi brown ; pubescence on legs
chiefly yellow. Wings grey, pale yellow on fore border, all
the transverse veins clouded with dark brown colouring ;
stigma yellow ; veins brown.

Four females from Aneiteum, New liebiides, appear to
belong to this species, being probably a local form of it, the
differences being very slight, as follows : — Palpi rather less
stout at base. Thorax darker, the tomentum being grey
instead of yellow. Scutellum the same. Abdomen the same,
but the median spots are not so distinct. Legs paler, almost
a uniform reddish yellow. Wings clouded with brown on
fore border and along the veins, besides the transverse
veins.

These specimens were labelled by Walker “ signifera /’
New Hebrides, but the description of them does not appear
to have been published.

480.

Mr. 0. Thomas on

LY. — New Callicebus and Eumops /how S. America.

By Oldfield Thomas.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

Callicebus toppini, sp. n.

Allied to and of the same grizzled brown colour as C. cu-
preus. Crown-hairs similarly tipped with buffy, but along
the front edge o£ the hairy part of the forehead the hairs are
black, thus forming an indistinct blackish frontal band.
Belly and terminal part of limbs red, as in cupreus , but on
the hind legs the red is rather more extended, coming up to
cover the knee. Hairs on ears dark reddish brown. Tail-
hairs mixed grey and blackish, as in cupreus , but those on
the proximal two-thirds are tipped with black, not with w hite
or buffy as in the other species of this group.

Dimensions of skull : —

Greatest length 65*6 mm. ; basal length 50; breadth of
brain-case 35*5 ; premolars and molars together 15 2.

Hab . Bio Tahuamanu, N.E. Peru, near Bolivian Boun-
dary. About 12° 20' S., 68° 45' W.

Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 14. 3. 3. 3. Collected
and presented by Capt. H. S. Toppin.

From all the members of the group with reddish ears this
species may be distinguished by the dark tips to its caudal
hairs. C. cupreus has also no black hairs on the forehead,
while C. usto-fuscus , which is darker throughout, has many
more. C. pcenulatus has an elongated mantle, paler than
the rest of the back.

I have named the species in honour of Capt. Toppin, who,
in spite of great climatic difficulties, succeeded in bringing
home for the National Museum several mammals from an
almost unknown part of S. America.

Eumops dabbenei, sp. n.

The largest American Molossine bat, exceeding E. perotis
in forearm and skull-length.

Size large, the body thick and clumsy, forearms not long
in proportion to the bulky body and broad head. Ears of
about normal size, not greatly enlarged, as in perotis (they
are, however, thickened in both specimens, and may have

new Oallicebus and Eumops /ro/n S. America. 481

been accidentally or pathologically shrunk). Keel of ear-
conch much thickened terminally. Tragus narrower than
in perotis , about 3x1 mm.; its end rounded. Antitragus
about 8 mm. in length, separated by a deep notch behind.
A large throat-gland in male, none in female.

Colour brown above and below, the bases of the hairs
whitish.

Skull of very similar form to that of E. glaucinus, although
immensely larger — much broader and more heavily mad©
than that of the only species approaching it in size, E. perotis.
Muzzle low, rounded, subcylindrical. Zygomata with
laterally projecting shoulders above m3, just as in glaucinus.
Mesial crest well defined, though not high, passing behind
into a well-marked occipital helmet.

Dimensions of male and female specimens (the latter the

type)

Forearm 82 and 79 mm.

Head and body 115, 106 ; tail 61, 59 ; ear (perhaps
shrunk) 28, 27 ; third finger, metacarpus 83, 77, first pha-
lanx 37, 33 ; lower leg and hind foot (c. u.) 45, 41.

Skull : greatest length 33'5, 31 ; condylo-incisive length
32*3, 30*7 ; condylo-basal length 31’5, 29'4 ; zygomatic
breadth 20*4, 29*4 ; intertemporal breadth 6*1, 5*7 ; mastoid
breadth 17*5, 16 3 ; palatal length 14, 14*2 ; maxillary
tooth-row 13*7, 13*2; front of px to back of m2 8*7, 8*6 ;
breadth between outer corners of mz 14*2, 13*4.

Hah. Chaco, Argentina.

Two specimens, male and female, received for examination
from the Museo Nacional, Buenos Ayres. The female pre-
sented to the British Museum (B.M. no. 14. 4. 4. 8).

This fine species is by far the largest of all American
Molos3idse, the only one that approaches it in length of fore-
arm and skull, E. perotis, being a far more slenderly built
animal, with a peculiarly narrow skull. Compared with
Old-World Molossines, it exceeds all except Chiromeles
torquatus , and that it practically equals in length of forearm
and skull, though Chiromeles is far more bulky.

1 have named this interesting animal in honour of Dr. R.
Dabbene, Conservator of Zoology in the Buenos Ayres
National Museum, to whose kindness I owe the opportunity
of examining it.

Ann. <Sc Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xiii.

33

482 Mr. K. G. Blair on the Fabrician Types of

LVI. — On the Fabrician Types of Tenebrionidae [Coleoptera)
in the Banks Collection . By K. G. Blair.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

This paper is supplementary to that published by Gebien in
Deutsch. Ent. Zeitschr. 1906, p. 209, in which he contributed
notes on those types of Tenebrionidse described by Fabricius
that are preserved in the Museums of Copenhagen and Kiel.
The Banks Collection, now in the British Museum, is also
rich in the types of this author, and a survey of these,
together with Gebien’s notes, goes far towards a revision of
the Fabrician types of this family.

The species are taken in the order adopted in the most
recent Catalogue (Gebien in Junk’s ‘ Coleopterorum Cata-
logus/ 1910-1911). Of most of them Fabricius states defi-
nitely that the types are in the Banks Collection, though in
a few cases no such information is given ; in such cases
(with one exception) the descriptions are contained either in
the Syst. Ent. (1775) or in Spec. Ins. i. (1781), in one or
other of which works the Banksian species are described.

In some cases more than one specimen is placed above the
name in question, and these frequently belong to different
species. Where there is no evidence in favour of one or
other being regarded as the type, and one of them belongs to
the species usually known in collections by that name, I
have taken it as being the type. Where no comment is
added, the species may be taken as being correctly identified
in collections, or, at any rate, as appearing with that name in
the British Museum collection.

•

1. Himatismus variegatus} Spec. Ins. i. p. 323 ( Tenebrio ).

Tropical Africa.

The description and figure given by Olivier (Ent. iii.
1795, 57, p. 14, pi. ii. fig. 16) are correct — indeed, the
description refers directly to that of Fabricius. It is im-
portant to remember that Olivier had access to the Banks
Collection while his work was in progress, so that his descrip-
tions and figures of Fabrician species described from this
collection are taken from the actual type-specimens.

Haag-Butenberg, however, was mistaken in his identifica-
tion of the species in his monographs of this genus, and his
misidentifications are very generally disseminated in collec-
tions. tl . variegatus , Haag (nec Fabr.), has recently been
received from Dr. Pdringuey as H. disseptus) Per.

Tenebrionidse in the Banks Collection .

483

2. Zophosis testudinaria, Spec. Ins. i. p. 326 ( Erodius ).
S. Africa.

This is the insect generally known as Z. muricata , F. The
above reference is not given in the Catalogues, where the name
appears as Z. testudinaria , F. (Mant. Ins. i. 1787, p. 215),
though this reference is, in fact, merely a quotation of the
earlier description. The confusion of species originated with
Solier (Ann. Soc. Ent. F r. iii. 1834, p. 620) , who was unable to
accept the identity of testudinaria , 01., with testudinaria , F.,
preferring to regard it as synonymous with muricata , F.
But Olivier again merely follows Fabricius in his descrip-
tion, and figures the right insect ; the type of muricata ,
F., is in Copenhagen, and has been found by Gebien to be an
Adesmia.

The synonymy of this species is therefore
Z. testudinaria, F., 01 .—muricata, Sol., Deyr, (nec F.).

The Arabian species known to Solier as testudinaria I
have not been able to identify with certainty ; Deyrolle, in
his later monograph (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (4) vii. 1867,
p. 168), follows Solier. The species may be known as
farinosa, nom. nov., an unpublished name of Olivier’s quoted
as a synonym by Deyrolle : —

Z. farinosa, nom. nov. (Oliv., MS .)= testudinaria, Sol.,
Deyr, (nec F.).

3. Pachycera buprestoides , Spec. Ins. i. p. 323 ( Tenebrio ).

S. Africa.

—atra, Herbst.

The locality noted by Fabricius is evidently erroneous.
The species appears in the Catalogues as Heyeter bupres-
toides, with habitat Cape Verde, but on what authority is not
clear.

4. Stenocara serrata, Spec. Ins. i. p. 317 ( Pimelia ). S. Africa.

5. Stenocara porcata, 1. c. {Pimelia). S. Africa.
szmorbillosa , F., var. bonellii , Sol. (Ilaag-Rut.).

The type of morbillosa, F., is stated to be in Mus. Dom.
Hehvig. From the description Pimelia porcata , Herbst,
agrees with porcata, F. ; but the Adesmia porcata of Solier
and Allard, and now generally known in collections as

33*

484

Mr. K. G. Blair on the Fabrician Types of

A. porcaia, F., is a different insect. As Solier described
this species in detail, the name may be retained as Adesmia
( Onymacris ) porcaia , Sol. (nec F.).

6. Eurychora ciliata , Spec. Ins. i. p. 319 ( Pimelia ) . S. Africa.

Two specimens are placed over this name, one being
E. ciliata , F., of collections, the other E. luctuosa , Haag.

7. Cryptochile echinata, Spec. Ins. i. p. 317 {Pimelia). S.

Africa.

8. Cryptochile minuta, Spec. Ins. i. p. 318 {Pimelia). S. Africa.

This species appears in the Catalogues as C. minuta , 01. ;
but Olivier merely quotes Fabricius with the above reference.

9. Cryptochile maculata , Spec. Ins. i. p. 317 {Pimelia). S.

Africa.

A specimen of another species (not identified by me) is
associated with this.

10. Psammodes striatus , Syst. Ent. p. 251 {Pimelia). India.

The collection from which the type was taken is not stated,
and the habitat given, u in Indus,” is presumably erroneous.
The specimen is a $ belonging to the form striatus of Solier
(sec. Haag), with the red elytral stripes fine and not very
bright and the apical portion of the elytra finely granulate.

11. Psammodes unicolor , Spec. Ins. i. p. 316 (Pimelia). S.
Africa.

— Ps. timarchoides, Haag.

Another instance of the latter author’s misidentification of
Fabrician species.

12. Psammodes scaber , Syst. Ent. p. 251 {Pimelia) . S. Africa.

The species is represented by two specimens, one of which
lacks the mouth-parts, which are presumably those found by
Gebien in Kiel Museum (D. E. Z. 1906, p. 229). Gebien
notes that the description in Syst. El. i. 1801, p. 130, is a
copy of that in Ent. Syst. i. 1792, p. 101, but omits to note
that the latter is a word-for-word copy of the reference quoted

Tenebrionidse in the Banks Collection . 485

above. All of them state that the type is in the Banks
Collection.

The Kiel specimen is, as suspected by Gebien, incorrectly
identified, and is one of the many instances of the misidenti-
fication by Fabricius of one of his own earlier-described
species. Pimelia scahra , F., of Gebien’s Catalogue must be
synonymized with Psammodes scaber , F., of the same, leaving
the name valida, Er., for the Pimelia . As before, Olivier’s
figure and description represent the Fabrician species.

13. Trachynotus rugosus , Spec. Ins. i. p. 315 ( Sepidium ). S.
Africa.

14. Trachynotus reticulatuSy 1. c. [Sepidium). S. Africa.

This appears as an original description, with no reference
to De Geer’s work.

15. Trachynotus vittatus, Spec. Ins. i. p. 815 [Sepidium). S.
Africa.

16. Platyope lineata} Spec. Ins. i. p. 319 [Pimelia). Siberia.

17. Platynotus striatus , Spec. Ins. i. p. 322 ( Blaps ). Coro-
mandel.

18. Pseudoblaps crenata , 1. c. [Blaps). Coromandel.

This is the Platynotus rabourdinn} Petit, of Dej. Cat.

19. Melanimon tibiale, Spec. Ins. i. p.90 [Opatrum). Scania.

20. Qonocephalum arenarium, Syst. Ent, p. 76 [Opatrum).
S. Africa.

The type belongs to the species identified by Miedel
(Deutscb. Ent. Zeitschr. 1880, p. 139) as crenatum , F., of
which the type has been examined by Gebien ; Miedel’s
identification of Op. arenarium , F., with the Oriental
moluccanum , Blanch., is, of course, equally erroneous.

21. Achthosus sanguinipesy Syst. Ent, p, 256 ( Tenebrio ).
Australia.

= laticvrnis, Pasc.

This name does not appear in Gebien’s Catalogue. The
type is a ? .

486

Mr. K. G. Blair on the Fabrician Types of

22. Alphitobius Icevigatus , Spec. Ins. i. p. 90 ( Opatrum ).
New Zealand.

=piceus, 01., = Microphyes rufipes, Macl.

This name is also omitted from the Catalogues.

I have to thank Mr. H. J. Carter, of Sydney, for a speci-
men of Microphyes rufipes, Macl., compared with the type.
Champion notes Alphitobius piceus , 01., from Adelaide River
(Trans. Ent. Soc. 1894, p. 379), and remarks that it is not
included in Master's Catalogue.

23. Sarayus Icevicollis, Syst. Ent. p. 73 ( Silpha ). Australia.

This species is credited in the Catalogues to Olivier (Ent.
ii. 1790, 11, p. 12), but this author again only follows the
description of Fabricius. Confusion has also arisen as to
the species designated. The type belongs to Macleay’s
Section II., with the elytra reticulate, and, from description,
is probably identical with S. reticulatus , Haag. Two other
specimens in the British Museum have their origin indicated
as i( Queensland.” The Tasmanian and southern insect
identified as this species by de Br6me, Hope, and Macleay
should therefore be known as S . costatus} Sol. ( = loevicoUis ,
de Br., Hope, Macl., nec F.).

24. Taraxides Icevigatus , F., Spec. Ins. i. p. 323. Tropical
Africa.

= T. sinucitus, F ,,= T. confusus, Westw.

There is some little doubt as to whether the insect pur-
porting to be the type of this species was the one actually
observed by Fabricius. Westwood did not think it was,
and named it afresh (Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1843, p. 223),
but his reason for this opinion was mainly that it differed
from the description in being larger than T. molitor , instead
of smaller, as stated. This was apparently a slip, and is so
noted by Olivier, whose figure also agrees sufficiently well
with the Banksian insect to be recognizable (Oliv. Ent. iii.
1795, 57, p. 16, pi. ii. fig. 19 5/s). This figure is incorrectly
quoted in the text as fig. 19. The identity of Tenebrio Icevi-
gatus, F., with T. Icevigatus , L., presumed by Olivier and
Westwood, is apparently incorrect, and is nowhere suggested
by Fabricius.

Tenebrionidas in the Banks Collection.

487

25. Alohates morio ,• Gen. Ins. 1776, p. 241 (. Helops ). N.
America.

The collection from which the type is taken is not stated,
but two specimens are placed over this name in the Banks
Collection. One of these is a Taraxfdes, and need not
be further considered. The other is a form of Alohates
barhata , Knoch, and, what is very unusual, bears a
locality-label, “ Antigua.” In this connection it may be
noted that while both the Gen. Ins. (1776) and Ent. Syst. i.
(1792) state “habitat in America boreali,” in Syst. El. i.
(1801) this is altered to “ in Americae meridionalis Insulis.”
Though there is an element of doubt as to the Banksian
insect being the type of Helops morio , F., there is every
probability that this is the case, or, at any rate, that it is
conspecitic, and this identification is supported by the descrip-
tion, which does not agree with the Zophohas morio of the
Catalogues.

What, then, is Zophohas morio of our collections? The
name is synonymized in the Catalogues with nigritus , 01.
(Ent. iii. 1795, 57, p. 5, pi. ii. fig. 26), but once more
Olivier is referring to a species of Fabricius, Helops nigrita , F.,
Spec. Ins. i. p. 325. Fabricius repeats the description of this
insect several times, as follows : —

1. Tenebrio atratus, Syst. Ent. 1775, p. 256. (S. America.)

2. Helops nigrita , Gen. Ins. 1776, p. 241. (S. America.)

Synonymized with no. 1.

3. ,, „ Spec. Ins. i. 1781, p. 325. (S. Ame-

rica.) Synonymized with no. 1.

4. „ „ Mant. Ins. 1787, p. 214. (No details.)

5. „ „ Ent. Syst. i. 1792, p. 120. (S. Ame-

rica.) Copy of no. 3.

6. „ „ Syst. El. i. 1801, p. 160. (Tranque-

bar.) Synonymized with no. 5.

This last description, though expressly synonymous with
that of the Ent. Syst. i. 1792, evidently refers to a different
insect, for, in addition to the new locality, we have the
further details, “ tibiae anticse in altero sexu ante apieem
sinuatae,” not before mentioned. This must be the specimen
seen by Gebien at Copenhagen and referred to Pseudohlaps ,
but it is clearly not the type of Teneb/io atratus (1775),=
Helops nigrita , F. (1776), and for it the name P. dispar ,
lierbst (1797), will therefore stand.

The other five references apparently do relate to the species

488

Mr. K. G. Blair on the Fabrician Types of

originally described as Tenehrio atratus (1775). The type
of this is stated to be in the British Museum, but I am
unable to trace it. The evidence, however, is quite in accord-
ance with the Zophubas nigritus , 01., having been correctly
recognized, and this is clearly a synonym of “ Tenehrio ”
atratus , F.

The three species about which the confusion has arisen
may therefore be allocated as follows : —

P seudoblaps dispar , Herbst.

—atrata, auct. (necF .),=nigrita, auct. (nec F.).

Zophohas atratus , F.

s=niyritus, F., = nigritus, 01 ,,—morio, auct. (nec F.).

Alohates morio) F., = barbata , Knoch.

26. Prioscelis serrata , Syst. Ent. p. 255 [Tenehrio). Sierra
Leone.

27. Adelium porcatum, Syst. Ent. p. 239 {Cardbus). Aus-
tralia.

28. Hoplobrachium dentipes , Spec. Ins. i. p. 326 ( Helops ).
Coromandel.

= ebeninus , Walk. (Helops). Ceylon.

? = asperipenne, Fairm. Madagascar.

The name dentipes , F., is omitted from Gebien’s Catalogue.
Walker’s type is in the British Museum, and I have seen
that of Fairmaire in the Paris Museum ; but, as I was unable
at the time to make a direct comparison, the difference in
locality makes me a little doubtful of this synonymy.

29. Eupezus longipes, Spec. Ins. i. p. 326 {Ilelops'). Tropical
Africa.

30. Amarygmus morio, Syst. Ent. p. 123 [Erotylus). Aus-
tralia.

i =uniformis, Blackbn.,= Helops ccneus, Oliv.

Mr. H. J. Carter has already published the results of my
observations on these types of Australian Amarygminae,
made at his request (Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austral, xxxvii.
1913, p. 6).

Olivier, in transferring this group of insects from Erotylus

Tenebrionidae in the Banks Collection.

489

to Helops, changed the name of this species, in order to avoid
clashing with Helops morio , F. (no. 25 above).

31. Amarygmus bicolor , Syst. Ent. p. 124 {Erotylus) . Aus-
tralia.

= tardus, Blackbn.

32. Chalcopterus cupreus^ Syst. Ent. p. 123 {Erotylus). Aus-
tralia.

=vene?'eus, Gmel ,, — setosus, Blackbn.

A further study of this genus with the help of Mr. Carter’s
paper leads me to the opinion that setosus, Blackbn., =
cupreus , F. I have only the single type-specimen of each,
but there can, I think, be little doubt of their specific identity.

33. Chalcopterus smaragdulus , Syst. Ent. p. 123 ( Erotylus ).
Australia.

=cupricollis, Hop e,=semiticus, Pasc.

34. Chalcopterus amethystinus , Syst. Ent. p. 124 {Erotylus').
Australia.

Again, a further study of this type leads me to modify the
opinion originally communicated to Mr. Carter. I am
unable to match the specimen with any other in the British
Museum Collection. It most closely resembles C. pulcher ,
Blackbn. (though not identical with it), and is, in my opinion,
not the amethystinus of Blackburn and Carter; nor is it
cyanipennis , Hope.

Probably Fabricius was considering a series without
detecting more than one species, for, though there is only
one specimen in the Banks Collection, he says, “femoribus
interdum rufis.”

35. rcecilesthus fasciatus , Spec. Ins. i. p. 158 {Erotylus).
Bab . ?

In Syst. El. ii. p. 6, the further details are given :
“ Habitat in America, Coll. D. Drury.”

The Banks Collection contains also the types of the
following species, which were erroneously placed in either
Tenebrio or Helops : —

Zabrus fossor, Spec. Ins. i. p. 323 {Tenebrio). S. Africa.
=gibbus, F.

490

On the Fabrician Types of Tenebrionidse.

There is presumably an error in the locality given. The
synonymy suggested later by Fabricius (Syst. El. i. p. 145)
with Chiroscelis digitata , F., is certainly erroneous.

Tribolioides ferrugineus , Spec. Ins. i. p. 324 ( Tenebrio ).
Tropical Africa.

Mr. C. 0. Waterhouse has already dealt in detail with
this specimen (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xvii. 1896,
p. 230; see also Blair, in Ent. Mo. Mag. 1913, p. 222).

Lystronychus equestris , Syst. Ent. p.257 ( Helops). Brazil.

Lobopoda lurida , Syst. Ent. p. 258 ( Helops ). Brazil.

The name does not appear in Borchmann's recent ‘Cata-
logue of the Alleculidae. The species has a closely punctured
thorax, approaching L. puncticollis , Champ. (Guatemala),
though the eyes are scarcely so approximate.

Tanychilus (?) rufipes , Syst. Ent. p. 258 ( Helops ). Aus-
tralia.

This name also does not appear in the Catalogues.

It appears to be a common Queensland and New South
Wales species, but is not named in the British Museum
Collection.

Prionychus ater , Syst. Ent. p. 258 [Helops). Lipsia.

The collection from which the type was described is not
stated.

Melandrya serrata , Syst. Ent. p. 257 [Helops). England.

= M. car abo ides , L.

Again, no collection is definitely specified as containing
the type.

Mr. E. Schwarz on African Ungulates .

491

LVII. — Notes on African Ungulates.

By Ernst Schwarz.

I. — The Classification of the Duikers.

In the ‘Book of Antelopes I. * 3 all the Duikers were included
iu one genus, Cepha tophus. Since then, however, the number
of “ species ” has been enormously increased, and several
subdivisions have been proposed. In 1899 O. Neumann*
pointed out that the steppe forms should be placed in a
separate genus, Sylvicapra , Ogilby, their horns being more
erect than in the other species, and the females usually
lacking them. Pocock f has revived Gray’s genus Guevei
for the small species maxwelli and melanorrheus, which have
no inguinal glands. Finally, in 1907, Dr. Knottnerus-
Meyer J has divided the genus, which he gives family rank,
into two subfamilies with ten genera, most of which are
very heterogeneous. A recent revision of the genus shows
that four genera ( Sylvicapra , Cephalophus, Guevei , and
Cephalophuia) should be recognized. Of these, Sylvicapra
appears to be most closely allied to the Cephalophus natalensis
group, and Cephalophuia is certainly nearly related to
Cephalophus dorsalis , as Thomas § has shown ; the presence
of heel-tufts, the broad nasal chamber, the sagittal ridge,
small preorbital fossae in the skull, and the transverse body-
stripes would, however, indicate that the separation of this
form is justified. The remaining forms can be arranged in
ten species, of which ogilbyi is the western representative of
callipygus and niger ot spadix. The relations of the other
species amongst each other are not quite clear at present,
but it has been thought advisable to publish the following-
list for the time being. A general revision of the local
forms of most of the species pending, I have placed in each
group all the names referable to it, which should be regarded
as subspecies or synonyms of the species in question.

I. Sylvicapra, Ogilby. T

Sylvicapra, Ogilby, P. Z. S. 1836, p. 138 S. grimmia .

Cephalophurus, Gray, List Mamm. B. M. p. 162 (1843). . S. grimmia.

One species.

* Sb. nat. Fr. p. 19 (1899).

t P. Z. 8. 1910, ii. pp. 867-876.

j Arch. f. Naturg. lxxiii. vol. i. pp. 42-48 (1907).

§ P. Z. 8. 1892, p. 425.

492

Mr. E. Schwarz on African Ungulates.

Sylvicapra grimmia, L.

Including : —

Abyssinica , altifrons , altivallis , burchelli , caffra , campbellice ,
carca, coronata, deserti , flavescens , grimmia , hindei , irrorata,
leucoprosopa, madoqua , mergens , nictitans, nyansce, ocularis,
pallidior, platous, platyotis, ptoox, roosevelti , shirensis, splen -
didula.

II. Guevei, Gray. m

* J Type.

Guevei, Gray, Cat. Ung. B. M. p. 80 (1853) 6?. maxxoelli.

Two species.

1. Guevei maxwelli , H. Smith.

Including : —

Fredericiy maxwelli, philantomba, pygmceus, whitfieldi.

2. Guevei ccerulus, H. Smith.

Including : —

AEquatorialis, cequinoctialis, anchietce , bakeri , bicolor ,
ccerulus, caffer, congicus, defriesi, hecki , lugens, melanorrheus,
minutus, monlicola *, musculoides , nyasce. , perpusillus, schultzei ,
sundevalli.

III. Cephalophus, H. Smith. m

Type.

Cephalophus , H. Smith, Griff. An. K. v. p. 344 (1827). C. silvicidtri.v.

Cephalolophus , Wagner et auct. (emend.) C. silvicultriv.

Grimmia , Laurillard, Diet. Univ. d’H. N. i. p. 623

(1839) C. ruJUatus.

Philantomba, Blyth, Cuvier’s An. Kingd. p. 140 (1840). t

Terpone, Gray, P. Z. S. 1871, p. 592 C. silmcultrix.

Potamotragus , Gray, Cat. Rum. B. M. p. 24 (1872) . . C. silvicultrix.
Cephalophia, Knottnerus-Meyer, Arch. f. Naturg.

lxxiii. vol. i. p. 44 (1907) J

Cephalophitlium , Knottnerus-Meyer, l. c. p. 45 (1907) . C. niger.
Cephalophella, Knottnerus-Meyer, l. c. p. 45 (1907) . . C. callipygus.
Cephalophops, Knottnerus-Meyer, l. c. p. 46 (1907) . . C. dorsalis.

Ten species.

* Monticola, auct., nec Thunberg.

t No species given as type ; contains a great number of species, in-
cluding silvicultrix, mergens , philantomba — therefore identical with t he
unrestricted Cephalophus.

| No species given as type ; contains ogilbyi and leucogaster.

Mr. E. Schwarz on African Ungulates.

493

1. Cephalophus natalensis } A. Smith.

Including : —

Amoenus , aureus , bradshawi , claudi, harveyi, natalensis ,
nigrifrons , robertsi , rubidus, vassei , walkeri *.

2. Cephalophus rufilatus , Gray.

Including : —

Cuvieri , rubidior, rufilatus.

3. Cephalophus leucog aster, Gray.

4. Cephalophus niger , Gray.

Including : —

Niger , pluto.

5. Cephalophus spadix , True.

6. Cephalophus silvicultrix , Afzelius.

Including : —

CVm, ituriensis , longiceps , melanoprymnus , punctulatus,
ruficrista , sclateri, silvicultrix , thomasi.

7. Cephalophus jentinki, Thomas.

8. Cephalophus ogilbyiy Waterhouse.

Including : —

Brookeij ogilbyi .

9. Cephalophus callipygus, Peters.

Including : —

Callipygus } centralis , ignifer, johnstoni, leopoldi, weynsi.

10. Cephalophus dorsalis , Gray.

Including : —

Badius , breviceps , castaneus3 dorsalis , leucochilus , orientalis.

IV. Cephalophula, Knottnerus-Meyer. ,p

Cephalophula , Knottnerus-Meyer, Arch. f. Naturg. lxxiii.
vol. i. p. 46 C. doria.

One species.

* I am almost certain that walkeri is a subspecies of natalensis ; it
may be distinct from or merely a melanistic variety of the form called
bradshawi by Mr. Wrought on.

494

Mr. E. Schwarz on African Ungulates.
Cephalophula doria , Ogilby.

Including : —

Doria, zebra.

In addition to the above forms, a species called Cepha -
lophus emini has been described by Prof. Noack. The hairs,
for samples of which I am indebted to Prof. Noack, are
much thicker than in any species of this group, and most
like those of Ourebia. It is, of course, quite impossible to
give a definite opinion with regard to the status of this
species without examination of the actual specimen.

II. — A new Buffalo from the New Kamerun
Boundary.

Bubalus caffer houyi, subsp. n.

Type locality . Pelle, near Gore, Eastern Logone River,
New Kamerun Frontier.

Type. S adult. Senckenberg Museum ; original no. 65.

Allied to B. c. brachyceros from Lake Chad, but smaller,
with much less expanded horns, the tips of which are much
less erected.

Colour above variable, from reddish brown to deep black
(in the type) ; under surface and throat brownish red to
reddish brown.

Skull smaller than in B. c. brachyceros , face narrower,
orbits slightly projecting ; frontal scarcely convex at base of
horns.

Horns : horn-cores slightly depending, less so than in
B. c. brachyceros , but in strong contrast to the horizontal
ones of B. c. adamauce ; palm only slightly depending, with
scarcely any boss at base, but with traces of transverse ridges,
becoming narrower laterally ; tip very long, stouter than in
brachyceros , but less erected, although much more so than
in adamauce, bent inward and slightly backward at the
extreme end.

Specimens examined. Four skins, fourteen skulls, from the
following localities between Gore, Upper Logone River, and
Bate, River Uham, New Kamerun Boundary : — Gore ; Pelle ;
River Nana Barya, between Bosum and Bate ; Bate.

Dimensions of type skull. Basal length 426 mm. ; palatal
length 260; postorbital width 219; mastoid width 240;
nasals 193 x 64 ; horns, length along outer curve 750,

On some Dragonfl'es and their Prey. 405

greatest width 730, distance of tips 390, breadth of palm at
base 188.

Named for Dr. R. Houy, Surgeon and Naturalist to the
German Boundary Expedition, whose untimely death by
the hand of his native servant we have to deplore.

P.S. — When describing Bahalus caffer adamaua the
dimensions of the type skull were omitted by mistake.
They are given here : —

Basal length 411 mm. ; palatal length 250; postorbital
width 205; mastoid width 213; nasals 177x63; horns,
length along outer curve 550, greatest width 525, distance
of tips 280, breadth of palm at base 155.

LVIII. — Some Dragonflies and their Prey.

By Herbert Campion.

It is a well-known fact that Odonata, in all their stages, are
highly predaceous creatures, and are veritable tyrants in the
in sect- world. Prey is seized by the nymphs with the extra-
ordinary modification of the labium called the “ mask.” It
is customary for imagines, with which we shall deal exclu-
sively on the present occasion, to take their prey during
flight, and it may be assumed that they capture the smaller
insects upon which they feed with the aid alone of their
powerful jaws. Larger prey, no doubt, is caught and held
by the Dragonfly's spiny legs, the length and position of
which are such as to enable their possessor to bring all of
them simultaneously to the level of the mouth.

The capacity for destruction possessed by Dragonflies is
enormous, and “ Beutenmiiller found that one of the large
ones would eat forty house-flies inside of two hours, while a
smaller one ate twenty-five in the same time ” (Dr. L. O.
Howard, ‘ The Insect Book/ 1902, p. 365). On the other
hand, their power of resisting famine is considerable, and
during dull weather, when they fly very rarely, if at all,
they probably pass several days in succession without
obtaining any food whatever. In those countries, therefore,
where the sun shines without intermission for long periods
at a time, the activity of Dragonflies must be much greater
than in cloudy climates, and the consumption of other insects
must increase in a corresponding degree.

The principal source of our knowledge of what Dragonflies

496

Mr. IT. Campion on some

eat is direct observation in the field. Further information
could probably be gained by the examination of the contents
of the alimentary canal in newly-caught specimens. Another
mode of enquiry has been suggested by Professor H. Maxwell
Lefroy, who lias written on Indian Dragonflies and their
prey (Journ. ' Bombay Soc. xx. pp. 236-248, 1910). He
says : “ In the field one sees dragonflies sitting on a con-
venient plant or support and darting off every now and then
on the clase. Below such a point, to which the same
dragonflies come back constantly, one finds their excreta.”
A study of these excreta, undertaken by the same author,
revealed the presence of remains of Orthoptera, Aculeate
Hymenoptera, Lepidoptera, Coleoptera, Diptera, and
Rhynchota.

In connection with the study of predaceous insects gene-
rally, Professor E. B. Poulton has published sixteen illustra-
tions of the kind of prey selected by Dragonflies as food
(Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1906, pp. 398-401). The
following records will serve to supplement those illustrations,
and they are here presented in the same convenient form.
The captors and prey from Nyasaland and British East Africa
cited in Table I, (pp. 498-501) were obtained by Mr. S. A.
Neave, while visiting those countries on behalf of the Imperial
Bureau of Entomology. I am indebted to Mr. Gfuy A. K.
Marshall, the Director of the Bureau, for his kindness in
allowing me to study this material, as well as some other
examples of a similar kind sent from Uganda by Dr. G. D.
II. Carpenter (Sleeping Sickness Commission of the Royal
Society). The cases collected in Essex and Surrey by my
brother and myself have been already published in our
annual reports upon British Dragonflies, but they are now
brought together and incorporated with the original records
from Africa. I have considered it advisable to separate the
cases of cannibalism — if this term can be rightly employed
when the captor and prey do not belong to one and the same
species — from the instances in wdiich Dragonflies have sought
their food, more legitimately, among insects of other orders.
My reason for doing so is that cases of this description,
where one Dragonfly hunts another, are quite as germane to
an enquiiy as to what kind of animals prey upon Dragonflies
as they are to the matter at present under consideration.

The whole of the African material mentioned in the
following Tables has been presented to the British Museum
(Natural History) by the Imperial Bureau of Entomology.

In view of the well-known fact that, both in collections
and in the field, the males of most species of Dragonflies are

497

Dragonflies and their Prey.

far more numerous than the females, it is worthy of remark
that, out of the twenty-two individuals taken with prey in
Tropical Africa by Dr. G. D. H. Carpenter, Mr. S. A. Neave,
and Dr. Jas. J. Simpson, only six belong to the numerically
superior sex. Indeed, in the case of one or two of the less
common species, the present females are the first representa-
tives of their sex which have been yet received either by the
Imperial Bureau or by the British Museum.

It seems to be the fact that Dragonflies usually disable
their victims by crushing or biting off the head, and this
mode of attack is very well illustrated by F. Smith’s speci-
mens of HZschna cyanea and Apis mellifera (No. 21). They
may also adopt an additional safeguard against escape by
cutting off the wings of an insect which is particularly active
or restless, and this removal of the wings has been the
subject of actual observation. It is not quite clear, however,
whether they habitually reject the wings or whether they
sometimes make use of them as articles of food. From the
following Tables we may see that detached wings of
Mycalesis and Danaida butterflies have been found in the
clutches of Dragonflies (Nos. 18 and 25). It has been
suggested to me that what may actually happen in such cases
is this — that the Dragonfly seizes its prey by one wing alone,
and that the prey subsequently escapes from such an insecure
hold, leaving behind it a wing or portion of a wing. But I
am inclined to think that wings are sometimes actually con-
sumed, as well as the abdomen, and this view finds some
support from the position in the Dragonfly’s jaws of the
butterfly fragment referred to in case No. 25. This frag-
ment, which is still in situ , consists of a very small but
perfectly recognizable portion of the light fore wing of
Danaida chrysippus . One of its edges represents the outer
margin of the wing, but it is not this edge which is being
grasped by the Dragonfly. Upon the assumption that the
Dragonfly had torn this piece out of the butterfly's wing in
an unsuccessful attempt at capture, we should have expected
to find the Dragonfly holding it by the natural margin. As
it is, it seems fairly safe to conclude that the Orthetrum
was taken in the act of making a meal off the wing of the
Danaida.

The habits of the two suborders into which Dragonflies
are divided are widely different in character. The larger and
stronger species forming the bulk of the Anisoptera are
built for vigorous and sustained flight, and they may be seen
hawking to and fro in the summer sunshine, much as
swallows do. The feebler Zygoptera, on the other hand,

Ann . do Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol . xiii. 34

© y
c ^

0.2

5*

o §?0

.fisS

*- ©
o o

bo

p

ce ©

fcOQ

e3 <d

to^

3

ft

ft

£ft _•

2 -H

p- Cfi -H

8|f

Sf*S

.£: £ -3

fyj CCf

©

ft

ft

3” Ci

C3 ’ — I

C 3
n: 3

^3

*3 .O
O —■

c

iT ^

a

g • g

Jb X>fB X>

’S £■© £^of.2

•2 p -2 ^ T5 J J

5V~ ^ 3 S

g § 2 s §p^

p~

2 a ®. te 2 49

H H H

c © . -g

o-fl s> §
& ^
B^§ §>
'" C ^

'd

S 3tq .
.- oT: >>

O £L®3

. S « 2 £

5

„ I

^.2 §•§

«3 8 f

Q-gS* §0

. 5 O s

£<ft

f2i
. bo
*h a g

— ^ 32

bO^

^"H ^ j. ^

bo= ®fq j j^-s — ■£

^ 'o .S a §

ft
•2 ft

0

1 &

,so

JO

ft

3 -0 S

ft

:3 .2 bo t-, .

3ft

~ 2P_S>S Cf= 3 a

~ .2 « § © m-3 ”-s

5 “-BtSg |-2

00 3 © o

•-M

Js .2

"© P-i

-o

T5
• ©
*o£

a ©
2 rd
=3 HH

©

2 ft: 2

el!

db

X»ft

_r=i

o ►»

l_2 -Q

a

I § .
?: © ©

.2 a-a

>^•2 3

*2

w © ^
© tS ©
© 73 r2

© §®

H

3

4>

a

*0 Of Of

w .O 35 33~

s ft ft d

9

Of

a

1

%

CO

§\2

I

3

Table I. ( continued ).

•a

re

«3

*3

CO

C3

£

c3

t>00

c3 _rt
N ±J
g -JO

S"

fH,

1

►-3

c3

O

Q

3

o

0

1 ^

C3 f-h

C C*
— <

£

&

>■»

©

f"S

T5

CO

x

o3

tH,

H3

c

to
S3
>»

£ -g»

joi sco

•pggg

L 1 -~i f; h*

„ Hi -m d

SI

*$

pq

r ©

g ^ 5

<73 .5 rC 3 .

i" n <d rn f-

3^§”js

§«§’ s?*

C 2 e
£>rO M £ PS

'O Hi >»

« * £ **
EH EH

o

11

© ~
n >>

rd :

hC

'£

. ~pq

. «

►» §>
© s

§1

• 1o

O o

SI
ll

5 „T3 pCf
-S %<D

6 § c« ^

® &1 s

m

C^H

<1

- HO .

hh--
© M

EH

« 1 5
« .s, i

Wfi§ -g

s-"m J §

^ 5 -2 .$

^ © o ta
-OJ5C ►»

r— S H3 . H"

® C3 :5 5^^
eg JD is -O r&

"c ^ i £ §
,§J s’T.S

Hi H fc\§ * »

<D ^ © HI

£ fcJD

■*^3 55

CO

pd ‘g

£ U)

4 *

FR 0

-O* o

rtf ^O

en §

Of «j
*«

ft

w
e

1*
•§ ^

5- ©
-« 50

i?

6- §

©

•o

Of

Of

Of

cq *

pqr

pq

of

©

©

>*

no ^

TD

T3

U1

pq^’

Ph

Ph

.§

^'p

S

cs

.§

•1

1-°

i's

50

g •£

s c

5v ©

S 8-=

£

QJ

U

as

o

W

P

d

e3

bfi

P

o

«

(5

S*

©

©

O'

co

©

§>

a

ui

*3 .-32

P 03 p 05

jrf 3 a to

'a ,£ la -3
bt1^ bfl^
3 3

P P

*o

p

|p

'hot!
*3 i— i fa*

M P

o

o

a

02

k -.5*

|*o -*

iu § &

S 3 a a

‘~«i 2

H CC 3

§ a

*o *o

p $

•2

*

<r>

502

Mr. H. Campion on some

Table II. — Summary of Prey.

Prey.

Captors.

Order.

Family.

55

3

S

O

■ Q

Cfl

3

o

3

E

o

0

g

s

o

BQ

4

&

3

t?

B

pa

£

Odonata.

Libellulidoe — Libellulina; .

...

|

1

2

Riiyncjiota.

Reduviidae 1

...

1

Hymenoptera.

Potnpilidse

1

Apidge

2

i'

Trichoptera.

Leptoceridie

1

Lepidoptera.

Tortricidae

4

l

Pyralidae

3

Geometridoe

1

Lymantriidse

i'

Pieridae ;

T

l

SatyridiB

1

Nymphalicbe

1

2

Diptera.

Culicidae

r ■

1

Tabanidae

• ••

2

Muscidse

2

5

Limnobiidge

T

Totals

2

n

7

3

13

spend their lives resting on water-plants and low bushes, or
in taking short flights over the surface of the water. It is
possible, therefore, that this great difference in the mode of
life may be accompanied by a difference in feeding-habits.

I cannot discover that particular species of Dragonflies
show any marked preference for particular species of prey.
Tortrix viridana appears four times in the British records
cited above, but only twice in connection with the same
species of Dragonfly, and only three times in association with
members of the same family ; moreover, this pretty little
moth occurs about oak-trees in swarms during June and
July. Six records of tsetse-flies from Uganda are distributed
equally among three not uncommon species of Odonata,

503

Dragonflies and their Drey.

falling into two different families, but in this case Dr. Car-
penter, who made the observations, was paying special
attention to the bionomics of the dreaded carrier of sleeping
sickness. The same entomologist obtained two specimens of
Ictinus fer ox preying upon the same African honey-bee ; but
he also found that Dragonfly feeding upon other Hymeno-
ptera as well as Rhynchota. Again, the two specimens of
the blood-sucking fly Hannatopoia longa , sent home from
Nyasaland by Mr. Neave, were being fed upon by different
species of Orthefrum.

So far as our enquiry has proceeded, it would appear that
Odonata, whether considered by species or as a group, are
omnivorous feeders among other flying insects *, and I am
not aware that any evidence is forthcoming to show that
apterous or larval insects contribute in any way to a
Dragonfly’s diet. Even Danaine and Acraeine butterflies,
which are known to be distasteful to many insect-feeding
vertebrates, are not rejected by the voracious Dragonfly.
Danaida chrysippus may be taken as a typical example of a
butterfly specially protected against the attacks of vertebrate
enemies ; but it does not enjoy the same immunity from the
assaults of Odonata. In addition to Dr. Simpson’s record
(No. 25), Mr. Guy Marshall observed in Natal a very large
red Dragonfly (now recognized by him as Anax sperdus ,
Hagen) devouring an imago of ihe same species of butterfly
(Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1902, p. 329). We have also
seen that honey-bees are sometimes hunted down for food
(see cases Nos. 14, 15, and 21). Indeed, the ‘Field’ for
21st March, 1908 (p. 486), mentions the complaint of a bee-
keeper in Australia against “ the dragon-fly, which is a
greater pest than any of the birds, and sucks bees dry by the
dozen in one summer day.” Moreover, toll is taken of
certain other predaceous insects, such as Pompilid Hymeno-
ptera and Reduviid bugs ; but, although Asilid flies not
infrequently attack Dragonflies, I cannot ascertain that
Odonata ever attack Asilidse.

There is necessarily some correspondence between the
size of the captor and the size of the prey. All the large-
bodied Hymenoptera which we have had under review have
fallen victims to Dragonflies of the family JEschnidse, which
includes the largest members of the order, while the small

* Mr. E. B. Williamson says that u Mr. F. S. Webster has observed
Libellula auripennis feeding on fresh crocodile flesh” (Indiana Geol.
Reports, xxiv. p. 235, 1899).

504

Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell — Descriptions and

and comparatively feeble Agrionidae feed largely upon such
moths and Diptera as can be easily overpowered by them.
But, apart from this matter, the amount of information
which has so far been accumulated is hardly sufficient to
enable us to determine whether much discrimit ation is
exercised by Odonata in the selection of living things as
articles of food.

58 Ranelagh Road, Ealing, W.

20th March, 1914.

LIX. — Descriptions and Records of Bees. — LIX.

By T. D. A. Cockerell, University of Colorado.

Halictus hedleyi , Cockerell, var. a.

$ . — Hind tibiae broadly dusky in middle ; second abdo-
minal segment red, with a very broad dusky apical shade,
third segment red at sides of base, otherwise black, fourth
black.

Hab. “Cheltenham, Victoria” (French, Froggatt coll. 184) .

This differs from H . hedleyi only in the reduction of the
red colour, and is presumably no more than an individual
variation. Toward the end of the original description of
H. hedleyi , venter is misprinted “ vertex.”

Halictus vitripennis , Smith, var. a.

$ . — Eirst abdominal segment red, with a transverse dark
mark.

Hab. Purnong (S. IV. Fulton, Nat. Mus. Viet. 146).

Halictus dampieri , Cockerell.

. — Brisbane, May 13, 1912 (H. Hackeri, Queen si. Mus.

64).

Halictus pun ctatus, Smith.

Croydon (S. TV. Fulton , Nat. Mus. Victoria, 178, 181, 179,
239, 240, 243).

Halictus ery thrurus , sp. n. ( sphecodoides , subsp. ?).

? . — Length a little less than 5 mm.

Pubescence scanty, dull white ; head ordinary, black, the

505

Records of Bees,

convex supraclypeal area faintly greenish ; apical half of
mandibles red ; flagellum rather dull red beneath ; front
dullish, very minutely sculptured ; thorax black, with the
mesothorax and scutellum dark olive-green ; mesothorax
dullish, finely and quite closely punctured, granulated be-
tween the punctures ; disc of scutellum, except in middle,
shining and very sparsely punctured ; area of metathorax
large, rounded behind, its surface covered with a very fine
reticulation. Legs black, with pale hair, the knees and
small joints of tarsi more or less ferruginous ; hind spur
with a very large subbasal tooth ; tegulae pale rufo-testa-
ceous, darkened at base. Wings clear hyaline, stigma and
nervures testaceous; outer nervures much weakened, as in
Chloralictus. Abdomen broad, without hair-bands, bright
chestnut-red ; the first segment, except the broad apical
margin, extending more or less down sides, black. The
anterior tibiae may be red in front, except apically.

Variety a. — Rather smaller ; mesothorax more shining,
dark bluish green.

Hub. Croydon, Australia ( S . W. Fulton , Nat. Mus. Viet.
177, 182) ; var. a , same data (180).

Closely related to H. sphecodoides, Smith, and perhaps
only a subspecies, but distinguished by the abdomen being
all red except at base, the stigma paler, the flagellum lighter
beneath. It appears to be tne dry- country representative of
H. sphecodoides.

It is possible, judging from Smith’s description, that the
original series of sphecodoides included the present species,
but the type was restricted in Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.,
Sept. 1904, to the form with the apical part of the abdomen
dark.

Halictus caloundrensis , sp. n.

$ . — Length 6 mm.

Robust, with scanty white hair; abdomen without hair-
bands or spots ; head ordinary, dark bluish green, shining ;
mandibles dark reddish apically ; clypeus partly very bright
green, well punctured ; a fine sharp keel between the an-
tennae ; front finely longitudinally striate, the striae before
middle ocellus longitudinal (transverse in transvolans ) ;
flagellum dark, obscure reddish apically ; mesothorax very
brilliant yellowish green, with curious transverse wave-lil<e
plicae, directed obliquely, so as to meet at an angle in middle
line; scutellum peacock-green, the disc smooth and brilliantly
shining ; area of metathorax with longitudinal plicae or

506

Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell — Descriptions and

ridges, joined at intervals by little transverse ones, so as to
produce a cancellated effect ; at sides the plicse run over the
edge of the area proper. Legs black, the middle and hind
femora dark greenish ; hind femora strongly concave be-
neath ; hind spur with three or four short teeth ; tegulse
rufous, hyaline in front. Wings clear hyaline ; stigma dark
brown, nervures sepia ; outer r. n. and t.-c. evanescent; first
r. n. meeting second t.-c. Abdomen broad, shining steel-
blue, with slight purple tints ; venter with a curled white
floccus.

Hab. Caloundra, Queensland, Oct. 30, 1912 ( H . Hacker ,
Queen si. Mus. 83).

H. caloundrensis is of the immediate group of H. behri ,
transvolans , and flindersi, but is easily separated by the
remarkable sculpture of the mesothorax.

Halictus urbanus, Smith.

Stradbroke Island, Oct. 2, 1911 ( Hacker , Queensl. Mus.
51).

Halictus lanarius , Smith.

Females ( lanarius , Sm.) : Brisbane, Jan. 17, 1912 [Hacker ;
Queensl. Mus. 16) ; Oakleigh ( Hill ; Nat. Mus. Viet. 69).

Males (lanuginosus , Sm.) : Whittlesea (J. A. Kershaw ;
Nat. Mus. Viet. 97) ; Tambouriue Mtn., Oct. 27 (Hacker ;
Queensl. Mus. 77) ; Windsor, Victoria (French ; Froggatt,
82) ; Sydney, N.S.W. (Froqqatt. 117): Timboon (/. A.
Kershaw ; Nat. Mus. Viet. 75).

Halictus hcematostomaJ sp. n.

d . — Length about 4J mm.

liobust, with dull white hair ; head and thorax black, with
labrum, mandibles (except base), and lower margin of clypeus
bright ferruginous; mesothorax and scutellum shining dark
bluish green ; scape black, flagellum bright apricot-colour,
slightly dusky above ; mesothorax very distinctly but not
very densely punctured, the punctures small ; middle of
scutellum distinctly punctured ; area of metathorax small
and short, irregularly wrinkled ; knees and tarsi bright
ferruginous ; tegulse dark reddish. Wings clear, nervures
and stigma very light testaceous ; outer t.-c. and r. n. evan-
escent. Abdomen piceous, with the hind margins of the
segments pallid ; a rather strong constriction between first
and second segments. This male has exactly the build of a
normal female, with robust body and short antenna1.

£07

Records of Bees.

Hab. “Windsor, Victoria” (. French ; Froggatt coll. 196).

This is evidently related to H. inclinans, Smith, also found
at Windsor, but cannot be its male, the mesotliorax being
much more shiny and sparsely punctured. In both, the
first r. n. enters the third s.m. near the basal corner.

Halictus holochlorus, sp. n.

$ . — Length a little over 6 mm.

Green, with dull white hair ; head broad, rather dark
yellowish green ; supraclypeal area shining, rather bluish
green, contrasting with upper part of clypeus, which is pale
golden green ; lower part of clypeus black ; mandibles red,
except at base ; front very finely longitudinally striate ;
scape slender, black, red at extreme base ; flagellum ferru-
ginous beneath, very dark reddish above ; face and front
rather conspicuously though thinly hairy ; mesotliorax
peacock-green, quite bright, but granular and with dull
surface, microscopically tessellate, with sparse yellow punc-
tures, hardly visible with a lens ; scutellum more shining ;
area of metathorax large, with fine longitudinal ridges,
connected at intervals by cross-ridges, producing a minutely
cancellate effect ; upper part of pleura shining green. Legs
black or piceous ; knees and small joints of tarsi more or
less ferruginous ; tegulse ferruginous. Wings greyish
hyaline, nervures and stigma light reddish testaceous; first
r. n. meeting second t.-c. ; outer r. n. and t.-c. weakened.
Abdomen shining dark brassy greenish ; apical margins of
segments pale aud translucent, covering the dark ferruginous
bases of the succeeding ones ; no distinct curled ventral
scopa.

Hab. “Cheltenham, Victoria” (. French', Froggatt coll.
179).

This is readily known from H. urbanus by the light
reddish stigma and green abdomen. From H. floralis it is
known by the larger size and other characters.

Halictus kackeriellus , sp. n.

g . — Length about 5 mm.

Like H. kesteveni , differing as follows : — Head yellowish
green ; mesotliorax dull brassy, scutellum the same colour,
but shining, contrasting with the bluish-green postscutellum
and metathorax (but the area is not at all blue, as it is in
kesteveni) ; fourth antennal joint conspicuously longer than
broad (not longer than broad in kesteveni) ; front longitu-
dinally striate. As in kesteveni , the first r. n. enters base of
third s.m.

508

Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell — Descriptions and

This is easily known from the male of H. dampieri by the
smaller size, much shorter antennae, and absence of a yellow
band on clypeus.

Hab. Brisbane, May 13, 1912 ( H . Hacker, Queensl. Mus.
65).

Halictus bicingulatus , Smith.

$ . — Sydney, N.S.W., Nov. 29 and Dec. 1, 1910 ( Froggatt ,
131, 119) ; Kenthurst, N.S.W., Feb. 1904 ( Gallard ; Frog-
gatt coll. 126) ; Brisbane, Nov. 5 and 25, 1905 (Froggatt
coll. 166, 167).

The male from Kelvin Grove, Brisbane, Nov. 27, 1911
[Hacker ; Queensl. Mus. 46), is like H. leal, except that the
abdomen is black, without bands or spots.

Halictus peraustralis, Cockerell.

Sydney, N.S.W., Dec. 1, 1910 ( Froggatt , 113, 130);

Stradbroke I. ( Hacker , Queensl. Mus. 53).

Halictus tertius , Dalla Torre ( rufipes , Sm.).

Croydon (S. TV. Fulton, Nat. Mus. Victoria, 267, 268).

With the above material before me I am able to revise the

H. bicingulatus group, and separate the females of the species

as follows : —

Wings reddish, costal region not blackened;
disc of mesothorax finely and densely, but
distinctly punctured 1.

Wings with the costal region conspicuously
suffused with blackish ; mesothorax diffe-
rently sculptured 2.

I. Hind margins of abdominal segments hardly or

not reddened bicingulatus, Smith.

Hind margins of abdominal segments broadly

ferruginous bicingulatus, var. leai

2. Disc of mesothorax glaucous, shining, sparsely [(iZi leai, Ckll.).

punctured ; scape and lower margin of
clypeus dark or obscure reddish tertius, D. T.

Disc of mesothorax dull, appearing minutely
granular under a lens; scape bright ferru-
ginous, lower margin of clypeus broadly
red peraustralis, Ckll.

H. peraustralis has a patch of very bright orange tomentum
on the postscutellum, which is absent from H. tertius . In
1904 I placed tertius as a synonym of bicingulatus , having
compared specimens in the British Museum. Smith evi-
dently confused the species of this group, the#types of the

500

Records of Bees.

two he described not being in the British Museum. A
specimen of supposed bicingulatus before me, from Smith’s
collection, is per australis. Smith's descriptions are, however,
sufficiently exact, and I have no doubt of my identifications.
When I described H. leai as a distinct species I was misled
by the supposed bicingulatus from Smith's collection. Male
H leai shows the broad red plate, characteristic of the
hedleyi and tasmanice group, on the apex of abdomen. A
male leai was taken at Croydon by S. W. Fulton (Nat. Mus.
Yict. 156).

Halictus griseovittatus , sp. n.

$ . — Length about 7\ mm.

Black, robust, with dull white hair ; tarsi reddish at apex,
sometimes legs dark reddish ; mandibles very obscurely
reddish subapically ; flagellum black or distinctly reddened
apically ; head broad ; clypeus and supraclypeal area
brilliantly shining, with large punctures ; sides of face
glistening, but middle and upper part of front perfectly dull,
with exceedingly minute sculpture ; a raised line running
downward from middle ocellus ; mesothorax shining, but
strongly and quite closely punctured ; scutellum with
minute irregular punctures ; area of metathorax semilunar,
very finely wrinkled except near the margin, which is only
moderately shining ; sides of truncation not sharp or an-
gular. Legs with white hair, very pale yellowish or fulvous
on inner side of tarsi ; hind spur with a single stout oblique
tooth a little before the middle, and beyond this a very long
low lamina or keel ; tegulse piceous. Wings greyish hya-
line, stigma dark rufo-piceous, nervures sepia ; outer t.-c.
and r. n. much weakened ; first r. n. entering apical corner of
second s.m. or meeting second t.-c. Abdomen shining, very
minutely punctured ; bases of segments with bands of pale
greyish tomentum, broad and entire on third and fourth,
mainly at sides on second ; caudal rima pale greyish or
brownish ; venter with white hair, but no curled scopa.

Hab. Brisbane, Queensland ; the type from Kelvin Grove,
Jan. 15, 1912 (II. Hacker • Queensl. Mus. 27) ; others from
Sunnybank, Sept. 12, 1911, and Logan Road, Sept. 18, 1911
( Hacker ; Queensl. Mus. 4, 26) ; also three from Mackay,
Queensland, March and April 1900 ( Turner , 1079).

A distinct species, rather like a small edition of H. repree -
sentans , but with quite different metathorax.

510

Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell — Descriptions and

Halictus instabilis, sp. n.

? . — Length about 8 mm.

Black, robust, with greyish-white hair, mixed with fuscous
on vertex, mesothorax, and scutellum ; mandibles very faintly
reddish subapically ; clvpeus shining, with irregular, not
very large punctures, and no median depression ; sides of
front glistening, but middle broadly dull black, excessively
closely punctured ; flagellum dark ; anterior angles of pro-
tliorax rather prominent ; mesothorax shining, with very
fine but distinct punctures ; scutellum broad and flattened,
very minutely punctured ; area of metathorax rather short,
well defined, finely plicate, with a band of subbasal fine
connecting ridges ; in the whole middle area the plicae are
very fine and irregular, and the surface between them is
minutely pitted ; posterior truncation not sharply defined at
sides ; pleura very hairy. Legs piceous, with glistening
light hair, the hind tibiae with a band of greyish-fuscous
hair on outer side ; hind spur like that of H. griseovittatus ;
tegulae piceous, with a large rufous spot. Wings dusky,
greyish, stigma and nervures dull reddish, second s.m. higher
than broad, first r. n. meeting second t.-c. Abdomen broad,
shining, very finely punctured, bases of segments with
greyish-white tomentum as in H. griseovittatus , but the
bands have a slightly ochreous tint.

Hab. Croydon, Victoria ( Miss A. M. Fulton ; Nat. Mus.
Viet. 77).

Variety a .

Stigma clearer red ; second s.m. very broad, broader
below than high ; wings slightly reddish ; area of metathorax
longer.

Hab. “ Windsor, Victoria” ( French ; Froggatt coll. 191).

Variety b.

Wings practically as in variety a , with broad second sub-
marginal cell ; postscutellum longer, subangulate behind ;
area of metathorax sharply defined, with stronger plicae.

Hab. Victoria, Sept. 1901 (C. F. ; Turner coll.).

Closely related to H. griseovittatus , but larger, with the
bands on the abdomen differently coloured. Possibly
variety b is a distinct species, but I hesitate to separate it,
especially since var. a is intermediate between it and the
type.

Records of Bees .

511

Halictus reprcesentans , Smith.

Bacchus Marsh, Nov. 5 ( F . L. Bellinghurst ; Nat. Mus.
Viet.) ; Emerald, Victoria, Nov. 19, 1903 (/. A. Kershaw ;
Nat. Mus. Viet.).

Halictus orbatus , Smith.

Fern Tree Gully ( R . F. ; Nat. Mus. Viet. 252) ;
Victoria, Sept. 1901 (C. F. ; Turner coll.).

I cannot quite clearly separate H. convexus, Smith, from
this, but actual comparison of types would, perhaps, show
good characters.

Halictus sturti , Cockerell.

Mackay, March 1900 (Turner),

Halictus cyclognathus , sp. n.

$ . — Length not quite 4J mm.

Black, with scanty greyish-white hair ; head very large
and broad ; cheeks broad and flattened, angled behind ;
mandibles long, strongly curved, cream-coloured, red api-
cally ; clypeus with an apical cream-coloured band, not
approaching orbits ; supraclypeal area shining; front dullish,
somewhat shining ; antennae rather long, black ; meso-
thorax and scutellum shining, with sparse minute punctures;
area of metathorax rugose and opaque, with a shining rim ;
mesopleura shining ; anterior tibiae ferruginous, with a large
dark patch, middle tibiae red at extreme apex and base ; tarsi
ferruginous, the hind ones dusky ; tegulae reddish. Wings
clear, brilliantly iridescent, nervures and stigma ferruginous ;
first r. n. joining second s.m. a short distance before apex ;
outer r. n. and t.-c. weakened. Abdomen short for a male,
shining black, thinly hairy, not spotted or banded. Micro-
scopical characters : — Front striate (very obliquely at sides
above), with punctures between the striae ; middle of mesc-
thorax minutely tessellate between the punctures, at sides
and in front lineolate ; disc of scutellum hardly at all
punctured ; area of metathorax irregularly subreticulate ;
punctures of abdomen very minute, not at all dense.

Hab. Croydon, Australia ( S . W, Fulton ; Nat. Mus.
Victoria, 200).

Quite unique, but apparently allied to the green H. pur -
nongensis , having a similar head.

512

Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell — Descriptions and

Halictus seductus , sp. n.

? . — Length about 10 mm.

Black, robust, with greyish-white hair, mixed with fuscous
on vertex and mesothorax ; mandibles entirely black ;
flagellum very obscurely brownish beneath. Legs black,
with white hair, a band of fuscous hair on outer side of hind
tibiae ; clypeus strongly punctured and more or less striate ;
front dull ; mesothorax roughened and strongly punctured,
dull, with the disc somewhat shining ; scutellum rough, but
somewhat shining ; area of metathorax sharply defined,
strongly striate, produced and pointed in middle behind ;
lateral margins of truncation sharply defined ; hind spur
appearing simple, its hind margin very feebly microscopi-
cally nodulose ; tegulae piceous. Wings smoky hyaline,
stigma and nervures dusky ferruginous ; second s.m. very
broad, receiving first r. n. well before end ; outer t.-c. and
r. n. very weak. Abdomen shining, not distinctly punc-
tured, lateral basal margins of second and third segments
with bands of white tomentum, and a similar band on fourth
hidden under margin of third ; apex with fuscous hair ;
venter with glistening white hair, but no curled scopa.
Microscopical characters : — Front striate-punctate ; sides of
mesothorax cancellate, passing in the middle into oblique
wave-like rugae ; punctures of second abdominal segment
excessively small, nowhere dense.

Hab. “Windsor, Victoria, 1S09” (French) Froggatt
coll. 93).

Resembles H. represent ansj Sm., but easily known by the
sculpture of the mesothorax. The microscopical characters
and larger size readily separate it from H. gilesi, Ckll.

Halictus circumdatus , sp. n.

$ . — Length about 8J mm.

Black, shining, with thin greyish-white hair ; mandibles
red apically ; flagellum dark, with a very faint reddish tint
beneath ; small joints of tarsi more or less reddened ; hair
of vertex all pale, but that of scutellum and mesothorax
mixed with fuscous; head broad; clypeus shining, with
strong irregular punctures; front dull in middle, glistening
at sides ; mesothorax shining, strongly but not very densely
punctured ; scutellum very irregularly punctured, some of
the punctures very minute, others large, and a median slender
groove ; area of metathorax concave, shining, strongly
longitudinally plicate, sharp-edged, with the apical marginal
area smooth and shining, depressed in middle ; mcsopleura

Records of Bees.

513

strongly obliquely striate. Legs with light hair, pale
fuscous on posterior side of hind tibiae ; tegulae piceous, with
a rufous spot. Wings dusky, nervures and stigma dusky
reddish ; second s.tn. broad, receiving first r. n. near end ;
outer t.-c. and r. n. weakened. Abdomen rather elongate,
pure black, shining, very finely punctured, bases of second
to fourth segments with dense bands of clear white tomen-
tum, visible only as triangular lateral patches on second ; a
long narrow caudal plate ; hair of apex fuscous ; long white
hair of venter somewhat curled.

Hab. “ Rutherglen, Victoria” ( French , ; Froggatt coll.
174).

Resembles H. reproesentans, but easily separated from this
and from H. se ductus by the character of the metathoracic
enclosure. There is a strong resemblance to H. costulatus ,
Kriechb. (Mark Brandenburg, Falkenberg, June 6, 1875 ;
Gerstaecker coll.).

Halictus sanguinipes , sp. n.

c£. — Length about 8 mm.

Black, with bright chestnut-red legs ; clypeus with a very
broad pale yellow band, pointed at each end, and with
an upwardly-directed point in middle ; mandibles black ;
flagellum very obscurely reddish beneath ; hair of head and
thorax dull white below, faintly brownish dorsally ; front
dull and minutely granular, even at sides ; mesothorax
rough, glistening ; scutellum brilliantly shining, with irre-
gular punctures ; area of metathorax very long, irregularly
wrinkled; truncation small, with sharp lateral margins;
tegulae piceous, with a rufo-testaceous spot. Wings reddish,
more dusky at apex ; stigma and nervures ferruginous ;
second s.m. rather narrow; first r. n. joining second t.-c. ;
outer nervures strong. Abdomen black, shining, very finely
punctured, without hair-bands or spots, clavate in form,
narrowing basally ; red apical plate extremely broad, trun-
cate, faintly emarginate in middle. The coxae and trochanters
are black, contrasting with the red femora. The front is
microscopically striate, with coarse punctures between the
striae.

Hab. “ Windsor, Victoria” ( French ; Froggatt coll. 182).

Close to H. bicingulatus, but easily separated by the clavate
abdomen, the colour of the tegulae, and the area of the
metathorax.

Ann. & Mag. X. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xiii.

35

514

Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell — Descriptions and

Halictus eurliodopus, sp. n.

<j> . — Length about 5 mm.

Rather slender, black, with the legs, except the coxae,
bright clear ferruginous ; pubescence dull white, no hair-
bands or patches on the smooth shining abdomen ; mandibles
red apically; scape long, red ; flagellum dark ; face, front,
and mesothorax dull or slightly shining, but not at all
polished, with no evident sculpture under a lens ; area of
metathorax large, minutely reticulate, with shining rim ;
tegulae light reddish testaceous. Wings hyaline, a little
dusky, stigma piceous, nervures fuscous ; first r. n. meeting
second t.-c. ; third s.m. very short. Abdomen with a narrow
red apical plate ; venter with a curled white scopa.
Microscopical characters : — Front microscopically tessellate
(not punctured or striate) ; mesothorax minutely roughened ;
abdomen minutely transversely lineolate ; spur of middle
tibia minutely short-pectinate.

Hab. Cairns, Queensland, Kur. 1. 02” {Turner).

A very distinct little species, allied to H. cassieefloris , but
distinguished by the red femora.

Halictus cassicefloris , sp. n. #

$ . — Length about 5 mm.

Rather robust, with broad abdomen ; black, with dull
white hair, not forming bands or spots on abdomen ;
mandibles clear red ; scape clear red, the apical half above
black or nearly ; flagellum dusky reddish below ; knees,
tibiae, and tarsi clear ferruginous; tubercles with a red mark ;
tegulae light rufo-testaceous ; head broad ; front dullish,
without evident sculpture ; mesothorax dull ; area of meta-
thorax large, rough, with a shining rim. Wings greyish
hyaline, stigma piceous, nervures sepia; first r. n. meeting
second t.-c. ; outer r. n. and t.-c. very weak ; third s.m. very
short, not larger than second. Abdomen moderately shining ;
venter with long hair. Microscopical characters: — Front
and mesothorax minutely tessellate ; area of metathorax
with fine irregular ridges ; abdomen very finely transversely
lineolate ; hind spur with three long stout spines.

Hab. Mackay, Queensland, two at Cassia , Dec. 1899
[Turner, 14 a). Related to H. eurhodopus , the two forming
a little group or section.

Records of Bees.

515

Halictus kurandensis, sp. n.

S . — Length about 6^ mm.

Rather robust, black, with dull white hair ; apical half
of clypeus (narrowing laterally, not reaching sides) bright
lemon-yellow, but the actual margin light ferruginous ;
labrum pale reddish ; mandibles with apical part chestnut-
red ; clypeus prominent, face narrowed below ; flagellum
very long (about 4 mm.), strongly crenulate beneath, very
obscurely reddish ; front dull ; cheeks small ; tubercles
slightly brownish ; disc of mesothorax glaucous, with very
fine scattered punctures ; area of metathorax very large,
hardly defined at sides, covered with labyrinthiform ridges ;
mesopleura obliquely striated; truncation of metathorax
very sharply defined at sides ; tegulae rather large, piceous,
with the margin narrowly lighter. Wings hyaline, slightly
dusky, strongly iridescent ; stigma and nervures ferruginous ;
outer nervures strong ; first r. n. meeting second t.-c. ;
second s.m. higher than broad. Legs reddish-black, the
tarsi obscure reddish brown. Abdomen shining, without
hair-bands ; broad apical margins of segments strongly
shining and slightly elevated, but the region before them
duller and more or less glaucous. The microscope shows
the front to be coarsely striato-punctate.

Hab. Cairns, Queensland, u Kur. 4.02” {Turner).

By the striated pleura it resembles H. circumdatus ; by
the glaucous mesothorax it resembles H. tertius ; from both
it is readily separated by the sculpture and other characters.

Halictus helichrysi , sp. n,

$ . — Length about 7 mm.

Black, with dull white hair, the broad abdomen thinly
hairv at sides and dorsal ly beyond middle, but not banded ;
mandibles bidentate, with more than the apical half chestnut-
red ; flagellum chestnut-red beneath, except at extreme
base ; hind margins of second and third abdominal segments
narrowly reddish, of fourth broadly hyaline ; legs black,
tarsi reddened apically ; head broad ; clypeus shining, with
irregular not very large punctures ; front glistening at
sides, dull in middle, where it is extremely densely punctured,
the punctures more or less in rows ; mesothorax shining,
with strong well-separated punctures; scutellum shining,
with very small punctures; metathoracic area with very fine
sinuous rugae; sides of apical truncation not sharply defined ;
tegulae rufous, piceous at base. Wings clear, nervures and

35*

516

Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell — Descriptions and

stigma sepia; outer t.-c. and r. n. weakened ; first r. n.
meeting second t.-c. ; hind spur with a few large teeth.
Abdomen shining, finely punctured ; venter with stiff white
hair, but no curled scopa.

Hab. Tambourine Mountain, Queensland, at flowers of
Helichrysum bracteatum, Oct. 27, 1912 (H. Hacker, Queensl.
Mus. 84); also a cotype from Brisbane, Jan. 17, 1912
(. Hacker ; Queensl. Mus, 31).

Easily known from H. griseovittatus by the absence of
hair-bands at bases of abdominal segments.

The following three species are very like H . helichrysi,
the four being separable as follows : —

Flagellum dark, faintly brownish beneath H. imitans.

Flagellum red beneath 1.

1. Mesothorax strongly punctured ; scutellum with

sparse small punctures ; hind margin of fourth
abdominal segment broadly whitish hyaline .... H. helichrysi.
Mesothorax more finely punctured ; hind margin
of fourth segment not broadly whitish hyaline . . 2.

2. Lateral bases of abdominal segments 2 to 4 broadly

white-tomentose ; scutellum duller, more closely

punctured H. victoriellus.

Lateral bases of abdominal segments 2 to 4
not white-tomentose ; scutellum shining, very
minutely and more sparsely punctured H. plebeius.

Halictus imitans, sp. n.

$ . — Length about 6J mm.

Black, robust, with soanty dull white hair, faintly creamy
on head and thorax above ; mandibles with the apical part
variably dark reddish ; antennae entirely dark ; clypeus
shining, with sparse weak punctures ; front dull, somewhat
glistening at sides, the middle punctured and feebly striate ;
mesothorax glistening, but quite strongly and densely
punctured ; scutellum with minute, rather close punctures ;
area of metatborax large, finely and regularly striate;
hind spur with a large subbasal tooth ; tegulae piceous, with
a large rufous spot. Wings dusky, nervures and stigma
dusky red ; outer r. n. and t.-c. weakened ; first r. n. meeting
second t.-c. Abdomen shining, very minutely punctured ;
lateral bases of second and following segments with rather
inconspicuous patches of dull white tomentum, on third
segment twice as extensive as on second ; venter with
abundant white hair.

Hab. Victoria, Feb. 1901 (C. F. ; Turner coll.). Two
specimens.

Records of Bees.

517

Halictus victoriellus , sp. n.

$ . — Length a little over 6 mm.

Like H. imitans , but smaller and less robust, with the
flagellum dull red beneath ; mesothorax more shining and
finely punctured ; area of metathorax shorter, with weaker
striae, which are oblique, and on the basal half joined by many
little cross-ridges ; stigma testaceous (instead of castaneous) ;
hind margins of abdominal segments suffused by reddish ;
hair of venter short and not abundant.

Hab. Victoria, Feb. 1901 (C. F. ; Turner coll.). Two
specimens.

Halictus plebeius, sp. n.

? . — Lengtli about 6J mm.

Like II. imitans , but mesothorax and scutellum much
more shining, with fine punctures ; flagellum dull red be-
neath ; area of metathorax shorter, with much less distinct
striae, which frequently anastomose, so that the surface
is cancellate ; stigma smaller ; hind spur yellowish white
(red in imitans) . The first and second abdominal segments
are very finely, but distinctly and regularly punctured ; the
front is densely striato-punctate.

c? . — Length a little over 5 mm.

Clypeus with a broad ivory-coloured band on apical half ;
flagellum long and rather thick, obscurely brownish beneath ;
cheeks not enlarged ; legs black, with very slender reddish-
brown tarsi ; area of metathorax so finely reticulate as to
appear roughened under a lens ; abdomen shining, not
hairy. The tegulse have a clear testaceous spot. Known
from related males by the small size and dark legs.

Hab. Purnong, near Murray R., S, Australia ( S . TV.
Fulton ; Nat. Mus. Viet. 108, 157). The female is the
type.

Halictus idoneus , sp. n.
d . — Length about 7 mm.

Slender, black, with white hair ; mandibles rufous
apically ; lower half of clypeus cream-colour, depressed in
middle ; flagellum long, entirely dark, very strongly crenu-
lated beneath ; legs black, with the tarsi, and extreme apices
of tibiae, clear ferruginous; abdomen parallel-sided, with
the extreme bases of third and fourth segments reddened.
Face rather broad, with much white hair ; middle of front

518 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell — Descriptions and

dull, densely but shallowly punctured ; mesothorax very
densely and shallowly punctured, but glistening ; scutellum
shining, finely punctured; area o£ metathorax appearing
rough under a lens, but with fine ridges, connected by
transverse ones, the apical part with an exceedingly minute
cancellation, the cells transversely elongate ; apical trun-
cation without sharp lateral margins ; tegulse rufo-testaceous.
Wings perfectly clear ; stigma light reddish, with darker
margin ; nervures sepia ; outer r. n. and t.-c. rather slender,
but dark ; second s.m. narrow ; first r. n. meeting second
t.-c. Abdomen with a very thin pruinose pubescence, and
indistinct patches of tomentum at lateral bases of segments ;
apical plate dark brown, very broad, and rounded. The
second abdominal segment is very densely punctured in the
subbasal region.

Hab. Brisbane, Queensland, Oct. 3, 1912 ( Hacker ;
Queensl. Mus. 72).

Readily known from H. blackburni by the rough meso-
thorax, the dense punctures visible under a lens. Compared
with H. forresti, the clypeus is less produced, and the meso-
thorax is very much more densely punctured.

Halictus mediopolitus , sp. n.

$ . — Length about 6J mm.

Black, with very pale ochreous-tinted or creamy hair;
mandibles dark ; head broad, clypeus and supraclypeal area
shining, with spaise small punctures ; sides of face and
front glistening, middle of front dull, striate, with small
punctures at intervals between the striae ; flagellum dark,
the last two joints lively red beneath ; mesothorax and
scutellum bare, highly polished, and shining ; mesothorax
with sparse very minute punctures and very widely scattered
large ones ; scutellum with extremely minute sparse punc-
tures, principally about the median depression ; area of
metathorax very large, semilunar, appearing granular under
a lens, but actually minutely reticulate, the margin finely
punctate ; posterior truncation small, sharply defined at
sides below. Legs black, the apical tarsal joints ferruginous ;
hind spur with a single large blunt subbasal lamina ; tegulse
clear rufo-testaceous. Wings clear, stigma and nervures
dusky rufous, the stigma very long ; outer r. n. and t.-c.
evanescent ; second s.m. very broad, receiving first r. n. near
apex. Abdomen shining, minutely and quite closely punc-
tured ; segments 2 to 4 with dense basal bands of creamy-

Records of Bees. 519

white tomentum, much broadened at sides ; venter with
stiff white hair, no curled scopa.

Hab . Purnong, near Murray R., S. Australia ( S . W.
Fulton ; Nat. Mus. Viet. 136, 216, 224).

A distinct species, readily known by the highly polished
mesothorax and scutellum, and the dense conspicuous
abdominal hair-bands.

Halictus opacicollis, sp. n.

$ . — Length about 7 mm.

Black, with scanty dull white hair; mandibles black, with
a faint subapical reddish spot ; flagellum very obscurely
brownish beneath ; head broad ; clypeus opaque, with
sparse rather large punctures, except the lower margin,
which is broadly shining ; supraclypeal area dull ; middle
of front dull, finely striate, with obscure punctures between
the striae ; mesothorax dull, minutely tessellate, with widely
scattered very shallow punctures ; scutellum shining, dull
in middle and posteriorly ; area of metathorax very large,
finely but very distinctly striate. Legs reddish black or
obscurely brownish, small joints of tarsi ferruginous ; hind
spur with a large blunt tooth near the middle, and beyond
that a long low keel ; tegulae piceous, with a rufous or
pallid spot. Wings dusky, the large stigma dull red,
nervures fuscous ; outer r. n. and t.-c. weakened ; second
s.m. very broad, receiving first r. n. a short distance before
its end. Abdomen broad, somewhat shining, the hind
margins of the segments obscurely reddish, or the whole
abdomen very dark brown ; small triangular patches of dull
whitish tomentum at lateral bases of segments 2 to 4, not
very conspicuous ; first two abdominal segments transversely
lineolate, subtessellate, hardly at all punctured.

Hab . Victoria (type locality), Feb. and Sept., 1901 (C.F. ;
Turner coll.); Hobart, Tasmania (Lea; Froggatt coll. 165).

A commonplace - looking species, distinguished from
H. orbatus , Sm., by the less strongly punctured mesothorax
and other characters. The surface of the mesothorax, under
a lens, looks much like that of the New Zealand H. smithii ,
D. T. The Tasmanian specimens are smaller than those
from Victoria, with browner abdomen.

Halictus granulithorax , sp. n.

$ . — Length about 6J mm.

Black, robust, with dull white hair, slightly tinged with
brownish dorsally ; mandibles obscurely reddish in middle;

520

Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell — Descriptions and

clypeus quite closely punctured, the punctures of different
sizes; supraclypeal area dullish, finely punctate ; front dull,
extremely densely, subconfluently punctured, the punctures
tending to run in vertical rows ; antennae dark ; mesothorax
dull, appearing granular under a lens, extremely densely
punctured ; scutellum somewhat shining, well punctured,
but not so densely as mesothorax, and shining between the
punctures; area of metathorax large, very feebly sculptured,
the surface minutely tessellate, the sides with fine ridges
reaching halfway to margin, the middle irregularly reti-
culated ; hind spur with a short tooth, and a long low
feebly dentate lamella ; tegulae fulvous. Wings faintly
dusky, stigma and nervures reddish sepia ; outer r. n. and
t.-c. weakened ; second s.m. broad, receiving first r. n.
before its end, or (Pt. Lonsdale specimen) first r.n. meeting
second t.-c. Abdomen broad, hind margins of segments
suffusedly reddish ; first two segments minutely transversely
wrinkled and rather closely punctured ; lateral base of
second segment with a little dull pale tomentum, and bases
of third and fourth with the same right across ; venter with
short white hair, toward base longer and somewhat curled.

Hab. Victoria (type locality), Feb. 1901, two ( C . F. ;
Turner Coll.); Pt. Lonsdale, Jan. 1908 (J. A. Kershaw ;
Viet. Nat. Mus. 265). Very like H. willsi , Ckll., but the
second s.m. is differently shaped, and the sculpture of the
front, metathorax, and abdomen differ.

Halictus niveifrons , sp. n.

cf . — Length about 4f mm.

Black, with white hair, copious and snow-white on face
and front ; mandibles bright red at apex ; face strongly
narrowed below ; clypeus with tegument entirely black,
covered with densely plumose white hairs ; antennae wholly
dark, flagellum stout, comparatively short, almost like that
of a female ; front minutely, very densely striato-punctate ;
mesothorax somewhat shining, microscopically lineolate-
tessellate, without evident punctures; area of metathorax dull,
feebly striatulate basallv; tegulae clear testaceous. Wings
clear, the stigma large, piceous ; nervures fuscous, outer

r. n. and t.-c. very weak ; second s.m. much higher
than broad, receiving first r. n. well before middle ; third

s. m. very short, no larger than second. Abdomen broad,
black, and shining, without hair-bands or patches ; the
surface very finely and weakly transversely lineolate, with-
out evident punctures.

Hab. Tasmania, two males ( Lea; Froggatt coll. 141).

521

Records of Bees.

Readily known by the dark clypens, small size, and white
hair on face. I do not know a close relative.

Halictus repertus, sp. n.

d . — Length about 6J mm.

Black, rather slender, with dull white hair; head broad ;
mandibles broadly bright red in middle ; lower half of
clypeus cream-colour, shining and sparsely punctured ;
antennae long, entirely dark ; front dull, extremely densely
punctured, except at sides, where the punctures are elon-
gated, and well separated ; mesothorax shining, quite
strongly punctured, the punctures about as far apart as the
diameter of one, the surface between minutely and feebly
lineolate ; scutellum shining, sparsely punctured ; area of
metathorax with coarse irregular ridges, with transverse ones
between, the marginal area finely lineolate, and inclined to
be tessellate; knees, tibiae at extreme apex, and tarsi en-
tirely, ferruginous ; tegulse rufous. Wings hyaline, slightly
milky, stigma and nervures ferruginous ; outer nervures
hardly at all weakened ; second s.m. higher than broad,
receiving first r. n. just before end ; third s.m. considerably
larger than second. Abdomen shining, but not highly
polished, hind margins of segments broadly dusky reddish,
the extreme margins becoming hyaline; no hair-bands or
patches ; first two dorsal abdominal segments with very fine,
not at all dense punctures ; apex with a very large, broadly
rounded, bright ferruginous plate (as in the hedleyi-tasmanice
group) ; ventral segments fringed with white hair.

Hab. Near Melbourne (Nat. Mus. Victoria, 105). Very
close to H. cambagei , Ckll., which has a similar caudal plate,
but metathorax different.

Halictus expansifrons , sp. n.

S . — Length about 6 mm.

Black, robust (like a female), with dull white hair ;
head broad ; mandibles dark ; clypeus with a transverse
pale yellow band, having a triangular median projection
above; antennae rather long, flagellum thick, obscure reddish
beneath ; front dull, extremely densely punctured, the
punctures (seen under microscope) glistening ; mesothorax
shining, strongly punctured, sparsely in middle, densely
in front, the surface between the punctures smooth and
polished ; scutellum shining, finely punctured, not depressed
in middle; area of metathorax under a lens appearing

522

Mr. H. B. Preston on new

rugose, with a thick shining rim ; under the microscope the
sides of the area show strong ridges, which are vertical, not
oblique; lateral margins of posterior truncation not sharply-
defined; tegube fulvous or rufo-fulvous. Wings clear,
stigma and nervures ferruginous; outer nervures scarcely
weakened; second s.m. broad below ; first r. n. meeting
second t.-c., or entering extreme apical corner of second s.m.
Legs black, the knees and apices of tibiae more or less pale
reddish ; tarsi cream-colour, becoming pale ferruginous
apically. Abdomen broad, shining, first two segments finely,
not densely punctured ; hind margins of segments very
faintly, variably, reddish ; bases of second and following
segments with bands of pale tomentum, not always exposed ;
apical plate very broad, dark.

Hab. New South Wales, two specimens (Nat. Mus.
Victoria, 102). Closely allied to H. clelandi , Ckll., but
mesothorax and tarsi different.

LX. — New Non-Marine Mollusca from Peru and Argentina.
By H. B. Preston, F.Z.S.

Ammonoceras pebasensis^ sp. n.

Shell small, depressedly conoid, with somewhat tumid last
whorl and base, greenish yellow, polished, a little shining ;
whorls 5, regularly increasing, the apical whorls smooth, the
remainder sculptured with fine, closely-set, somewhat wavy,
spiral striae crossed by transverse growth-plication ; suture
deeply impressed, indistinctly margined below ; umbilicus
moderately broad, deep, well-like, occupying about one-fifth
of the total diameter of the shell ; columella margin descend-
ing somewhat obliquely, diffused above iuto a well-defined,
restricted, parietal callus which reaches to the upper margin
of the labrum ; labrum acute, aperture ovate.

Alt. 3, diam. maj. 5, diam. min. 4*5 mm.

Aperture : alt.. 2*25, diam. 1*75 mm.

Hab . Forests about Pebas, Bio Maranon, N.E. Peru.

Ammonoceras pucagaensis , sp. n.

Shell small, orbicular, very depressed, semitransparent,
vitreous, tinged with yellowish cream-colour and painted

523

Mollusca from Peru and Argentina .

with multitudinous, narrow, spiral bands of the same;
whorls 5, somewhat flattened, regularly increasing, sculptured
with radiate, transverse strise and extremely fine and closely-
set, rather wavy, microscopic, spiral strise ; suture impressed ;
base of shell not very convex, sculptured as on the spire ;
umbilicus wide ; columella margin obliquely descending,
curved below, diffused above into a restricted, well-defined,
whitish, parietal callus which reaches to the upper margin of
the labrum ; labrum simple acute, receding below, a little
projecting in front; aperture broadly and rather compressedly
and obliquely sublunate.

Alt. 3*25, diam. maj. 7*25, diam. min. 6*25 mm.

Aperture: alt. 2’5, diam. 2*25 mm.

Hab . Rio Pucaya, Eastern Peru, at an altitude of 250 feet.

Ammonoceras rosenbergiana , sp. n.

Shell allied to A. pucayaensis , Preston, but of a pale
yellowish-olive tint, with no trace of spiral colour-bands, the
spire is rather more exserted, and, while the spiral strise are
even finer, the transverse strise are much more pronounced;
the suture is narrowly margined below, which is not the case
in A. pucayaensis , the last whorl descends somewhat, the
umbilicus is much narrower, and the parietal callus is of a
reddish hue.

Alt. 3’5 (nearly), diam. maj. 7, diam. min. 6*25 mm.

Aperture: alt. 2*75, diam. 2*25 (nearly) mm.

Hab. Rio Pucaya, Eastern Peru.

Bulimulus apicepunctata, sp. n.

Shell fusiform, reddish brown, variegated with oblique,
transverse, cream-coloured bands ; whorls 6£, not very con-
vex, regularly increasing, the last rather long, the first two
and a half regularly spirally punctate, the remainder smooth,
but for transverse growth-lines ; suture impressed, narrowly
margined below with white ; base of shell shouldered
round the umbilicus, umbilicus somewhat broad, deep ;
columella margin vertically descending in a slight curve,
thin, broadly outwardly expanded, diffused above into a
light, well-defined, parietal callus, which enters the shell just
behind the upper margin of the labrum ; labrum whitish,
outwardly expanded at the base, a little bent inwards over
the aperture above ; aperture rather elongately ovate.

Air. 17*5, diam. maj. 9, diam. min. 7 mm.

Aperture: alt. 7*75, diam. 3’75 mm.

Hab. Eanta Rita, E. Peru.

524

Mr. H. B. Preston on new

Orthalicus sultana angustior, sp. n.

Shell differing from typical Helix sultana , Dillwyn *, in
its more exserted spire and much narrower form.

Alt. 65, diam. maj. 40, diam. min. 33 mm.

Aperture : alt. 41, diam. 23'5 mm.

Hab. Eastern Peru.

Opeas contamanoensis , sp. n.

Shell obtusely subulate, polished, shining, greyish green ;
whorls 8i, the first two and a quarter submamillary, the
remainder slowly and regularly increasing, somewhat convex,
marked with slightly oblique, transverse striae ; suture well
impressed, irregularly crenellated and narrowly margined
below; columella margin very slightly curved, obliquely
truncate below, labrum simple acute ; aperture broadly and
rather shortly inversely auriform.

Alt. 15, diam. maj. 3*75, diam. min. 3*5 mm.

Aperture : alt. 3, diam. 1*5 mm.

Hab . Contamano, Rio Ucayali, Eastern Peru.

After examination of a long series of Opeas octona3 Ein.,
from many localities, I have been unable to altogether re-
concile the above species with any of them, though it is
undoubtedly closely allied to that form.

Helicina basifilaris, sp. n.

Shell rather depressedly conic, slightly polished, brownish
yellow, painted with a broad band of pale reddish on the
lower half of the whorls, and showing to flesh-colour on the
base of the shell ; whorls 3J, the last acutely carinate at
the periphery, closely and lightly, spirally lirate ; suture
impressed, very narrowly margined above ; base of shell
sculptured with very closely-set, somewhat wavy, radiate,
microscopic striae, crossed by very fine, wavy, revolving striae
and marked with fine, somewhat distant, dark, revolving
colour-lines ; columella margin obliquely descending above,
excavated below, thickened into an almost nodulous pro-
jection at the base, whitish, outwardly and upwardly extending
into a granular, parietal callus ; labrum bright yellow,
receding below, narrowly outwardly expanded and reflexed,
the outward expansion considerably diminishing above ;

Descriptive Cat. ii. 1817, p. 920.

525

Mollusca from Peril and Argentina.

aperture roughly subtriangular ; operculum harp-shaped,
concave, horny, laminiferous, granular, very dark chestnut
shading to a paler hue towards the laterally placed nucleus.

Alt. 4*5, diam. maj. 7*5, diam. min. 6 mm.

Aperture : alt. 3, diam. 3*25 mm.

Hab. Rio Pucaya, Eastern Peru.

Helicina contamanoensis , sp. n.

Shell broadly conoid, polished, shining, dark yellowish
flesh-colour ; whorls 5, not very convex, regularly increasing,
the last acutely carinate, gradually descending in front,
marked with arcuate growth-lines and sculptured with very
fine, confused, oblique striae and distant spiral ridges ; suture
lightly impressed, narrowly, callously margined below ;
columella white, descending obliquely, and developed into an
outwardly directed, nodular projection at the base, outwardly,
callously diffused above into a thin, well-defined, granular,
parietal callus ; labrum white, narrowly expanded and re-
flexed especially below, coarsely granular, receding towards
the base, outwardly extended above ; aperture broadly
sagittiform ; operculum corneous, slightly concave, some-
what granular, laminiferous, with lateral nucleus, reddish-
chestnut shading to dark yellow towards the nucleus.

Alt. 9, diam. maj. 15, diam. min. 12*5 mm.

Aperture : alt. 5, diam. 6*5 mm.

Hab. Contamano, Rio Ucayali, Eastern Peru.

Allied to H. rhyncostoma (Shuttl.), Pfr. *, but with nar-
rower and higher aperture ; moreover, the spire is not
laterally concave as in that species.

Helicina inca , sp. n.

Shell allied to IP. contamano en sis, Preston, but differing from
that species in its more depressedly conoid form and greenish-
yellow colour, and in being painted with a narrow, reddish,
subcarinal band ; the last whorl does not descend so much in
front, and the distant spiral ridges of H. contamano en sis give
place to rather closely-set, impressed, spiral lines, while the
base of the shell is sculptured with fine, cloSely-set, revolving-
striae ; the columella is more excavated and is quite rounded,
lacking the nodular projection at the base ; the aperture is
rather Jess broadly sagittiform and the labrum is rather less
outwardly expanded than is the case in that species.

♦ Shuttleworth'in Pfeiffer, Mon. Pneum. iii. I860, p. 245.

526

Mr. H. B. Preston on new

Alt. 8*5, diam. maj. 16, diam. min. 13 mm.

Aperture : alt. 6, diam. 6*5 mm.

. Hab . Eastern Peru.

Helicina lacerata, sp. n.

Shell turbinately conic, bright yellow ; whorls 4J, slightly
inflated, regularly increasing, the last acutely carinate at the
periphery, sculptured with moderately closely-set spiral lirse,
very obliquely crossed by minute, confused, scratch-like
striae ; suture lightly impressed, very narrowly callously
margined above; base of shell sculptured with irregular, flne,
wavy, revolving liras, considerably confused by the oblique
scratch-like striae which are also present on this portion of
the shell ; columella margin whitish, descending in a gentle
curve, thickened at the base into a slight nodular concretion,
spreading outwards and upwards into a thin, ill-defined,
granular parietal callus ; labrum yellow, outwardly expanded,
reflexed, and receding below, projecting above, where it ceases
to be reflexed ; aperture obliquely subrectangular, rounded at
the base ; operculum horny, dark chestnut, shading to pale
red in the median and nucleal regions, yellowish towards the
base on the inner margin, slightly concave, granular, lamini-
ferous, with lateral nucleus.

Alt. 6, diam. maj. 8, diam. min. 7 mm.

Aperture: alt. 3‘75, diam. 3*75 mm.

Hab. Bio Pucaya, Eastern Peru, at an altitude of 250 feet.

Helicina syngenes, sp. n.

Shell allied to II. lacerata , Preston, but rather more
broadly conic in shape and lacking the inflation of the whorls ;
it is also of a pale flesh-colour; the liras on the spire and
base of II. lacerata give place in the present species to coarse,
closely-set, spiral strise, while the basal columellar nodule is
wanting.

Alt. 6, diam. maj. 9, diam. min. 7*5 (nearly) mm.

Aperture: alt. 3’75, diam. 3‘75 mm.

Hab. Bio Pucaya, Eastern Peru, at an altitude of 250 feet.

Helicina pucayaensis , sp. n.

Shell globosely turbinate, greenish grey, covered with a
thin, hispid, light brownish periostracum ; whorls 4 J, the
upper whorls flattened, the last inflated, the embryonic whorl

527

Mollusca from Peru and Argentina.

sculptured with spiral punctate lines, the remaining whorls
with very fine and oblique, confused, scratch-like striae ;
suture very lightly impressed, very narrowly margined
below, the margin being of a whitish colour ; columella
margin very obliquely descending, curved below, spreading
outwards into a callous thickening and diffused upwards into
an ill-defined, granular, parietal callus; labium narrowly
outwardly expanded and reflexed, pale flesh-coloured, notched
at its junction with the columella; aperture obliquely and
very broadly semilunate; operculum concave, transparent,
calcareous, pale flesh-coloured, luminiferous, granular, with
subcentral nucleus.

Alt. 625, diam. maj. 7*5, diam. min. 6 mm.

Aperture: alt. 3*75, diam. 3'25 mm.

Hub . Rio Pucaya, Eastern Peru, at an altitude of 250 feet.

Helicina serina , sp. n.

Shell conically turbinate, blight yellow, painted with a
narrow cream-coloured peripheral band, and shading to the
same colour in places on the base : whorls 5, regularly in-
creasing, the last angled at the periphery, the embryonic
whorls minutely pitted, the remainder marked with transverse
growth-lines, crossed in all directions by oblique scratch-like
striae ; suture impressed, very narrowly margined with white
below ; base of shell moderately convex, showing the scratch-
like striae of the spire, densely radiately striate ; columella
margin descending in a short and very gentle curve, out-
wardly callously thickened, and diffused upwards into an ill-
defined, coarsely granular, parietal callus; labrum narrowly
outwardly expanded and reflexed, of a granular texture,
bearing a slight notch at the base of the columella, in colour
a bright intense yellow ; aperture rather oblique, broadly and
depressedly sublunate ; operculum horny, reddish-chestnut
coloured, granular, a little convex, laminiferous, with lateral
nucleus.

Alt. 9, diam. maj. 10, diam. min. 8*25 mm.

Aperture: alt. 4*25, diam. 4*75 mm.

Hab. Contamano, Rio Ucayali, Eastern Peru.

Ampullaria contamanoensis , sp. n.

Shell roughly ovate, broadly umbilicate, ashen grey,
shading to yellowish brown below, and painted with spiral

528 On new Mollusca from Peru and Argentina.

chocolate bands of irregular width ; whorls 4J, almost planu-
late above, then shouldered and rounded below, the last
descending considerably in front and rather elongated towards
the base, smooth ; suture impressed, painted below with a
very broad, whitish-grey, spiral band ; umbilicus funnel-
shaped, deep ; columella margin acute, almost erect, descending
in a curve ; labrum acute, slightly dilated below ; aperture
elongately ovate; interior of shell livid greyish brown, shading
to chocolate.

Alt. 52, diam. maj. 42*5, diam. min. 36 mm.

Aperture : alt. 39, diam. 22 mm.

Hab. Contamano, Rio Ucayali, Eastern Peru.

Corbicula bermejoensis , sp. n.

Shell subtrigonal, whitish cream-colour, almost smooth,
marked only with very fine concentric strise ; dorsal margin
arched ; ventral margin gently curved ; anterior side rounded ;
posterior side rather abruptly descending, angled below ;
right valve bearing a very oblique, marginal anterior and
two short, solid, posterior cardinal teeth and two curved
serrated laterals on either side ; left valve bearing two solid
and divergent anterior and a very oblique, slightly curved
and elongated, well-developed posterior cardinal tooth, and a
coarsely serrated curved lateral on either side.

Long. 9, lat. 9*25 mm.

Hab. Rio Bermejo, a tributary of the Rio Chaco, N. Argen-
tina [Clark).

Corbicula approximans, sp. n.

Shell differing from C. bermejoensis , Preston, in its much
more ovate form, it being much more laterally produced on
either side, but especially anteriorly, than in that species ;
it is also much more coarsely concentrically striate, and the
cardinal teeth are weaker, chiefly in the right valve.

Long. 10 (nearly), lat. 11 (nearly) mm.

Hab. Rio Bermejo, a tributary of the Chaco, N. Argentina
[Clark).

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[EIGHTH SERIES.]

No. 78. JUNE 1914.

LX I. — On the Ornithosaurian Genus Ornithocheirus, with a
Review of the Specimens from the Cambridge Greensand in
the Sedqwick Museum. Cambridge. By Reginald Walter
Hooley, F.G.S.

[Plate XXII.]

The genus Ornithocheirus was founded by Seeley on numerous
fragments of jaws and odd bones of Pterodactyls from the
Cambridge Greensand, preserved in the Woodwardian (now
the Sedgwick) Museum of the University of Cambridge. All
the specimens are more or less water-worn. The most perfect
are a humerus, femur, and several carpal bones. The first
character laid down as pertaining to the genus * was “ no
teeth anterior to the palate,” which, later t, was negatived
by the statement that “ the teeth are prolonged anterior to
the muzzle,” and another character is added, “ the palate
has a longitudinal ridge.” In 1881 J an explanation of the
amendment was given, from which it appears that the genus
Ornithocheirus was originated to include three deep club-
shaped jaws of the type of Pterodactylus simus, Owen, and
Ptenodactylus, for the spear-shaped jaws of the type of
Pterodactylus sedgwiclci , Owen, lienee the definition of the

* Seeley, H. G., ‘ Index to Aves, &e. Woodwardian Museum, ’ 18G9,

p. xvi.

f Id. * Ornitbosauria,’ 1870, p. 112.
t Id. Geol. Mag [2] vol. viii. 1881, pp. 15-16.

Ai.n. dc Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xiii. 116

530

Mr. R. W. Hooley on the

genus Ornithocheirus “ no teeth anterior to palate " ; but,
becoming “ convinced 33 that tbe type of Pterodactylus simus
was a lower jaw, Seeley abandoned the genus Ptenodactylus ,
and included all the specimens under Ornithocheirus, being
thus compelled to add the character “ the teeth are pro-
longed anterior to the muzzle/' nullifying the original cha-
racter of the genus.

Further characters appear to have been added after the
discovery of the toothless forms of America, when “it
became evident that the bones of the skeleton are mostly
formed on the same plan as those of the Cambridge genus
Ornithocheirus 33 The foundation for this seems to be that
portions of an edentulous jaw had been found in the Cam-
bridge Greensand. These were determined by Owen * * * § to be
the “ proximal end of metacarpal of wing/' and recognized
later by Seeley f as parts of the premaxillse. In 1891 J he
refers to his provisional name of Ornithostoma for these
three portions of edentulous jaws, details the resemblances
to Pteranodon , and finds the only difference is “ the American
toothless Ornithosaur is twice the size.” Then follows the
inclusion of characters belonging to Pteranodon into both
Ornithocheirus and Ornithostoma. The odd fragmentary
bones show the same characters as the American forms, and
these are made common both to the toothed and toothless.
In regard to the beak, the following description reveals the
confused state of things § : — “ The beak varies greatly in
length and in form, though it is never quite so pointed as in
the American genus, for there is always a little truncation in
front, when teeth are seen projecting forward from a position
somewhat above the palate ; the snout is often massive and
sometimes club-shaped." In regard to the toothless jaw
[Ornithostoma) , it not only diverges from the original and
the amended characters laid down for Ornithocheirus in the
absence of teeth, but also “ in the smooth palate formed by
a single wide concave channel," which is widely at variance
with the well-developed longitudinal ridge of the palate in
the latter. Seeley saw evidence of the crest on specimen
no. J. c. 8, 2, a fragment of the back of the skull which he
described and figured || in 1870. Twenty-one years later he
still held to this, but was apparently shaken in his deter-

* R. Owen, Rep. Cret. Form. (Mon. Pal. Soc. 1859), Suppl. i. p. 18.

t H. G. Seeley, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) vol. vii. p. 35, footnote
(1871).

X Id. ibid. (6) vol. vii. p. 441 (1891).

§ Id. ‘ Dragons of the Air/ 1901, p. 177.

|[ Id. t Ornithosauria/ 1870, pi. xi. tig. 1.

OmiJiosaurian Genus Ornithocheirus.

531

mination *. An examination of this specimen shows that
the bone at the junction of the parietal and occipital regions
is raised into a ridge, which is continued laterally, forming
the margin of the hinder border of the supratemporal fossae.
This edge is much worn, but it is clear that it was produced
upwardly and outwardly, and formed no part of a backward ly
directed crest. Seeley f remarks that the occiput is flat,
but, if the borders were perfect, there would be a slight con-
cavity. Above the foramen magnum are the remains of a
vertical ridge. Its present vertical extent is 6 mm., its
probable length in life 10 mm. Its greatest breadth is only
4 mm. It is very insignificant, and no more than the ridge
along the line of the median union of the occipitals, as in
many of the Reptilia. The angles at which the sides con-
verge prove its posterior termination to have been near, with
no production backwards as a crest. Seeley } says “ it may
have given attachment to a bone like that post-superoccipital
crest described by Quenstcdt in the Pterodactylus suevicus.”
The surface is very small, and larger by being worn to its
base, therefore no bone of any extent or strength could have
been attached here. Moreover, as will shortly be shown,
the crest of Omit host oma ( Pteranodon ) arises superior to,
overhangs, and has no connection whatever with, the occipital
area. In Seeley's figure this ridge, which is depicted with too
great a vertical extension, does not approach so close to the
foramen magnum. The brain-case and occiput are expanded,
totally unlike the compressed condition in Ornithostoma
( Pteranodon ), and, by its form, it suggests relationship with
the toothed and pointed jaws. The sagittal crest of the genus
Ornithocheirus is a myth. The supratemporal fossae were appa-
rently narrow and deep, with the parietal region of the skull
constricted, as in Ornithodesmus latidcns. No post-temporal
fossae are observable. There is nothing in the Cambridge
material to prove the absence or presence of an antorbital
vacuity. The facts do not favour an Ornithostoma ( Ptera -
nudon)- like skull, but one with a general form corresponding
to the shrewd restoration of Pterodactylus cumpressiros&is by
Owen § and classified by authors under this very genus Ornitho-
cheirus. The specimen J. c. 8, 2 was Sc eley's type for the back
of the skull of Ornithocheirus , and the only hinder region of
the skull, other than J. c. 8, 1, known to him. It is very
remarkable that all the while the Cambridge material actually

* II. G. Seeley, Ann. & Mag. Nal. Hist. (6) vol. vii. p. 443 (1831).

f Id. 1 Ornithosauiin,’ 1870, p. 84.

\ Id. ibid. p. 84.

532

Mr. R. W. Hooley on the

included the greater portion of the hinder part of the skull
of Ornithostoma {Pteranodon) , from the posterior moiety of
the orbits to the occiput, showing the base of a true and
powerful supraoccipital crest. This interesting fossil he
described and figured * as the orbito-ethmoid-sphenoid bone.
The tablet J. c. 9, upon which this specimen is mounted,
has been labelled “ Ethmoid with basisphenoid." An ink-
line has since been drawn through this, and someone has
written “ Parietal with supra-occipital." A cast in wax of
the aspect shown in Seeley's fig. 9 is also on the tablet
marked “ cerebral hemispheres and pineal body." In
pi. xi. fig. 8 * the left side is shown. As the bone is figured,
the occiput is horizontal, whereas it should be oblique.
I he hinder border of the orbit is seen on the left upper half
of the bone. The base of the supraoccipital crest extends
from the top right-hand corner of the figure to the emar-
giuation near the lower. Fig. 7 * is a portion of the occiput
placed upside down. The indentation m the upper border
of the figure is the dorsal half of the foramen magnum,
while the two foramina on either side below are the post-
temporal fossae (cf. PI. XXII. fig. 2). The hinder moieties of
the orbits are preserved, and are exhibited in fig. 9, pl. xi.
In Seeley's explanation of the figure they are called “the cups
which covered the anterior termination of the cerebral lobes."
The cerebral hemispheres are not exposed at all. The
frontal bone immediately posterior to the orbits is greatly
compressed, becoming a deep strong keel, which intensifies in
the parietal region. Here, where it meets the upper bolder
of the occipital plane, it shows the base of a crest which is
destroyed, but, from the section of the bone, it was deep and
robust and produced far beyond the occiput, as in Ornitho-
stoma {Pteranodon) (PI. XXII. fig. 1). It has no connection
with the occiput, which lies below it. The occipital area
preserved is small and triangular. There is a strong median
vertical ridge to the foramen magnum, on either side of
which the surface is concave. In the centre of these
surfaces, slightly above the level of the foramen, are the
post-temporal fossae, which are small and subcircular. The
skull below the dorsal half of the foramen magnum is
destroyed.

The back of the skull J. c. 8, 2 is the type of Ornitho-
cheirus , and J. c. 9 belongs to Ornithostoma ( Pteranodon ),
and the two genera are totally distinct, as the muzzles also
prove. The genus Ornithocheirus has been given all the

* II. G. Seeley, ‘ Ornitkosauna,’ 1870, pp. 85, 86, pl. xi. figs. 7-0.

0 mi th o saurian Genus Ornitlioclieirus.

533

characters found amongst this medley of bones and those of
the pterodactyls of the Chalk of Kansas. Its effect is seen
when Professor Williston * remarks that “ every essential
character that has been given so far for the European species
of this group agrees quite with those of our Kansas speci-
mens. This will demonstrate how unimportant are the
characters derived from the absence or presence of teeth.”

In the present case the absence or presence of teeth affords
a certain character, although amongst Icthyosaurs and Aves
it has been shown to be not dependable. Therefore it would
be extremely unwise to follow this rule too closely, for a
toothed condition is a more primitive character in this
respect than a toothless. We must make use of the features
we have at command when dealing with such fragmentary
remains. Moreover, at the time of the deposition of the
Cambridge Greensand they were an expiring race and near
the end of their line, and thus we are examining the fixed or
degraded characters of the ultimate descendants, and not the
ancestors. Therefore the peculiarities obtaining have a
greater value than if found in the beginners, for they are
the specialized result of natural selection acting through
ages. The situation of the front pair of teeth in some jaws,
right above the palate on the anterior face of the beak, we
shall shortly show is an accident caused by the wearing
away of the snout. Those without teeth must for a great
period have diverged from those with teeth. The fact that
the seizure and prehension of food are obtained by such
opposite means argues of itself corresponding variations in
the form of the bones of the skull. In the Cambridge
material many of the teeth are grooved and circular, and
certainly more simple and less specialized than the remainder,
which are more or less compressed laterally, with an absenoe
of grooving. To conclude that the odd bones belonged to
the same individuals, or even to the identical genus, as the
fragments of skulls, because they happen to be found on the
same horizon, is a dangerous means of diagnosis, and has not
infrequently led to error in the past. This danger is inten,
sified when we remember that the Cambridge Greensand is
the remains of an old shore-line, where bones of these
creatures accumulated, not oidy from those contemporaneous,
but also probably from those derived from older beds, and
could not have formed even a tithe of the Hocks of these
reptiles inhabiting the district.

* S. W. Williston, “ Hestovation of Ornithostoma,'' Kansas Quarterly,
1897, j>. 35,

534

Mr. R. W. Hooley on the

It appears that different families possessed the pectoral
girdle characteristic of Ornithostoma ( Pteranodon ), e. g.,
Ornithodesmus, but the form of the skull, the position and
shape of the several elements, the absence or presence, size,
and position of the teeth, vary in the different genera, and
are therefore the characters most to be trusted in classifica-
tion. By such means the portions of skulls included in the
Cambridge material under the genus Ornithocheirus natu-
rally divide into five well-defined groups, and it is more than
probable that they belong but to few species. The humeri
and ulnse may be arranged into three groups.

Further, Seeley * was misled by a study of the German
specimens in determining the ulna as the radius and the
radius as the ulna, and therefore the wrong position of these
bones in the antebrachium and their place of articulation
with the proximal carpal, and in stating that the radius was
the larger bone.

He was studying extremely fragmentary remains, and in
the German specimens the bones are so crushed that the
detailed structure of their articulations is nearly indecipher-
able.

We shall now proceed to denote the characters by which
the fragments of snouts may be classified, and give the
species which naturally group themselves under each.
Many of the specimens are so close to one another — which
is remarkable in itself, considering their fragmentary state
— that the differences in detail, which are often trivial, are
of little avail until future discoveries of more complete skulls
exhibit otherwise. This, we are confident from a close study
of these specimens, will not be the case, and it is strange
that every specimen found should have belonged to a new
species. The twTenty-six type-specimens in the Sedgwick
Museum have been described by Seeley or Owen ; therefore
it will not be necessary to do that again.

Group No. 1.

Beaks laterally compressed, moderate vertical depth, tip
more or less obtuse, dorsal keels. Palate curving slightl y
upwards anteriorly, causing the front teeth to be directed
forward. Longitudinal ridge on palate, teeth subcircular,
alveolar rims rising above palate.

* 11. G. Seeley, 1 Ornithosauria,’ 1870, p, 42.

Ornitho saurian Genus Ornithocheirus.

535

Examples : —

O. brachyrhmus (Seeley). H. G. Seeley, ‘Ornithosauria,’ 1870, p. 123.

O. cuvieri (Bowerbank). Fig. J. S. Bowerbank, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1851,
p. 15, pi. iv. (lettered longirostris ) ; and R. Owen, Rep. Cret.
Form. (1851) tab. xxviii. figs. 1-4.

O. colorhinus (Seeley). H. G. Seeley, ‘ Ornithosauria,’ 1870, p. 124.

O. dentatus (Seeley). H. G. Seeley, ‘ Ornitbosauria,’ 1870, p. 119.

O. denticulatus (Seeley). H. G. Seeley, ‘ Ornitbosauria,’ 1870, p. 122,
pi. xii. figs. 8, 9.

O. enchorhynchus (Seeley). II. G. Seeley, ‘ Ornitbosauria,’ 1870, p. 123.
O.Jittoni (Owen). R. Owen, Rep. Cret, Form. (1859), Suppl. i. pi. i.
figs. 3-5, and elsewhere.

O. nasutus (Seeley). H. G. Seeley, ‘ Ornitbosauria,’ 1870, p. 120.

O. oxyrhinus (Seeley), H. G. Seeley, ‘ Ornitbosauria,’ 1870, p. 117.

O. polyodon (Seeley). H. G. Seeley, ‘ Ornithosauria,’ 1870, p. 121.

O. sedywicki (Owen). R. Owen, Rep. Cret. Form. (1859), Suppl. i.
pi. i. figs. 1, 2, and elsewhere.

These are the only specimens that truly come under
Seeley's amended definition of the genus Ornitliocheirus ,
viz. : —

I. Teeth prolonged anterior to muzzle.

II. Longitudinal ridge on palate.

To this group, therefore, should be assigned the generic
name Ornithocheirus.

Group No. 2.

Beaks lanceolate and pointed, compressed laterally and
vertically near the tip. Little or no upward curving of the
palate. Teeth considerably smaller than in Ornithocheirus ,
uniform in size, and more or less laterally compressed.
Moderate rising of alveolar rim. Longitudinal ridge on
palate.

Examples : —

O. compressirostris (Owen). R. Owen, Rep. Cret. Form. (1851) pi. xxvii.
fig. 5, and pi. xxviii. figs. 8, 9, 10.

O. machceorhynchus (Seeley). II. G. Seeley, ‘Ornitbosauria,’ 1870,
pi. xii. figs. 1 & 2.

O. microdon (Seeley). II. G. Seeley, ‘ Ornithosauria,’ 1870, pi. xii.
figs. 6, 7.

O. oiveni (Seeley). II. G. Seeley, ‘ Ornithosauria,’ 1870, p. 115.

O. 8caphorhynchu8 (Seeley). II. G. Seeley, ‘ Ornithosauria,’ 1870, p. 119.
O. tenuirostrh (Seeley). H. G. Seeley, ‘Ornithosauria,’ 1870, p. 114.

We suggest that this genus be called Lonchodectes.

53G

Mr. R. W. Hooley on the

Group No. 3.

Beaks with strong lateral compression forming dorsal
keel, triangular in section, truncated tip, moderate vertical
depth. Dorsal outline rising from the tip at a high angle.
Longitudinal ridge on palate as in Ormthocheirus. Very
large circular teeth, anterior much larger than posterior,
none directed forward.

Examples : —

0. crassidens (Seeley). H. G. Seeley, 1 Ornithosauria/ 1870, p. 122.

O. eurycpnathus (Seeley). H. G. Seeley, ‘ Ornithosauria/ 1870, p. 123.

O. platysomus (Seeley). H. G. Seeley, ‘ Ornithosauria/ 1870, p. 120.

To this genus we would give the name Amhlydectes.

Group No. 4.

Massive truncated club-shaped snout, great, vertical
depth, longitudinal ridge on palate, teeth subcircular and
vertically directed, front pair much smaller than the rest.
Examples : —

O. capita (Seeley). H. G. Seeley, ‘ Ornithosauria/ 1870, p. 126.

O. carteri (Seeley). H. G. Seeley, ‘ Ornithosauria/ 1870, p. 128.

O. platyrhinvs (Seeley). H. G. Seeley, 1 Ornithosauria/ 1870, p. 128.

O. simus. R. Owen, Rep. Cret. Form. (1861), Suppl. iii. pis. i. & ii.,
pi. iv. fig. 4.

O. woodivardi. R. Owen, Rep. Cret. Form. (1861), Suppl. iii. pi. ii.
fig. 3.

For this group it would be well to give the generic name
Criorhynchus, Criorhynchus simus being the type. R. Ly-
dekker * * * § suggested that if it “ should prove generically
different from Ornithocheirus the name Criorhynchus might
be retained for it.” R. Owen, in 1861 1 and 1874 J, deter-
mined the type-specimen as belonging to the upper jaw, and
Seeley in 1870§ remarked : ffa re-examination of the type,
Pterodactylus simus, Owen, has convinced me that it is a lower
jaw.” Afterwards, however (1881) ||, he altered this view.
We have a certain character to denote the upper and lower
jaw in the presence of a longitudinal ridge on the palate on
the former and a groove on the latter. As the ridge is to be

* R. Lydekker, B. M. Cat. 1889, p. 3.

t R. Owen, Rep. Cret. Form. (Mon. Pal. Soc. 1861), Suppl. iii. p. 2.

t Id. ibid. pt. i. (1874) p. 6.

§ II. G. Seeley, ‘Ornithosauria/ 1870, p. 127.

|| Id. Geol. Mag. [2] vol. viii. (1881) p. 15.

Ornitho saurian Genus Ornithocheirus.

537

discerned*, Seeley's first decision is the correct one, which
coincides with Owen’s. Moreover, if this be a lower jaw,
and the usual proportion of a lower to an upper obtain, the
depth of the tip of the muzzle would be so excessive that the
supposition becomes highly improbable.

Group No. 5.

Beak lanceolate, compressed, pointed, edentulous.

Example : —

Ornithostoma. R. Owen, Rep. Cret. Form. (1859), Suppl. i. pi. iv.
figs. 4 & 5 ; and H. G. Seeley, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) vol. vii.
p. 35, footnote (1871), and elsewhere.

It will be useful now to review the specimens other than
in the Sedgwick Museum included by authors in the genus
Ornithocheirus, and allot them to their particular genus, as
detailed above.

Ornithocheirus clavirostris , R. Owen.

Rep. Meso. Form. (1874) pt. i. p. 6, pi. i. figs. 1-4.

Wealden (Hastings Sand), St. Leonard’s-on-Sea.

In regard to this specimen Owen f was loth to believe that
the "pair of teeth so anomalously located" (above the
palate) was due to anything but an accident. Seeley
suspected that the bone would prove to be the dentary, but
the presence of the palatal ridge determines it to be the
premaxillary. Neither Owen nor Seeley apparently con-
sidered the great amount of attrition to which each of the
specimens had been subjected. The variation in the section
of the teeth appears purely accidental, according to the
degree of wear the bone has undergone. From a careful
examination of the type-specimen we are confident that
Ornithocheirus ( Coloburhynchus ) clavirostris is a synonym of
O. simus and O. woodwurdi, that they are all premaxillary
bones, and that the position of the teeth, which would indeed
be anomalous above the palate, is to be explained very
simply : the wearing away of the tip of the snout has
exposed the bases of these teeth, and not the foot of their
crowns near the alveoli, as shown by the restoration (PI. XXII.
fig. 5). A similar worn condition of the sides of this
specimen has displayed the bases of the teeth here also.
Thus it becomes in all respects similar to 0. simus

* It. Owen, Rep. Cret. Form. (Mon. Pal. Soc. 1801), Suppl. iii. tab. i.
fig. 5.

t Id. Ml. (Mon. Pal. Soc. 1874) pt. i. p. 7.

538 Mr. R. W. Hooley on the

(PI. XXII. fig. 4), and therefore in future should be known
as a synonym of Criorhynchus simus, and naturally falling
into Group no. 4 as above.

Ornithoclieirus daviesii (Owen).

Rep. Meso. Form. (Pal. Soc. 1874) pt. i. p. 2, pi. i. figs. 5 & 6.

The form and size of the teeth and the lanceolate shape of
this dentary bone prove it to belong to Group no. 2.

Ornithoclieirus giganteus (Bowerbank).

Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. ii. (1846) p. 8, pi. i., and elsewhere.

The tip of the muzzle of both the upper and lower jaw.

We are convinced that its conical shape has been produced
by vertical expansion due to pressure, and possibly its width
proceeds from the same cause. Taking this into considera-
tion, and also the type of the teeth, which are strongly
characteristic, this species can be included within Group
no. 2.

Ornithocheirus reedi (Seeley) .

Geol. Mag. [2] vol. viii. (1881) p. 13, pi. i. fig. 3.

Seeley * says this species “ closely resembles Ornitlio-
cheirus capito }) ; therefore it comes into Group no. 4.

Ornitliocheirus sagittirostris (Owen).

Rep. Meso. Form. (Mon. Pal. Soc. 1874) pt. i. p. 3, pi. ii.

These mandibular rami from the Wealden, by the angle
of their convergence towards the symphysis, and the form,
size, and arrangement of the teeth belong to Group no. 2.

Ornitliocheirus xyphorhynchus (Seeley).

‘ Ornithosauria,’ p, 117 ; and GeoL Mag. [2] vol. viii. (1881) p. 18, pi. i.

fig. 2.

In the former paper Seeley determined this fragment to
be a part of a premaxillary, in the latter of a dentary. It is
very close to Ornitliocheirus sedgwicki , and should therefore
be included in Group no. 1.

II. G. Seeley, ‘ Ornithosauria/ 1870, p. 127.

Or nit ho saurian Genus Ornitlioclieirus.

539

Ornithocheirus clifti (Mantell). Portions of humerus.

‘ Medals of Creation,’ vol. ii. (1844) p. 806, woodcut 149.

Ornithocheirus curtus (Owen). Distal end of tibia.

Rep. Lias Form. (Mon. Pal. Soc. 1870) pt. ii. p. 52, pi. xix. figs. 8, 9.

Ornithocheirus diomedius (Owen). Distal end of ulnar
metacarpal.

Brit. Foss. Mam. and Birds (1846), p. 545, woodcut 230.

Ornithocheirus nobilis (Owen). Portion of wing-phalange,

? ulna.

Rep. Lias Form. (Mon. Pal. Soc. 1870) pt. ii. descr. to pi. xix. fig. 10.

These species, founded on fragments of bones, must for
the present remain in the genus Ornithocheirus, but for no
other reason than that they have been placed there, for the
characters of the bones belonging to the genus Ornithocheirus
are absolutely unknown.

The Vertebral Column.

In regard to the bones of the vertebral column, there is
not much in the Cambridge Greensand specimens, by reason
of their fragmentary and worn condition and their non-
association with parts known to belong to given species, to
help one in classification. Some of the cervicals are fairly
perfect. Seeley * denotes two groups : —

(I.) Narrow neural arch with high neural spine, pneu-
matic foramen oblique. Ventral face of centrum
oblong and flattened.

lie gives as example that figured by Owen j- as belonging
to Pterodactylus sirnus.

(II.) Wide neural arch, pneumatic foramen horizontal.
Side of centrum makes a right angle with the
base (p. t>8). Ventral surface convex.

Example given, Pterodactylus sirnus (Owen) J.

* II. G. Seeley, * Omithosauria,’ 1870, p. 06.

t R. Owen, Rep. Cret. Form. (Mon. Pal. Soc. 1861), Suppl. iii. pi. ii.
fig. 4.

t Id. ibid. (Mon. Pal. Soc. 1859), Suppl. i. pi. ii. fig. 1.

540

Mr. R. W. Hooley on the

Dorsal Vertebrae.

Seeley* classifies these vertebrae into two groups by tbe
same characteristics. He gives as examples those figured by
Owen t in his memoir on Pterodactylus sedywicki. There is
no justification for Owen assigning either the cervical to
P. simus or the dorsal to P. sedywicki, nor for Seeley the
flat cervicals to Ornithocheirus . The characters pertaining
to any particular genus cannot yet be definitely given.

The Notarium .

Bones which in Ornithosauria were included in the sacrum
and the os innominatum, and numbered and figured respec-
tively

J. c. 4, 1. Ornithosauria. PI. x. Figs. 8, 9.

J. b. 10, 3. do. PI. viii. Fig. 3.

by the discovery of the blending of the early dorsal vertebra3
into the so-called notarium of the American form Pteranodon ,
were found to belong to this portion of the axial skeleton.
Owen J described and figured a bone from the Cambridge
Greensand which belongs to the notarium as u probably
frontal.” The specimen J. c. 4, 1 was figured in the restora-
tion of the pectoral girdle by Seeley in 1891 § and 1901 ||.
Both of these differ in detail from the original vertebra which
is figured in Ornithosauria. Prof. Wilhston^f has pointed
out that the vertebra of these figures is ‘‘undoubtedly
wrong.”

It would, perhaps, be safe to assign to Ornithostoma all
the specimens belonging to the notarium, because we have
the American evidence of its obtaining in Ornithostoma
( Pteranodon ), while there is none as regards the dentigerous
jaws from Cambridge.

The Sacrum.

The six specimens of sacral vertebrae are so destroyed that
it is impossible to say whether the transverse ribs were
anchylosed at their distal extremities as in Ornithostoma
( Pteranodon ). Nos. 1 and 2 have the ventral surface of the

* II. G. Seeley, 1 Ornithosauria,’ 1870, p. 69.

t R. Owen, Rep. Cret. Form. (Mon. Pal. Soc. 1859), Suppl. i. pi. ii.
figs. 20 & 23, and figs. 24 & 25.

X Id. ibid. p. 12, pi. iv. figs. 6-8.

§ H. G. Seeley, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) vol. vii. p. 441, fig. 2 (1891).

|| Id. 1 Dragons of the Air,’ 1901, p. 115.

S. W. Williston, Kansas Univ. Quart. 1897, p. 14.

Ornithosaurian Genus Omitlioclieirus.

541

centrums flat and 3 to 7 convex. In specimen J. c. 4, 3,
which consists of three vertebrae, the bases of two transverse
ribs are preserved.

The Caudal Vertebrae.

The examples determined as caudal vertebrae by Seeley in
‘ Ornithosauria * * * § lie later* believed to be cervicals. Some
are doubtless centrums of cervicals. The absence of trans-
verse processes and their amphiplatyan nature bring them
close to Ornithostoma ( Pteranodon ).

The Scapula and Coracoid.

These bones may be separated into two groups. One of
these, typified by specimens J. a. 3, was figured by Owen f.
This example is very interesting, because it exhibits on the
inner side of the scapular arch the bar of bone bracing the
scapula and coracoid, and enclosing a foramen similar to
that mentioned by Prof. Williston J as found in Ornithostoma
( Pteranodon ) and Nydosaurus. There would not seem to be
further proof required that this type of scapula-coracoid
belongs to the toothless English genus Ornithostoma. The
coraco-scapular suture is oblique to the long axis of the
glenoid cavity. The head of the coracoid is not so globular
as that typified by J. c. 4, 18, 6. This specimen, figured by
Seeley §, is characterized by the absence of the bar of bone,
interior to the anchylosed humeral extremities of these bones.
Both these two types are easily differentiated from Ornitho-
desmus latidens by the diagonal direction of the line of
anchylosis of the scapula with the coracoid across the glenoid
articulation, which in the latter is horizontal. The type,
J. c. 4, 18, 6, is very nearly similar in form to the latter,
and both are alike in the non-presence of the inner bar of
bone.

The Humerus.

Seeley || mentions fifty specimens of this bone. J. a. 8, 1
may be dismissed as useless. It is part of a large limb-
bone, from its size more probably Diuosaurian, for it is

* II. G. Seeley, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. 1875.

t B. Owen, Cret. Form. Bep. (Mon. Pal. Soc. 1859), Suppl. i. p. Ill,
fig. 1.

f S. W. Williston, Kansas Univ. Quart. 1897, p. 43 ; and Field Col.
Mus. Pub. 78, geo. eer. vol. iii. no. 3, pp. 140-141.

§ II. G. Seeley, ‘ Ornitliosuuria,’ 1870, pi. i. fig. 10.

|| Id. ibid. p. 38.

Proximal Ends of Humeri.

542

Mr. R. W. Hooley on the

'S-S'S

9 x

° tS ®

® |.C 3

§■§ °

r® ^

t> a>

CD e^,

as +3 as

>,o4”

gl" 4*1
gi?o o
43 ® ® 43
© 3 _ ,
a< ce
^ iz: a

3 o 2

|gfl

d d
t—i CD

G

Ph

,2 03

2

g © P
® ,a
® "2 >>
^ OP
>. r- d

£ £B

w eg TS

® o| S

<D *_rH CS O

Si 3 g \

° d.S tf
^ o ®^h
B 3 3

£ § «D.S

S£ £ £

^ ^ cS rr<

>*

d3

h

o

o

Pi; ®

o

■-© eg

3 ts cS co

«3 ?H .

2 55

c3

3 pj 3

■£ ® S

t; bo?

o

o

3

© Gn

15 <N
£ PI

® g W

^ a o'

d

g © e

.3 ®

g O.

cS

CD

r-H

<oi co

io

o*

i>.'

W H

© P >.^-3
_-j-j © pps oS

© o
® • rt

®

OQ

o'

cT

a

#X3

! ^11!

© 3

O

o3

h

3

cT

- g

. «a.S

+rf G

di

®

£

00

a>

00"

®

gT.-i-3 G £

O+j ® ^

o Zh o*«i

og j3

o h’a
■as ® S

o

3

®

o

CCS

G2

i>T

c£ 03
^ +H

> ^3 g O

8^ 2

o

_

• ®

1C ^

® 03
CO —
CD i

O G

>> s

§ 3

^ 15
i s a cc
£ d a
o ~ o

~ £3

?H 5 ®CH

JS O ^ "So

.11

*•- CD © " g

■a 3 ^ jg s

’go^ 8^

c4 co

■g (D

.G >-»

. ^3
a

8<1 o

d ~ o

<x>

CJ

S=h ^ _g

j O

!o.

rH X

3 2

dS +2 ^ 'TO

Tj?

c ® y a o

o ^ n3 c3

o ’3 g *£j

*0 ^ r3 ^ »

® ’S <~H I

“ SO o ?
,cS © a a
^ fH o (=Ch
a pp o s S
* «? *£, *■
cS -3 ^

,hS&2
.3 03 *x ® "m

■g a p 2 O
<

»o O InI

- g,

gs T3

CO g

c4„

oi »0
O c— *

c 00s

2 2 « C
fl co ,-c-j

« 'x P3 2
.Oar;
TJ 1/3

®

O "o ° ^
"® ^ 2h m

"? be; §3 >

% o
o -*->

TfcS

o 3

®
^ P3
O

®

® a

T3 n O

111
■® ^ g
® ® V
tOtj 5

^ 9 CD

0j

1 ar

2 2 Sj

® s ®

3 a

CD ® .02
P 0J ^

uU"

on®
*o 03 V,
£ t2 ^

CD G

^ QpO

^ O

a *> cn

ss|

o .
a ®
° 9

o c®

3 00

"x 15

O co

£ o

"C ®

o -£ °

° g b

© l-H I ®
® © ^

9f2 a

® ^ ©

^ a ^
as a ea

® -m -9

■ r o ;

tn O O

<! 2ilc

•H 1

« s? ^ ^

Distal Ends of Humeri.

Ornithosaurian Genus Oinithocheirus.

-e. f-i go r

" eg
S3 -S -rt

c g t-

« £ «3

«<S a
2 ^

T3 aj a)
03 <U _rt

s

S '■+“

cs . a

_ >-> 03

ee ^

fl

* 09 33

^ .jr

■U -+-> fc. <D

§-2

•1-1 cS o

cc > bc 5?

2r O fl 33

.5 --^2

2 b

O *!” r—H 03

So

o

Jo ~

eg +J

12

03 GO

P- 33

P.O g

◄ ^ h

2 O o ^ OS CD

<s O § ®'.S "2

^ZySp o

® 03
op g
^ sg

<33 J3

eg ^
ffl >H ?!

c £ «s

1^2

M V

i— 1 1 o eg c
eg ce -m p

.H ^ L»

“60 3

p ® S3 p^

> 5^ §

-2 go

5 ° «a.2

O _o

II 1

a 5 § £>

Io|^S .
| *-§.2
CL, C r— ? 03 S3

c ^ -*3 ^2 o

i — i 3 § fn

g >.bc+J^0
'c 5tr» Js’S a
£ § ar § S -
.0 0-2-5 a a
O of2 Ld <u <d

GO

oi co

_ 5 o
eg ~

13 o X
„r o a>

^ 03 >

'2~ O

. — o 0/ —

.2 ^ £ .5

g g -1

o3 2 -5

O PC X-<

0^ = 0

^ • — q< r»

OL =0

o +J

s 03

M 5

g 2

P-clI

S3 2
o §3
33 12
O ^

s § s g a

~ rr1 & ^ _

fl m? ith' <*>

o ^ |^o g-S p 5

u C5 £ 5 ^ ^ £

^ c: s

541 Mr. R. W. Hooley on the

apparently from the central area of the shaft, where the
bone is smallest in Pterodactyls. The complete bone would
therefore be of enormous bulk, and, with the other bones of
the skeleton in proportion, we should have a reptile too
heavy for flight. Moreover, it reveals no constriction as seen
in the Pterodactyl humerus. Whether we take the proximal
or distal ends, the forty-nine specimens naturally form three
groups. In one group the entire bone is known for certain
by the perfect example J. a . 6, 30, and by comparison with
Ornithodesmus latidens another is nearly as sure, and there
is reason to believe that the third group is comprised of
those proximal ends which are different from the other two
groups, although there can be no positive determination
until a perfect humerus with the same characters is dis-
covered. We give on pp. 542-543 the characters of the three
groups and their examples, and follow by a criticism of some
of the specimens included in the groups : —

Proximal ends.

Group A.

Seeley * gives J. a. 6, 25 as an example of the same kind
of proximal end as seen in the perfect humerus, J. a. 6, 30,
u having the pneumatic foramen radially situated on the
anterior aspect near the articular surface."” The pneumatic
foramen is, however, found on the postaxial side posterior
surface as a small circular hole in an oval- shaped depression.
On its distal margin it is worn away, but the foramen can be
well determined. In J. a. 6, 30 the deltoid crest is produced
obliquely to the long axis of the condyle, while in J. a. 6, 25
it is nearly a right angle with little or no curve until its
termination contiguous to the preaxial border of the shaft.
In J. a. 6, 25 the outer surface of the deltoid crest is flat.
As the crescent-shaped condyle in this specimen has a
greater curve than that of the other examples in this or the
remaining groups, a greater convexity is found on the dorsal
and a greater concavity on the ventral margin. J. a. 6, 26
approaches closely in character to J. a. 6, 25 ; but, although
the crest is carried as far down the shaft as in that specimen,
it is produced more obliquely to the long axis of the condyle,
recalling J. a . 6, 30 (Group C) in that respect only.

* ‘ Ornithosauriaf 1870, p. 39.

Ornithosaurian Genus Ornithocheirus.

545

Group B.

J. a. 6, 4. Proximal end of right humerus. The deltoid
crest has its origin far below the condyle, and is apparently
slightly oblique to its long axis. The pneumatic foramen is
further down the shaft than in J. a. 6, 26 (Group A), and
there is a ridge on the preaxial moiety of the condyle. The
condyle is not so crescentic, and therefore the horns splay
more outwards and the ulnar crest is moderately developed.

Group C.

The perfect humerus J. a. 6, 30, whose characters have
been given by Seeley, is the type. J. a. 6, 22, 23, 24, 27, 28
are proximal ends exhibiting pneumatic foraminae on the
ventral surface, and 38, 39, 40, 41 should also apparently
have been included, although they are too much abraded to
reveal the pneumatic foramen.

Distal ends.

Group A.

3. a. 6, 21 & 32. Examples belonging to left humeri.
They are similar to Ornithodesmus latidens, though one-fifth
smaller in the transverse diameter of the distal articulation,
and the characters are very weakly developed. The central
circular cavity and the transverse valley in no. 32 are filled
with phosphate of lime, and thus are not well seen, while in
No. 31 these are obscured by the bone being much worn in this
region and destroyed on the dorsal margin of the median
pit. The ulnar articulation on each bone is also worn, and
does not appear to have been as highly developed as in
Ornithodesmus latidens. Seeley says* that the “ mesial
condyle in this group appears in every case to be an epiphysis
which is wanting.” The narrow ridge on the proximal end
of the ulna requires a valley to articulate in, and this would
be impossible if a mesial condyle had been present.

J. a. 6, 31. This example possesses the same characters
as nos. 21 and 32, although in a very incipient stage, it is
interesting because the central circular entrance into the
bone is not present. In that region occurs a basin-shaped
hollow only.

* II. G. Seeley, * Ornithosauria,’ 1870, p. 40.

Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xiii.

37

546

Mr. R. W. Hooley on the
Group B.

J. a. 6, 35. This example was figured by Owen* and also
by Seeley t- It differs from Ornithodesmus latidens in the
circular pit on the articular surface being postaxial, while in
the Atberfield specimen it is nearer the preaxial. The pre-
axial or radial area of the Cambridge specimens, as described
by Owen J, “ shows a slightly convex surface occupying its
major part, and a small well-defined flat surface placed
obliquely.” The “ slightly convex surface ” becomes more
convex ventrally as it nears the flat oblique surface. With
a part of the former and the whole of the latter the radius
articulated ; but the dorsal moiety of the “ slightly convex
surface” was a portion of the ulnar articulation, which is
continued round the dorsal margin to the postaxial edge
(ulnar side), where it becomes an oval concave surface. The
ulnar tubercle is placed on the ventral border only, and not
on the postaxial, as in Ornithodesmus latidens. By nos. 20,
29, 33, and 34 it is seen that in this group there is no trans-
verse valley, but that the ulna apparently occupied the whole
of the transverse diameter of the articular end.

Group C.

The most perfect distal end of this group is J. a. 6, 36.
It is crescentic, with the convexity on the dorsal side. The
articulation exhibits a radial and median convexity, with a
depression between them, forming a trochlea. On the
ventral margin of the postaxial side there is a tubercle
directed distally, and dorsal to this an oval concave facet,
obliquely placed and looking outwards. On the ventral
surface, between the horns of the crescent, there is a deep
concavity, and, as the radial and ulnar condyle both have a
flat facet looking inwards, it is probable that the radius
articulated with both these.

The type of ulna shown on tablet J. a. 9, no. 1, we believe
to belong to this group, because of its similar articular
surfaces.

It is highly probable that the proximal ends of Groups A,

* R. Owen, Rep. Cret. Form. (Mon. Pal. Soc. 1851), Suppl. i. pi. iv.
figs. 1-3.

t H. G. Seeley, ‘ Ornithosauria/ 1870, pi. iv. fig. 14.

| R. Owen, loc. cit. p. 16.

Ornithosauricin Genus Ornitlioclieirus.

547

B, C will be found to belong to the distal ends of Groups A,
B, C as now classified. That Group A belongs to a genus
of the family Ornithodesmidse appears to be certain by a
comparison with the humerus of Ornithodesmus latidens , and
from Prof. WillistoiPs* * * § description of the distal end of
the humerus of Ornithostoma ( Pteranodon ) we consider the
distal ends of Group B to belong to that genus, and there-
fore to the edentulous forms of the Cambridge Greensand.
Whether the proximal ends of this group are rightly appor-
tioned is a more difficult matter to determine, for the base
is all that remains of the deltoid crest, the most characteristic
feature. On examination of these specimens it appears that
it was oblique to the long axis of the condyle, which, as far as
it goes, agrees with Prof. Williston’s *j* description of the crest
in Ornithostoma {Pteranodon?), u This process, the radial or
deltoid, has its convex rounded extremity directed obliquely
forward and upward and outward,” yet at the same time it
resembles, perhaps in a greater degree, his account of Nycto -
saurus J, “ the deltoid, radial, or lateral process very large.”
“ It is directed forward and a little downward.” He also
says, “The ulnar or median process is very stout.” This,
together with the fact that the crest is more distal to the
condyle in Nyctosaurus , seems to favour a greater affinity to
Nyctosaurus than to the proximal ends in Group B (? Orni-
thostoma). Thus, he remarks §, u This crest is further
removed from the head of the bone than is the case in species
of Pteranodon .” Perhaps with the details now given for

this group an examination of the American specimens would
enable a decision. At any rate, they do not belong to
Groups A or C, and thus in all probability pertain to the
edentulous forms. In regard to Group C, typified by the
perfect hnmerus J. a. 6, 30, there is not even a suggestion
to be obtained from known facts as to which, if any, of the
remaining genera, formed on the evidence of the premaxillte,
it belongs.

Radius and Ulna.

The specimens on tablet J. a . 9 are the proximal ends of

* S. W. Williston, “ Restoration of Ornithostoma Kansas Univ.
Quart. 1897, p. 45.

t S. W. \\illiston, ibid. p. 44.

X Id. Field Col. Mus. Pub. 78, geo. ser. vol. ii. no. 3, p. 141.

§ Id. Kansas Univ. Quart, vol. i. 1892-3, p. ti.

548

Mr. R. W. Hooley on tJie

ulnae. Corrections must be made on all the other tablets, as
well as in the letterpress and figures of ‘ Ornithosauria ’ : —

Tablets.

J. a. 10*. Distal ends of ulnae, not “ radii.’’

J. a. 11. Proximal ends of ulnae, not “radii.”

J. a. 12. Distal ends of radii, not “ ulnae.”

J. a. 13. Proximal ends of radii, not “ ulnae.”

Letterpress and titles , ‘ Ornithosauria .’

P. 43 , for I. Distal end of “ Ulna,” read Radius.

P. 44, u Nos. 5 and 6 on another tablet (? tablet J. a. 13) appear to be
distal ends of ulna.” For “ ulna ” read radius.

P. 44, for II. Distal End of “ Radius,” read Ulna.

P. 46, for IV. Proximal End of “ Radius,” read Ulna.

Figures.

Plate II. Figs. 7, 8, & 9. Proximal ends of right ulna, not “radius.”
Plate III. Fig. 1. Ventral view of distal end of left ulna, not 11 radius.”
Fig. 2. Dorsal view of distal end of left ulna, not “ right
radius.”

Fig. 3. Distal articulation of left ulna, not “ right radius.”
Fig. 10. Distal end of right radius, not “ ulna.”

Fig. 12. Distal end of left radius, not “ ulna.”

Plate XI. Fig. 7. Specimen J. c. 9, for “ palatal aspect of the basi-
sphenoid bone ” read “ upper portion of occiput ” ;
the figure is upside down.

Fig. 8. Specimen J. c. 9, for “ ethmo-sphenoid mass” read
left lateral view of posterior moiety of skull of
Omit ho stoma.

Fig. 9. Specimen J. c. 9, for “posterior aspect of same
specimen ” read “ anterior aspect ” ; the “ cups ”
are the posterior boundaries of the orbits.

Radius.

There are only three specimens of the proximal end of the
radius and four of the distal, and these are so close in
characters that they may he included in one group.

Proximal end.

1. Dorsal surface convex, ventral concave.

2. Preaxial border produced outwards and forwards, the

postaxial straight.

3. Articular surface, preaxial side, convex looking out-

wards ; postaxial concave looking proximally.

4. Moderately compressed dorso-ventrally, width pre-

postaxially apparently maintained down the shaft.

* There are eleven examples on this tablet, the eleventh perhaps
attached since 1 Ornithosauria ’ was written.

Ornithosaurian Genus Ornitliocheirus.

549

Distal end.

1. Dorsal and ventral surface slightly convex.

2. Articular surface a convex roll, compressed more or less

dorso-ventrally, in the median area.

3. Preaxial border flat.

In regard to the proximal extremities affixed to tablet
J. a. 13*, specimens 5 and 6 belong to the same species as
far as can be ascertained. No. 6 is not well preserved. An
unnumbered specimen is near to 5 and 6, with the articular
features less prominent. The main difference between these
bones and those of Ornithodesmus latidens lies in the latter
being flatter and rapidly lessening in size down the shaft.
The former are stouter and reveal little or no decrease
distally. Between the two surfaces of the articular end of
Ornithodesmus latidens there is a transverse ridge across the
short diameter of the bone, which fits into the valley between
the two condyles of the trochlea of the humerus. This is
not seen in the Cambridge specimens ; therefore they
probably do not belong to distal ends of the humeri
J. a. 6, 21 and 32, Group A, where a feeble incipient trochlea
is to be observed, but to Group B.

Of the four specimens of the distal ends of the radius,
J. a . 12, 1-4, not one belongs to the same genus as Ornitho-
desmus latidens, for, although there is a general similarity
in form, they differ in details. The dorsal and ventral
surfaces of Ornithodesmus latidens are flatter and more com-
pressed than any of the Cambridge specimens. The ventral
surfaces of nos. 1 and 3 are more concave. In all four
specimens, including O. latidens, the articular surface is a
complete convexity from the pre- to the postaxial border,
and all exhibit more or less constriction of this convexity
on both dorsal and ventral borders in the median region.
Nos. 1 and 3 belong to the same species. The preaxial
border is not flattened in O. latidens as in the Cambridge
specimens, but is robust and convex. The bone is much
more concave near the articulation on the ventral surface,
preaxial side. There is a longitudinal groove for muscle-
attachment, contiguous with the postaxial border on the
ventral surface, which is not seen in the Cambridge
specimens. In 0. latidens on the postaxial side of the
dorsal surface there is a well-developed ridge and striae,
caused by the fibres of the muscles traversing the bone

* There is an unnumbered specimen on this tablet.

550

Mr. R. W. Hooley on the

diagonally from the preaxial distal border. This is not
exhibited in the Cambridge examples. The specimen no. 2
is not as compressed as nos. 1 and 3, or as Ornithodesmus
latidens, and the dorsal surface is more concave distally.

The Ulna.

Proximal end.

The six specimens ou tablet J. a. 9 are the proximal ends
of ulnae. Nos. 1, 2, 4, and 5 are figured in 4 Ornithosauria/
plate iii. figs. 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9. J. a. 9, 1, belonging to the
left ulna, differs from Ornithodesmus latidens in the absence
of the longitudinal ridge on the ventral surface of the shaft,
in lieu of which there is a raised and roughened surface,
preaxial to the radius instead of postaxial, for the attachment
of the biceps tendon. This feature is also seen in nos. 2
and 4. The dorsal surface is strongly convex, and the
ventral slightly, and free from any pit or ridge. The
pneumatic foramen is near the articulation in the centre of
the ventral surface. The articulation is much worn. This
specimen is interesting, because from it Seeley obtained the
suggestion of an olecranon *. There is a well-defined line
around the upper dorsal half, which might be accidental.
The surfaces in all the other examples appear to be articu-
latory, and the roughened edges the effect of wear, and not
caused by the tearing away of an epiphysis. The main
articulatory surface is an oblique oval- shaped basin, looking
upwards, in the centre of which in specimens nos. 4, 5, and
6 is a circular opening into the shaft, as is seen in the
humerus of Ornithodesmus latidens and in J. a. 6, nos. 20,
21, and 32. Moreover, the general form of the bone is not
very different from the distal extremities of the humeri,
exhibiting the circular opening into the shaft — for example,
J. a. 6, 20. In those examples where the supposed olecranon
has come a way the dorsal half of the articulatory surface is con-
cave. It looks upwards and is divided from the ventral half
by a convex ridge. The ventral surface looks downwards and
is feebly convex dorso-ventrally and concave pre-postaxially.
In no. 1 the articulation has two feebly concave surfaces,
with a raised ridge for the trochlea of the distal end of the
humerus. In no. 2 the dorsal half of the articulation is
destroyed. The postaxial concave surface is more oblique
and carried further on to the shaft of the bone, thus looking
more outward than in the other specimens. This example

* II. G. Seeley, ‘ Ornithosauria,’ 1870, pp. 45 & 46.

Ornithosaurian Genus Ornithocheirus.

551

exhibits the raised and roughened surface for the biceps
tendon in a greater degree than any of the others on this
tablet.

Tablet J. a. 11. The seven specimens on this tablet are
the proximal ends of ulnae. No. 1 is the proximal end of a
right ulna figured by Seeley, pi. ii. fig. 8 (loc. cit.), as the
proximal end of radius. It is much smaller, but similar to
Ornithodesmus latidens, with the central transverse ridge on
the articular surface not so highly developed. This ridge
and the margins of the bone on the postaxial side are worn
away. The strong longitudinal ridge on the centre of the
ventral surface of the shaft is also destroyed, but its base is
well seen. A pneumatic foramen occurs, covered by a
small daub of matrix, near the articular surface, ventral side,
as in Ornithodesmus latidens.

Nos. 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 all have the mediau vertical ridge on the
anterior surface of the shaft. All are close to no. 1, and thus
near to Ornithodesmus, but the ridges, processes, and articular
characters are either in an incipient or degraded state.
No. 5 has lost the median area of the articulation in such a
manner that it appears at first sight to be a basin-shaped
depression, whereas a closer examination proves that it is
due to wear. The pneumatic foramen is not seen in nos. 2-6,
for the same reason.

No. 7, the proximal end of the right ulna, figured by
Seeley, pi. ii. fig. 7 (loc. cit.), is remarkably different from
the other six examples on this tablet. The only articular
surface preserved is on the preaxial side. It is slightly
convex and looks anteriorly. The dorsal surface and post-
axial border are destroyed. There is no pneumatic foramen
on the portion preserved. The great peculiarity of this
specimen is on the ventral surface, where the bone is concave,
with an elongated and deep pit (no foramen) for the biceps
tendon near the postaxial border. This is well seen in the
figure. The other pits observed are not natural, but the
borings of some organism.

Distal end.

Tablet J. a. 10, 1-10. There are eleven examples on this
tablet, the eleventh probably added since ‘ Ornithosauria 9
was published. They are the distal ends of ulnae, and not
M radii. w Nos. 1, 2, and 9 are similar in character, no. 2 is
the best specimen and figured by Seeley, pi. iii. fig. 1 (loc.
cit.). On the major portion of the dorsal surface, towards
the preaxial side, there is the flattened surface, against which

Proximal Ends of Uln^e.

552

Mr. K. W. Hooley on the

.S P ^3

© ©

?h o

,p p x

V ° 2

3 o a

«® k

p -F a

-p ho f-> fe

s -q o £

.2 §

<3^2 g a

^ a oj P

O ?-! *h
«H P O
05 ,£5 ;

p .

©°
hC'Tp
HP P

'E *
PQ

^ £ | g,
o O.S 3

gps P ^

.2 g.-ao

,-S s boT.

cc H h

O » o-

P-S^s

rrt ^

& ®

p

he — -

g p

^ o,

© T3

p

rt ©

P->-M

©

<D GO

HP p-

CD

'S X

i cS c3

P ^

’So©

P -m ©

1» r-H =2

O p 55

P-t* h P

r*^ X
CD P

o

HP .
P <2

p ©
u ft ®

®Ti ^

^ g
§ S-S

pq^

&®
5 ^
2 a
o g

H

® S 1 I Tj I

hp pp a p © ®

•ffi +■> © O © S
00 ' f> © ^ 3
<P >-5 P ‘i P . •

O -g f>Ja 13 1> 2
rO g ^ ho P ^ »
<e pi © pp ch.p

8*gm “i3.2il

g °~ s|u

'«h H2 o

P S M 3

3

he

'TP

© p 0^1 c ®.H P

o P _a x x .g p 2 hDo

•-E'tpIL^ ©^ “ 03 ~ '•

iS’S.gsssccgj

^ p.©43 © ^ ■ p m p h-i

P

P .

^PQ

j -5 °
© .a
©

P H _,

*E §o

pq

cx,

p

o

o

p

05

©

1=L

I

3 ^

’’p

s

1 X

© p<

io"

X r—

© B

p

3

a ©

pp s
■©

©

X

P

©£

p

co"

© p

© rl

p

©

© .

ho ©»

eS f-i
^ O
P ^

c<r

«2 ^

a

TP P

X

Tj

S £ o3
1/3 ©- “

p

&

X

X

TP P
x tP

o

53

p- ©
^ P rP

.2

*-+j

*3 g

Jh ^

>-s

p © ’M

p

P PL,

l_H

p §°

.a «.p
r3 .t2

p

a

©

p

Ph

surface.
Ijongiti
iu Grou

A smal
axial tc
tendon.

xamples
and 6.

rH

cm'

co

H

r~3 I © ®

P O Jh
*« * p

H a

p
©

P ^

g HP

© © ' y -P

2 >

<lB P . <15

O TP -rt

3 © © ^

X

* g

a, g

HP

O x

►» * ri

, r-J ^ P ^ Vj

S'© T "S ^ h*

!«s V^ 8 8

; x p

l ~+3 O rrt

• 3 p ^ 2 g
1 3^ o

.r- i i

© 4_i rj]

he x • r-J
P

’fp ©

T3 Si

•3 p'Tp
tp o

b ® a

.a ©

fcL-g .
P^ »

©

X

P- O

S tP ^
o © ©
pP he
ce up

• ^ 1
2 §

So

s cd © x

X M ^ «e

co

.2 "3 « 3

i§s„

lo®

! ’S

r _ o
o © ©
13 +J'P5

^ CL, ”
© © ^-.
© © cS

§S'H

p p

w

Distal Ends of Ulna?.

Ornitliosaurian Genus Ornitlioclieirus.

553

© ■ -d

08 ,S a

eg &

3

d

htly concave
derately develo

T3

5

c3

33 .

.S PQ

pq

pq

Dt as angular

il side not so
as compressed

6, 10.

Ci

#bD o

k/p

n3

'TS

d .2 ft . -

p

^ a
© eS

d

3

d

«s

x °^pq io

§

0

©

©4°
© rs

3 £
V

©◄

Jg.

fH 3

◄

©

CU

®

CL,

3

border
ind B.
m prej
roup A
Group
. a. 10;

3 3
© _d

! 'S

g 2

5

U

O

O

6

^ * 2 2 «
• <-j * 3 c3 Lj ©

"S 5

£ .2

.2

.2

X Co_^^

l'§>

© ©

©

©

Pre

Groi

Art

date

ang-i

xam]

>«!

<!

rH

cm' co

tj5

o t-i W

.i. © a
bD-f=

JU J

© 3 "+3

r °
be -<3
d , ,

o

® '"ci

CD C

-o

g§<

. ■ w . g g

g g.s g-|.s

s '-§ O 2 * «

CH j= rH K* <1

<5 <

CL,

3

O

o

d

CU

3

O

<§

3

bD

O ©

-2 o

d .

o t-,

CL)

T5 s-i

® £ °

bo ^

S © ®

o © ^

O e2 '©

®v a «3

E 'g’S

So OJ 3
r2 ©’ © ©
.2 o o
A

© *
u ©

3 C1
© bp

k .-2 *g §__;
© CL. o

y 32

© d
3 ©

© -C ;3 n

« OJ O ~

£ 33 3: © T3

- %Se§'°

III I S3

- 1-5 gw | J£

32 «C
© 22

554

Mr. R. W. Hooley on the

the radius rested, bordered postaxially by the longitudinal
ridge. The ventral surface is strongly convex. On the
articulation there is clearly visible, although filled with
matrix, the circular pit near the preaxial border, for the
hemispherical knob of the proximal carpal, and at the post-
axial edge on the ventral surface are seen the remains of the
facet for articulation with the produced border of the carpal.
Distally no. 2 is very much inflated.

J. a. 10, 3 : the distal end of left ulna. The surface for
the radius is more concave and the ridge more developed
than in no. 1. The dorsal surface becomes flatter proxi-
rnally, while in nos. 1, 2, and 9 it is gently convex. The
distal extremity of this example differs considerably from
no. 1 ; instead of being strongly inflated, both dorsal and
ventral surfaces are flat, converging and forming an angle
on the preaxial border. Nos. 4, 7, 8, and 11 are examples of
this type. J. a . 10, 6, the distal end of left ulna, has a very
inflated convex ventral surface, continued to the articulation.
The longitudinal ridge is moderately developed. The dorsal
articular surface for the radius is slightly concave. The
preaxial side of the articulation is not as inflated as no. 1
nor as compressed and angular as no. 3. Nos. 5 and 10 are
examples of this type.

No pneumatic foramina are to be found on any of these
specimens.

Conclusions as to the Extremities of Ulna (see pp. 552-553).

By a comparison of the articulatory surfaces of J. a. 11,
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6, it is quite possible that they belong to
species with the same type of the distal end of humerus as
nos. 21 and 32 on tablet J. a. 6, and therefore of Group A.
Granting that the proximal ends, J. a. 9, 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6,
Group B, have lost no epiphysis, and are as they were in
life, we consider them to belong to the same reptiles,
possessing the type of humerus exemplified in the distal end
of humerus J. a. 6, 20, Group B, and thus, if our conclusions
are correct, to Ornithostoma.

The only distal ends of humeri that J. a. 9, 1, Group C,
could in any way articulate with are those of the Group C,
of which the humerus J. a. 6, 30 is the type. The proximal
end of the ulna J. a. 11, 7 must for the present remain an
isolated bone, necessitating the formation of Group D, of
which it is the only example.

There is no evidence available to enable the apportionment
of any of the distal ends to either of the genera formed by

Ornithosaurlan Genus Ornithoclieirus.

555

the premaxillse. Group A certainly approaches Ornitho -
desmus latidens, but differs considerably in the great inflation
of the ventral surface, the depth of the preaxial border, the
lack of any drawing in of its distal termination into a
tubercle, and no prolongation of the dorsal surface of the
bone over the preaxial border as a wing. The longitudinal
ridge on the dorsal surface is not as highly developed. The
ventral surface of Ornithodesmus latidens is deeply concave,
especially towards the postaxial border, before the rise of the
bone for the articular facet, where, in the Cambridge specimen,
the convexity is the greatest, and the articular facet on the
postaxial side is more oblique.

The Carpals.

It is impossible to assign any of these bones to any given
genus, but two which have been figured by Seeley in ‘ Orni-
tliosauria' are sufficiently close to Ornithodesmus latidens to
favour an assumption that they belong to a genus with the
humerus of the type of Group A. These bones are J. b. 1,
no. 7, pi. v. fig. 3, a proximal belonging to the right carpus,
and J. b. 3, 21, pi. v. fig. 7, to the right distal carpal.

The Wing Metacarpal.

As with the other bones, only fragments of the wing
metacarpal occur, and therefore comparisons with other
genera from the length cannot be made. The best-preserved
proximal end is J. b. 5, 3, figured by Seeley (pi. vi. figs. 2
& 3). It appears to belong to an entirely different family
from Ornithodesmus .

Several specimens possess the facet, below the main
proximal articulation, for the bending of the wing ; but
they are not as developed or directed outwards in as great
a degree as in Ornithodesmus latidens .

The Sternum.

The anterior projecting process is the only part of the
sternum preserved. It was directed well forward, down-
ward, and oblique to the sternal plate, and not vertical as in
Ornithodesmus latidens. They are all close to Ornithostoma
( Tteranodon ) and Nyctosaurus , but they cannot be appor-
tioned either to the dentigerous or edentulous forms of the
Cambridge Greensand for certainty.

556

Mr. R. W. Hooley on the

Os innominatum.

Examples of the ossa innominata are arranged on tablet
J. b. 10, and numbered 1-9. In those specimens, where the
acetabulum is preserved, it is imperforate, and the surrounding
bones anchylosed and apparently near to Ornithostoma
( Pteranodon ) ingens, where the bones are conjoined and the
acetabulum shallow and imperforate.

Femur.

There is only one perfect specimen of the femur, the other
examples are fragments. They may be divided into two
groups : —

(1) Neck and head oblique to the shaft. Great trochanter

weak. Shaft straight and large. Example :
J. c. 2, 11, 20.

(2) Neck and head very oblique. Great trochanter

robust. Shaft straight and small. Example :
J. b. 11, 1.

Both are illustrated in ‘ Ornithosauria/ pi. viii. figs. 5, 6,
7, and 8. In neither group are the head aiid neck as
terminal as in Ornithodesmus latidens. The shaft is not
curved as much as in the American forms ; otherwise the
description by Professor Williston* of the femur of Ornitho-
stoma ( Pteranodon ) ingens is near to Group 1 and also to
Nyctosaurus ( Nyctodactylus ) f- To which genus the speci-
mens included in Group 2 belong must remain an open
question.

In concluding our examination of the Cambridge Green-
sand material in the Cambridge Museum, Cambridge, we find
that the jaws divide into five genera — Ornithocheirus, Lon -
chodectes , Amblydectes , Criorhynchus, and Ornithostoma.

On the evidence of the premaxillae Ornithodesmus is
entirely separated from either genera of the Cambridge
Greensand, but the fragments of the humeri and ulnae of
Group A must undoubtedly be incorporated into the same
family, and there is nothing to prove that the humeri and
ulnae included in Group A should be assigned to reptiles
possessing premaxillae typical of one of the five genera.
Neither can any of the other bones of the axial skeleton be

* S. W. Williston, Kansas Univ. Quart. 1893-4, ii. p. 80.

t Id. Field Col. Mus. Pub. 78, geo. ser. 1903, vol. ii. no. 3, p. 150.

HOOLEY.

Ann. § Mag. Nat. Hist. S. $. Vol. XIII. PI. XXII.

.

Ornitho saurian Genus Ornitlioclieirus.

557

apportioned to any particular genus, except those which, by
comparison with the American forms, belong to Ornitho -
stoma.

The other groups must remain isolated until some further
discovery determines their relationship.

Classification.

Family Ornithocheiridae.

Subfamily Ornitho cheirinx!.

Genera Ornithocheirus (Seeley).
Lonchodectes.

Subfamily Criorhynchinje.

Genera Criorhynchus (Owen).
Amblydectes.

Family Ornithostomatidae.

Genus Ornithostoma (Seeley).

( Pteranodon, Marsh.)

In conclusion, I would like to bear witness to the magnifi-
cent work of Seeley in the determination and interpretation
of such fragmentary material. It must have been a most
difficult task. 1 also desire to thank Professor T. McKenny
Hughes for his courtesy and kindness in lending me the
type-specimens for study.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXII.

Fig. 1. Left lateral view of Cambridge specimen J. c. 9. O., orbit;

Su.OC.CR.j supra-occipital crest; OC, occiput. X about %.

Fig. 2. Occiput of same specimen above the foramen magnum, f.m.,
foramen magnum ; p.t.f, post-temporal fossa?. X about

Fig. 3. Posterior view of skull of same specimen. Su.OC.CJt., section of
supra-occipital crest ; OC’., occiput. X about §-.

Fig. 4. Left lateral view of the tip of the upper jaw of Criorhynchus
simvs (after Owen). Nat. size.

Fig. 5. Left lateral view of a portion of the upper jaw of Colohorhynchus
clavirustris (after Owen). The dotted lines indicate the amount
of the upper jaw worn away by attrition. Nat. size.

558

Mr. A. O. Walker on

LXIT. — Species of Amphipoda taken by ‘ Runa’ July and
August 1913, not in Norman’s Final Shetland Dredging
Report , 1868. B y Alfred O. Walker.

Lysianassa ceratina, A. 0. Walker, 1889.

Canon Norman refers u L. costce $ and L. longicornis £
of Dredging Report of 1863 and 1864” to this species
(Crust. Northumberland and Durham, in Trans. Nat. Hist.
Soc. North., Durham, &c., vol. iii. part 2).

Aristias neglectus , Hansen.

This is Anonyx tumida, Goes, of the Final Report. The
Shetland specimens presented to the British Museum by
Dr. Norman bear Hansen’s designation. Aristias tumidus is
an Arctic species.

Tryphosa Jioringii , Boeck.

Socarnes erythrophthalmuSj Robertson, 1892.

Hippomedon denticulatus (Bate).

Tryphosa sarsii (Bonnier), 1891.

Ampelisca spinipes, Boeck.

Metaphoxus fultoni (T. Scott), 1890.

Neopleusies assimilis (G. O. Sars, 1882).

Nototropis vedlomensis (Bate and Westwood).

Moera tenuimana (Bate).

Gammarus duebenii , Lillj.

Jassa pusilla (G. O. Sars, 1891).

Notes on Crustacea ofeRuna ’ Cruise , July and August 1913.
Janira maculosa , Leach.

Two specimens were found in the branchial sac of as
many individuals of the Ascidian Corella parallelo gramma.
This is probably the first time this Isopod has been found
as a commensal. It is, however, recorded as occurring on
Alcyonium digitatum by Dr. P. P. Hoek (Crust. Neerland.
part ii. p. 5) and by the writer (Proc. Biol. Soc. Liverpool,

559

Species of Amphipoda.

vol. iii. 1889, p. 198) ; on this occasion they were in con-
siderable numbers, and therefore probably not accidental,
but feeding either on0 or, more probably, with the polypes.
Dr. W. M. Tattersall informs me that he has found it
“ extremely abundant wherever Alcyonium digitatum is to be
found, and, in deep water, commonly associated with other
Alcyonarians such as Lopliohelia ; also clinging to such
Compound Ascidians as Leptoclinium .” He thinks, how-
ever, that it is rather a case of protective coloration than
commensalism — a question that will require careful aquarium
and laboratory observations to solve.

Amphipoda.

Euonyx chelatus , Norman.

More abundant than usual.

Lysianassa plumosci , Boeck.

A single young specimen, length 6 mm. This is a rare
species on our coasts. When fresh its colour distinguishes
it at a glance, the body-segments, especially the first two or
three and those of the pleon, being blotched with pink or
orange, as described by G. 0. Sars. Canon A. M. Norman
doubts the specific distinction between this 'species and
L. ceratinus , Walker, on the ground that specimens occur
“with only a small spine-point on the hinder margin of the
third segment of the metasome.” In the present specimen
it is very slightly upturned, so as to form an acute angle
which is probably a condition of immaturity. In
L. ceratinus it is completely rounded at all ages, while the
colour is a uniform yellowish white.

Lysianassa ceratina, Walker.

For the synonymy 3ee Trans. Linn. Soc., 2nd ser. vol. xii.
p. 327.

A single adult male. This had the perseopods 1 and 2
and uropods 3 clothed with plumose setae, as in L. plumosa}
Boeck. It is probably a generic character in adult males.

Corophium crassicorne) Bruz., and C. honelli , M. -Edwards.

On Aug. 10, 1913, Dr. W. A. TIerdman, in a small motor-
launch from his steam-yacht ‘ Runa,* made a haul with a
very small and light dredge with cheese-cloth bag in the
south or " blind ” entrance to Tobermory Harbour, depth at

560

On Species of Amphipoda.

low tide about 3 feet. The contents of the bag were sent to
me for examination, and were found to contain no less than
19 species of Amphipods. Among these were about 40
female Coropkium bonelli \ M.-E., 3 female C . crassicorne ,
and 3 males — of which species? I may say here that I take
G. O. Sars’s descriptions and figures (i) as the correct repre-
sentations of these species as far as they go.

Now there is a mystery about the male of C. bonellii . G. O.
Sars (i) says he has “ never met with males of this form.”
Norman (2) says that “Among some hundreds of specimens
loosely examined there were none which at a glance would
seem to be males.” In 1879 Dr. P. P. 0. Hoek (3) described
and figured the antennae of a male and female Corophium
under the name of C. crassicorne — presumably they were
taken in the same locality.

Now a comparison of these figures with those of Corophium
acherusicum , Costa, in Della Valle’s * Gammaridea of the
Bay of Naples ’ (pi. viii. figs. 24, 31, &c.) shows that they
are identical as regards the female, and, as far as can be
judged from the portion of the lower antenna shown by
Hoek, probably the male also. This identity was suggested
by Stebbing (5), and has been confirmed by an examination
of specimens trom Bone, Algeria, kindly sent to me by
Mons. E. Chevreux under the name of C. acherusicum ,
Costa (1857), which, therefore, merges in the older name of
C. bonellii , Milne-Edwards, 1830.

As regards C. crassicorne) Bruzelius, while the female
lower antennae differ entirely from those of C. bonellii (as is
well shown by Sars), the males are far more difficult to
distinguish. Chevreux (6) says that the males of C. acheru-
sicum and C. crassicorne are difficult to distinguish except by
the lateral angles of the head, obtuse and crenate at the
extremity in the former, much produced and acute in the
latter. Unfortunately this feature is difficult to see, and as
the two species are found associated on our western coasts
and the females of C. bonellii exceed the males numerically
to an almost incredible degree, it is no wonder that the latter
have been attributed to C. crassicorne . The tooth on the
inner side of the third joint of the peduncle of the lower
antennse and the number of spines on the first joint of the
upper antennse in the male, which in 1898 (7) I thought
distinctive, appear to be variable characters.

To the synonymy of C. bonellii given in the Gammaridea
of 1 Das Tierreich ’ must therefore be added C. acherusicum ,
Costa, and C. crassicorne , Hoek. My C. bonnellii in Trans.
Linn. Soc., 2nd ser. vol. xii. p. 343, should be C. bonellii ,

On a new Genus of Isopoda from Algiers. 561

and not (as altered in MS. to some of my correspondents)
G. crassicorne.

Dr. W. T. Caiman, F.L.S., who most kindly assisted me
in examining specimens at the British Museum, agrees with
me in being unable to perceive any difference of importance
between C. bonellii and C. aclierusicum.

References.

(1) G. O. Sars. 1 Crustacea of Norway/ vol. i., Ampliipoda, p. 616,

pis. 220, 221.

(2) A. M. Norman. Crust. Devon and Cornwall, p. 95.

(3) Hoek. Tijdschr. Nederlands. Dierk. Vereen. vol. iv. 1879, pp. 115—

119.

(4.) Della Valle. F. FI. Neapel, v. 20, p. 364, t. viii. figs. 24, 31, &c.

(5) Stebbing. 1 Das Tierreich/ Gammaridea, p. 692.

(6) Chevreux. Result. Camp. Monaco (Amph. de ‘ L'Hirondelle ’),

p. 109.

(7) Walker. Trans. Liverpool Biol. Soc. vol. xii. 1898, p. 172.

LXIU. — Description of a new Genus of Terrestrial Isopod 1

from Algiers. By WALTER E. COLLINGE, M.Sc., F.L.S.,

F.E.S.

[Plate XXIII.]

Some short time ago Dr. Leonard Doncaster very kindly
entrusted to me for examination and identification a small
collection of terrestrial Isopoda from the University Museum
of Zoology, Cambridge. With one exception all the specimens
were European. One tube contained two examples of a very
striking and beautiful species from Algiers, and from a naked-
eye examination I at first thought they were examples of a
large species of Niambia , Budde-Lund *, as they exhibited
the peculiar large cavity at the junction of the flagellum
with the peduncle of the antennae ; a more minute examina-
tion, however, proves them to be quite distinct from that
genus, although distantly allied.

Paraniambia tuberculata, gen. et sp. n.

Body (PI. XXIII. fig. 1) oblong-oval, dorsal face slightly
convex, with numerous large tubercles on the head and

* “ Land-Isopoden/’ Jen. Denkschrift. Gesell. 1909, Bd. xiv. p. 69.
Ann . & Mag . N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xiii. 38

562

On a new Genus of Isopoda from Algiers .

thoracic segments. Cephalon richly tuberculated and par-
tially flanked by the lateral plates of the first segment of the
mesosome ; lateral lobes well developed and turned upwards,
median lobes absent. Eyes large, subdorsal. Antennulse
(fig. 2) small, 3-jointed. Antennas (fig. 3) long, fifth joint
largest, the flagellum articulating with the peduncle in deep
cavity, exceedingly mobile ; flagellum 2-jointed, with a
smaller 2-jointed terminal portion. Mandibles (figs. 4 & 5)
stout, with four teeth and two tufts of setae. First maxillae
(fig. 6), outer lobe with three large and four smaller in-
curved spines, inner lobe (fig. 7) with two setaceous spines
on the inner border. Second maxillae thin and plate-like.
The segments of the mesosome 1-3 richly tuberculated
with large processes, remaining segments with finer and
much smaller tubercles; lateral plates not expanded, pos-
terior angle overlapping next segment. Maxillipedes
(fig. 8) large and well developed ; the outer lobe termi-
nates in three small spines and a large multispinous
process ; inner lobe distally flattened with three small
marginal spines. The ventral surface of the body is raised
and fringed outwardly with small spines. Thoracic ap-
pendages (fig. 9) large and characterized by a series of
short blunt marginal spines, general surface of the segments
covered with small pointed spines. On the second appendage,
at the distal end and outer side of the protopodife is a small
pit-like depression lined with minute spines (fig. 9, p.d.').
Abdominal appendages (figs. 10a-6), first small (probably
degenerate), second (fig. 10 6), exopodite triangular in shape,
with knob-like thickening on the outer lower border, endo-
podite small. Uropoda (fig. 11) well developed, basal plate
large, exopodite broad and blunt, endopodite attached above
and on the inner border, slender, and shorter than exopodite.
Telson small and triangular.

Length 22 mm.

Colour (in alcohol) creamy brown, with slaty-grey abdomen.
Bab. Algeria, 1873 (/. W. Clark).

Type. In the University Museum of Zoology, Cambridge.

In the form of the antennae, first maxillae, telson, and
uropoda the genus shows a relationship with the genus
Niambia , Budde-Lund, but differs from the known members
of that genus in all other features. The peculiar form of the
lateral lobes of the head at once separate this genus from
any other 1 know of. Instead of being flat-like extensions
of the head disposed horizontally, they are turned vertically
inwards. There is no trace of any median lobe, the front of
the head gradually sloping over on to the epistoma.

COLLINGE.

Ann. Sf Mag. Nat. Hist. S. 8. Vol. XIII. PI. XXIII.

PARANIAMBIA TUBERCULATA, gen. et sp. nov.

On small Mammals from Djarkent.

563

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXIII.

Fig. 1. Dorsal view, X 3.

Fig. 2. Antennule.

Fig. 3. Antenna.

Fig. 4. Left maxilla, inner side.

Fig. 5. Part of left maxilla, outer side.

Fig. 6. First maxilla, outer lobe.

Fig. 7. First maxilla, inner lobe.

Fig. 8. Left maxillipede.

Fig. 9. Second thoracic appendage, p.d., pit-like depression.
Fig. 10 a. First right abdominal appendage.

Fig. 10 b. Second right abdominal appendage.

Fig. 11. Uropod from right side.

LXIV. — A new Nycteris/Wn/i i\r. W. Rhodesia.

By Knud Andersen.

Nycteris woodi , sp. n.

A member of the N. cethiopica group (see Ann. & Mag.
N. H. (8) x. p. 549, Nov. 1912), differing from the other
representatives of the same group by its much smaller size
and relatively longer ears, and from all* other forms of the
genus by having the fur of the underparts pure white, without
any trace of darker bases to the hairs.

Forearm 42*5 mm. ; ear from base of inner margin
(relaxed) about 29. Skull, total length to front of canine 18*2 ;
condylo-canine length 15*8 ; maxillary tooth-row (crowns) 6.

Type , skin and skull of an adult, Chilanga, N.W. Rho-
desia, 4100', Nov. 1913, presented by R. C. Wood, Esq.
B.M. 14. 4. 22. 2.

LXV. — On small Mammals from Djarkent , Central Asia.
By Oldfield Thomas.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

The British Museum owes to the generosity of the Hon. N.
Charles Rothschild the donation of a series of upwards
of 300 small mammals collected by Mr. W. Riickbeil at
Djarkent, Semiretchensk, Central Asia, a place situated on
the Uszek River, Middle Ili, at the western end of the Thian-
slian Mountains. A few specimens were also obtained by

38*

564

Mr. 0. Thomas on

Mr. Riickbeil at Przewalsk, on the Issyk-kul, about 150 miles
to the south-west of Djarkent.

The collection is of so much value to the Museum and so
much scientific interest that I have thought it advisable to
give a full list of it.

Thirty-one species are included, of which six prove to be
new.

1. Nyctalus noctula, Schr.

Thirteen specimens.

2. Pipistrellus pipistrellus lacteus , Temm.

Fourteen.

For reasons as to the use of the name lacteus see Ann. &
Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) iii. p. 258 (1909).

Seven.

3. Erinaceus albulus , Stol.

4. Neomys fodiens orientisj subsp. n.

Male . “From the swamps of the River Kamennaja
retschka.” — W. R.

Size rather large ; fur long. Tail short, with well-deve-
loped white fringe and white pencil at tip. Colour as in true
fodiens } the under surface washed with yellowish white.
Sole-pads apparently larger than in the European form.

Skull with rather higher and more rounded brain-case,
the lateral flanges not so abruptly projected outwards.
Interparietal not so far projected forwards between the
parietals as in most specimens of fodiens.

Teeth. — Anterior upper incisor slenderer, less abruptly
curved downwards, more projected forwards than in fodiens ,
the anterior curved edge forming a smaller segment of a
larger circle. Front unicuspid longer than in fodiens , its
outer cingulum more nearly horizontal.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) : —

Head and body 88 mm. ; tail 55 ; hind foot 18.

Skull : condylo-basal length 21T ; condylo-incisive length
22 ; breadth across brain-case 10*8 ; bottom of nasal notch
to front angle of interparietal 15*5 ; height of brain-case
from basion 5*9 ; upper tooth-series 10*5 ; basal diameter of
shaft of i] 0*8 ; horizontal length of anterior unicuspid 1*5.

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 14. 5. 10. 33. Original
number 378. Collected 30th December, 1913.

565

small Mammals from Djarkent.

This water-shrew is very like the N, fodiens of Northern
Europe, but would seem to be sufficiently distinguished by
the characters above described. Owing to its long rich fur,
strongly contrasted coloration, and well-marked white caudal
fringe it is even more beautiful than most examples of the
European animal.

5. Sorex araneus , Linn.

Two. “ In die Schlucht Narin.” — W. R.

Although with rather more prominent front incisors than
ordinary araneus , and thus leading on towards the species
now to be described, these shrews can be matched in this
respect by some Scandinavian specimens, and may therefore
be assigned to S. araneus. On the other hand, the shrew of
the same group from the Thian-shan should certainly bear a
special name. Indeed, I distinguished and named it some
years ago, but its description seems never to have been
published.

Sorex asper, sp. n.

Allied to S. araneus , but the upper incisors and unicuspids
much enlarged.

Colour brown, no tricolor pattern perceptible. Under
surface of a summer specimen also brown, little lighter than
the upper colour ; of a winter specimen hoary grey with
slaty bases to the hairs. Fur of summer specimen 4, of
winter specimen 7*5 mm. in length.

Skull like that of S. araneus , but the muzzle longer.

Anterior upper incisors large, heavy, much projected
forwards, their upper front profile starting forwards nearly
horizontally from the bone supporting them, instead of being
continued in the same slanting line as the profile of the
bone. Unicuspids very large and heavy, the combined
length of the first three 2*3 mm., their breadth especially
great in proportion. Molars not larger than in araneus , so
that the muzzle is longer in proportion than in that species.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) : —

Head and body 65 mm.; tail 37; hind foot 12;
ear 8.

Skull : condylo-basal length 19*5 ; condylo-incisive length
20*2; breadth across brain-case 9‘6 ; tooth-series 9 ; front of
i' to front of p4 4*5.

Ilab. Thian-shan. Type from the Tekes Valley, others
from Kok-su.

Type . Adult male. B.M. no. 5. 4. 8. 2. Collected

566

Mr. 0. Thomas on

lltli September, 1904, and presented by Mr. A. B. Bayley-
Worthington. Seven specimens.

6. Sorex minutus , L.

Fifteen.

7. Grocidura ilensis, Mill.

Twelve.

8. Fells caudata , Gray.

Two.

9. Patonus eversmanni. Less.

Male.

The British Museum series of Asiatic polecats shows these
animals to be by no means so unvarying in colour as might
be supposed from Mr. Hollister’s statement as to their con-
stancy. In two cases sets from the same place differ con-
siderably inter se} as, for instance, in the brown or white
colour of the crown, and there is, of course, always a wide
difference between winter and summer specimens.

10. Mustela erminea ferghance , Thos.

Three males, in winter pelage.

In addition to these three specimens I have before me a
female in winter pelage from Przewalsk (Coll. Kutsenko) and
the type, in summer pelage, from Mt. Kara-Karyk, Ferghana
(Coll. Barey). The last was said by its collector to be a
male, a statement I published when describing the subspecies ;
but while the skin shows no external evidence of sex, its
agreement in size and skull* characters with Mr. Kutsenko’s
female is so close that I am now disposed to think that it also
is a female.

This mistake, to which I regret that I gave currency, may
result in the invalidation of Mr. Hollister’s “ Mustela Igmani ,”
described on a male so much larger than the Ferghana speci-
men that Mr, Hollister appeared to be quite justified in
distinguishing it, on the assumption that the sexes were the
same. Further summer skins of both forms will, however,
be needed before this question can be definitely settled.

11. Mustela sacana , sp. n.

d & $ . Przewalsk.

Proportions and general appearance as in M. altaica , Pall.
(M. alpina , Gebl.), the body of a similar buffy colour above,

567

small Mammals from Djarkent.

and the crown vinaeeous buff. Under surface pale yellowish
white, not sharply defined laterally, yellower on the throat
and belly, becoming gradually whiter on the chin and under-
sides of limbs, but without the marked contrast between a
pure white chin and a strongly yellow or buffy throat.
Palms and soles with an intermediate state of hairiness
between that found in altaica and Iongstaffi , the ends of the
digits and the median pad exposed, but less so than in long-
staff, , and the proximal carpal pad — prominently open in the
latter species — quite hidden in the fur.

Skull and teeth about as in altaica , though the inner edge
and antero-internal corner of the bullse are less angularly
prominent.

Dimensions of the type (measured on the skin, and there-
fore only approximate) : —

Head and body 280 mm. ; tail 180 ; hind foot 45.

Skull : basal length 48*5 ; greatest breadth 28*5 ; inter-
orbital breadth 11*5; intertemporal breadth 10*2; mastoid
breadth 24 ; palatal length 23*7 ; maxillary tooth-row 16*3 ;
p* 6 ; m\ transverse diameter 4‘3, breadth of inner lobe 2*4.

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 14. 5. 10. G4. Original num-
ber 438.

This fine weasel is intermediate in characters, as in locality,
between M. altaica of the Altai and M . Iongstaffi of the
Upper Sutlej and Ladak ; and it is possible that hereafter all
three may be considered as subspecies of one widely spread
species. The marked differences in the degree of hairiness
of the feet, however, prevent my adopting this course without
further intergrading material. Apart from the feet, M. sacana
may be distinguished from altaica by the absence of contrast
in the colour of the chin and throat, from Iongstaffi by its
more yellowish belly, not defined laterally, and from M. temon
by its larger size.

12. Mustela sp. (probably pallida, B.-Ham.).

Two males in winter pelage.

BarrettrHamilton’s type of pallida being a female, and
both the present specimens being males in winter pelage, it is
impossible to express any definite opinion as to the latter’s
relationship to pallida or to Blanford's stoliczJcana , of which
the figured skull is, however, larger than those of Mr.
Kiickbeil’s two males.

13. Mustela nivalis , L.

Four males, one in summer, one in changing, and two in
winter pelage.

568

Mr. 0. Thomas on

A small form of weasel, corresponding closely to M. n.
caucasica, Barr. -Ham.

14. Marmota centralis , Thos.

Five.

15. Dyromys angelus3 Tlios. (?).
Male (immature).

Too young to be determined with certainty.

16. Meriones tamaricinus, Pall.

Twenty-one.

17. Meriones meridianus 3 Pall.

Ten.

18. Rhombomys opimus, Liclit.

Fourteen.

19. Mus wagneri, Eversm.

Twelve.

Differ a good deal among themselves. Some may be
related to M. pachycercus , Blanf.

20. Apodemus tscherga , Kashtch.

Ten.

Topotypes of A. microtis 3 Mill.

21. Cricetulus fulvus, Blanf.

Eighteen.

22. J Evotomys centralis , Mill.

d . 291. “ In Wald Schluchtes Tischkan.” — W. R.

23. Arvicola terrestris scythicus , subsp. n.

Twelve specimens.

A large race of the Scandinavian terrestris.

Size nearly equalling that of amphibias. General colour
about as in amphibius or in light-coloured examples of
terrestris , not so dark as is commonly the case in the latter;
the reddening of the cheeks characteristic of terrestris well
marked. Tail black, scarcely lighter below, its tip in nearly
every specimen with a small white pencil.

569

small Mammals from Djarkent.

Skull nearly as large as in amphibius , but with the fossorial
characteristics of that of terrestris not only well marked but
intensified ; the incisors even more thrown forward and the
supraoccipital area so slanted forward that in vertical view it
equals the interparietal in apparent extent. In amphibius it
is scarcely visible at all from above, in sapidus and terrestris
it appears decidedly less in extent than the interparietal, and
only in the small and nearly completely fossorial scherman
does it equal the interparietal as in scythicus. Though large,
the skull is not highly ridged, certainly less so than in
amphibius .

Teeth about as in terrestris , the incisors slightly more
thrown forwards, il/3 consisting of only three triangles and
a simple posterior lobe, as in {Scandinavian terrestris (cf.
Blasius’s figure 188*).

Dimensions of the type (measured in flesh) : —

Head and body 200 mm.j ; tail 130; hind foot 34.

Skull : condylo-basal length 42 ; condylo-incisive length
42*5 ; zygomatic breadth 24*8; nasals 11*6 X4'7; palatilar
length 22’6 ; upper molar series 9*6.

Type. Old female. B.M. no. 14. 5. 10. 154. Original
number 255. Collected 5th May, 1913.

This water-vole is a large race of the Scandinavian A. ter-
restris, with which it agrees in its more essential characters.
It will probably be found to be the form which occurs
throughout Asiatic Russia.

The striking revision of the water-voles recently published
by Mr. Miller j has alone enabled me to appreciate the true
relationship of this fine animal.

24. Microtus ( Microtus ) ilceus) Thos.

Nineteen specimens.

The type of this well-marked species was in the first
collection sent by Mr. Ruckbeil (B.M. no. 11. 12. 14. 30).

The specimens are labelled as having been caught along
the banks of the Uszek and Ili Rivers.

Some of the skulls have an unusually long median spike
at the posterior end of the palate, while in others this is
entirely absent.

25. Microtus ( Microtus ) obscurus , Eversm.

Thirty specimens.

* Saug. Deutschl. p. 345.

f This measurement is probably too large. Other specimens are
measured as 166, 167, and 178 mm. in trunk-length,

♦ Cat. Mamm. W. Europe, p. 724 (1912).

570

Mr. 0. Thomas on

Of the two small voles of this region I assigned, in my
paper on the Carruthers mammals, the name eversmanni ,
Poliakoff, to the Microtus , and not to the Stenocranius, on
the ground that Buchner’s figure of the skull clearly indicated
a Microtus and that, as he mentions PoliakofPs original
specimens, this figure might be supposed to be taken from
one of them. Whether Buchner's Przwalski specimens
were of the same form or not did not affect the question.

Since I wrote, however, Mr. Hollister *, in agreement
with Kashtchenko, has again put eversmanni into Steno -
craniuSj and I therefore now accept his conclusion, at least
until an expert examination can be made of the types in
St. Petersburg.

26. Microtus ( Stenocranius ) tianschanicus , Biichn.

Four specimens.

“In die Schlucht Tischkan.”

27. Alticola worthingtoni subluteus , subsp. n.

B . 324 ; $ . 323. “ In die Schlucht Tischkan."

Like true worthingtoni in all essential characters, but the
pure white of the end of the hairs of the lower surface
replaced by “pale pinkish buff” (Ridgway, 1912). Hands,
feet, and tail also with a slight buffy tinge.

Skull and teeth as in worthingtoni .

Dimensions of the type (measured in flesh) : —

Head and body 95 mm.; tail 40; hind foot 20;
ear 16.

Skull : greatest length 26*5 ; upper tooth-row 5*7.

Type. Slightly immature female, B.M. no. 14. 5. 10. 186.
Original number 323. Collected 20th July, 1913.

28. Ellohius ursulus , Thos.

Seventeen specimens. “ In die Schlucht Malaja-Aksu." —
W.R.

This series shows well how the colour intensifies as age
advances, the younger specimens being greyish buff, while
the older ones attain a rich cinnamon.

I can find no tangible difference between the Djarkent
examples and the three original specimens obtained by
Mr. Carruthers on the southern slopes of the Barlik Mountains.

By the help of this series, however, I am now able to
distinguish the skull of ursulus from that of* the Samarkand
* Proc. U.S. Nat, Mus. xlv. p. 516 (1913).

small Mammals from DjarJcent. 571

fusciceps, of which I originally described this Ellobius as a
subspecies.

In E. fuscipes the lambdoid ridge is continuous and well
defined right across the skull, bowed forwards in its middle
third. In ursulus it is practically obsolete for this middle
third, the crown and occipital areas passing almost smoothly
into one another. In ursulus , also. mz tends to be rather
simpler than in fusciceps.

29. Allactaga ruckbeili , sp. n.

Six.

A. mongoltca group.

Size about as in A. suschkini and mongoltca , larger than
in saltator. Colour rather paler than in our examples

of saltator. Crown distinctly greyer than back. Ears

proportionally long, apparently about as long as in susch -
kini. Hands and feet pure white ; central sole-pad un-
covered in all the specimens, covered with hair in all the
available examples of mongoltca and saltator. Tail bufFy
above, white below, with well-marked white ring before the
black one, black ring varying from about 45 to 55 mm.,
measured from its commencement in the middle line to the
tips of the longest hairs; white terminal tufts short, only
about 30-35 mm. measured in the same way.

Skull larger than in saltator , with shorter muzzle than in
mongoltca.

Dimensions of the type : —

Head and body 150 mm. ; tail 220; hind foot (s. u.) 7G ;
ear 49.

Skull : greatest length, occiput to gnathion, 39 ; condylo-
incisive length 38‘3 ; zygomatic breadth 25*8 ; nasals 14*3 x
6; interorbital breadth 10*8 ; breadth of brain-case 19 ; pala-
tilar length 22’5 ; palatal foramina 8*7 ; molar series (exclu-
sive of premolar) 6*3.

Type . Adult female. B.M. no. 14. 5. 10. 203. Original
number 247. Collected 6th April, 1913.

11 On banks of River Uszek.”

This jerboa is probably most nearly allied to A. suschlcini ,
from north of the Aral Sea, but is distinguished by having
a well-marked white ring before the black one of the tail, no
trace of such a ring being present in suschlcini, and, on the
other hand, by its very much shorter white terminal tuft.
From A. saltator it is distinguished by its larger size and
the more open condition of the foot-pads. Mr Hollister’s
A. grisescens, coming not only from the general region, but

572

Mr. O. Thomas on

from the actual type-locality of saltator , must, I think, be
synonymous with it. Like that animal, it is distinctly
smaller than A. ruckbeili.

I have connected Mr. RiickbeiPs name with this jerboa in
recognition of the pains he has taken in making this interesting-
collection of Djarkent mammals.

30. Allactaga elater , Liclit.

Eleven.

31. Lepus sp.

Three.

Probably L. lehmcinni, Sev.

32. Ochotona sacana, sp. n.

Seven from Przewalsk.

Like 0. macrolis , but warmer coloured, especially on the
flanks.

Size and all essential characters as in O. macrotis. General
colour above in winter pelage buffy brown of a considerably
warmer and stronger tone than the whitish buffy of the
winter pelage of macrotis. On the sides and rump, instead
of getting whiter, the ends of the hairs become more rufous,
so that the flanks are distinctly cinnamon, the basal two-
thirds of the hairs being, however, still dark plumbeous and
a subapical band white. Under surface dull whitish, faintly
washed with cinnamon. Centre of face pale cinnamon.
Ears large, blackish brown on proectote, greyish white on
metentote. Hands and feet buffy white above ; palms and
soles greyish.

Skull as in 0. macrotis. Frontal vacuities present in all
the specimens.

Dimensions of the type (measured on skin) : —

Head and body (c.) 200 mm.; hind foot 33 ; ear 28.

Skull : greatest length 47 ; condylo-incisive length 44 ;
zygomatic breadth 22*5 ; nasals 16 x 5*5 ; interorbital breadth
5*3 ; breadth of brain-case above meatus 18 ; palatal foramina
13*5 X 4*7 ; breadth of palatal bridge 1*8 ; upper tooth-series
(alveoli) 9.

Hab. Przewalsk.

Type . Adult male. B.M. no. 14. 5. 10. 219. Original
number 442. Collected 15th December, 1913.

While undoubtedly nearly allied to O. macrotis , this pika

new S.- American Mammals .

573

is readily distinguishable by its cinnamon-washed sides and
rump and the more blackish backs to its ears. Mr. Car-
ruthers’s Karakoram specimens of macrotis are, like these, in
full winter pelage, and have afforded good material for
comparison.

LX VI. — Three new S.- American Mammals.

By Oldfield Thomas.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

P seudalopex smithersij sp. n.

Ps. culpceus group, but the body reddish throughout.

Size apparently rather less than in culpceus. Fur soft and
thick, not very long. Colour wholly unlike that of any
known Pseudalopex, owing to the black on the tips of the
hairs, which forms so prominent a feature in the colouring of
other species, being here replaced by rich ochraceous red,
the underfur being still creamy buff terminally and slaty
basally. On the tail alone the terminal brush is, as usual,
black, the bases of the hairs buffy, and the hairs of the caudal
gland are black terminally and white for their basal two-
thirds; the hairs of the rest of the tail tipped with rich
ferruginous. As a result we have an animal which is bright
reddish, head, body, and limbs, though, owing to the buffy
underfur, the colour is not as strong as in some of the purely
red Canidae. Under surface dull buffy whitish on throat
and lower belly, deeper and more pinkish buffy on the chest
and sides of belly. Chin with a slight darkening, as in
culpceus , not a definite black patch as in the azarica group ;
nor is there any trace of a dark patch on the back of the
thighs.

Dimensions, owing to the specimen being a made-up
tanned skin, not able to be taken, but the size appears to be
somewhat less than in Ps. culpceus.

Hah. Sierra de Cordoba, Argentina.

Type. Adult skin, without skull. B.M. no. 14. 3. 18. 1.
Obtained and presented by W. A. Smithers, Esq.

This most remarkable mountain-fox is closely related to
Pseudalopex culpceus , but is at once distinguished from that
and every other member of the genus by the replacement of
the grizzled black and white of the body by rich ferruginous.

574

Mr. 0. Thomas on

Mr. Smithers had heard of this interesting 'inhabitant of
the Cordoba highlands for some time, and has at last been
able to obtain a hunter's skin of it. Though without a skull,
there can be no doubt whatever either as to its affinities or of
its distinctness from any previously described species.

It has been to Mr. Smithers that we already owe the
specimens of Azara's fox which I took as typical of Pseud-
alopex azarica , and I now have great pleasure in connecting
his name with the present striking animal, in whose discovery
he has been instrumental.

Microsciurus avunculus , sp. n.

Closely similar to M. napi , but markedly larger throughout.

Size a little larger than in any described species. General
colour above finely grizzled olive-brown, the fore back slightly
greyer, the hind back warmer. Chest greyish “ cinnamon-
buff,” not such a bright ochraceous as in M. rubrirostris ;
belly and inner sides of hind limbs dull tawny, toned down
by the slaty bases of the hairs. Crown finely ticked with
ochraceous, a little warmer than nape, more like hind back,
not so ochraceous as in rubrirostris. Ears with their inner
surface grizzled ochraceous ; outer surface grey anteriorly,
with a large whitish patch posteriorly, the upper part of this
patch buffy. Hands and feet grizzled ochraceous. Edges
of fail pale buffy.

Skull conspicuously larger than that of M. napi , about as
in M. rubrirostris.

Dimensions of the type : —

Hind foot, s. u. 39, c. u. 42 mm. ; ear 15.

Skull : tip of nasals to front of interparietal 35*5 ; condylo-
incisive length 34 ; zygomatic breadth 23*3 ; nasals 11 x 4*8 ;
interorbital breadth 14*2 ; breadth of brain-case 19 ; palatal
length 16 ; tooth-row (exclusive of y 3) 6*2.

Hab. Oriente of Ecuador. Type from Gualaquiza ; alt.
2500k

Type . Young adult male. B.M. no. 14. 4. 25. 53.
Original number 312. Collected 31st November, 1913, by
Gilbert Hammond. Presented by Oldfield Thomas.

This species is in colour quite like M. napi , which occurs
in the same region, but is so much larger, as evidenced by
its skull- and tooth-measurements, that it is clearly different.
It is probably most nearly related to M. rubricollis , the species
I have always regarded as M. peruanus, Allen, but is distin-
guished from both by its much duller and less contrasted
under surface.

new S.- American Mammals.

575

Dr. Allen, in his recent paper, considers his M. peruanus
as only doubtfully distinguishable from Gray's “ Macroxus
I'uKlii” said to have been collected by Castelnau, and there-
fore thought by Dr. Allen to have come from somewhere on
the Upper Amazons. But Dr. Allen has quite misunderstood
the characters of kuhli *, which is beyond question the
“ Sciurus pusillus ” of Guiana, whence the type must have
come — probably accidentally mixed with Castelnau material
by the dealer (Parzudaki) from whom it' was bought. The
fact that the hind foot of the type of kuhli is only 2 G mm. in
length would alone distinguish it from any of the Andean
Microsciuri.

Most opportunely three specimens of the Guianan pigmy
squirrel have just been received from the late Mr. McConnell's
collector Cozier, one of them having a perfect skull, and I
am now able to state that this animal is not a Microsciurus at
all, but represents a new genus allied to the Malayan and
W. -African pigmy squirrels. Its description is given else-
where, but a new subspecies of it may be here described : —

Sciurillus pusillus glaucinus , subsp. n.

Like S. pusillus, but much paler throughout.

General colour above “ neutral grey ” instead of greyish
hair-brown. Under surface pale grey washed with light
buffy, instead of dark grey washed with fulvous. Crown,
muzzle, and inner side of ears pale grizzled buffy, many
shades lighter than the almost ferruginous colour of pusillus.
Back of ears and patches behind them prominently snowy
white. Feet grizzled buffy. Tail-hairs tipped with whitish,
a number of hairs in the terminal pencil black, a line along
the centre below also black.

Skull apparently rather smaller than in pusillus , but the
type is not as old as the available examples of that animal.

Dimensions of the type (measured on the skin) : —

Head and body 104 mm. ; tail 113; hind foot 27*7.

Skull: greatest length 275; condylo-incisive length 25 ;
zygomatic breadth 20 ; nasals (on outer edge) 7 x 4'7 ; inter-
oibital breadth 12'5 ; breadth of brain-case 15 ; palatilar
length 10 ; upper tooth-series (exclusive of p3) 3*8.

Hah. Great Falls of Demerara River, British Guiana.

Type. Adult mal\ B.M. no. 14.4.21.1. Collected
by Cozier in August 1913, and presented by Mrs. F. V.
McConnell.

* If this has been at all due to anj statement or omission in my letters
to him on the subject, I must ask his pardon.

576

On a new SnaTce from Northern China.

LX VII. — Description of a new Snake of the Genus Coluber

from Northern China. By Gr. A. BOULENGER, F.R.S.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

Coluber halli.

Snout rounded, feebly prominent; canthus rostralis distinct,
loreal region concave ; eye moderate, half length of snout.
Rostral broader than deep, the portion visible from above
measuring about one-fourth its distance from the frontal ;
internasals a little broader than long, shorter than the pne-
frontals; frontal once and a half or once and three-fifths as long
as broad, as long as its distance from the rostral, as long as
the parietals ; loreal a little longer than deep ; praeocular
large, single or divided, with a small subocular below it ;
two postoculars; temporals 2 or 3 + 3 or 4; eight upper
labials, fourth and fifth entering the eye ; five or six lower
labials in contact with the anterior chin-shields, which are as
long as or a little longer than the posterior. Scales in 25
rows, very strongly keeled, of outer row smooth. Ventrals
not angulate laterally, 173 ; anal divided ; subcaudals 58 ( ? )
to 65 (cf)« Brown above ; vertebral region lighter, with a
series of large transversely elliptical spots of a darker brown
with a fine blackish edge ; a lateral series of much smaller
spots, alternating with the above ; a dark brown band from
eye to eye across the prsefrontals and a broader one from the
eye to the last upper labial ; further markings on the back
of the head expanding into two large blotches on the occiput
and nape ; upper lip yellowish, spotted or speckled with
brown ; lower parts yellowish, with small greyish spots ;
larger blackish spots on the sides of the belly.

Total length 940 mm.; tail 180.

Two specimens, male and female, were found in rocky
gullies in the Chikfeng (Hata) District, N. Chihili Province,
by Mr. A. L. Hall, and presented by him to the British
Museum.

This species is allied to C. dt'one, Pall., which was found
in the same district by Mr. Hall. It is easily distinguished
by its strongly keeled scales.

Dr. M. Barr — Notes on the Forficularia.

577

LX VIII. — Notes on the Forficularia. — XXI. Progress in

Dermaptera in 1912 and 1913. By MALCOLM Burr,
D.Sc., F.E.S., F.Z.S., F.G.S., F.L.S.

In response to the suggestion of several friends I offer the
following notes on the progess in our study of the taxonomy
of the Dermaptera since the appearance of my Fascicule in
Wytsman's 4 Genera Insectorum ’ in 1911.

It will be observed that several new genera and a large
number of new species have been characterized, and several
important alterations of generic position and of synonymy
effected.

I hope at an early date to publish a paper which will very
considerably modify the existing system in detail, though not
much in general, embodying the results of the comparative
study of the opisthomeres, the wing- venation, the manubrium
of the ninth sternite of the male, and of the genital armature
of the male, and of the gonapophyses of the female, in a con-
siderable amount of material, amplifying and enlarging the
very valuable work of Zacher on these lines. The results
will profoundly modify the generic arrangement of the Psalidse,
but will not have any very far-reaching effect upon the other
groups.

The following is the list of works referred to in this paper
which have appeared since the publication of the Fascicule
on Dermaptera: —

Burr, Malcolm, D.Sc. (1911 1S.) “Contribution to our Knowledge
of Indian Earwigs.” Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal,
vol. vii. no. 11, pp. 771-800 (December, 1911).

(1912 b) “A new Species of Arixenia (Dermaptera),” Ent.
Month. Mag. (2) xxiii. pp. 105-106, fig. (1912).

(19123.) “Interesting Dermaptera in the Budapest Museum.”
Annales Musei Nationalis Hungarici, x. pp. 281-284 (1912).

(1912 4.) “Die Dermapteren des k. k. naturhistorischen Hof-
museums in Wien.” Annalen des k. k. naturhistorischen Hof-
museums, pp. 63-108. (Wien, 1912.)

(1912 5.) “ Ueber einige neue und interessante Dermapteren aus

dem Konigl. Zoolog. Museum Berlin.” SB. Ges. naturf. Fr.
Berlin, no. 5, pp. 310-330, figs. 1-5 (1912).

(1912 6.) “ Dermaptera from Java and Sumatra.” Notes Leyden

Mus. vol. xxiv. Note 37, pp. 225-229 (1912).

(19127.) “ Nachtrage zur meiner Bearbeitung der Dermapteren

des k. k. naturhistorischen Ilofmuseums.” Annalen des k. k.
llofmus. Wien, pp. 331-340 (1912).

(1913 3.) II. Sauter’s ‘ Formosa-Ausbeute : Dermapteren.’ Ent.
Mitth. ii. pp. 65-70 (1913).

(1913 4.) “ Zoological Results of the Abor Expedition, 1911-12.
— X. Dermaptera.” llec. Ind. Mus. viii. pp. 135-147.

Ann. <k Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xiii.

39

578

Dr. M. Burr — Notes on the Forficularia.

Burr, Malcolm, D.Sc. (1913 5.) “ Indian Dermaptera collected by

Dr. A. D. Imms.” Journ. Proc. Asiat. Soc. Bengal (n.s.), ix.

no. 5, pp. 183-187 (1913).

. (1913 6.) “New Guinea Dermaptera, collected by Dr. P. N.

van Kampen and K. Gjellerup (1910-1911).” Tijdschrift voor
Entomologie, Deel lvi. (1913).

. (1913 7.) “Notas de Dermapterologia Americana.” Extracto ,

Rev. Chil. Hist. Nat. xvii. no. 3, pp. 166-171 (June, 1913).

. (1914 1.) “ Notes on the Forficularia. — XX. A new Genus and

Five new Species from Australia.” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 8,
vol. xiii. pp. 72-77, pi. iv. (Jan. 1914).

Borelli, Dr. Alfredo. (1911 l.) “ Diagnosi preventive di dermat-

teri nuovi della regione indiana.” Boll. Mus. Tor. vol. xxvi.
no. 640, pp. 1-4 (June, 1911).

. (1911 2.) “ Specie nuove di dermatteri di Costa Rica.” Bol.

Mus. Tor. vol. xxvi. no. 644, pp. 1-10.

. (1912 h) “ Nuovo genere di Dermatteri della Repubblica Argen-
tina.” Boll. Mus. Tor. vol. xxvii. no. 649.

. (1912 2.) “Di alcuni Dermatteri della Repubblica Argentina.”

Boll. Mus. Tor. vol. xxvii. no. 660.

. (191 2 3.) “ Dermapteres nouveaux ou peu connus du Museum

de Paris.” Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, 1912, no. 4, pp. 1-20.

Schtscherbakoff, Th. S. (1912.) “ Dermapteres de la Collection de

v. Motschoulsky.” In Russian : Rev. russe d’Ent. 1912, xii. p. 349.

Burr, Malcolm, and Jordan, K. (1913.) “On Arixenia , Burr, a
Suborder of Dermaptera.” Trans. 2nd Int. Congr. Entom. vol. ii.
p. 398, text-figs. 12-28 (Oct, 1913).

Order DERMAPTERA.

Suborder Akixenina.

Genus Arixenia, Jordan.

Add:—

2. A. jacobsoni, Burr, (1912 l) p. 105, fig. Java.

The morphology and anatomy of this creature has been dealt

with at some length by Jordan and Burr (1913).

Suborder Forficulina.

Superfamily PR0T0DERMAPTERA.

Family Pygidicranidae.

Subfamily Anatjelinae.

Add : —

2. Genus Blandex, Burr.

for

1. B. solvenclus , Burr, (1912 7) pp. 331, 332, fig. S. Africa.

Subfamily Kauschiellinm.

1. Genus Karschiella, Verhoeff.

Very likely K. bidentata , Zacher, is identical with K. neavei ,

Burr.

Dr. M. Burr — Notes on the Forficularia.

579

2. Genus Bormansia, YerhoefF.

Add:—

3. B. orientalis, Borelli, (1912 3) p. 1. Mozambique.

Subfamily Pygidicranin^e .

4. Genus Kalocrania, Zacher.

Add : —

7. K. raja , Burr, (1911 15) p. 773. India.

8. K. semenoffi , Burr, (1912 5) p. 311, fig. 1. Amu Darja.

9. K. grotei , Burr, (1912 5) p. 312, fig. 2. German East Africa.

5. Genus Dicrana, Burr.

Add : —

11 . D. hacJceri, Burr, (1914 l) p. 72, fig. Queensland.

8. Genus Pyge, Burr.

Add : —

6. P. sauteri , Burr, (1912 5) p. 314. Formosa.

7. P. shortridgei , Burr, (1914 l) p. 73. W. Australia.

Subfamily Pyragrinye .

The genus Propyragra, Burr (1910), coincides with Pyragropsis ,
Borelli (1908), fresh material showing that Borelli was deceived by
a defective specimen when he erected Pyragropsis ; v. Burr, (1912 7)
p. 332.

Psalis ihoracica , Serv., is to be moved to Pyragropsis, as evidenced
by fresh material in my collection.

Subfamily Echi nosoma tinal.
1. Genus Echinosoma, Serv.

Add : —

16. E. dentiferum, Borelli, (1912 3) p. 3. Bhutan.

Family Labiduridae.

In the key to the subfamilies (p. 24) there is a serious mistake.

For

4. “ metasternum

4.4. “ metasternum . ,

11

read

4. “ mesosternum

»

4.4. “ mesosternum

hold good throughout

Asa matter of fact, this character does not
the group, as in the recently discovered l’salid geuus Spondox the
mesosternum is truncate posteriorly.

39*

580

Dr. M. Burr — Notes on the Forfieularia.

The best feature to characterize the Psalinae is the great length
of the membranous manubrium on the inner margin of the ninth
sternite of the male, which in the Psalinae, and only here, is at least
one and a half, often three, times as long as the sternite itself.
This is quite a new character, and will be discussed comparatively
in a paper shortly to be published.

Subfamily Allostethin^e.

2. Genus Gonolabidura, Zacher.

Add:—

2. G. astruci, Burr, (1911 l5) p. 776. S. India.

With regard to G. volzi , I have since seen Zacher’s type ; it is
distended and bleached by spirit, but undoubtedly identical with
the syntypes in my possession of G. piligtra , Borm.

3. Genus Allostethella, Zacher.

I have since compared the types of Zacher’s two species with
that of A. dorice, Dubr. I have no doubt whatever that they are
mere colour-variants of one and the same species, the discoidal spot
of the elytra being very unstable in size and intensity.

Subfamily Esphalmeninje.

1. Genus Esphalmentts, Burr.

Add:—

6. E. porteri , Burr, (1913 7) p. 170, fig. 21. Chili.

Subfamily Psalinae.

Genus Gonolabis, Burr.

8. G. woodwardi , Burr, is removed to Mongolabis.

9. G. brunneri , Dohrn, „ ,, ,,

11. G. pacificci, Erichs., „ „ „

6. G. michaelseni , Burr, ,, ,, Eulabis.

1. G. Jcirbyi, Burr, „ „ „

12. G. Tcukenthali , Zacher, is identical with the true G. javana of
Bormans. I have compared the types, which are the only two
specimens extant, of this very well-characterized species.

Genus Anisolabis, Fieber.

3. A. vosseleri , Burr, is removed to Logicolabis, Zacher.

6. A. incerta , Borm., is removed to Idolopsalis , and has nothing to
do with A. festce.

8. A. eteronoma , Bor., and 15. A. aporonoma , Bor., I consider
indistinguishable from 14. A. annulipes , Luc.

Dr. M. Burr — Notes on the Forficularia. 581

18. A. felix , Burr, is identical with Horridolabis paradoxura,
Zacher. The name felix has priorit)7.

28. A. albovitiaia , Burr, as shown by fresh material, is a Prolabia.
38. A. taurica , F. de W. The reference is given wrong. It should
be: — Orth. Ross. p. 47, v. Schtscherbakoff, (1912) p. 352.
Probably it is a synonym of Euborellia moesta, Gene.

46. A. cethiopica, Burr, is identical with Gelotolabis burri , Zacher.

Add : —

48. A. horvathi , Burr, (1913 3) p. 281. N. Guinea.

49. A. penetrans, Burr, (1912 4) p. 78. Mayotte.

50. A. addita, Burr, (1913 8) p. 66, fig. Formosa.

51. A. pervicina, Burr, (1913 4) p. 137. N.E. Assam.

Genus Eubobellia, Burr.

Add : —

14. E. astruci, Burr, (1911 15 ) p. 779. S. India.

15. E. aborensis , Burr, (1913 4) p. 137. N.E. Assam.

Genus Psalis, Serv.

Add : —

18. P. insulana , Borelli, (1912 3) p. 5. Grand Comoro.

19. P. haenschi , Burr, (1912 °) p. 317, fig. 3. Ecuador.

Genus Labidurodes, Dubrony.

L. robustus , Dubr., has been rediscovered ; in the structure of
the sternal plates it agrees with Titanolabis, Burr.

Add : —

Genus Heterolabis, Borelli.
for

1. //. brasiliensis, Bor., (1912 3) p. 12. Brazil.

Note. — The whole classification of the Psalinse is in a state of
flux, and will be entirely remodelled in a paper shortly to be
published.

Subfamily Parisolabin^e.

2. Genus Pseudisolabis, Burr.

Add : —

4. P. immsi , Burr, (1913 6) p. 185, fig. Himalayas.

Add : —

4. Genus Parisopsalis, Burr,
for

1. P. spryi , Burr, (1914 ') p. 74 Victoria.

582

Dr. M. Burr — Notes on the Forficitlaria*

Subfamily Brachylabjn^e.

2. Genus Brachylabis, Dohrn.

Remove 4. B. geniculata , Montr., to Nannisolabis .

4. Genus Nannisolabis, Burr.

Bring here 3. N. geniculata, Montr.

Add : — -

4. iV . formicoides, Burr, (1911 15) p. 781. S. India.

6. Genus Metisolabis, Burr.

Remove M. bifoveolatay Bol., to Ctenisolabis , Yerh.

8. Genus Leptisolabis, VerhoefF.

Add : —

5. L. aliena, Borelli, (1911 2) p. 1. Costa Rica.

Superfamily EUDERMAPTERA.

Family Labiidae.

Subfamily Spongiphorin^e.

1. Genus Spongiphora, Serv.

Bring here : —

6. S. buprestoides , Kirby, from Labia.

3. Genus Yostox, Burr.

Add : —

4. V. dugueti , Borelli, (1912 3) p. 13. Mexico.

5. Genus Spongovostox, Burr.

No. 18. S. nigrorufus , Burr, is removed to Hamaxas .

Also add : —

25. S. vicinus, Burr, (19025 * 7) p. 336, fig. 11. S. America.

26. S. alter , Burr, (1912 7) l. c. fig. 13. „

27. S. basalis, Burr, (1912 7) p. 337, fig. 16. „

28. S. recurrens, Burr, (19127) p. 337, fig. 15. „

30. S. aborum, Burr, (1913 4) p. 140. N.E. Assam.

And bring here : —

29. S. tricolor , Kirby, out of Labia , with which S. parvus , Burr,
(1912 7) p. 336, fig. 12, is identical.

Dr. M. Burr — Notes on the Forficularia.

583

6. Genus Marava, Burr.

I have since seen the type of Labia ivallacei, Dohrn ; it is a
female, but is identical with Labia grandis , Dubr., and not with
Prolabia arachidis , Yers., although it has a strong superficial
resemblance to the latter. The correct name is therefore Marava
wallacei , Dohrn, and M. grandis is reduced to synonymy.

We must refer here, either as a variant or distinct species,

2. M. subaptera , Kirby, out of Labia.

Also add : —

3. M. doddi , Burr, (1914 *) p. 75. Queensland.

4. M. haclceri , Burr, (1914 x) p. 76. ,,

5. M. victories, Burr, (1914 x) p. 77. Victoria.

Subfamily Labiinje.

1. Genus Chaetospania, Karsch.

Add : —

22. C. stiletta , Burr, (1911 1B) p. 786. S. India.

23. C. inf emails , Burr, (1913 3) p. 167, fig. Formosa.

Genus Labia, Leach.

As noted above, the following are removed from this genus : —

16. L. subaptera , Kirby, to Marava.

26. L. tricolor , Kirby, to Spongovostox.

27. L. buprestoides , Kirby, to iSpongijihora.

Also

41. L. tuberculata , Borelli, to Spongovostox.

Add : —

49. L. pyropi, Borelli, (1913 3) p. 15. Burma.

And delete

49. L. modesta , Bruner ( cf '. no. 38) (entered twice in error).

5. Genus Prolabia, Burr.

As already noted,

delete Labia wallacei , Dohrn, as a synonym of P. arachidis,
and bring here

12. Anisolabis albovittcita , Burr.

Add : —

13. P. hildebrandti , Burr, (1912 s) p. 324, fig. 5. Madagascar.

584

Dr. M. Burr — Notes on the Forficularia.

Subfamily Sparattin^e.

4. Genus Parasparatta, Burr.

Add

8, P. picculoi, Borelli, (1911 2) p. 3. Costa Rica.

Add : —

6. Genus Metasparatta, Borelli.
for

1. M. chacoensis , Borelli, (1912 !) p. 3. Argentine.

Family Chelisochidae.

4. Genus Kleiduchtjs, Burr.

Bring here

2. K. malgachus , Borm., from Chelisoches.

6. Genus Propers, Burr.

Add:—

8. P. delicatulus , Burr, (1911 15) p. 789. S. India.

9. P. cunctator , Burr, (1911 15) p. 790. S. India.

7. Genus Chelisoches, Scudder.

6. C. malgachus , Borm., as noted, is removed to Kleiduchus.

Add : —

10. C. formosanus, Burr, (1912 7) p. 339. Formosa.

11. C. tigris , Burr, (1913 4) p. 113. N.E. Assam.

11. Genus Hamaxas, Burr.

Bring here from Sjgongijphora : —

5. H. nigrorufus , Burr.

Add:—

6. H. Jcemjpi , Burr, (1913 4) p. 144. N. India.

Family Forficulidae.

The Chelidurinae and Anechurinae should be fused into one sub-
family. The whole group is under rearrangement.

Subfamily Anechurinae.

4. Genus Pterygida, Verhoeff.

The references to pi. vi. figs. 16 a, 16 6, apply to P. circidata,

Dr. M. Burr — Notes on the Forficularia.

585

not to P.jagori. I have since seen a water-colour drawing of the
type of P.jagori'. the creature is unknown to me, and does not
appear to be connected with Timornenus at all.

7. Genus Anechura, Scudder.

Add : —

17. A. stoliczJcce , Burr, (1911 l5) p. 792. N. India.

Subfamily FouficulinjE .

4. Genus Homotages, Burr.

This genus should be removed to the Lahiinae ; in the structure
of the tarsi and also of the genital armature of the male, as well as
in other features, it comes nearest to Ghcetospanici .

8. Genus Htpergus, Burr.

Add:—

la. H. humeralis , Kirby, var. vittatus , Burr, (1911 15) p. 799.
N. India.

9. Genus Doru, Burr.

Add : —

7. D. leucopteryx, Burr, (1912 4) p. 99. Venezuela.

8. D. platensis, Borelli, (1912 2) p. 2. Argentine.

10. Genus Guanchia, Burr.

Add:—

6. G. medica. Burr, (1911 15) p. 793. S. India.

7. G. chirurga , Burr, (1911 l0) p. 749. Sikkim.

14. Genus Forficula, Linn.

I think that 15. F. ignota , Burr, and 5. F. aceris , Burr, are both
mere colour-varieties of 6. F. beelztbub , Burr.

No. 10. F. robusta , Sem., is obviously identical with F. scudderi ,
Borm., which latter was always regarded as identical with F. tomis ,
Kol. Since Semenoff has shown that the Far Eastern species is
distinct, de Bormans’ old name F. scudderi (1880) must stand,
against F. robusta , Sem. (1908).

Add : —

42. F. beebei, Burr, (1911 1S) p. 295. Himalayas.

586

Dr. M. Burr — Notes on the Forficularia.

Subfamily Neolobophorinaz.

1. Genus Neolobophora, Scudder.

Add: —

5. N. insolita , Borelli, (1911 2) p. 9. Costa Rica.

6. N. handlirschi, Burr, (1912 4) p. 103. Brazil.

Subfamily A ncistr o gas trjna:.

2. Genus Tristanella, Borelli.

Add : —

3. T. inermis , Borelli, (1911 2) p. 7. Costa Rica.

3. Genus Sarakas, Burr.

Add : —

4. S. borellii, Burr, (1912 4) p. 105. Peru.

4. Genus Praos, Burr.

Add:—

3. P. robustus , Borelli, (1911 2) p. 5. Costa Rica.

Subfamily Opistho cosmiin^e.

14. Genus Eparcrus, Burr.

Add : —

7. E. oberthuri, Borelli, (1912 3) p. 19. Bhutan.

16. Genus Cordax, Burr.

Add : —

4. C. jpolitus, Burr, (1911 15) p. 798. Burma.

5. C. van kampeni , Burr, (1913 6) p. 315. New Guinea.

17. Genus Syntonus, Burr.

Add : —

2. S. ? ensifer , Burr, (1912 4) p. 107. Peru.

Subfamily Diaperasticin^e.

1. Genus Diaperasticus, Burr.

I have seen the type of D. cagnii ; it is a brachypterous melanic
form of D. eryihrocephalus.

On the Ceylonese Species of Adoretus.

587

LX IX. — On the Ceylonese Species of Ruteline Coleoptera
belonging to the Genus Adoretus. By Gilbert J.
Arrow.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

In my paper oil the Rutelinse of Ceylon, published in the
Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist, for September 1911, I enumerated
thirty-one species in all, but reserved the genus Adoretus for
further consideration later. Previous to the publication of
that paper only a single species of the genus had been
recorded from the island. Fourteen are now known to me, of
which one very widely distributed species, A. versutus , Har.,
is the only one certainly occurring elsewhere. The list of
species will no doubt be considerably increased yet, for the
genus is evidently peculiarly well represented in Ceylon,
although, owing to the generally nocturnal habits of the
insects and their inconspicuous colouring and aspect, they
have received little attention. Although never of very
brilliant or attractive appearance, some of the largest and
most striking members of this enormous genus, with the
exception of some inhabiting the Madagascan Region, are to
be found in Ceylon. They are destructive insects, devouring
the leaves of roses, cannas, and other cultivated plants.

The following is the list of the Ceylonese species at present
known : —

A. mavis , Arrow.

A. bicaudatus, sp. n.

A. ursus , Arrow.

A. leo, Arrow.

A. ermine us, sp. n.

A. rugosus, sp. n.

A. singhalensis , Oh a us.

A. versutus, Har.

A. feminalis, sp. n.
A. infuns, sp. n.

A. mus, sp. n.

A. suturalis , sp. n.

A. corpulentus, sp. n.
A. celogaster, sp. n.

u Trigonostoma nanaf Walker, attributed to Adoretus in
the Munich Catalogue, is a species of Apogonia .

The types of the new species here following are in the
British Museum. Most of the species were found by

Mr. E. E. Green.

Adoretus bicaudatus , sp. n.

Brunneus, dense griseo-setosus, elytrorum areis denudatis et densius
tectis longitudinaliter alternantibus ; pygidio ante apicem bi-
penicillato : minutus, angustus, toto dense punctatus, opacus,
pedibus posticis brevibus, crassis.

Long. 8-10 mm. ; lat. 3o-5 mm.

588

Mr. G. J. Arrow on the Ceylonese

Ilab. Ceylon : Trincomali (E. E. Green , Sept. 1910) ;
N’munai ( E . E. Green , May 1909).

A pair from the Busa Research Institute collection are
labelled 44 Calcutta ( C . E. Preseley} 12th Oct., 1909) ” ; but
I rather hesitate to accept this locality without further
confirmation.

Brown, densely clothed with decumbent grey setae, which
form alternate denuded and densely covered patches upon
the elytra. The apical protuberances of the latter are promi-
nent and slightly tufted, and there are two strong tubercles
upon the pygidium before the extremity, which bear thick
tufts of white setae.

It is small and narrowly elongate, densely and rugosely
punctured above and beneath. The head is large, with
prominent eyes and broadly semicircular clypeus. The sides
of the pronotum are moderately rounded, the front angles
slightly acute, and the hind angles very obtuse. The elytral
epipleurae are not developed. The legs are rather short, the
hind pair very short and thick. The front tibia is armed
with three short teeth, the uppermost further from the second
than that is from the first and separated by a rather sharp
notch. The larger claw is minutely cleft in the front and
middle feet, and the shorter claw of the hind foot is less than
half the length of the longer one. The antennae are 10-
jointed. joints 4 to 6 nearly equal in length.

. The teeth of the front tibia are very small. The
tufts of the pygidium are very prominent, aud there is a
well-marked, smooth, denuded area between them and the
apex.

Adoretus ermineus, sp. n.

Omnino testaceus, supra crebre albo- aut flavo-setosus efc squamosus,
scutello elytrorumque lateribus et parte apicali densissime squa-
mosis, pygidio dense, corpore subtus magis laxe albo-hirsutis :
elongato-ovalis, convexus.

Long. 12-14 mm. ; lat. 5*5-7 mm.

Hah. Ceylon : Madulsima ( E . E. Green') ; Kalupahani,
near Haldummulle.

Testaceous, thickly clothed above with white or pale
yellow scaly decumbent setae, which become gradually more
dense towards the hinder part of the elytra, and are extremely
dense upon the scutellum and the outer margins of the elytra.
The pygidium is densely, and the lower surface of the body
and the legs are less densely, clothed with fine hair.

It is elongate-ovate and convex, with a close sculpturing

589

Species of the Genus Adoretus.

of the upper surface which is almost hidden by the scaly
covering. The clypeus is semicircular, the pronotum mode-
rately rounded at the sides, with the front angles nearly
right angles and the hind angles obtuse. The elytral costae
are feeble and the epipleurae not developed. The front tibia
bears three not very strong external teeth, the longer claw is
minutely cleft in the front and middle feet, and the shorter
claw of the hind foot is less than half the length of the other.
The antennae are 10-jointed, joints 3-5 equal, 6 longer.

$ . The clypeus is small, and the eyes very prominent but
not very large. The pygidium is clothed with long erect
hairs, which converge to form a pointed cone.

? . Tne pygidium has a small depression at its apex, and
the hairy covering is not long or erect.

Adoretus rugosus, sp. n.

Toto fusco-brunneus, antennis femoribusque flavis ; sat dense flavo-
setosus, hirtis longioribus interspersis, pygidio pedibus corporeque
subtus longe et erecte birsutis : angust.us, parallelus, depressus,
supra omnino rugosus, pedibus longis et gracilibus.

Long. 13'o-14:‘5 mm. ; lat. 6 mm.

Hah. Ceylon : Maskeliya (E. E. Green , May, August).
Dark brown, with the antennae and femora yellow. Nar-
rowly elongate and parallel-sided, and moderately closely
clothed with rather coarse greyish or yellowish hair, with
longer erect hairs interspersed. The pygidium, legs, and lower
surface are clothed with rather long upstanding hair. The
eyes are exceedingly large and prominent, the clypeus small,
semicircular, and granulated, and the forehead and pronotum
coarsely and closely punctured, the latter with the sides
moderately rounded, the front angles nearly right angles and
the hind angles obtuse. The elytra are entirely coarsely
rugose, without visible punctures, and with only vague indi-
cations of the usual costae. The pygidium is shining and
clothed with long erect hairs. The legs and antennae are
very long and slender, the front tibia armed with three small
but sharp teeth, the uppermost one very minute and more
distant from the second than that is from the first. The longer
claw is cleft upon the front and middle feet, and the shorter
claw of the hind foot is about half the length of the longer
one. The antennae are 10-jointed, joints 3—6 very elongate.

$ . The longer claw of the front and middle feet is cleft at
a considerable distance from the tip.

This is one of the larger species of Adoretus. It has con-
siderable resemblance to A. sinyhalensis, Oliaus, but is larger,

590

Mr. G. J. Arrow on the Ceylonese

and differs from that and most other Adoreti in the rugose
elytra, the usual paired rows of punctures and close-set
interstitial puncturation being quite absent.

Adoretus feminalis, sp. n.

Brunneus, prothoracis lateribus elytrorumque lateribus vel superficie
tota flavescentibus ; sat breviter ovatus, crebre et minute punc-
tatus, undique regulariter sat dense setosus.

Long. 9*5-10 mm. ; lat. 5*5 mm.

Hah . Ceylon : Kandy ( Gilles , 1905) ; Peradeniya (E. E .
Green , Nov. 1910) ; Colombo (Green, March 190b).

Brown, with the sides of the pronotum and the sides or
the whole of the elytra paler. It is rather short and ovate
and entirely clothed with moderately dense, short, uniform
greyish setae. The clypeus is semicircular and granulated,
the forehead is strongly and rather rugosely punctured, and
the pronotum is short, moderately closely and finely punc-
tured, with the front angles light angles and the hind angles
rounded off. The scutellum and elytra are closely and
distinctly punctured, the costse upon the latter are narrow
and distinct and the epipleurae are not continued behind.
The pygidium is shallowly pitted or punctured and clothed
with setae, which are erect only at the apical part. The sides
of the metasternum are strongly punctured. The front tibia
is armed with three acute equidistant teeth, the longer claw
of the front and middle feet is cleft, and the shorter claw of
the hind foot is more than half the length of the other. The
antennae consist of ten joints, the third to the sixth pro-
gressively diminishing in size.

. The clypeus is rather small, and the longer front claw
is very minutely cleft.

Adoretus infans, sp. n.

Pallide testaceus, capite, pronoto tarsisque rufescentibus : elonga-
tus, modice convexus, undique sat crebre griseo-setosus, setis
tenuis, baud brevibus, decumbentibus, nonnullis longioribus
erectis interspersis ; corpore supra fortiter sat crebre punctato,
elypeo semicirculari, granulato.

Long. 8*5-10 mm. ; lat. 4-4*5 mm.

Hah. Ceylon : Eppawela (North Central Prov., E. E.
Green , Sept. 1905).

Pale testaceous, with the head, pronotum, and tarsi
reddish, strongly and closely punctured above, and thickly

591

Species of the Genus Adoretus.

clothed with fine, rather long, grey decumbent hairs, inter-
spersed with a few longer erect hairs.

It is elongate and moderately convex, with a large head,
very prominent eyes, and semicircular clypeus, which is
closely granulated. The forehead and pronotum are deeply
and closely punctured, the sides of the latter straight in
front and the angles right angles, strongly rounded behind
and the angles very obtuse. The elytra are strongly and
closely but not rugosely punctured, the costae rather in-
distinct and the epipleurse undeveloped. The pygidium is
clothed with long erect hair. The front tibia bears three
sharp but not strong equidistant teetli ; the longer claw is
minutely cleft in the front and middle feet, and the shorter
claw of the hind foot is much less than half the length of the
longer. The antennae are 10-jointed, joints 3 and 6 longer
than 4 and 5.

d . The body is much narrower in shape, the eyes larger,
and the clypeus smaller than in the female.

Adoretus mus , sp. n.

Fuscus, elytris brunneis, femoribus abdomineque subtus plerumque
testaceis : minntus, elongatus, setis griseis erectis et decumbenti-
bus sequaliter vestitus, capite minute rugoso, clypeo semicirculari,
proDoto modice punctato, elytris rugose punctatis, absque costis ;
pygidio ubique erecte pubescente.

Long. 5*5-6 mm. ; lat. 3 mm.

Ilab . Ceylon : Diyatalawa ( T . Bainbrigge Fletcher , Sept.
1903).

Dark brown, with the head and thorax nearly black, and
the femora and abdomen beneath generally yellow.

It is a very small narrow-bodied species, moderately
thickly clothed with a rather rough grey pubescence, with
intermingled erect hairs, the pygidium entirely clothed with
long erect hair. The head is finely and closely rugose, the
clypeus rather large and semicircular. The pronotum is
moderately closely punctured, the front angles slightly and
the hind angles very obtuse. The elytra are rugosely punc-
tured and devoid of costae and of lateral carinse. The front
tibia bears three nearly equidistant teeth, the uppermost
feeble and placed near the middle. The longer claw of the
front and middle tarsi is minutely cleft, and the shorter claw
of the hind tarsus is less than half the length of the longer
one. The antennae are long, the third, fourth, and fifth

592

Mr. Gr. J. Arrow on the Ceylonese

joints nearly equal in length, the sixth about twice as long,
and the seventh minute.

$ . The antennal club is very long.

I have not seen a female.

Adoretus suturalis , sp. n.

Pallide flavus, sutura elytrali late infuscata, prope scutellum paulo
dilatata, capite intra oculos prothoracisque disco plerumque etiam
infuscatis : elongato-ovatus, modice convexus, undique tenuiter
griseo-pubescens, fortiter haud dense punctatus, subnitidus.

Long. 7*5-9 mm. ; lat. 4-4*5 mm.

Hah . CEYLON: Wellawaya (E. E. Green , Nov. 1905);
Diyatalawa ( T . B. Fletcher , Nov. 1908) ; Kelani Valley,
near Colombo (W. Braine ); Anaradhapura (low country,
Oct. 1911, Calcutta Museum).

Bright yellovv, with the elytral suture and usually also the
forehead and the middle of the pronotum black or dark
brown, the sutural line broad and dilated around the scutellum.
The dark patches of the head and thorax are sometimes
divided into two collateral masses.

It is elongate-oval, moderately convex, strongly but not
densely punctured, somewhat shining and moderately closely
clothed with fine grey setae, not closely decumbent. The
clypeus and forehead are coarsely granulated, the pronotum
deeply but not densely punctured, with the sides strongly
rounded, the front angles nearly right angles, and the hind
angles very obtuse. The elytra are strongly punctured, with
the costae indistinct and the epipleurae not developed. The
Pygidium is clothed upon its apical part with long erect hair.
The front tibia bears three sharp teeth, the uppermost rather
nearer to the second than that is to the first. The longer
claw is minutely cleft on the front and middle feet, and the
shorter claw of the hind foot is extremely small. The an-
tennae are 10-jointed, joints 3-6 elongate.

$ . The clypeus is narrow and slightly flattened at its
front edge, and the eyes are very prominent.

? . The clypeus is semicircular.

Adoretus celogaster , sp. n.

Pallide flavus, clypeo tarsisque solum leviter rufescentibus : ovatus,
compactus, subnitidus, minutissime et parce albo-setosus ; capite
haud dense granulato, clypeo semicirculari, pronoto parce punc-
tato, angulis anticis acutis, posticis nullis ; elytris leviter cos-
tatis, intervallis irregulariter punctatis ; abdominis segmentis
ventralibus medio tuberculatis.

Long. 8*5-9 mm. ; lat. 4*5-5 mm.

Species of the Genus Adoretus. 533

Hah. Ceylon : Anuradhapura, low country (Oct. 1911,
Calcutta Museum).

Pale yellow, with the clypeus and tarsi alone slightly
reddish. Rather broadly ovate and depressed, with the
surface shining, and bearing only very sparse and minute
white setae. The head is granulated, but not densely, and
the clypeus is semicircular. The pronotum is sparingly
punctured, strongly rounded at the sides, with the front angles
acute and the hind angles completely rounded off. The
elytral costae are distinct, the intervals not densely punctured
and the epipleurae not evident. The pygidium is clothed
with moderately long erect setae. The abdominal segments,
except the first and last, have each a conical protuberance in
the middle. The front tibia bears three sharp teeth, the
second nearer to the third than to the first and divided from
it by an acute notch. The longer claw is cleft in the front
and middle feet, and tbe shorter claw of the hind foot is
more than half the length of tbe longer one. The antennae -
are 10-jointed, the third to fifth joints progressively dimin-
ishing, the sixth rather broad.

S • The clypeus is smaller and the eyes more prominent
than in the female. The abdomen is much contracted and
hollowed, the ventral tubercles are sharply pointed and that
of the penultimate segment large and prominent.

$ . The abdomen is convex, the ventral tubercles are
broader and not sharply pointed, and that of the penultimate
segment is almost absent.

Adoretus corpulentus , sp. n.

Pallide flavus, clypeo tarsisque solum leviter rufescent ibus : breviter
ovatus, convexus, nitidus, minutissime et parce albo-setosus,
capite haud dense granulato, clypeo semicirculari, pronoto parce
punctato, angulis anticis fere rectis, posticis nullis ; elytris sat
minute, haud dense punctatis, lineis geminatis distinctis.

Long. 8*5-10 mm. ; lat. 5-6 mm.

Hah. Ceylon : Trincomali (E. E. Green , Sept. 1910).
Pale yellow, with the clypeus and tarsi alone reddish,
Very short and stout, with the surface shining, and bearing
only very sparse minute setae. The head is large and the
eyes rather small, the clypeus semicircular and, with the
forehead, sparingly granulated, and the vertex smooth in the
middle. The pronotum is sparingly punctured, the front
angles nearly right angles, and the hind angles completely
rounded off. The elytra are rather finely but not densely
punctured, with distinct double lines of punctures, not
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xiii, 40

594

Mr. Gr. J. Arrow on the Burmese

forming costas. The front tibia is armed with three acute
teeth, the uppermost placed about the middle, nearer to the
second than that is to the first, and separated from it by an
acute notch. The longer claws of the front and middle feet
are cleft, and the shorter claw of the hind foot more than
half as long as the larger one. The antennae are 10-jointed,
joints 3-7 progressively diminishing in length.

<$ . The pygidium is very convex and rather thickly
clothed with erect hair.

? . The pygidium is flat and scarcely pubescent.

This species has a very close resemblance to A. celogaster ,
but the remarkable abdominal processes which form the most
distinctive feature of that insect are entirely absent from
this. It is also rather more short and rotund, and still paler
in colour, and the elytra are smoother, with finer punctures.

LXX. — On the Burmese Species of Ruteline Coleopttra
helonqinq to the Genus Adoretus. By Gilbert J.
Arrow.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

In the Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist, for September 1912 I
published descriptions of a series of new species of the genus
Anomala from Burma. The present paper supplements that
one by a similar series of species belonging to the allied
genus Adoretus , found mainly in the same localities by the
same collectors. The types of all are in the British Museum,
and co-types are in the Genoa Museum, the Berlin Entomo-
logical Museum, and the collection of Mr. H. E. Andrewes.

The following list includes all the species of Adoretus at
present known to me to inhabit Burma, with the exception of
a few of which the specimens yet available are insufficient
for the adequate investigation of their characters. For this
the male is, in my opinion, absolutely essential. The species
will be more fully dealt with in the ‘ Fauna of British
India ’ : —

A. bombinator, Burm.
A. compressus, Weber,
A. vitticauda, sp. n.

A. coronatuSf Burm.

A. caliginosus, Burir.
A. serrat.ipes, sp. n.

A. cribratus. White.

A. binnanus, 9V>. n.

A. parallelus, sp. n.

A. distinguendus, sp. n.

A. pallens , Bl. (=?iudiusculus,
Sharp),

A . nitidus, sp. n.

A. tener, sp. n.

A. epipleuralis , sp. n.

A. limbatus, Bl.

Species of the Genus Adoretus.

595

Adoretus vitticauda , sp. n.

Brimneus, leviter metallico-suffusus, sefcis flavescentibus decum-
bentibus inequaliter vestitus, elytrorum maculis densioribus et
denudatis longitudinaliter ordinatis fasciculisque ante apicem
transverse dispositis, pygidio trivittato.

Long. 9 mm. ; lat. 4*5 mm.

Hah . TENASSERIM : Papnn {Col. Adamson) ; Pegu :
Palon (L. Fea , Sept. 1887) : Siam.

Brown, with the upper surface suffused with a slight
metallic lustre, and clothed with unevenly distributed
decumbent yellowish setae, forming longitudinal rows of
alternately bare and densely setose spots upon the elytra.
Across the apical calli there is a transverse series of tufts of
still closer and longer setae, and the pygidium bears three
similar tufts in a transverse row far apart.

It is elongate-oval and not very depressed. The head i3
closely punctured, with a lightly punctured shining area in the
middleof the forehead, and theclypeus is small and semicircular.
The eyes are large and prominent. The pronotum is strongly
and densely but unevenly punctured, with the sides strongly
rounded, the front angles nearly right angles, and the hind
angles very obtuse. The scutellum and elytra are closely
punctured, and the costae of the latter almost obsolete. The
extremities of the elytra are dark, opaque, and thinly setose,
and the calli are prominent. The front tibiae are broad and
sharply tridentate, the hind legs extremely short, and the
hind tibiae inflated. The longer claw of the front and middle
feet is very minutely cleft at the apex, and the shorter claw
of the hind feet is reduced to a minute vestige. The antennae
are 10-jointed, the fourth and fifth joints short, and the third
and sixth longer.

d' . The eyes are larger than in the female. The teeth of the
front tibia are sharply pointed, the first and second separated
by an acute notch, the third excessively short.

? . Tii© teeth of the front tibia are strong and close
together.

This is nearly related to A. compressus , Wiede., but differs
in the more conspicuous white tufts at the extremity of the
elytra and the pygidium, and also in the toothing of the
front tibia, &c.

Adoretus serratipes , sp. n.

Omnino fuscus, brevissime aequaliter griseo-setosus, elongatus, con-
vexus, densissime sed baud minute punctatus, clypeo lato, margine

40*

596

Mr. G. J. Arrow on the Burmese

alte reflexo, tibia antica acute 3-dentata, dentibus 2 superioribus
remotis, incisura acuta, parteque basali serrato.

Long. 105-12 mm. ; lat. 5-6 mm.

Hah. BuKMA: Rangoon, Shenmaga, Toungoo [L. Fen);
Tharrawaddy, Prom4, Paungdd (G. Q. Corbett); ASSAM:
Sibsagar (G. E. Peal), Silguri, Cacbar (J. W. Mason).

In the British Museum, Genoa Museum, Berlin Entomo-
logical Museum, and Mr. H. E. Andrewes’s collection.

Uniformly dark brown, evenly clothed all over with
minute grey setse, the vertex of the head and the pronotum
faintly metallic.

It is moderately elongate and parallel-sided and rather
convex. The head is closely rugose, the clypeus large, with
its margin semicircular and strongly reflexed. The pronotum
is closely but very coarsely punctured, the front angles
nearly right angles, and the hind angles almost rounded off.
The scutellum and elytra are strongly, densely, and con-
fluently punctured, and the costse of the latter almost obso-
lete. The front tibiae are armed with three sharp teeth, the
second and third being divided by a sharp notch and more
widely separated than the first and second. Above the
uppermost tooth the outer edge is finely serrated. The longer
claw of the front and middle feet is cleft, and the shorter
claw of the hind foot is more than half the length of the
longer. The hind tarsi are short and thick. The antennae
are 10-jointed, joints 2 to 5 progressively diminishing.

The sexes scarcely differ superficially, but the eyes are
rather longer in the male.

Adoretus hirmanus , sp. n.

Fusco-brunneus, prothoracis lateribus, pectore, femoribus, tibiis
abdomineque partim flavescentibus, elytris plus miuusve pallide
aspersis, lateribus plerumque vage pallidioribus : paulo elongatus,
parallelus, depressus, setis griseis minutis decumbentibus vestitus,
elytrorum setis paulo inaequaliter dispositis, hirtis nonnullis
longioribus erectis ad latera rare interspersis ; capite lato, clypeo
semicirculari, granulato, fronte ruguloso-punctato ; pronoto brevi,
grosse et crebre punctato, lateribus rotundatis, angulis anticis
fere rectis, posticis obtusissimis ; elytris dense et rugose punc-
tatis, costis indistinctis.

Long. 11-12-5 mm.; lat. 5-6 mm.

Hah. Burma : Rangoon ( E . T. Atkinson), Toungoo (G. Q.
Corbett), Palon [L. Fea, Aug. and Sept. 1887).

Species of the Genus Adoretus.

597

Var . jlavescens.

Ely trig flavescentibus, vitta suturali obscura, dypeo, pronotiquo

medio et lateribus etiam plerumque pallidis.

Hah. Minlila ( Comotto , 1883).

Dark brown, with the sides of the pronotum, the sternum,
femora and tibiae, and parts of the abdomen yellowish. The
elytra are minutely sprinkled with the same colour and the
sides generally vaguely paler. It is moderately thickly
clothed with decumbent setae, which are rather unevenly
disposed upon the elytra, leaving very minute bare intervals,
and there are a very tew longer erect setae near the sides. The
body is moderately elongate and parallel-sided, and rather
depressed, with the head broad, the clypeus semicircular and
finely granulated, and the forehead coarsely punctate-rugose.
The pronotum is short, coarsely and closely punctured, with
the sides rounded, the front angles nearly right angles and
the hind angles very obtuse. The scutellum is strongly
punctured, the elytra densely and confluently, and the costge
rather indistinct. The pygidium is finely coriaceous and
clothed with rather long erect hair. The antennae are 10-
jointed, joints 3 to 7 regularly decreasing in size. The legs
are rather slender, but the hind tarsi a little shortened and
thickened. The front tibiae bear three sharp teeth, the upper-
most not reaching the middle, minute and separated by a
sharp notch from the preceding one. The longer claw of
the front and middle feet is cleft, and the shorter one of the
hind foot more than half as long as the other.

S . The front tibia is much more slender than that of the
female and the teeth shorter and sharper, the eyes are larger,
the abdomen rather long and distinctly arched, and the
pygidium very prominent and convex.

? . The form is shorter and less parallel-sided, the eyes are
smaller, the abdomen is short and very convex, and the
pygidium almost concealed.

A ar. jlavescens. — The elytra are yellow, except a vaguely
defined dark sutural stripe of varying size, and the clypeus
and the middle, as well as the sides, of the pronotum are
generally pale also.

The specimens of this variety, of which I have seen a
considerable series taken by Comotto at Minlila, are all of
rather smaller size than the typical form.

598

Mr. G. J. Arrow on the Burmese

Adoretus parallelus, sp. n.

Toto rufo-brunneus, setis griseis decumbentibus undique sat dense
vestitus, elytrorum hirtis nonuullis erectis postice rare sparsutis :
elongatus, parallelus, depressus, crebre punctato-rugulosus, tibia
antica breviter tridentata, dentibus 2° et 3° incisura acuta
separatis.

Long. 1T5-12-5 mm. ; lat. 5 mm.

Hah. Burma : Rangoon (E. T. Atkinson) ; Tharrawaddy,
Prome ( G . Q. Corbett), Tikekei ( L . Fea , June 1884).

Entirely brownish red, densely clothed with greyish de-
cumbent setae, with a very few isolated erect hairs near the
sides of the elytra.

It is elongate, parallel-sided, and depressed.

The eyes are very large and the head finely granulated in
front and densely rugulose behind, the clypeus small,
broadly semicircular, with the margin strongly reflexed.
The pronotum is very short, uneven, and finely rugulosely
punctured, with its sides gently rounded, the front angles
blunt and the hind angles indicated but almost rounded off.
The scutellum is finely punctured and the elytra finely
rugosely punctured, with the costae narrow and inconspicuous.
The pygidium is coriaceous and clothed with rather long erect
hairs. The antennae are 10-jointed, joints 3 to 6 being elon-
gate and nearly equal. The front tibia is long and armed
with three sharp teeth, occupying less than half its length.
The second and third teeth are farther apart than the first
and second, and are separated by a sharp notch. The longer
front and middle claws are minutely cleft, and the shorter
claw of the hind foot is more than half as long as the other.
The hind tibia is a little contracted at the end.

I have not seen the ? .

It is very near A. c/ibratus and disting uendus, but easily
recognized by the sharp notch separating the two upper teeth
of the front tibia.

Adoretus distinguendus , sp. n.

Flavescens, tarsis, capite pronotoque utrinque obscurioribus, sat
dense sequaliter pubescens, pygidio longe et erecte hirsuto : de-
pressus, elongatus, fere parallelus, capite lato, dense granulato,
clypeo semicirculari, pronoto brevi, fortiter sat crebre puuctato,
angulis anticis fere rectis, posticis rotundatis.

Long. 12 mm. ; lat. 5 mm.

Hab. BURMA: Tharrawaddy ( G . Q. Corbett).

Testaceous, with the tarsi, head, and an ill-defined patch

599

Species of the Genus Adoretus.

on each side of the middle line of the pronotum reddish ;
fairly closely clothed with uniform short setae, except upon
the pygidium, which bears rather long erect hair.

It is elongate, rather parallel-sided, and depressed. The
eyes are large and prominent, the head closely granulated
except upon the vertex, which is strongly punctured, and the
clypeus is short and transverse. The pronotum is very short,
strongly and closely punctured, strongly rounded at the sides,
with the front angles nearly right angles and the hind angles
entirely rounded off. The seutellum and elytra are strongly
and closely punctured, the costae of the latter moderately
distinct. The antennae are 10-jointed, joints 3 to 7 regularly
diminishing in length. The front tibia bears three strong
teeth, the second nearer to the terminal one than to the third,
and the longer claw of the front and middle feet is cleft.

It is closely related to A. cribratus , White, and A. bir-
manus , but differs from both in having the hind angles of the
pronotum completely rounded off. The pronotum is also
less densely punctured than that of A. cribratus.

I have seen two males only. One of them is in Mr. H. E.
Andrewes’s collection, the other has been given by him to
the National Collection.

Adoretus nitidus} sp. n.

Pallide flavus, nitidus, clypeo tarsisque rufis, vertice fere nigro :
minute et sparse griseo-setosus, valde elongatus, paulo convexus,
capite transverse ruguloso, clypeo minus dense, hoc semicirculari,
margine iortiter retlexo ; pronoto grosse et parce punctato ;
elytris sat dense punctatis ; pygidio coriaceo.

Long. 10-11 mm.; lat. 5 mm.

Hab. Burma: Mandalay {FI. L. AndreweSj June), Minhla
( Comotto , 1883).

Bale yellow, with the tarsi and clypeus red and the vertex
of the head nearly black ; thinly clothed with minute greyish
setae. Very long and cylindrical, with the head not very
wide and the clypeus relatively moderately large, the latter
semicircular, with strongly reflexed margin. The head is
transversely rugulose, the clypeus rather laxly. The pro-
notum is coarsely but very scantily punctured (a little more
closely at the sides), with the lateral margins strongly
rounded, the front angles acute and the hind angles com-
pletely rounded away. The seutellum is sparingly punctured
and the elytra moderately strongly and closely, with not very
well-marked costas. The pygidium is finely coriaceous and
clothed with short erect seta*. The front tibia is armed with

600

On the Burmese Species of Adoretus.

two strong but not very sharp teeth, and a third which is
minute and stands beyond the middle, but nearer to the
second than that is to the tirst. The tarsi are rather slender
and the claws not very long, the longer front and middle ones
cleft, and the shorter one of the hind foot more than half the
length of the other. The antenna is 10-jointed.

S • The longer front and middle claws are minutely cleft
at a little distance from the tip, and the pygidium is large
and convex.

$ . The pygidium is very short and the abdomen very
convex.

Adoretus tener , sp. n.

Pallide flavus, setis albidis parce vestitus, elytrorum setis in seriebus
longitudinalibus sat remotis ordinatis : breviter ovatus, sat con-
vexus, nitidus, capite haud dense granulato, clypeo semicirculari,
margine fortiter elevato, oculis remotis, haud magnis ; pronoto
brevi, parce punctato, lateribus fortiter arcuatis, angulis anticis
acutis, posticis obsoletis ; scutello et elytris crebre sat minute
punctatis, nitidis, costis parum distinctis ; pygidio minute punc-
tato, parce sat longe hiisuto, tibiis anticis acute 3-dentatis, denti-
bus incisura acuta divisis, tarsis gracilibus.

Long. 8*5-9*5 mm. ; lat. 4*5-5 mm.

Bab. Tenassekim : Victoria Point (E. T. Atkinson , Aug.

1887).

Pale yellow, shining, and thinly clothed with minute
whitish setae, those on the elytra arranged in not very close
longitudinal lines.

It is very short and stout in form and moderately convex.
The head is not very broad nor the eyes very large. The
clypeus is prominent, semicircular, with very strongly raised
margin, and moderately sparingly granulated. The pro-
notum is short, rather sparingly punctured, with strongly
rounded sides, acute front angles and hind angles completely
rounded away. The scutellum and elytra are rather closely
but not coarsely punctured, and the costa? upon the latter are
not strong. The pygidium is finely punctured and thinly
clothed with moderately long hair. The front tibia is armed
with three short teeth, divided by acute notches, the third
tooth placed about the middle of the tibia and nearer to the
second than that is to the first. All the tarsi are slender, the
longer claw of the front and middle feet is cleft, and the
shorter claw of the hind foot is more than half the length of
the longer one. The eyes of the male are larger than those
of the female.

601

Bibliographical Notices .

Adoretus epipleuralis , sp. n.

Flavus, capite tarsisque rufis, vertice fere nigro, sparse et minute
setosus, sat nitidus, pygidio longe haud dense hirsuto ; breviter
ovatus, convexus, elytrorum epipleuris fere integris, postice
dilatatis, opacis.

Long. 10*5-11*5 mm. ; lat. 5*5-6 mm.

Hab. Burma: Tharrawaddy, Toungoo (G. Q. Corbett).
Pale yellow, with the head and tarsi red and the vertex
nearly black, thinly clothed with minute, sparse, erect setae,
which are very inconspicuous. The pygidium is clothed with
rather long erect hairs. It is short and broad in form and
rather convex, and the surface is shining. The head is
finely rugose and the clypeus broad, with its margin regularly
rounded and strongly elevated. The pronotum is strongly
but not closely punctured, rather short, with the front angles
acute and the hind angles completely rounded off. The
scutellum and elytra are also strongly but not closely punc-
tured ; the costa? of the latter are moderately distinct, and
the epipleura? are continued almost to the extremities, being
narrow in the middle but conspicuously dilating behind,
where they are smooth and opaque. The legs are rather
long and slender, the front tibia armed with three rather
long teeth, which occupy more than half its length. The
longer claw is rather deeply cleft in the front and middle
feet, and the shorter one of the hind foot is more than half
the length of the other. The antenna? are 10-jointed, the
third to seventh joints regularly diminishing.

H . The clypeus is shorter than that of the female, and
the pygidium is large and convex.

$ . The pygidium is short and flat.

A. epipleuralis is very closely related to A. renardi ,
Brenske, but the clypeus is shorter and broader, the hind
angles of the pronotum are completely rounded off, and the
clothing of the upper surface is more scanty, being so thin
that a smooth shining appearance is produced.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

Catalogue of the Lepidoptera Phalcence in the British Museum.
Vols. Xil. and Xlll. By Sir George E. Hami>son, Bart.
London : Printed by Order of the Trustees, 1913.

Yol. XII. pp. i-xiii & 1-626, plates cxcii.-ccxxi., 383 col. figs.

In this volume six hundred and forty-three species belonging to the
Noctuid subfamily Catocalinae are considered. These species, of
which over seventy are new to science, are distributed among

602

Bibliographical Notices .

sixty-three genera. The genus Catocala, Schrank (type fraxini ,
Linn.), as here restricted, has only eighty-six species assigned to it.
The majority of the species hitherto referred to Catocala being
removed to Catabapta , Hulst (type antinympha , Drury), and
Ephesia , Hiibn. (type fulminea, Scop.).

Eanetis, Hiibn. (type puerpera , Giorna), Lamprosia , Hiibn. (type
amatrix , Hiibn.), and Eucora, Hiibn. (type ntonympha , Fsp.), are all
merged in Catocala , Schrank, but the two species last named are
entered and described under Mormonia , Hiibn. (type epione, Drury).

Suffumosa , Guen., — retorta, Cram., is given as the type of
Spirama , Guen., which, together with Hypopyra , Guen. (type £/*i-
Zo&a, Guen.), are included in Speiredonia , Hiibn. (type retorta , Linn.).
Some of the species referred by authors to Hypopyra are now placed
in Enmonodia, Walk, (type pudens, Walk.), which includes Maxula ,
Walk, (type unistrigata, Guen.), and Pyramarista , Kirby (type
rufescens, Kirby).

Many species previously included by authors in Ophisma , Guen.,
are now placed in Achcea , Hiibn. (type melicerta, Drury).

Minucia, Moore, = Ophiodes, Guen. (preoc.), comprises but two
species ; these are wiskotti, Piing., and lunaris , Schiff. (type).
Other species previously referred to Ophiodes are here removed to
Anua , Walker (typ e> fini fascia, Walker).

Dysgonia , Hiibn. (type jouiana, Stoll), Naxia, Guen. (type absenti-
macula , Guen.), Pasipeda , Moore (type palumba, Guen.), Caranilla,
Moore (type onelia, Guen.), and Pindara , Moore (type illibata ,
Fabr.), are all sunk in Parallelia, Hiibn. (bistriaris, Hiibn.). In
this connection it may be noted that most of the species described
by authors under Ophiusa are here included in Parallelia. Ophiusa
is a genus belonging to a later subfamily of the Noctuidae.

Vol. XIII. pp.i-xiv & 1-609, plates ccxxii.-ccxxxix., 455 col. figs.

Deals with the remainder of Catocalinae and also with the sub-
families Mominse and Phytometrinae.

Of Catocalinae forty-six genera (fifteen new) and three hundred
and seventy-nine species are treated, thus extending the totals of
genera and species belonging to the subfamily to one hundred and
nine, and one thousand and twenty-two respectively. The largest
genera in this section are Sajla , Guen. (53 sp.), Zale , Hiibn. (49 sp.),
and Mods, Hiibn. (31 sp.).

In Mods are included Pelemia, Guen. (typ e phasaianoides, Guen.),
Bemigia , Guen. (type frugalis, Fabr.), Baratha, Walk, (type dis-
severans , Walk.), and Cauninda , Moore (type undata, Fabr.).

“ Catephia” trifasciata , an Australian species described by
Stephens as a British insect (111. Brit. Ent. Haust. vol. iii. p. 128),
is referred to Mods. Lunata , Dr ary, is the type of Phoeocyma, Hiibn.,
also of Omopterus , Boisd., and of Homoptera, Guen. All these,
together with Xylis, Guen. (type setipes , Guen.), are merged in
Zale, Hiibn. (type horrida , Hiibn.).

Euclidia, Hiibn., Tent., is rejected, and as jixa, Fabr., has been
ascertained to be the type of Euclidia, Treit., the latter name
will take precedence over Synthymia, Hiibn. (Acronyctime, vol. ix.

603

Bibliographical Notices.

p. 372) ; the species usually referred to Euclidia are here assigned to
Euclidimera , Hampson (type mi, Clerck), and Gonospileia , Hiibn.
(type munita, Hiibn.). Glyphica, Linn., is included in the last-
named genus, and ccerulea, Grote, in Euclidimera. Sobria , Walk.,
which Dyar cites as a synonym of erichtea , Cram., under Drasteria,
Hiibn., is removed to crassiuscula, Haw., and placed in Ccenurgia ,
Walk, (type convalescens , Guen.).

The subfamily Mominae comprises only seventy-four species and
eleven genera. Of the latter Elceodes (type brevicornis, WTalk.) and
Elydnodes (type variegata, Leech) are new.

Coryli, Linn., the type of Demas , Steph., is also the type of
Calocasia , Hiibn. As the latter has two years’ priority, it has been
adopted. Ccenobita , Esp., is the type of Diphthera, Treit. (1825),
and also of Panthed * Hiibn. (1827) ; the former name has prece-
dence. It may be noted here that alpinum, Osbeck, = orion, Esp.,
so frequently referred by authors to Diphthera , Hiibn., has been
transferred to Daseochceta, WTarren, a genus belonging to the sub-
family Acronyetinae (Phal. vol. viii. p. 30).

Phytometrinae : two hundred and twenty-six species, distributed
among fifteen genera (three new), are considered under this sub-
family heading.

The bulk of the species hitherto referred to Plusia are here
placed in Phytometra, Haw. Amethystina , Hiibn., is noted as the
type of Plusia , Treit. (1826), and therefore takes precedence over
Telesilla. H.-S., a genus in Acronyctinae (Phal. vii. p. 587).

Polychrysia, Hiibn. (type moneta , Eabr.), is merged in Chrysoptera,
Latr. (type c-aureum , Enoch, = concha, Eabr.).

The last genus in this subfamily is Episema, Treit., of which
cceruleocephala, Linn., is the type and sole known species.

Sir George Hampson has formed his conclusions as to the rela-
tionship of families, genera, and species on a study of the venation
and other external characters of the imago. Possibly therefore his
classification of the Lepidoptera Phalaenae may not find unchallenged
acceptance. The fact, however, remains that, considering the
present state of knowledge concerning the early stages of the bulk
of the species, classification must be based almost entirely on
iinaginal characters. Changes no doubt will be necessary as time
progresses, but, whatever these may be, we cannot conceive that
they will in any way lessen the importance or impair the excellence
of the 4 Catalogue.’

The scope of the work is far more comprehensive than is suggested
by its title. Not only is almost every species known to science
described, but, where necessary, figured in the atlas. Synonymy
and references are cited, and geographical distribution adequately
dealt with.

The arrangement of the Phalaenae in the British Museum Collection
being exactly that shown in the Catalogue, it follows that the latter
affords a very convenient clue to the position in the collection of
any family, genus, or species one may wish to study.

Thirteen volumes of the Catalogue have now been published

604

Bibliographical Notices.

since 1898, the year in which Vol. I., dealing with the Syntomidae,
was issued. Vol. II., treating of the Arctiadae (subfamilies Nolinae
and Lithosianae), followed in 1900. Arctianae (third subfamily of
A rctiadae) formed the subject of Vol. III., which appeared in 1901.
The volumes dealing with the Noctuidae were issued as follows: —
Vol. IV. Agrotinae (1903); Vol. V. Hadeninae (1905); Vol. VI.
Cucullianae (1906); Vols. VII., VIII., & IX. Acronyctinae (1908-
1910); Vol. X. Erastrianae (1910) ; Vol. XI. Eutelianae, Sticto-
pterinae, Sarrothripinae, and Acontianae (1912).

The Pliocene Mollusca of Great Britain , being supplementary to

S. V. Wood’s Monograph of the Crag Mollusca. By F. W.

Harmer, F.G.S., F.R.Met.S. Part I. : pp. 1-200, pis. i.-xxiv.

(The Palaeontographical Society.) February *1914.

This is a valuable addition to our knowledge of the Crag Molluscan
fauna of this country, and is intended to form a supplementary
account to Searles Wood’s monograph on the same subject, published
many years ago by the Palaeontographical Society. The memoir
commences by noticing the various non-marine shells found in the
Crag, which are divided into the groups of “Terrestrial” and
“ Aquatic.” Some 48 species are referred to, of which 13 are
considered to be extinct ; they are of most frequent occurrence in
the Norwich Crag, less so in the Red Crag, while only 3 are known
in the Coralline Crag — information which is usefully summarised in a
“ Distribution Table.” We note that Studer’s genus Pomatias (type
=Nerita elegans , Miiller) is adopted for Lamarck’s Cyclostoma of a
later date, the subject being mentioned as if it were quite recently
inspired, whereas Mr. R. Bullen Newton pointed out more than 20
years ago (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1891, ser. 6, vol. vii. p. 346)
that it was essential to recognize that name in conchological
nomenclature. The marine mollusca are next considered, much
new material having been obtained from the Red Crag deposits of
Little Oakley near Harwich, between Walton-on-Naze and Felixstowe,
representing a littoral and southern fauna with some northern
species, the beds being regarded as of “ Waltonian ” age, which is
stated to be partly equivalent to the Poderlian stage of the Belgian
Pliocene deposits. Varietal names, which already burden our coucho-
logical literature, are largely resorted to, no less than a dozen being
used in connection with Buccinum undatum — far better would it
have been to raise the chief of these to specific rank and to have
ignored those of lesser importance.

We notice that the terms Miocene and Pliocene are frequently
quoted in connection with the geological distribution of the species,
although it is advisable to define more particularly, when able, the
actual stage of those periods, such as Vindobonian, Plaisancian, &c.
In glancing at the generic names employed, we observe those
attributed to Klein and Adanson, both pre-Linnaean authors, as also
others which have been pre-occupied in different sections of zoology,
among which we would call attention to the following : —

Terebra of Adanson, pre-Linnaean,

«= Lamarck, 1799.

Geological Society . 005

Purpura of Adanson, pre-Linnean,

= Bruguiere, 1789.

Triton, Montfort, 1810, non Linnaeus (Cirripedia),

= LAMPUSIA, Schumacher, 1817.

Meyeria, Dunker & Metzger, 1878, non M‘Coy (Crustacea),
1849.

= METZGERIA, Norman, 1879.

Sipho, Klein, ^)re-Linnean, adopted byMorch in 1852.

= TRITONOFUSUS, Beck, 1847, see Harris, Cat. Austra-
lasian Tertiary Mollusca, British Museum, 1897.

The work will be of great service to the student on account of
the beautiful plates which illustrate the different species. Recent
and fossil forms are placed side by side, so that comparisons are
easily followed out. This is only the first portion, running to
200 pages and 24 plates, containing the non-marine shells and
marine Gastropoda — we shall look forward with interest to
succeeding parts of so important a guide to the Crag Mollusca of
this country.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

February 4th, 1914. — Dr. Aubrey Strahan, F.R.S., President,
in the Chair.

The following communication was read : —

‘ On the Occurrence of a Giant Dragon-Fly in the Radstock
Coal Measures.’ By Herbert Bolton, M.Sc., F.R.S.E., F.G.S.,
Reader in Palaeontology in the University of Bristol.

The writer describes the structure of a wing-fragment found
some years ago upon the Tyning waste-heap at Radstock Colliery
(Somerset) by Dr. E. A. Newell Arber, F.G.S.

The fragment consists of the proximal third of a left fore-wing.
It is remarkable for its size, being 64 mm. long and 40 mm. broad,
the complete wing having an estimated length of 190 mm., or 7-5
inches ; the whole insect (with wings extended) must have had a
span of over 400 mm., or 16 inches.

The anterior wing-margin is strongly tuberculated proximally,
and more distally bears a closely-set series of pointed spines directed
outwards towards the wing-apex. The hinder wing-margin is also
spinous, the spines being a little way inwards from the edge, and
possibly serving to interlock the fore and hind wings during flight.
The radial and median veins are missing, but the characters of the
costa and subcosta on the anterior portion of the wing, and of the
cubital and anal veins on the hinder part, show elearly the close
relationship of the insect to the members of the family Mega-
neuridae, a group including the enormous Me ganeura rnonyi
Brongniart, from the Stephanian of Commentry (Allier). The
wing is referred to the genus Meganeura as a new species. The
precise horizon from which the shale was derived cannot be deter-
mined, as the Tyning waste-heap has received material from five
different collieries.

608 Geological Society .

February 25th, 1914. — Dr. A. Smith Woodward, F.R.S., President,

in the Chair.

The following communication was read: —

‘ Correlation of Dinantian and Avonian.’

By Arthur Vaughan, M.A., D.Sc., F.G-.S.

The present paper records the results of applying the time-scale
deduced from the South-Western Province to the Belgian sequence,
and shows that the faunal succession is practically the same in both
provinces. Even the specialized and locally exaggerated facies
which form so striking a feature of the Belgian Province (such as
the ‘petit granit,’ the ‘ Waulsortian,’ and the ‘ subltsvis oolite’)
have been discovered at certain points of the South-Western
Province, and they are adumbrated at many others. [If, further-
more, we extend our researches and compare the Midland and
Northern developments of England and Wales with that of Belgium,
striking identities are observed ; for example : —

The ‘ Brachiopod Beds ’ of the Midlands and of Vise are identical.

The lower ‘ knolls ’ of the Clitheroe area are typical ‘ Waulsortian.’]

The following are the most important conclusions from the
Author’s work in Belgium : —

I. Physiographical Phenomena.

The lateral variation of Mid-Avonian lithology is strikingly
exhibited in a diagram. Minute correlation of the Belgian
sequence with that of the South-Western Province demonstrates
that the periods of partial emergence — of the west of the South-
Western Province and of the east of the Belgian Province — took
place consecutively and not simultaneously, namely : in the South-
Western Province at the close of C^time, in Belgium at the
beginning of Visean time. At the latter period, England and
Wales, outside the South-Western Province, had sunk below the
Carboniferous sea. [Simultaneously, however, Ireland was, like
Belgium, under emergent conditions.]

II. Palaeontological Phenomena.

The palaeontological section contains descriptions of several
gentes that are common in Belgium, but rare in Britain. The
most interesting portion of the section is, however, that which
deals with the evolution of the important Carboniferous corals
and brachiopods. Two illustrations were selected, and were shown
as lantern-slides : —

(i) Phylogenetic history of Caninia cylindrica.

Belgium only, j * * CanZiahaZierensis (Endophylloid).

Migration into Britain at y — C. cylindrica , mut. y.

Britain and Belgium . . . { 8 and S — mature (Campophylloid) Caninia.

(ii) Fragments of the history of Spiriferina octoplicata , showing variation
of relative strength of ribs (departure from normality of early stages) — -
the essential characters fixed.

These facts concerning migration and evolution are, un-
questionably, the most important results of extending the area of
observation.

607

INDEX to VOL. XIII.

Acanthofrontia, new species of,
215.

Acidaliodes, new species of, 166.
Acrapex, new species of, 163.

A crony eta, new species of, 156.
Adeniana, new species of, 181.
Adenota, new subspecies of, 39.
Adoretus, new species of, 587, 594.
Allactaga, new species of, 571.
Amage auricula, note on, 103.
Amathes, new species of, 148.
Amblydectes, characters of the new
genus, 536.

Ammonoceras, new species of, 52 2.
Ampharete grubei, note on, 96.
Amphiascus, new species of, 373.
Amphicteis gunneri, note on, 98.
Amphictene auricoma, remarks on,
86.

Amphictenidae, notes on the British,
84.

Amphidrina, new species of, 157.
Amphipod Crustacea, notes on, 558.
Ampullaria, new species of, 527.
Andersen, K., on a new Nycteris
from N.W. .Rhodesia, 563.
Andrena, new species of, 279.
Androthrips, new species of, 27.
Angitia, new species of, 200.
Annelida, new, 255 ; on, from the
North Sea, 266.

Anoplogonius, new varieties of, 176.
Anthophora, new species of, 46,281.
Apidae, new, 45, 136, 277, 399, 424.
Apsaranycta, characters of the new
genus, 164.

Araeoptera, new species of, 167.
Arber, Dr. E. A. N., on the geology
of the Kent coalfield, 446.
Argyrolopha, characters of the new
genus, 205.

Ainoglossus, new species of, 16.

Arrow, G. J., on the Ceylonese
species of Adoretus, 587 ; on the
Burmese species of Adoretus, 594.

Artedidraco, new species of, 12.

Artigisa, new species of, 206.

Arvicola, new species of, 568.

Aspidiscus, new species of, 372.

Athetis, new species of, 157.

Atracis, new species of, 422.

Austen, E. E., on recently described
Australian species of Tabanus,
263.

Awaramada, characters of the new
genus, 412.

Bagnall, R. S., on new Thysano-
ptera, 22, 287.

Balaenoptera rostrata, on the ventral
furrows of, 77.

Barilius, new species of, 260.

Bather, F. A., on British fossil
crinoid8, 245.

Bethune-Baker, G. T., on new hetero-
cera from New Guinea, 340.

Blaine, G., notes on the korrigum,
326 ; on an extinct hartebeeste
from Egypt, 335 ; on a new sub-
species of Connochcetes, 337.

Blair, K. G., revision of the family
Pyrochroidae, 310; on the Fabri-
cian types of Tenebrionidae in the
Banks collection, 482.

Blenina, new species of, 220.

Bolton, II., on the occurrence of a
giant dragon-fly in the Radstock
coal-measures, 605.

Books, new : — Kemp’s An Account
of the Crustacea Stomatopoda of
the Indo-Pacific Region, 276;
Catalogue of the Lepidoptera
Phalaenae in the British Museum,
601 ; Ilarmer’s The Pliocene
Mollusca of Great Britain, 004.

608

INDEX.

Boulenger, G. A., on a new snake
from Northern China, 576.

Brachyodontes, new species of, 129.

Bryophila, new species of, 155.

Bubalis, new species of, 32, 335.

Bubalus, new subspecies of, 44, 494.

Bulimulus, new species of, 523.

Burr, I)r. M., notes on the Forficu-
laria, 72, 577.

Busseola, new species of, 161.

Caligus thynni, note on, 377.

Callibathus, new species of, 180.

Callicehus, new species of, 345, 480.

Oallierges, new species of, 147.

Callimico goeldii, note on, 346.

Callostrotia, characters of the new
genus, 211.

Callyna, new species of, 165.

Caiman, Dr. W. T., on the crusta-
cean genus Sicyonella, 258.

Calymnia, new species of, 161.

Calymniodes, new species of, 160.

Campion, H., on some dragonflies
and their prey, 495.

Canidae, the generic and subgeneric
names of S.-American, 350.

Castor veterior, note on, 186.

Centriscops, new species of, 21.

Cephalopbus, new subspecies of, 35.

Cerdocyon, new species of, 355.

Cerynea, new species of, 174.

Chaenodraco, characters of the new
genus, 13.

Characoma, new species of, 218.

Chilton, Dr. C., on the species of
Limnoria, 380, 448. *

Chionodraco, new species of, 13.

Chionoxantha, definition of the
new generic name, 202.

Cholidya, characters of the new
genus, 473.

Chrysozonata, characters of the
new genus, 175.

Chytonyx, new species of, 154.

Clark, A. H., on two interesting
mammals from the Island of
Tobago, 68.

Clementia subdiaphana, note on,
338.

Cockerell, T. D. A., descriptions and
records of bees, 136, 277, 424, 504.

Cognetti de Martiis, Dr. L., on earth-
worms from Henderson Island,
255

Coleoptera, new, 235, 310, 587, 594.

Collembola, notes on, 59.

Collinge, W. E., on a new variety of

Porcellio scaber, 71 ; on a new
genus of terrestrial Isopoda from
Algiers, 561.

Coluber, new species of, 576.

Conicofrontia, new species of, 164.

Connochoetes, new subspecies of, 337.

Copepoda from the Falkland Islands,
on, 1 , 369.

Coptosternus, characters of the new
genus, 238.

Corbicula, new species of, 528.

Corgatha, new species of, 198.

Corophium, notes on species of, 559.

Crinoids, on British fossil, 245.

Crocidura, new species of, 232.

Crustacea, new, 1, 71, 369, 472, 561 ;
on amphipod, 558.

Cryodraco, new species of, 13.

Cryptacrus, new varieties of, 176.

Cryptothrips, new species of, 293.

Cubiceps, new species of, 15.

Cucullia, new species of, 146.

Cyamionema, definition of the new
subgenus, 131.

Cyamium, new species of, 131.

Cyclops michaelseni, new variety of,
9.

Cynophidium, characters of the new
genus, 16.

Damaliscus, new subspecies of, 34,
333.

Dasicyon, new species of, 352.

Dasypus novemcinctus, note on, 70.

Dawson, C., on the Piltdown skull,
447.

Dendroides, new species of, 313.

Derthisa, new species of, 148.

Dianthidium, new species of, 278.

Dicaiothrips, new species of, 288.

Dicrana, new species of, 72.

Dictyophara, new species of, 411.

Diostrombus, new species of, 419.

Diplolopha, characters of the new
genus, 219.

Diptera, new, 478.

Discognathus, new species of, 263.

Distant, W. L., rhynchotal notes,
176 ; on new genera and species
of Fulgoridae, 409.

Dobsonia, new species of, 435.

Docessissophothrips, new species of,
26.

Dollman, G., on a new dormouse
from Northern Nigeria, 196.

Dolloi draco, new species of, 12.

Dracothrips, characters of the new
genus, 290.

INDEX.

609

Dragonflies and their prey, on some,
495.

Duikers, on the classification of the,
491.

Echymipera, new species of, 443.

Emballonura, new species of, 442.

Enispa, new species of, 167.

Epicerynea, characters of the new
genus, 173.

Epimys, new species of, 228.

Epitoxus, new species of, 241.

Eptesicus, new subspecies of, 439.

Ericeia, new species of, 341.

Eriopus, new species of, 154.

Eublemtna, new species of, 168.

Eulocastra, new species of, 214.

Eumops, new species of, 480.

Eupalaeorhiza, characters of the new
genus, 403.

Euphria, new species of, 409.

Eupyrochroa, characters of the new
genus, 316.

Eurybrachys, new species of, 410.

Eustrotia, new species of, 212.

Farran, G. P., on a liarpacticid cope-
pod parasitic on an octopus, 472.

Felis, new species of, 347.

Fishes, new, 11, 21, 260, 261, 338 ;
synopsis of the, of the family
Macrorhamphosidse, 17 ; on the
systematic arrangement of the,
of the family Salmonidae, 405.

Forficularia, notes on the, 72, 577.

Fulgora, new species of, 409.

Gazella, new subspecies of, 40.

Geological Society, proceedings of
the, 363, 446, 605.

Giaura, new species of, 218.

Godwin- Austen, Lt.-Col. II. H., on
S.-African land-mullusca belong-
ing to the family Zonitidae,
449.

Graphiurus, new species of, 196.

Gynaikothrips, new species of, 28.

Ilahn & Herrich-Schaeffer’s Die
Wanzigartigen Insecten, on the
dates of publication of, 365.

Ilalictus, new species of, 504.

Hampson, Sir G. F., on new genera
and species of Noctuidae, 146, 197,
275.

Ilarpacticus, new species of, 369.

Ilelicina, new species of, 624.

Hemeroccetes, new species of, 15.

Heteroptera, new, 176.

Hinton, M. A. 0., on remains of
rodents from Suffolk and Norfolk,

Ann. Mag. N. Ilist. Ser. 8.

186 ; on a new species of Myopus
from Central Asia, 342.

Hippopotamus, new subspecies of,
31.

Hipposideros, new subspecies of,
437.

Hister, new species of, 240.

Histeridae, new, 235.

Hololepta, new species of, 235.

Hoinaea, new species of, 275.

Homoptera, new, 180, 409.

Hooley, R. W., on the ornitho-
saurian genus Ornithocheirus, 529.

Hoplotarache, new species of, 216.

Hymenoptera, new, 45, 136, 277,
399, 424, 504.

Idiacanthus, new species of, 14.

Jukes-Browne, A. J., on dementia
subdiaphana, 338.

Kerivoula, new species of, 438, 441.

Kerkophorus, new species of, 460.

Kloss, C. B., on new mammals from
the Malay Peninsula, 223; remarks
on Dr. D. G . Elliot’s ‘ Review of
of the Primates,’ 389.

Kobus, new subspecies of, 38.

Korrigum, notes on the, 326.

Lagis koreni, remarks on, 89.

Lamprolopha, characters of the new
genus, 172.

Laophonte, new species of, 374.

Leontocebus, new species of, 346.

Lepidoperca, characters of the new
genus, 15.

Lepidoptera, new, 146, 197, 275,
310.

Lewis, G., on new species of His-
teridae, 235.

Limnoria, on the species of, 380, 448.

Limopsis, new species of, 128, 445.

Liothrips, new species of, 292.

Lithacodia, new species of, 204,210.

Lonchodectes, characters of the new
genus, 535.

Lophocrama, new species of, 221.

Lophocryptis, characters of the new
genus, 171.

Lophocyttarra, characters of the new
genus, 197.

Lophotarsia, new species of, 157.

Luangwana, characters of the new
genus, 184.

Maceda, new species of, 222.

M‘Intosh, Prof., on the central fur-
rows of the lesser rorqual, 77 ; on
some of the species of Prionospio,
80; Amphictenidae, on the British,
Vol. xiii. 41

610

INDEX.

84 ; Ampharetidse, on the British,
96.

Macrorliamphosidae, synopsis of the
family, 17.

Malacorhina, new species of, 16.

Mammals, new, 31, 193, 196, 223,
243, 326, 335, 337, 342, 345, 435,
439, 480, 494, 563, 573.

Marava, new species of, 75.

Marmosa tobag'i, note on, 69.

Meade-Waldo, G., on the Apidae in
the British Museum, 45, 399.

Megachile, new species of, 279, 426.

Megalia, new species of, 273.

Melinella, new species of, 109.

Melinna, notes on species of, 104.

Melvill, Dr. J. 0., on mollusca from
the North-west Falklands, 110.

Mesotrichia, new species of, 277.

Messena, new species of, 411.

Microcanthothrips, characters of the
new genus, 295.

Microsciurus, new species of, 574.

Mollienisia, new species of, 338.

Mollusca, notes on, from the North-
west Falklands, 110; on S. African
land-, 449; new, 124, 445, 460,
522.

Monodes, new species of, 158.

Monstrilla, new species of, 375.

Murina, new species of, 440.

MusSe d’Histoire Naturelle, on the
dates of issue of the publications
of the, 365.

Mustela, new species of, 566.

Mya, new species of, 134.

Myopus, new species of, 342.

Nanomonodes, characters of the new
genus, 159.

Neomys, new species of, 564.

Neoputala, characters of the new
genus, 412.

Neopyrochroa, characters of the new
genus, 31 5.

Nephthys, remarks on the genus, 267.

Nomada, new species of, 425.

Notopogon, characters of the new
genus, 14.

Nycteris, new species of, 563.

Nvctimene, new species of, 436.

Ochotona, new species of, 572.

Odonata, on the food of, 495.

GEdemothrips, new species of, 29.

Oligia., new species of, 152.

Oliva, new species of, 445.

Opeas, new species of, 524.

Orchesella, notes on the genus, 64.
Ornithocheirus, note on the genus,
530.

Orothrips, new species of, 287.
Orthalicus, new species of, 524.
Oswald, Dr. F., on the Miocene Beds
of the Victoria Nyanza, 363.
Ourebia, new subspecies of, 37.
Ozarba, new species of, 203.
Pachylomalus, new species of, 240.
Panilla, new species of, 207.
Panurginus, new species of, 279.
Parabroteas sarsi, note on, 7.
Paracolletes, new species of, 137.
Paragomeda, characters of the new
genus, 421.

Paraliparis, new species of, 11.
Parallelia, new species of, 340.
Paraniambia, characters of the new
genus, 561.

Parasphecodes, new species of, 141 .
Parisopsalis, characters of the new
genus, 73.

Pectinaria belgica, remarks on, 84.
Perdita, new species of, 424.

Perigea, new species of, 151.
Petaurista, new species of, 223.
Petta pusilla, remarks on, 94.
Phenice, new species of, 413.
Pheretima, new species of, 255.
Phra, new species of, 420.
Phyllocladus, characters of the new
genus, 315.

Phyllophila, new species of, 202.
Physothrips, new species of, 23.
Platysoma, new species of, 239.
Plautilla, new species of, 185.
Pleurotoma, new species of, 445.
Pochazia, new species of, 420.
Pogonophryne, characters of the new
genus, 13.

Polypus ergasticus, on a copepod
parasitic on, 472.

Porcellio scaber, new variety of, 71.
Potos, new subspecies of, 362.
Prasinopyra, definition of the new
generic name, 202.

Prestou, H. B., on new non-marine
mollusca from Peru and Argentina,
522.

Primates, on the, of Malay, 389.
Prionodraco, cliaiacters of the new
genus, 13.

Prionospio, on some of the species
of, 80.

Prionotus, new species of, 16.

INDEX.

611

Pryde, J . W., on Annelida Polychaeta
from the North Sea, 266.

Pseudalopex, new species of, 357,
573.

Pseudoboeckella, new species of, 5.

Pseudodendroides, characters of the
new genus, 314.

Pseudopyrochroa, new species of,
325.

Pseudothalestris, new species of,
372.

Pseudothrips, new species of, 23.

Pulastya, new species of, 421.

Pyge, new species of, 73.

Pvrocbroidse, revision of the family,
310.

Ilatufa, new subspecies of, 227.

Regan, C. T., on marine fishes, 11 ;
synopsis of the fishes of the family
Macrorhamphosidae, 17 ; on fishes
from Yunnan, 260 ; on new cypri-
nid fishes from Waziristan, 261 ;
on a new cyprinodont fish from
Yucatan, 338; on the systematic
arrangement of the fishes of the
family Salmonidae, 405.

Reptiles, new, 576.

Ricardo, Miss G.f on species of
Tabanus from Polynesia, 476.

Risoba, new species of, 220.

Robinson, H. 0., on new mammals
from the Malay Peninsula, 223 ;
remarks on Dr. D. G. Elliot’s
‘ Review of the Primates,’ 389.

Sabellides octocirrata, note on, 101.

Salmonidae, on the systematic
arrangement of the, 405.

Salvelinus, note on the genus,
408.

Samytha sexcirrata, note on, 102.

Satapa, new species of, 421.

Savatieria, new species of, 124.

Schizocypris, characters of the new
genus, 262. '

Schwarz, E., on African ungulates,
31,491.

Scirtothrips, new species of, 22.

Sciurillus, new species of, 575.

Sciurus, new species of, 193, 224,

^ 362.

Scolopacichthys, definition of the
new generic name, 21.

Scott, Dr. T., on copepoda from the
Falkland Islands, 1, 369.

Selepa, new species of, 219.

Serin et ha, new species of, 178.

Serranops, characters of the new
genus, 15.

Sesamia, new species of, 163.

Sherborn, C. D., on the dates of
publication of Hahn & Herrich-
Schaeffer’s Die Wanzigartigen
Iusecten and of the publications
of the Musee d'Histoire Naturelle
of Paris, 365.

Shoebotham, J. W., notes on Col-
lembola, 59.

Sicyonella, note on the genus, 258.

Siphonothrips, new species of, 291.

Sorex, new species of, 565.

Sowerby, G. B., on new mollusca
from Japan, 445.

Sphaerium, new species of, 132.

Standen, R., on mollusca from the
North-west Falklands, 110.

Stenotritus elegans, new variety of,
136.

Stictoptera, new species of, 340.

Sycocrinus, note on the genus, 245.

Sylvicapra, new subspecies of, 36.

Tabanus, on Australian species of,
263 ; on species of, from Poly-
nesia, 476.

Tarache, new species of, 216.

Tenebrionidae, on the Fabrician
types of, in the Banks collection,
482.

Teretrius, new species of, 237.

Tetralonia, new species of, 282, 401,
424.

Thomas, O., on the tree-shrews of
the Tupaia belangeri - chinensis
group, 243 ; on S. African mam-
mals, 345 ; on mammals from
Manus Island and Ruk Island,
434 ; on new Asiatic and Aus-
tralian bats and a new bandicoot,
439 ; on new Callicebus and Eu-
mops from S. America, 480 ; on
small mammals from Djarkent,
563; on three new S.-American
mammals, 573.

Thrips, new species of, 24, 288.

Thysanoptera, new, 22, 287.

Tisbe, new species of, 371.

Trachea, new species of, 149.

Tragelaphius, new subspecies of, 41.

Trematomus, new species of, 12.

Trichothrips, new species of, 30.

Trogontherium cuvieri, note on, 189.

Trogoxestis, characters of the new
genus, 222.

612

INDEX.

Tupaia, new subspecies of, 233,
243.

Varanosaurus aeutirostris, note on,
297.

Vaughan, Dr. A., on the correlation
of Dinantian and Avonian, 606.

Walker, A. 0., on species of amphi-
poda, 558.

Watson, D. M. S., on Varanosaurus
aeutirostris, 297.

Woodward, Dr. A. S., on the
down skull, 447.

Xanthomera, definition of the
name, 202.

Xystreurys, new species of, 17.

Zonitidae, on S. -African, 449.

Zoraida, new species of, 416.

Zoraidoides, characters of the
genus, 418.

Zouga, new species of, 183.

END OF THE THIRTEENTH VOLUME.

PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS,
RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET.

Pilt-

new

new

r/ . .

CONDUCTED BY

WILLIAM CARllUTHERS, Ph.I)., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S.,
ARTHUR E. SHIPLEY, M.A., Sc.D., F.R.S., F.Z.S.,

AND

WILLIAM FRANCIS, F.L.S.

BRING A CONTINUATION OK TDK “ AN NA 1-8 ” COMBINED WITH
MK8SR8. LOUDON AND CHAR1.KSM ORTli’s “MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.”

WITH EIGHT PLATES,

LOjSDON:

TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RUD LION COURT, FLEET STREET.

Sold by Sinipkin, Marshall, Hamilton. Kent. Co., Ld. ; Bnilliere, Paris
Hodges, Figgis, & Co., Dublin: and Asher, Berlin.

Double Number. Price Five Shillings.

=>

13.

EIGHTH SERIES.

No. 73.

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

INCLUDING

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, and GEOLOGY.

WATKINS & DONCASTER,

naturalists.

Keep in stock every kind of APPARATUS and
CABINETS required by ENTOMOLOGISTS, ORNITH-
OLOGISTS, BOTANISTS, &c. Also SPECIMENS
suitable for ART CLASSES and SCIENCE TEACHING.

A Large Stock uf Butterflies, Moths, Birds, Eggs, &c.

Full Catalogue (€4 pages) mailed free to any address.

36, STRAND, LONDON, W.C., ENGLAND.

TO BE PUBLISHED IN ABOUT 16 VOLUMES; Imperial 8vo, with
about 450 Hand-coloured Plates, Price £3 3s. o d. per Volume net.

Vol. I. note ready , Trice £1 11s. 6d. ;
to Subscribers £1 Is. 0 d.

THE

BIRDS OF SOUTH AMERICA.

BY

LORD BRABOURNE, F.Z.S., M.B.O.U.

(GRENADIER GUARDS),

AND

CHARLES CHUBB, F.Z.S., M.B.O.U.

(ZOOLOGICAL DEPARTMENT, BRITISH MUSEUM).

TAYLOE & FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET, E.C.

LAND AND FRESHWATER N10LLUSCA OF INDIA.

Part XX., Vol. H. Price 21s.

By Lieut.-Col. H. H. GODWIN-AUSTEN, F.R.S., Ac.

With 15 Plates and 70 pages Text, with descriptions of many new
Species belonging to the Genera:

Macrochlamys, Euaustenia, Cryptaustenia, Eurychlamys,
Austenia, Durgella, Leptodontarion, Sakiella, Pseudo-
kaliella, Sarika, Euplecta, and Pupsioma.

'Taylor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C.

THE LONDON, EDINBURGH, AND DUBLIN

PHILOSOPHICAL MAGAZINE

AND

JOURNAL OF SCIENCE.

JOURNAL DEVOTED TO PHYSICS, ASTRONOMY, MECHANICS,
CHEMISTRY, MINERALOGY, AND THE ALLIED SCIENCES.

MONTHLY, PRICE 2s. 6 d.

Complete sets (unbound) may be obtained. Prices on application.

The First iSeries, in 68 volumes, from 1798 to 1826. A few imperfect
copies only on hand.

The Second Series, in 11 volumes, from 1827 to 1832.

The Tiiird Series, in 37 volumes, from 1832 to 1850.

The Fourth Series, in 50 volumes, from 1851 to 1875.

The Fifth Series, in 50 volumes, from 1876 to 1900.

Taylor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street.

THE ANNALS AND MAGAZINE

OF

NATURAL HISTORY,

INCLUDING

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, AND GEOLOGY.

MONTHLY , PRICE 2s. 6d.

Complete sets (unbound) may be obtained at
prices

The First Series , in 20 volumes, from 1838 to 1847.
The Second Series , in 20 volumes, from 1848 to 1857.
The Third Series, in 20 volumes, from 1858 to 1867.
The Fourth Series , in 20 volumes, from 1868 to 1877.
The Fifth Series , in 20 volumes, from 1878 to 1887.
The Sixth Series , in 20 volumes, from 1888 to 1897.

the following

Price A' 10.

»»

.£10.
AT 2.
.£12.
.£12.
.£12.

Taylor and Fhancis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street.

CONTENTS OF NUMBER 73. — Eighth Series.

I. Remarks on some Copepoda from the Falkland Islands col-

lected by Mr. Rupert Vallentin, F.L.S. By Thomas Scott, LL.D.,
F.L.S. (Plates I. & II.) 1

II. Diagnoses of new Marine Fishes collected by the British

Antarctic (‘ Terra Nova ’) Expedition. By C. Tate Regan, M.A. . . 11

III. A Synopsis of the Fishes of the Family Macrorhamphosidte.

By G. Tate Regan, M.A 17

IV. Brief Descriptions of new Thysanoptera. — II. By Richard

S. Bagnall, F.L.S., F.E.S. (Hope Department of Zoology, University
Museum, Oxford) 22

V. Diagnoses of new Races of African Ungulates. By Ernst

Schwarz 31

VI. Notes on the Apida? (Hymenoptera) in the Collection of the

British Museum, with Descriptions of new Species. By Geoffrey
Meade-Waldo, M.A 45

VII. Notes on Collembola. — Part 2. Some Irish Collembola and

Notes on the Genus Orche-sella. By John W. Shoebotham, N.D.A.,
Berkkamsted. (Plate III.) 59

VIII. Two interesting Mammals from the Island of Tobago,

West Indies. By Austin II. Clark 68

IX. On an interesting Variety of Porcellio scaber, Latr. Bv

Walter E. Collinge, M.Sc., F.L.S., F.E.S 71

X. Notes on the Fprficultrria. — XX. A new Genus and Five new

Species from Australia. By Malcolm Burr, D.Sc., F.E.S., &c.
(Plate IV.) 72

XI. Notes from the Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. —

No. XXXVI. By Prof. M‘Intosh, M.D., LL.D., F.R.S., &c.
(Plates V. & VI.) 77

XII. Notes on Mollusca collected in the North-west Falklands by

Mr. Rupert Vallentin, F.L.S., with Descriptions of Six new Species.

By Jambs Cosmo Melvill, M.A., D.Sc., F.L.S. , and Robert Standen,
Assistant Keeper, Manchester Museum. (Plate VII.) 110

XIII. Descriptions and Records of Bees. — LVI. By T. D. A.

Cockerell, University of Colorado 136

XIV. Descriptions of new Genera and Species of JSroctuidce.

By Sir George F. Hampson, Bart., F.Z.S 146

XV. Rhynchotal Notes. By W. L. Distant 176

XVI. On some Remains of Rodents from the Red Crag of Suffolk

and from the Norfolk Forest-Bed. By Martin A. C. Hinton.
(Plate VIII.) 186

XVII. A new Dormouse from Northern Nigeria, presented to

the British Museum by J. C. Fox, Esq. By Guy Dollman 196

It is requested that all Communications for this Work maybe addressed,
post-paid, to the Care of Messrs. Taylor and Francis, Printing Office,
Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, London.

WITH EIGHT PLATES

-

*'

J?

UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS-URBANA
CCD O C001

S AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORYS